Please Wait... We are preparing ur result
No Internet! You should check your internet connection. Trying to connect...
  • Products
    • Legal Research Tool
    • Litigation Management Tool
    • Legal Due Diligence - LIBIL
    • Customised AI Solutions
  • Customers
    • Enterprise
      • Case Management Tool for Enterprise
      • Legal Research for Enterprise
      • Customized Legal AI for Enterprise
      • Legal Due diligence for Enterprise
    • Law Firms
      • Case Management Tool for Law Firms
      • Legal Research for Law Firms
      • Legal Due diligence for Law Firms
      • Customized Legal AI for Law Firms
    • Judiciary
      • Legal Research for Judiciary
  • Sectors
    • Background Verification
    • Financial Consulting & Support
    • Banking
    • Financial Risk & Advisory
    • Real Estate
    • Supply Chain & Logistics
    • Fintech
    • Insurance
  • Home
  • More
    • About Legitquest
    • Career
    • Blogs
  • Contact Us
  • Login
Are you looking for a legal tech solutions like Legal Research, Case Management Tool, or a Legal Due Diligence Tool? Fill in the form below.
  • Sections

  • CHAPTER 1 ORGANIZATION
  • CHAPTER 2 ESTABLISHMENTS
  • CHAPTER 3 BUILDINGS GENERAL RULES
  • CHAPTER 4 CLOTHING
  • CHAPTER 5 EQUIPMENT
  • CHAPTER 6 ARMS AND AMMUNITION
  • CHAPTER 7 MOUNTED POLICE
  • CHAPTER 8 LEAVE
  • CHAPTER 9 PENSIONS
  • CHAPTER 10 ACCOUNTS
  • CHAPTER 11 POLICE OFFICES
  • CHAPTER 12 APPOINTMENTS AND ENROLMENTS
  • CHAPTER 13 PROMOTIONS
  • CHAPTER 14 DISCIPLINE AND CONDUCT
  • CHAPTER 15 REWARDS
  • CHAPTER 16 PUNISHMENTS
  • CHAPTER 17 HEADQUARTERS ESTABLISHMENTS AND RESERVES.
  • CHAPTER 18 GUARDS AND ESCORTS
  • CHAPTER 19 TRAINING AND EXAMINATION
  • CHAPTER 20 INSPECTION AND SUPERVISION
  • CHAPTER 21 PREVENTIVE AND DETECTIVE ORGANIZATION
  • CHAPTER 22 THE POLICE STATION
  • CHAPTER 23 PREVENTION OF OFFENCES
  • CHAPTER 24 INFORMATION TO THE POLICE
  • CHAPTER 25 INVESTIGATION
  • CHAPTER 26 ARREST, ESCAPE AND CUSTODY.
  • CHAPTER 27 PROSECUTION AND COURT DUTIES.
  • CHAPTER 28 RAILWAY POLICE AND OTHER SPECIAL RULES

Open Sections
Back to Results

THE PUNJAB POLICE RULES

Back

THE PUNJAB POLICE RULES

 

VOLUME 1

 

CHAPTER 1 ORGANIZATION

 

Part I Departmental Organization

 

1.1. Constitution.

 

For the purposes of Section 3 of the Police Act (V of 1861) the Punjab is divided into "General Police Districts", namely, -

(a)      the Provincial Police District.

(b)      the Railway Police District.

 

All ranks of police employed in the province are appointed or enrolled under section 2 of the Act.


[1][Provided that each of the Telecommunications Branch, Finger Prints Bureau, Women Police Wing, Bank Staff, Mounted Police, Armourers and Executive Clerical Wing, that is uniformed clerical functionaries in various subordinate offices shall form its uniformed cadre.


Explanation. The expression "subordinate offices" means the offices of the District Senior Superintendent of Police, Director, Finger Prints Bureau, Phillaur and Superintendents of Police, Incharge Recruits Training Centres.]

1.2. Inspector-General. –


The responsibility for the command of the police force, its recruitment, discipline, internal economy and administration throughout the general police districts vests in the Inspector-General of Police. He is head of the Police Department, and is responsible for its direction and control and for advising the Provincial Government in all matters connected with it. In the discharge of his duties as Inspector General and in the execution of orders of Government he is bound to act in conformity with the system and regulations regarding the functions, discipline and administration of the force contained in the Police Act (V of 1861) and in these rules. Orders of the Provincial Government affecting the police force, in whole or in part, will be issued through him.


The Inspector-General is assisted in the control and administration of the police force by such number of Deputy Inspectors General and Assistant Inspectors-General as the Provincial Government may from time to time appoint.

1.3. General Police, Districts divisions of. –


The Provincial Police general district is divided into administrative establishments; a Training School (including the Provincial Finger Print Bureau); a Criminal Investigation Department, and District Police Establishments. The Railway Police, general district, is divided into a Central Investigating Agency, and such number of sub-divisions as the Provincial Government may authorize from time to time.

 

1.4. Administrative Division. –


The districts of the province are grouped in Ranges and the administration of all police within each such range is vested in a Deputy Inspector General under the control of the Inspector-General of Police.


The Railway Police District is administered, under the control of the Inspector General of Police, by an Assistant Inspector-General of Police, who has the powers of, and is responsible for the duties allotted to, a Deputy Inspector-General of a range. The limits of the Railway Police district are the railway limits within the Punjab and Delhi Provinces and Indian States lying within the boundary of the Punjab, including the State of Bahawalpur.


The Training School is under the direct control of the Inspector-General subject to such delegation of powers as he may make to one or other of the range Deputy Inspectors-General. The Criminal Investigation Department is administered by a Deputy Inspector-General, who also supervises the Finger Print Bureau.

 

1.5. Limits of jurisdiction and liability to transfer. –


All police officers appointed or enrolled in either of the two general police districts constitute one police force and are liable to, and legally empowered for, police duty anywhere within the province. No sub-division of the force territorially or by classes, such as mounted and foot Police, affects this principle.


Though not liable to permanent transfer beyond the limits of the Punjab, every police officer is empowered by section 3, Police Act III of 1888, when necessary, to exercise the powers, functions and privileges of a police officer in any part of British India. In the exercise of such functions a police officer is deemed to be a member of the police force of the province in which he is at the time.

 

1.6. Deputy Inspectors-General duties and functions of. –


All Deputy Inspectors General (and the Assistant Inspectors-General, Government Railway Police) are representatives of the Inspector-General of Police in their respective spheres.


The Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation Department, is responsible, through the staff of his department, for the intelligence organization of the criminal administration; in this capacity he is called upon to assist both the Provincial Government and the district authorities. He is also authorised to call upon the district or railway police for action in such matters, whether in respect of crime or intelligence, as may, from time to time, be consigned to his charge. In respect of crime, however, he will keep the Deputy Inspectors-General of the ranges concerned fully informed of all action which his department is taking within the sphere of their jurisdictions.


The Deputy Inspector-General of a range is responsible to the Inspector General for the administration, training and discipline of the police of his range and for the efficiency of their organisation and operations for the prevention and detection of crime. In the exercise of this responsibility a Deputy Inspector-General will interfere as little as possible with the executive authority of the Superintendents under him, and will permit such modifications of practice and organization to suit local conditions as he may consider advisable, and as the law and these rules allow. He will use his powers of control to secure a uniform standard of efficiency and the fullest co-operation between districts and branches of the force in the circulation of information and in action against criminals.

To ensure that efficiency shall not be impaired by undue variation in methods or practice in different parts of the province, Deputy Inspectors-General of ranges and of the Criminal Investigation Department and the Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police, shall maintain close touch with each other by informal meetings and formal conferences. They shall freely exchange information relating to the criminal administration, and shall ensure that co-operation between ranges and branches of the force is as close as that between the districts within a range. Before issuing any circular order having the effect of altering in principle any matter of departmental practice or affecting the administration of the law, Deputy Inspectors-General shall obtain the approval of the Inspector-General. Copies of all such circular orders and of instructions of general importance, whether previously approved by the Inspector-General or not, shall be sent to the Inspector General and other Deputy-Inspectors for information.

1.7. Relations of Deputy Inspectors-General with Commissioners and District Magistrates. –


In his dealings with Commissioners and District Magistrates, the Deputy Inspector-General is the representative of the Inspector-General. Within the field in which the Inspector-General is the advisor of the Provincial Government, the Deputy Inspector-General should be the advisor of the Commissioners and District Magistrates, whose jurisdictions lie within his range. His knowledge and authority should at all times be at their disposal for promoting police efficiency and for concerting measures for the better control of crime. Cases in which differences of opinion arise between a Deputy Inspector-General and a Commissioner or District Magistrate on matters in which the orders of Government are advisable shall be referred through the Inspector-General.

 

1.8. Superintendent of Police. –


The Superintendent of Police is the executive head of the district police force. He is directly responsible for all matters relating to its internal economy, training and management, and for the maintenance of its discipline and the efficient performance of all its duties.


In every district there shall be one or more Superintendents and such number of Assistant Superintendents, Deputy Superintendents, inspectors, sergeants, sub-inspectors, Assistant sub-inspectors, head constables and constables as the Provincial Government may direct.

 

1.9. Assistant and Deputy Superintendents. –


The authority and duties of Assistant and Deputy Superintendents of Police are the same and interchangeable. They derive their powers from the fifth definition in section I of the Police Act (V of 1861) and from section 551 of the Code of Criminal Procedure. Assistant and Deputy Superintendents of Police are posted to districts and other duties at the discretion of the Provincial Government to be trained and to assist the Superintendent in the discharge of his responsibilities, and the authority of the Superintendent is delegated to them to the extent prescribed by these rules.

 

1.10. Police station jurisdiction. –


Districts and the railway police subdivisions are divided into police station jurisdictions according to administrative convenience and in order to meet the requirements of the Code of Criminal Procedure [Section 4(1)(s)]. The boundaries of these jurisdictions have all been fixed from time to time on the authority of the Provincial Government, and are unalterable save under the same authority. Outposts are located where necessary for the control of crime and are subordinate to the police stations in the jurisdictions of which they are located. Normally, a police station is in charge of a sub-inspector of Police and an outpost is commanded by an assistant sub-inspector or head constable.

No alteration in the number of police stations and outposts or in the boundaries of police station jurisdictions may be made without the sanction of the Provincial Government. Proposals for such alterations shall be submitted, in the form outlined in Appendix 1.10, by Superintendents of Police, through the District Magistrate to the Deputy Inspector General of the range. The latter, after the necessary scrutiny, and after recording his opinion on the proposal, shall forward it to the Inspector-General of Police through the Commissioner of the division.

 

1.11. Changes in distribution. –


Temporary changes in the disposition of the police force within a district may be made by Superintendents with the concurrence of the District Magistrate, but no permanent alterations shall be made without the previous sanction of the Inspector-General. Any temporary changes made under the authority of this rule shall be reported unofficially to the Deputy Inspector-General through the channel of the weekly diary of the Superintendent of Police (Rule 21.9).

1.12. Powers of Sub-Inspectors. –


Sub Inspectors in charge of police stations exercise all the powers of an officer in-charge of a police station. Additional Sub-Inspectors in police stations may be deputed by the officer in charge under section 157, Code of Criminal Procedure, or any sub-inspector by superior officers in virtue of the powers granted under section 551, Code of Criminal Procedure, to investigate cases and such offices then have the powers to investigate, which are granted under Chapter XIV, Code of Criminal Procedure, to any officer making an investigation under that chapter. Sub Inspectors, and officers junior to sub-inspector, may arrest under the orders of the officer in-charge of a police station under section 55, Code of Criminal Procedure, the persons detailed in that section.


The definition of "officer in-charge of a police station," in section 4(1)(p), Code of Criminal Procedure, empowers other police officers, in certain circumstances, to exercise the powers of such an officer.


The powers of sub-inspectors, who are not officers in charge of police stations, and junior officers, in dealing with unlawful assemblies, are explained in Rule 14.56(3).

1.13. Classes and ranks of police officers. –


The expression "gazetted police officer" is applied to police officers appointed under Section 4, Act V of 1861, and includes the Inspector-General, Deputy Inspectors-General, Assistant Inspectors-General, Superintendents, Assistant Superintendents and Deputy Superintendents.


The expression "enrolled police officer" is applied to police officers appointed under section 7, Act V of 1861, and includes inspectors, sergeants, sub-inspectors, assistant Sub Inspectors, head constables and constables.


The expression "upper subordinate" includes all enrolled police officers of and above the rank of assistant sub-inspector.


The expression "lower subordinate" includes all other enrolled police officers.

PART II Relations Between Police and Magistrates

 

1.14. The Commissioner. –


The Commissioner exercises through his District Magistrates a general control over the administration of his division in criminal as in other matters, and is specially responsible for the maintenance of co-operation between the police and the magistracy and of cordial relations with the police officials of Indian States on the border. He is expected to give attention to special reports and measures for dealing with special types crime, the working of the Criminal Tribes Act, the location of additional police quartered in disturbed areas and the work of the prosecuting agency.


It is the duty of the Deputy Inspector-General of the range to keep the Commissioner of the division fully informed of all matters of importance concerning the efficiency of the police and the state of crime.

 

1.15. The District Magistrate. –


The District Magistrate is the head of the criminal administration of the district, and the police force is the instrument provided by Government to enable him to enforce his authority and fulfil his responsibility for the maintenance of law and order. The police force in a district is, therefore, placed by law under the general control and direction of the District Magistrate who is responsible that it carries out its duties in such a manner that effective protection is afforded to the public against lawlessness and disorder.


In the exercise of this control the District Magistrate is required to inspect police stations. He shall exercise no executive authority in matters which concern solely the internal administration and training of the force, or in questions of discipline as between police officers and their departmental superiors, but his general control extends to all other matters. In all that affects the relations between the police and public or the keeping of the public peace, the District Magistrate must be consulted and his orders complied with.


He may (a) require the Superintendent to furnish him with any documents relating to the conduct of any subordinate enrolled police officer in any case in which the conduct or character of such police officer is likely to affect his dealings with the public or the prevention and detection of crime; (b) direct the Superintendent to enquire into any allegation of misconduct or neglect of duty on the part of any subordinate enrolled police officer in any case in which such misconduct or neglect of duty affects, or is likely to affect, such officer’s dealings with the public, or the prevention and detection of crime, and to submit the record to superior police authority; and (c) direct the Superintendent to furnish information on any matter connected with crime, the criminal classes, the prevention of disorder or the distribution of the police force, or on any other matter not connected solely with the internal administration of the force.


In exercising his powers of control, the District Magistrate should avoid doing anything to weaken the authority of the Superintendent. All communications between the District Magistrate and the police shall, whenever possible, be conveyed through, and all instructions and orders to them shall similarly be issued from, the Superintendent.


Note:The above rule covers the position of District Magistrates in relation to the railway police. The District Magistrate has no departmental authority over such police, but his responsibility for the criminal administration of his district includes that portion of the railway police jurisdiction which lies within it. He has, therefore, the same authority to call for information and to inspect police stations which he has in respect of the district police, and the same interest in the prevention, detection and prosecution of railway crime as in the case of district crime.

1.16. Duties of Superintendent towards District Magistrate. –


The primary duty of the Superintendent of Police is to afford the District Magistrate the utmost possible assistance, both himself and through the police force under his command in the preservation of the peace and the prevention or detection of crime. He shall keep in close and constant personal touch with the District Magistrate and shall keep him fully and promptly informed, both by personal conference and by written reports, of all matters relating to crime and public order. While it is his duty to initiate action by the police in such matters, he must keep the District Magistrate informed and be guided by his orders.


The Superintendent of Police shall keep the District Magistrate informed of his movements generally when away from headquarters, and shall conform to his wishes should the District Magistrate, for reasons connected with the criminal administration of the district, require the Superintendent of Police to proceed to any place in the District or to remain at headquarters at any time.

 

1.17. Authority of District Magistrate in regard to posting etc. –


All postings, removals and transfers of officers incharge of police stations within a district, shall be made by the Superintendent with the approval of the District Magistrate.


If the District Magistrate considers the presence of a police officer of or below the rank of sub-inspector prejudicial to the welfare of the locality in which he is posted, he may direct his transfer elsewhere within the district. In the case of dissatisfaction with the work or conduct of officers above the rank of sub-inspector, District Magistrates shall communicate their complaint to the Deputy Inspector-General of the range.

 

1.18. Sub-divisional and sub-ordinate magistrates authority of. –


The authority of a sub-divisional or a sub-ordinate magistrate over the police is strictly limited to the powers given him by law in the exercise of his judicial functions. Any adverse comments on the proceedings of the police, which he may make, shall be communicated to the Superintendent through the District Magistrate. Similarly, if he considers that any police officer should be called on to explain his conduct, he shall report the facts of the case to the District Magistrate, who will take such action as he considers necessary.

1.19. Sub-divisional and sub-ordinate magistrates Co-operation with. –


Sub-divisional and subordinate Magistrates are held strictly responsible, under the control of the District Magistrate, for the maintenance, of the peace of the area which is made over to their charge; though they have no extra-judicial authority over the police, they are not merely judges. The law gives them many more powers than those required for hearing cases, and they are interested in every crime in their jurisdiction from the moment of its commission. The maintenance of law and order and the suppression of crime depend upon the joint efforts of the public, the magistracy and the police, and not upon the energy of any one of these alone. The most intimate and friendly co-operation between the police and the magistracy as a whole, and between particular magistrates and the police stationed in the area of their jurisdiction, is essential. Superintendents of Police must encourage such co-operation by every means and must sternly check all contrary tendencies. Gazetted officers and upper subordinates should cultivate friendly personal relations with all magistrates with whom their work brings them in contact, and every opportunity should be taken to keep magistrates informed of the state of crime in their ilaqas. Conferences between magistrates and police officers, at which difficulties on either side can be discussed and remedies devised, should be encouraged; police officers coming in with chalans should frequently take the opportunity of obtaining an interview with the ilaqa Magistrate and discussing with him the state of crime in their jurisdictions; and prosecuting officers, who form a valuable link between the investigating officer and the magistracy, should be instructed to pass on to magistrates any information of interest of importance regarding criminal matters of which they may be aware. (See also rule 21.1 and 21.2)


Note : The remarks of the Indian Police Commission, 1902-03, on the subject of relations between the police and magistrates are published as Appendix 1.19.

1.20. Rights of sub-divisional and subordinate magistrates to inspect police records. –


Sub-divisional and subordinate magistrates are not authorized to inspect police stations or to record remarks or criticisms in inspection books: provided that the District Magistrate, with the concurrence of the Deputy Inspector-General, may permit a Sub-divisional Magistrate, who is a senior Assistant Commissioner, to make such inspections, and to record his remarks in the inspection book. A Sub-divisional, or Ilaqa Magistrate, may, however, in his executive capacity, call for any of the records and registers which deal with crime from a police station, and may request the officer incharge of police station, to come to him and explain them. The orders of Government regulating the production of police records in courts of law are contained in rule 27.24.

 

1.21. Police to obey all orders issued in a judicial capacity. –


The Police shall obey and execute all lawful orders issued to them by judicial officers in the exercise of the powers conferred on them by law.

 

APPENDIX No. 1.10

Form Of Gazette Notification Altering Police Station Jurisdiction

(1)     No change in the jurisdictions of police stations is effective till a Gazette notification has been published by the Provincial Government in form similar to the following. In cases where the boundaries of zails are unaffected to the schedule and notification should be amended to omit reference to zails :-

*****

The Governor in Council is pleased, under the provisions of clause (5) of sub-section (1) of section 4 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, to direct the transfer of the villages enumerated in column 3 of the sub-joined schedule, and situated in the zails mentioned in column 2, from the local areas of the police station mentioned in column 4 of the local area of the police stations mentioned in column 5 thereof, with effect from the date of issue of this notification :-

 

SCHEDULE

1

2

3

4

5

Serial No.

Name of zail

Name of villages contained in zail specified in column 2

Police stations in which heretofore included

Police station to which transferred by this notification

 

 

 

 

 

(2)     Recommendations for alterations in police station jurisdictions shall be supported by the following information :-

(a)      A map on which the proposed alterations are clearly marked.

(b)      A statement showing the crime for the past three years of the police stations affected, with an explanation of the effect on these figures of the changes proposed.

(c)      A statement showing area and population of the police stations affected, as before and after the proposed change.

(3)     In framing such proposals the main objects should be to secure an even and manageable distribution of crime between police stations; to make the distribution of villages conform to indigenous or natural groupings of population, and to secure accessibility between the Police Station and its villages and between the police station and the court of the magistrate in charge of the jurisdiction. Except for good reasons the boundaries of police stations should not cut across the boundaries of zails.

 

APPENDIX No. 1.19

 

EXTRACT FROM THE REPORT OF THE INDIAN POLICE COMMISSION, 1902-03.

 

124. * * * * * * *

 

This is the connection which the law intends to exist between the magistrate empowered to take cognizance of police cases and the police. It involves the first information being sent to this magistrate, his being able to watch the case from the first, to order investigation where the police are not investigating, or to proceed to take up the case himself, and his being kept in touch with the police investigation up to the very last. His connection with the case is intended to begin with the first information and to continue to the end; throughout he is intended to exercise an intelligent interest in it. These provisions are very generally lost sight of. The intention of the law is defeated when the first information is sent, not as required by section 157 of the magistrate having jurisdiction, but nominally to the District Magistrate, really to a prosecuting inspector or other official at headquarters, who files it until the case is sent up finally for trial. It is also defeated when the magistrate assumes what he imagines to be a judicial attitude, and never looks at a paper or takes any interest in the case until it come before him in court, and proceeds to dispose of it with regard only to what is put before him by the parties without any effort to do what more he can to arrive at the truth. A valuable check on police work and valuable powers in criminal administration are thus lost.

 

125. The intention of the law is that the police and the magistracy should work together, the former investigating the case for the magistrate, and the latter conducting the magesterial enquiry or trial, weighing the evidence collected by the police, sifting further any points that have been missed or inadequately treated, hearing all that the accused has to say or adduce on his own behalf, and deciding the case in the interest of truth and justice.

 

* * * * *

 

* * * * *

 

126. * * * * *

 

* * * * *

 

The courts should be encouraged to take notice of any misconduct on the part of a police officer, or of any reasonable suspicion that he has been guilty of such misconduct. Unless such misconduct is established after hearing any explanation the police officer concerned may have to offer, or unless reference to it is necessary for the elucidation of the case, it is only just to him that no notice of it should be taken in the judgment; but a separate note should be at one forwarded to the District Magistrate, who should pay due attention to it, conducting by competent and impartial agency any enquiry that may be necessary, and absolving from blame any police officer who may after all be found innocent of fault, but taking adequate notice of any misconduct that may be established.

 

* * * * * *

 

Note: The principles enunciated in the concluding portion of the above quotation have been accepted by the local Government and are embodied in Chief Court Circular No. 7-3482-G of 19th September, 1903, which reads as follows :-

 

Chief Court Circular No. 7-3482-G, dated the 19th September, 1903.

 

Dated Lahore, the 19th September, 1903.

 

To

 

All Sessions Judges, District Magistrates and Subordinate Criminal Courts in the Punjab.

 

The attention of the presiding officers of all criminal courts is called to the following extract from the proceedings of His Honour the Lieutenant Governor of the Punjab in the Home (Police) Department, No. 1632-S., dated 30th August, 1903 :-

 

“The Lieutenant-Governor agrees with the Inspector General of Police that it is undesirable for magistrates to make remarks in criminal cases censuring the action of police officers unless such remarks are strictly relevant to the case and the officers concerned have had an opportunity of explaining their action. If remarks to which exception can be taken come to the notice of the Inspector-General of Police, they should be referred for the orders of the Lieutenant-Governor, who will invite the attention of the Hon’ble Judges of the Chief Court to any case in which action can appropriately be taken.”

 

The Hon’ble Judges trust that all courts will be careful in future to observe the rule laid down in these remarks. District Magistrates should themselves take whatever action seems desirable in any case coming to their notice in which the spirit of the rule has been infringed by any court subordinate to them.

 

CHAPTER 2 ESTABLISHMENTS

 

PART I PERMANENT ESTABLISHMENT

 

2.1. Permanent establishment how fixed. –

 

The permanent establishment of a district is fixed on a careful calculation of the actual number of men required for fixed duties plus the percentage approved by Government as a reserve to provide for casualties and training in the various ranks. The establishment of each district is shown in a distribution statement on Form 2.1, issued by the Inspector-General.

 

2.2. Fixed duties.

(1)     The term "fixed duties" includes :-

(A)     Cantonment and city police.

(B)     Rural police stations and their subordinate posts.

(C)     Headquarter establishment; guards; escorts; specialists (e.g., traffic staff); armed reserves, and mounted police.

(D)     Office and court duties.

(2)     Under division A the establishment required shall be calculated separately for (1) the investigation and stationhouse staff (2) the watch and ward staff. No general scale can be laid down. In calculating the investigation and stationhouse strength the principles by which the strength of rural police stations is fixed (sub-rule 3 below) shall be followed as far as possible, but additional provision will frequently be necessary for duties such as telephone orderlies, extra clerical staff, detective staff, a permanent lock-up guard, etc. In estimating the beat staff it is necessary to plot out on a map after close study of local conditions, the number of fixed points (other than special traffic points) day and night beats, and patrols required for each town or cantonment. Careful consideration shall be given to economizing men by providing intermittent patrols instead of fixed points of beats, and by providing means of locomotion to enable a few men to cover a considerable area, wherever possible. When the number of beats, etc. has been fixed, the establishment necessary to furnish them shall be calculated on the basis of every man performing eight hours duty in each period of twentyfour hours. On this basis, the necessary calculations can be made for, and rotation of duties fixed between, day and night duties, duties lasting throughout the twenty-four and intermittent duties. Supervision over the watch and ward staff shall be provided at the rate of 1 head constable to every 10 constables; 1 assistant sub-inspector to every 5 head constables and 1 sub-inspector to every 100 constables. No ratio between police and population is prescribed, except that in the case of towns with a population of over 30,000 the total strength of police for watch and ward should not ordinarily exceed one constable to every 450 inhabitants. In each case local conditions, such as the volume of commercial activity, the importance and frequency of fairs and festivals, the general criminality of the neighbourhood and the like must be considered.

(3)     The strength of rural police stations (division B) is based mainly on the incidence of crime. A normal police station is held to be one registering an average of seventy-five cases a year. For such a police station the minimum staff shall be 1 sub-inspector, 1 assistant sub-inspector, 1 head constable (clerk) and 12 foot constables. In police stations, where crime is very light the number of constables may be reduced to ten. For every fifty cases above the normal figure shown to be the annual average of a police station, the staff shall be increased by 1 assistant sub-inspector and 2 constables. This standard calculation may be varied for adequate reasons in special cases. The staff of outposts shall be calculated strictly in accordance with the duty it is required to perform.

(4)     In division C, headquarter establishment shall be calculated in exact detail of authorised posts to be filled. Under this heading shall be included all enrolled personnel of the Lines establishment, instructors, orderlies, of all descriptions, and upper subordinates, who do not come under any other division. Guards shall be calculated at the actual strength required to form each guard, four constables being allotted to each sentry post, the number of constables allotted to each sentry post being fixed in accordance with rule 18.5(5), and a second head constable being provided for each guard which furnishes more than two sentries. The strength required for escorts shall be calculated on the scales laid down in Chapter XVIII in relation to the average demands in the district for treasure and prisoners escorts, other than the escorting of under-trial prisoners to and from the courts. Provision may be made, if necessary, for escorts at sub-divisions as well as at headquarters. The staff of specialists shall include the special detective staff or traffic staff and such other personnel as may be authorized for particular duties not included in any other division. The strength required for traffic duties shall be calculated on the lines prescribed in sub-rule (2) above for watch and ward duties; other special staff shall be calculated in strict accordance with actual duties to be performed.

(5)     Court and office duties (division D) shall be calculated according to the actual number of posts to be filled both at district headquarters and at subdivisions and other magisterial headquarters on the scale prescribed by Police Rules or other competent authority. In addition, establishment shall be provided, on the scale prescribed in Chapter XVIII and on the basis of the average daily number, for the escort of under-trial prisoners to and from the courts, and the guarding of such prisoners in court, at district headquarters and all other places where such escorts are permanently required.

(6)     In the calculation of fixed duties no provision shall be made for reserves, or for reliefs otherwise than as provided in the foregoing subrules. Deficiencies in strength of short duration shall be met by curtailment of duties; those of longer duration caused by leave; other than casual leave, resignations, etc., shall be made good from the reserves referred to in rule 2.3 below.

2.3. Reserves. –


Reserves in the various ranks are fixed to provide for casualties and training. Reserves in the ranks of gazetted officers are included in the cadres, as fixed by the Secretary of the State and Government of India. The reserve in the rank of sergeants is fixed at 10 per cent. of the sanctioned number of European inspectors and sergeants; that in the rank of sub-inspectors at 15 per cent of the sanctioned number of Indian inspectors and sub-inspectors; that in the rank of head constable at 14 per cent. of the sanctioned number of assistant sub-inspectors and head constables and that in the rank of constable at 16.5 per cent. of the number of constables sanctioned for fixed duties. The strength of armed reserves and mounted police is fixed for each district in accordance with the orders of the Provincial Government.

 

2.4. Authorized duties. –

 

In calculating establishments every duty for which proper authority exists shall be included, and authority shall be obtained from the Inspector General for any duty the necessity of which can be established, if it is not already authorized. Police shall on no account be supplied, except as provided in rule 2.16 or for other emergent and purely temporary occasions, for duties which are not so authorized.

 

2.5. Permanent additions to the ordinary force. –

 

All proposals for the revision of establishment shall be submitted officially through (1) the District Magistrate, (2) Deputy Inspector-General of Police, (3) Commissioner and (4) the Inspector-General of Police of the orders of Government. A proposition statement in Civil Account Form No. 5 shall be submitted in cases which relate to a general revision of establishment or which cannot be set out clearly without it. Proposals for minor changes in establishment are required to be accompanied only by statements showing the increase or reduction in the annual cost, which the proposal involves.

 

2.6. Method of submitting proposals. –

 

(1)     Proposals shall be accompanied by a copy of the distribution statement Form 2.1 and a concise and comprehensive statement showing the object of the proposed revision and the date from which it is intended that it shall have effect. Whenever the figures for the reserve represent less than the percentages prescribed in rule 2.3 calculated on the revised establishment, application shall be made for the necessary increase to bring up the reserve to the authorized scale. In the case of proposals for the reduction of establishment, reserves shall be similarly adjusted. The channel of submission shall be as in rule 2.5 above.

(2)     Proposals affecting upper and lower subordinates shall be submitted on separate forms.

2.7. Initial and annual charges. –


In all applications for revision of establishment due provision shall be made for initial charges of Rs. 200 in the case of each upper subordinate and Rs. 10 in case of each lower subordinate on account of clothing; and Rs. 15 on account of beds and boxes in the case of each lower subordinate added to the strength. Provision shall further be made for the following annual charges :-

(1)     Clothing allowance, at Rs 25 for each upper subordinate and Rs 8 for each head constable and constable.

(2)     Equipment allowance at Rs 2 for each head constable and constable.

(3)     Horse equipment allowance, at Rs 7 for each mounted head constable and constable.

(4)     Rewards, at Re 1 for each enrolled police officer.

(5)     Other contingent expenditure at 10 per cent on the salary of the proposed establishment.

(6)     Other necessary incidental expenditure, e.g. rent of quarters, as in the case of the railway police.

2.8. Calculating rates of pay and grades. –


In calculating the cost of proposed revisions of establishment the pay of appointments shall be estimated at the mean rate of pay of the time-scale of the rank concerned. In the case of ranks for which selection grades are authorized such proportion of proposed new appointments shall be shown in each of such grades as may be required to maintain the authorized percentages thereof. In the case of proposals for reduction of establishment similar adjustments shall be made. The allotment of posts to selection grades shall be made in district offices for the rank of constable, in range offices for the rank of sub-inspectors and in the Central Police Office for other ranks.

 

PART II ADDITIONAL POLICE

 

2.9. Additional Police under sections 13 and 14. –

 

(1)     Sections 13 and 14 of the Police Act V of 1861, regulate the employment of police officers at the cost of individuals, and the appointment of police forces in the neighbourhood of railways and other works. Such police are designated "Additional Police", whether extra policemen in excess of the regular establishment are
enlisted or not.

(2)     If extra men are enlisted they shall be deemed part of the district police force and shall, if suitable and eligible, be absorbed in the regular establishment as vacancies occur, being replaced by new enlistments, who are subject to discharge on reduction of the additional police.

(3)     Superintendents are required to give early information to Deputy Inspectors-General of their inability to provide for additional police coming under reduction in order that arrangements may be made to absorb them in other districts where vacancies may exist.

2.10. General rules. –

(1)     Government undertakes no responsibility in respect of persons or property protected by additional police, neither shall police officers be deemed responsible for the contents of buildings, boxes and the like committed to their charge.

(2)     Additional police shall not be supplied to guard or escort treasure or valuable property unless proper arrangements to the satisfaction of the Superintendent are made for its safety, neither shall they be supplied for the protection of buildings, boxes and the like, which are not securely locked or fastened.

(3)     The duties of the police in regard to the protection of property shall be confined to the watching of outer locks and fastenings and to the prevention of unauthorized access to them. The keys of locks shall not be entrusted to the police.

(4)     Whenever additional police are supplied the Superintendent shall ensure that proper accommodation is provided by the applicant.

(5)     They shall be furnished for police duties only, and in such number as the Superintendent may deem necessary in regard to the duties to be performed, and the Superintendent shall at the same time arrange to recover the cost as laid down in Chapter X and bills shall be prepared in Form 10.21.

2.11. Additional police supplied to private persons or corporate bodies. –

(1)     Additional police applied for by private persons, corporate bodies, or commercial companies, shall be supplied or not at the discretion of the Superintendent, subject to the general directions of the magistrate of the district. Applications shall be made in Form 2.11(1) A or B according to the purpose for which they are required.


If necessary, extra police shall be enrolled for this purpose.

(2)     Additional police may not be given under this rule without payment in full and in advance.

2.12. Requisite police arrangements to be made at all times. –

(1)     Whenever police arrangements are necessary in the interests of law and order, or to maintain the public peace, police must be supplied in such numbers as the Superintendent of Police shall consider sufficient, irrespective of whether a private application has been submitted.

2.13. Supply of police under section 13. –

(1)     When police arrangements are required for the maintenance of order, and protection of property on behalf of the promoters of private gatherings or entertainments, such as marriages, social functions, race meetings, etc., such promoters shall be invited to apply in Form 2.11(1) A or B for additional police at their own cost under section 13 of the Police Act. If the Superintendent of Police, after consulting the District Magistrate if necessary, considers such additional police necessary over and above such force of police as he may consider sufficient on public grounds under rule 2.12 above, he shall recover from the applicant charges on the scale given in sub-rule (2) below, and shall supply police accordingly. Bills shall be prepared in Form 10.21.

(2)     The scale of charges referred to above is as follows :-


Rs. A. P.

 

Inspectors

17

0

0

per day of five hours or per night of four hours.

Sub-Inspector

9

0

0

Ditto

Assistant Sub-Inspector

5

0

0

Ditto

Head Constable

4

0

0

Ditto

Foot Constable

3

0

0

Ditto

Inspectors

17

0

0

per day of five hours or per night of four hours.

Sub-Inspector

9

0

0

Ditto

Assistant Sub-Inspector

5

0

0

Ditto

Head Constable

4

0

0

Ditto

Foot Constable

3

0

0

Ditto


If the duty lasts more than five hours per day or four hours per night, relief will be provided and double rates charged.

(3)     All sums recovered under this Rule shall be credited to the head XXIII police collection of payments for services rendered, receipt on account of additional police under sections 13, 14 and 15 of Police Act 5 of 1861 and at the end of the month, recovery shall be made from the treasury on special additional police pay bills for disbursement to the actual police officers, in accordance with the principles laid down in Inspector-General’s letter No. 106-S/95-4-B-27-A, dated the 31st May, 1928, namely that remuneration shall only be given when the extra duties performed involve less than 24 hours’ absence from normal duty. Thus if a constable is deputed to attend a private function, such as a wedding, which involves his absence from normal duty throughout the whole of one working day, say from sunrise to midnight, he will be considered as having performed over-time duty and will be entitled to extra remuneration, but should the duty involve his absence from sunrise to sunset of the following day, he will not be considered as on over-time duty and will be entitled to no remuneration in addition to his pay. Superintendents may, however, use their discretion in dealing with cases in which, in their opinion, the 24-hour rule cannot in fairness be applied.

(4)     In deciding when to supply police at the public expense, and when to charge the promoters of a particular function, Superintendents shall be guided by the general principle that the regular police establishment is required to perform all the duties of maintaining public order, which fall within scope of section 31 of the Police Act. When special arrangements are necessary or desired over and above those which the general public interests demand, the person or persons responsible for the assembly concerned should pay for additional police. The law does not permit of compulsion being exercised in this matter, but Superintendents may tender their advice and indicate that no more police than are necessary to prevent obstruction to the general public will be provided unless paid for.


Note:Government has ordered that "if any sect requires, in religious processions organized by them, the assistance of the police to maintain order, to such an extent as to necessitate extra expenditure by bringing a larger police force together, or otherwise, the cost should invariably be charged to the persons requiring the extra police protection and the same should be paid before the procession is allowed to take place" (Home Department No. 1073 of 14th March, 1878). This order does not mean that charges shall be levied for the supply of police to processions of ancient and regularly exercised custom in cases where the supply is not in excess of that given for a series of years, and the practice has been to give such supply for a long period without charge.

2.1. Supply of police under section 14. –


Cases coming within the scope of section 14 of the Police Act, 1861, must be referred through (1) District Magistrate, (2) Deputy Inspector-General of Police, and (3) Commissioner, to the Inspector-General of Police for orders.

 

2.2. Supply of police free of charge in emergencies. –


Superintendents may at their discretion supply additional police to departments and officers of Government from the regular police establishment in cases of emergency and for duties of a strictly temporary and non-recurrent nature without charge.

 

2.3. Entertainment of and charges for extra establishments. –


If the police are required for any lengthy period, application shall be made to the Inspector-General for the entertainment of extra men with the sanction of the Provincial Government. The charges for additional police so supplied, when permission is given to entertain extra men, shall be in accordance with the rules in Chapter X except that no charge shall be made for pensions.

 

2.16A. Payment of the extra cost of Police employed at fairs managed by local bodies. –


Ordinarily the cost of police deputed for duty at fairs managed by local bodies is met from provincial revenues, but in the case of important fairs which bring in a profit of Rs. 5000 or more, the travelling allowance of the police employed and the cost of temporary accommodation and transport, etc., but not the pay, shall be recovered from the local body concerned.


In the case of such fairs managed by District Boards the Superintendent of Police shall recover the amount in direct communication with the District Board concerned. District Boards can meet such charges under clause (a) of sub-section 2 of section 37 of the Punjab District Boards’ Act, 1883.


In the case of fairs managed by Municipal Committees, the Superintendent of Police shall submit a detail of such charges to the Inspector-General of Police who will arrange for their recovery through the Ministry of Local Self-Government under clause (d) of subsection (1) of section 52 of the Punjab Municipal Act, 1911. All sums recovered on this account will be credited to Government under the head "XXIII-Police-Collection of payments for services rendered."

 

2.4. Additional police under section 15. –

(1)     Section 15 of the Police Act, 1861, regulates the quartering of police in disturbed or dangerous tracts. The orders contained in sub-rules 2.9(2) and (3) apply to them.

(2)     Applications for the location of such police shall be made in Form 2.17(2). The Superintendent making the application shall see that the information required by the form is filled in and shall submit it to the Inspector-General through (1) District Magistrate, (2) Deputy Inspector General, and (3) Commissioner, for the orders of Government.


Note:Application for the exemption of individuals (as opposed to classes) from payment of additional police tax need not be submitted to Government through Commissioners of Divisions.

 

2.5. Particulars to be given in application. –

(1)     Application for the location of police in disturbed or dangerous tracts shall be accompanied by -

(a)      Accurate details, as required by the form, of the population, financial resources, criminality, etc. of the villagers concerned, and the detailed proposed on account of police. In the case of proposals including several villages, the statistics of each shall be given separately.

(b)      particulars of individuals or classes of inhabitants, if any, whom it is proposed to exempt, with reasons for such exemption.

(c)      the tehsildar’s report as to the ability of the community concerned to bear the charge.

(d)      A full explanation of the grounds for the proposal and the manner in which it is proposed to employ the police asked for. When the proposal affects several villages the explanation should make clear the grounds for including each.

(2)     The strength of the police proposed shall in all cases be sufficient to secure objects aimed at in the proposal, and provision shall be made for an officer in command of the detachment of sufficient status to exercise adequate control. If the financial capacity of the community is insufficient to pay for a force which can exercise effective control, other methods such as action under the preventive sections of the law or under the Criminal Tribes Act must be resorted to.

2.6. Location of additional police under section 15. –


When a notification appears in the Punjab Gazette ordering the location of an additional police post in a disturbed or dangerous area, the Superintendent concerned shall, on receipt of such gazette, take immediate measures for the establishment of such post, and shall report to the Inspector-General, the date on which it is established, sending copy to the District Magistrate concerned.

2.7. Rules for additional police posts. –

(1)     The Superintendent shall frame rules for the guidance of the additional police, with special reference to the object for which they are located, and shall define the local area of the post. Such rules shall be submitted through the District Magistrate to the Deputy Inspector-General of Police for approval.

(2)     An additional police post shall be considered an outpost subordinate to the police station in the jurisdiction of which it is situated.

2.8. Continuance of additional police posts. –

(1)     Recommendations for the continuance of an additional police post for a further period shall be submitted in Form 2.21(1) through the channel prescribed in sub-rule 2.17(2), so as to reach the Deputy Inspector General at least two months before the date when sanction for the post is due to expire.

(2)     Full reasons for the continuance of the post shall be given, and a note of all crime committed within the jurisdiction since its establishment shall be included.

2.9. Additional police reserves. –

(1)     The parties charged with the cost of additional police enrolled under sections 13, 14 or 15, Act V of 1861, must also pay the cost of a reserve calculated at one-sixth of the number of constables required for fixed duties. This charge enables a reserve to be maintained against casualties in the additional police, which would otherwise throw an undue burden on the contingency reserves of the regular force.

(2)     A reserve equal to one-sixth of the total number of additional police constables sanctioned in each district from time to time shall be enrolled and kept at the headquarters of the district. This reserve must be increased or reduced proportionately to increases and decreases in the strength of additional police.

(3)     Deputy Inspectors-General are authorized to control the additional police reserves of all districts in their ranges, utilizing reduced in one district to meet increases in another, or providing trained men for newly sanctioned additional police detachments by transfer from reserves of other districts, the men so transferred being replaced by new enrolments in their district.

(4)     Deputy Inspector-General shall arrange for a careful check in their offices of impending fluctuations, and no reduction of additional police reserves shall be carried out by Superintendents without prior reference to the Deputy Inspector-General.

(5)     When a force of additional police is enrolled for a short time or is so small that a reserve is unnecessary, no reserve constable shall be enrolled and the surcharge of onesixth shall not be made.

2.10. Extra kits for additional police. –

The Deputy Inspector-General may sanction a fixed number of extra kits and sufficient equipment to be permanently maintained in each district for additional police. Expenditure under this rule shall be charged to the Clothing and Equipment Fund.

 

2.11. Thikri pahra and special police under section 17. –

(1)     In any village in which crime is prevalent the Superintendent of Police may approach the District Magistrate to introduce the provisions of the Village Patrol Act No. VIII of 1918. It must be borne in mind, however, that Thikri Pahra is essentially an emergency as opposed to an every day routine measure. When imposed on villagers as a continuous routine it becomes irksome and is consequently perfunctorily performed. The compulsory provisions of Punjab Act VIII should only be employed as a last resource.

(2)     When in any place or part of a district conditions exist or are apprehended such as are described in section 17, Act V of 1861, the Superintendent of Police shall approach the District Magistrate for the appointment of special police under that section.

(3)     Non-officials employed for purposes of maintaining order and on the duties of special police shall ordinarily be enrolled under section 17, Act V of 1861, but, where a sudden crisis renders recourse to assistance from the ordinary civil population a matter of immediate necessity in the public interest, the aid of respectable and trustworthy persons may be enlisted forthwith in the maintenance of law and order without enrolment, if the danger and urgency of the situation, in the opinion of the District Magistrate, justifies their employment without the formality of enrolment.


The rules regarding enrolment, discipline etc., of such special police are given in Appendix No. 2.24(3).

 

APPENDIX No. 2.24(3)

Rules For The Enrolment And Employment Of Special Police Officers

(1)     When the entertainment of special police officers becomes necessary, or desirable, efforts should be made to appoint volunteers under section 17 of the Police Act (V of 1861) up to the number and in the various ranks required. No unwilling person should be appointed unless sufficient volunteers cannot be found.

(2)     Under section 17 of Act V of 1861, residents of a disturbed area may be appointed special police officers of any rank, but no such police officer shall be appointed to a rank equal to that of the senior officer of the regular police present on the spot.

(3)     Special police officers shall be subordinate to, and be under the orders of, the senior officer of the regular police present on the spot.

(4)     Special police officers should ordinarily be chosen from among the respectable, loyal, and influential persons of the neighbourhood whose authority is likely to be respected by the masses and who are likely to use their influence to prevent disturbances. It is not desirable to choose ringleaders of contentious factions unless such ring-leaders are really influential persons and in no case should a special police officer be appointed as a punitive measure.

(5)     When special police officers are appointed, the more influential and useful from amongst them may be appointed to senior rank above the others, and be required to enforce discipline as laid down in police rules among the special police officers appointed under their command.

(6)     Whenever possible special police officers of good social standing should be encouraged to bring with them their tenants and defendants, who will ordinarily be enrolled as special police officers of the lower subordinate grades, a post being given to the special police officer through whose agency the lower subordinates are enrolled, subject to the provisions of rule 2 foregoing.

(7)     Special police officers of the lower subordinate ranks will ordinarily be armed with batons or lathis at the discretion of the Superintendent of Police.

(8)     An armlet or brassard with the letters S.P. and a Serial No. should be issued to such police officer other than those appointed to rank as upper subordinates.


Note:Special police officers of the rank of upper subordinate may, with advantage, be given a Sam Browne belt with a revolver or sword if such articles are available.

(9)     A special police officer of the rank of upper subordinate will be entitled to receive all courtesies due to an officer of his rank, but his authority will extend only to special police officers under his orders and not to officers of the regular police. Influential persons of superior social standing who may be enrolled, should, as a rule, be employed on staff and supervising duties and given relatively higher rank than others of lower status similarly enrolled. Such persons should not have menial or unreasonable duties assigned to them, but the object should be to employ them in the manner best suited to make their personal influence effective.

(10)   Discipline The requirements in this respect should usually be light. Any conditions of the office which might be regarded by local residents as offensive and unnecessarily irksome should not be insisted on. Physical drill, for instance, would in most cases be inappropriate and the saluting of petty officers unnecessary, while parades or attendance at the police station, when necessary, should be so regulated as to cause as little inconvenience as possible.

(11)   A copy of sections 17 to 21 inclusive of Police Act (V of 1861) and also a copy of rules relating to the enrolment, etc., of special police officers shall be given to each special police officer as soon after his enrolment as may be possible.

(12)   Superintendents of Police entertaining special police will arrange for their feeding by the purchase and distribution of food according to the following scale :-

11/2 lbs. atta, or in lieu rice 11/2 lbs. 4. oz. dhal.

4. oz. fresh meat (or in lieu3/4 oz. gur) 1/2 oz. tea.

1/2 oz. salt. 2 oz. ghee.

1 oz. gur. 11/2 lbs. fuel.

Spices

1/6 oz. Chillies)

1/6 oz. turmeric} or 11/2 oz. in all as available

1/6 oz. garlic)

or by cash payment of the cost of these articles at a rate to be notified by the Inspector General when special police are entertained.

 

FORM NO. 2.1

POLICE DEPARTMENT_____________________________________ DISTRICT.

 

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT OF THE _____________________________________DISTRICT AS SANCTIONED BY INSPECTOR-GENERAL OF POLICE ON DISTRICT AS






1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

Serial No.

Name of Police Station or Post or Description of Duty

Europe an Inspec tors

Indian Inspec tors

Sergea nts

Subinspec tors

Assista nt

sub-

inspec tors

Head Consta bles

Foot consta bles

Mount ed head consta

bles

Mount ed consta bles

Total of all grades

REM ARK S

 

 

 

1.

 

2.

 

3.

 

4.

 

 

 

 

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

 

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

A CANTONMENT AND CITY

POLICE

City *(a)

(b)

City (a)

(b)

City (a)

(b)

Cantonment (a)

(b)

B

POLICE STATIONS AND THEIR SUBORDINATE POSTS

Police Station ..

Police Post ..

Police Station .. Police Station and so on .. Police Station ..

Police Station .. Police Station and so on ..

C

Treasury guard at sadr .. Tahsil guard at ..

Tahsil guard at ..

Tahsil guard at ..

Magazine guard ..

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

 

23.

24.

 

25.

 

 

26.

27.

 

28.

29.

 

 

 

30.

 

 

31.

 

 

32.

 

 

33.

 

34.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35.

Personal guards* .. Lines establishment* .. Officers orderlies* ..

Bicycle orderlies* ..

Judicial lock-up ..

Sanctioned for escort or .. prisoners and treasure

Armed reserve ..

Sanctioned for other .. fixed duties+

Mounted Police (Horse) where

sanctioned ..

(Camel)

Traffic Staff ..

Motor Mobile Patrol .. Staff

District Inspectors

Sanction for other fixed .. duties

D

OFFICE AND COURT DUTIES

Police office Staff

(a)    at head-quarters

(b)    at sub-division

Court duties

(a)    at head-quarters

(b)    at sub-division

Sanctioned for escort of under-trial prisoners to and from courts

Total "Fixed Duties" .. A, B, C and D

Ordinary reserve in the rank of Sergeant at 10 per cent of the number of European inspectors and sergeants sanctioned for fixed duties; in the rank of sub-inspector at 15 per cent of the number of Indian inspectors and Sub Inspectors sanctioned for fixed duties, in the rank of head constable at 14 per cent of the number of assistant Sub Inspectors and head constables sanctioned for fixed duties and in the rank of constable at

16.5 per cent of the number of constables sanctioned for fixed duties

Total sanctioned strength of permanent establishment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*Division A, (a) is the investigation, and Station house staff including telephone orderlies detectives, permanent lock-up guards, etc.


(b) is the watch and ward staff.


Note. – All duties of a regular by recurring nature are classed as “Fixed Duties”and should be included under heads A, B, C and D.

 

*Serial No. 17 detail. Serial No. 18 detail. Serial No. 19 detail. Serial No. 20 detail. Serial No. 23 detail.

 

+ Division A, (a) is the investigation, and Station house staff including telephone orderlies detectives, permanent lock-up guards, etc.

 

FORM No. 2.5

FOR SPECIMEN SEE FORM NO. 5, CIVIL ACCOUNT CODE

 

FORM No. 2.11 (1) A

FORM OF APPLICATION FOR POLICE ASSISTANCE AT PUBLIC OR PRIVATE ENTERTAINMENTS AND FUNCTIONS

 

To

 

The Superintendent of Police,

 

Dated

 

DEAR SIR,

 

I BEG to request that I may be provided with police assistance on the occasion of a which will take a place at  on between the hours of__________. The number of persons who are expected to attend will be about  and the number of vehicles to be handled by the police will be about .

 

I promise to pay for the services of the police supplied according to the scale of charges which has been fixed by the Inspector-General of Police with the approval of the Provincial Government.

 

Yours faithfully,

 

Note : Copies of the scale of charges approved by Government can be obtained on application.

 

FORM NO. 2.11(1)B

APPLICATION FOR ADDITIONAL POLICE

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT   __________DISTRICT.

 


Text Box: Designation-----------Text Box: Residence-------

Foil

 

No. ( )


Additional police required for private persons or corporate bodies

District

___________


Date _______

Name of Applicant -

 

Counterfoil

No. ( )


Application for additional police required for private persons or corporate bodies


POLICE OFFICE :


Dated __________ 19 .

 

This note is to be printed on the back of the counterfoil of the forms printed for actual use.

 

 

 

NOTE FOR INFORMATION OF APPLICANT DUTIES FOR WHICH REQUIRED

1.    The Police Department invariably consider the application to include protection for the day as well as for the night, unless it is specified to the contrary

2.    The amount charged will be the amount specified in the accompanying bill.

3.    Applicants should give under the following heads particulars of what is to be protected, and should state when and where the police are required, whether they are to be employed at one or more fixed points or whether they are required for occasional escort duties :-

 

Building Number and position, whether occupied whether they contain valuable property, whether securely fastened.

 

Work required. Description and value of property, whether protection is needed inside as well as outside.

Stores in deposit. Where placed, description, value, how secured.

Designation -

 

Residence -

For what purposes required -

Strength fixed by police officer -

  

  

  

  

  

 

Name of applicant----

Treasure. Average value, where placed, how secured.

  

  

Stores in transit. Description, how carried, value, where going, by what means of transit.

Cost, Rupees See Bill No.

Miscellaneous property, position, description, value, whether in transit or deposit, how secured.


Form No. 2.11(1)B. – CONCLUDED

4. PROPOSED STRENGTH AND COST OF ADDITIONAL POLICE

Serial No.

Strength

Annual cost

 

 

Rs. A. P

1.

Inspector at Rs. 210 per mensem

--

2.

Sub-inspector at Rs. 95 per mensem

--

3.

Assistant sub-inspector at Rs. 49 per mensem

--

4.

Head Constable at Rs. 35 per mensem

--

5.

Foot Constable{Selection grade at Rs. 21 per mensem

Time scale at Rs. 18 per mensem

--

6.

Total pay of establishment

 

7.

Horse, etc., allowance for mounted head constable at Rs.

 

8.

Horse, etc. allowance for mounted constable at Rs.

 

9.

Clothing at Rs. 15 per man

 

10.

Foot equipment at Rs. 5 per man

 

11.

Mounted equipment at Rs. 7 per man

 

12.

Contingencies at 1/10th of pay of establishment

 

13.

Leave contribution (121/2 per cent) of total (average) pay of establishment, i.e., 1/8th of total pay of establishment

 

14.

Pension contribution, 81/6 per cent of total maximum pay of officers in each rank

 

15.

Conveyance allowance at Rs.

per mensem for Inspector sub-inspector and Assistant sub-inspector

16.

Grain compensation allowance at Rs. per mensem per man

Total Annual cost

 

 

 

17.

Initial charges :-

Uniform allowance for Inspector, sub-inspector

and assistant sub-inspector, at Rs. 200 each

Clothing allowance at Rs. 15 per man

Equipment allowance at Rs. 5 per man

Mounted equipment at Rs. 7 per man

Beds and boxes at Rs. 15 per man

Total initial charges

Hutting charges (initial or recurring as the case may be)

Total Annual and Initial Cost

GRAND TOTAL

--

--

--

--

--

 

 

 

 

 

Notes :(1) The hutting charges should be calculated so as to include not only the actual rent paid for the quarters occupied by the police, but also the cost of repairs, transparent washing and petty alterations to the buildings.

 

(2) No charge on account of pension is made for police supplied to departments of Government.

 

(3) For periods of less than 12 months, annual charges for clothing and equipment will be levied on the following scale :-

 

Less than 1 month .. No charge

 

From 1 to 3 months .. 1 4 charge

 

From 3 to 6 months .. 1 2 charge

 

From 6 to 9 months .. 3 4 charge

 

From 9 to 12 months .. Full charge

 

(4) Initial charges shall only be made when extra police are entertained, and such charges shall be at full rates.

 

(5) In those cases (for instance, guards supplied to the Imperial Bank of India) in which a fixed number of additional police are supplied throughout the year and the accounts are adjusted monthly, the charges for clothing equipment and rewards shall be calculated at one-twelfth of the annual rates.

 

FORM No. 2.17(2)

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT, _____________________________DISTRICT.

 

APPLICATIONS FOR THE QUARTERING OF ADDITIONAL POLICE IN DISTURBED OR DANGEROUS AREAS

(1)     Village , Police Station  , distance and direction from Police Station  , land revenue Rs. Canal rates Rs.  , Population Male   , Court   house , Patwar Khana , post office.

(2)     Figures showing criminality of village .

(a)      Number and description of offences committed in the village during the last three years (vide register No. 1).

(b)      Number and description of offences traced to the village during the last three years. For definition of words "cases traced to the village" see rule 22.59(1).

(c)      Number of residents of such village under Police Surveillance (register No. X).

(d)      Total number of convictions recorded in register No. IX, Part V, against residents of the village.

(e)      Total number of convictions recorded in Register No. IX, Part V within the past three years.

(f)       Percentage of convictions column (d) to population.

(3)     Additional police posts located in the district during the past three years. Village From to .

(4)     Proposed strength, cost and period of location of the additional police post :-

Serial No.

Strength

Annual cost

 

 

Rs. A. P.

1.

Inspector at Rs. 210 per mensem

--

2.

Sub-inspector at Rs. 95 per mensem

--

3.

Assistant sub-inspector at Rs. 49 per mensem

--

4.

Head Constable at Rs. 35 per mensem

--

5.

Foot Constable{Selection grade at Rs. 21 per mensem

Time scale at Rs. 18 per mensem

--

6.

Total pay of establishment

--

7.

Horse, etc., allowance for mounted head constable at Rs

--

8.

Horse, etc. allowance for mounted constable at Rs.

--

9.

Clothing at Rs. 15 per man

--

10.

Foot equipment at Rs. 5 per man

--

11.

Mounted equipment at Rs. 7 per man

--

12.

Contingencies at1/10th of pay of establishment

--

13.

Leave contribution (121/2 per cent) of total (average) pay of establishment, i.e., 1/8th of total pay of establishment

--

14.

Pension contribution, 81/6 per cent of total maximum pay of officers in each rank

--

15.

Conveyance allowance at Rs. per mensem for Inspector sub-inspector and Assistant sub-inspector

--

16.

Grain compensation allowance at Rs. per mensem per man

Total Annual cost

--

17.

Initial charges :-

Uniform allowance for Inspector, sub-inspector

and assistant sub-inspector, at Rs. 200 each

Clothing allowance at Rs. 15 per man

Equipment allowance at Rs. 5 per man

Mounted equipment at Rs. 7 per man

Beds and boxes at Rs. 15 per man

Total initial charges

Hutting charges (initial or recurring as the case may be)

Total Annual and Initial Cost

GRAND TOTAL

--

--

--

--

--

________________

 

________________

 

________________

 

Note : (1) The hutting charges should be calculated so as to include not only the actual rent paid for the quarters occupied by the police, but also the cost of repairs, transparentwashing and petty alterations to the buildings.

(2) For periods of less than 12 months, annual charges for clothing and equipment will be levied on the following scale :-

 

Less than 1 month .. No charge

 

From 1 to 3 months .. 1 4 Do

 

From 3 to 6 months .. 1 2 Do

 

From 6 to 9 months .. 3 4 Do

 

From 9 to 12 months .. Full charge

(5)     Period for which the post recommended.

(6)     Opinion of the Tehsildar as to the cost of the post not being excessive in reference to the revenue and prosperity of the village (the description, strength and cost of municipal or village police already existing in the place should be mentioned).

(7)     Grounds of application -

(To be followed by opinion of District Magistrate, Deputy Inspector General of Police and Commissioner in that order).

 

FORM NO. 2.21 (1)

APPLICATION FOR THE CONTINUANCE OF ADDITIONAL POST POLICE DEPARTMENT ____________________DISTRICT

Application for the continuance of the additional post established under Gazette Order

No. _________of _________.

 

at the village of in district

 

commencing on the of 19 .

 

terminating on the of  19 . Period of extension proposed  .. .. ..

 

Stength of post proposed .. ..

 

Cost of proposed post for full period of extension

 

Report by the Superintendent on the result of the location of the post and statement of the grounds on which it is proposed to continue the post. (After this report and statement, the opinions of the District Magistrate, the Deputy Inspector-General and the Commissioner will be recorded in that order).

 

CHAPTER 3 BUILDINGS GENERAL RULES

 

3.1. References to Government regarding buildings. –


All references to Government regarding buildings shall be accompanied by the opinion of the Superintendent concerned, and that of the Deputy Inspector-General.

 

3.2. Standard designs. –


As far as possible the standard design for various buildings as approved by Government, shall be adhered to. Such designs may be obtained for reference from the Public Works Department or from the offices of the range Deputy Inspectors-General.

 

3.3. Lock-ups and others subsidiary buildings not police buildings. –
 

(1)     Judicial lock-ups, other than those situated in tahsils of district courts, and all subsidiary buildings connected with them, including police guard rooms, are judicial buildings. Mortuaries are under the control of the Medical Department. Lock-ups and subsidiary buildings situated in tahsils and district courts are revenue buildings. Necessity for repair or alterations to buildings of these two classes should be brought by the Superintendent of Police to the notice of the District Judge and Deputy Commissioner, respectively.

(2)     Places of worship on police premises. No place of worship or other building, not being a Government building, shall be erected by members of the police force or other persons in the police lines or other police premises without the sanction of the Provincial Government obtained through the Inspector-General. A list of all such places of worship (including praying platforms) on police premises, giving the dimensions, area, boundaries and a brief history shall be maintained in each district and in the offices of Deputy Inspector-General. No additions or enlargements to such building or encroachments on Government land shall be permitted without the sanction of the Provincial Government.

3.4. Classification of work. –

(1)     All references regarding buildings should be made under one of the following heads :-

(a)      Major Works Include all original works costing more than Rs. 20,000.

(b)      Minor Works Include all original works coasting more than Rs. 20,000.

(c)      Special Repairs Include all repairs which cannot be considered as coming under sub-head (d).

(d)      Petty Construction and Repairs Include all ordinary periodical and petty repairs and all construction carried out by daily labour or by contract under the orders and supervision of the Superintendent.

(2)     Separate reference shall be submitted regarding each separate project of work.

3.5. Public Works Department and Civil Grants. –


Annual grants for minor works and special repairs are placed by the Public Works Department at the disposal of the Inspector-General of Police, who distributes them at his discretion to the Deputy Inspectors-General of the three ranges retaining a portion to finance important works costing over Rs. 5,000 and to provide a reserve for emergency. An annual contingent grant, distinct from the Public Works Department grant, is made by Government for petty construction and repairs in each district. This grant is distributed among Deputy Inspector General by the Inspector-General who retains a proportion of the total amount as his reserve. Deputy Inspectors-General in turn distribute their grants among districts after retaining such portion as is necessary to form a reserve. This reserve is distributed at a latter stage to carry out urgent repairs when ordinary district grants prove for any reason inadequate. Similarly, the Inspector-General’s reserve is distributed to Deputy Inspectors-General and, sometimes direct to districts, when district grants and range reserves are exhausted. Superintendents may, when necessary, apply to the Deputy Inspectors-General for an additional grant from these reserves in the manner prescribed in rule 10.170(2).

 

3.6. Powers of Deputy Inspectors-General to grant funds for approved works and special repairs. –


Deputy Inspectors-General are authorized to sanction funds out of the distributed allotment for administratively approved works costing not more than Rs. 5,000 and for any special repair project which has been administratively approved and for which the estimate has been prepared by the Public Works Department.

 

3.7. Administrative approval. –

(1)     Applications for administrative approval to major works, minor works and special repairs should be made at any time when the necessity for such works becomes apparent. The following officers are delegated with powers to accord administrative approval and the proposals should be submitted to them through proper channel :-

Sr.No.

Nature of powers

To whom delegated

Extent

1.

To convey administrative approval to proposals for work other than residential buildings under paragraph 5.9 of the Punjab Public Works Department Code.

Inspector General of Police

(i) For works of petty and annual repairs as well as original works or special repairs to the buildings in the charge of Police Department falling under the minor head "Works"of the major Head "29-Police"and to the extent of Rs. 2,500 only

(ii) For works pertaining to Police Lines and Police stations and miscellaneous buildings of the Police Department falling under the minor head "Öriginal Works -Buildings -Police "of the major head "50 -Civil Works" and to the extent of Rs. 5,000 only.

2.

To convey administrative approval to works for non-residential buildings

Deputy Inspector General of Police

 

Superintendents of Police, Principal, Police Training School and Assistant Superintendent of Police in charge Provincial Additional Police.

(i) For works of all petty and annual repairs as well as original works or special repairs to buildings in the charge of the Police Department falling under the minor head "Works"of the Major Head "29 -Police"and to the extent of Rs. 1,500 only.

(ii) As in (ii) against serial No. 1 above and up to Rs. 1,000 only

(iii) For works described in (i) above to the extent of Rs. 300 only.

3.

To convey administrative approval to estimates of capital expenditure on the construction or purchase of residences for Government servants

Inspector-General of Police

To meet the requirements of the Police Department, and subject (i) to a limit of Rs., 2,000 for the total cost of building, and (ii) to the proviso that the rental value of the building calculated according to the Fundamental Rules, 45-A and 45-B or any Subsidiary Rules there under shall not exceed 10 per cent of the average emoluments of the class of tenant for whom the building is intended.

4.

To convey administrative approval to estimates of expenditure on works in connection with existing residential buildings

Chief Engineer, Public Works

Department, Buildings and Roads Branch

To meet the requirements of all the departments, and subject (i) to a limit of Rs. 2,000 for the total cost of building, and (ii) to the proviso that the rental value of the building calculated according to the Fundamental Rule 45-A or any Subsidiary Rules there under, shall not exceed 10 per cent of the average emoluments of the class of tenant for whom the building is intended.

5.

To accord administrative approval to estimates of expenditure on works in connection with existing residential buildings

Superintending Engineers, Public Works Department Buildings, and Roads Branch

Up to a limit of Rs. 200 in each case irrespective of the capital cost of the building which includes the cost of sanitary, water supply and electrical installations provided that the rental value of the building calculated according to Fundamental Rule 45-A or Subsidiary Rules thereunder shall not exceed 10 per cent of the average emoluments of the class of Government servants for whom it is intended.

Note:The money limits specified in these delegations relate to the entire estimated cost of a work including both original works and repairs, if any, and not merely to the cost of the portion relating only to original works.

(2)     Proposals for administrative approval not covered by the delegations mentioned in the foregoing table shall be referred to the Provincial Government in the Home Department.

(3)     An application for administrative approval for a building should either refer to a standard plan and estimate or be accompanied by a rough plan and approximate estimate (to be obtained from the Executive Engineer). A clear description of the work should be given and the application should also state the necessity for the work.

(4)     When proposals are being prepared with a view to obtaining administrative sanction for building projects the position in regard to acquisition of the site shall be carefully studied. If the process of acquisition, whether compulsorily or by private negotiation, is likely to involve delay before possession can be obtained, the fact should be clearly stated in the proposals, so that the desirability may be considered of alloting funds for the acquisition in advance for the building. The cost of purchasing a site or sites shall (when necessary) be included in the estimated cost.

3.8. Major works. –

(1)     Proposals for new major works shall first be submitted unofficially through the proper channel for the general approval of the Inspector-General. If approved, the Executive Engineer should be asked to prepare a rough plan and estimate. These shall then be submitted officially to the Inspector-General for the administrative approval of Government.

(2)     On receipt of administrative approval the work will be included in the register maintained for the purpose in the office of the Inspector-General and detailed plans and estimates will be prepared by the Public Works Department.

3.9. Minor works and special repairs in the execution of which professional skill is needed. –

Any minor works or special repairs in the execution of which expert supervision is needed should be carried out by the Public Work Department. In the execution of such works the following procedure shall be adopted (vide paragraph 8.62 of the Public Works Department Manual of Orders) :-

(a)      The Superintendent of Police shall first of all submit a report on each proposed work to the Deputy Inspector-General for his approval and enquiry as to the possibility or otherwise of funds being available in the near future. After the Deputy Inspector-General has accorded his approval, the Superintendent of Police shall ask the Executive Engineer to submit rough plans and estimates. Requisitions on Executive Engineers to prepare estimates and projects for which there is no reasonable possibility of funds being provided during the ensuing financial year should be avoided.

(b)      The Superintendent of Police shall countersign the estimate in token of his approval and submit it with the plan to the Deputy Inspector General, who shall either return the project for emendation or, if he approves of it and the estimate is more than Rs. 1,000, forward the plan and estimate, after countersigning the latter, to the Inspector-General.

(c)      The Inspector-General, and, in cases where the estimate is for Rs. 1,000 or less, the Deputy Inspectors-General may accord administrative approval and shall return the estimate to the Superintending Engineer for technical sanction and preparation of a detailed plan and estimate. The latter will be forwarded to the Executive Engineer by the Superintending Engineer, who will also ask the Deputy Inspector-General to allot funds according to the provisions of rule 3.6.

(d)      If the estimated cost is more than Rs. 5,000 the Inspector General shall act as in paragraph 2.7 of the Punjab Public Works Department Code. He shall obtain the administrative approval of the Provincial Government in the Home Department and the technical sanction of the competent authority in the Public Works Department thereafter alloting funds from his Public Works Department allotment for minor works or special repairs as the case may be.

Note : Proposals for the construction of, or additions and alterations to, residential buildings will be submitted in the same manner as prescribed for major works or minor works and special repairs, as the case may be. All such projects will be carried out by the Public Works Department. The administrative approval shall be accorded as provided in rule 3.7(1).

3.10. List to be maintained. –

(1)     Each Deputy Inspector-General shall maintain the following lists in Form 3.10(1).

(a)      List of administratively approved minor works and special repairs.

(b)      List of administratively approved additions and alterations to existing residential buildings.

(2)     The Inspector-General maintains a list of administrative approved major works in Form 3.10(2).

(3)     Lists, in order of urgency, of minor works, special repairs and additions and alterations to existing residential buildings, which it is proposed to undertake in the following year, shall be submitted by each Deputy Inspector General to the Inspector-General by the 1st August in each year. Superintendents of Police shall also report to the Deputy Inspector-General the date of commencement of all works for which funds have been allotted to the Public Works Department and the date when the completed work was accepted.

3.11. Communication of allotment of funds for minor works and special repairs to various officers. –

The authority allotting funds for specific minor works and special repairs, or conveying administrative approval to such works or repairs, shall communicate the sanction to the Accountant-General, and the Secretary to Government, Public Works Department, as well as to the officers of the Police Department concerned.

3.12. Petty construction and repairs. –

An annual allotment for petty construction and annual repairs is included in the annual allotment statement of police contingencies. This can be supplemented from time to time by appropriation from the reserve under the same head at the disposal of the Deputy Inspector-General.

3.13. Powers of the Superintendent, Deputy Inspector-General and Inspector General to sanction estimates for petty and annual repairs, etc. –

(1)     The following gazetted police officers may sanction within the sum allotted under Rule 3.12, regular estimates for petty and annual repairs to police buildings and for original works and special repairs not exceeding at one time on any one building, or any one project, the amount specified opposite their designation :-


Superintendent of Police and Principal, Police
Training School, Phillaur Rs. 300


Deputy Inspector-General 1,500


Inspector-General 2,500

(2)     This authority extends to both residential and non-residential buildings, but does not extend to -

(i)       The execution of works where skilled civil engineering supervision is required.

Note : Such supervision is not considered necessary in the case of simple works which can normally be entrusted to skilled artisans employed by the Police Department.

(ii)      The construction of buildings for headquarters offices.

(iii)     The construction of works in connection with residential buildings for which capital and revenue accounts are maintained (e.g., gazetted officers’ houses) and all new residential buildings.

(iv)    The construction of such works as the Finance Department may call upon the Public Works Department to execute.

Note : (1) Before works under this order are executed the administrative approval of the competent authority must be obtained.

(2) An up-to-date record of expenditure against sanctioned estimates shall also be maintained.

3.14. Payments on account of petty construction and repairs. –

(1)     When petty construction or repairs are carried out through a contractor, detailed estimates and, where necessary, plans shall be insisted upon. Portions of the total sum sanctioned for the work may be advanced on receipt vouchers (Form 10.33.(2)) obtained from the contractor, but no second advance shall be given until the Superintendent is satisfied that reasonable progress has been made with the work and final payment shall not be made until the work has been thoroughly checked by a gazetted officer or inspector. Such officer shall satisfy himself that the work has been completed in every respect as to quality and quantity of materials and the extent of the work, according to the estimate.

(2)     When money is allotted to police officers for carrying out of work under their own supervision, advance payments up to the full sanctioned sum may be similarly made, on the receipt of form 10.33(1) of the police officer concerned, acting in the capacity of contractor, but for purposes of departmental check a detailed account in Form 3.14(2) of actual expenditure on labour and materials shall be submitted. The work shall be thoroughly checked at the earliest opportunity by a gazetted officer or inspector with this detailed account, and such officer shall satisfy himself that the work has been executed and the money actually disbursed in accordance therewith.

3.15. Rents treated as police contingent charges. –

The rent of any building or land hired for public purposes shall be paid under the authority of the Inspector-General. A certificate from the Executive Engineer, as required by clause (15)(a) of Appendix 5 of the Civil Account Code, shall be attached to the contingent bill containing the first charge in each year.

Buildings rented as residential quarters shall be placed in charge of the Public Works Departments and their rent shall be met from the Public Works Department budget, vide paragraph 484 of the Public Works Department Account Code.

3.16. Payment of rent to other departments. –

The police department shall not pay rent to another department of Government for land or building, except the commercial departments as mentioned in paragraph 1(B) of Appendix 6, Civil Account Code.

3.17. Supplementary certificate to be signed by officer on assumption of office regarding rent of residential buildings. –

All officers occupying residential buildings leased by Government should satisfy themselves that the buildings have been brought on to the books of the Executive Engineers concerned who are responsible for recovering the rent from the occupants and paying it to the landlords and also for letting such buildings to new occupants. When it becomes necessary to negotiate for, and to draft new leases in respect of residential buildings, the Executive Engineer should invariably be consulted, as he will be responsible for seeing that the lease is properly signed and duly registered.

In cases where a building leased or rented by Government for the residence of a police officer is used partly as an office and partly as a residence, or vice versa, the full rent shall be paid by the Executive Engineer and charged to the minor head "Repairs". The rent of the portion used as an office shall be adjusted by book transfer by credit to Revenue and debit to the contingent grant of the Police Department.

When an officer takes over charge of an office, entitling him to occupy a residential building leased or owned by Government, he should, apart from the usual charge certificate on assumption of office, sign a supplementary certificate stating that he becomes responsible for the rent of a particular building from a given date. The relived officer should state similarly that his responsibility for the rent has ceased. A copy of this certificate should be sent to the Executive Engineer as well as to the officers to whom copies of the charge certificate are sent. If an office does not carry with it any responsibility for the rent of a building the supplementary certificate will be blank and will be signed with a line drawn across it. In cases where the relieving officer has not to occupy the building, the responsibility of the relieved officer for rent will not cease until he has furnished the above certificate and has handed over the key to the Executive Engineer concerned.

3.18. Other accommodation for office. –

(1)     When, in consequence of no suitable public building being available, a police officer provides accommodation for his office in his private residence, that proportion of the rent which is assessed by the Executive Engineer as being the rent of the accommodation occupied as an office may be claimed from Government.

(2)     When a Superintendent of Police allots accommodation (other than a mere open verandah) in his residence as a waiting room for visitors on official business, the Inspector-General may, if satisfied of the suitability of such accommodation, sanction the payment by Government of the rent of the waiting room and half the rent of the room in which visitors are received. The assessment of the portion of the rent to be paid by Government and its payment to the landlord will be arranged by the Executive Engineer.

3.19. Provision of married quarters. –

Government is under no obligation to supply free accommodation for the families of police officers of any rank. The house rent allowances authorized by rule 10.76 are, except in the case of the proportion of married constables therein laid down, intended to provide accommodation for officers themselves, for whom accommodation suitable to their rank is not a available in Government buildings. It is the policy of Government, however, to provide married quarters for upper and lower subordinates in headquarters lines and police stations to the extent which funds permit and up to such proportion of the total establishment as may, from time to time, be fixed as reasonable. At present married quarters are provided in lines for the reserve inspector (where sanctioned), prosecuting inspector, district inspector at headquarters, lines officer and, as far as possible, for sub-inspectors on the sanctioned strength of the lines and office establishment. The provision for assistant sub-inspectors and lower subordinates is approximately 10 per cent of establishment of those ranks permanently posted to duties at headquarters, other than headquarter police stations. At police stations married quarters are being provided as funds permit for the officer in charge, the assistant sub-inspectors permanently sanctioned for the station and 2/5ths of the sanctioned establishment of head constables and constables.

3.20. Allotment of quarters and grant of house rent allowances to constables. –

Constables and Head Constables stationed at headquarters of districts, desiring Government family quarters or house rent in lieu thereof, shall apply in writing to the Superintendent of Police stating where they are posted, the duty on which they are employed, and the numbers of the members of their family to be accommodated. Such applications shall be forwarded through their immediate superior officer, not below the rank of sub-inspector, who shall endorse his recommendations. Such applications, if not refused, shall be acknowledged, filed and entered serially as received, in a register which shall be maintained in Form 3.20.

3.21. Grant of house rent allowances instead of family quarters. –

If no family quarters are available in the vicinity of the place of duty of an applicant under Rule 3.20, he may be granted a house rent allowance, provided that the sanctioned number of allowances is not exceeded. Such allowance is a personal allowance and is not transferable and shall cease when the recipient (a) is permanently transferred or (b) proceeds on leave for a period exceeding four months or (c) for any other sufficient reason at the discretion of the Superintendent of Police, whose order shall be final. The maximum number of house rent allowances sanctioned in each district is 25 per cent of the number of Head Constables and constables stationed at headquarters excluding the reserve and the provision for escorts.

3.22. Disposal of claims for family quarters or house rent allowance. –

In determining the priority of claim for family quarters or for the grant of house rent allowance, the Superintendent of Police shall be guided by the following considerations in the order given below :-

(a)      The length of service of the applicant;

(b)      the general conduct of the applicant;

(c)      the permanency and nature of his duty at headquarters;

(d)      the number of members of his family (wife, sons and daughters only);


Provided that no allowance shall be granted unless -

(i)       the house is within a reasonable distance of the applicant’s place of duty;

(ii)      a superior officer, not below the rank of sub-inspector certifies monthly that the wife (and family, if any) of the recipient of the allowance is residing with him, and that no official quarters are available.

3.23. Duties of Deputy Inspectors-General with regard to the examination of house rents sanctioned in districts. –

Deputy Inspectors-General, when inspecting districts, should satisfy themselves that the allotment of quarters and the grant of house-rent allowances has been made in strict accordance with these rules. They should report, from time to time as married quarters for constables and head constables are constructed, to what extent the number of house-rent allowances can be reduced in each district.

3.24. Rules regarding installation of electricity in police buildings. –

(1)     All proposals for the installation of electric lights and fans in nonresidential buildings shall be submitted, accompanied by a rough plan showing where the lights and fans are to be installed and a rough estimate of the cost involved, to the Deputy Inspector-General who will accord administrative approval if the cost involved does not exceed Rs. 1,000 otherwise he will forward the proposal to the Inspector-General for administrative approval. When the proposal has been approved, the Electrical Engineer to Government shall be asked to prepare detailed plans and estimates with a view to the allotment of funds.

(2)     Proposals for the installation of electric lights and fans in residential buildings shall also be submitted, accompanied by a rough plan showing where the lights and fans are to be installed and a rough estimate of the cost involved, to the Deputy Inspector-General who will obtain the administrative approval of the Electrical Engineer to Government if the cost involved does not exceed Rs. 100; otherwise he will forward the proposal to the Inspector General for obtaining the administrative approval of the Provincial Government in the Public Works Department.

3.25. [Scale of provision of electric light and fans. –

(1)     Fans will be sanctioned for the offices of (a) Deputy Inspector-General of Police, (b) Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police, (c) Superintendents of Police, including those incharge of Punjab Armed Police, (d) Deputy Superintendents of Police, incharge of Sub-Divisions, (e) Deputy Superintendents of Police/Gazetted Officers, incharge of C.I.D. offices, (f) Police Radio Stations, (g) Sub-Inspectors in Police Station, (h) Messes, (i) Recreation rooms, (j) Officer-in-charge, Police Recruits Training Centre, Jehan Khelan and (k) Reserve Inspector/Lines Officers of Police lines.

Fans will not be provided at Government cost in the quarters of non-gazetted establishment, but wall plugs for fans may be provided at Government expense in residences, where electric lighting installation only (as contrasted with fans) has been allowed, to enable tenants to draw current to drive electric fans provided at their own expense. No table fans will be supplied in residences provided by the Government and its use should also be avoided in Government offices.

(2)     Electric light where available will be sanctioned in all Police buildings, including married quarters. Occupiers of rent-free buildings are not required to pay rent for the installation of electricity, but they shall pay charges for the energy consumed and for the hire of meter.][2]

3.26. Police rest-house. –

(1)     When police rest-houses are not being occupied by officers of the department, they may be used by gazetted officers of any other department by the Chairman and Vice-Chairman of District Board and by a District Engineer, whose duties require them to visit the localities in which such rest-houses are situated on the understanding that an officer of the Police Department has a prior claim to the accommodation available. The occupation of police rest-houses extends only to an officer and his wife and not to their family or members of their party without the written permission of the Superintendent of Police concerned, and then only on the understanding stated above.

(2)     A list of the furniture and other articles, supplied for the use of the building, shall be hung in every police building, and shall be countersigned by the Superintendent.

(3)     The rest-houses having been constructed primarily for the convenience of officers who follow the European manner of living, their use is not permitted to officers of any department, who follow non-European customs in regard to meals, cooking and the use of furniture.

3.27. For rules regarding the occupation of Public Works Department rest houses

see Punjab Public Works Department, Buildings and Roads Branch, Manual of Orders, Chapter 9.

3.28. Register of police lands. –

A register in Form 3.28 shall be maintained by each Superintendent of all land which is Government property occupied by the Police, showing the exact area of each plot so occupied. The register should give the exact measurements and boundaries and in the case of rural lands, the khasra numbers. Officers in immediate charge of the properties in question are required to check periodically the entries in the register, and to report at once any instances in which encroachments have been made.

Note :  In accordance with the rules of the Public Works Department all title deeds of houses or lands purchased for public works purposes are deposited with the Deputy Commissioners of the districts in which such lands or buildings are situated.

3.29. Sanction of Government to occupy, sell, lease or build upon police lands. –

No person may occupy or build upon Government land without the express sanction of Government. No land in occupation of the police department may be sold or leased for any purpose without sanction of Government obtained through the Inspector-General.

3.30. Boundaries to be demarcated. –

The boundaries of all police lands shall be carefully demarcated, as funds may permit, by permanent masonry marks or walls, and, until such marks or walls can be erected, by small trenches and hedges. All such lands shall be recorded in the nazul register in English with a note that they are in the occupation of the police.

3.31. Sale of produce etc. from police lands. –

Punjab Government Consolidated Circular No. 6 requires that the value of the produce of lands in the occupation of Government departments should be realized for the benefit of Government and credited to the treasury as police land fund revenue. The object in view is not that supervising and executive police officers should occupy themselves in the attempt to farm land at a profit, but that all natural products, such as loppings of trees, grass and fruit should be disposed of for the benefit of Government and should not be misappropriated.

The police department requires land for the housing, training and recreation of the force and for the pitching of temporary camps in the vicinity of police buildings. In addition to space for parades and the pitching of camps of inspecting officers, and for the building of married quarters for subordinates where necessary, it is desirable to occupy sufficient ground in the vicinity of rural police stations to permit of a small garden being kept up, in which vegetables and the like may be grown by the staff for their own consumption. A total area of approximately two acres is sufficient for all these requirements and land in excess of this amount should not normally be acquired. Where land is held by the police in excess of requirements, the facts should be brought to the notice of the Inspector-General.

3.32. Cleanliness and keeping of animals in police building and quarters. –

(1)     Police buildings and quarters shall be kept perfectly clean, and the furniture and other property in them shall be arranged in an orderly way. The ground in the vicinity of police buildings shall be kept clean and free from objectionable matter.

(2)     Except in pounds and stables, horses and other animals shall not be kept inside police buildings, or enclosures, or in objectionable proximity to them.

(3)     Police officers residing in police buildings or quarters shall not keep any buffaloes, cows or other animals without the sanction of the Superintendent of Police, which shall be granted only when proper accommodation exists for such animals to which they must be confined. In no case shall permission be granted to erect accommodation for animals.

Animals must be removed from police land and from near police buildings if the owners desire to take them from the stables, or other accommodation, in which they are kept. Police officers permitted to keep animals shall pay for any damage caused by such animals to Government property. (For cleanliness or damage to Government family quarters see rule 14.57).

 

FORM NO. 3.10(1)

(a)      LIST OF ADMINISTRATIVELY APPROVED MINOR WORKS AND SPECIAL REPAIRS OF THE RANGE FOR WHICH FUNDS ARE REQUIRED IN THE NEXT TWO YEARS.

(b)      ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS TO EXISTING RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Serial No.

Description of work

Civil District

Locality or town

Number and date of letter according administrative approval

Number and date of letter according technical sanction

Amount of sanctioned estimate, or in cases of works not technically sanctioned estimated cost

of works

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(To be drawn by hand, Offices should draw out the "peshani"to allow columns to be of correct proportions.)

 

FORM NO. 3.10(2)

LIST OF ADMINISTRATIVELY APPROVED MAJOR WORKS OF THE POLICE DEPARTMENTAL FOR WHICH FUNDS ARE REQUIRED IN THE NEXT TWO YEARS

 

 

 

 

Serial No.

 

 

 

 

Descriptio n of

work

 

 

 

 

Civil District

 

 

 

 

Locality or town

ADMINISTRAT IVE APPROVAL ACCORDED

IN PUNJAB GOVERNMEN T LETTER

 

 

 

 

Amount for which administrativ e approval has been given

TECHNICAL SANCTION ACCORDED BY PUNJAB GOVERNMENT WORKS DEPARTMENT,

LETTER

 

 

 

 

Amount of sanctioned estimate

 

 

 

 

REMARKS

No.

Date

No.

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rs.

 

 

Rs.

 

 

(To be drawn by hand. Offices should draw out the "peshani" to allow columns to be of correct proportions).

 

FORM NO. 3.14(2)


PART I

ACCOUNT OF REPAIRS OF POLICE BUILDINGS (NAME)

 

Column 1. Date


2. No. and description of materials purchased.


3. Rate.


4. Cost of materials purchased.


5. Cost of daily labour.


6. Total (columns 4 and 5)


7. Remarks (here state number of vouchers attached).

 

PART II

ABSTRACT SHOWING THE PRESENCE OF DAILY LABOURERS IN CONNECTION WITH THE REPAIRS TO POLICE BUILDINGS (NAME)

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

 

Serial No.

 

Name of labourer

 

Kind of work

 

Daily rate

DATES OF THE MONTH OF 19

REMARK S

1st

2nd

3rd

4th

5th

6th

and so on

 

 

 

Rs. A.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM NO. 3.20

REGISTER OF APPLICATIONS FOR FAMILY QUARTERS OR HOUSE RENT IN LIEU THEREOF

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT,__________________DISTRICT

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Serial No.

Date of application

Name and rank of applicant

Date of appointment in Police service

Applicant’s home residence

Detail of applicant’s family for whom accommodation

is required

Nature of duty at headquarters

Final orders of Superintendent of Police

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(This register should be prepared by hand. Offices should draw out the "peshani" to allow columns to be of correct proportions)

 

FORM NO. 3.28

REGISTER OF LAND BELONGING TO GOVERNMENT IN THE OCCUPATION OF POLICE

 

Column

(1)     Locality.

(2)     Area.

(3)     Boundaries.

(4)     Whether marked by boundary pillars.

(5)     Information in columns 2 and 3 whence obtained.

(This register to be prepared by hand)


 

CHAPTER 4 CLOTHING

 

4.1. Specification of uniform. –


The specifications of uniforms prescribed for all ranks of police officers together with memoranda regarding the wearing of Orders, decorations and medals are given in Appendix 4.1.

4.2. Muster patterns –

(1)     Muster patterns of all materials and articles of clothing prescribed for enrolled police officers will be supplied by the Inspector-General, at the time of approval of such patterns, to the Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police, each Superintendent and the Principal, Police Training School. A lable bearing the name of the article and a reference to the order sanctioning its issue shall be firmly attached by the seal of the Central Police Office to each pattern so issued. Similar sealed muster patterns will be supplied by the Inspector-General to firms for each article which they are authorised to supply.

Deputy Inspectors-General shall inspect sealed patterns and satisfy themselves that they are of the latest issue and that obsolete patterns have been destroyed or sold.

(2)     No changes shall be made in the pattern or material of any article of uniform prescribed for police officers except under the orders of Inspector General.

4.3. Modifications permitted in regulation uniform. –

Detailed instructions regarding the wearing of uniform by gazetted officers and the modifications in the standard kit, which are authorised by the local Government, are contained in Appendix 4.3. Police officers are not permitted to wear as uniform any article of clothing, which is not authorised in this chapter and its appendices, but, subject to this proviso, the dress worn on different occasions may be varied by the order of the Superintendent of Police, within the limits prescribed in rule 4.4.

4.4. Uniform to be worn on all duties. –

(1)     Police officers of all ranks shall wear uniform on all parades and on all duties of a ceremonial nature or which involve the exercise of their powers as police  officers; provided that this rule shall not apply to police officers specifically deputed on plain clothes duty. The wearing at any time of a mixture of uniform and plain clothes, or of unauthorized variations of uniforms, is absolutely prohibited.

(2)     The nature of uniform to be worn on duty shall be regulated by the order of the Superintendent of Police according to climatic conditions and the nature of the duty, subject to the rules in this chapter, and its appendices and provided that all men parading or proceeding on duty together shall be clothed alike. Deputy Inspectors-General shall require that the spirit of these orders be observed, but should not otherwise limit the discretion of Superintendents.

(3)     These orders apply strictly to police officers exercising their legal powers in rural areas. The protection of section 353, Indian Penal Code, shall not ordinarily be afforded to any police officer who may be assaulted, unless the Superintendent of Police is satisfied that such officer was at the time properly dressed in an authorised uniform and equipment. For all duties performed in the public view police officers of all ranks shall be so turned out that there can be no possibility of mistake as to their being police officers. For such duties, though the comfort of officers and men in climatic and other circumstances must be considered, smartness shall not be scarified.

(4)     Officers and men appearing in courts of law as prosecutors, witnesses, orderlies or escorts, and clerks on duty at city, cantonment or civil lines police stations, shall wear uniform. Other officers shall not ordinarily wear uniform on the office duties.

Police regulation uniform shall not be worn at fancy dress balls, nor shall such uniform be lent for use or worn by their owners in dramatic performances or other entertainments. There is, however, no objection to uniform of obsolete pattern being worn on such occasions.

4.5. Grants for the purchase of uniform, saddlery and horses. –

(1)      The following grants for the purchase of uniform, and of a horse and saddlary when an officer is required to keep a horse, have been sanctioned by the Government for gazetted officers of the Indian Police and of the Provincial Police Service :-

 

Officers

Uniform

Horse and Saddlery

1.

Indian Police Officers recruited in the United Kingdon

£ 30 or the equivalent in rupees converted at one shilling and six pence per rupee

A sum not exceeding Rs. 600 (when required to keep a horse)

2.

Indian Police Officers appointed in India

£ 30 converted into rupees at the rate of one shilling and six pence per rupee (i.e., Rs. 400)

Ditto

3.

Indian Police Officers promoted from the Provincial Service

Ditto

Ditto

4.

Provincial Police Officers (Deputy Superintendent of Police)

Rs. 250

Ditto

(2)      The grants to both Indian and Provincial Police Officers for uniform and for horse and saddlery are renewable at intervals of ten years and seven years, respectively provided that no officer who is due to retire within five years and who holds an administrative post for which the maintenance of a horse is not essential is eligible to receive a grant for the purchase of a horse and saddlery. Indian police officers appointed in or after 1919, and Provincial Police Officers promoted or appointed to the rank of Deputy Superintendent of Police after 1st April, 1922, are entitled to renew their uniform grant after a period of ten years from the date of their first appointment, or from the date on which uniform is first maintained whichever is later, and the grant for horse and saddlery, seven years from the date the charger was first maintained subject to the proviso in sub-rule (3) below. Indian Police officers appointed prior to 1919 were due their original uniform and charger grants on June, 1927. The uniform grant in their case is the renewable after a period of ten years, and that for horse and saddlery after a period of seven years from 15th June, 1927. Similarly, Provincial police officers promoted or appointed prior to 1st April, 1922, were due their original uniform and charger grants on 24th August, 1928. Accordingly, in their case the grants are renewable after ten and seven years, respectively from the 24th August, 1928.


It is discretionary with the Provincial Government to not only to withhold the grant for the horse and saddlery but also the grant for uniform from any officer who is due to retire within five years.

Note. 1 :Officiating service rendered by provincial Police Officers as such on and after the first April, 1922, will count towards the period for the renewal of uniform and charger grants.

Note. 2 :Before a police officer is allowed to draw an allowance for the renewal of his uniform, a certificate to the effect that his uniform and equipment have been maintained in good order and condition, shall be furnished to the Accountant General by his immediate controlling officer for purposes of audit. In the case of a Superintendent of Police, the certificate shall normally be supplied by a Deputy Inspector-General and in the case of a Deputy Superintendent by the Superintendent of Police, incharge of the district in which he is serving.

Note. 3 :The renewal of the uniform grant to an Indian Police Officer promoted from the Provincial Police Service shall be payable at the rate admissible to an Indian Police Officer and from the date when the renewal grant originally fell due, i.e. had the officer in question not been promoted.

(3)      Every application for renewal of the grant on account of horse and saddlery must be accompanied by a certificate stating that a charger is being maintained and has ordinarily been maintained for a total period of seven years from the date the charger was first maintained.

Note. 1 :In applications for the renewal of uniform and horse and saddlery grants, the date should be from which uniform and horse was first maintained.

Note 2 :In reckoning the period of seven years for the renewal of the grant or the purchase of a horse the word "ordinary" used in Rule 4.5(5) should be taken to cover periods of leave during which a horse has not been maintained.

Note 3 :An Indian Police Officer officiating in an administrative post is entitled to count any such period towards the renewal grant for horse and saddlery, provided that the eventually reverts and is not confirmed in the administrative post, and provided also that he maintains a horse during the officiating period.

(4)      Grants for the purchase of uniform and horse and saddlery will be sanctioned to Deputy Superintendents :-

(a)      in the case of direct recruitment, on appointment, and

(b)      in the case of promotion, on confirmation.

(5)      An officer of the Provincial Police Service on promotion to the Indian (Imperial) Police Service will be entitled to the difference between Rs. 400 and the amount already drawn for the purchase of uniform.

(6)      In every case in which a grant is given the officer receiving the grant shall furnish the Accountant-General, Punjab, with a certificate to the effect that the full amount received has been spent. In cases where the grants are not fully utilized, the saving effected should be at once refunded.

(7)      Directly appointed Deputy Superintendents of Police who resign, or are dismissed, or are removed from the service within three years from the day of reporting for duty, shall refund the whole, or such portion as may be ordered by the local Government of any grant made towards the cost of a horse and saddlery.

4.6. Free issue of articles of uniform and equipment to Upper Subordinates :-

(1)     Upper subordinate on first appointment, or first promotion to that staus, shall be provided at the expense of the clothing and equipment funds with a free issue of uniform and equipment at the following scale :-

(a)      Initial issue of two khaki coats, two bushshirts, two shorts and one of every standard article of clothing and equipment as prescribed in Part IV of Appendix 4.1. Other optional articles of uniform authorised by rule 4.3 may also be supplied, provided that the total annual expenditures on clothing and equipment for all upper subordinates in the districts shall not exceed an average of Rs. 25 for each officer, although expenditure on a particular officer in particular year may exceed Rs. 25.

Note 1 :A register in form 4.6(1)(a) shall be maintained by the Head Clerk to provide a proper check on expenditure on this account. Before the renewal or issue or articles of clothing and equipment is sanctioned, he shall certify that the total annual expenditure does not exceed an average of Rs. 25 per upper subordinate.

Note 2 :The following extra articles of clothing and equipment have been prescribed for issue to N.G.Os. posted in Lahaul and Spiti District :-[3]

Note : Prosecuting Sub-Inspectors shall not be issued with gaiters and a pair of breeches but will be issued with 3 pairs of khaki drill slacks instead as initial issue.

Serial No.

Name of articles

Initial issue

1.

Sleeping bag or

1

 

Blanket woollen

5

2.

Leather Gloves

1 pair

3.

Angola Shirts

2

4.

Cap Balclava

1

5.

Cap Comforter

1

6.

Woollen Vests

2

7.

Drawer woollen

2

9.

Coat posteen/Coat parka

1

10.

Jarkin leather/leather Nehru Jacket

1

11.

Giligit Boots/boots Combat rubber insulated

1 pair

12.

Gum boot/boots rubber knee

1 pair

13.

Snow goggles

1 pair

14.

Woollen battle dress consisting of one B.D. Blouse and a pair of trousers

One set

15.

Warm Cap

1

(b)      Free replacement shall be allowed according to the periods prescribed in Rule 4.11; provided that helmets of Europeans and safas of Indians may be replaced after two and four years, respectively, on surrender of corresponding unserviceable articles. The helmets of upper subordinates (European), posted at Dharamasala (Kangra District), Murree Tehsil (Rawalpindi District), Simla, Dalhousie, (Gurdaspur District) and Kasauli (Ambala District), may be replaced after the year instead of two. Clothing and Equipment for which no period is fixed shall be replaced free, only one being certified by a survey committee to have been lost or rendered unserviceable by fair wear and tear or under circumstances involving no neglect on the part of the officer concerned.

(c)      Uniform for upper subordinate shall be issued by the Lines Tailor and carefully fitted, but officers may be permitted to draw material of the prescribed pattern from Store on payment and have it made up privately for supplementary articles or replacements of uniform provided at their own expense. The cost in such case shall be recovered in instalments.

(d)      The following articles of uniform have been prescribed for issue to the Lady NGOs. in Punjab :-[4]

Serial No.

Particulars of articles to be issued

Quantity

Duration of wear

1.

Khaki bushshirts with cloth belts and transparent metal buckles

4

1 year

2.

Khaki Saries of Khaki voil without any peping or trimming

4

1 year

3.

Petti-coats of Khaki poplin

4

One to be replaced every year

4.

Khaki socks Woollen

2 pairs

6 months

5.

Chappals black

2 pairs

Both Pairs to be replaced annually

6.

Black shoes

1 pair

3 years

7.

Cardigan jacket

1

3 years

8.

Great coat

1

6 years

9.

P.P. Badges

1 set

As and when required

10.

Whistle with lanyard

1 set

Ditto

11.

Rain Coat (for hill stations only)

1

5 years

12.

Shoulder Badges

 

As and when required

(e)      Head Constables promoted to officiate as Assistant Sub-Inspector shall deposit in the Police Lines the uniform issued to them as Head Constables. It shall be retained for re-issue to them if they are reverted. Officiating Assistant Sub-Inspector of Police shall be provided at the expense of clothing and equipment funds with the articles of uniform mentioned hereafter :-

1 Great Coat

1 Belt

2 Khaki tunics

1 Pair half putties (cotton)

1 Khaki Safa

1 Pair footless hose (woollen)

1 Khaki Kullah

1 Pair boots

"Sikh Officers in lieu of a Kullah may be issued two ‘Fifties’ of Red Salu cloth 66 inches long and 91 2 inches wide."

1 Khaki Safa fringe

1 Set shoulder badges

2 Khaki Bush-Shirts

1 Set buttons

2 Pair shorts

1 Pair breeches

1 Pair stockings

 

On substantive promotion Assistant Sub-Inspectors shall receive the balance of the uniform admissible to them and to uniform issued to them as head constables shall be issued to other lower subordinates. If reverted to the rank of head constable the uniform issued to them while officiating as Assistant Sub-Inspector shall be returned to store. They shall then receive a re-issue of head constables uniform.

(f)       Upper Subordinates posted to the Shimla District and to Kasauli, Keylong, Suraj, Dalhousie, Balun Bakloh and Murree shall in the cold weather wear khaki serge coats and breeches. The pattern shall be exactly the same as the khaki drill uniform. The serge uniform will be issued in addition to the khaki uniform. When an officer is transferred from any of these hill stations he will leave his serge uniform behind to be used by other officers transferred to the district station as the case may be.

(g)      The following articles of uniform have been prescribed for issue to the Upper Subordinates of Provincial Armed Police :-

Serial No.

Name of articles

Initial issue

Duration period

1.

Blouse, Khaki Drill, B.D.

1

2 years

2.

Blouse, woolen B.D.

1

3 years

3.

Trousers, Khaki B.D.

1 pair

2 years

4.

Trousers, woolen B.D.

1 pair

3 years

5.

Socks, woollen

2 pairs

6 months

6.

Half putties, woolen

1 pair

3 years

6-A

Canvas Anklets

1 pair

3 years

7.

Shorts, Khaki, Drill

3 pairs

One every year

8.

Bush-shirts

2

One every year

9.

Boots

1 pair

3 years

10.

Chapplis

1 pair

1 year

11.

Safas, Khaki

3(6 yards each)

1 to 3 years

(one to be replaced every year)

11-A

Beret caps

1

2 years

12.

Jhallar, Khaki, Silk

2

1 to 2 years

(one to be replaced every year)


 

13.

 

13-A.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

26.

27.

 

 

 

28.

29.

30.

31.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.

 

 

33.

‘Fifty’ of Red Salu cloth for Sikh Officers

Khaki Kullahs for non-Sikh officers Footless Hose

Great Coat Cardigan jacket

Mosquito-net with poles Durree or Ground Sheet Water-bottle

Field Dressing Canvas Kit Bag

P.P. Badges and Stars Great Coat Buttons Whistle with Lanyard

P.A.P. crest While Vests

P.T. Shoes

 

 

 

Webbing Revolver Revolver lanyard Haversack Cleansing material

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overall

 

 

Mosquito Boots

2(66"X 91 2")

 

2

1   pair

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2   pairs each

10

1

1

2

1 pair

 

 

 

1 complete set

1

1

1

1 tin boot polish 2 oz, bottle of Brasso

1 tin Dubbin

1 Cake Khaki webbing cleasing clay

 

1 each for Upper Subordinate of M.T. Staff

1 pair each for all N.G.Os. posted on the Indo-Pak Border

1 year

 

1 year

1 year

6 years

3   years

4   years

When found unserviceable Ditto

Ditto Ditto

When found unserviceable Ditto

Ditto Ditto

6 months

9 months for all PAP officers excepting in the case of persons attending the case in whose case the duration period will review 6 months

When required

When found unserviceable Ditto

tin boot polish 2 oz. bottle of

 

 

When required

 

 

 

1 year

 

 

5 years

Articles mentioned at serial Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 28, and 29 shall not be issued to the mounted Upper Subordinates but they shall get the following articles in lieu thereof :-

 

Serial No.

Name of articles

Initial issue

Duration period

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Breeches, Khaki, Corduroy Full Putties, Woollen Shirts, Khaki, Cellular

Leather Revolver Holster with leather ling Leather Cross belt

3 pairs

2   pairs

3   pairs

1

1

each for all bros Police on the Indo-Pak Border

1 year

3 years

1 year

When found unserviceable Ditto

Note : A pair of Hunter boots will be issued to each Upper Subordinate posted in Lahaul and Spiti Area in lieu of Canvas Shoes and chappals. Its duration will be one year.[5]

(h)      [6][The following extra articles of clothing and equipment have been prescribed for issue to N.G.Os. of P.A.P. in Lahaul and Spiti District :-

Sr. No.

Name of articles

Initial issue

1.

Sleeping bag or

1

 

Blanket woollen

5

2.

Leather Gloves

1 pair

3.

Angola Shirts

2

4.

Cap Balclava

1

5.

Cap comforter

1

6.

Woollen vests

2

7.

Drawer woollen

2

8.

Coat posteen/Coat Parka

1

9.

Jerkin leather/Leather Nehru Jaket

1 pair

10.

Gilgit boots/Boots Combat rubber insulated

1 pair

11.

Gum Boot/Boots rubber knee

1 pair

12.

Snow goggles

1 pair

13.

Woollen battle dress comprising one B.D. Blouse and a paid of trousers

One set

14.

Warm Cap

1

(2)     A check list in Form 4.6(2) shall be maintained for each upper subordinate showing the issue or replacements of clothing and equipment which have been made to him and the dates on which each article was issued. Each entry will be attested by a Gazetted Officer. The check list shall be attached to the officer’s Character Roll.

(3)     All articles of uniform or equipment issued to upper subordinates are the property of Government and shall be surrendered on reduction to the rank of lower subordinate, dismissal or retirement. In the case of upper subordinates, who are specially permitted by the Inspector-General to wear uniform on ceremonial occasions after retirement, Superintendents of Police are empowered to permit them to retain one suit of Khaki uniform complete with pagri, etc., but without great coat.

4.6-A. Clothing allowance for the staff of the C.I.D. Punjab. –

Upper and lower subordinates on the staff of the Criminal Investigation Department are not provided with free annual issues of uniform but receive the following cash payments from the clothing fund to enable them to make up their own clothing :-

 

Rs.

Inspectors, Sub-Inspector and Assistant Sub-Inspectors,

Head Constables and Foot Constables

25 per annum

10 per annum

4.7. Recruits kit. –

Each recruit on enrolment shall be supplied with the following articles of clothing :-

1 Great Coat

1 Red Kulla

2 Shirts of mazri cloth

1 Pair black chaplis (boots in districts where authorized)

1 Cardigan jacket

 

2 Pairs of mazri cloth shorts 3 transparent vests

1 Safa without Safa ends

1 Pair of transparent canvas shoes, (Recruits undergoing training at the Recruits Training Centres in the Central, Western and Eastern Ranges and in the Government Railway Police Lines,should be provided with two pairs of transparent canvas shoes)

1 Khaki Kurta

 

1 Pair of Khaki Knicker bockers

1 Pair of half (cotton) and footless hose(woollen)

1 Shoulder pad

3 pairs of socks to each on enlistment followed by a further issue of two pairs on the termination of his recruits course ad thereafter, 1 pair of socks at the end of every six months

The great coat, cardigan jacket, shoes and safa shall be issued from the full kit mentioned hereafter. A sufficient number of the remaining articles shall be maintained in each district for the use of recruits, being replenished, as far as possible, from clothing surrendered as time expired, or otherwise surplus, provided it is in thoroughly good condition.

4.8. Full kit of lower subordinates. –

The full kit to be issued to each lower subordinate on joining the ranks and to be maintained by him thereafter shall consist of the following articles :-

1 Bastani

2 Safa bands

1 Cardigan jacket

2 Red Kullas

1 Great Coat

2 Kamarbands (mounted police only) 3 Safas

2 Pairs of pattis cloth mounted police, 2 pairs of half pattis (cotton, and footless hose (woollen).

2 Khaki knicker bockers (Breeches for mounted Police) 2 Khaki Kurtas 2 Shoulder pads

3 Khaki shirts

One pair of boots and one pair of chaplls in the case of Foot Constables (except those posted to hill stations who will be issued with two pair of boots) and two pairs of ankle boots in the case of all Head Constables and mounted Constables

3 Khaki Shorts

Woollen gloves for each lower subordinate posted at hill stations and in the hilly parts of the Ambala, Gurdaspur, and Rawalpindi Districts for wear in the winter

2 Safa fringes

2 Khaki pugris complete with Jhallars (for Drill Instructors only) 1 Khaki Kullah (for Drill Instructors only)

} Extra for men employed in the drill staff

1 Pair of shorts

1 Pair of socks {For gunman deputed for protection of Governor, Ministers and other High Officials.

one Achkin made of dark blue serge or dark blue blazer cloth.{For gunman deputed for protection of Governor, Ministers and other High Officials.1

2 Achkans of transparent drill {For gunman deputed for protection of Governor, Ministers and other High Officials.

1 Gold Kullah {For gunman deputed for protection of Governor, Ministers and other High Officials.

2 White salwars {For gunman deputed for protection of Governor, Ministers and other High Officials.

2 White pagrees {For gunman deputed for protection of Governor, Ministers and other High Officials.

1 Pair of black shoes {For gunman deputed for protection of Governor, Ministers and other High Officials.

1 Rain Coat {For gunman deputed for protection of Governor, Ministers and other High Officials.

One water proof coat for each lower subordinate posted at hill stations and in the hilly parts of Ambala, Gurdaspur, Hoshiarpur, Rawalpindi Districts and employed on traffic duty in the districts where regular traffic staff is sanctioned.

1 Blue overall for Armourers and Assistat Armourers

1 Mosquito net with poles to each lower subordinate except those posted at Simla.

Note:(1) The men employed on headquarters guards at Chandigarh and those employed on traffic duty in Amritsar, will receive a third pair of Khaki Knicker Bookers and a third Kurta as a part of winter uniform and a fourth Khaki Shirt and a Fourth pair of Khaki Shorts as a part of summer uniform.

Note:(2) The men employed on traffic duty at Lahore, Amritsar, Rawalpindi and Multan will receive annually a transparent coat and a pair of transparent sleeves.

Note:(3) Lower subordinates posted to the Simla District and to Kasauli, Kelang, Suraj, Dalhousie, Balun, Bakloh and Murree shall wear in the cold weather Khaki Serge Kurta and pair of Knicker-bookers. The pattern shall be exactly the same as the Khaki drill uniform. The Serge uniform will be issued in addition to the Khaki uniform. When an officer is transferred from any of these hill stations he will leave his Serge uniform behind to be used by other officers transferred to the district station as the case may be.

Note:(4) Foot Constable buglers employed in Police Lines will get an extra shirt and pair of shorts. The extra issue will be admissible only in those districts where sanction exists for not more than one bugler.

Note:(5) The following extra articles of clothing and Equipment have been prescribed for issue to O.Rs. posted in Lahaul and Spiti District :-2

Serial No.

Name of articles

Initial issue

1.

Sleeping bag or

..1

 

Blanket woollen

..5

2.

Leather Gloves

..1 pair

3.

Angola shirts

..2


 

4. Cap Balclava

..1

5. Cap-Comforter

..1

6. Woollen vests

..2

7. Drawer woollen

..2

8. Coat posteen/Coat Parka

..1

9. Jarkin leather/leather Nehru Jacket

..1

10. Giligit boots/Boots Combat rubber insulated

..1 pair

11. Gum boot/boots rubber knee

..1 pair

12. Snow goggles

..1 pair

13.  Woollen battle dress comprising one B.D. Blouse and a pair of trousers

..1 set

14. Warm Cap

..1

[7][4.8. (2) –


The following articles of uniform have been prescribed for the issue to the Lady O.Rs. in Punjab :-

Serial No.

Particulars of artilces to be issued

Quantity

Duration of wear

1.

Khaki shirts (Long sleeves)

3

1 year

2.

Khaki Salwars

3

1 year

3.

Dupatta Malmal Khaki (21 2 yards)

3

2 Dupattas to be replaced annually

4.

Cardigan Jacket

1

3 years

5.

Black chappels

2 pairs

Both pairs to be replaced annually

6.

Great Coat

1

6 years

7.

Socks

2 pairs

6 months

8.

Black shoes

1 pair

3 years

9.

Whistle without Lanyard but with whistle strap

1 set

As and when required

10.

Brooch (transparent metal wreath with PP in centre)

1 pair

Ditto

11.

Rain Coat (for hill stations only)

1

5 years

12.

Leather belt black with fitting for whistle

 

As and when required

13.

Mosquito net with poles

1

4 years

4.8-A. Full kit of Lower Subordinates of Provincial Armed Police on joining the rank. –

The full kit to be issued to each lower subordinate of Provincial Armed Police on joining the ranks and to be maintained by him hereafter shall consist of the following articles :-

Serial No.

Name of the article

Initial issue

Duration period

1.

Blouse, Khaki, Drill B.D.

1

2 years

2.

Blouse, Woollen B.D.

1

3 years

3.

Trousers, Khaki B.D.

1

2 years

4.

Trousers, Woollen B.D.

1 pair

3 years

5.

Socks, Woollen

2 pairs

6 months

6.

Half Patties, Woollen

6 pairs

2 years

6-A.

Canvas Anklets

1 pair

3 years

7.

Shorts, Khaki, Drill

3 pairs

1 every year

8.

Shirts, Khaki, Cellular

3 pairs

1 every year

9.

Boots

1 pair

3 years

10.

Chaplis

1 pair

1 year

11.

Safa, Khaki

"3 (5 yards for nonSikh lower subordinate and 6 yards each for Sikh lower subordinates)

1 to 3 years (one to be replaced every year)

12.

Jhallar Khaki

2

1 to 2 years (one to be replaced every year)

13.

Fifty of red salu cloth for Sikh lower subordinates

2(66"x91/2’)

1 year

13-A

Khaki Kullah for non-Sikh lower subordinates

2

1 year

14.

Footless Hose

1 pair

1 year

15.

Great Coat

1

6 years

16.

Cardigan jacket

1

3 years

17.

Mosquito-net with poles

1

4 years

18.

Shoulder Pads

2

1 year

19.

Durvee or Ground sheet

1

When found unserviceable

20.

Haversack

1

Ditto

21.

Water-bottle

1

Ditto

22.

Field Dressing

1

Ditto

23.

Canvas Kit Bag

1

Ditto

24.

Constabulary No. Brooch

1

Ditto

25.

P.P. Badges

2 pairs

Ditto

26.

Great Coat Buttons

4

When found unserviceable

27.

Whistle with strap

1

Ditto

28.

P.A.P. crest

2 pairs

Ditto

29.

Chevrons

2 pairs

Ditto

30.

White vests

2

6 months

31.

P.T. Shoes

1 pair

9 months for all PAP official excepting in the case of persons attending the courses in whose case the duration period will remain 6 months

32.

Webbing Rifle

1 complete set

When required

33.

Overall

1

1 year (for drivers and mechanics oly)

34.

Cleansing material

1 tin boot polish, 2 oz. bottle of Brasso 1 tin Dubbin 1 cake Khaki webbing cleansing clay

When required

35.

Rain coat

1

Ditto

36.

Mosquito Boots

1 pair each for O. Rs. posted on the Indo-Pak Border

5 years

37.

Belt web Khaki

1

5

38.

Pouck Web

1

 

Articles mentioned at serial Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12, 14, 32 and 33 shall not be issued to the mounted lower subordinates but they shall get the following articles in lieu of these :-

Serial No.

Name of article

Initial issue

Duration period

1.

Breeches, Khaki Corduroy

3 pairs

1 year

2.

Full Putties, Woollen

2 pairs

3 years

3.

Plain Leather Belt

 

When found unserviceable

4.

Leather Bandolier

1

Ditto


Note : A pair of Hunter Boots will be issued to each Lower Subordinate posted in Lahaul and Spiti area in lieu of canvas shoes and chappals. Its duration will be one year.

[8][4.8A-(i) –


The following extra articles of clothing and equipment have been prescribed for issue to O.Rs. of P.A.P. posted in Lahaul and Spiti District.

Serial No.

Name of articles

Initial issue

1.

Sleeping bag or

1

 

Blanket woollen

5

2.

Leather Gloves

1 pair

3.

Angola shirts

2

4.

Cap Balclava

1

5.

Cap comforter

1

6.

Woollen vests

2

7.

Drawer woollen

2

8.

Coat posteen/Coat parka

1

9.

Jarkin leather/leather Nehru Jacket

1

10.

Gilgit boots/Boots combat rubber insulated

1 pair

11.

Gum Boot/Boots rubber knee

1 pair

12.

Snow goggles

1 pair

13.

Woollen battle dress comprising one B.D. Blouse and a pair of trousers

one set

14.

Warm cap

1

4.9. Clothing to be shown at kit inspections. –

(1)     Lower subordinates shall lay out their kits and one suit of plain clothes at kit inspections according to the approved diagram issued on the authority of the Inspector-General. The plain clothes shown need not be of standard pattern, but shall include a pagri and shall be suitable for walking-out dress.

(2)     A kit inspection digram shall be supplied to every police station, post, standing guard and barrack in each district.

4.10. Issue and wearing of chevrons and badges. –

(1)     Chevrons are authorised as follows :

(a)      Head Constables on passing the intermediates class at the Police Training School, Phillaur 3 stripes with a crown

(b)      Probationary and confirmed Head Constables who have not passed the intermediate class at the Police Training School, Phillaur 3 stripes

(c)      Officiating Head Constables 2 stripes

(d)      Selection Grade Constables on list ‘C’ 1 stripe

To be worn on both sleeves midway between the elbow and shoulder point towards the elbow.

(2)     Badges of the St. John’s Ambulance Association shall be worn by those entitled to wear them mid-way between the elbow and the shoulder on the right sleeve. Head Constables shall wear such badges immediately above the chevron.

(3)     Marksman’s badges shall be worn on the left sleeve along the point of the cuff.

(4)     Chevrons and badges shall be issued free as required at the expense of the clothing fund.

 

Note : 1 Non-Gazetted Officer of the Armed Reserves shall wear chevrons as authorised of jungle green colour on khaki, instead of the usual red chevrons on dark-blue ground. These chevrons will be a free extra issue at the expense of clothing fund and will be surrendered by the men on their transfer from the Reserves.

 

4.11. Regular periodical issue of the articles of clothing. –

(1)     The subjoined statement shows the minimum periods for which issues of articles of clothing of lower subordinates are required to last. These minimum periods are fixed only for articles of which general issues are made and shall, when the condition of existing uniform justifies this be extended at the discretion of the Superintendent of Police. Deputy Inspectors General at inspection will satisfy themselves that proper discretion has been exercised in this connection. Other articles of uniform may be replaced as required the provisions of rule 4.24 being followed, when required.

 

Articles

Period

 

Cardigan Jacket

 

3 years

 

Khaki drill Kurta

 

21 2 years

 

Khaki drill knickerbockers, or cord breeches for Mounted Police

 

21 2 years

 

Kullah Red

 

2 years

 

Safa (blue)

 

3 years

 

Safa bands and fringes

 

2 years

 

Kamarbands (for mounted men only)

 

2 years

 

Great Coats

 

6 years

 

Chaplis

 

1 year

 

Boots (ankle)

 

3 years

 

Khaki shirts

 

1 year

?

Khaki Bush-shirts

 

1 year

? To be issued

Khaki shorts

 

1 year

? in March

Pattis (for mounted police)

 

3 years

 

Footless hose (woollen)

 

1 year

 

Half puttis (cotton)

 

3 years

 

Khaki Pugris with Jhallars

For Drill instructors and offi cers and men posted to the

 

1 year

 

Khaki Kullah

armed reserves and tear .smoke squads

1 year

 

Woollen gloves

 

1 year

 

Socks

 

6 months

 

Khaki serge coat for upper subordinates and khaki serge kurta for lower subordinates

khaki serge Breeches for upper subordinates and khaki serge knicker bockers for lower subordinates

To be issued in winter to officers and men posted to Simla district, Kasauli, Keylong, Suraj, Dalhousie, Balun, Bakloh and Murree

 

3 years

 

Water proof coat

 

5 years

 

One Achkin made of dark blue serge or of dark blue blazer cloth

 

3 years

 

two Achkin’s of transparent drill

 

2 years

 

Gold Kullah

 

1 year

 

White Shalwar

 

1 year

 

White Pagree

 

1 year

 

Pair of black shoes

 

2 years

 

1 Blue overall

 

1 year

 

White Canvas shoes

 

6 months

 

Khaki drill slacks

For men posted to the First

18 months

 

Khaki drill B.D. trouser

Armed Reserves

11/2 years

 

Mosquito net with poles

 

4 years

 

Fiftie (For Sikh Non-gazetted Officers)

 

1 year

 

Two Achkin of transparent drill

 

2 years

 

Sleeping bag or

*This article is issued in lieu of sleeping bag

3 years

 

*Blanket woollen

 

11/2 years

 

Leather Gloves (pr)

 

11/2 years

 

Angola shirts

 

Cap Balclava

 

Cap Comforter

There articles are issued to T.G. Os. a nd O.Rs. of the District Police force and P.A.P. posted in Lahaul and Spiti District

1 year

 

1 year

 

1 year

 

Woollen vests

 

9 months

 

Drawer woollen

 

9 months

 

Coat posteen/coat parka

 

3 years

 

Jarkin leather/leather Nehru Jackets

 

2 years

 

Gilgit Boots/Boots Combat rubber insulated

 

11/2 years

 

Gum Boot/Boots rubber knee (pr)

 

1 year

 

Snow goggles (pr)

 

2 years

 

Woollen battle dress consisting of one B.D. Blouse and a pair of trousers

 

2 years

 

Warm cap

 

2 years

 


Note : Laces supplied with black boots may be renewed after six months if replacement is certified as necessary by a Survey Committee.

(2)     If any article of clothing mentioned in the statement above is held, after formal enquiry, to have been rendered unserviceable within the prescribed period through ordinary wear and tear and not through unfair usage, it shall be replaced at the expense of the clothing fund under the orders of Deputy Inspector General.

(3)     Of the three issues of khaki kurtas and knicker bockers, required by rule 4.8 to form part of a full kit, one shall be kept for wear as full dress when ordered the other two shall be in wear for ordinary duties, to permit of each being washed as required. One twill shirt and one pair shorts shall be issued new every year, the second issue, prescribed by rule 4.8 and required to be shown at kit inspection, being that of the previous year. Two Khaki puggris complete with Jhallars and khaki khullah should be issued new every year to Drill Instructors.

(4)     Efforts should be made to make all renewal issues of articles of Clothing and Equipment due in any one year at one time, at least to men stationed at places other than district headquarters. This will present no difficulty in cases in which duration periods are fixed in terms of whole years. In other cases renewals should be so regulated as to bring the duration period to terms of whole years, i.e. Kurtas and Pantaloons which have a life of 21 2 years should be renewed after 2 years/3 years/2 years and so on alternatively.

4.12. Extra issue for reserves. –

(1)     (a) Men posted to the 1st and 2nd Armed Reserves and Tear Smoke squads shall be issued with the following articles in addition to those contained in their full kits :-

First and 2 Reserves

1 Khaki Pagri

1 Khaki fringe

1 Khaki kullah of the prescribed pattern

2 White vests

1 Pair of transparent canvas shoes

1 Durree

1 Mosquito net

1 Haversack

1 Water bottle

1 Khaki shirt

1 Khaki drill B.D. trousers

1 Pair of canvas gaiters

Tear Smoke Squads:

1 Khaki pagri

1 Khaki fringe

1 Khaki Kullah of the prescribed pattern

2 transparent vests

1 Pair of transparent canvas shoes

1 Durree

1 Mosquito net

1 Haversack

1 water bottle

1 pair of shirts

1 Twil shirt

The safa Khaki fringe, kullah, Khaki shirt, trousers, B.D. Khaki drill, the pair of canvas gaiters, durree, mosquito net, haversack and water bottle shall be withdrawn on a man’s transfer from the reserve for issue to his relief. The Khaki shirt, trouser, B.D. Khaki drill and the pair of canvas gaiters, if found unserviceable at the time of their surrender shall be sold as old stores. In the case of men posted to the Tear Smoke Squad the two most serviceable of the 3 issues of shirts and shorts, which a man will possess while in the squad, shall remain, on his transfer from the squad, as part of his full kit, the least serviceable issue being withdrawn to be sold as old stores.


(b) The Upper Subordinates posted to reserves shall be issued with one Khaki pagree, one Khaki Kullah, one Khaki Shirt and one pair of Khaki shorts provided that they served in such posts for a period of at least four months in any one financial year.

(2)     Extra clothing authorised by this rule may be maintained in districts on a scale sufficient for the Ist and 2nd reserves.

(3)     Every directly appointed probationary upper subordinate shall be supplied at the Police Training School with full uniform every article of which shall be inspected by the Principal or a gazetted officer. He will also be supplied with the articles mentioned in clause (4) below.

(4)     (a) All Upper and Lower Subordinates deputed from districts to the Police Training School shall take with them their full uniform, kit accoutrements including ammunition pouches and haversacks, durrie, and the following articles to be issued to them in their districts at the expense of the clothing fund. These extra articles will be returned by them when they return from the Police Training School; serviceable articles will be transferred to the old stock for re-issue and unserviceable articles will be auctioned :-

 

Khaki safa

1

Khaki Shirts (for lower subordinates)

2 (One of these two shirts shall be with full seleves so that men posted on guard duties, garrison duties and miscellaneous duties can roll down sleeves after retreated to prevent mosquito bites)

Bush shirts (for Upper Subordinates)

2

Khaki pattis (for Head Constables and Upper Subordinates)

1

Khaki shorts

2

Kulla

1

Safa Fringe

1

White canvas shoes

1

Cotton stockings

1 pair

Cotton vests (transparent)

2

Breeches

(2 pairs to Head Constables deputed annually to the Police Training School, Phillaur, for the Intermediate Class)

(One pair to directly appointed probationary upper subordinates)

Thick knitted vest

1 (Winter Season only)

Half pattis (cotton) and footless hose (woolen)

1 pair


(b) In the case of students of the drill instructors class detained temporarily at the Police Training School as assistant drill instructors (on district strengths) a second issue of any or all of the extra articles mentioned in clause (a) above shall be made by Superintendents of Police at the request of the Principal, Police Training School, irrespective of the normal periods of wear prescribed by Police Rule 4.11(1).


(c) Students and members of the staff will wear a fatigue cap in class. The Principal will direct on what other occasions a fatigue cap will be worn and on what occasions, such as formal parades and guard duties, the formal pugree shall be worn. The fatigue headwear will be issued by the Principal.

In the case of Sikhs a small "Pugree" made of two yards of cloth will be worn.


(d) The undermentioned extra articles of uniform will be issued additional to normal kit to Head Constables on the Drill Staff of the Police Training School, Phillaur, and to all lower subordinates employed in the Drill Staff at Recruits Training Centres :-

1.

Puttis Woollen (to the Assistant Riding Master, Police Training School, Phillaur, only)

1

2.

Khaki Kullah

1

3.

Physical Training vest (thin)

1

4.

Physical Training vest (thick)

1

5.

Socks

2 pairs

6.

Belt Waist Black (leather)

1

7.

Chevrons

1 pair

The duration period of the khaki kurta in the case of Drill Staffs will be 11 2 years instead of 21 2 years as fixed under Police Rule 4.11(1).


Note : Armourers and Assistant Armourers will, in addition to their kits, be issued with a khaki pagree, a khaki fringe and a khaki kullah of the prescribed pattern as issued to men of the Armed Reserves.

[9](e) In addition to the normal kit prescribed in rule 4.6(1) and 4.8 and the additional articles provided for Drill Instructors as prescribed in rule 4.8 and 4.12(4)(d), one extra set of uniform consisting of under mentioned articles will be issued to all NGOs and OR’s working as Drill Instructors in the various Police Units of the States :-

Serial No.

Non-Gazetted Officers

Number of issues

Serial No.

Other ranks

Name of articles

Number of issues

1.

Tunic

1

1.

Kurta

1

2.

Bush-shirt

1

2.

Shirt

1

3.

Short

1 pair

3.

Short

1 pair

4.

Kullah (for Non-Sikhs) Head band (for Sikhs) of Red Salu cloth

1

4.

Kullah (for nonSikhs), Head band of Red Salu cloth (for Sikhs)

1

5.

Socks

1 pair

5.

Socks

1 pair

6.

Boots

1 pair

6.

Boots

1 pair

7.

Jhallars

1

7.

Jhallars

1

8.

Canvas Shoes

1 pair

8.

Canvas shoes

1 pair

9.

Cotton Vest

1

9.

Cotton vest

1

10.

Putties half (Woollen)

1 pair

10.

Putties half (Woollen)

1 pair

11.

Hose-tops (woollen)

1 pair

11.

Hose-tops (woollen)

1 pair

12.

Safa Khaki

1

12.

Safa khaki

1

13.

Khaki Sikhs

(for inspectors only)

1

13.

Thick knitted vests

1

14.

Thick knitted Vest

1

 

 

 

4.13. Issue of haversacks. –

Harversacks, according to muster pattern, shall be issued to police stations and outposts at the rate of one per constable. In addition, a number equal to five per cent of the total strength of constables sanctioned for the district, less the number sanctioned for municipalities and cantonments, shall be kept in the Lines stores, for the use of reserves and otherwise as required.

4.14. Clothing to be stamped. –

Every article of clothing before being issued shall be stamped with the district cypher, the year of issue and the constabulary number of the Lower subordinate to whom it is issued.

Kurtas, cardigan jackets and great coats shall be stamped on the inside of the neck band;

safas, safa bands; fringes and Kamarbands on one end, knickerbockers and shorts on the waist band, kullas on the inside and haversacks in front, below the flap; pattis shall be stamped on the inside of the end to which the tape is attached, so that the mark may be concealed by the tape, when the patti is worn, but may be visible at kit inspections.

4.15 Statement showing the issue of clothing. –

A statement shall be prepared annually and hung up in the office of the Superintendent showing the issue of clothing made during the two previous years and proposed during the ensuing three years.

4.16. Receipts for articles issued. –

An account of clothing shall be kept in a personal ledger account in Form 4.16. Sufficient pages will be allotted to each man for a period of 8 years, and all issues of articles of clothing shall be entered as made. Separate receipts shall be obtained for issues to men posted away from Headquarters in Form No. 4.16 and necessary entries shall be made in the ledger on their receipt. This will enable the date of the previous issue of any article to any particular man to be readily ascertained. These folios will be maintained for sixteen years.

4.17. Issue of Khaki coats to orderlies. –

Superintendents may maintain a suitable number of khaki drill coats, of a pattern to be approved by the Inspector-General, for issue to men employed as personal orderlies to gazetted officers. Such coats shall be withdrawn when a man ceases to be an orderly; they shall be renewed as needed.

Orderlies employed by officers as motor drivers may be issued with the following special uniform :-

Serial No.

Particulars of articles to be issued

Quantity

Pattern of uniform

Duration of wear

1.

Shirts, khaki twill

2

As for lower subordinates

1 year

2.

Shorts, khaki drill

2 pairs

Ditto

18 months

3.

Patties, cotton

1 pair

 

18 months

4.

Safa, khaki malmal

3

As for 1st armed reserve

1 year

5.

Kulla khaki

1

Ditto

1 years

6.

Fringes, khaki

1

Ditto

1 year

7.

Boots

1 pair

As for upper subordinates

5 years

8.

Apron for motor cleaning (blue)

1

. .

2 years

9.

Slacks khaki drill

2 pairs

As for military drivers

18 months

10.

Jersey, warm

1

As for lower subordinates

3 years

11.

Warm gloves (leather)

1

As used by the Tank Corps

2 years

12.

Warm Patties

1 pair

 

2 years

13.

Double breasted coat (khaki), drill cloth, four yards,

27 inches sewing charges, Rs. 2

2

As used by Chauffeurs

2 years

14.

Great coat (cloth 3 yards)

1

As for lower subordinates, but fuller cut below waist

5 years

15.

Buttons for coat, Khaki

8

As for lower subordinates

. .

16.

Buttons for great coat

8

Ditto

. .

4.18. Articles of clothing issued to lower subordinates are property of Government. –

All clothing issued to lower subordinates at the expense of the clothing fund is the property of Government.

4.19. Number of kits to be maintained. –

(1)     Full kits corresponding to the number of lower subordinates sanctioned for the district shall be maintained; provided that no kits shall be kept for men solely for duties for which uniform is not required.

(2)     When the general issue of any article forming part of a full kit, which is in store on account of vacancies or otherwise raises the number of such articles in that kit above the scale laid down in rule 4.8, the issues of earliest date shall be withdrawn and added to the old clothing in stock.

(3)     Full kits, up to the number sanctioned by the Deputy Inspector-General, may be maintained in each district for additional police. A note of the number of such kits authorized to be kept shall be made at the beginning of the English stock book of clothing.

4.20. Repairs of clothing. –

Repairs of clothing shall be carried out by the tailor with materials of the standard pattern issued from the clothing store. The cost of repairs due to fair wear and tear shall be borne by the clothing fund but the cost of repairs due to negligence shall be recovered from the individual responsible.

4.21. Disposal of time expired clothing. –

(1)     Time expired clothing, other than those articles of which the period of wear has been extended in accordance with rule 4.11(1), shall invariably be called in and surveyed. The most serviceable articles should be taken into store, and either kept as surplus stock to replace losses, or issued to the tailor to be converted into bastanis or shorts, or re-issued as recruits’ or additional police clothing. Articles not required or unfit for use as above shall be sold for the benefit of the fund. Such of the unserviceable articles as are suitable for the purpose may be used for cleaning Government vehicles, buildings, arms and ammunition on charge of the Police Department.

(2)     A flat rate may be fixed by the Superintendent of Police, at which upper and lower subordinates may purchase for their own use single articles of time expired clothing offered for sale, but all sales outside the force or in bulk shall be by open auction.

(3)     Distinguishing features shall be removed from all articles of uniform before they are sold.

4.22. Clothing deductions. –

The Lines Officer shall furnish to the Superintendent by the 20th of each month a complete list in duplicate of all recoveries which have become due from police officers since the twentieth of the preceding month on account of repairs or replacement of uniform and the sale of time expired clothing or materials from the store. The Superintendent shall cause an order to be entered in the order book, authorizing the recoveries to be made from the police officers concerned. Recoveries shall be made in pay bills as provided in rule 10.87 under the responsibility of the orderly Head Constable and Accountant.

4.23.

Deleted.

4.24. Replacement of articles destroyed or lost. –

(1)     Articles of clothing destroyed on sanitary grounds, or in the course of duty, may be replaced at the expense of the clothing fund. The clothing of police officers who contract contagious diseases shall be isolated at once, and disinfected or destroyed according to the advice of the Civil Surgeon.

When uniform clothing is damaged in apprehending an accused person the court having jurisdiction shall be asked to allot compensation from any fine which may be realized on the conviction of the offender.

(2)     If an article of clothing is held, after due enquiry, to have been lost by neglect, or rendered unserviceable otherwise than by fair usage, it shall be replaced either by transfer of a serviceable article from the spare clothing in stock, or by the purchase of a new article, and the value thereof shall be recovered from the officer concerned by monthly deductions from his pay. The instalments shall be fixed by the Superintendent of Police at such figure as he considers reasonable in view of the pay of officer concerned.

(3)     When a lower subordinate dies any article of clothing found to be missing shall be similarly replaced and its value recovered from the estate of the deceased officer.

(4)     An article of clothing issued under sub-rules (2) and (3) above shall be stamped with the year in which the last regular issue of such article was made and shall be treated as though it was part of the regular issue.

4.25. Surrender or kit. –

(1)     (a) When a lower subordinate ceases to be a member of the force from any cause or is promoted to upper subordinate rank he shall surrender a full kit.

(b) Except when transferred from Kangra district to some other district and vice versa, a lower subordinate shall also surrender a full kit less boots and chaplis on transfer from one district to another district. In case of transfer from Kangra district to another district and vise versa he shall take his kit with him to the new district and the District Superintendents of Police concerned shall exchange the relevant records. Otherwise, he shall retain and take boots and chaplis with him to the new district. The new district shall furnish his old district with a pair of boots and a pair of chaplis in exchange.

(c) The value of any articles found to be missing or unserviceable shall be recovered in accordance with the provisions of rule 4.24.

(2)     All kits surrendered under this rule shall be returned to store and after necessary repair and cleaning, shall be made up into separate bundles and ticketed with a label showing the height and chest measurement to fit which the kit is made.

4.26. Kits of absentees. –

(1)     The kit of lower subordinates proceeding on leave, absent without leave, or admitted into hospital, shall be deposited in the clothing store or the store room of the police station to which they are posted. Kits of men posted on duty of other than a purely temporary nature, on which uniform is not required, shall be similarly deposited.

(2)     Separate spaces shall be allotted in the headquarters store for each class of kit in deposit, viz., vacancies, leave sick, absentees, plain clothes duty, etc.

(3)     All kits in deposit shall be clearly labelled with the name, rank and number of the man to whom they belong, and the date of deposit; in the case of kits of vacancies the height to fit which the kit is made, shall be entered instead of the name.

4.27. Approved firms and contractors. –

(1)     The Inspector-General will from time to time publish in the Police Gazette the names of contractors from whom clothing and material are to be purchased, the rates to be paid and terms of the contract.

(2)     A printed statement, showing all approved items of clothing and equipment, other than equipment supplied by the Ordnance Department, their source of supply, price and other particulars, is obtainable from the office of the Inspector-General of Police. One copy of this list shall be maintained by each range Deputy Inspector-General and two copies by each Superintendent of Police, for use in office and in the lines. Corrections in the list shall be made by hand, as alterations in orders regarding clothing and equipment are notified by the Inspector-General.

(3)     The statement referred to above will show the maximum rates authorized by the Inspector-General for making up articles of clothing from materials issued to the tailor from store. Rates within these maxima shall be fixed for each district, with the approval of the Deputy Inspector-General, and entered in red ink below the maximum rates in the printed statement.

(4)     Supplies of clothing and other material shall be obtained from the Indian Stores Department where this is more economical than purchase in the open market.

4.28. Goods to be surveyed. –

(1)     All goods delivered by contractors, including new clothing delivered by the lines tailor after being made up, shall be surveyed by a committee consisting of a gazetted officer, an inspector and a sub-inspector.

(2)     Such committee shall have all packages received from contractors opened in its presence and shall satisfy itself that the consignment is complete in quantity and according to the muster pattern in quality.

(3)     The committee shall prepare and sign a report in Form 4.28(3) either accepting the consignment as correct (in which case, beyond signing the consignor’s delivery voucher or corresponding document, no action is necessary) or rejecting it in whole or in part. In the latter case, the report, with full reasons for the committee’s opinion and a fair sample of the goods rejected, shall be sent, with the muster pattern, to the Deputy Inspector-General for orders. The Deputy Inspector-General’s decision shall be final, unless in any case the terms of the supplier’s contract require a reference to higher authority. When shortage in quantity only is found by the committee, the discrepancy shall be reconciled by direct correspondence with the consignor, the matter being referred to the Deputy Inspector General, if agreement cannot be reached.

4.29. Contracts with firms and Lines’ tailors. –

(1)     When articles of uniform are to be supplied by firms or suppliers, an agreement shall be entered into, in standard Form 4.29(1) between the contractor and the Inspector-General of Police on behalf of the Secretary of the State for India. The same form may be used for contracts for the supply of other articles, such as beds or boxes, required to be manufactured locally according to the standard pattern. Contracts in this form can only be entered into by the Inspector-General of Police and not by a Superintendent of Police.

(2)     All Lines Tailors, who are already employed, or may hereafter be employed, as such, shall be required to submit to the Inspector-General of Police through the Superintendent of Police a tender for services to be rendered by them in Form 4.29(2) A, and they shall also execute an indemnity bond in Form 4.29(2) B. After the tender has been accepted by the Inspector General of Police, it will be returned to the Superintendent of Police for record in his office and the Superintendent of Police shall supply a duplicate attested copy of it to the tenderer.

4.30. Grant and wearing of medals and decorations. –

(1)     Orders regarding the grant of civil decorations are contained in Chapter XV, Order regarding the wearing of decorations and medals are contained in Appendix 4.1. Superintendents are responsible that all police officers serving under them who are in possession of any decorations or medals to which they are entitled are properly mounted according to the regulations referred to above. Brooches for medal ribbons, and for mounting medals, when more than one is to be worn, may be issued to upper and lower subordinates as an initial issue at the expense of the clothing fund. Spare ribbon is supplied with medals when issued. Replacements of brooches shall be at the cost of the individual concerned. Medal ribbons which as a result of fair wear and tear require replacement shall be replaced at the expense of the clothing fund, otherwise at the expense of officers.

(2)     Decorations and medals shall invariably be shown at kit inspections.

4.31. Replacement of lost medals. –

(1)     If a police officer loses his war or other medal, a Board consisting of the Superintendent as President, and two upper subordinates as members, shall make enquiry and submit a report in Form 4.31. If such medal was lost on duty and from causes entirely beyond the control of the police officer concerned, the Board may recommend the supply of a new medal at the public expense. It is necessary that the replacement of medals should be carefully safeguarded, and it is seldom that they can be permitted to be replaced at the public expense. Loss by theft, loss of baggage, due to defective fastening and the like, is not to be considered as replaceable at the public expense. When a police officer wilfully, or by culpable neglect, makes away with or loses a medal, the loss shall be dealt with as a criminal or disciplinary offence, according to the circumstances, and, if such police officer is held guilty and punished, he shall be required to serve three years clear of a major punishment before he can be recommended for the grant of a new medal at his own expense; in such cases the period of three years will commence from the termination of the punishment.

(2)     All recommendations under this rule shall be submitted through the Deputy Inspector-General to the Inspector-General.

4.32. Indents for medal ribbon. –

(1)     Indents for war medal ribbon required for police officers shall be prepared in the prescribed Indian Army Form, copies of which can be obtained from the Army Clothing Department, through the Central Police Office, and shall be submitted by Superintendents of Police in time to reach the Inspector-General by the 1st March in each year. Such indents shall bear D.E.O.S. Memo No. 65579-Q. 14.J., dated the 28th March, 1927, as authority, and shall show the correct description of ribbons required. In doubtful cases samples should accompany the indent. Nine inches is the minimum quantity of medal ribbon which may be indented for. A consolidated indent will be prepared in the Central Police Office for the whole province and forwarded to the Chief Ordnance Officer, Shahjahanpur on or about the 1st April in each year. The ribbon indented for will be supplied by the Chief Ordnance Officer, Shahjahanpur, direct to the Superintendents of Police concerned, who should accept the consignments after duly checking them, and sign and return the receipt vouchers.

(2)     Ribbons for the King’s Police Medal, the Indian Police Medal and the Delhi Darbar Medals, 1902 and 1903, shall be obtained on payment from G.M. Chowdri, Ludhiana.

4.33. Cash account of clothing fund. –


The cash account of the clothing fund shall be kept in the manner prescribed by rules in Chapter X.

4.34. Registers and accounts to be kept. –


Each Superintendent shall maintain the following accounts :-

(i)       An account of the material and cost of making up such articles of clothing as are not bought ready-made, in a register in Form 4.34(1). This register furnishes a check on the expenditure of material from store, and also shows the cost of any particular issue of made-up articles.

Separate pages shall be given to each description of article. On one side shall be shown the amount, rate of cost, and total value of each issue of material to the tailor or other contractor. On the other side of the register shall be entered the number, cost per article and total cost of each consignment of finished articles, handed in by the tailor or contractor and transferred to the stock of made-up clothing.

The cost of each made-up article is the cost of the amount of material required, according to the prescribed scale, for making it up, together with the authorised tailoring charges. To balance the two sides of the register it is necessary to add on the issue side, in column 4, the amount of the tailoring charges. The balance shall be struck when each transaction is completed by the deposit of clothing into stock, and shall be initialled by a gazetted officer. This account shall be kept in English by the head clerk. Each book after completion shall be preserved for five years.

(ii)      A clothing stock account in English of new articles of clothing and materials received and issued shall be kept by the head clerk in Form 4.34(ii) and shall be preserved for ten years, receipts shall be entered when the committee proceedings prescribed by Police Rule 4.28(3), duly endorsed by the clothing head constable that the articles passed have been taken on stock, and accompanied by the bill if possible, similarly endorsed, are received in the English Office. After entering the articles enumerated in the committee proceedings in his stock book 4.34(ii) the head clerk will endorse the proceedings accordingly and also the bill if it accompanies them. He will then pass the papers to the accountant for payment orders.

Once a week clothing head constable will produce his register and forms 4.16 and 4.35 to the head clerk and the latter will check and enter the total issues of each article during the past week in his own clothing stock book From 4.34(ii). Issues on payment will, however, be entered separately, in accordance with note 2 at the bottom of Form 4.34(ii). To support entries of issue of cloth or other materials to the tailor, the clothing head constable will produce to the head clerk the sanction of a competent officer. As a safeguard against a second issue on this sanction the clothing head constable will endorse the sanctioning order with the quantity and date of issue at the time of making the entry in the register. The head clerk will check this endorsement and add his endorsement that entry has been made in his own stock book, thereafter returning the papers to the clothing head constable.

Every new article of clothing, whether received readymade, or made up locally from material issued from stock shall be brought on the clothing stock back over the signature of a gazetted officer prior to issue, separate pages being assigned to each description of article. The addition of stock of all consignments of material received shall also be initialled by a gazetted officer.

4.35. Vernacular stock account of clothing and equipment. –


A verncular stock account and equipment, both new and second hand, and of complete kits of men on leave, etc., shall be maintained in Form 4.35 by the clothing clerk, head constable and preserved for five years. This stock account shall be divided into three parts, as follows :-

Part 1 Made-up clothing. In the remarks column of the register a reference to the stock account prescribed in rule 4.34(1) shall be given.

Part 2 Second hand clothing and equipment received for sale or destruction In the remarks column a reference to the order of the gazetted officer directing the sale of destruction shall be given, and also the saleproceeds, with the number and date of the receipt issued under rule 10.14(1).

Part 3 Complete kits of men on leave, sick in hospital, on special duty in other districts, etc., and kits stored on account of vacancies.

Each issue made to an individual shall be assigned a separate line, and the account shall be balanced on the last working day of each month and certified as correct by the reserve inspector, or, where no reserve inspector is posted, by the Lines Officer.

4.36. Verification of stock by a gazetted officer. –


All stocks of materials, made-up clothing and old clothing in stock shall be verified on the 31st March of each year by a gazetted officer, and the results of such verification shall be recorded in the stock register concerned over the dated initials of such officers.

4.37. Statement of transactions of clothing fund –

(1)     At the end of each financial year statements exhibiting the transactions of the clothing fund for the past year shall be prepared in each district in Form 4.37(1) A and B and entered in the cash-book after the balance for the year in question. A copy of the balance sheet of the Clothing Fund shall be submitted to the Inspector General of Police.

(2)     Deputy Inspectors-General after inspecting districts will forward to the Inspector General a copy of their remarks on the condition of the clothing fund.

 

APPENDIX NO. 4.1

PART I

Uniform for Officers of The Indian Police

Review order

Helmet – Wolseley pattern, covered with khaki. No metal fixings. Brown leather chin strap 3 8 inch wide.

 

Pagri A pagri of six folds of khaki with a dark blue flash, a quarter of an inch wide, at the top, between the helmet and pagri; the whole when tied not to exceed three inches in width.

 

Note : As an alternative to the helmet, Indian Officers may wear a pagri of Khaki silk with a blue edge and gold lungi ends; a kullah, when worn, should be of gold to match. Burmese officers may similarly wear a gaung-baung.

 

Jacket; Khaki gaberdine[10] single-breasted, cut as a lounge coat to the waist, very loose at the chest and shoulders but fitted at the waist. Military skirt to bottom edge. A silverplated hook on each side at the waist. Collar to be cut as in an ordinary civilian lounge coat. Two cross patch breast pockets above 61 2 inches wide and 71 2 inches deep to the top of the flap, with a 21 4 inches box pleat in the centre fastened at the top with a small Indian Police pattern button; flap, with buttonhole to cover pocket 21 4 inches deep and 61 2 inches wide. Two expanding pockets below the waist (pleats at side) 91 4 inches wide at the top, 101 2 inches at the bottom. 8 inches deep to the top of the pocket, fastened at the top with a small Indian Police pattern button; flap, with buttonhole, to cover pockets, 31 2 inches deep and 103 4 inches wide; the top of the pockets to be tacked down at the corners in such a manner that the pocket, can be expanded at the top also if necessary. Inside watch pocket, fastened at the top with a small Indian Police pattern button; flap, with buttonhole to cover pocket 21 4 inches deep and 61 2 inches wide. Four medium Indian Police pattern buttons down the front. Points cuffs, 5 inches high at the point and 21 2 inches behind. Shoulder-straps of same material as garment, fastened with a small Indian Police pattern button. The jacket to be worn with a soft khaki-collar and shirt and dark blue silk sailor-knot tie. A plain gold safety pin may be worn under the tie to keep the soft collar in place.

 

Breeches – Khaki woollen[11] , Bed for cord, strapped with buckskin to match.

 

Boots Brown field, soft legs, stiffened to a depth of 4 to 6 inches from the top, laced at the instep, with nine pairs of eye-let holes, brown leather garters; no gusset and straps at the top of the leg and no toecaps.

 

Spurs – Light hunting, with steel chains, brown straps and shields.

 

Belt Sam Browne of army regulation pattern, but with transparent metal mountings.

 

Sword Straight Infantry pattern, with half basket hilt in transparent metal, and device "I.P." and crown.

(1)     Samples of Gaberdine of approved shade will be kept on view at the India Store Depot, Belvedere Road, Lambeth, S.E.I. Indian Police Officers recruited in England when ordering uniform should impress upon the makers the necessity for consulting the India Store Depot regarding the correct material, shade, etc. Samples will also be sent to all local Governments.

(2)     Samples of Wollen Bedford cord of approved shade will be kept on view at the Indian Store Depot Belvedere Road, Lambeth, S.E.I. Indian Police Officers recruited in England when ordering uniform should impress upon the makers the necessity for consulting the Indian Store Depot regarding the correct material, shade, etc. Samples will also be sent to all local Governments.

Sword Knot. Brown leather, with acron.

Seabbarad. Brown leather, infantry pattern.

Whistle. Of the usual Police pattern, to be worn attached to a khaki lanyard and carried in the left breast pocket.

Badges Silver metal.

 

Inspector General

One crown and two stars.

Deputy Inspector-General

One crown and one star.

Superintendent in receipt of basic pay of Rs. 950 a month and over, provided that a Superintendent promoted from the provincial police service shall be entitled to wear a crown from the date the directly recruited officer of the Indian Police next below him on the provincial cadre becomes entitled to wear the same

One crown.

Superintendent (whether substantive or officiating) in receipt of basic pay of less than Rs. 950 a month,

Three Stars.

Assistant Superintendent

Two Stars.

Probationary Assistant Superintendent

One Star.

 

The crown to be one inch broad. The stars to be of the “Star of India” (five pointed) pattern and one inch broad.

 

Officers of all ranks will wear a silver departmental badge "I.P." in half inch block letters at the base of the shoulder strap.

 

The following additional articles of the uniform and equipment should be provided and worn when special circumstances or orders so direct.

 

Trousers (slacks). – Khaki gaberdine to match jacket, Army regulation pattern. (See Note 1. Review Order).

 

Boots. Ankle, plain brown leather, with plain toe-caps. To be worn with trousers.

 

Belt. – Second shoulder strap to Sam Browne belt. To be worn when revolver is carried.

 

Revolver or (at the option of each officer) an automatic pistol with brown holster and ammunition pouch.

 

Forage cap. – Dark blue cloth with three cloth welts, 41 4 inches total depth, diameter across the top 103 8 inches for a cap fitting 213 4 inches in circumference, the top to be 1 8 inch larger or smaller in diameter for every 1 4 inch by which the cap may vary in size of head above or below the before-mentioned standard e.g. for a cap 221 4 inches in circumference, the diameter across the top to be 105 8 inches, and for a cap 21 inches in circumference, the diameter across to be 10 inches. The sides to be made in four pieces and to be 21 8 inches deep between the welts. A band of black mohair oakleaf lace 13 4 inches wide to be placed between the two lower welts. Indian Police pattern badge to be worn in the centre of the band in front. The cap to be set up on a band of stiff leather or other material 13 4 inches deep. Chin strap of black patent leather 3 8 inch wide buttoned on to two gorget buttons of Indian Police pattern placed immediately behind the corners of the peak.

 

The peak of the cap will be of the following pattern :-

For Inspector-General

Patent leather, embroidered all round with plain silver embroidery. Depth in the middle 2 inches. To drop at an angle of 45 degrees.

For Deputy Inspector-General and Superintendents in receipt of basic pay of Rs. 950 a month and over, provided that a Superintendent promoted from the provincial police services shall be entitled to wear a peak of this description from the date the directly recruited officer of the Indian Police next below him on the provincial cadre becomes entitled to wear the same

As for Inspector-General but embroidered on front edge only.

For all other officers

Plain patent leather peak.

 

To be worn with a Khaki cover of same material and shade as jacket.

 

Overcoat. Drab mixture cloth, milled and waterproofed; double-breasted to reach to the point of the knee, 18 to 20 inch slit at the back with small saddle flap. Turn-down collar 21 2 inches deep, with lapel and step, fastening with one hook and eye. Four large buttons on each side, three to button and one under turn. Two bottom pockets with flap; one inside breast pocket at each side; sword slit at left side; loose turn back cuffs of single material 41 2 inches deep; shoulder straps of the same material as the garment fastened with small buttons. Badges of rank and buttons in silver metal. The collar is provided with a cloth tab to button across the opening at the throat when repaired. The coat is lined with drab flannel.

 

Note : It is at the option of individual officers to provide themselves with this article of uniform where the climate renders it necessary.

 

Serge Jacket and Serge Trousers. Where the climate renders these desirable officers may also provide themselves with jacket and trousers made of drab serge.

 

WORKING DRESS

 

Working Dress :Uniform is of the same pattern as for Review Order but in place of gaberdine and woollen cord, drill will be used for the jacket and slacks and cotton Bedford cord for the breeches.

 

The helmet, boots, belt, sword, scabbard, sword-knot, pistol, whistle, badges and forage cap, etc., are the same as for Review Order.

 

MESS DRESS COLD WEATHER

 

Mass Jacket – Dark blue cloth, pointed cuffs, 5 inches high at point and 21 2 inches behind, of the same material, Roll Collar of black silk. Shoulder-straps of blue cloth tacked under the collar, with badges of rank as in Review Order but without shoulder letters. Miniature medals and decorations to be worn on the left lapel, one inch below the point of the shoulder, over-lapping if necessary, but not projecting beyond the lapel. Collar bages should be placed 3 4 inch below the medals.

 

Mess Waistcoat White marcella, corners cut away, open at the front and without collar, to be fastened with 4 small Indian Police buttons 11 8 inches apart.

 

Collar and necktie – Collar, plan transparent linen, with black tie.

 

Overalls Dark blue cloth of the same shade as that of the jacket with two stripes of 3 4 inch plain mohair braid 1 4 inch apart down the outside seam. Black leather foot-steps with steel buckle

 

Boots – Wellington, black, patent leather.

 

Spurs Box, with plain rowels.

 

Forage Cap – As in Review Order, but with a transparent cover.

 

Badges Of same size as in Review Order.

 

MESS DRESS HOT WEATHER

 

Mess Jacket White drill, without braid or buttons, Roll Collars, Shoulderstraps of similar material with a small Indian Police pattern button at the top. One inside breast pocket, Sleeves cut plain with pointed cuffs 5 inches high at point and 21 2 inches behind, Badges of rank and collar badges as in cold weather mess dress.

 

Waistcoat As in cold weather mess dress.

 

Note : Where the climate renders this desirable officers may wear a plain dark blue silk Kamarband in place of waistcoat.

 

Collar and necktie :As in cold weather mess dress.

 

Overalls – White drill with black leather foot-straps, or as for cold weather, according to climate.

 

Boots, Spurs and Forage Cap As in cold weather mess dress.

 

HORSE FURNITURE

 

Bit – Universal

 

Bridle Ordinary double

 

Girths – Dark blue

 

Saddle Ordinary hunting, fitted with necessary nickel D’s.

 

Frog Of brown leather, attached, to the shoe case (near side) for carrying the sword scabbard; shoe case fitted with a leather steadying strap.

 

Note 1 :Officers in possession of full dress uniform on the date of the issue of these regulations, may continue to wear it on such occasion as presentations at Court, levees and weddings. Other officers are not permitted to purchase full dress uniform and should wear at Courts and evening State functions, either Alternative Dress or Velvet Court Dress (old style) as laid down on pages 5 and 6 of the office of the Secretary to the Governor-General (Public) notification No. F-9/1/11/36-Public (G), dated the June 30th, 1937. In no case should full dress uniforms be worn on duty.

 

Note 2 :No officer, now in the service, will be required to provide himself with any article of the new uniform until the corresponding article of his present equipment is worn out.

 

Note 3 :Such modifications in the working dress but not Review Order or Mess Dress, as may suit local circumstances may be permitted by local Government or Administrations for informal work. Such orders might authorise, for example, the wearing of water proofs, putties, leggings, khaki-ties, Cawnpore Tent Club helmets, Jodhpur breeches, shorts drill uniform etc.

 

Note 4 :On ceremonial occasions such as those on which military officers wear their medals with field service uniform, Police officers should wear medals and decorations with khaki working dress.

 

Note 5 :The cloth for the overcoat must vary in different provinces. Provincial samples of overcoat cloth will be on view at the Indian Store Depot, Belvedere Road, Lambeth, S.E.I.

 

Note 6 :Trousers and ankle boots will be worn when on dismounted duties where complete Review Order is undesirable e.g., when escorting H.E. the Viceroy or Governor of a province by train.

 

Note 7 :The Forage cap will be worn with Review Order when the occasion renders the wearing of a helmet unnecessary, e.g., on evening duties, etc.

 

Note 8 :The revolver and ammunition pouch will not be worn with Review Order unless specific orders are issued. In circumstances where the carrying of this weapon is necessary but should be ostentatious, it should be carried in the breeches or trousers pocket.

 

APPENDIX

 

The Indian Police Device for use on badge and on buttons.

 

SEAL

 

For Cap. 15 8 inches in height. For collar, 11 4 inches in height.

 

Badges

 

For Cap. 15/8 inches in height

 

For collar, 11/4 inches in height.

 

Buttons

Convex, die struck and embossed

 

Large 40 lines.

 

Medium 30 "

 

Small 24 "

 

Gorget 20 "

 

PART II

GAZETTED OFFICERS STATE SERVICE

 

[1.  The Superintendent of Police (Wireless), Punjab shall wear the same uniform and badge of rank as worn by Superintendent of the Indian Police Service.][12]

2.  Deputy Superintendents and probationers shall wear the same uniform and accoutrements and use the same house furniture as officers of the Indian Police Service, except as follows :-

(a)      Police device badges The existing pattern cypher "P.P." surmounted by State Emblem.

(b)      Button :The existing pattern with cypher "P.P." surmounted by State Emblem.

(c)      Letter badges Half-inch silver block letter "P.P.".

3.  Badges of Rank. :Deputy Superintendents of Police shall wear the following badges of rank :-

(a) Deputy Superintendents of Police under training or with less than two years service as Gazetted Officers

One Star

(b) Deputy Superintendents of Police with less than five years service as Gazetted Officers but not less than two years service as Gazetted Officers and (i) not incharge of sub-Divisions nor (ii) holding posts of equivalent rank referred to in para (c) below.

Two Stars

(c) Deputy Superintendent of Police incharge of Sub-Divisions or holding posts at the State Police Headquarters which are certified to be of equivalent status, or of five years service as Gazetted Offices or more.

Three Stars

 

PART III

 

HORSES

All gazetted officers, except Prosecuting Deputy Superintendents, shall provide themselves with at least one horse not less than 14 hands one inch in height for mounted duties, unless specially exempted from doing so by the Inspector-General.

 

PART IV

UPPER SUBORDINATES

(1)     Full Dress –

[(a) Coat :-

(i)       For Inspectors :Of Khaki drill of the same shade as that prescribed for lower subordinates and of similar pattern to the Khaki working dress frock prescribed for Gazetted Officers, except that the collar shall be open to wear khaki tie. To be cut loose so as to permit to warm under, clothing being worn during the winter.

(ii)      For Sub-Inspectors and Assistant Sub-Inspectors Of the same specifications as above except that the collar shall be rolled fastening at the neck with hook and eye.][13]

(b)  Riding breeches Khaki drill.

(c)  Gaiters for Inspector, Sergeants and Sub-Inspectors only :Black leather spring leggings, fastening with a strap at the top.

(d)  Half puttis (cotton) and footless hose (woollen) for Assistant Sub-Inspectors only Khaki half puttis and footless hose of the approved pattern.

(e)  Brown leather ankle boots Brown service boots with light soles and no heel tips of the approved pattern procurable from Messrs. Copper Allen and Co., Cawnpore.

(f)  Spurs (for Inspectors, Sergeants and Sub-Inspectors) :Steelhunting without rowels, as for Gazetted Officers with black leather straps.

(g)  Safa -

(i)       For Indian Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors Of dark blue khasa with one foot of red salu at one end and two feet at the other. The width of the safa shall be 2 feet 9 inches and the length not less than 6 yards.

(ii)      For Assistant Sub-Inspectors Khaki plain muslin of the approved pattern.

(h)  Safa Fringe silken.

(i)       For Indian Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors One foot of red cloth salu followed by one inch of blue Khasa; then half an inch of silver braid and a silver fringe two inches deep of the prescribed pattern.

(ii)      For Assistant Sub-Inspectors Silk, Khaki.

(i)  Safa end (Palla) for Indian Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors made of real silver thread 18 inches deep of approved pattern.

(j)  Kullah -

(i)       For Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors :Silver work on a red ground of the approved pattern.

(ii)      For Assistant Sub-Inspectors :Plain Khaki of approved pattern.

Note : In lieu of a Kullah Sikh Non-Gazetted Officers may be issued two ‘Fifty’ of Red Salu cloth, 66 inches long and 91 2 inches wide.

(k)  Helmet (for European Inspectors and Sergeants only) Hat Pith Solar Khaki with Khaki Pagri, Khaki boss and brown leather chin strap and silver "P.P." badges of prescribed pattern.


Note : The pagri will consist of six folds of Khaki muslin and when tied the whole shall not exceed 3 inches in width. The Helmit badges shall be worn on the pagri.

(l)  Belt Brown leather Sam Browne belt with one shoulder strap over the right shoulder.

[(m) Badges Upper subordinates shall wear at the base of all shoulder-straps silver plated half inch block letters "P.P.". Above the letters "P.P." Assistant Sub Inspectors shall wear one five pointed star, Sub-Inspectors two five pointed stars, and Inspectors three five pointed stars (star of Indian of normal size as won by the I.P./I.P.S. Officers) and a ribbon 11 2 " width, half red half dark-blue (horizontally divided) which should be worn horizontally (red colour facing the stars) an inch apart from the base of the shoulder straps instead of silver plated stars worn by them previously.][14]

(n)  Probationary Assistant Sub-Inspectors shall not wear stars while under training at the Police Training School, Phillaur. They will be presented with a pair of stars at the passing out parade. The stars will form part of the uniform thereafter.

(o)  Great Coat. Of the same pattern as for Gazetted Officers, but with "P.P." buttons, and prescribed badges.

(p)  Whistle. Of the usual police pattern to be worn attached to a lanyard and carried in the left breast pocket.

(q)  Slacks Khaki drill without turn ups with a pocket on each side.

(r) Malacca cane covered with brown leather steel length

2’-4"

(i) Length of ferrule with knob.

31/2"

(a) Diametre of knob .

11/2"

(b) Ferrule upon which embossed P.P. crest.

-2"

(ii) Length of ferrule of lower end of cane.

-21/2"

(iii) Length of cane covered with brown leather visible between top and bottom ferrule.

1"-10"

(iv) Circumference of cane covered with leather at entry into ferrule.

-21/2"

(v) Circumference of case covered with leather at entry into bottom ferrule

-2"

(2)     Working dress :The same as prescribed for Full Dress with the following modifications :-

(a)      A plain khaki safa, khaki silk safa fringe and khaki and silver kullah of the prescribed pattern may be worn by Indian Inspectors and Sub Inspectors instead of the safa prescribed for full dress.


Note : In lieu of a Kullah, Silh Non-Gazetted Officers may be issued two "Fifty" of Red Salu Cloth, 66 inches long and 91 2 inches wide.

(b)      European Inspectors and Sergeants may wear a Forage cap of blue cloth with a khaki cover, of the same pattern as that worn by Gazetted Officers, but with red piping round the edge of the mohair braid.

(c)      The variations sanctioned by paragraphs 2 to 5 and 7 of Appendix 4.3 Part II, may be adopted by all upper subordinates at the discretion of Superintendents of Police subordinates only.

(3)     Plain black leather revolver holsters and ammunition pouches and lanyards will be supplied with revolvers when issued. (See rules in Chapter VI). The holster will be worn on the left and ammunition pouch on the right of the belt.

(4)     Horse Equipment -

(a)      The horse equipment for Inspectors, Sergeants and Sub-Inspectors shall be of the pattern prescribed for mounted police officers in the list referred to in rule 4.27(2).

(b)      The pony equipment for Assistant Sub-Inspectors shall be of the pattern prescribed for such officers in the list referred to in rule 4.27(2).

(5)     Upper subordinates posted to the Simla District and to Kasauli, Keylong, Suraj, Dalhousie, Balun, Bakloh and Murree shall in the cold weather wear Khaki serge coats and breeches. The pattern shall be exactly the same as drill Khaki uniform. The serge uniform will be issued in addition to the Khaki uniform. When an officer is transferred from any of these hill stations he will leave serge uniform behind to be used by other officers transferred to the station as the case may be.

 

PART V

 

LOWER SUBORDINATES

(1)     All articles of uniform supplied to lower subordinates shall be according to muster pattern. Detailed specification for the making up of a certain articles are given below :-

(a)      Kurta :A khaki drill kurta with patch pockets and four transparent metal police buttons down the front collar band, fastening with hook and eye at the neck; shoulder strap fastened with police buttons and with half inch black letters "P.P." at the base of each shoulder-strap. The kurta to be cut loose to permit of warm underclothing being worn, the shirt to reach to the first joint of the wearer’s thumb, when the arms are held straight to the side, fingers extended.

(b)      Pantaloons Of khaki drill made knickerbocker pattern, to be made with waist band about 3 inches deep and strap and buckle at each side; loops for a belt may be added, but pyjama strings should not be worn; cut full at the knee to allow not more than 4 inches fall over; continuations above 3 inches deep fastening with buttons and to be covered by the pattis.

(c)      Safa and safa band Of calico dyed dark-blue with one foot of red salu at one end. The width of the safa to be 2 feet 9 inches and the length 15 feet. The safa band will be red salu, 2 feet 9 inches in width and about 2 feet in length. It will be folded in 8 folds so as to form a band about 3 inches broad by 33 inches in length to be worn round the pagri.

(d)      Safa fringes Of red salu 2 feet 9 inches on width and 8 inches in length, followed by a strip of blue 1 inch deep and a red fringe 2 inches deep, the approved pattern. To be folded in four and attached after the safa and safa band has been tied.

(e)      Kulla Or red colour of approved pattern. Sikhs in lieu of a kulla may be given a ‘Fifty’ of red salu cloth measuring 66 inches in length and 91 2 inch in width to be worn under the blue safa.

(f)       Shorts of khaki drill cut like the pantaloon at the waist; two sides pockets are allowed.

(g)      Shirts Of khaki twill of prescribed quality. Length of shirt to be 2" below the tip of the thumb at the "Attention" position. Polo shape collar, Skirt to cut square the seam openings to be 9" long. Four buttons in front. Two pockets 63 4"x6" top of pocket to be in line with the bottom edge of the second button. The bottom of the pocket to reach one inch below the last, i.e., fourth button. Shoulder-straps to be about 6" in length. The fastening button of the strap to be visible below collar. Sleeves to reach the inside of the elbow when forearm is bent at right angles to upper arms.

(h)     Boots and Chaplies :Head Constables shall wear black ankle boots with khaki puttis. Constables shall wear black chaplies of approved pattern of books.

(i)       Bastani :Of khaki drill of double thickness, 44 inches square with a piece of khaki niwar tape, 3 yards long and half an inch wide, seven on to one corner.

(j)       Great Coat :Of drab blanketing with sleeves; stand up collar to coat, Four police buttons down the front; the skirt of the coat to reach halfway between the knee and ankle.

(k)      Deleted

(l)       Trousers of khaki drill, of Army B.D. Pattern.

(m)    Gaiters Khaki canvas, Army B.D. pattern.

Head Constables shall wear the same uniform as constables with the addition of chevrons and shall be supplied with a small plain cane not exceeding 1 2 inch in diameter and 3 feet in place of battons.

(2)     Lower subordinates posted to the Simla District and to Kasauli, Keylong, Suraj, Dalhousie, Balun, Bakloh and Murree shall wear in the cold weather a khaki serge kurta and a pair of knicker bockers. The pattern shall be exactly the same as the khaki uniform. The serge uniform will be in addition to the khaki uniform. When an officer is transferred from any of these hill stations he will leave his serge uniform behind to be used by other officers transferred to the station as the case may be.

 

PART VI

 

MOUNTED OFFICERS

The same uniform shall be worn by mounted head constables and constables as that prescribed for head constables and constables of the foot police, with the following modifications :-

(a)      The khaki drill kurta and twill shirt shall be cut to reach the point of the knee, with an opening at the seam from the waist downwards.

(b)      Khaki cord Jodhpur pattern breeches shall be worn instead of pantaloons, and patti tops of brown leather shall be worn. Pattis shall be tied from the knee downwards, i.e., with the tape fastened round the ankle. Ankle boots of approved pattern shall be worn by all ranks.

(c)      Great coats shall be opened at the seam from the waist downwards.

(d)      Kamarbands of red salu, four yards long shall be worn below the waistbelt, with an end hanging at the right side.

(e)      The belt for mounted officers shall have a shoulder-strap and the frog shall be attached by slings.

 

PART VII

Memorandum of Information as to the Wearing of The Insignia of The Orders of The Star of India and The Indian Empire and of Medals by Civilian Members of Those orders and Holders of Medals.

(The instructions applicable to military officers are contained in the Army Regulations, India, Volume VII, and should also be followed by officers of the Indian Police).

Gentlemen not entitled to war uniform should conform as nearly as possible to the practice prescribed for those wearing uniform

 

I

OFFICIAL FULL DRESS

(1)     Knights Grand Commander wear at investitures of the Orders and upon all great and solemn occasions the Mantle, Collar, with badge attached, and Star. On "Collar Days" the Collar, with badge attached, and star; on all other occasions the Star and the badge suspended to a riband, of the description prescribed in the Statutes, worn over the right shoulder.

(2)     Knights Commander wear the Star on the left breast and the badge suspended from the ribbon which will be worn round the neck inside the collar of the coat and which should extend so as to show about one inch below the lower edge of the collar in front.

(3)     Companions wear the badge similarly suspended by a ribbon round the neck.

(4)     Gentlemen who are Knights Commander or Companions of more than one Order will wear only one ribbon and badge, i.e., the senior one, round the neck inside and under the collar of the uniform coat, so that the badge hangs about an inch outside and below the front of the collar. All other badges will be worn, one below the other commencing, about an inch below the senior badge, each suspended on about three inches of ribbon emerging from between the buttons of the uniform coat. A small eye should be stitched inside the coat to which the ribbon is fastened by a hook.

(5)     A gentleman who is a Knight Commander of one or more Orders and is also a Companion of one or more other orders will wear his Companion’s badge or badges in due order below his Knight’s badge or badges.

(6)     Possessors of medals wear the full size medal on the left breast.

 

II

OFFICIAL EVENING UNIFORM ("MESS DRESS" CIVILIAN)

 

(1)     Knights Grand Commander wear, on all occasions, the Star on the left breast and the badge suspended from a riband of the breadth prescribed for a Knight Grand Commander, worn over the right shoulder and under the coat but over the waistcoat.

(2)     Kinghts Commander wear the star on the left breast and riband (preferably miniature width) and badge, the badge being suspended about one inch below the tie.

(3)     A Knight Grand Commander or Knight Commander wears one badge only round the neck and, if he has more than one Order, he wears the miniatures of all the Orders he has on the lapel of his coat, including that of the badge round his neck.

(4)     Companions wear the full size badge suspended by a ribbon (preferably miniature width) round the neck beneath the transparent tie. The badge should hang about one inch below the tie.

(5)     Gentlemen who are Knights Commander or Companions of more than one Order will wear only one badge round the neck which will as a rule be the senior badge, unless a junior one should appear to be more appropriate to the occasion. The ribbon, from which this badge is suspended is worn under the transparent tie, the badge hanging about an inch below. All badges are worn also, in miniature, on the lapel of the coat.

(6)     A gentleman who has only one order and no medals will not wear the miniature of the badge which he wears round his neck.

(7)     Prossessors of medals wear, on ordinary occasions, the miniature on the lapel of the coat; on more formal occasion when special instructions to that effect have been issued, the full sized medal on the left breast.

 

III

OFFICIAL UNDRESS UNIFORM – DAY

(1)     Knights Grand Commander, Knights Commander and Companions wear a piece of the ribbon of the breadth prescribed for a Companion of the Order and half an inch in length.

(2)     Possessors of medals wear a piece of the ribbon half an inch in length.

 

IV

Police officers who have been awarded Indian titles should, when in khaki working dress, wear, on ceremonial occasions, the title badges attached to a broach, and on other occasions, the title ribbon only.

 

NOTES

(A)     The Star of an Order should be attached to the Coat two fingers’ breadth below the lower edges of badges or medals, if any are worn, and if there is a second star, it should be attached at the same distance below the first. Gentlemen who are Knights Grand Commander or Knights Commander of more than one Order, wear the Stars of their


1 orders in sequence, according to their precedence, on the left breast,


1 3 one above the other, or where owing to their number, that is not possible,


4 in the manner and order noted in the margin.

(B)     If a decor is already a Knight Grand Commander or a Knight Commander of an Order and is to receive the Star of a senior Order, he should on the occasion of his investiture, wear the Star (and not the ribbon and badge) of the junior Order low enough on his left breast to permit of the star of the senior Order being affixed above it.


On the occasion of his investiture a decord must not wear the badge of the lower class of the Order in which he has been promoted.

(C)     Medals are worn in their order of precedence, the first medal being placed farthest from the left shoulder. The length of the ribbon by which a medal is attached should not exceed one inch unless owing to the number of claps, it is necessary to issue a longer ribbon. The top of the ribbon should be on a line between the first and second button of the coat.

(D)     Ribbons are worn on the left breast, and when there are more ribbons than one to be worn, they are sewn on to the cloth of the coat in a row, without intervals. They should not overlap, and when there is not sufficient room to wear the ribbons in one row, they should be worn in two or more rows, the lower being arranged directly under the upper.

 

Central Chancery of the Order of Knighthood, St. James Palace, S.W. – 1

THE FOLLOWING LIST SHOWS THE ORDER IN WHICH ORDERS, DECORATIONS AND MEDALS SHOULD BE WORN, BUT IT IN NO WAY AFFECTS THE PRECEDENCE CONFERRED BY THE STATUES OF CERTAIN ORDERS UPON THE MEMBERS THEREOF :-

 

VICTORIA CROSS GEORGE CROSS


BRITISH ORDERS OF KINGHTHOOD ETC. -


* Order of the Garter.


* Order of the Thistle.


* Order of St. Patrick.


* Order of Bath.


* Order of Merit (immediately after Knights Grand Cross of the Order of the Bath). Order of the Star of India.


Order of St. Michael and St. George. Order of the Indian Empire.


Order of the Crown of India.


*These orders are not worn in miniature, and the ribands of the Orders are not worn where inserted with Undress uniform.


Royal Vicotrian Order (Classes I, II, III). Order of British Empire (Classes I, II and III).


Order of the Companions of Honour (immediately after Knights and Dames Grand Cross of the order of the British Empire)


Distinguished Service Order. Royal Victorian Order (Class IV)


* Order of the British Empire (Class IV) Imperial Service Order.


Royal Victorian Order (Class V) Order of the British Empire (Class V)


Note : The above applies to those orders of similar grades. When the miniature or riband of a higher grade of junior Order is worn with that of a lower grade of a senior Order, the higher grade miniature or riband should come first , e.g., the miniature or riband of a K.C.I.E. will come before a C.B. and G.C.M.G. before the K.C.B. Not more than four Stars of Orders and not more than three Neek Badges may be worn at any one time in full Dress Uniform.


Baronets’ Badge (The Badge is worn suspended round the neck by the Riband in the same manner as the neck Badge of an Order and takes precedence immediately after the Badges of the Order of Merit. The Badge is not worn in miniature and the Riband is not worn with Undress Uniform).


Knights Bachelors’ Badge (The Badge to be worn after the Star of a Knight Commander of the order of the British Empire. It is not worn in miniature and is not worn with the Undress Uniform).

DECORATIONS –


Royal Red Cross (Class I) Distinguished Service Cross Military Cross Distinguished Flying Cross Air Force Cross


Royal Red Cross (Class II)

ORDERS, MEDALS, ETC., GIVEN ONLY IN INDIA -


Order of British India


[15]Indian Order of Merit (Military)

Kaisar-i-Hind Medal


Indian Titles Badges or Miniatures of Indian Titles Badges.

 

ORDER OF BURMA –

 

ORDER OF ST. JOHN –

 

ALBERT MEDAL -

 

MEDALS FOR GALLANTRY AND DISTINGUISHED CONDUCT -


Medal for Distinguished Conduct in the Field. Conspicuous Gallantry Medal.


King’s Police Fire Services Medal, for Gallantry. George Medal.


Edward Medal. Distinguished Service Medal


The Royal West African Frontier Force Distinguished Conduct Medal The King’s African Rifles Distinguished Conduct Medal


Indian Dinstinguished Service Medal Military Medal


Distinguished Flying Medal, Air Force Medal Constabulary Medal (Ireland)


Medal for Gallantry in Saving Life at sea.


[16]Indian Order of Merit (Civil)

 

Indian Police Medal, for Gallantry

 

Burma Police Medal, for Gallantry

 

Colonial Police Medal, for Gallantry

 

Burma Gallantry Medal


Royal Marine Meritorious Service Medal

 

Royal Air Force Meritorious Service Medal


Rolyal Air Force Long Service and Good Conduct Medal


Indian Long Service and Good Conduct Medal (for Indian Army)


The Royal West African Frontier Force Long Service and Good Conduct Medal

 

The King’s African Rifles Long Service and Good Conduct Medal


Indian Meritorious Service Medal (for Indian Army) Volunteer Officer’s Decoration


Volunteer Long Service Medal


Volunteer Officer’s Decoration (for India and the Colonies)

 

Volunteer Long Service Medal (for India and the Colonies)

 

Colonial Auxiliary Forces Officers’ Decoration


Colonial Auxiliary Forces Long Service Medal

 

Medal for Good Shooting (Naval)


Militia Long Service Medal


Imperial Yeomanry Long Service Medal

 

Territorial Decoration


Efficiency Decoration Territorial Efficiency Medal

 

Efficiency Medal


Special Reserve Long Service and Good Conduct Medal

 

Decoration for Officers of the Royal Naval Reserve

 

Decoration for Officers of the Royal Naval Volunteer Reserve

 

Royal Naval Reserve Long Service and Good Conduct Medal


Royal Naval Volunteer Reserve Long Service and Good Conduct Medal

 

Board of Trade Rocket Apparatus Volunteer Long Service Medal


The African Police Medal for Meritorious Service Special Constabulary Medal


Royal Naval Auxiliary Sick Berth Reserve Long Service and Good Conduct Medal

 

Royal Fleet Reserve Long Service and Good Conduct Medal


The King’s Medal (for Champion Shots in the Military Forces)

 

Colonial Police and Fire Brigades Long Service Medal


Royal Naval Wireless Auxiliary Reserve Long Service and Good Conduct Medal

 

Trans-Jordan Frontier Force Long Service and Good Conduct Medal


Union of South Africa Commemoration Medal.

 

MEDALS BELONGING TO ORDERS -


Royal Victorian Medal (Gold and Silver) Imperial Service Medal


Royal Victorian Medal (Bronze) Service Medal of the Order of St. John


Badge of the Order of the League of Mercy. Voluntary Medical Service Medal.


FOREIGN ORDERS (IN ORDER OF DATE OF AWARD)


FOREIGN DECORATIONS (IN ORDER OF DATE OF AWARD) FOREIGN MEDALS (IN ORDER OF DATE OF AWARD)


*BRITISH EMPIRE MEDAL -


(* Formerly the Medal of the Order of the British Empire, for Meritorious Service, also includes the Medal of the Order awarded prior to 29th December, 1922).


CANADA MEDAL -


Life Saving Medal of the St. John


*WAR MEDALS (IN ORDER OF DATE) -


[*Medal awarded for services during the Great War (1914-1919) should be worn in the following Order :1914 Star. 1914-1915 Star, British War Medal, Mercantile Marine War Medal, Victory Medal, Territorial Force War Medal, Indian General Service Medal (for operations in Afghanistan 1919)]


POLAR MEDALS (IN ORDER OF DATE) –


JUBILEE, CORONATION AND DURBAR MEDALS -

 

Queen Victoria’s Jubilee Medal, 1987 (Gold, Silver and Bronze) Queen Victoria’s Police Jubilee Medal, 1887.


Queen Victoria’s Jubilee Medal, 1897 (Gold, Silver and Bronze) Queen Victoria’s Police Jubilee, Medal 1897.


Queen Victoria’s Commemoration Medal, 1900 (Ireland). King Edward VII’s Coronation Medal, 1902


King Edward VII’s Police Coronation Medal, 1902


King Edward VII’s Durbar Medal, 1903 (Gold, Silver and Bronze). King Edward VII’s Police Medal, 1903 (Scotland).


King’s Visit Commemoration Medal, 1903 (Ireland) King George V’s Coronation Medal, 1911


King George V’s Police Coronation Medal, 1911


King George Visit Police Commemoration Medal, 1911 (Ireland)

 

King’s V’s Durbar Medal, (Gold, [17]Silver and Bronze)


King George V’s Silver Jublee Medal.

 

King George V/s Coronation Medal, 1937

King Geroge V Long and Faithful Service Medal.

 

King George VI Long and Faithful Service Medal.

POLICE MEDALS FOR VALUABLE SERVICES -


King’s Police and Fire Services Medal, for Distinguished Service India Police Medal, for Meritorious Service


Burma Police Medal, for Meritorious Service Colonial Police Medal, for Meritorious Service.


EFFICIENCY AND LONG SERVICE DECORATION, AND MEDALS -


Long Service and Good Conduct Medal.


Naval Long Service and Good Conduct Medal. Medal for Meritorious Service


Indian Long Service and Good Conduct Medal (for Europeans of Indian Army) Indian Meritorious Service Medal (for Europeans of Indian Army)


SUPPLEMENT TO THE MEMORANDUM OF INFORMATION AS TO THE WEARING OF THE INSIGNIA OF THE ORDERS OF THE STAR OF INDIA AND THE INDIAN EMPIRE AND OF MEDALS BY CIVILIAN MEMBERS OF THOSE ORDERS AND HOLDERS OF MEDALS


Wearing of Orders, Decorations and Medals in Morning Dress


All Members of the various Orders of Knighthood, etc., and all persons who have been awarded Decorations and Medals may, should they wish to do so, wear their Insignia, Decorations and Medals with Morning Dress on Official Occasions and at Public Functions.


The ribands of the Orders, Decorations and Medals may be worn on all occasions at the discretion of the holder.


The method of wearing the Insignia of Orders, also Decorations and Medals on Official Occasions and at Public Functions, with Morning Dress is as follows :-

Knights Grand Cross

Knights Grand Commander

Knights Commander

Should wear the star only on the left breast of the coat

Members of the order of Merit and Companion of Honour.

Companions of the several of Knighthood.

Commanders of the Royal Victorian Order

Commanders of Order of the British Empire.

Should wear the riband (preferably of miniature width) to which the badge is suspended under the tie, which should be a bow, the badge hanging about an inch below [See diagram, page 114 of Dress and Insignia worn at Court (1921)].

Companions of the Distinguished Service Order.

Officers of the Order of British Empire.

Members of the 4th and 5th Classes of the Royal Victorian Order and the Order of the British Empire.

Companions of the Imperial Service Order.

Should wear the Badgers, Decorations and Medals on the left breast of the coat.

Those who have been decorated with –

The Victoria Cross.

The Distinguished Service Cross.

The The Military Cross –

The Distinguished Flying Cross –

The Air Force Cross.

Persons who have been awaded Medals.

Should wear the Badges, Decorations and Medals on the left breast of the coat.

The method of wearing the ribands of Orders, Decorations and Medals, which will be the same in all cases, is as follows :-


A piece of the riband 11 2 inches wide, or the width of the medal riband, and half an inch in depth, mounted on a bar of metal in the form of a brooch to be worn on the left breast of the coat.

 

WEARING OF ORDERS, DECORATIONS AND MEDALS BY LADIES IN MORNING DRESS

All members of the various orders, etc., and all those who have been awarded Decorations and Medals may, should they wish to do so, wear their Insignia, Decorations and Medals with Morning Dress on Official Occasions and at Public Functions.


The method of wearing is as follows :-

Dames Grand Cross

Dames Commanders

Should wear the Star only on the left side of the dress, a few inches below and Badges or medals.

Members of the Order of Merit, Crown of India, and Companions of Honour.

Members of the 3rd, 4th or 5th Classes of the Order of the British Empire, and Companions of the Imperial Service Order.

Ladies who have been decorated with Victoria Cross, the Royal Red Cross or who have been awarded Medals

Should wear the Badges, Decorations and Medals on the left side of the dress about 8 inches above the waist.

The ribands of the Orders, Decorations and Medals may be worn on all occasions at the discretion of the holder.


The method of wearing, which will be the same in all cases, is as follows –


A piece of the riband, one-and-a-half inches wide, or the width of the medal riband, and half an inch in depth, mounted on a bar of metal in the form of a brooch, to be worn on the left side of the dress.


In Evening Dress ladies may wear Orders, Decorations and Medals in miniature on occasions when Isignia are worn; but when gentlemen were Levee or Full Dress, ladies should wear full-size Order, Decorations and Medals, as described on pages 107 to 109 of Dress and Insignia Worn at Court (1921).


Note : The above intimation only refers to Morning Dress and does not alter the regulations with regard to wearing orders, Decorations and Medals with Uniform or with Evening Dress.

 

APPENDIX No. 4.3

(1)     Supplementary regulations regarding the wearing the articles of uniform prescribed for gazetted officers in Appendix 4.1 are as follows :-

(1)     Indian officers of the All-India Service who elect to wear the pagri in uniform, shall also wear it with Mess dress. Such officers may wear a khaki cambric pagri with working dress on all occasions except those when full medals are worn.

(2)     Officers attending officially as spectators at Military ceremonial parades will wear "working dress, khaki" with field boots, spurs and swords and medal ribbons; decorations and medals will not be worn.

(3)     The sword frog of the "Sam Browne" belt will only be worn when the sword is worn. A sufficient number of turns should be made with the strap of the sword not to absorb all the straps with the exception of the acorn.

(4)     The pattern of field boot prescribed in Appendix 4.1 differs slightly from that prescribed in "Dress Regulations" of the Army in India. The pattern authorised in the edition of that publication corrected up to November, 1925, may be worn by Police Officers; no other modification of the prescribed pattern is permitted.

(5)     Spurs will be worn on all occasions when field boots are worn, and with Mess dress. The hunting spur worn in working dress should be of stainless steel with flat-sided neck from 1 inch to 11 4 inches, in length. When field boots are worn brown leather straps shall take the place of chains for spurs.

(6)     Rules regarding revolvers are contained in Chapter VI : officers shall provide themselves with a brown leather ammunition pouch to be carried on the belt.

(7)     Breeches (Bedford cord or Khaki drill) shall be fastened at the knee with laces and eyelet holes. A pattern of Cavarly Cord approved for breeches will be maintained in the office of the Inspector-General of Police.

(8)     Khaki cap covers shall be worn with working dress and transparent with Mess dress.

(9)     Badges of rank with Mess dress shall be of metal and of miniature size, plain gold studs and links to be worn with Mess dress, two shirt studs to show.

(10)   Gloves shall not be worn on parades with drill uniform. If worn with Serge (on occasions when such uniform is allowed to be worn) or with great coats they shall be of brown leather or buff wash leather.

(11)   Mourning bands of black crepe, 31 4 inches wide, will be worn on the left arm above the elbow at military funerals, and when otherwise ordered. Officers, including European upper subordinates, in private mourning may wear mourning bands if they so desire.

(12)   Swords shall not be worn within the precincts of a Court of Justice.

(13)   A whistle with khaki lanyard will be worn on all occasions with working dress.

(14)   A plain leather covered cane, 2 feet in length, will be carried on all occasions when the sword is not worn.

(15)   A chin strap should normally be worn up. When, however, owing to the nature of the duty on particular occasions, it is desirable that it should be worn down, all officers will confirm to the decision of the senior officer present.

(2)     The following variations from the standard uniform prescribed for gazetted officers in Appendix 4.1 are approved by the Punjab Government :-

(1)     Drab serge jacket and trousers may be maintained by officers who desire to do so, for wear in office, for night patrolling and for similar duties. Serge uniform shall not be worn on parades or other duties with the men, nor on ceremonial occasions, nor when meeting high officials. On all such occasions the prescribed khaki drill jacket shall be worn, with warm clothing under it or with the greatcoat, if necessary. The serge jacket may be worn also with breeches and boots under the above restrictions. The Inspector-General and Deputy Inspectors General are permitted to wear serge uniform when carrying out inspections.


Note : A pattern of the approved material for serge uniform will be kept in the office of the Inspector-General.

(2)     Shorts with ankle boots and half putties (cotton) and footless hose (woollen) of the same shade as issued to the men, may be worn at the discretion of Superintendents of Police on all ordinary parades and duties at all seasons including attendance in courts of law, and may be worn in attendance on His Excellancy the Governor and other high official and inspecting officers between April 15th and October 15th.

(3)     Shorts with khaki stockings and shoes; and Jodhpur breeches with ankle boots or shoes may be worn in camp, and for fatigue duties at all seasons and for all ordinary parades and duties in the hot weather.

(4)     Khaki shirts, worn with the top button open, without a tie and with shoulder straps and badges of rank may be worn on the occasions specified in (3) above. Badges of rank may be of worsted instead of metal.

(4)  (a) Bush-shirts of approved pattern and material with belts of the same material with silver or transparent metal buckle may be worn for all duties in the hot weather instead of the shirts prescribed by item (4) and for rural duties, excepting the inspection of police stations in the cold weather instead of approved pattern jackets.

(5)     The cloth belt shall always be worn with uniform but may be removed in office. The Sam Browne belt shall be worn on parades and on similar formal occasions.

(6)     Khaki Pith topis with a blue flash may be worn for all duties tbroughout the year instead of the Wolseley helmet.

(7)     Water proofs of any pattern may be worn, when necessary, provided they are of khaki colour.

(8)     A service dress khaki cap of the Army pattern with an I.P. badge and small buttons on each side may be worn with working dress instead of the forage cap with a khaki cover.


Note 1 :Paragraphs 2, 3, 5 and 7 above are also applicable to upper subordinates. They will wear shirts in place of shirts khaki as mentioned in paragraph 4 above and their badges of rank will be of metal and not worsted.


Note 2 :Bush shirts with belts of same material worn with silver or transparent metal buckle may be worn by upper subordinates on all duties in the hot weather, metal badges of rank being worn on the shoulder straps.


Note 3 :Upper subordinates stationed at District Headquarters may wear slacks khaki drill of the approved pattern as an optional article.

 

FORM NO. 4.6(1)(a)

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT _________________________ DISTRICT

 

REGISTER SHOWING THE COST OF ARTICLES OF CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT (OPTIONAL AND OTHERS) RENEWED TO UPPER SUBORDINATES DURING. A PARTICULAR FINANCIAL YEAR

 

No. of Upper Subordinates_______________ Financial Year__________ Total ____________Renewal Grant.


Date of issue

Name and number

of the Upper Subordinate

Article issued

Cost of Article

Progressive total for the financial year

REMARKS

1

2

3

4

5

6

 

 

 

Rs. NP.

Rs. NP.

 

 

 

FORM NO. 4.6(2)

POLICE DEPARTMENT_________________________DISTRICT

 

ISSUE OF REPLACEMENTS OF CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT MADE

 

TO

 

INSPECTOR

 

SERGEANT

 

SUB-INSPECTOR

 

ASSISTANT SUB-INSPECTOR

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Serial No.

Article

issued or replaced

Date of present

issue or replacement

Date of previous

issue or replacement

Signature of recipient

Signature of gazetted officer

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

FORM NO. 4.16

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT_________________ DISTRICT

 

ACQUITTANCE ROLL OF CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT ISSUED DURING THE YEAR OF 19

No._____________ RANK ___________NAME _____________

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Serial No.

Description of Article

Description of article of

Date of present

Date of previous

Signature of recipient

Signature of Officer in

REMAKRS

 

of clothing

equipment

issue or

issue or

 

whose

 

 

issued

issued

replaement

replacement

 

presence issue was made

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM NO. 4.28(3)

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT _________________________DISTRICT

 

PROCEEDINGS OF A COMMITTEE CONVENFED TO SURVEY  _____________RECEIVED _________________FROM __________ON ________________

1

2

3

4

5

6

Serial No.

Quantity or number indented for

Quantity or number received

Quantity or number passed

Quantity or number rejected

Report

 

 

 

 

 

 



President __________


Member ___________


Member


Dated_____

­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­
_____ The 19

 

FORM NO. 4.29(1)

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT _____________________DISTRICT AGREEMENT

 

(1)     These articles of agreement made and entered into on the ____________day of _____________   19 between the Secretary of State for India in Council  one part, and A.B. of of the other part.


Witness, that in consideration of the stipulation hereinafter contained and by the said Governor of the Punjab and the said A.B., respectively, to be observed and performed, the said A.B., hereby undertakes to make up and deliver (specification, number and description of articles)

(2)     That all the said articles shall be made equal in quality and similar in colour and size to a sealed muster pattern now deposited with at and shall be made and finished in a workman-like manner to the satisfaction of the Superintendent of Police of .

(3)     That of the whole number of articles agreed to be made up and delivered will be delivered within days and the remainder within days of the date of this agreement.

(4)     That all deliveries shall be made at the office of the said Superintendent of Police at ______________ between the hours of 10 p.m. and 4 p.m. on working days only.

(5)     That every article shall be made finished in all respects to the entire satisfaction of the said Superintendent of Police and he shall be at liberty to reject any article if he does not approve, and such rejection shall be final and conclusive.

(6)     That the said Superintendent of Police shall give a written receipt, signed by him, within days of delivery exhibiting the number of articles and the numbers accepted and rejected, and such receipts shall be conclusive evidence of the acceptance and rejection of the number of articles specified as accepted and rejected.

(7)     That all articles thus rejected shall be taken back and removed by the said A.B. and nothing shall become due to or recoverable by said A.B. in respect of any article so rejected.

(8)     That all articles thus accepted shall be paid for by the said Superintendent of Police at the rate of Rs. for each article, within six days after and exclusive of the date of such acceptance.

(9)     And it is hereby lastly agreed that, if, and so often as the said A.B. shall make default in the due performance of any one or more of the stipulations hereinbefore contained by him to be performed and observed, then, and in any such case, the said Superintendent of Police shall be at liberty to assess the amount, not exceeding Rs. that shall represent the damages arising from any such default on the part of the said A.B. and the assessment of the said Superintendent of Police shall be final and conclusive as to the amount of such damages. Such amount shall thereupon become payable by the said A.B. to the said Superintendent of Police. And the said Superintendent of Police shall be at liberty to deduct and retain any amount so assessed from any sum of money that may be or may become due and payable at or after the time of such failure, to the said A.B. by the said Superintendent of Police, whether by virtue of this agreement or otherwise.

(10)   And in order to assist the said A.B. towards the due performance of his undertaking it is hereby further agreed that the said Superintendent of Police shall advance to the said A.B. such sum of money, not exceeding Rs. , at any one time as the said A.B. shall from time to time in writing require as advances to be applied by the said A.B. to the purposes of this contract, and not otherwise.

(11)   Provided that the said Superintendent of Police shall not be required, nor be bound to make any such advance unless and until the said A.B. shall have given security approved by the said Superintendent of Police to the amount of Rs. , for the due performance of his contract and the proper application of such advances.

(12)   Provided also that the said Superintendent of Police shall not be required, nor be bound, to make a second or further advance, unless and until it shall have been shown to his satisfaction by the said A.B. that every previous advance has been properly applied by the said A.B. for the purpose of his contract, and not otherwise.

(13)   And the said A.B. hereby agrees that he will give such security as aforesaid and that he will apply every such advance to the purposes of this contract, and not otherwise.

 

Note 1 :Forms may be obtained from the Superintendent, Government Printing, Punjab.

 

Note 2 :Contracts in this form can only be entered into by the Inspector-General of Police, Punjab.

 

FORM NO. 4.29(2)-A

POLICE DEPARTMENT _____________________DISTRICT


Tender for services to be rendered by the tailor of the Police Lines at _______________


To


The Inspector-General of Police, Punjab


Sir,

(1)     I/We tailor contractor of  hereby agree that on the acceptance of this tender, I/we ______________shall, in accordance with such acceptance, perform at all times during the period of may/our employment as Lines Tailor such work in connection with the making up, or fitting, altering or repairing of articles of uniform, and generally such other work as pertains to a tailor’s trade, as the Superintendent of Police may order in writing subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this tender and in the schedule hereto annexed.

(2)     Within days after the acceptance of this tender I/we undertake to execute an indemnity bond in form No. 4.29(2)(B) or in such other form or manner as may be prescribed, or to give such security in cash or otherwise as may be required, by the Superintendent of Police, to the extent of Rs. , the said bond to be liable to be enforced by the said Superintendent against ourselves and sureties jointly and severally, or the said security in cash or otherwise, as the case may be, to be liable to be forfeited by him, in the event of my/our not complying with any of the terms or conditions of this tender, and I/we agree that the decision of the said Superintendent and his successors in office from time to time, as regards whether just cause has arisen for the enforcement of the bond or the forfeiture of the security aforesaid, and as to the extent of such enforcement or forfeiture, shall be final and binding upon me/us.

As witnesses set me/our hands this ________ day of ________19.


Signature


in the presence of :


Witness to the above signature :

(1)     Description :


Address :-

(2)     Description :-


Address :-

 

SCHEDULE

The terms and conditions of this tender are as follows :-

(1)     The Lines tailor shall be required to make up all articles of uniform and to execute all repairs to clothing from material measured and supplied to him from the Government Clothing Store, and shall give a receipt for the material so supplied.

(2)     He shall be held responsible for the value of the material or other Government property issued to him and shall be accountable for the value of all material and Government property which is not returned to the Superintendent of Police in the shape of completed and accepted articles.

(3)     The rates of tailoring charges shall be paid according to the scale fixed from time to time for each article by the Superintendent of Police in agreement with the tailor : provided that such rates shall not exceed the maxima laid down by the Inspector-General of Police.

(4)     Orders shall be placed with the tailor periodically, and he shall be required to have the work done in the Police Lines.

(5)     All articles ordered shall be made similar to a sealed muster or other approved pattern and shall be delivered at the office of the Superintendent of Police on such date or dates as may be fixed in the order. The Superintendent of Police shall be final authority, on a report by the Survey Committee under Police Rule 4.28, to reject any article which does not fulfil this condition.

(6)     The direction of the Superintendent of Police as to the period within and place at which articles are to be delivered shall be binding on the tailor and in case of default in this respect he shall be liable to punishment, over and above the making good of the value of any material or Government property for which he is responsible, by forfeiture of the whole or such part as may be considered reasonable, of the security deposit referred to in this tender, on a report of a Survey Committee under the Police Rule cited above. The Superintendent of Police shall also be empowered to terminate the contract if the work of contractor continues to be unsatisfactory in spite of issuing him a written warning.

(7)     The tailor shall have the right of preferring an appeal to the Deputy Inspector General of the Range, against the forfeiture of the security only.

(8)     The tailor’s bills for all articles shall be paid for by the Superintendent of Police at the rates agreed upon after being checked by such officers as the Superintendent of Police may depute. Any alterations required to articles made by the tailor shall be done free of charges.

 

FORM NO. 4.29(2)-B

INDEMNITY BOND

POLICE DEPARTMENT ___________________ DISTRICT


KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that we (1) and (2) are jointly and severally bound to the Governor of the Punjab in the sum of Rs. to be ________ paid to the said Secretary of State for India in Council, his successors in office or assigns for which payment to be made we bind ourselves and each of us in the whole, our and each of our heirs, executors, administrators and successors jointly and severally by these present this day of 19 .


WHEREAS the said (1) is employed as a Police Lines tailor at ____________ and in that capacity has the care, charge and responsibility for the safe custody of cloth supplied to him for the making of uniforms, etc.


AND WHEREAS the said is charged with the duty of properly and efficiently making uniforms from the said cloth in the Police Lines at as required and without unreasonable delay in delivery.


NOW the condition of this bond is such that if the above bounden (1) shall duly account for all the cloth handed to him to be made into uniform, etc., and shall properly and efficiently make or cause to be made in the Police Lines the uniforms as required and without unreasonable delay in delivery this bond of obligations shall be void; otherwise it shall remain in full force.


Signed


(Police Lines Tailor)


Witnesses -

(1)     _________

(2)     Signed

Witnesses


(1)


(2)

 

FORM NO. 4.31

POLICE DEPARTMENT

RETURN OF POLICE OFFICERS TO WHOM IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT NEW MEDALS SHOULD BE ISSUED AT EXPENSE.

TO REPLACE OTHERS LOST DISTRICT DATE

Constabulary No., Rank and Name

Description of Medal

 

Description of Clasp.

Corps in which the Medal was earned and

Regimental number and rank at the time

Brief statement of cause of loss with recommodation of Board

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of Board’s


President


Member


Member

Forwarded to the ___________


Superintendent of Police.

(Form to be either hand drawn or printed locally)

 

FORM No. 4.34(i)

POLICE DEPARTMENT ____________________ DISTRICT

ACCOUNT OF METERIAL AND COST OF MAKING UP CLOTHING SUPPLIED TO THE POLICE FORCE

Dr.  Dr.   Cr.

1

*2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Date

Description

Total of each

Total

Date

Description

Total of each

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Note:In column *2 after each entry a referance toregister 4.34 (ii) should be given.

 

FORM NO. 4.34(ii)

POLICE DEPARTMENT ____________DISTRICT

 

STOCK ACCOUNT OF NEW ARTICLES OF CLOTHING AND MATERIALS RECEIVED AND ISSUED


 

Classification of entries:-

 

A.   Receipts

B.   Issues

C.   Balances

YEARS OF ISSUE TO WHICH BELONGING AND THE NUMBER

Reference to the item in Register 4.34(i) showing transfer of materials subsequently made up into coats, pants, etc.

Reference to the item in Register 4.35 showing transfer to it of clothing for issue, sale or destruction

Explanatio n of

issues

 

 

19

 

 

19

 

 

19

A.

B.

C.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 1 :The balance to be struck after each transaction.


Note 2 :When materials or articles of clothing are issued to individuals on payment, a reference shall be given in column 7 to the number and date of the departmental bill issued or entry made in the Lines Officers list of deductions (rule 4.22).

 

FORM NO. 4.35

 

PART I

POLICE DEPARTMENT ____________ DISTRICT


VERNACULAR STOCK ACCOUNT OF RECEIPTS AND ISSUES OF CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT KITS AND OF SECOND-HAND CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT DURING THE YEAR 19

 

1

2

3

Date of Receipt

From Whom received

ARTICLES OF CLOTHING (NUMBERS ONLY)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Arms Badges

Kit Wrap

Great coat

Breeches Khaki

Sleeves for Traffic

Canvas shoes

6 White Vests

3

Striped Cheveron

with Crown

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLES OF CLOTHS (NUMBERS ONLY)

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

3

Badges

Ambulan

Badges

Badges

Buttons

Buttons

Knicker

P.P.

P.P.

Striped Cheveron

marksman

. 303

ce Badges

marksman

. 303

marksman

. 410

Coat Khaki

Great coats

Bockers

Inspector s

SubInspector s

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLES OF CLOTHS (NUMBERS ONLY)

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

 

P.P. Assistant Sub-Inspectors

P.P.

Sergeant s

P.P.

Lower Subordin ates

Puttis

Puttis Woollen

Red Pallu embroid ered

Twill Khaki

Cardigan jackets

Khaki Fringe

Red Fringe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLES OF CLOTHS (NUMBERS ONLY)

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

Khaki

Woollen

Cotton

Red

Revolver

Reel

Reel

Drill

Rings

Sword

Silken Fringe

grey socks

socks

Salu cloth

s Lanyard

No. 15

No. 10

Khaki

for khaki

coats

with scabbard

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLES OF CLOTHS (NUMBERS ONLY)

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

Swords knot

Spinal pad

Red pagris for Sikhs

Stars

Shoulder pad

Blue safas

Khaki safas

Safa Bands

Forage cap

*Shirts khaki

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLES OF CLOTHS (NUMBERS ONLY)

49

50

51

53

53

54

55

56

57

58

Tunic

Kamarban

Red

Khaki

Kullahs

Cord

Coat

Kit bags

Traffic

Coats

khaki

ds for

Kullahs

Kullahs

khaki

khaki

khaki

 

sleeves

for

Mounted Police

 

 

embroide red

 

 

 

 

Orderlies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLES OF CLOTHS (NUMBERS ONLY)

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68,

Coats for Drivers

Spurs

Drab mixure cloth

Khaki pagri cloth

Shorts khaki

Helmets

Hooks

Gloves leather

Mosquito nets

Thick knitted vest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

5

 

Signature of depositors

REMARKS

69

70

71

Great coats for drivers

Helmet badges

Traffic Umbrellas

 

 

 

 

 

Note :  1The register should be balance monthly and the balanced monthly and the balance certified by the Lines Officer.

Note :  2 A reference to the acquittance roll should be given in the remarks column when articles are issued to men away from headquarters.

* Complete kurta include buttons, P.P. badges and (if any) chevrons, good conduct stripes, marksman’s badges, etc., belongings to the depositors. All these articles (other than buttons and P.P. badges and chevrons) should be specified in the column of remarks.

 

FORM NO. 4.35

PART II

POLICE DEPARTMENT _____________ DISTRICT

VERNACULAR STOCK ACCOUNT OF RECEIPTS AND ISSUES OF CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT KITS AND OF SECOND-HAND CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT DURING THE YEAR 19

 

1

2

3

 

 

 

 

Date of receipt

From whom received

SADDLERY (Number only)

 

 

 

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Up Trop

Surcingl e

Picketin g Rope

Rifle bucket

Girth Cotton Pair

Nose Bag. Tobra

Wallet Strap pair

Marchin g

Order strap

Talamba ra

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

SADDLERY (Number only)

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

Bit with chain

Duble reins

Iron Str. Pair

Stripe Leather Pair

Heel Rope

Saddle complete

Wallet without strap

Shoe case with

sword frog

Blanket, Lip strap

Namdah

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Medal Ribon (Number only)

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

Indian Po-

Africa

Afganisthan

British

British

General

Jubilee

Khan

lice Medal Ribbon

Ribbon

Ribbon

War Medal Ribbon

India War Ribbon

Service Ribbon

Medal ribbon

Bahadur Medal Ribbon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Medal Ribbon (Number only)

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

 

Delhi Darbar Ribbon

Durbar of England Ribbon

Good Conduct Ribbon

Sudau Ribbon

Star 1914/1919

Ribbon

Somaliland Ribbon

King’s Police Medal

Ribbon

Egypt War Ribbon

Victory Service Ribbon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

EQUIPMENT (NUMBER ONLY)

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

Russet Boot for L/S

Button sticks

Water bottle

Water proof

Leather belt

Polish

Whistle strap

Great coat strap

Khaki jhola

Button with strap

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

Equipment (numbers Only)

48

49

50

51

53

53

54

55,

Durrie small

Whistle

Sea

Red belt for reserve

Garters

Traffic Gatra

Number plate

Leather stockings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

Mochi’s Accessocries (Number)

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

Black ball

Black reel

Black cup

Brown cup

Toeplate

Tip flag

Heel left

Half soles

Heel belt

Full soles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

7

8

Mochi’s Accessocries (Number)

 

Signatu e of deposito r

REMARKS

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

Hinile Ball

Seal

Nails

Nails

Nails half

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 1 :The register should be balanced monthly and the balance certified by the Lines Officer.


Note 2 :A reference to the acquittance roll should be given in the remarks column when articles are issued to men away from headquarters.

 

FORM NO. 4.37(1)A

POLICE DEPARTMENT ___________ DISTRICT


ABSTRACT STATEMENT SHOWING THE CASE TRANSACTIONS OF THE CLOTHING FUND DURING THE FINANCIAL YEAR 19

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

Receipts

Amount

Total

Disbursements

Amount

Total

Balance on 1st April, 19.

Clothing allowance for additions to the strength of the Force at Rs. 10 per head constable.

Annual clothing allwance for the District Police, at Rs. 8 per head constable and constable. Amount received from Government under rule 10.13(c) Police Rules. Amount received on account of clothing allowance of additional police of all

kinds.

Amount received on account of clothing to replace deficiencies . Allotment from Inspector General’s reserve Öther receipts"-

(a)   Sale-proceeds of old clothing

(b)   Refunds of advance or of cost of articles issued on payment

(c)   Other miscelleneous petty amounts

GRAND TOTAL

Rs. A.P.

Rs.A.P

 

Paid for clothing

Paid for carriage clothing material

Paid to men ceasing to be members of the clothing Fund

Other payments -

(a)   Repairs to clothing

(b)   Advances recoverable issued on payment or other advances

(c)   Other miscellaneous petty payments

Balance in hand on 31 March, 19

GRAND TOTAL

Rs.A.P.

Rs.A.P.

 

 

 


 

(Form to be hand drawn)

Dated ________

 

The __________

Superintendent of Police

 

FORM NO. 4.37(1)B

POLICE DEPARTMENT _______________ DISTRICT


BALANCE SHEET OF THE CLOTHING FUND ON THE 31ST MARCH, 19 EQUIPMENT

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

Assest

Amount

Total

Liabilities

Amount

Total

Cash balance in hand on 31st March, 19 . Cash due from Police Officers on account of

Rs.A.P.

 

Rs.A.P.

 

Due for clothing/equipment supplied

Rs.A.P.

Rs.A.P.

clothing supplied on payment

equipment

Estimated amount recoverable from Government for clothing deposits under rule 10.13(c) calculated at Rs. 8 per member of the Clothing Fund who enlisted prior to the 1st April, 1905.

Due from other than Police Officers Stock Value of new clothing/equipment in hand

 

 

 

Clothing deposits of members who enlisted prior to 1st April, 1905 at Rs. 16 each.

Estimated cost of Clothing/equipment the issue of which is due or has been sanctioned, but which has not yet been supplied

 

 

Value of full kits in stock in excess of the sanctioned strength at Rs. 16 each.

Value of second hand clothing/equipment in hand

 

 

Balance stock and cash

 

 

GRAND TOTAL

 

 

GRAND TOTAL

 

 

 

(Standard Form)

Dated _____________

 

The ______________


Superintendent of Police

CHAPTER 5 EQUIPMENT

 

5.1. Articles provided from the equipment fund. –


All authorized articles of equipment are shown either in "Equipment Tables, Civil Police and Jails", is supplied by the Ordinance Department, or in the printed list referred to in rule 4.27(2), if obtainable by direct purchase.

 

5.2. Muster patterns. –

(1)     Muster patterns of all articles of foot equipment, except beds and boxes, shall be kept in the office of the Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police, each Superintendent and the Principal, Police Training School. Muster patterns of all articles of horse equipment except saddles shall also be kept in districts where there are police mounted on horses. A muster pattern saddle shall be kept by the Senior Superintendents of Police, Lahore and may be obtained for comparison by other Superintendent of Police if saddles supplied appear noticeably different from the authorized pattern in quality or otherwise. Muster patterns of all articles of camel saddlery shall be kept by the Superintendents of Police of the Hissar and Mianwali Districts and articles supplied by contractors, if they appear materially different from authorized patterns in quality or otherwise, may be sent to those districts for comparison with the muster patterns by the survey committee. Inspection diagrams of horse and camel kits are obtainable from the Controller of Printing and Stationery, Punjab, Chandigarh.

(2)     The procedure for the issue, sealing and checking of muster patterns of equipment shall be as prescribed in rule 4.2 in regard to clothing.

5.3. Supply of articles to enrolled police officers. –


All equipment supplied to enrolled police officers shall be in accordance with the muster patterns in all respects.

5.4. Replacements. –

(1)     The minimum periods for which certain articles of equipment are expected to last under normal conditions of fair wear and tear are given in the table referred to in rule 4.27. Only unserviceable articles shall be replaced, however, even when technically time expired.

(2)     All equipment lost, destroyed or reported unserviceable shall be reported on by a survey committee constituted in accordance with rule 6.22 in the form referred to in that rule. The committee shall consider whether replacement has become necessary owing to fair wear and tear, or conditions over which the policeman to whom the equipment was issued had no control, or to misuse or neglect, and shall apportion the cost between the Government fund and the individual accordingly. Report, of such committees for replacement and apportionment of cost shall not be acted on until an order has been issued by the Superintendent of Police in the order book giving effect to them.

5.5. Stamping of articles of equipment. –


All equipment issued to enrolled police officers is the property of Government and shall be stamped as follows before issue in letters and numbers a quarter of an inch in height : provided that the initial issues to upper subordinates referred to in sub-rule 5.4(3) shall not be stamped :-

(a)      All articles, not specially mentioned below, with the district cypher and the year of issue.

(b)      Belts and sword bayonet frogs:with the belt plate number, district cypher and the year of issue on the backs.

(c)      Ammunition and expense pouches :with a serial number, the district cypher and the year of issue, on the inside of the flap.

(d)      Handcuffs :with a serial number, which shall also be stamped on the key, and the district cypher.

(e)      Handcuffs chains :with the serial number and district cypher on the handle. So far as possible handcuffs and chains of corresponding numbers should be kept together.

5.6. Beds and Boxes; numbers to be maintained. –

(1)     Beds and boxes shall be maintained at the rate of one for each lower subordinate authorized in the distribution statement, and shall be issued to lines, police stations, etc., in accordance with authorised distribution of establishment. Spare beds and boxes not to exceed in number 5 per cent of the total strength of lower subordinates may be maintained in lines, for the use of policemen temporarily accommodated there.

(2)     Beds and boxes for additional police shall be made up as required. On the disbandment of such additional police, their beds and boxes shall be absorbed in the fixed allotment to replace shortages.

(3)     All officers are prohibited from taking Government beds and boxes for the use of themselves or their private servants.

(4)     A statement showing the number of beds and boxes allotted shall be hung up in every barrack, guard room, police station and post.

(5)     Each bed and box in a police station and its subordinate posts and guard rooms shall be marked with the police station cypher and a serial number, while those kept in lines, barracks and in guard rooms at headquarters shall be marked with the lines cypher and a serial number. The box allotted to each bed shall have the same serial number and cypher as the bed.

5.7. Patterns of beds and boxes. –


Beds shall be 6 feet long and 2 feet 6 inches wide; measured from the inside of the legs. Beds and boxes shall be of uniform pattern of the type which has become standardized by long usage in the police department. Boxes shall be made of wood 1" thick, internal measurements being 2’ x 11 2’x 1’-4" and shall be raised from the ground two inches by two pieces of wood along the sides of the same thickness as the box.


Note : In all modern police barracks, wall cupboards are supplied as well as boxes. As far as possible constables shall be forbidden to keep private boxes in barrack rooms.

5.8. Purchase and repair of beds and boxes and cleaning materials. –

(1)     The cost of purchase and repairs of beds and boxes shall be met from the equipment fund.


Urgent petty repairs to beds and boxes shall be carried out promptly under the orders of the Lines Officers or officer-in-charge of the police station and paid for from his permanent advance, the amount being recouped as prescribed in rule 10.109(2) from the equipment fund.

(2)     Damage to beds and boxes resulting from fair wear and tear shall be made good at the expense of the equipment fund. The cost of repairing damage resulting from carelessness, neglect or mischief shall be borne by the person who, in the opinion of the Superintendent, is responsible for such damage.

(3)     Materials required for the cleaning of equipment may be purchased at the expense of the equipment fund. This does not include cleaning material for articles of equipment issued as part of full kits, e.g., belts and boots.

5.9. Supply of house equipment to upper subordinates. –

(1)     Each upper subordinate required to maintain a house shall, on first appointment to that rank, be supplied at the cost of the equipment fund, with a full horse kit of the prescribed pattern. A sword and S.B. belt shall be similarly supplied.

(4)     Upper subordinates appointed before Ist April, 1928 were not issued with horse equipment, but were required to provide it at their own expense. Officers appointed on or after that date have been so provided.


All horse equipment provided at the expense of Government is the property of the equipment fund of the district concerned and shall not be permitted to leave the district. As funds permit, each district shall acquire the full number of horse equipments required for upper subordinates of the district. Should any upper subordinate appointed before Ist April, 1928, be in possession of horse equipment in good condition this may be acquired by the equipment fund. A survey committee consisting of a gazetted officer and two upper subordinates shall fix the price with due regard to the age and condition of the equipment.

5.10. Supply of Government cycles. –

(1)     Government cycles of a standard pattern for the use of the police department are issued to districts according to their requirements. The proper care and maintenance of these cycles is of great importance and any loss or damages concerning them shall receive the same attention as in the case of arms. The Lines Officer at headquarters, and station house officers and clerks in police stations, shall be held responsible for reporting all cases, other than punctures and similar running repairs, which should be put right immediately by the man concerned, of loss or damage to cycles under their care, and an entry shall be made in the daily diary giving exact details of the loss or damage. The cycles being a regular part of police equipment, the procedure prescribed in rule 5.4(2) shall invariably be followed when such cases are reported.


All lower subordinates are expected to be efficient in the use and proper care of a cycle. Cycles can be freely used for patrolling, process-serving, message carrying and other duties in which their employment can economize time and man-power. Gazetted Officers and Inspectors shall pay particular attention to the condition of cycles at their inspections, both formal and casual, and shall mention the matter in their reports. Expenditure in connection with the purchase of Government bicycles shall be met from the reserve allotment at the disposal of the Inspector General under the secondary unit of appropriation ’Purchase of bicyclesAudited Contingencies’. Bicycles may also be purchased locally from the equipment fund with the sanction of the Inspector-General of Police when the funds under ‘purchase of bicycles’ Audited Contingencies’ are inadequate. Expenditure on repairs to bicycles, including the cost of component parts shall be met from the allotment for "Contract Contingencies". Standing orders shall be issued in every district regarding the cleaning and maintenance of cycles and shall be strictly enforced.

(2)     A History Sheet shall be maintained for each Government cycle in form 5.10(2) which shall be checked and signed by gazetted police officers and inspectors during their inspections.

5.11. Annual statements of transactions of the equipment fund. –

(1)     At the end of each financial year statements in Forms 5.11 and 4.37(1) B, showing the transactions of the equipment fund for the past twelve months shall be prepared in each district and entered in the cash-book after the balance for the year in question. A copy of the Balance-sheet of the Equipment Fund should be submitted to the Inspector-General of Police.

(2)     Deputy Inspectors-General after their inspections of districts shall submit a copy of their remarks on the condition of the equipment funds to the Inspector-General.

5.12. Equipment stock register. –

(1)     An equipment stock register shall be maintained by the clothing clerk, head constable in Form 5.12(1) in which shall be shown separately under heads (a) horse equipment, (b) camel equipment, (c) foot equipment and cycles, each article supplied from the equipment fund.


The equipment stock register shall be balanced and audited on the 31st March and 30th September by the reserve inspector, or, in districts where there is no reserve inspector, by the Lines Officers, who shall certify under each head that he has taken stock and that the balance shown in the register is correct. This certificate shall be countersigned by the Superintendent or a gazetted officer empowered by the Superintendent to do so.

(2)     A statement in English showing the permanent distribution for the whole district of articles of equipment, other than articles in the personal keeping of individual police officers, shall be prepared and pasted in the equipment stock register after the half-yearly balance is struck.

5.13. Application of orders in chapter IV to chapter V. –


The orders in Chapter IV regarding the clothing fund, clothing contracts, etc., shall as far as possible, apply, mutatis mutandis to the equipment fund and articles of equipment.

5.14. Issue of articles of equipment. –

All articles of equipment shall be issued made in the same way as issues of clothing, as provided in Rule 4.16.

5.15. Purchase and acquisition of miscellaneous stores. –


For the distribution and checking of all Government stores the district police lines is the channel. All stores newly acquired must be sent in the first instance to lines and entered in the appropriate registers. All stores needing repair, other than emergent repairs such as those referred to in rule 5.8(1), or ordered to be condemned must also be sent to lines. In this way registers of Government properly maintained in lines will act as a check on all Government property throughout the district.

5.16. District Miscellaneous Stores Register. –

(1)     A register to be called the District Miscellaneous Stores Register in Form 5.16(1) shall be maintained by the head clerk in English and, in the lines, by the kot head constable in vernacular. In it shall be entered all Government property in the possession of the Police of the district including live stock, except horses borne on the chanda fund, arms, ammunition, equipment or clothing. Form 5.16(1) shall be ruled on ordinary folio size paper. The register shall contain continuous entries from year to year. Each entry shall be attested by the Lines Officer in the column for remarks. At the time it is made the balance of the particular store affected shall be made out. At the end of each page all the balances shall be shown in the last line and carried forward to the next page.

(2)     On the 10th April and 10th October of each year the balance under all stores shall be shown in one line, and shall be verified, by count by the reserve inspector or a gazetted officer, and this fact and his signature shall be recorded in the register in the column for remarks. When verifying this balance by count, the reserve inspector or gazetted officer will have before him (a) stock taking balances due from police stations on 31st March and 30th September, (b) the distribution register of miscellaneous stores prescribed in rule 5.17.


To facilitate this check, on or about the 15th March and 15th September, the head clerk shall send out to each police station a blank return form, i.e., a printed list of articles corresponding to the headings of the miscellaneous stores register. These forms will be completed and returned by police stations.


A certificate shall be forwarded to the Deputy Inspector General of Police that this verification has been carried out.

(3)     Deputy Inspectors-General at their inspections shall call for this register and see that entries have been regularly made and verify the record of actual count. They shall, if possible, verify by actual count the balance of one or more items.

(4)     To enable this check to be carried out regularly, on 5th April and 5th October of each year the Lines Officer shall bring to the notice of the Superintendent of Police the nonreceipt of stock-taking lists of property from any police station.

(5)     This register shall be destroyed seven years after the date of last entry.

5.17. Distribution Register of Miscellaneous Stores. –


A register to be called the Distribution Register of Miscellaneous Stores shall be maintained by the head clerk in English, and by the kot head constable in vernacular, in Form 5.17. This register shall be divided into parts for each description of article, such as tents, livestock, furniture, etc., and pages for miscellaneous articles shall be reserved at the end.

After the six-monthly checks on 10th April and 10th October, prescribed in sub-rule 5.16(2), balances shall be struck in the Distribution Register of Miscellaneous Stores to indicate the latest distribution of property.

5.18. Lines Miscellaneous Stores Register:


A register in Form 5.16(1) shall be maintained in lines by the kot head constable. In it shall be entered all Government property in lines or under the control of the reserve Inspector or Lines Officer including livestock. On 31st March and 30th September the stock taking balance shall reported to the head clerk for use in the check referred to in rule 5.16(2).


In the case of property issued for regular use a note shall be made in the remarks column showing the police officer in whose direct charge such property is.

5.19. Temporary Issue and Receipt Register. –


A register shall be maintained by the kot head constable in Form 5.19 of all miscellaneous property issued temporarily. In this register shall also be entered all property received by the Lines Officer for sale, repairs or distribution, etc. All receipts shall be shown in black and all issues in red ink. The remarks column shall give a reference to the items in the equipment stock or other register, both when articles are issued and when returned to stock.


The register shall be checked and signed once a fortnight by the reserve inspector or Lines Officer, who shall note the articles not yet returned or pending disposal. The register shall be destroyed seven years after the last date of entry.

5.20. Scale of tents. –


The scale of tents allowed for each district will be published from time to time by the Inspector-General in the Police Gazette.


The minimum period of duration of tents shall be :


Swiss cottage tents and light field service tents, 6 years


Pals 3 years


Tents shall not be condemned if still serviceable, even though the minimum period prescribed above may have been exceeded.

5.21. Indents for tents. –

(1)     Indents for tents shall be submitted on 20th Feburary in each year, and tents shall be obtained from the Borstal Jail, Lahore.

(2)     All tents shall be surveyed by a Central Committee at Lahore in accordance with Punjab Government endorsement No. 17417-C and I., dated 17th September, 1917. On tents being passed and reaching their indenting district they shall be marked on each separate part with the words "Punjab Police" and the cypher of the district, and year of receipt.

(3)     Within four days of tents being received at the headquarters of the indenting district, intimation of their safe arrival shall be sent to the Inspector-General of Police with a view to their cost being paid.

5.22. Government property in barracks. –


Each barrack shall be under the charge of a head constable, selection grade constable or assistant drill instructor, appointed by the Lines Officer, who shall be responsible for all Government property therein, for the discipline of its inmates and for its cleanliness. Officers who occupy separate quarters shall be held strictly responsible for all Government stores in such quarters.

5.23. Stock Book of miscellaneous Government property in offices of Inspector General and Deputy Inspectors-General. –

(1)     A Miscellaneous Stores Register, as prescribed in rules 5.16(1), will be maintained in the office of the Inspector-General and of each Deputy Inspector-General showing of the livestock, European and other miscellaneous and moveable property in their custody, including iron safes, European locks, European scales and weights, tents, ordrnance stores, machines of European manufacture, e.g. type. writers, bicycles, duplicators, scientific and mathematical instruments, boats, vehicles, bugles, dark lanterns, etc. etc.


The following articles shall not be entered in the register :-

(a)      Books and articles of petty value.

(b)      Stores, such as stationery for the audit of which there are independent arrangements (P.G.C.C. No. 29).

(2)     Stock shall be taken and the register balanced and audited on the last days of March and September by the Office Superintendent or the head clerk, who shall certify under each head that he has taken stock and that the balance shown in the register is correct. This certificate shall be countersigned by the head of the office who shall satisfy himself as to the condition of the articles on stock. To facilitate identification, each article shall be marked with the name of the office concerned.

 

FORM NO. 5.12(2)

POLICE DEPARTMENT ____________________DISTRICT

 

History sheet of cycle

_____________   Cycle Maker’s No. ___________

District serial No.___________ purchased from Messrs and _________on ___________ for Rs. _______________ .

1

2

3

4

5

6

 

 

Cost of repairs

 

 

 

Police Station or

Particulars of

 

 

 

 

 

person with

repairs

Borne by

Borne by

Progressive

Initials of

REMARK

whom in use when repairs became necessary

effected by whom and date

Government

defaulter

expenditure on repairs

inspecting officer

S


Notes (1) :The cycle will be produced before the Reserve Inspector or Lines Officer in the condition in which it is received from the Police Station for repairs, etc. At the same time the Armourer will put up an estimate for the repairs. The inspecting officer will sanction the repairs or otherwise pass orders as he thinks fit.


(2) On the completion of repairs the cycle will be produced again before the inspecting officer. It will then be decided the expenditure incurred on the repairs to be borne by Government or by the defaulter. Full details of repairs will then be entered in columns of the History-sheet and will be initialled by the inspecting officers.

 

MOVEMENTS

Date

To whom made over

Signature of receiving officer

 

 

 

 

FORM NO. 5.11

POLICE DEPARTMENT _____________DISTRICT


ABSTRACT STATEMENT SHOWING THE CASH TRANSACTIONS OF THE EQUIPMENT FUND DURING THE FINANCIAL YEAR

1

2

3

4

5

6

Receipts

 

 

Balance on 1st April, 19

 

 

Horse equipmt allowance at Rs. 7 each

Foot equipmet allowance at Rs. 2 each

By sale of old articles of equipment

By equiment allowance of additional police

Other receipts not specified above

Amount

Rs. np.

 

Rs.

Total

np.

Disbursement

Paid for horse equipment

Paid for foot equipment (give details of each issue, etc.)

Balance in hand on 31st March, 19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GRAND TOTAL

 

Rs.

Amount

np.

 

Rs.

Total

np.

 

GRAND TOTAL

 

 

 

 

 

(Form to be drawn by hand)

Dated


The 19


Superintendent of Police

 

FORM NO. 5.12(1)

POLICE DEPARTMENT _________________ DISTRICT


EQUIPMENT STOCK REGISTER LINES REGISTER No. 5

 

RECEIPTS


1

2

3

4

Date

Nature of receipt

ARTICLES

REARKS*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXPENDITURE

 

1

2

3

4

Date

Nature of expenditure

ARTICLES

REARKS*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note : This register shall be divided into the following three parts, separate pages being assigned for each part:-

(a)      Horse equipment articles (b) Camel equipment articles; (c) Foot equipment articles and bicycles.


The account shall be balanced every half year or on transfer of the Lines Officer or Reserve Inspector, or when specially desired for the purpose of stock-taking. See instructions in rule 5.12(2)


*Here quote whether the issue is a general or a special one, or an article has been issued on payment. In the last case note the amount.

 

FORM NO. 5.16(1)

POLICE DEPARTMENT _______________DISTRICT


MISCELLANEOUS STORE REGISTER OF THE OF DISTRICT

 

Date

Nature of transactions

DESCRIPTION OF STORES

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sale price credited on

 

 

 

 

 

Verified

a.

b.

c.

d.

etc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31-3-19

Opening balance By purchase Balance

By purchase Balance

Unserviceable and sold Balance

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(To be rules on ordinary folio size paper)

 

FORM NO. 5.17

POLICE DEPARTMENT ______________ DISTRICT

 

DISTRIBUTION REGISTER OF MISCELLANEOUS STORES

Name of article

 

1

2

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

5

DATE OF

  

Expenditure

Nature of Receipt or Expend

iture

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

Total

Rema rks

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

 

 

Polic e Offic e

 

 

Polic e Stati on

Polic e Stati on

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receipt

 

Line s

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Bilingual Standard Form)

Note : Articles supplied to the Police Hospital and Guards, etc., at headquarters, under the control of the Reserve Inspector shall be shown as in lines column 3(1), and articles at out-posts‘, road posts etc., as in the police station within the jurisdiction of which such posts, etc., are situated.

 

FORM NO. 5.19

LINES REGISTER NO. 12

REGISTER OF ARTICLES ISSUED TEMPORARILY AND OF TRANSMISSION OF PROPERTY

1

2

3

4

5

Date on which received or issued

 

 

NUMBER OF ARTICLES, WHENCE RECEIVED AND FOR WHAT PURPOSES OR TO WHOM ISSUED AND WHY

Signature of the officer

to whom articles have been issued

Date of return of the articles or date of final disposal : and signature of the Kot Head Constable for Lines Officer

REMARK S

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Brief nature of receipt or issue giving names, number, and rank of the officer to whom issued or from whom received

 

Musk ets (comp lete)

 

Sword s (comp lete)

 

Lathis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note : (1) Receipts to be shown in black and issues in red ink.


Note:(2) The remarks column should give a reference to the items in the Equipment Stock or other register, both when articles are issued and when returned to stock.

CHAPTER 6 ARMS AND AMMUNITION

6.1. General scale of arms, ammunition and stores for maintenance. –

The armament of the police is fixed by orders of the Central Government, without which authority no changes in the nature and amount of such armament may be made. The authorized scale of arms, ammunition, equipment for the carrying and stores for the repair and maintenance of arms is shown in "Equipment Tables of Civil Police and Jails", published under the authority of the Government of India and obtainable from the Central Publication Branch, Central Government, Calcutta. At least two copies of this publication shall be in the possession of each range Deputy Inspector-General and Superintendent of Police, and special care shall be taken that they are kept up to date by the insertion of authorized corrections as issued from time to time.

6.2. Source of supply of arms, ammunition, etc. –

(1)     All items shown in the Equipment Tables shall be obtained by indent, in the manner prescribed in the rules which follow, from the Ordnance Department. Police armament is supplied on payment, charges being met from funds administered by the Inspector General. In respect of certain items the Inspector-General may decide, from time to time, to obtain supplies from sources other than the Ordnance Department. Such exceptions to the general principle that the Equipment Tables are the authority for demands will be notified in the Police Gazette or otherwise.

(2)     In every police office concerned a special permanent file shall be maintained containing copies of orders by the Inspector-General authorizing exceptions to, or deviations from the Equipment Tables. Except in the office of range Deputy Inspector’s-General, this file shall be kept in duplicate, one copy being in the English Office and the other in the headquarter lines office.

6.3. Distribution of arms to districts. –

The distribution of arms to districts is fixed by the Inspector-General in accordance with the principles approved from time to time, by the Central Government. Each district shall maintain a printed statement showing the total armament of the district as so fixed and its permanent distribution within the district as approved by the Deputy Inspector-General of the range. This statement shall be countersigned in duplicate by the Deputy Inspector-General and one such countersigned copy shall be hung up in the Office of the Superintendent and the other in the armoury. Relevant extracts, duly signed by the Superintendent of Police, personally shall be hung up in the armoury, or equivalent place where arms are stored, of the lines and of every police station, post or standing guard where arms are maintained.

6.4. Description of police armament. –


The classes of armament authorized for the police are as follows :-

(a)      Rifles Short magazine Lee-Enfield, for mounted police, Ist armed reserves and such other police as may be authorized to be so armed.

(b)      Muskets breech-loading .410 bore for head constables and constables in the proportion of the total establishment of those ranks for which such armament is authorized. (vide rule 6.5)

(c)      Rifles short .22 inch R.F. for instructional purposes, in numbers authorized for each district by the Inspector-General.

(d)      Pistols Revolver .455 inch for gazetted officers and upper subordinates according to the scale and conditions prescribed in rule 6.5.

(e)      Sword bayonets pattern 1903 for rifles, short M.L.E. pattern 1903 for .410 muskets (one per musket) and pattern 1887 for side arms for such proportion of establishment as may be authorized.

6.5. Scale of arms in districts.

(1)     The armament of police in districts is calculated according to the following scale :-

Muskets -

(a) Permanent standing guards

One per man.

(b) Police Stations

The proportion fixed by Government for each class of police station.

(c) Reserve at head-quarters

Reserve at Police Training

School, Phillaur

20 per cent of the total sanctioned establishment of head constables and 40 per cent of that of constables, exclusive of the number of those ranks armed with rifles

237 .303 H.V. Rifles and

500.410 muskets.

Note : The 237-303 H.V. rifles are available for training purposes but they can only be drawn on for issue under the orders of the Inspector-General. 110 .410 muskets and 6.22 Lee Enfield rifles are also maintained for training purposes.


Rifles:-


Mounted police and Ist armed reserve. One per man


Revolvers :-


All upper subordinates One per officer

(2)     The above scale applies to all districts except those for which a special scale, either for the whole district or for a portion of its establishment, has been authorized by Government and notified by the Inspector-General. The sanctioned scale of revolvers includes a proportion for officers officiating as upper subordinates, and for upper subordinates of additional police.[18]

(3)     When the establishment of a district is increased or decreased, or when the strength of any police station or guard within a district is altered in such a way as to affect the above scale, application shall be made to the Inspector-General to alter the total armament of the district accordingly, or to the Deputy Inspector-General to alter the distribution of arms within the district, as the case may be.

6.6. Changes in fixed distribution. –


A Superintendent may, in case of necessity, temporarily increase the issue of arms to any place, but all such changes shall be reported to the Deputy Inspector-General, who will satisfy himself at his inspections that the authorized permanent distribution is not altered without his sanction.

6.7. Stamping of arms. –


All arms issued to the police, with the exception of revolvers, shall be stamped with the district cypher and a serial number. Rifles and muskets shall be stamped on the butt plate; bayonets shall be stamped on the hilt and bayonet scabbards on the locket.

6.8. Register of distribution of arms.

(1)     The distribution and movement of individual arms on charge, shall be recorded in Part I of the Arms Distribution Register (Form 6.8) to be kept by the kot head constable under the supervision of the Lines Officer. In this register shall be shown only actual arms and those accessories which are issued with them and the register shall be divided so that a record of each item may be kept separately, vide instructions in the form. Columns 3 and 4 of the form shall be balanced daily, the balance being shown in red ink, provided that no balance need be struck on any day when no transaction has taken place. The normal transaction is an issue from one sub-column of column 3 balances by a receipt in another, the district total being unaffected; where an entry affecting the latter is made, e.g., the return of a musket to the arsenal or the transfer of a bayonet scabbard to condemned stock an explanatory entry shall be made in column 5. Care must be taken that when a weapon is moved, the necessary entries are made respecting any accessory moved with it. The Lines Officer shall check this register at frequent intervals.

(2)     In Part II of the register shall be maintained a nominal roll of the distribution of revolvers on charge in the district.

(3)     A separate register in Form 6.8(3) shall be maintained by the kot head constable under the supervision of the Lines Officer in which a history sheet of each weapon on charge in the district be entered.

6.9. Special orders regarding rifles M.L.E. .303.

(1)     All rifles M.L.E. shall be kept in the armoury in a separate rack. A register (Form 6.9(1)) shall be maintained by the kot head constable under the supervision of the Lines Officer showing the names of the men permanently mobilized at headquarters to whom M.L.E. rifles are issued, and the arsenal number of the rifles and rifle-bolt issued to each man. When rifles are issued from the armoury each man take the particular rifle registered against his name and will be held responsible for it.

(2)     If the kot head constable finds, when a rifle is being returned to store, that it is damaged or that any part of it is lost or damaged, he shall produce the man surrendering the rifle before the Lines Officer, and cause an entry to be made in the lines diary detailing the loss or damage that has occurred.

(3)     Every Police Officer, who loses or damages his rifle bayonet, or any part thereof, shall report such loss or damage without delay to the officer commanding his party. A report shall be submitted immediately in writing to the Lines Officer, who will inform the Superintendent of Police without delay. An enquiry shall be made immediately in accordance with instructions laid down in rule 6.22. In the event of the loss of a rifle, rifle-bolt or musket-bolt the police officer directly responsible shall be suspended until the orders of the Deputy Inspector-General of Police are received on the report of the Committee of Enquiry. Any police officer, who fails to report forthwith the loss of a rifle or rifle-bolt by a man under his command, shall be suspended and charged with neglect of duty. An officer, to whom the report of such loss is made, shall immediately take all possible steps for the recovery of the rifle or bolt.

6.10. Custody and care of arms.

(1)     All arms, when not in use, shall be kept in racks in the armoury or other place appointed for the purpose. In the lines the kot head constable, under the direct and personal supervision of Lines Officer; at police stations, the station clerk, under the supervision of the officer in charge of the police station; and at all other places the officer in command of the detachment shall be directly responsible for the custody and care of all arms borne on charge and for the correctness of all issues and receipts.

(2)     Detailed instructions for the cleaning of rifles, muskets and bayonets are contained in Appendix 6.10(2). The individual police officer to whom a weapon is issued shall be responsible for cleaning it according to these instructions before and after use. The periodical cleaning and oiling of arms not in use shall be done by fatigues told off for the purpose. The "pull off" of all rifles and muskets shall be tested annually.

(3)     Every police officer is personally responsible for the safe custody and care of every weapon, or accessory thereto, issued to him, until it is returned to the custody of the officer responsible for issuing it, as prescribed in sub-rule (1) above.

6.11 Revolvers.

(1)     Notwithstanding anything in rule 6.10 above, a police officer to whom a Government revolver has been issued shall be personally responsible for its custody and care at all times, save when he shall have disposed of it as provided in sub-rule (3) below, when proceeding on leave.

(2)     In addition to the record maintained in Part II of the Arms Distribution Register, the number and make of the revolver issued to an upper subordinate shall be entered in his character roll.

(3)     When an officer to whom a revolver has been issued ceases to be a police officer, or ceases to belong to a rank to which revolvers are issued, or proceeds on leave other than casual leave, he shall return the revolver issued to him, together with all equipment, ammunition and accessories issued to him with such revolver, to the Lines Officer for deposit in the headquarters armoury.


(Note : Each revolver on charge shall be fitted with a khaki cord lanyard of approved pattern at the cost of the equipment fund).

6.12. Ammunition scale of. –


Ammunition for arms held by the Police is authorized on the scales shown in the "Equipment Table, Civil Police and Jails". The allotment shown in table 2 is "service" ammunition; that shown in table 11 is the annual or "practice" supply.

6.13. Distribution of ammunition. –

(1)     The primary division of ammunition on charge is into "service" and "practice" stocks, according to the scales referred to in rule 6.12 above.

(2)     Ammunition shall be supplied from the "service" stock to police stations, outposts, and standing guards where muskets are kept at the scale of ten rounds ball and five rounds buckshot per musket. At police stations and outposts the whole of these stock shall be kept ordinarily in a locked box in the store room, issues being made as required for use. At guards ten rounds ball shall be issued to each head constable and constable of the guard and shall be carried in a pouch, and the stock of buck-shot ammunition shall be kept in a locked box in charge of the guard commander, to be issued only when required for use. Buckshot ammunition shall also be issued to escorts at five rounds per musket.

Each police sentry who is armed with a musket and his relief shall carry in his expense pouch three rounds of buckshot ammunition.

(3)     The remainder of the "service" stock and the whole of the "practice" stock, except the expense stock referred to in rule 6.14 shall be kept in the magazine.

(4)     The total stock of ammunition of all kinds, with the divisions and distribution of each class, shall be shown in each district in a statement to be countersigned by the Deputy Inspector-General of Police and hung up in the magazine and in the office of the Superintendent of Police. Relevant extracts from this statement shall be supplied to each police station, etc., having ammunition on charge.

(5)     The Superintendent of Police may, in case of need, temporarily alter the amount of service ammunition kept at any place, but all such alterations shall be reported to the Deputy Inspector-General of Police.

6.14. "Expense" stock. –

(1)     A small stock, the amount of which shall be fixed for each district with the approval of the Deputy Inspector-General of Police, and shall not ordinarily exceed one full box, shall, in the case of the following classes of ammunition, be issued from the "practice" stock in the magazine to the charge of the kot head constable to be kept by him in the armoury as the "expense" stock, viz., cartridges ball. 410 bore; buck shot. 410 bore; blank M.H. and blank. 303 inch. ‘Ball ammunition. 303 may be issued in the expense stock and stored elsewhere than in the magazine, provided that orders regulating the amount to be thus issued and stored, and the place and manner of storage, shall be countersigned and confirmed by Deputy Inspector General of Police in respect of Districts and Recruits Training Centres and by the Commandant, Provincial Armed Police, Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police and Principal, Police Training School, in respect of their respective commands. In computing the number of rounds it is necessary to issue any store, due regard must be had to all governing circumstances and conditions. In no case should the amount exceed two full boxes. Catridges shell. 303 inch, shall be kept in the expense stock.

(2)     From the expense stock, issues shall be made to armed parties proceeding on patrol, escort and other armed duties and to all parties detailed for practice with blank ammunition or on the range. If the expense stock is insufficient for the needs of such parties, it shall be supplemented by an issue from the magazine.


Note : The "Quarter Guard" being a permanent guard, shall have its own stock of ammunition under rule 6.13(1) and shall not be supplied from the expense stock.

(3)     From the expense stock there shall be kept filled in the armoury so many bandoliers (40 rounds ball), pouches (10 rounds ball), expense pouches (3 rounds buckshot) as the Superintendent of Police may by standing order direct, according to the scale considered necessary in each district for emergencies and or issue to normal daily armed duties. The remainder of the expense stock shall be kept by the kot head constable in a locked box. The ammunition kept in pouches shall, however, always be issued on the first opportunity for expenditure on the range and replenished from the balance of the stock.

(4)     The kot head constable shall personally make all issues and receipts and keep the account of this stock in Form 6.14(4). He shall replenish the stock as required from the magazine in exchange for a corresponding number of empty cases, damaged or lost rounds.

6.15. Revolver ammunition. –

(1)     Ammunition is issued free to all officers in possession of service revolvers on the scale shown in the equipment Tables; in addition all such officers are allowed to purchase 50 rounds annually from the Ordnance Department at cost price. Such purchases, except the initial purchase by each officer, as well as all replenishments of the free issue, must be supported by the deposit of an equivalent number of empty cases or loss statements in I.A.F. A-498 duly anthenticated in lieu thereof.

(2)     Officers are personally responsible for their own ammunition, both that issued to them free and any which they may purchase. The total stock of revolver ammunition and its distribution to gazetted and non-gazetted officers will be shown in the statement prescribed in rule 6.14(4), but no detailed account of it will be kept in the magazine. Any officer may with the permission of the Superintendent of Police, deposit such proportion of his revolver ammunition as he may wish for safe custody in the magazine in a box, or other receptacle, locked or sealed by himself.

(3)     Replacement of revolver ammuition expended, whether on service or practice, shall be made, when supplies are received from the arsenal in compliance with annual or special indents submitted for the whole district (vide rule 6.25). Empty cases shall be deposited after each expenditure of ammunition with the kot head constable, who shall enter the receipt and the name of the officer making the deposit, in the expense stock register. When cartridges or empty cases are lost, the officer from whose stock they have been lost shall be responsible for reporting the matter and for having the necessary loss statement prepared.

6.16. Ammunition accounts. –

(1)     Ammunition of any class expended in action against criminals, or in any manner otherwise than in annual musketry practice, shall be debited to the service stock. The practice stock is provided solely for training purposes, viz., elementary and range practices and repetitions thereof as duly authorized from time to time. The allotment represents the maximum which may be so expended annually.

(2)     The service stock must always be kept complete, any expenditure from it being replaced immediately from the expense stock. Should such replacement of service ammunition reduce the practice stock below the amount required for training, a special indent against "Service" expenditure may be submitted [vide rule 6.26(4)].

(3)     In order that the oldest ammunition on charge may be expended in practice, all ammunition received from the arsenal shall be placed in the service stock, a corresponding transfer of the oldest of that stock being made to the practice stock. This transfer shall normally be carried out when the annual supply of ammunition is received from the arsenal; it shall be combined with the renewal of all service ammunition on issue of police stations, guards etc., all such ammunition being withdrawn and transferred to the practice stock in the magazine and being replaced from the next oldest portion of the service book.

(4)     No account of the service stock other than the distribution statement [rule 6.13(4)] is necessary. Transactions affecting the practice stock shall be recorded in the magazine register [From 6.16(4)]. In this account, so far as possible, bulk transactions only shall be shown. Except in the case of .303 ammunition, the details of which must be kept in the magazine register, issues for whatever purpose from the magazine shall ordinarily be made to the expense stock, and the detailed expenditure shall be recorded only in the accounts of the latter. Similarly, empty cases and damaged rounds shall be collected in the expense stock and deposited in the magazine in bulk in exchange for fresh ammunition.

6.17. Control and inspection of magazines and storage of ammunition therein. –


Rules for the control and inspection of magazines are published as Appendix 6.17(A). Each class of ammunition shall be kept together and separate from other classes. In each class service shall be separated from practice stock, and within each such stock, spaces shall be left between groups of boxes received at different times from the arsenal. Each such group shall be marked with a card showing the date of receipt, date of entry in service or practice stock as the case may be, and the ordnance mark and date of manufacture. When miss-fires and other defects occur tests shall be carried out according to the rules in the Appendix 6.17(B).

6.18. Disposal of empty cases and defective rounds. –


Empty cases and defective rounds may be returned to the arsenal at any time and should be so returned periodically as they accumulate, the return being supported by a voucher in each case in I.A.F. Z.-2096 in duplicate. Pending return to the arsenal, empty cases of each class of ammunition and defective rounds shall be kept separately in boxes in the magazine. Before being packed for despatch they shall be counted and checked with the magazine register. Each class shall be packed separately for despatch and defective rounds shall not be packed with empty cases. Paper cases of blank 476 shall be burnt and the brass of the bases collected after burning shall be returned to the arsenal, accompanied by a certificate signed by a gazetted officer and showing the number of cases burnt. Defective rounds, or condemned ammunition, shall on no account be broken up locally.

6.19. Check of ammunition. –

(1)     The keys of the magazine shall be kept by the Lines Officer, who shall keep up the magazine register personally. The Lines Officer shall, further, personally count the practice stock, including the expense stock, once a quarter, and shall record the fact in the lines diary and by a note in all registers concerned. In districts where there is a reserve inspector, he shall personally check the stocks and registers once a quarter, and, after reconciling any errors or discrepancies he may find, certify on the registers that he has done so and that the accounts are correct and the ammunition shown therein is actually present. In other districts this check shall be carried out by a gazetted officer twice a year.

6.20. Component parts and stores. –

(1)     The Equipment Tables show the component parts and stores authorized for the repair and maintenance of arms. Armourer’s tools and materials shall be kept in each district according to tables 4 and 5, replacements being obtained as required in accordance with rule 6.25. Tables 7, 8, 9 and 11 show the description and scale of component parts and stores for the periodical cleaning and overhaul of arms and their accessories, which each district is required to maintain.

(2)     Tools and stores for lubrication, etc., shall be kept by the armourer and checked at least once a year by means of the Equipment Tables by a gazetted officer. Components shall be kept in locked cabinets in charge of the kot head constable. Issues from the stock of components shall be made to the armourer only on the authority of a gazetted officer (vide rule 6.21 below). A stock book of component parts shall be kept in form 6.20(2) by the kot head constable, by means of which the components on charge shall be checked and annual and other replacement indents prepared. The authority for each issue shall be noted in the register and, when the cost of components is recovered from individuals the entry shall be in red ink.

6.21. Care and repair of arms. –

(1)     In every district one or more qualified armourers (according to the establishment sanctioned in each case) shall be entertained, and the Superintendent shall be responsible that their efficiency is maintained. All such armourers shall be maintained at an Indian Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Establishment and shall be sent under arrangements to be made with the nearest Brigadier I.E.M.E., for refresher courses from time to time. Armourers are required to know the names and uses of all components, tools and stores referred to in rule 6.20 above and to be able to carry out all replacements of components, minor repairs, special cleaning and periodical lubrication of arms and accessories held on charge in the district.

(2)     The components shown in table 9 shall be maintained only in those districts where the armourer is fully competent to repair revolvers. In other districts repairable revolvers shall be sent to the arsenal.

(3)     Ordinary replacements of components lost or damaged in the course of duty with arms, and losses of ammunition not exceeding 5 rounds in any one case, may be replaced on the authority of a gazetted officer, who shall in each case prepare a loss statement in I.A.F.A. 498 and pass orders whether the cost of repairs is to be borne by Government or by the individual police officer responsible. In the latter case an order for the recovery of the sum involved (ascertainable from the priced vocabulary of Ordnance Stores) shall be issued in the order book, and recovery shall be made in the acquittance roll of the pay next due to the officer concerned.

(4)     Whenever a weapon is seriously damaged, i.e., when its repair involves more than the replacement of a loss or leakage such as might occur in normal use a committee of enquiry under rule 6.22 below shall be held.

6.22. Procedure when arms are lost or seriously damaged. –

(1)     When any weapon forming part of police armament is lost or seriously damaged or when ammunition or fired cases, exceeding five in any one case, are lost, a committee of three officers, of whom at least one shall be a gazetted officer, shall be appointed by the Superintendent to enquire into the circumstances under which the weapon was lost or damaged and to decide whether the cost of replacement shall be borne by the Government or otherwise.

The report of the committee, which shall be in the prescribed form A.F.A. 2, shall be submitted to the Deputy Inspector-General for approval and orders. To the report shall be attached a loss statement (I.A.F.A. 498), on the reverse of which the Deputy Inspector-General will pass his orders. This statement shall be attached to the indent sent to the arsenal for the replacement of arms lost or damaged.

(2)     When the loss, destruction or damage of any weapon is found by the committee assembled in accordance with sub-rule (1) above to be due to the neglect or malice of any police-officer, such committee shall record its opinion, whether the cost of repair or replacement should be borne wholly or in part by the officer at fault. Unless there are special reasons to the contrary, the whole cost shall be charged to the officer at fault.

6.23. Unserviceable arms. –

When any weapon is found by a committee assembled under rule 6.22 ante to be unserviceable and not repairable, whether from fair wear and tear or by the neglect of an individual police officer, an abstract of the report of the committee shall be forwarded to the Chief Ordnance Officer concerned, in I.A.F.Z. 2098, for his sanction to the return and replacement of the weapon.

6.24. Signal pistols and ammunition. –


Signal pistols and signal and illuminating cart ridges are authorized on the scale shown in table 2 of the Equipment Tables for purposes of village protection in times of disturbance. This armament shall ordinarily be kept in the magazine at district headquarters, being shown in the distribution statement of arms and ammunitions, and shall only be issued to select villages, when, in the opinion of the Superintendent of Police, with the concurrence of the District Magistrate, circumstances warrant it.

6.25. Indents. –

(1)     All indents for arms, ammunition and ordnance stores shall be in I.A.F.Z. 2091 and shall be countersigned by the Deputy Inspector-General before submission to the arsenal concerned.


Indents shall be prepared by tables as shown in the Equipment Tables of Civil Police and Jails, and separate indent sheets shall be used for each of the Ordnance Sections, the last sheet only being signed. For example, one indent only is necessary for stores in table 2, but a separate sheet should be used for each Section shown in the table from which articles are required, as B-1, B-2, B-3, B-4, and C-1 and so on.

(2)     Indents may be either for first issues or replacement. Indents for first issue shall be submitted only when an increase of establishment or a duly authorized change in the sanctioned scale justifies them, and in each such case the authority shall be quoted. Replacement indents shall ordinarily be submitted annually in the first week in December to the Deputy Inspector General, who will countersign and forward them to the Chief Ordnance Officer so as to reach the latter officer on or before the Ist January, but if immediate replacement is required, as in the case of an unserviceable weapon, or when the stock of a particular component is exhausted, a special indent may be submitted through the same channel at any time.

(3)     Replacement indents shall be framed so as to bring the stock of the article indented for up to that authorized in the Equipment Tables. The stocks shown in those tables represent the full quantity of each articles required to be kept; only that quantity shall be indented for which represents the amount by which the authorized stock has been depleted since the last indent was submitted. Every replacement demanded must be supported by equivalent numbers of damaged weapons or parts, or empty or damages rounds, or loss statements duly countersigned and accounting for the balance in detail. Loss statements shall invariably be prepared at the time when the loss is reported, and shall be forwarded to the Deputy Inspector-General for orders, together with the committee report under rule 6.22 when necessary. On return by the Deputy Inspector-General they shall be kept in the office of the Superintendent and attached with the annual indent, unless replacement of the lost articles is demanded on special indent.

(4)     No period is prescribed for the replacement of weapons, accessories or armourers’ tools; individual articles shall be replaced as they become unserviceable and are condemned by proper authority.

(5)     The number and date of the voucher on which stores to be replaced have been returned to the arsenal shall be quoted in all replacement indents.

(6)     Indents for small arms and ammunition shall be submitted as under :-

 

Districts
 

1. Rawalpindi, Campbellpur, Mian-wali, Sargodha, Jhang, Muzaffargarh, Multan, Dera Ghazi Khan, Jhelum and Gujarat.

D.A., D.O.S., Rawalpindi district, Rawalpindi Cantonment

2. Lahore, Guardaspur, Sheikhupura, Amritsar, Lyallpur, Sialkot, Gujranwala, Ambala, Karnal, Simla, Kangra, Hoshiarpur, Jullundur, Ludhiana, Ferozepur, Montgomery, Hissar, Rohtak and Gurgaon.

DA., D.O.S. Lahore district, Lahore Cantonment

(7)     The description of arms, etc., given in the Equipment Tables shall be strictly followed in indents and supporting documents. Indents shall be marked "Ready to receive" in red ink.

(8)     In order that the departmental accounts may be correctly adjusted, all articles, the cost of which has been recovered from individual police officers shall be replaced by special replacement indent, on which shall be noted reference to the treasury receipts for payment of the sums recovered [See also sub-rules 6.20(2) and 6.21(3)].

6.26. Special rules for ammunition indents.

(1)     When empty cases or damaged rounds have not been returned to the arsenal in full prior to the submission of a replacement indent, a certificate shall be attached to the indent showing the number in hand, the total indented for should balance the number in hand and the number already returned or accounted for by loss statements.

(2)     Each class of ammunition is supplied by the Ordnance Department in packets containing a standard number of catridges, and the packets are despatched in sealed boxes containing a standard number of rounds. These numbers are marked on the packets and boxes. Ammunition shall be indented for in multiples of full boxes (packets in the case of buckshot, blank and revolver ammunition), the balance of less than a full box (or full packet) required to complete the authorized stock being shown in the indent and ammunition accounts as due and to be recovered in subsequent indents.

(3)     The stock of ammunition for .303 and .22 rifles is calculated on the number of men trained in the use of those weapons; this number is, unless specially ordered otherwise, twice the number of the first armed reserve of the district, plus the number of mounted police.

(4)     Indents for the replacement of ammunition expended on service [vide rule 6.16(2)] shall be made annually or at more frequent intervals, but separately from the annual indent for practice ammunition.

6.27. Stock-taking.

(1)     All arms, ammunition and ordnance stores are required to be checked twice a year, together with other Government property on charge (vide rule 5.16). As soon as the returns of stock-taking have been received from police stations, etc. and not later than the 10th April and 10th October, the reserve inspector or, in district where there is no reserve inspector, the Lines Officer shall personally check the whole stock of arms, ammunition, accessories, appliances, stores, tools and components kept in the lines and at standing guards, etc., subordinate to the lines. Having noted or reconciled any discrepancies in these stocks immediately in his charge, he shall compare his accounts and the returns from outside detachments with the distribution statements of arms and ammunition for the whole district and with the Equipment Tables, and shall report the result, noting any discrepancies, to the Superintendent. On receipt of this report by the Superintendent, a gazetted officer shall be required personally to verify it. Such gazetted officer shall enquire into and pass orders on any discrepancies disclosed, taking the orders of the Superintendents if necessary, and shall personally satisfy himself of the correctness of all the articles reported on. The report, when duly verified by a gazetted officer, shall be attached with the reports of the general stock-taking of Government property in the district.

(2)     The stock-taking ordered above shall be in addition to the checks ordered in rules 6.8, 6.10 and 6.19.

(3)     All arms, ammunition and ordnance stores on charge shall further be thoroughly checked on transfer of charge of reserve inspector or Lines Officer, and, when the kot head constable or armourer is transferred, the stocks for which they are directly responsible shall be checked.

6.28. Inspection by Civil Chief Master Armourer. –

(1)     Each district, the Railway Police and the Police Training School will be visited once in a year by a Civil Chief Master Armourer. This Officer will inspect one-third of the arms on the charge of the Police every year and report on all arms (including signal pistols, bayonets and bayonet scabbards) armourers tools and materials brought before him. He will not inspect ammunition or any stores or equipment obtained otherwise than from the Ordnance Department.

(2)     Inspections referred to above are carried out at the request of the Inspector-General of Police and will be held at District Headquarters, Railway Police Lines and the Police Training School. Superintendents of Police, Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police and Principal shall ensure that all arms not inspected at one such inspection shall, without fail, be produced at the next inspection. Prior to the arrival of the Civil Chief Master Armourer numerical rolls in I.A.F. O.-1455 shall be prepared in duplicate, showing the district and manufactory numbers and marks on arms to be inspected. An officer not below the rank of inspector shall be present throughout the inspection.

(3)     Such inspections are to be paid for by the local Government. If any Superintendent of Police thinks an inspection necessary, he should address the Inspector-General of Police with a view to his having the district included in the next tour programme of the Civil Chief Master Armourer.

(4)     The report of the Civil Chief Master Armourer, when received, shall be forwarded by the Superintendent with any necessary explanations, or reports as to the responsibility for deficiencies and damages brought to light, to the Deputy Inspector-General, with whose sanction replacements authorized and other action recommended by the inspecting officer may be undertaken.

(5)     Inspection or test of small Arms, Ammunition and explosives by Inspecting Ordnance Officers is carried out in Arsenals. The Inspecting Ordnance Officer will call upon the Superintendent of Police to fill up and submit to him Form G.-803 in the case of ammunition (.303 rifle, .410 musket and revolver-ball, buckshot and blank) and Form G.-848, in case of other explosives. This latter form will be required only in those districts which are supplied bombs, Very light pistols, etc. The Inspecting Ordnance Officer will call for samples as he deems necessary and carry out tests. If the Inspecting Ordnance Officer actually carried out tests the Inspector-General of Police should be informed.

(6)     I.A. forms referred to in sub-rules (2) and (5) should be included in the indent for Indian Army Forms. Districts should keep a dozen copies of each form in stock.

6.29. Receipts of arms, etc., from arsenal. –

(1)     The seals and weight, as shown in the invoice, of all packages, received from an arsenal shall be carefully checked before the package is taken over from the railway or postal authorities, if any discrepancy in weight or signs of tampering are found the package shall be opened in the presence of the Station Master or Post Master concerned.

(2)     Every package received from an arsenal shall be opened in the presence of an officer of rank not less than inspector, who shall personally check the contents, and sign the invoice in token of having done so.

(3)     Full boxes of ammunition shall not be opened on receipt, if the weight is correct and the seals intact. If the seals has been damaged in transit, the pin with the lid is attached shall be withdrawn and the lid removed to permit inspection of the inner tin casing; provided the latter is hermetically sealed, the contents shall be assumed to be correct.

6.30. Return of arms, etc., to arsenal.

(1)     Unserviceable tools and components, empty cartridge cases, empty oil drums and packing cases shall be returned to the arsenal as convenient, without previous intimation. Defective ammunition and unserviceable or repairable arms shall not be returned till the authorization of the Chief Ordnance Officer concerned has been obtained on a report in I.A.F.Z. 2098.

(2)     In all cases when articles are returned to the arsenal intimation shall be sent by post in the form of a voucher in duplicate and workshop sheet I.A.F.O-1370.

(3)     Arms, ammunition and other ordnance stores returned to the arsenal shall be sent by passenger train or if within the authorized weight, by parcel post registered and insured. All articles shall be carefully packed in strong boxes the cases in which consignments have been received from the arsenal being used if possible and sealed with the official seal of the Superintendent of Police in at least two places along the join between the top and sides of the box and two places along the join between sides and bottom. Packages sent by post shall further be enclosed in gunny or waxed cloth. A "packing note" in the form obtainable from the Ordnance Department shall be enclosed with each package after being signed by an officer not lower in rank than the Lines Officer, in whose presence the articles have been packed. Consignments by rail shall be sent under the special railway rules, whereby the guard of the train whenever changed, receives a special receipts for each package from his relief.

(4)     The procedure prescribed above shall be allowed when arms, ammunition etc., are transferred from one district to another, otherwise than in the direct custody of a police guard.

(5)     Every precaution shall be taken to prevant the inclusion of live or miss-fire rounds with empty cartridge cases returned to the arsenal. Should the arsenal report the inclusion of a live or miss-fire cartridge in a box of empty cases disciplinary action shall be taken against the officer responsible for the packing of the box.

6.31. Precaution against the issue of dummy or blank cartridges with live cartridges. –


Every officer, who issues ammunition to armed men or parties proceeding on duty, and the commander of each such party shall exercise special care to prevent dummy (drill) or blank rounds getting mixed up with live rounds, either at the time of issue or return of ammunition, and to prevent the substitution of rounds of local or other non-Government manufacture.

6.32. Paper for targets. –


Paper (blue, black and brown) for targets is procurable as required on payment from the Titaghur Paper Mills, Calcutta. Payment shall be met from the contract contingent grant.

6.33. Supply of Forms. –


"I.A." Forms required from transactions with the Ordnance Department are obtainable on payment from the allotment under the minor head printing work done by the Central Government Press for the Provincial Government of the head "56 Stationery and Printing Reserved" on indents to be submitted annually to the Contractor for Government Printing, Calcutta, through the Inspector-General of Police.

6.34. Extent of exemption from arms licences. –

(1)     No police officer may keep private arms without obtaining a proper licence from the District Magistrate (See also rule 14.22).

(2)     Officers of the Indian Police Service may keep, without licence, one revolver or one pistol of non-service pattern, in addition to the revolver prescribed in rule 6.5(1) supra, as part of their equipment (vide letter No. 9/75/50-Police (1), dated 11th April, 1951, from the Under-Secretary to the Government of India, Ministry of Home Affairs, New Delhi, to the Home Secretary to Government, Punjab). The revolvers issued to Gazetted Officers and Non-Gazetted Officers as a part of their equipment are the property of Government and consequently exempt from licence.

(3)     Presentation of guns and other arms by the police for good work in criminal cases will be made only under the orders of the Provincial Government. Such arms are thus exempted under the Schedule attached to the Indian Arms Act (vide letter No. 474 (Home-Genl.), dated the 28th May, 1921, from Home Secretary to Government of Punjab).

 

APPENDIX NO. 6.10(2)

INSTRUCTIONS FOR CLEANING MUSKETS B.L. .410 BEFORE AND AFTER FIRING

Requirements –

Pull throughs, .‘303" arms

1 per musket

Gauze, wire (4" x 11/2")

1 per musket

Bottles, oil

1 per musket

Sticks, cleaning, chamber

‘303" . arms No. 2

1 per 6 muskets

Oil, lubricating, G.S. .. galls

2 per 100 muskets

Flannelette .. yds.

"1/4 per musket


Cleaning Material. The pull through which will be kept in the butt trap of the musket is provided with three loops. The first loop (the one nearest the weight) is for the wire gauze, the second for the flannelette and the third for the purpose of removing the pull through should it break or get jammed in the bore. If a jam occurs the man must not attempt to remove the obstruction but the musket must be taken on the Armourer.


Flannelette No other form of material will be used for cleaning the bore. For cleaning the bore (or for drying it) after firing a piece of flannelette large enough to fit the bore tightly, 4" x 4" will be used. It will be placed in the second loop of the pull through and wrapped round the cord.


For oiling the bore a slightly smaller piece of flannelette will be used. If the piece used is too big, the oil will be scrapped off as it enters the bore. The oil should be well rubbed with the fingers in the flannette.


Wire Gauze In pieces 4" x "11 2", only required after firing buckshot, and, when necessary to remove fouling or rust, after ball firing when not removable with the flannelette then only with the permission of an officer.


In attaching it to the pull through the following method will be adopted :-

(i)       Fold the gauze as in diagram so that the longer sides take the form of an "S".

(ii)      Open the front loop of the pull through and put one side of it in each loop of the "S".

(iii)     The coil each half of the gauze tightly round that portion of the cord over which it is placed until the two rolls, thus formed, meet. The gauze must be thoroughly oiled before use and care taken to ensure that there are no lose strands of wire which may scratch the bore, the guaze will fit the bore tightly and will, if necessary, be packed with a small piece of flannelette, or other soft material to ensure it so fitting.

The gauze wire should not be allowed to remain on the pull through.

Oil – Service oil is carried in the oil bottle for which a recess in the butt is provided. No other form of lubricant is to be allowed to remain in the bore. Paraffin, though an ffecttive agent in removing rust, will not prevent it.


Stick Cleaning Chamber Made of wood about a foot long, at one end a slot is cut, the other end is cut square to allow a grip to be taken and the stick to be turned by hand. A piece of dry flannelette is placed in the slot and wound round the stick (to ensure that the stick is covered). The stick is then passed through the bolt way into the chamber and turned round several times. This is the only effective method of cleaning the chamber.


Cleaning – Before firing – All traces of oil will be removed from the bore and the action wiped with an oily rag.


After firing –

(i)       Remove the bolt.

(ii)      Pour about 5 to 6 pints of boiling water through the bore from breech to muzzle, using a funnel, point inserted into the chamber.

(iii)     Insert the weight of pull through the bolt hole of body then draw straight the barrel from breech to muzzle in one continuous motion. The rifle to be held by the left hand with the toe of the butt on the ground, and the barrel in line with the direction of pull to avoid the cord rubbing the side of the muzzle, otherwise it will cause a groove to be worn where it rubs against muzzle; this is known as "cord-wear" and affects accuracy and serviceability.

(iv)    To be repeated as (iii) until the rag is removed without signs of fouling on it.

(v)      Clean the breech with a stick cleaning chamber.

(vi)    Wipe over the face of butt, clean gass escapes and bayonet boss.

(vii)   If bayonets have been fixed during firing the bayonet will be carefully wiped before it is returned to the scabbard. All metal parts to be carefully wiped over and oiled.

(viii)  The barrel to be pulled through with a piece of oily flannelette.

The bore will be found to require special care during the three days following firing :-

For buckshot or when necessary to remove bad "leading" or rust :-

(i)       To be treated with boiling water as already detailed.

(ii)      The pull through to have an oiled gauze wire 4" x 11 2" attached. Insert weight through the boltway of body (care being taken to ensure the gauze enters chamber correctly and does not jam) and draw straight through the barrel from breech to muzzle.


To be repeated if necessary by packing the gauze, until all "leading" or rust is removed.

(iii)     Followed by a piece of dry flannelette and then an oily piece in the usual way. INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CLEANING OF .303 RIFLES

(a)      Cleaning Materials The pull through, which will be kept in the butt trap of the rifle, is provided with three loops. The first loop (the one nearest the weight) is for the wire gauze, the second for the flannette, and the third for the purpose of removing the pull through should it break or get jammed in the bore.


If a jam occurs no attempt should be made to remove the obstruction, but the rifle should be taken to the armourer.

(i)       The pull through will be drawn through the barrel from breech to muzzle in one continuous motion.

(ii)      The cord must be drawn straight through and not allowed to rub against the muzzle of the bore, otherwise it will cause a groove to be worn where it rubs; this is known as "cord wear" and affects the accuracy of the rifle.

(b)      Flannelette :No other form of material will be used for cleaning the bore. For cleaning the bore (or for drying it) after firing a piece of flannelette large enough to fit the bore tightly, 4 inches by 2 inches, will be used. It will be placed in the second loop of the pull through and wrapped round the cord.


For oiling the bore a slightly smaller piece of flannelette will be used. If the piece used is too big, the oil will be scraped off as it enters the bore. The oil should be well rubbed, with the fingers, into the flannelette.

(c)      Stick Cleaning Chamber, made of wood about a foot long; at one end a slot is cut, the other end is cut square to allow a grip to be taken and the stick to be turned by hand. A piece of dry flannelette is placed in the slot and wound round the stick (to ensure that the stick is covered). The stick is then passed through the boltway into the chamber and turned round several times. This is the only effective method of cleaning the chamber.

(d)      Wire Gauze, in pieces 21 2 inches by 11 2 inches, is supplied, but should only be used with the permission of an officer for the purpose of removing hard fouling or rust.


Daily cleaning The exterior of the rifle will be cleaned daily and all particles of dirt or dust removed from the gas escapes and crevices. The frictional parts will be kept slightly oiled. The bore will be pulled through with a piece of flannelette until the rag is clean, and immediately re-oiled.


Cleaning before firing All traces of oil will be removed from the bore, and the action wiped with an oily rag.


The cartridge and chamber will on no account be oiled before firing, nor will any lubricant be used with a view to facilitate extraction, as such a procedure is liable to injure the rifle.


Cleaning after firing -

(i)       Remove all fouling and grease from the bore.

(ii)      Pour about 5 or 6 pints of boiling water through the bore from breech to muzzle, using a funnel.

(iii)     Thoroughly dry the bore and proceed to clean the rest of the rifle, thus allowing the bore to cool.

(iv)    The breech will be cleaned with a stick cleaning chamber.

(v)      Special attention will be paid to the face of the bolt, gas escapes and bayonet boss.

(vi)    If bayonets have been fixed during firing, the bayonet will be carefully wiped before it is returned to the scabbard.

(vii)   All metal parts will be carefully wiped and oiled, after which the barrel will be pulled through with a piece of oily flannelette. The bore will be found to require special care during the three days following firing.

(viii)  On active service, where boiling water is not normally available the wire gauze will be used.

(ix)    Care must be used to prevent the browning from being rubbed off the rifle, as this is a great preventive against rust.

Cleaning after firing blank – After firing blank ammunition, special care should be taken that the cleaning is thorough. Although in this case there is no friction between bullet and bore, and so no internal fouling or “sweating”, there is greater accumulation of superficial fouling from blank than ball cartridge, because there is no bullet in blank ammunition to scour the fouling left by the preceding round. The firing also is in most cases more prolonged, and a greater interval must usually elapse before the rifle can be thoroughly cleaned. When blank firing precedes practice with ball, the rifles will be carefully cleaned before ball practice commences.


General notes on care of rifle -

(a)      When the rifle is not in use, the leaf and slide of the backsight should be lowered.

(b)      The mainspring should never be allowed to remain compressed except when the rifle is loaded. The position of the cocking-piece shows whether the mainspring is compressed or not.

(c)      The magazine must not be removed from the rifle except for cleaning or other special purpose and, to avoid weakening the spring, cartridges should only be kept in it when necessary. A failure of the spring to raise the platform can usually be overcome by tapping the bottom of the magazine smartly with the palm of the hand. If the failure recurs, the rifle should be taken to the armourer for examination and repair.

(d)      The bolts of rifles are not to be exchanged. Each bolt is carefully fitted to its own rifle, so that the parts which take the shock of the explosion have an even bearing, and the use of wrong bolt may affect the accuracy of the rifle. The number stamped on the back of the bolt lever should agree with that stamped on the right front of the body.

(e)      No head constable or constable is permitted to take to pieces any portion of the action, except as prescribed for cleaning, nor is he to loosen or tighten any of the screws.

APPENDIX No. 6.17(A)

RULES TO BE OBSERVED FOR THE PROPER CONTROL AND INSPECTION OF MAGAZINE

(1)     The magazine shall be at all times kept scrupulously clean.

(2)     A brush or broom shall be kept in the magazine for cleaning out the magazine on each occasion it is opened for the receipt, delivery or inspection of ammunition.

(3)     No lights (other than an electric torch) nor smoking shall on any account be allowed inside or in the immediate vicinity of the magazine.

(4)     Oiled cotton rags and waste and articles liable to spontaneous ignition shall not be taken into the magazine.

(5)     Empty boxes shall not be kept in the magazine, nor any loose packing material.

(6)     Boxes of ammunition shall not be thrown down or dragged along the floor, and shall be stacked in wooden trestles. Where there are transparent-ants, the legs of the trestles should rest in shallow copper, lead or brass bowls containing a little water.

(7)     If the magazine has a lightning-conductor, it shall be tested at least once a year.

(8)     The person in charge of the magazine shall be responsible that the magazine is well and securely locked.

(9)     No unauthorised person shall at any time be admitted into the magazine.

(10)   The following shall be hung up in the magazine :-

(1)     A copy of these rules.

(2)     The statement required by rule 6.13(4).

(3)     A certificate showing the last date of testing of the lightning conductor.

(11)   The Superintendent of Police shall make at least one unexpected inspection of the magazine under his charge every half year to see that the above rules are being complied with.

 

APPENDIX No. 6.17(B)

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE EXAMINATION AND TEST AND STORAGE OF S.A. AMMUNITION ON CHARGE OR POLICE UNITS

General Instructions

(1)     Small arms ammunition may be divided into two categories as follows :-

(a)      Ammunition in sealed boxes and in open boxes with their labels intact.

(b)      Pouch or lose ammunition which cannot be identified by make and date.

Category A. –

(a)      Ammunition in this category may be considered serviceable without test up to five years from date of manufacture provided that the boxes are intact and have not been subjected to bad storage conditions. The five years limit may be extended indefinitely provided that the ammunition has been used for practice and has given satisfactory result within the last twelve months.

(b)      Ammunition over five years old which has not been used for practice within the last twelve months, or ammunition in boxes which appear to have been subjected to adverse storage conditions as indicated by rusty linings, etc., will be examined and subjected to a firing test.


A sample box from each make and date of manufacture will be opened. The cartridges will be examined visually for evidence of verdigris around the can and other signs of deterioration. Twenty rounds will be fired from each of 2 rifles or muskets into a bank of earth or other safe place to test for missfires, hangfires; split cases, pierced caps bursts, etc.

(c)      If the ammunition looks good and fires without failure, it is serviceable.


If the ammunition looks good and gives a missfire, marked hangfire, pierced cap, burst case, split extending to within one inch of the case, or a detached base disc, a re-test in different weapons will be carried out. If in the re-test, any of the above defects occur, the ammunition is unserviceable. If no defects occur at the re-test, the ammunition is serviceable.


If the ammunition looks doubtful, showing slight verdigris only, and if it passes firing test, it is serviceable. If any defect occurs at the firing test, it is unserviceable, proved the rifle or musket is known to be above suspicion.


If the ammunition looks bad showing marked verdigris around the cap, is unserviceable.


The examination and test of the sample covers the remaining ammunition of the same make and date except when there is reason to believe that the box opened is not representative of the rest. In that case it will be necessary to examine and test the ammunition from each box.


Note 1 :When the number of boxes of one make and date is ten or under, they may be grouped with adjacent dates of the same make provided that the group of dates does not exceed 50 boxes and that the dates do not cover a period of more than 14 days.


Note 2 :The sample will be taken from an opened box if available. If the result is satisfactory the whole group will be sentenced serviceable. If the result is not satisfactory the sentence will only cover the actual box from which the rounds have been taken and a fresh box will be opened and treated as the sample for the group.

Category B. –


Loose rounds on charge, other than those obviously doubtful from handling and carriage in pouches, will generally be treated as one group. Representative samples will be examined and 40 fired and the ammunition sentenced as for category A. If there is a large number of loose rounds on charge and some have obviously been subjected to worse treatment than the others they should be bulked into groups according to "condition", each group being tested and sentenced separately.

(2)     The foregoing is intended to apply particularly to M.H. Rifles and B.L. 476 bore ammunition.

(3)     Special Instructions for examination of B.L. ".410", ".303" and ".455" revolver ammunition.

(a)      The instructions in paragraph 1 apply also to the above mentioned ammunition with the following exceptions :-


The casualties that may occur are missfires, hang-fires, pierced caps, blow-backs, burst cases or spilt cases.


A blow-back is an escape of gas between the cap and the wall of the cap chamber, if serious, it will be indicated by an escape of gas from the gas escape hole on the left of the barrel body at the moment of firing. The base of the cartridge case will be badly blackened by this casualty.


A burst case is a fracture either at the base or within 11 2 inches of the base of the cartridge case. Fractures further forwarded on the case body are known as splits and if only occasional may be ignored. Bursts are to be regarded as serious casualties.

(4)     When in doubt as to sentence, the matter should be referred to the Chief Ordnance Officer at the nearest Arsenal who will arrange for such tests as may be necessary and advise accordingly, or in case or further doubt, refer to the Inspector of Ammunition, Kirkee.

(5)     Storage Boxes containing S.A.A. should be kept raised a few inches from the floor by supporting the bottom layer on battens or other suitable supports; they should also be kept a few inches clear of the wall.


The store room should be kept clean and dry, ventilation receiving due attention.


Tin plate linings should not ordinarily be opened until the ammunition is required for use or test.

 

FORM NO. 6.8

POLICE DEPARTMENT DISTRICT ARMS DISTRIBUTION REGISTER, PART I

The following shall be entered in this register, separate pages being allowtted to each:-

(1)     Rifles, M.L.E.,

(2)     Bolts,

(3)     Bayonets patt..07, or .03,

(4)     Scabbards Bayonets patt..07 or .03,

(5)     pull throughs,

(6)     oil bottles,

(7)     Rifles ‘2 inch,

(8)     muskets, .476 and 410,

(9)     Bayonets patt. 87,

(10)   Bayonets Scabbards patt..03 or .7,

(11)   Jags,

(12)   Protectors foresight,

(13)   Slings.

Name of Article -

Sactioned No. -

 

1

2

3

4

5

DATE OF

Receipt

Nature of receipt of expendit ure

ALLOCATION

(To be sub-divided acording to the number of police station guards, etc., (including the lines) where arms are held)

Total in district

REMARKS.

(including explanation of any variation from sanctioned number

Expendi ture

 

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note : In column 3 the allocation of each description of article in lines and in each standing guard, Police Station and Post shall be shown separately in a sub-column.

 

ARMS DISTRIBUTION REGISTER, PART II

REGISTER SHOWING THE DISTRIBUTION OF GOVERNMENT REVOLVERS IN THE POSSESSION OF THE POLICE IN THE DISTRICT

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Serial No.

Number, make and description of revolver

Whence received and date

Name, No. and rank of the officer to whom is issued

Authority and date of issue

Date on which the revolver is returned to the armoury and reference to the Serial No. of the entry regarding its re-issue

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

FORM NO. 6.8(3)

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT _________________________DISTRICT

 

 

WEAPON HISTORY SHEET

CLASS OF THE WEAPON ______________

 

Mark of weapon

FACTORY No.

INSPECTION BY C.C.M.A.

 

 

ARSENAL REPAIR

LOCAL REPAIR

REMARK S

 

Body

Bolt

Date of receipt

Date

Remarks

Date of condemnat ion

Date of exchange, i.e., of receipt of new weapon (see note below)

Item

Date

Item

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note:All particulars of old weapon to be cancelled and a line drawn beneath. Particulars of new weapon to be entered below.

 

FORM NO. 6.9(1)

POLICE DEPARTMENT __________________DISTRICT

NOMINAL ROLL OF MEN MOBILIZED AT THE HEADQUARTERS OF THE ABOVE DISTRICT TO WHOM M.L.E. RIFLES ARE ISSUED

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Serial No.

Constab ulary No.

Name

Rank and Grade

The arsenal and the District Serial No. of the Rifle

Arsenal Number of the rifle bolt

Bandolier if issued

Signature or thumb impression of the man to whom issued

Signature of kot head constable on return

REMARK S

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To be hand drawn

FORM No. 6.14(4)

EXPENSE STOCK AMMUNITION REGISTER ACCOUNT OF* AMMUNITION AND EMPTY CASES

1

2

3

4

5

6

Date

Detail

*AMMUNITION

EMPTY CASES

Signature

REMARKS

 

 

A.

B.

C.

A.

B.

C.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To Be hand drawn

Note : A – Receipts; B – Issues ; C – Balance


Note II A vernacular register of 100 pages, divided into separate parts for (1) Ball, (2) Buck-shot, (3) Blank.


*Enter here Ball, Buckshot, or Blank.

 

FORM NO. 6.16(4)

MAGAZINE AMMUNITION REGISTER ACCOUNT OF AMMUNITION

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Date

Detail

A.

B.

C.

Signature

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To be hand drawn

 

Note I A Receipt; B. Issues; C Balance

 

Note II A vernacular register of 100 pages divided into separate parts for Ball Buckshot and Benk Ammunition.

 

FORM NO. 6.20(2)

STOCK BOOK OF COMPONENT PARTS

(TO BE DIVIDED INTO SEPARTE PARTS CORRESPONDING TO TABLES 7, 8, 9 AND 11 OF EQUIPMENT TABLES)

1

2

3

4

5

6

Item Number

Description of part

Authorized Stock

Number issued to armourer

Date of issue

Reference to Loss Statement or authority on which issue was made

 

To be hand drawn

 

Note : Columns 1-3 will correspond with Equipment Table.

 

Note. II. Suffcient space should be left between each item in columns 1-3 to permit of several entries being made in columns 4-6.

 

CHAPTER 7 MOUNTED POLICE

 

7.1. Composition of mounted police –


Mounted Police consist of such number of Sub Inspectors, head constables and constables as may be sanctioned from time to time.


In addition to their pay they receive horse or camel allowances, at rates given in rule 10.75

 

7.2. Mounted officers. –


All gazetted and upper subordinate police officers, except assistant sub-inspectors, are mounted officers, and are required to maintain standard of efficiency in horsemanship which enables them to perform journeys on horseback and other duties with the mounted police. The Inspector-General may lower this standard or grant complete exemption from it by general or special order in the case of officers appointed solely and permanently for duties which do not involve mounted duty.


All mounted officers are required to maintain saddlery, as prescribed in Chapter V, and suitable horse, in accordance with the standards laid down in this chapter, at their headquarters and fit for use on duty provided that the Inspector-General may exempt any officer from keeping a horse for so long as he is employed in a post which does not involve mounted duty and that upper subordinates employed in posts for which no horse allowance is authorized (vide rule 10.74) shall be similarly exempted while so employed. Exemption may also be granted by Inspector General at his discretion to upper subordinates while employed in a Central Investigation Agency cantonment, city or large civil station, provided that Motor Cycle in lieu of a horse is kept.

 

7.3. Qualifications. –


Recruits for the Mounted Police shall be obtained either by direct enlistment of men likely to make good horse or camel sowars or by the voluntary transfer of suitable men from the foot police. Ordinarily only such men shall be taken into the mounted police as have already some knowledge or an aptitude for the management of horses or camels. If such men are not already trained foot policemen, they shall be required to undergo the same course as is laid down for recruits to the foot police as well as receiving the training laid down in rule 7.5 below.

7.4. Utilization of mounted police. –

(1)     The chief uses of mounted police are (a) organized operations against mobile gangs of criminals, (b) patrolling for the prevention of dacoities, highway robbery and the like, (c) the control of crowds and dispersal of disorderly mobs, (d) assistance to the foot police in traffic control, (e) process serving, message carrying and escort duty, where conditions are suitable.

(2)     Horse police shall ordinarily be employed only on duties coming under classes (a) to (d) above and, for their better training in these duties, are organized in troops. Camel police are unsuitable for duties coming under classes (c) to (d) above, but can often be used to advantage on duties coming under class (e).

(3)     Mounted police may be temporarily transferred anywhere in the province by order of the Inspector-General, and from one district to another in the same range by order of the Deputy Inspector-General, if the conditions of crime or public order warrant it, or for annual training if proper facilities do not exist in the district to which they are permanently posted. Mounted police shall not be employed on orderly duly but, when not required for training or for duties of the nature specified in sub-rule (1), a mounted constable may be used for the conveyance of urgent messages on particular occasions. Constables mounted on horses shall, however, under no circumstances be required to carry heavy post-bags or parcels.

(4)     Subject to the conditions laid down in the preceding sub-rules Superintendents are empowered to employ the mounted police in their districts at their discretion.

7.5. Training of mounted police. –

(1)     Mounted police shall be especially taught -

(i)       to ride and handle their horses in a horsemanlike manner;

(ii)      the use of the mounted police baton;

(iii)     mounted squad drill;

(iv)    to saddle and unsaddle and to groom a horse thoroughly;

(v)      stable management i.e., to keep their horses healthy and in good condition and the stable clean and sanitary;

(vi)    to lay out their stable gear properly for inspection.

(2)     For the instruction of mounted police the principles and general system contained in "Cavalry Training 1924", shall be followed, especially the following chapters :-

 

Chapter II, Section 34 to end formations and drill.

 

Chapter III Horse-mastership, stable management, saddlery and minor ailments. Chapter IV Equitation.

 

Chapter VIII Rifle and revolver drill.

 

Chapter IX, Sections 147 to 164 Mounted troop drill.

 

Chapter XIV, Sections 237, 238 and 244 Marching and march discipline. Chapter XV, Sections 256-8 and 263 Field Training.

 

Note. :A copy of this Manual shall be supplied to Superintendents of districts in which Mounted Police are attached.

 

They shall also receive special instruction in the efficient performance of the duties specified in rule 7.4 and shall ordinarily be removed from the mounted police if they fail in two consecutive years to reach the standard of first class shots.

(3)     Arrangements shall be made when possible for sub-inspectors and head constables of mounted (horse) police to be attached to cavalry regiments for training as troop and section leaders to the extent covered by sub-rule (2) above.

7.6. Arms. –


Mounted Police shall be armed with mounted police batons and rifles M.L.E. .303 and bayonets.

 

7.7. Animals in possession of mounted police. –

 

Horses, or where ordered by the Inspector-General, camels, which are up to the standards laid down in rule 7.17(3), shall be maintained at the rate of one for each sub-inspector, head constable and mounted constable of the sanctioned mounted police establishment.

7.8. Mounted Police reserve. –


The reserve for the mounted police is embodied in the general reserve of head constables and constables sanctioned for fixed duties. Horse and camel allowances will be drawn only for the sanctioned effective establishment, exclusive of any reserve, and subject to there being no vacancies in the corresponding establishment of horses or camels. Recruits for the mounted police will be borne on the dismounted reserve until they are absorbed in vacancies in the mounted establishment. Such vacancies shall be filled immediately on their occurrence by transfer from among trained men of the foot police, so that the corresponding horse or camel allowance may be drawn. Men sick or on leave will continue to draw their horse or camel allowances.

 

7.9. The Chanda Fund. –


One General Provincial Chanda Fund shall be maintained under the regulations hereinafter contained.

7.10. Membership of Chanda Fund. –

(1)     All members of the mounted police shall subscribe to the Chanda Fund. Upper subordinates of the foot police, who are required to be mounted on horses and who draw horse allowance accordingly, may become subscribers either on permanent appointment to upper subordinate rank or at any time subsequently, but shall not thereafter cease to be subscribers so long as they continue to draw horse allowance.

(2)     No subscription should be recovered during the period that a member of the mounted police is without a remount and draws no conveyance allowance.

(3)     Rates of monthly subscription will be published from time to time, in the police Gazette.

7.11. Chanda deposit. –

(1)     When a vacancy occurs in the mounted police the man posted to fill it shall pay into the Chanda Fund Rs. 300 or Rs. 250 according as he is joining as a horse or a camel-sowar. In the case of man joining as a camel-sowar, the Superintendent may at his discretion allow him to produce his own camel provided (a) that there is a vacancy in the establishment of camels, (b) that the camel produced is up to the standard laid down in rule 7.17(3).

(2)     Such new member of the fund shall, on payment in full of his deposit, or on the acceptance of the camel produced by him, become entitled, subject to his continued payment of his monthly subscription, to be provided with a horse or camel, according to the amount of his deposit, throughout the period of his membership of the fund.

7.12. Refund of Chanda deposit. –


When a mounted police ceases to be a subscriber to the fund he shall receive back from the fund the amount which he deposited on joining it; provided that -

(a)      The horse or camel allotted to him at the time of his ceasing to be a member of the fund shall be examined by a Chanda committee (vide rule 7.16(1). If such committee is of opinion that such horse or camel has been rendered permanently unfit for police service, or is at the time of examination unfit for service from injury or illness caused in either case by the misconduct or neglect of the subscriber, it may record a finding that the subscriber should forfeit either the whole or part of his deposit. Such finding shall be submitted to the Deputy Inspector General, whose order in confirmation or modification thereof shall be final.

(b)      If, in the course of his service as a subscriber to the fund, a Chanda committee shall record a finding that he has been responsible through misconduct or neglect for the death of any horse or camel allotted to him, or for the injury or illness of such animal necessitating its being cast as unfit for police service, he shall, at the time of his ceasing to be a subscriber, forfeit the whole or a part of his deposit according to the final award of the Deputy Inspector-General recorded on such finding.

(c)      A subscriber who, on joining the fund, has been permitted to bring his own camel in lieu of paying in a deposit shall, if he is still in possession of the same camel or another camel, produced by himself, have the option, when ceasing to be a member of the fund, of either taking away his camel or offering it to the fund. In the latter case the camel shall be examined by a Chanda Committee and shall be accepted and taken over by the fund, provided it is found to be in consideration of its age and length of service, in good condition and to show no signs of neglect or ill-treatment. If the camel is accepted by the fund, the sub-scriber shall be paid the amount equivalent to the deposit which he would have been required to make, under the rule in force at the time when he joined the fund, had he not brought his own camel.

(d)      The refund of Chanda deposit, to which a mounted policeman dying while a member of the fund would be entitled, shall be credited to his estate in the police deposit fund.

 

Note : A subscriber shall, on ceasing to be a member, receive not more than the following sums, being the value of the animal which he orginally brought to the fund under the rules previously in force :-

 

Joined prior to Ist July, 1905 Rs. 180 for a horse Rs. 120 for a camel

 

Joined between Ist July, 1905 Rs. 200 for a horse and 30th September, 1910 Rs. 120 for a camel

 

Joined between Ist October, 1910 Rs. 200 for a horse and 31st October, 1913 Rs. 150 for a camel

 

Joined between Ist November, 1913 Rs. 230 for a horse and Ist May, 1922 Rs. 170 for a camel

 

After 2nd May, 1922 Rs. 300 for a horse Rs. 250 for a camel.

7.13. Status of optional sub-scribers. –

(1)     Provided that, on first joining the fund, the horse of an optional subscriber is passed by a Chanda Committee, after such committee has obtained the necessary veterinary opinion, as upto the standards required, such subscriber shall become entitled to the benefits of the fund in respect of remounting and veterinary treatment, subject to the conditions stated in sub-rule (2) below.

(2)     (a) The Chanda Fund shall be under no obligation to take over the horse of an optional subscriber on his death or ceasing to be a subscriber, but may do so, if there is a vacancy and if the horse offered by the subscriber or his heirs is suitable. In the latter case the amount payable by the fund as refund of the value of the horse shall be governed by the foot-note to rule 7.12.


(b) Optional subscribers shall not be entitled to have their horses fed under the system prescribed in rule 7.24 but the Superintendent may allow any such subscriber to participate in such system, if he is permanently posted in the lines or other place where such feeding arrangements are in force.


(c) The horses of optional subscribers will remain with them when on leave, or transfer.


(d) An optional subscriber requiring a remount may purchase one privately or through a purchasing officer (rule 7.17(2)). In the former case the horse shall be produced before a Chanda Committee for acceptance. He shall not be required to take over a horse already borne on the Chanda, unless he wishes to do so and the Superintendent agrees to such transaction.


(e) The provisions of rule 7.22, 7.30 and 7.31 regarding docking tails, disposal of foals and cast animals and penalty of neglect in care and feeding shall be binding on optional subscribers.

7.14. Allotment of horses and camels. –


All allotments and re-allotments of horse and camels, other then temporary allotment, shall be entered in the order book.

7.14-A. Compensation for loss of animals. –

(1)     Compensation is allowed to the chanda Fund for the loss of a horse or camel borne on the strength of the Chanda provided the loss occurred when the animal was present for duty, and was not preventible by those in charge of the animal.


The
loss or total disablement must further have resulted from risk of an exceptional nature such as might be incurred during the pursuit of raiders or long journeys on escort duty.


This
rule is inapplicable to loss or disablement caused by accident incurred in the course of ordinary training or duty. The journey must have been carried out under the orders of the Superintendent of Police or other superior authority. Compensation is also admissible when death or destruction is the result of inoculation or other prophylactic treatment carried out by a properly qualified person.


The fact shall be testified to by the Superintendent of Police and, if possible, by a veterinary officer. Compensation will be awarded on the order of the Inspector-General of Police. Compensation will be credited to the Chanda Fund from funds at the disposal of the Inspector-General of Police.


Compensation is not admissible when death is the result of disease.

(2)     The maximum compensation admissible is as follows :-

(a)      For horses :-


Under 10 years of age or six years’ service, the original price. Under 11 years of age or seven years’ service, less 5 per cent. Under 12 years of age or eight years’ service less 13 per cent. Under 13 years of age or nine years’ service, less 23 per cent. Under 14 years of age or ten years’ service, less 35 per cent. Under 15 years of age or eleven years’ service, less 50 per cent.


Under 16 years of age or twelve years’ service, less than 70 per cent.


Note :
If a horse is brought on the strength before four years old, compensation is calculated by length of service, if over four years by the age limit.

(b)      For camels -

Under 9 years of age or three years’ service, the original price. Under 10 years of age or four years’ service, less 5 per cent Under 11 years of age or five years’ service, less 25 per cent. Under 12 years of age or six years’ service, less 50 per cent. Under 13 years of age or seven years’ service, less 70 per cent.

(3)     The scale of compensation is applicable to owners of camels when the animals are affected, with surrah and are destroyed by the order of the Superintendent of Police on the written opinion of a veterinary officer that the disease constitutes a public danger.

7.15. Transfer of subscribers. –


On the transfer of a subscriber, other than an upper subordinate, to another district he shall surrender the horse or camel allotted to him in the district which he is leaving, and shall be allotted another one in his new district; provided that the provisions of rule 7.12(b) shall apply, if the animal which he surrenders is unserviceable through his misconduct or neglect. A statement showing the amount, if any, of the subscriber’s deposit which has been declared forfeit under the rule referred to above, and of any arrears of chanda subscription due from him shall accompany him on transfer. Upper subordinates who are subscribers to the Chanda Fund shall ordinarily be permitted to take their horses with them at Government expense on transfer to another district.

7.16. Chanda committee. –

(1)     A Chanda Committee shall be constituted as occasion demands; it shall consist of the Superintendent himself, or, in his unavoidable absence, another gazetted officer specially designated by him, an inspector or sub-inspector, and a mounted police officer who shall if possible be of or above the rank of head constable. If the Superintendent does not himself preside, decisions and findings of the committee shall require his countersignature.

(2)     Proceedings of the chanda committee shall be recorded in Form 7.16(2). Proceedings under rule 7.12 (a) and (b) shall be conducted in the presence of the subscriber concerned; a summary of the evidence and of the explanation of the subscriber shall be recorded, and a considered finding shall be prepared and signed by all the members of the committee.

7.17. Remounts. –

(1)     Horses or camels borne on the Chanda Fund and considered by a Chanda Committee after reference to a Veterinary Officer to be unfit for service due to old age, accident or disease shall, with the approval of the Inspector-General of Police, be cast. In cases of accident where the Veterinary Officer considers immediate destruction necessary, destruction should be carried out at once without awaiting the Assembly of a Committee and the orders of the Inspector-General of Police. The Committee shall in such cases report all the circumstances subsequently.

(2)     Remounts shall be purchased in such a manner and by such officers as the Inspector-General may from time to time direct. Superintendents requiring remounts to replace horses or camels which have died or been cast shall notify their requirements to one of the officers so designated.

(3)     Horses selected as remounts shall be between four and six years of age, not less than 14 hands one inch in height, capable of carrying 13 stone, and suitable for police work. No purchase shall be concluded until the horse has been certified as sound and of the prescribed age by a qualified veterinary officer. Camels shall be between six and seven years of age and shall be carefully tested as to their trotting powers and passed sound and of correct age by a qualified veterinary officer before being purchased or accepted on the establishment.

(4)     European inspectors and sergeants and upper subordinates employed on duties which do not ordinarily necessitate their riding long distances may be permitted by their Superintendents to mount themselves on suitable horses about to be cast from mounted units of the regular army, but officers so mounted shall not be eligible to join the Chanda Fund.

7.18. Purchase of remounts. –

(1)     Purchasing Officers are authorized to pay Rs. 300 for horses and Rs. 250 for camels as an average price for all purchases made during any one year. Subject to the required veterinary certificate in each case and to their satisfying themselves that the animals purchased are in every way suitable for police work, they may pay any price provided this average for the year is not exceeded. To enable them to make prompt payments, purchasing officers may be granted advances from the Chanda Fund by the Inspector-General, which they will recoup by bills in Form 10.59.

(2)     Superintendents on whose behalf remounts are purchased are not authorized to reject them, but, if they have reasons to consider any remount seriously below the required standard, they may report the case to the Deputy Inspector-General. Superintendent should give notice to purchasing officers as long in advance as possible of their intention to cast any animal borne on the fund, so that suitable arrangements for its replacement may be made. When notice cannot be given in anticipation of the vacancy, purchasing officers shall endeavour to supply a remount within one month.

7.19. Assistance to be rendered by Veterinary Department. –


Superintendents of the Civil Veterinary Department have been directed to afford assistance to police officers free of charge when purchasing remounts at fairs.


Veterinary officers of the Army Remount Department have also been instructed to render professional assistance free of charge to police officers when purchasing remounts at those fairs which are held in the horse-breeding circles under the control of the Army Remount Department.

7.20. Purchase of branded mares, etc. –


Police officers are forbidden to purchase, as remounts for the police or for themselves, any mare of filly branded (E.I.), (G.I.), (G.I./V.), (G.I./P.), (G.I./A.), (G.I./C.), (stable number over (J.C.) or stable number over (L.B.) unless the owner or possessor of such animal produces a certificate from a competent authority authorizing the sale of such animal on the ground that she is barren. Purchasing officers and Superintendent shall be responsible that this order is strictly obeyed. Every facility shall be given to the owners of remounts purchased to compete in classes at shows, and for inspection by officials of the show and of the Civil Veterinary Department and Army Remount Department.

7.21. Purchases for individual officers. –


Gazetted Officers to whom Government grants for the purchase of chargers have been made, and other gazetted officers and upper subordinates wishing to purchase charges may avail themselves of the assistance of purchasing officers in selecting suitable horses. In such cases all arrangements shall be made personally between the purchasing officer and the officer desiring his assistance, and the former shall be under no obligation to act, unless he receives in advance funds to cover the purchase.

7.22. Disposal of foals and cast animals. –

(1)     Cast horses and camels shall be sold, provided that any animal, which by reason of permanent injury cannot be worked without cruelty, shall be destroyed. Foals of horses and camels borne on the Chanda are the property of the fund and shall be sold as soon as they have reached a suitable age. Expenses incurred in their keep to the time of sale shall be borne by the fund. Proceeds of sales under this rule shall be credited to the fund.

(2)     The use for breeding of mares borne on the Chanda and of all mares entered in the register maintained under rule 7.32(1) is prohibited; provided that this rule may be relaxed on the authority of the Deputy Inspector-General of the range on the recommendations of a veterinary officer or for other special reasons.

7.23. Veterinary treatment. –

(1)     All charges for medical treatment of horses and camels when such is not rendered necessary by ill-treatment or carelessness on the part of a subscriber, and for the castration of horses and camels when such operations are specially ordered by the Superintendent, shall be borne by the fund. Veterinary Surgeons and Assistants, however, whether in the Government service for employees of local bodies, have been directed to afford medical and surgical assistance gratis to all police horses brought to them.

(2)     As soon as a remount is accepted for the Chanda Fund, the Superintendent of Police, or the purchasing officer, shall have a veterinary sheet prepared for each horse or camel in I.A.F. V-1752. This sheet will always accompany the animals, and each time the animal is sent to the veterinary officer, the history sheet shall be sent with it for that officer to enter his remarks therein. In no circumstances shall these history sheets be destroyed, duplicates issued or any alterations made in the original description of the animal, without the authority of the Superintendent of Police. Duplicate sheets will be marked as such. This endorsement and any alteration in the description on a sheet, whether original or duplicate, will be signed and dated by the Superintendent of Police. Copies of the form referred to above are obtainable from the Central Police Office.

7.24. Feeding and up-keep of horses and camels. –

(1)     The cost of feeding and, in the case of horses shoeing, and the cost of such articles of stable gear as are not provided under rule 4.27(2) from the equipment fund shall be paid by the recipients of horse or camel allowances.

(2)     Scales of feeding shall be laid down and arrangements, for the purchase of grain and fodder, as directed in rule 7.25 shall be made in each district in which mounted police are posted. The Sub-Inspector or head constable in charge of the mounted police shall be personally responsible for the feeding of horses and camels according to the prescribed scale, under the direct supervision of the Superintendent himself, or of a gazetted officer specially designated by him for the purpose.

(3)     Accounts shall be kept by the officer in charge of the mounted police in a register in Form 7.24(3) showing the detail of supplies issued and debitable monthly to the horse or camel allowance of each individual mounted policeman. These accounts shall be made up to the twentieth of each month and a statement of the deductions to be made, as shown in column 7 of the register, shall be forwarded on the twenty-first to the accountant for incorporation in, and attachment to, the acquittance rolls.

(4)     At the time of disbursal of pay the details of each man’s account of deductions as shown in the register shall be explained to him by the Lines Officer in the presence of the officer-incharge of the mounted police, and any contested item, which cannot be settled on the spot, shall be referred to the Superintendent for orders, disbursement being made meanwhile in accordance with the acquittance rolls.

(5)     Negligence, inefficiency or dishonesty on the part of a sub-inspector or head constable of mounted police in the exercise of the responsibility laid upon him by this rule shall, in the absence of mitigating circumstances, entail a punishment not less severe than that of reduction.

7.25. Purchase and retail of grain and fodder. –


Fodder and grain for the mounted police shall be purchased in bulk according to requirements and to conditions as to storage room and availability of supplies. Advances for the purchase will be made from the Remount Fund which will be recouped as recoveries are made from the mounted police to whom fodder and grain are issued. All supplies so purchased shall be examined by a chanda committee as to weight and quality and such committee shall fix the rates at which such supplies shall be retailed to mounted policemen. Rates shall be fixed monthly in advance to cover the average purchase price of supplies issuable during the ensuing month, carriage and any other incidental charges, together with a surcharge of one anna in the rupee to protect the fund against losses in bulk occurring in the ordinary course of storing and handling. Payment for purchases shall not be made until supported by the report of the chanda committee in Form 7.16(2). Retail rates fixed by the chanda committee shall be entered in the order book, copies of the order being made over to the officer in charge of the mounted police and hung up in the mounted police barrack for the information of the men.

7.26. Feeding of camels. –


In districts where the mounted police are mounted on camels, the Deputy Inspector-General shall decide, in consultation with the Superintendent of Police, whether to allow each subscriber to the fund to feed the camel belonging or allotted to him by direct purchase of grain and fodder paid for from his allowance, or to introduce the system prescribed for troops mounted on horses. In the former case the accounts ordered in rule 7.24(3) need not be kept.

7.27. Horses and camels of men sick, on leave and under suspension. –

(1)     The horses and camels of mounted policeman sick or on leave shall be made over to the Lines Officer or Officer in charge of the mounted police, who shall be responsible for the feeding and keeping of such animals. No conveyance allowance shall be drawn for the absentee except to meet expenditure actually incurred on the feeding, shoeing and maintenance of the animal and the Chanda subscription for the period of the man’s absence. The Chanda subscription shall be credited to the Police Remount Fund. Such horses and camels shall be looked after and may be used for instruction or duty by recruits or other men of the mounted police, as ordered by the gazetted officer in supervisory charge. In such cases responsibility under rule 7.12(b) for loss or injury by misconduct or neglect shall rest with the man so ordered to look after and use the animal, provided that no policemen shall be so held responsible for more than one animal at a time.

 

Note : The Superintendent of Police concerned should attach to the establishment bill in which conveyance is drawn a certificate in the following form :-


Certified that the amount drawn on account of conveyance allowance of mounted policemen sick or on leave not exceed the actual expenses incurred by the Lines Officer/Officer in charge of the mounted police on the feeding, shoeing and other maintenance charges of the animal and the Chanda subscriptions for the period of the man’s absence and that the amount has been paid to the Lines Officer/officer in charge of the mounted police and not to the absentee.

(2)     Mounted police officers placed under suspension, or who temporarily cease to be members of the chanda fund owing to their transfer to a post where they are not required to maintain a charger and their substitutes in the post from which they are transferred are not members of the fund, will cease to draw horse, pony or camel allowance, as the case may be, and hand over their mounts to the Lines Officer or the officer in charge of the mounted police, who shall be responsible for the feeding and keeping of such animals under the supervision of a gazetted officer. The actual expenditure incurred on this account shall be debited to contingencies under the head "Feeding and keeping of animals of mounted police officers under suspension or otherwise temporarily ceasing to be members of the Chanda Fund." Where there is a system of feeding animals by the purchase of supplies in bulk, the accounts shall be kept as for other animals in a register in form 7.24(3) by the officer in charge of the mounted police who shall communicate the amount of expenditure so incurred to the accountant who shall draw it on a contingent bill form and pay it to the officer in charge of the mounted police. Elsewhere the account shall be kept by the Lines Officer who shall incur expenditure from the permanent advance recouping it in the manner detailed above. A suspended mounted police officer on reinstatement even if such officer is found not guilty of charges preferred against himwill not be given conveyance allowance for the period of suspension. A mounted police officer temporarily ceasing to be a member of the Chanda Fund will not be given the conveyance allowance admissible when a mount is maintained but may draw any other conveyance allowance to which he may otherwise be entitled under any rules for time being in force as a nonmounted police officer.


Note : The term ‘mounted police officers’ includes members of the mounted police as well as subordinates who keep mounts.

(3)     Mounted Police Officers proceeding on leave on average pay not exceeding four months or earned leave not exceeding 90 days under sections II and III of Chapter VIII of Civil Services Rules, Volume I, Part I, as the case may be, or undergoing promotion courses at the Police Training School, Phillaur, or on deputation to the Recruits Training Centres or on deputation to the Police Training School, Phillaur and Sub Inspectors when posted to the mobile patrols, who are in possession of horses or camels shall hand over their mounts to the Lines Officer or the officer in charge of the Mounted Police who shall be responsible for the feeding and keeping of such animals under the supervision of a Gazetted Officer. No conveyance allowance shall be drawn for them except to meet expenditure actually incurred on the feeding, shoeing and maintenance of animals for the period of their absence on leave or training at the Police Training School, Phillaur, or on deputation to the Recruits Training Centres or on deputation to the Police Training School, Phillaur, or in the case of Sub-Inspectors when posted to the Mobile Patrol. The accounts shall be kept in Form 7.24(3). Such horses and camels shall be looked after and may be used for instruction or duty by Mounted Upper Subordinates under orders of the Gazetted Officer in supervisory charge. In such cases responsibility under rule 7.12(b) for loss or injury by misconduct or neglect shall rest with the officer so ordered to look after or use the animal, provided that no policeman shall be held responsible for more than one animal at a time. Where, however, adequate accommodation for horses and syces is not available in the Police Lines, the Superintendent of Police may authorise such officers to make their own arrangements for the care and maintenance of animals and draw the prescribed conveyance allowance admissible to each of them. Assistant Sub Inspectors are not mounted Police Officers vide Police Rule 7.2, they get a pony allowance if actually maintaining a mount and are exempted from the operation of this rule.

7.28. Account of purchase and retail of fodder, etc. –

(1)     An account shall be kept by the officer in charge of the mounted police in Form 10.50(b) of all receipts and expenditure in connection with the feeding of horses or camels and other operations provided for in rule 7.22(1). The cash balance of the account shall be kept in the police cash chest lump sum additions and withdrawals being shown in the cash chest account (rule 10.12) with a cross reference with the account maintained under this rule.

(2)     A copy of this account shall be made monthly in English by the Gazetted Officer in charge of the mounted police immediately after the receipt of deductions at the time of disbursement of pay to the mounted police. Such Gazetted Officer shall personally sign the acquittance roll in acknowledgement of receipt of the total sum recovered by such deductions and shall deposit that sum in the cash chest. He shall then present the English account to the Superintendent, who will, after checking the balance shown with the actual balance in the cash chest, file the English Account in a yearly file.

7.29. Control by Deputy Inspector-General. –


Deputy Inspector-General at their annual inspections of districts in which mounted police are posted shall examine in detail the working of the feeding arrangements and the accounts connected therewith, and shall report especially on the balance in the cash chest on account of purchase of supplies.

7.30. Penalty for neglect in care and feeding. –

(1)     When, as a result of enquiry either by a gazetted officer alone or of a chanda committee, it is held that the temporary incapacity of a horse or camel borne on the Chanda is due to the neglect or misconduct of any mounted police officer, the allowance of such officer shall be forfeited to Government; provided that only such portion of such allowance shall be refunded to the treasury as may be left over after meeting the feeding and other charges debitable thereto and such additional expenses on drugs, medical appliances and veterinary charges as the circumstances may have necessitated.

(2)     Orders under sub-rule (1), above shall be subject to confirmation by the Superintendent, but shall not be appealable.

(3)     The penalty authorized in sub-rule (1) above may be additional to any disciplinary punishment ordered in connection with the neglect or misconduct involving the incapacity of the horse or camel, and to any order under rule 7.12(b).

7.31. Docking of tails of horses. –


The tails of police horses shall not be docked. If stallions are purchased they shall be castrated.

7.32. Register of horses and camels. –

(1)     In districts where there are mounted police or optional subscribers to the chanda fund, a register shall be maintained in Form 7.32(1) of all horses and camels borne on the Chanda.

(2)     A separate register in the same form shall be maintained for all enrolled police officers who, though not members of the chanda fund, are required to maintain horses.Entries shall be made on horses, including remounts in replacement of cast horses, being passed under rule 7.33 below.

7.33. Rules regarding horses of police officers who are not subscribers to the chanda fund. –

(1)     All horses purchased by police officers as chargers, either with funds advances to them by Government or in order to qualify for a conveyance allowance (vide rule 10.75), shall be produced before a Chanda Committee constituted in accordance with rule 7.16(1) and no horse shall be accepted as qualifying the officer producing it for the grant of conveyance allowance, unless it has been passed by such committee; provided that -

(a)      in the case of horses purchased by Assistant Superintendents and Deputy Superintendents of Police, the Superintendent shall himself preside over the committee.

(b)      a horse purchased by a Superintendent shall be produced before the Deputy Inspector-General instead of a chanda committee.

(c)      a horse purchased by a purchasing officer (rule 7.18) shall be accepted without further examination.

(2)     If, in the opinion of the Superintendent, a horse not borne on the chanda, for which conveyance allowance is drawn, is unfit for the duty it is required to perform, it shall be produced before a chanda committee. If such committee reports the horse to be permanently unfit for the duty required of it, the owner shall be required to dispose of it and produce a suitable horse for examination within one month; provided that this period may be extended by one month by order of the Deputy Inspector-General for adequate reasons. Alternatively to reporting a horse totally unfit, a chanda committee may in such cases make such recommendation as it thinks fit, to provide for the removal of temporary unfitness and as to responsibility for such unfitness. The Superintendent shall deal with such recommendation at his discretion, subject to the proviso that officers, who are not subscribers to the chanda fund, are not entitled to free veterinary services or any assistance from the fund or from Government in the treatment of their horses.

7.34. Branding of horses and camels. –


Horses and camels brought on to the Chanda shall be branded in the right ear by the method in use for cattlebranding. Each animal will be branded with the district cypher letters and a district serial number. When an animal is cast from the chanda, it shall be branded in the left ear with the letter "C" and the last two figures of the year in which the casting took place, e.g., "C. 28", Ink and branding implements may be obtained on application to the Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation Department, and paid for from the equipment fund.

 

FORM NO. 7.16(2)

Proceedings of a Chanda Committee assembled at _____on______________   by order_____________ of __________________   for the purpose of ______________.

 

Note : The signature of each officer composing the committee should be attached at the end of the proceedings.

 

PRESENT

MEMBERS :

 

The committee having assembled pursuant to order proceed to -

 

(Standard Form)

 

FORM NO. 7.32(1)

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT ______________________________ DISTRICT

REGISTER OF HORSES AND CAMLES BORNE ON THE CHANDA FUND OF THE ABOVE DISTRICT

 

1

2

3 4 5 6 7

DESCRIPTION OF HORSES OR CAMEL

Horse or Camel

Age on enrolment

Height

Colour

Particulars of breed, giving name of sire

Particular marks

Date of enrolment

Years

Months

Hands

Inches

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

9

10

11

12

13

Price

Date and cause of becoming noneffective

Names and committes who passed animal or name of purchasing officer.

Ranks, name and number of officers to whom the horse or camel is allotted with dates of beginning and ending of such allotment and reference to Order Book

Superintendent’s signatures.

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Standard Form)

 

Fix Table

Tablr 7.24(3)

CHAPTER 8 LEAVE

 

8.1. General. –

(1)     The rules relating to leave for all Government servants who are under the administrative control of the Punjab Government, are contained in Part IV of the Fundamental Rules, and in chapters 6, 9, 10, 11, 15, 16, 18, and 19 of the Subsidiary Rules thereunder. Police Officers of all ranks are amenable to these rules, subject to such further conditions as are imposed by Police Rules.

(2)     Gazetted Officers and clerks, who have to deal in any capacity, with applications for leave, are required to be familiar with, and are in position to refer to Volumes I and II of Punjab Financial Handbook No. 2, which contain the rules mentioned in sub-rule (1). This chapter contains only such departmental rules as supplement the rules of the Finance Department, and a summary of the more important of the latter rules for the guidance of subordinate police officers, who are not in possession of the Handbooks referred to. In all doubtful cases or where detailed information is required, the rules should be consulted in original. Clerks and others having access to the full rules are required to give all reasonable assistance to officers of whatever rank, who wish to ascertain their individual rights and obligations in respect of leave, or to obtain guidance for dealing with requests received from their subordinates.

 

Note : Certain Officers have exercised the option, given to them at the time when the Fundamental Rules came into force of remaining under the leave rules to which they had previously been subject. The leave of such officers will not be regulated by Fundamental Rules, but they are, equally with others, amenable to special departmental rules regarding leave.

8.2. Principles governing the grant of leave. –


Leave is earned by time spent on duty only. Leave cannot be claimed as of right; the authority empowered to grant it may refuse or revoke it in the interest of the public service, or in accordance with any duly authorized disciplinary rule.

8.3. Nature of leave and method of calculation. –

(1)     A separate leave account (in A.F. No. 75-A/F.R. 9-A) is maintained in the office to which he is subordinate for every police officer. In this account the leave to which he is entitled under the Fundamental Rules, is periodically placed to his credit and he is debited with the leave which he has taken. Leave due may be granted on average pay or half-average pay or partly on one and partly on the other according to the conditions laid down in the Fundamental Rules. Leave not due may be granted on medical certificate and, in very exceptional circumstances, for not more than three months at any one time and six months in all otherwise than on medical certificate.

(2)     Police officer may be granted by the State Government under conditions specified in the Punjab Civil Services Rules, Volume I, Part I, special disability leave if disabled in the performance or in consequence of their official duties or in consequence of their official position. Such leave is not debited in leave accounts. Under special circumstances, and when no other leave is, by rule admissible, extraordinary leave, without pay, may be granted. Police Officers of and below the rank of Head Constable, may be granted Hospital leave by the Superintendent of Police under whom they are serving, while under medical treatment for illness or injury, if such illness or injury is directly due to risks incurred in the course of their official duties. Hospital leave may be granted on leave salary equal to either average or half average pay as the authority granting it may consider necessary. Hospital leave is not debited in leave accounts, and may be combined with any other leave which may be admissible; provided that the total period of leave, after such combination shall not exceed twenty-eight months. The amount of Hospital leave which may be granted is limited to three months on average pay in any period of three years. Hospital leave on half average pay counts for the purpose of this limit as half the amount of leave on average pay.

8.4. Special provisions regarding leave. –


The following rules relating to leave are to be observed by all police officers :-

(a)      A Police Officer who has taken leave on account of ill-health whether technically on medical certificate or not shall, before he is permitted to return to duty, be required by the authority which granted him leave to produce a medical certificate in the following form :-

 

"I. A.B. , do hereby certify that I have examined C.D. and that I consider him fit to resume his duties in Government Service".

 

The Officer shall produce the original certificate and statement of the case on which the leave was granted or extended before the authority asked to grant a certificate of fitness to return to duty. In the case of Gazetted Officers this certificate must be signed by a Civil Surgeon or Medical Officer of commissioned rank. If the leave has been sanctioned on a certificate granted by a Medical Committee the certificate of fitness to return to duty must also be obtained from a Medical Committee except (1) in cases in which the leave is not for more than three months, or (2) in cases in which the leave is for more than three months, or leave for three months or less is extended beyond three months but the Medical Committee granting the original certificate or the certificate for extension state at the time of granting such certificate, that the Government servant need not appear before another Committee to obtain the certificate of fitness to return to duty.

 

No travelling allowance will be paid to an officer for journeys performed by him to appear before a Medical Committee to obtain a certificate of fitness to return to duty.

 

In the case of subordinate Police Officers the authority which granted the leave has discretion to admit a certificate by any registered medical practitioner.

(b)      All applications for leave, or for extensions of leave, shall be made through proper channel to the authority competent to grant the leave. The form of application shall be, in the case of gazetted officers A.F. No. 74, and in the case of subordinates Police Rules Form 8.4(b). Nothing in this rule shall debar a Superintendent of Police from requiring those police officers subordinates to him, who are in a position to do so, to apply verbally for leave in office or orderly room. When prescribed forms are not available, applications may be made by ordinary letter.

(c)      Gazetted officers applying for leave, or extension leave, on medical certificate, are required to appear before a medical board, in accordance with the provisions of Chapter XI of Punjab Financial Handbook No. 2, Volume II. Subordinate police officers are required to support applications for leave on medical certificate by the certificate of the Civil Surgeon of the district in which they are serving. Applications for extension of such leave must ordinarily be similarly supported by the certificate of the Civil Surgeon of the district where the applicant is residing while on leave. If the applicant for an extension of leave is incapacitated by illness from appearing before the Civil Surgeon, it is within the discretion of the authority empowered to grant the leave to accept the certificate of any registered medical practitioner. The grant of a medical certificate is not equivalent to the grant of leave and confers no right to leave; the certificate must be forwarded to the authority competent to grant leave, whose orders must be awaited. Except on strong grounds, leave recommended in the certificate of a competent medical authority should be granted.

(d)      A police officer returning from leave is not entitled as of right to resume the post which he held before going on leave unless the order granting him leave specifically preserved his lien on such post. He must report his return to the authority which granted his leave and, unless orders of posting have already been conveyed to him, await orders.

(e)      A police officer holding a temporary post may be granted leave, within the limits allowed by rule 16.2 Punjab Financial Handbook No. 2, Volume II, provided he has held such temporary post for at least two years or, if he has held such post for less than two years, provided no extra expense to Government is involved. Probationary police officers may be granted such leave as would be admissible to them under these rules if they had been confirmed in their appointments; but leave to probationers while undergoing instructions will only be granted in cases of special urgency.

8.5. Casual leave Grant of. –

(1)     Casual leave is a privilege granted by Government in the nature of a brief holiday, and is not treated as absence from duty. Such leave, consequently, shall not be entered in leave accounts.

(2)     Casual leave may be granted by the authorities shown in rule 8.9 below, subject to the condition that it does not exceed ten days at any one time or twenty days in a year and that leave exceeding four days is not granted more than twice in a year.

(3)     Exceptions to the provisions of rule 8.5(2) are as follows :-

(a)      Members of the Indian Auxiliary Force may, if they can be spared, be granted casual leave up to a fortnight at a time to attend an annual camp.

(b)      Casual leave up to 30 days may be granted of police officers required to undergo treatment at a Pasteur Institute.

(c)      A police officer prohibited by the Civil Surgeon from attending his duties on account of infectious disease in his family, may count the period of absence as casual leave up to a limit of 30 days.

 

Casual leave granted in accordance with these exceptions will not count against the annual amount of such leave admissible.

8.6. Casual leave restrictions regarding. –

(1)     Casual leave may not be combined with other leave except in exceptional cases, when a police officer is prevented from attending to his duties by causes beyond his control. Rules 6.8 and 6.9 Punjab Financial Handbook No. 2, Volume II, should be referred to in adjudicating such cases.

(2)     Police officers on casual leave are prohibited from visiting places, whence their return with in the period of their leave is likely to be prevented by blocking of roads, breakdown in transport or similar accidental cause, on from which they cannot return to their headquarters within 36 hours’ notice. For special and adequate reasons the Inspector-General may relax this rule in particular cases, but it should ordinarily be strictly observed.


No casual leave for visits to Kashmir and Kulu will, however, be given without the express sanction of Government. (Punjab Government letter No. 30415 (HGaz.), dated 12th October, 1931.

8.7. Casual leave of Superintendents –


Police officers in independent charge of districts shall consult the District Magistrate when applying for casual leave, and shall state in their applications to the Deputy Inspector-General that the dates proposed by them are convenient to the District Magistrate.

8.8. Joining time. –

(1)     Police officers transferred from one post to another or returning from leave may be allowed joining time under the conditions laid down in Part IV of Fundamental Rules and Chapters 9 & 19 of Punjab Financial Handbook No. 2, Volume II, and subject to the limitations embodied in Police Rules.

(2)     Joining time will not ordinarily be allowed to subordinate police officers transferred within the district in which they are serving, or returning from leave to the same district as that from which they proceeded on leave. Police officers of all ranks may be required, by the authority empowered to transfer them or grant them leave, to take up their new posts without joining time, if the interests of the public service so demand. Police officers required to proceed on temporary duty within or beyond the district in which they are serving are not considered to be transferred for the purposes of this rule.

8.9. Authorities empowered to grant leave. –

The following table shows the authorities empowered to grant leave to police officers. The approval of the Provincial Government is required to the grant of leave other than casual leave to officers holding independent charge of districts :-

Authority which can grant leave

To whom

Extent

1. Inspector-General of Police.

1. All Officers

2. Officers of the Imperial Police Service not holding independent charge of a district.

3. Provincial police offiers not holding independent charge of a district

4. All subordinate Police Officers

1. Casual leave

Leave up to 4 months

Full powers

Full powers

2. Deputy Inspectors General and Assistant Inspector General, Government Railway Police

1. All officers under their control

2. Inspectors other than European Inspectors, Prosecuting Inspectors and Inspector in charge of Lahore, Amritsar and Rawalpindi cities, and of Anarkali.

3. All Sub-Inspectors, Assistant Sub Inspectors and lower subordinates under the their control.

Casual leave

Leave up to 8 months

Full powers

3. Superintendent of Police

All gazetted officer serving under them

Casual leave up to four day at any one time (In submitting to higher authority any application by a gazetted officer for casual leave in excess of four days, the Superintendent of Police shall add a note showing the total amount of casual leave taken by the officer during the calendar year including leave sanctioned under these powers)

4. Superintendents of Police, and Assistant Superintendent of Police, Government of Railway Police

1. All enrolled officers.

2. Sub-Inspectors, Sergeants and Assistant Sub-Inspectors

3. Lower subordinates serving under their control.

Casual leave

Leave upto 8 months

Full powers

5. Assistants and Deputy Superintendents

Lower subordinates under their control

Casual leave

6. Inspectors of Police

Lower subordinates under their control

Causal leave

7. Officers in charge of police stations

Constables attached to their stations

Casual leave upto three days provided, that, in a police station of strength not more than one constable is so absent at a time and that in city, cantonment and similar police stations the limit prescribed by the Superintendent in each case is not exceeded.

[7 (a) All non-Gazetted Officers Incharge of Police Stations/Police Posts

(b) Platoon Commanders

For Haryana only

Head Constables and Constables attached to them

Casual leave up to five days keeping in view the available strength.

8.10. Address while on leave to be given. –


Every police officer, before proceeding on leave, shall record in the office of the authority granting him leave the address at which orders of recall or other communications will reach him with certainty and despatch.

8.11. Recall from leave to give evidence. –


Time spent by police officers on leave in giving evidence in courts and in travelling to the court and back from courts as part of the leave, and travelling allowance is admissible under the same conditions as if the police officer had been on duty when summoned (vide Rule 10.148). To avoid the inconvinience to all concerned and the expense to Government involved in recalling officers, whose homes are at a distance, officers sanctioning leave should, as far as possible, fix dates for its commencement which will avoid the necessity of such recall.

8.12. Deposit of Government property before proceeding on leave. –


Every police officer before proceeding on leave shall deposit all Government property in his possession or custody with the officer responsible under these rules for the custody of such property when in store.

8.13. Leave accounts. –


The leave accounts prescribed in Fundamental Rule 76 shall be attached to character rolls and maintained in Form A.T. 290 in accordance with the instructions given in that form and with Fundamental Rules 77 to 80. It is most important that the accounts should be kept up with the greatest care and accuracy. They are the basis for the decision of all claims for leave and are essential to the preparation of pension claims, the settlement of which may be seriously delayed by inaccuracies in regard to leave accounts, Gazetted Officers must check these accounts frequently, both in the process of dealing with leave applications and otherwise.

8.14. Leave registers. –


The orderly head constable shall maintain an English register of applications for leave in Form 8.14(a) and a leave register in Form 8.14(b). In the latter all leave, other than casual leave, granted to enrolled police officers shall be entered. The leave register shall be made over to the head clerk once a week, who shall make necessary entries in the leave accounts of officers who have returned from leave, and fill in column 9 of the register. An index shall be provided at the end of the leave register in Form 8.14(c) for (a) lower subordinates serially in accordance with their constabulary numbers, and (b) upper subordinates as their names may occur.

8.15. Leave certificate. –

(1)     Certificates in Form 8.15 shall be issued to all enrolled police officers before they proceed on leave other than casual leave.

(2)     Every enrolled police officer shall, on rejoining from leave, personally present his leave certificate to the officer in charge of his police station or the Lines Officer, according to the place at which he rejoins. Such officers shall endorse on the certificate the hour and date of rejoining, and forward it to be filed in the office of the Superintendent.

8.16. Leave salary, Declaration regarding. –


Before proceeding on leave every police officer is required to declare whether he wishes his leave salary to be held over for payment on his return or remitted to him monthly. If the latter, he must state the post office to which he wishes a money order to be sent and must certify his willingness for the money order commission to be deducted from the amount due to him. Police officers residing in the district in which their pay is drawn may if they desire, have the amount due to them remitted for disbursement to the police station nearest to their home; in such cases the procedure laid down in rule 10.92 will be followed.

8.17. Holidays. –

(1)     The occurrence of a gazetted holiday gives no right to a police officer to leave the station or area to which his movements on duty are restricted. Permission to leave such limits must be obtained from the authority empowered to grant casual leave to the officer concerned.

(2)     Gazetted holidays, may be prefixed or affixed to leave with the permission of the authority competent to grant the leave; but such authority is bound by the provisions of Chapter 9 of the Punjab Financial Handbook No. 2, Volume II, in respect of the grant of such permission.

 

LEAVE

FORM NO. 8.4(b)

POLICE DEPARTMENT, _________DISTRICT

 

Application for leave

Enrolled Officers

APPLICATION FOR LEAVE ON BEHALF OF THE UNDERMENTIONED ENROLLED POLICE OFFICERS

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Provincial of Range No.

Name

Rank

LENGTH OF LEAVE REQUIRED

Detail of all previsions leave

Nature of leave required

Remarks by Police Officer forwarding application

Address of Police Officer should leave be granted.

Instruction s regarding pay

during leave, if granted (rule 8.16)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Standard Form Bilingual)

 

Note:All application for leave to assistant Sub Inspectors, Sub Inspectors, sergeants and inspectors to be written in English in this form.

 

Dated…............

 

The 19, Superintendent of Police

 

FORM NO. 8.14(a)

REGISTER OF APPLICATIONS FOR LEAVE

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Serial No.

Date on which application is made

Name

Provincial

. Range or Constabul ary No.

Rank

Where stationed

LEAVE LAST OBTAINED

Kind and period of leave now applied for

Superinten dent’s order

Number and date of entry in Order Book

REMARK S

From

To

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Here quote the No. of the entry in the Register of Leave granted. Police Form No. 8.14(b)

 

FORM NO. 8.14(b)

LEAVE REGISTER OF ALL ENROLLED POLICE OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 19

1

2

3

4

5 6 7 8

9

10

Annual Serial No. of entry

Rank and de

Name

Provinci al Range or Constab ulary No.

LEAVE GRANTED

 

 

Period

 

Date

Date up to which the leave was actually enjoyed (to be filled in on return)

 

 

Nature of leave

Years

Months

Days

From

To

Date of entering leave in the leave account and initials of the Head Clerk

REMA RKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note : If an officer returns from leave before noon, his leave counts up to the preceding day.

 

FORM NO. 8.14(c)

INDEX TO LEAVE REGISTER

Part I for Lower Subordinates, arranged according to Constabulary Nos.

Constabulary No.

Annual Serial No. of the Leave Register over the year

1

5

2

1911

3

 

4

 

5

6

6

1911

 

Part II for Upper Subordinates -

 

1910, S.I. Nabi Bakhsh.e.No.II/35, I. Nural Hasan, P. No.5/210

 

1911, S.I. Ahmad Khan, E.No. 50/3, I x Y.P.No.20/138

 

Note : The figures below the names are the annual serial Nos. of the Leave Register.

 

FORM NO. 8.15

POLICE DEPARTMENT ___________________DISTRICT

Leave Certificate

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Provincial, Range or Constabulary No.

Rank

Name

LEAVE GRANTED

Kind of leave granted

Up to what date paid

REMARK S

Extent

From

To

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Standard Form --Billingual).

 

Dated _________________

 

Superintendent of Police

 

The __________19.

 

CHAPTER 9 PENSIONS

 

9.1. General. –


Subject to the age limits fixed by Articles 503 and 506 of the Civil Service Regulations all service in the Police Department is pensionable. Rates and conditions of ‘pension’ are given in the rules quoted below, with which officers preparing applications must be familiar :-


Chapters XV to XXI (Ordinary pensions), XXXVIII (Wound and other Extraordinary pensions), XLVII (Applications for and grant of pensions), and XLVIII (Payment of pensions) of the Civil Service Regulations.


Reference to the following authorities is also necessary :-


Statutory Rules and Orders, 1924, No. 1395, Superior Civil Service (Revision to Pay and Pension) Rules, published as Appendix G, Part B, Punjab Financial Handbook No. II volume I;


The Proportionate Pension Rules promulgated with the Government of India, Home Department, notification No. F. 868-22, dated Ist March, 1924, as subsequently amended, and the new pension rules of gazetted officers in Articles 474-476 of the Civil Service Regulations.


Police officers are amenable to these rules, subject to such further conditions as are imposed by departmental rules.

9.2. Definitions. –

(1)     "Active Service" is defined in Article 8, "Age" in Article 14, "Pension" in Article 41, and "Superior" and "Inferior" Service in Article 396, Civil Service Regulations.

(2)     Articles 352, 353 and 454 Civil Service Regulations, define the cases in which no pension can be claimed.

(3)     Articles 358(a), 359, 360, 361, 374, 494, 495(b), 498, 503 and 506, Civil Service Regulations, define the conditions of "qualifying" service.

(4)     Service before enlistment is governed by Articles 356, 358 to 394 and 501, Civil Service Regulations and conditions laid down in rules 9.2(5) and (6), 9.3, 9.29 and 12.24.

 

Note I :If doubt exists as to whether any particular service under Articles 361 and 494, Civil Service Regulations, or sub-rule (4) above qualifies for pension or not, enquiry should be made from the head of the office or department in which the service was rendered.

 

Note II :The service of police officers whose pay exceeds Rs. 20 per mensem is qualifying service after the age of 20 years [Articles 358(a) and 506, Civil Service Regulations] and of those officers whose pay is Rs. 20 or less per mensem, after the age of 18 years (Article 503, Civil Service Regulations).

 

Note III :When a police constable drawing pay exceeding Rs. 20 per mensem retires on an invalid pension, all his service in the police after the age of 18 years shall be regarded as qualifying service.

(5)     All police officers who are members of the regular establishment and are employed to serve in bodies of additional police, shall count such service for pension and increment. Similarly, police officers, who have no substantive appointment and have been entertained in vacancies created by the sanction of additional police shall, on their being absorbed in the regular force, count such service for increment, as well as for pension.

(6)     When a lower subordinate is re-enrolled the Superintendent of Police may allow his previous police service to count for pension subject to the conditions contained in Rule 12.24.

(7)     Articles 352, 396, 414, 481 and 484, Civil Service Regulations, particularly apply to menial servants.

9.3. Detailed conditions of Admissibility of Persons military service. –


Instructions in regard to the circumstances in which former military service may be reckoned, towards police pension are given below. Each case, after necessary verification, shall be forwarded through the Deputy Inspector General to the Inspector-General for the orders of the local Government :-

(1)     Military service, except service in the Imperial Service Troops, by an employee belonging to one of the classes mentioned in the note below may count towards service qualifying for civil pension, when such military service is itself pensionable, but has terminated before a pension has been earned in respect of it and has been rendered after the employee has attained the age of 20 years, and provided he has received no pension or gratuity from the Military Department in respect of such service.

(2)     When any gratuity has been paid in respect of military service, such service can only count towards civil pension if the gratuity be refunded, such refund to be made in not more than thirty-six monthly instalments commencing from the date of completion of verification of military service. In such cases a reference should be made (for each case separately) to the Accountant-General, Punjab. When the case has been decided a note shall be made in the character roll and service book (if any).


Note : The rule applied to Indian commissioned officers, non-commissioned officers and men of the Indian Army and to noncombatant departmental and regimental employees and followers of the supplemental services. It also applies to non-commissioned officers and men of the British service, warrants officers and departmental officers of the commissary and Army Service Corps Classes in respect of service with their units or departments in India.

(3)     A certificate shall be obtained from the Controller of Military Accounts in whose audit area the individual served prior to his retirement from military service, showing whether or not such employee had received any pension or gratuity on discharge from the army, and whether or not the service rendered was pensionable and paid for from Indian Revenues or for which a pensionary contribution had been received by Indian Revenue. The reference to the Controller of Military Accounts should be accompanied with the sheet roll and the discharge certificate of the individual whenever these are available. He should also be asked to state whether the service was superior or inferior. This certificate shall be attached to the character roll of the individual concerned. A copy of the certificate shall immediately be sent to the Accountant-General.

(4)     Indian Army reservists who are permanently appointed to the Police and discharged from the Army before they have earned a pension under the Military rules may, subject to the provisions of Article 356, Civil Service Regulations, be allowed to count for Civil pension all previous military service with the colours and half of their reserve service.

 

These instructions apply to all Army reservists enrolled in the Police, who retire on or after the 21st October, 1929, prior to which date reservists were not enrolled in the Police unless they first obtained their discharge from the reserve.

 

To be eligible for this concession reservists who have already been confirmed in the Police and have not taken their discharge from the Army within 12 months from the date of their confirmation under note 3 to Article 356 of the Civil Service Regulations may do so by 1st October, 1935. Those who do not take their discharge by that date will draw reservist pay and count their police service towards military pension and not towards civil pension until eventually discharged from the reserve, when their service will begin to count for civil pension. If any such reservist has actually earned a military pension, it shall not be granted while he continues to serve in the police, vide Article 526(b), Civil Service Regulations.

 

Note : The word ‘confirmation’ used in this rule means confirmation with reference to Rule 12.21 in a permanent vacancy in the regular Police.

9.4. Admissibility of leave periods for pension. –


Periods of leave which count as service shall be determined for all police officers in accordance with Articles 407, 408, 412 and 413, Civil Service Regulations. Leave without allowances does not count as service towards pension. As regards menial servants see Article 414, Civil Service Regulations.

9.5. Emoluments. –


Emoluments and average emoluments shall be calculated in accordance with Articles 486 to 490, read with Article 355(b), Civil Service Regulations. Cases of menial servants are dealt with under Articles 481 and 482, Civil Service Regulations.

 

9.6. Preliminary verification of service. –

(1)     When an upper subordinate is likely within six months to retire from the public service, a statement of his services shall be prepared in Form No. 24 (obtainable from the treasury office) in accordance with the instructions contained in Article 907(a), Civil Service Regulations.

 

Note : The verification must be finished before the application for pension is prepared, and if possible before the applicant retires or appears before the invaliding authority.

(2)     The verification papers referred to in sub-rule (1) above, together with the service book, shall be submitted to the Deputy Inspector General, who, in the case of Inspectors, shall forward the papers to the Inspector-General and in other cases shall sign the certificate at the foot of Form 24 and forward the papers to the Accountant-General.

 

When submitting the case to the Deputy Inspector-General, application should be made at the same time for the condonation of any interruptions or deficiencies (Articles 416 and 423, Civil Service Regulations) there may be, and also for the commutation of any period of leave which may be inadmissible.

 

The portion of service not verified by the Accountant-General, or the service occuring between the verified service, and the date of discharge on pension, shall be verified from the acquittance rolls, and a certificate to this effect shall be attached with the pension application.

(3)     In the case of lower subordinates the pension roll shall be prepared as directed in Article 824, Civil Service Regulations. Such periods of service as have to be verified in other offices shall be verified in good time.

(4)     Doubtful points shall be checked by the vernacular long roll, order book, punishment register and acquittance rolls, and if necessary, by reference to other offices as required by the Note I to rule 9.2(4). The character roll should then be corrected. (vide Articles 823 and 824, Civil Service Regulations).

(5)     Whether any discrepancy exists or not, inferior service rendered before enrolment in the police should be verified by reference to the head of the office in which it was performed. If it is impossible to verify the service in this way the procedure prescribed in Article 908(e), Civil Service Regulations, should be followed. Superior service can be verified by the Accountant-General, vide Article 908(b), Civil Service Regulations, but if this is not possible, the procedure described above should be followed.

(6)     The pension claims of police officers of rank not higher than head constables, who are permitted by the local Government to count their former military service towards civil pension under Article 356 of the Civil Service Regulations, should be treated under the ordinary rules, and the statement of service in Form 24 forwarded to the officer-in-charge, Pension Branch, Accountant-General’s office, Lahore, for verification of their claims to pension six months before their retirement as required by Article 907(b) and (c) of the Civil Service Regulations.

9.7. Alteration in age. –

(1)     The date of birth shown in the character roll or corresponding record, can be altered only with the sanction of the Inspector General of Police, on production of proof to his satisfaction, if the recorded age does not tally with that certified by an invaliding medical officer, board or committee, and the discrepancy affects the title to pension or liability to superannuation, the matter should be reported and the officer should not be discharged till the orders of the Inspector-General have been received. In the case of an officer whose year of birth or year and month of birth only is known, but not the exact date, the 1st July of the year of 16th of the month, respectively, should be treated as the date of birth for the purpose of calculation of pension vide note under Article 283 of the Audit Code, Volume I. The date of birth of all officers enrolled before the 1st October, 1933, may be allowed to remain as already recorded.

(2)     Further orders as to the conditions under which alterations of age may be sanctioned are contained in letter No. 20076 (Home Gazette) of 4th July, 1928, from the Chief Secretary to Government, Punjab. According to these orders, an alteration may only be made, after special enquiry, if applied for within two years of the applicant’s entry into Government service. The Provincial Government may, however, make a correction in the recorded age of a Government servant at any time, if it is satisfied that age has been incorrectly recorded with the object that the Government servant may derive unfair advantage.

9.8. Classes of pensions. –


Pensions admissible to police officers and menial servants are detailed below.

9.9. Invalid pensions. –


An invalid pension proportionate to the length of service is awarded to a police officer who by bodily or mental infirmity is permanently incapacitated for further service in the police. If the incapacity is directly due to irregular or intemperate habits, no pension can be granted. If it has not been directly caused by such habits but has been accelerated or aggravated by them, it will be for the authority by whom the pension may be granted to decide what reduction should be made on this account (Articles 441, 454 and 474 Civil Service Regulations). If the length of the invalid’s service is less than ten years a gratuity only will be admissible [Article 474(a), Civil Service Regulations]. Superintendents are required to be on their guard against endeavours to retire on invalid pension by officers who are capable of serving longer.

9.10. Invaliding rolls. –


Police officers whose cases fall under the above rule shall be sent to the Civil Surgeon with a letter in Form 9.10(a). If the Civil Surgeon is of opinion that the police officer should be invalided he should be asked to fill in an invaliding roll [Form 9.10(b)] on receipt of which steps should be taken to prepare the pension papers without delay. If the incapacity is not declared to be complete are permanent, he should, if possible, be retained in employment on light duty. If a pension is granted the capacity for partially earning a living shall be taken account of in assessing its amount (vide Articles 427 and 447(b) Civil Service Regulations).

9.11. Surgical operations not compulsory. –


A police officer need not be subjected to a dangerous operation merely to render him fit to perform his duties.

9.12. Incapacity due to intemperance. –


Whenever the Civil Surgeon is of opinion that the incapacity of a proposed invalid is caused wholly or partially, by irregular or intemperate habits, it shall be the duty of the Superintendent in communication with such Civil Surgeon, to investigate and place on record the medical and police history of such officer. It should be decided whether a police officer’s inefficiency is the result of irregular habits, or whether it is due to one act which, from neglect, may have resulted in ruining his constitution and health. The mere fact that a police officer has suffered from syphilis is not sufficient to make him liable to the forfeiture or reduction of pension. Such cases will be decided on consideration of their history as a whole. The record in such cases shall be submitted to the Deputy Inspector-General for orders, with the other documents of the case.

9.13. Invaliding Boards. –


If the pension applied for exceeds Rs. 100 a month a certificate by a single medical officer should not be accepted as sufficient. In such a case the applicant shall be produced before the standing medical board or an invaliding committee (vide Chapter VIII of Punjab Medical Manual) with the following documents :-

(i)       The invaliding roll signed by the Civil Surgeon or competent medical officer, (ii) The nominal roll (Form No. 9.13), the character roll and (iii) the medical history of officer.

9.14. Retention in service after date of invalidment. –


Ordinarily a police officer shall not be retained in service after the date of his being certified unfit for service, and, except with the special order of the authority competent to grant the pension, service after that date shall not count for pension (For exemption to this rule see Article 456, Civil Service Regulations). When an invaliding roll is signed by more than one medical officer, and on different dates, the date of invaliding shall be taken to be the last of such dates.

9.15. Superannuation pension. –

(1)     A superannuation pension is granted to an officer in superior service entitled or compelled by rule to retire at a particular age (Article 458, Civil Service Regulations).

(2)     A ministerial officer may be required to retire at the age of 55 years, but should ordinarily be retained in service, if he continues efficient up to the age of 60 years, vide rule 56(b), Punjab Financial Handbook No. 2, Volume I. In the application of this rule the test of efficiency should be applied with reference to the requirements of the post the ministerial officer is holding. In the case of higher ministerial posts, the duties of which involve responsibility and the supervision of other clerks, the competent authority should not agree to retention in service beyond the age of 55 years, unless he is satisfied that the ministerial officer is fully able to discharge the responsibilities of the post and efficiently to carry out the supervision of his subordinates. Similarly, a lower ministerial officer shall not be retained in service beyond the age of 55 years unless he fulfills efficiently the requirements of the appointment held by him.

(3)     Officers other than ministerial, who have attained the age of 55 should ordinarily be required to retire and should not be retained in service except where unquestionable public grounds for retention exist, and there is not doubt as to the physical fitness of the officer. Extensions may not be granted for any period exceeding one year at a time.

9.16. Retention in service of Government servant after the age of 55 years –

 

Under serial No. 23-A of rule 22.4 of the Punjab Financial Handbook No. 2, Volume II, Subsidiary Rules; powers are delegated to Heads of Departments to retain a non-gazetted Government servant, other than a ministerial servant, in the service, after the age of 55 years, that any such retention of a Government servant must be on public grounds and that reasons must be recorded in writing. It follows that only in very exceptional circumstances can this power be exercised. The convenience or the financial advantage of the officer to be retained must in no circumstances be taken into consideration. The sole justification for exercising the power delegated, under the rule in question, is the interest of the public service. The question, in fact, is not whether it will benefit an officer to retain him, but whether the interests of the department will suffer if the officer is not retained.

 

Only in very exceptional circumstances will the Inspector-General exercise his powers under the rule, which will apply with equal force to all ranks.

9.17. Age register. Maintenance of –

(1)     A permanent age register shall be maintained in each district police office and in the offices of the Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation Department and Assistant Inspector General, Government Railway Police, in Forms No. 9.17(1) A and 9.17(1) B, in which shall be entered the names of (a) all lower subordinates and (b) upper subordinates, as they reach the age of 53 years.

(2)     Early in October each year, the Superintendent of Police shall examine the age register and pass orders regarding the superannuation of all lower subordinates, who will attain the age of 55 years or whose previously sanctioned extension of service expires during the financial year commencing on the 1st April next, and shall, with reference to rule 9.16, submit, through the Deputy Inspector-General, his recommendations for the retention of lower subordinates for the orders of the Inspector-General. The names of all upper subordinates similarly due for superannuation shall be submitted in Form 9.17(1) B to the Deputy Inspector-General, who will pass orders for superannuation or make recommendations for the retention of upper subordinates to the Inspector-General for orders.

9.18. Retiring pension –

(1)   A retiring pension is granted to an officer -

(a)      who is permitted to retire from service after completing qualifying service for twenty-five years or such lesser period as may, for any class of officers, be prescribed; or

(b)      who is compulsorily retired under sub-rule (2) after completing ten years’ qualifying service.

(2)   The Inspector-General of Police may, with the previous approval of the State Government, compulsorily retire any Police Officer, other than that belonging to Indian Police Service or Punjab State Police Service, who has completed ten years’ qualifying service, without giving any reasons. An officer who is so compulsorily retired will not be entitled to claim any special compensation for his retirement.

 

Note 1. The right to retire compulsorily shall not be exercised except when it is in the public interest to dispense with the further services of an officer, such as on account of inefficiency, dishonesty, corruption or infamous conduct. Thus the rule is intended for use -

(i)       against an officer whose efficiency is impaired but against whom it is not desirable to make formal charges of inefficiency or who has ceased to be fully efficient ( i.e., when an officer’s value is clearly incommensurate with the pay which he draws) but not to such a degree as to warrant his retirement on a compassionate allowance. It is not the intention to use the provisions of this rule as a financial weapon, that is to say, the provision should be used only in the case of an officer who is considered unfit for retention on personal as opposed to financial grounds;

(ii)      in cases where reputation for corruption, dishonesty or infamous conduct is clearly established even though no specific instance is likely to be proved.

Note 2. The officer shall be given an adequate opportunity of making any representation that he may desire to make against the proposed action, and such representation shall be taken into consideration, before his compulsory retirement is ordered. In all cases of compulsory retirement of enrolled police officers, the Inspector-General of Police shall effect such retirement with the previous approval of the State Government in accordance with the instructions, if any, issued by the Government on the subject from time to time.

(3)   The officer, whose duty it would be to fill up the appointment if vacant, shall record his orders on the application to retire, which, if in vernacular, should be accompanied by a translation in English. If the officer who applies for pension, is permitted to retire, the application shall be forwarded with the pension papers (vide Article 906 and 930, Civil Service Regulations).

9.19. Wound and other extraordinary pensions and gratuities. –

(1)     Police Officers of all ranks are eligible for pensions or gratuities or family pensions in compensation for death, wounds, injuries, or disablement from disease, met with or contracted in the performance of or in the consequence of their official duties, or in circumstances directly arising from their official position. The nature and conditions of such grants under varying circumstances, and the procedure to be followed in applying and making recommendations for such grants, are described in Chapter XXXVIII, Civil Service Regulations.

(2)     The grant of pensions or gratuities in cases of anarchist outrages will be dealt with under the special powers delegated to Provincial Governments in Government of India, Finance Department, Letter No. 1370-C.S.R., dated the 5th December, 1922, and letter No. 58-V-30-Police, dated the 20th August, 1930.

(3)     The pensions or gratuities of special constables or their dependents shall be determined in the light of their private circumstances subject to a fixed maximum. The maximum benefits for such constables and their dependents shall be approximately equivalent to those admissible in respect of Government Servants intentionally killed, or injured, in the performance of their duty although, in making the award, the local Government will take into consideration the private fortune of the special constable, including any provident or family pension fund which accrued to the claimants from nonGovernment sources [Punjab Government endorsement No. 37233-(Home-Police), dated Ist December, 1931, on Government of India, Finance Department letter No. 2853-R II, dated 16th November, 1931].

9.20. The Compassionate Fund. –

(1)     The Provincial Government maintains a Compassionate Fund for the relief of families of Government servants left in indigent circumstances through the premature death of the person upon whom they depended for support. The fund is not intended to supplement other provision in the form of pensions and gratuities. Grants are restricted to exceptional and thoroughly deserving cases. Gratuities, and not pensions, are granted, and except in very exceptional circumstances, the equivalent of six months pay of the deceased is the maximum admissible. Yearly grants may be made for a limited period to defray the expenses of educating children. Relief from the fund is ordinarily confined to the familites of non-gazetted officers, and preference is given to cases of men on low rates of pay. The deceased officer must have been a meritorious Government servant and preference will generally be given to the dependents of an officer who has died after many years of service and has just failed to draw pension. Death due to special devotion to duty establishes a strong claim.

(2)     Applications for the grant of compassionate gratuities should ordinarily be made within six months of deaths. They should invariably be accompanied by the descriptiveroll in duplicate (on separate sheets) of the applicants, as the case may be, in Form 9.20(2) duly attested by two or more persons of respectability in the town or village in which the applicant or applicants reside.

 

Note : The full rules of the fund are published with letter No. 22376-F of 4th August, 1926, from the Secretary to Government. Punjab, Finance Department to all Heads of Departments and Deputy Commissioners.

9.21. Pension applications of azette officers. –


Pension applications of gazetted officers are prepared in the Central Police Office and checked by the Accountant General. Claims of officers of the All-India service will be entered in Civil Service Regulation Form 26 and those of Provincial Service in Civil Service Regulation Form 25.

9.22. Pension applications of enrolled officers. –

(1)     Before the retirement or discharge of an enrolled police officer, his left hand thumb and finger impressions shall be taken in the character roll and service book (if not already taken), on Civil Service Regulations Form 25 and in duplicate in Form 9.22(1). In the case of literate officers a specimen signature in duplicate attested by a gazetted officer shall be attached to the pension application.

 

Note : To compel an officer after discharge to present himself for such or similar purposes is not lawful.

(2)     Applications for wound and other extraordinary pensions should be prepared in Civil Service Regulation Forms 25 and 26 in the case of officers injured, and in Civil Service Regulations Form 22 in the case of deceased officers.

(3)     Applications for all others pensions or for gratuity on behalf of enrolled police officers should be on Form 9.22(3); if necessary a last pay certificate should also be prepared (Vide Article 910).

9.23. Matters to be noted in pension applications. –

(1)     In the preparation of applications for pension and gratuities, attention shall be paid to the following matters :-

(1)     Page 1 of Civil Service Regulations Form 25:

(a)      acting allowance should be excluded from the calculations of the average emoluments, unless the conditions laid down in Article 486(h), Civil Service Regulations, have been fulfilled.

(b)      In the latter case, it should be stated on page 2 of the application (i) whether the appointment was fully vacant; (ii) whether any one else counted service in it for that period; and (iii) how the original vacancy occurred, if the applicant acted in a chain of arrangements,

(c)      Fractions of an anna shall not be taken into account in calculating any pension admissible under the rules.

(d)      The date entered against serial number 18 and that given at the foot of this page should tally.

(e)      Proper names should be written in block capitals.

(2)     Page 2 (History of service):

(a)      The examples of Civil Service Regulations Form 24 should be followed; the name of district being given in column 2.

(b)      A full and clear statement of the entire service of the police officer, on whose behalf the application is made, shall be entered, and the cause of all breaks in service fully explained (Articles 411, 419, 420 and 421, Civil Service Regulations).

(c)      Broken periods of a month should be calculated on the number of days in the month; to make the total of such periods agree with the total period of service, the total number of days may either be divided by a month of 30 or 31 days, or the provisions of Article 18, Civil Service Regulations, should be applied.

(d)      The period of each rate of pay should be show separately.

(3)     Page 3 –

(a)      The certificate regarding character, conduct, etc., should be in accordance with Article 911, Civil Service Regulations. Character shall be assessed for classification in accordance with rule 14.12(2). No extracts from character rolls may be inserted in any application for pension or gratuity.

(b)      If service has not been thoroughly satisfactory, the authority sanctioning the pension should make such reduction in the amount as it thinks proper [Article 470(b), Civil Service Regulations].

(c)      An explanation of any suspension which has not been treated as a period spent on duty (Rule 54, Punjab Financial Handbook No. 2, Volume I) should be furnished.

 

Note : Every application for pension shall includes a certificate to the following effect -

 

"I hereby declare that I have neither applied for nor received any pension or gratuity in respect of any portion of the service included in this application and in respect of which pension or gratuity is claimed herein, nor shall I submit an application hereafter without quoting a reference to this application and the orders which may be passed thereon.

 

If the applicant has already received a gratuity, or is in receipt of a pension, the certificate shall be modified to show the nature and amount of such gratuity or pension, the period of service in respect of which it is paid and by whom it is paid.

9.24. Avoidance of delay in submission of pension papers. –

 

Delay in the submission of applications for pension causes great hardship to the officers concerned. Submission of pension papers should not be delayed pending recovery of monies due. Officers should state prominently that a recovery is due, and leave Government to direct the recovery from the pension.

9.25. Submission of pension application. –


The application should be forwarded with a covering letter to :-

(a)      The Deputy Inspector-General, in case of wound and other extraordinary pensions, who will forward it through the Inspector-General for the orders of Government.

(b)      The Inspector-General, in cases of police officers drawing pay of Rs. 45 and under.

(c)      The Accountant-General in all other cases.

9.26. Anticipatory pensions. –


When the Accountant-General sends a memorandum of services verified by him of police officers on pay exceeding Rs. 40 per mensem, he sends with it a form and certain directions required under Article 925, Civil Service Regulations. If the applicant is willing to receive pension in anticipation of sanction, the form should be filled in, signed and submitted in accordance with the directions.

9.27. Sanction of pension. –

(1)     A claim to a pension by a police officer on pay not exceeding Rs. 40 per mensem, only for the period of continuous and verified service in the force in which at the time of his application he is serving, may, if admissible under the strict letter of the rules, be allowed by the Inspector-General and reported to the Accountant-General with the necessary particulars for identification.

(2)     In the case of all other enrolled police officers, i.e., officers on pay exceeding Rs. 40, and those on pay not exceeding Rs. 40 whose services have not been continuous in the force in which at the time of application they are serving, the pension papers shall be first submitted to the Accountant-General for a report on the claim to pension, and on receipt of his report final orders will be passed :-

(a)      by the Inspector-General in cases of inspectors and officers on pay not exceeding Rs. 40 per mensem.

(b)      by Deputy Inspectors General, in cases of upper subordinates other than inspectors.

(3)     When a pension has been sanctioned, the application together with all connected papers, will be returned to the Accountant-General for issue of a payment order, and the sanctioning order will be forwarded to the Superintendent for delivery to the pensioner (vide Article 326, Civil Account Code, Volume II and Articles 939 to 943, Civil Service Regulations). In the case of officers on pay not exceeding Rs. 40 per mensem, only the application with (a) the original request of the applicant for pension; (b) the last pay certificate; (c) the invaliding roll, if any; and (d) thumb and finger impression slips in duplicate, will be returned to the Accountant-General, and the character roll will be sent to the Superintendent.

(4)     All letters to the Accountant-General conveying sanction to the grant of a pension shall be in Form 9.27(4).

(5)     In cases where the pension is payable from a treasury outside the Punjab, NorthWest Frontier or Delhi Province, the sanctioning order with the pension papers shall be forwarded to the Accountant-General, Punjab, for check, and transmission to the Accountant-General of the Province concerned or the other authority, competent to order payment.

9.28. Conversion rate. –


Pensions payable out of India are convertible at the rate of 1s. 9d. to the rupee.

9.29. Condonation of interruptions and deficiencies in service. –

(1)     The Inspector-General of Police is empowered to condone all interruptions in the service of inspectors, Deputy Inspectors-General in the service of other upper subordinates and Superintendents of Police in the service of lower subordinates. Condonation of breaks of service and admission of military service to count for police pension rules are conditioned by rules 9.2, 9.3 and 12.24.

(2)     The authority competent to sanction the pension of an officer may condone a deficiency of three months in qualifying service, while the Government of India and local Government may similarly condone a deficiency not exceeding twelve months, vide Article 423, Civil Service Regulations.

(3)     All officers sanctioning pensions are empowered to order recovery of overpayments of leave allowances, when this is recommended by the Accounts Department. Cases in which the officer sanctioning the pension does not agree with the AccountantGeneral in considering that recovery should be made, should be referred to the Inspector-General. The disposal of such references should not interfere with the sanction and payment of a pension otherwise admissible under the rules. It is undesirable that an officer should be kept out of his pension in regard to which there is no doubt, because its enhancement depends on the consideration and reference to higher authority of some concessions claimed.

(4)     Every pension and gratuity sanctioned for an enrolled police officer, whether by departmental officers, Government or the Secretary of State, will be notified in the English edition of the Police Gazette.

9.30. Withdrawal of General Provident Fund Money. –


The following information shall be supplied to the Audit Office to permit of the prompt payment of General Provident Fund balances due to officers who have left the force on pension or otherwise :-

(a)      The number of the General Provident Fund Account as assigned by the Audit Office.

(b)      The actual date of retirement of the subscriber.

(c)      A certificate from the sanctioning authority referred to in rule 20(1) of the General Provident Fund Rules stating whether any advance from the fund was granted to the subscriber during the previous 12 months and giving full particulars of the advance if any.

(d)      The amount of the last fund deduction, with the number and date of the treasury voucher from which it was deducted.

(e)      The name of the treasury at which payment of the Provident Fund money is desired.

(f)       In case of leave preparatory to retirement, whether the officer desires to withdraw the deposit before the actual date of his retirement in terms of rule 11 of the General Provident Fund Rules; if so (1) the date of commencement of leave, (2) the date on which he will actually retire, (3) whether he retires under a superannuation rule, a retiring rule or on a medical certificate of incapacity for further service. In the last case the date of the medical certificate should also be stated, (4) in case of officers proceeding to England on leave preparatory to retirement, whether they desire to receive payment through their agents in India or by means of sterling bills in England.

9.31. Withholding Pensions. –


It is within the competence of the Provincial Government to withhold or withdraw the pension of any retired police officer, who participates in any seditious or violent agitation, or is convicted of a serious crime, or is guilty of misconduct within the meaning of Article 351 of the Civil Service Regulations.

9.32. Commutation of pensions. –

(1)     The regulations governing the procedure for the commutation of pensions circulated with the endorsements of the Inspector General, Nos. 900-S./18-9-31-A and 5963-B/18-9-31-A, dated respectively, the 12th August, and 30th November, 1931, which must be followed closely, supersede all previous rules and departmental orders on the same subject. Printed copies of the application form, appended to the regulations may be obtained, as required, by indent on the Superintendent, Government Printing, Punjab.

(2)     The lump sum payable on commutation shall be calculated in accordance with the tables of present values, circulated, with the correspondence ending with the Inspector General’s endorsement No. 3362-B/18-9-31-A, dated 11th June, 1931, or such revised tables as may from time to time be issued.

9.33. Miscellaneous matters. –


When police officers have been superannuated, retired or invalided and their cases have been settled by proper authority, such decision is final.


Explanation Nothing in this rule shall be held to bar the reenrolment of a police officer who has been invalided, but who has subsequently recovered his health and is certified by proper medical authority as fit to serve (Article 519, Civil Service Regulations).

9.34. Procedure when a police officer becomes a lunatic. –


If it appears to the Superintendent that a police officer serving under his orders has become a lunatic, he shall take measures to have him invalided in the manner provided by this chapter.

9.35. List of pensioners. –

(1)     Superintendents will, from time to time, receive from Deputy Commissioners the necessary particulars of new pensioners of their districts, and shall forward extracts therefrom to officers incharge of police stations, giving them the names and particulars of all such pensioners residing within their station jurisdiction. Supplementary extracts shall be forwarded on receipt of intimation from Deputy Commissioner.

(2)     Officers in charge of police stations shall keep a list of civil and police pensioners residing in their jurisdiction. Such lists shall be pasted on boards and hung up in the offices rooms of the police stations.

(3)     Headmen of villages and village watchmen shall be informed of the names of civil and police pensioners residing in their villages, and shall be instructed, when making reports of death, to distinguish the death of all such pensioners. On receipt of a report of the death of a civil or police pensioner the officer in charge of the police station shall, in addition to the ordinary death report submit a special report, giving the particulars and date of such death, to the Superintendent to whom he is subordinate, for transmission without delay to the Deputy Commissioner.

 

FORM NO. 9.10(a)

POLICE __________________________________  DEPARTMENT

 

FORM OF LETTER TO CIVIL SURGEON 19

 

From

 

Superintendent of Police,

 

To

 

The Civil Surgeon,

 

Dated

 

No.

 

Received

 

SIR,

(1)     I have the honour to request that you will please give your opinion in the enclosed form whether should be invalided.

(2)     ­____________________has served Government for years and months, and his age is recorded as years and  months. His hospital sheet is enclosed for persual and return.

 

 

I have, etc.,

 

Superintendent of Police.

 

(REVERSE)

 

POLICE      DEPARTMENT

 

19

 

From

 

The Civil Surgeon,

 

To

 

Dated

 

No.

 

Received

 

The Superintendent of Police,

 

SIR,

(1)     In reply to your letter No. of I am of opinion that  should be invalided, on the ground that (here state disease, etc.)

(2)     His incapacity for service does not* appear to have been caused wholly or partially by his irregular or intemperate habits.

(3)     (Gratuitant only) I consider that he has (not) clearly the normal prospects of life.

 

I have, etc.,

 

Civil Surgeon.

 

*This word to be erased when the incapacity is so caused.

 

FORM NO. 9.10(b)

POLICE DEPARTMENT _____________________________DISTRICT

 

INVALIDING ROLL

 

Proceedings of an Invaliding Board assembled to report, under Article 442, Civil Service Regulations, 5th Edition, on the individual named below :-

(1)     Certified that ____________have carefully examined ______________son Of _________________ , a ___________________ No. ______________in the Police Department.

(2)     His age is by his own statement________________ years, and by appearance about____________ years, consider ______________to be completely and permanently incapacitated for further service of any kind in consequence or in the_______________ or in the department which he belongs department to which he belongs of __________________ .

(3)     His incapacity does not appear to have been caused by irregular or intemperate hab-its.


Note : If the incapacity does not appear to be complete and permanent, the certificate should be modified accordingly and the following addition should be made. But no service of a less laborious character is available in the Police.

(4)     of opinion that is fit for further service of a less laborious character than that which he has been doing, or may, after resting for months, be fit for further service of a less laborious character than that which has been doing.

 

Dated____________

 

------------------------19   Surgeon in Medical charge of Police.

 

----------------------------- President of invaliding Committee

 

-----------------------------  Members of invaliding Committee

 

Thumb-impressions to be taken by the Examining Medical Officer or Board.

 

Left Thumb

Left

Forefinger

Left

Middle Finger

Left

Ring Finger

Left

Little Finger.

 

Forefinger Middle Finger Ring Finger Little Finger.

 

FORM NO. 9.13

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT _________________DISTRICT

NOMINAL ROLL OF ENROLLED POLICE OFFICERS UNDER ORDERS TO APPEAR BEFORE THE STANDING MEDICALBOARDAT INVALIDINGCOMMITTEAT

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Serial No.

Name

Father’s Name

Recorded date of birh by Christian era

Employmen t (State rank and designation

)

Length of Service counting for pension or gratuity

Amount of pension or gratuity to which the person is supposed to be entitled

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

Yrs. M.D.

Rs. A.P.

 

Dated

 

The ---------------------19

 

Superintendant of Police.

 

FORM NO. 9.17(1) A.

POLICE DEPARTMENT___________________DISTRICT

PERMANENT AGE REGISTER SHOWING THE NAMES OF LOWER SUBORDINATES (HEAD CONSTABLES AND CONSTABLES) WHO HAVE ATTAINED THE AGE OF 53 OR MORE.

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Serial No.

Constabul ary No.

Name

Rank and grade

Date of attaining the age of 55 years

DATE TO WHICH EXTENSION HAS PREVIOUSLY BEEN GRANTED BY THE SUPERINTENDENT OF POLICE

Order of Superinten dent of Police

Remarks (State length of service qualifying for pension)

Extensions

1st

2nd

3rd

4th

5th

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


FORM NO. 9.17(1)B.

POLICE DEPARTMENT    DISTRICT.

PERMANENT AGE REGISTER SHOWING THE NAMES OF UPPER SUBORDINATES (INSPECTORS, SUB-INSPECTORS, ASSISTANT SUB-INSPECTORS AND SERGEANTS WHO HAVE ATTAINED THE AGE OF 53 OR MORE

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Serial No.

Provinc ial or Range No.

Name

Rank and grade

Date of

attainin g the age of 55

years

DATE TO WHICH EXTENSION HAS PREVIOUSLY BEEN GRANTED BY THE INSPECTOR GENERAL/DEPUTY

INSPECTOR-GENERAL

Ground s for recomm ending extensi ons or retirem ent from service

Opinion of District Magistr ate

Orders of remark s by the Deputy Inspect orGenera l

Orders by the Inspect or Genera l of Police

Remark s

(State length of service qualify ing

for pension

)

Extensions

1st

2nd

3rd

4th

5th

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM NO. 9.20(2)

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT ______________________________ DISTRICT

 

DESCRIPTIVE ROLL

Descriptive roll of Mussammat widow of the late


No. of the District

(1)     Name

(2)     Race

(3)     Residence

(4)     Father’s name and residence

(5)     Height

(6)     Age

(7)     Colour

(8)     Personal marks, if any, on the hand, face, etc.

(9)     Place of payment (Government Treasury or Sub-Treasury) Signature or right hand thumb and finger impressions :-


Small finger Ring finger Middle finger

 

( )   ( )   ( )

 

Index finger Thumb

 

( )   ( )

 

FORM NO. 9.22(1)

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT ___________________DISTRICT

 

THUMB AND FINGER IMPRESSION SLIP

 

1

2

3

4

5

Left thumb

Left forefinger

Left Middle finger

Left ring finger

Left lettle finger

 

 

 

 

 

Thumb and finger impression slip of _______________late _____________, No, _______________________

 

Taken before ___________________

 

Name and designation _____________

 

On the of __________________19 ___________.

 

Signature

 

FORM NO. 9.22(3)

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT___________________________ DISTRICT

 

Application for___________ for___________ No. grade_________________ of the Police

1.    Name of applicant

2.    Father’s name

3.    Race, sect. and caste

4.    Residence

5.    Present or last employment, including name of establishment

6.    Date of beginning of service

7.    Date of ending of service

8.    Length of service, including interruptions

 

 

Village Thana District

 

 

 

Years Months Days

 

 

Superior ..

of which { Inferior ..

Non-qualifying and

interruptions

 

9.    Class of pension or gratuity applied for and cause of application*

10.    (Average) emoluments or pay

11.    Proposed pension

12.    Proposed gratuity

13.    Date from which pension is to commence

14.    Place of payment

15.    Date of applicant’s birth by Christian era**

16.    Height

17.    Marks

18.    Date

Years

Months

Days

Space for thumb and finger impressions

 

 

 

 

 

 

Left thumb

 

Index finger

Middle finger

Ring finger

Little finger

 

*If the application is for a Compensation, Pension or gratuity, the nature of the change of establishment which has given rise to the claim should be fully stated

 

**If not known exactly, must be stated on the best information or estimate

 

___________________

 

Dated ----------------19 .

 

Superintendent of Police

 

APPLICATION FOR PENSION OR GRATUITY

HISTORY OF SERVICE (SHOWING INTERRUPTION) OF _____________GRADE

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Establishm ent

Appointme nt

Pay

Acting allowance

Date of beginning

Date of ending

Period reckone d as Service

Period not reckone d as Service

Remarks

How verified

Remarks by the Audit Officer

 

 

Y.M.D.

Y.M.D.

 

 

 

Total period of superior service

 

REMARKS BY HEAD OF OFFICE

1.    As to character and past conduct of applicant [See Article 911(a), C.S.R.]

2.    Explanation of any suspension or degradation

3.    Regarding any gratuity or pension already received by applicant

4.    Explanation under Article 427 so far as the head of the office can give it

5.    Any other remarks

6.    Specific opinion of head of office, whether the service claimed is established and should be admitted or not [See Article 911 (b).]

 

 

 

 

 

Superintendent of Police

 

CERTIFICATE AND REPORT OF THE AUDIT OFFICER

 

Certified that (subject to the remarks below recorded) qualifying service in_________________ grade has been duly proved for years,____________ months,  days; and that not exceeding Rs. is admissible under Article___________________   of the Civil Service Regulations. The calculations have been duly verified_____________  . The is _____________chargeable to _______________

 

 

LAHORE :

 

 

 

 

Audit Officer

Dated 19

 

 


 

FORM NO. 9.22(3) – concluded

ORDER BY INSPECTOR-GENERAL OF POLICE

 

A Superannuation Retiring Invalid pension of Rs. __________________

 

only, per mensem, is sanctioned for Constable/Headconstable of the  District, payable from the Treasury at with effect from the of 19.

 

The medical certificate granted by the Civil Surgeon is accepted under Article 442(d) of the Civil Service Regulations.

 

Dated 19

 

Assistant Inspector-General,

 

for Inspector-General of Police,

 

Punjab.

 

POLICE _________________19 ________________DEPARTMENT

 

DISTRICT

 

APPLICATION FOR PENSION OR GRATUITY

 

FOR ____________________

____________________ GRADE

 

Date of application Name of applicant Last appointment held

Class of pension or gratuity Amount of pension sanctioned Amount of gratuity sanctioned Date of commencement

Date of sanction

 

 

FORM NO. 9.27(4)

 

POLICE ________________________19 __________DEPARTMENT

Head : Pension ____________

From

File No. __________

 

Letter No._____________

To

Date _____________ 19

THE ACCOUNTANT-GENERAL

Punjab

SIR,

(1)     With reference to your letter No.__________, dated _______________I have the honour to inform you that I have sanctioned the grant of a pension (Superannuation, Invalid, Retiring) of Rs. ____________per mensem to the officers, and with effect from the dates, ___________shown in the subjoined table, I have examined the _________Character Roll____________ Character Roll and Personal file of this officer and have satisfied myself with reference to Article 470(b), Civil Service Regulations, that the pension should be admitted in full/reduced from Rs. to Rs. per mensem.

(2)     The grant is subject to revision and should the amount now granted be afterwards found to be in excess of that to which entitled under the Regulation refunds will be demanded.

 

The pension application with connected papers (as noted on reverse/below) are forwarded herewith for issue of necessary orders of payment.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Provincial range or Constabulary No.

Name

Rank

Amount

Date from which payable

Treasury from which payable

Scale elected

Age

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Y.M.D.

 

I have, etc.

 

Assistant Inspector-General

 

for Inspector-General of Police, Punjab

 

ENCLOSURES

(1)     Application for pension.

(2)     Applicant’s petition in writing applying for pension.

(3)     Last pay Certificate.

(4)     Invaliding Certificate.

(5)     Thumb and finger impression slip.

(6)     Specimen signature in duplicate.

(7)     Certificate regarding non-receipt of pension or gratuity.

(8)     Certificate regarding leave

CHAPTER 10 ACCOUNTS

 

This chapter is divided into eight parts

(I)      General Scope,

(II)     Income,

(III)   Payments,

(IV)   Cash Book,

(V)     Salary and allowances,

(VI)   Contingent Charges,

(VII)  Travelling Allowance, and

(VIII)    Miscellaneous.

 

PART I

 

GENERAL SCOPE

 

10.1. Authority for and scope of the chapter. –

(a)      The rules in this chapter are founded on the Fundamental Rules, Civil Accounts Code, Punjab Budget Manual, Punjab Treasury Manual, and Punjab Financial Handbooks. The portions of these volumes, which bear on the keeping of police department accounts, have been quoted, consolidated or adapted to terms of the usage of the department in sufficient fullness to make the chapter an adequate guide to all police officers and clerks in the normal maintenance and check of accounts and receipt and expenditure of Government funds. The original authorities are, however, available in all administrative and district offices, and familiarity with them is required of gazetted officers and clerks of English offices and pay branches; for detailed inspections and in cases of uncertainty the original authorities should always be referred to.

(b)      The orders in this chapter do not affect money and property in criminal case, the instructions regarding which are contained in rule 27.17 et seq.

10.2. Responsibility of heads of offices. –


The following table shows the collecting and disbursing officers under the various minor and subheads of the Receipt major head "XXIII-Police" and the Expenditure major head "29Police" as specified in appendix D of the Punjab Budget Manual :

 

Major head Minor head Collecting Officer Disbursing Officer

1

2

3

4

XXIII-Police

1. Fees, fines and forfeitures 2 Miscellaneous

(i) Police Lands receipts

(ii) Miscellaneous

Superintendent of Police

 

Superintendent of Police

 

Superintendent of Police Principal, Police Training School, Phillaur, and Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police

..

 

..

 

3. Collection of payments for services rendered

(i) Fees for students from States admitted to the Police Training School, Phillaur

(ii) Contribution from Indian States towards the Finger Print Bureau

(iii) Leave salary contribution of Officers lent on foreign service

(iv) Contribution for passage of Government servants lent to other Government

(v) Contribution towards passage of Government servants lent on foreign service

(vi) Recoveries of contributions

towards horse, saddlery and uniform allowances of officers lent on foreign service

(vii) Refunds allowed by the military authorities on account of Ordnance Stores returned to Arsenals

(viii) Receipts on account of additional Police employed under Sections 13, 14 and 15 of Police Act V of 1861:-

(a) Police supplied to Public

Departments (Police Rule 10.23)

(b) Police supplied to privatepersons (Police Rule 10.21)

(c) Police quartered in disturbed or dangerous areas (Police Rule 10.24)

 

 

 

 

 

Principal, Police Training School, Phillaur

 

 

 

 

Superintendent of Police incharge Finger Print Bureau

 

 

 

Inspector-General of Police

 

 

 

 

Accountant-General

 

 

 

 

 

Ditto

 

 

 

 

 

Accountant-General ..

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Superintendents of Police

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Superintendents of Police and

 

Assistant Inspector-General,

 

Government Railway Police

 

 

 

District Magistrate

 

 

 

 

..

 

 

 

 

 

 

..

 

 

 

..

 

 

 

 

..

 

 

 

 

 

 

..

 

 

 

 

 

..

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

..

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

..

 

 

..

 

..

 

 

 

..

 

 

 

 

4. Recoveries of over-payments

Inspector-General, Deputy Inspector General, Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police, Principal, Police Training School, Phillaur, Superintendent of Police and Superintendent in charge, Finger Print Bureau

..

XIII Police concld.

5. Deduct Refunds

..

The Collecting Officers shown against the minor heads 1 to 6 above are disbursing officers under the head

29 – Police

1. Superintendence

2. District Executive Force

(i) District Police Force

(ii) Police employed under sections 13, 14 and 15 of Police Act, V of 1861 ..

(iii) Other Police ..

..

Inspector-General of Police and Deputy Inspectors-General of Police for their own Offices.

1. Superintendents of Police

2. Inspector-General of Police in respect of the units

(1) Tranction of prison vans

(2) Purchase of typewriters

(3) Purchase of tents

(4) Purchase of bicycles

the grants under which are kept in reserve with him. Also for the reserves under the units "Clothing" and "Equipment"

Ditto

Ditto

29 Police concld.

3. Police Training School

..

Principal of the Police Training School. The Principal is also a Disbursing Officer for the minor heads "District Executive Force", "Railway Police"and "Criminal Investigation Department"in respect of the Police Officers and men under training at the School.

 

4. Railway Police, Northern Railway

..

Assistant Inspector General, Government Railway Police

 

5. Criminal Investigation Department

..

Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Criminal Investigation Department, Superintendent incharge of the Finger Print Bureau in respect of the grant for the staff of Bureau

 

6. Cattle-pounds

..

Deputy Commissioners

 

7.   Miscellaneous –

8.   Other items ..

..

Superintendent of Police Principal, Police Training School, Deputy Inspectors General of Police, Inspector General of Police

 

Note I :Under Article 13(G) of Civil Accounts Code, Volume I. These officers are personally responsible for the strict observance of correct procedure in regard to the disposal of all money, which is required to be received or disbursed through their offices and for the maintenance of accounts. Subject to the approval of the Deputy Inspector-General, a Superintendent of Police may delegate the duty of supervising accounts to a specified gazetted officer. When such a delegation is made, the treasury officer should be informed officially that the officer has been authorised to sign bills, cheques, etc.; a specimen of his signature being furnished to the treasury. Such delegations do not relieve Superintendents of their ultimate responsibilities as collecting and disbursing officers.

10.3. Definitions. –


The technical terms in this chapter are used in the sense in which they are defined in the Accounts Manuals referred to in rule 10.1(a). Those definitions should be understood by all gazetted officers, clerks and accountants. Only a few such definitions a knowledge of which is required by officers to whom the manuals are not accessible, are reproduced here :

(a)      General definitions


Average pay means the average monthly pay earned during the 12 complete months immediately preceding the month in which the event occurs, which necessitates the calculation of average :


Provided that in the case of a Government servant deputed out of India who draws pay as laid down in rule 51(a) of Punjab Financial Handbook No. 2. Volume I, his average pay shall be assumed to be the full pay which he would have drawn if on duty in India. [Rule 9(2), Punjab Financial Handbook No. 2, Volume I].


Compensatory allowance means an allowance granted to meet personal expenditure necessitated by the special circumstances in which duty is performed. It includes a travelling allowance. A compensatory allowance is not taken into account in calculating pension, or leave salary for periods exceeding four months. [Rule 9(5), Punjab Financial Handbook No. 2, Volume I, Article 488, Civil Service Regulations and Rule 14.2., Subsidiary Rules].

 

Special pay means an addition, of the nature of pay, to the emoluments of a post or of a Government servant, granted in consideration of -

(a)      the specially arduous nature of the duties; or

(b)      a specific addition to the work or responsibility; or

(c)      the unhealthiness of the locality in which the work is performed. [Rule 9(25), Fundamental Rules].

 

Special pay is taken into account in calculating pension and leave salary [Article 486 (j), Civil Service Regulations and Rule 9.21(a)(ii) read with rule 87, Fundamental Rules].

 

Subsistence grant means a monthly grant made to a Government servant, who is not in receipt of pay or leave salary. [Rule 9(27) of the Fundamental Rules].

(b)      Definitions specially applicable to travelling allowance.

 

Actual travelling expenses means the actual cost of transporting a Government servant with his servants and personal luggage, including charges for ferry and other tolls, and for carriage of camp equipment, if necessary. It does not include charges for hotels, travellers’ bungalows, of refreshments, or for the carriage of stores or conveyance, or for presents to coachmen and the like; or any allowance for such incidental losses or expenses as the breakage of crockery, wear and tear of furniture and the employment of additional servants. (Rule 1.1, T.A. Rules.)

 

Camp equipment means tents and the requisites for pitching and furnishing them, or, where tents are not carried, such articles of camp furniture as it may be necessary in the interests of the public service for a Government servant to take with him on tour. (Rule 1.5, T.A. Rules.)

 

Chief public office means -

 

At the headquarters of a district The court of the Deputy Commissioner.

 

At a cantonment. The station Church.

 

At an outpost or tahsil. The court of the officer incharge of the outpost or tahsil.

 

At all other places. The police station, or, if there be no police station, the post office or, if there be no post office, the point designated by competent authority. (Rule 1.6, T.A. Rules.)

 

Day means a calendar day, beginning and ending at midnight; but the period occupied by a journey which begins and ends at headquarters and which does not exceed twentyfour hours shall be reckoned for all purposes as one day, at whatever hour the absence begins or ends. (Rule 1.8, T.A. Rules).

 

Family means a Government servant’s wife, legitimate and step children residing with and wholly dependant upon him. Except in Appendix 10.121(b) it includes in addition his parents, sisters, and minor brothers, if residing with, and wholly dependant upon him. Not more than one wife is included in a family for the purpose of these rules. (Rule 1.9, T.A. Rules).

 

Inferior service in the police department includes all constables in respect of travelling allowance only as, their service is in other respects "superior" and non-enrolled menials such as khalasis, gardeners, chaprasis, bhishties and sweepers. (Serial No. 16 of Appendix A, Subsidiary Rules.)

 

Holiday means either a holiday prescribed under the Negotiable Instruments Act or a day on which offices, or a particular office, are ordered by Gazette notification to be closed without reserve or qualification. (Rule 1.17, T.A. Rules.)

 

10.4. Responsibility of drawing and countersigning officers. –

 

The following Articles from the Civil Account Code are reproduced for guidance of police officers as to the responsibilities attaching to the signature and countersignature of bills. The rules relate specially to contingent expenditure, but the principles apply to official expenditure Generally.

(a)      Every public officer should exercise the same vigilance in respect to petty contingent expenses as a person of ordinary prudence would exercise in spending his own money. The drawing officer is further responsible for seeing that the rules regarding the preparation of vouchers are observed, that the money is either required for immediate disbursement or has already been paid from the permanent advance, that the expenditure is within the available appropriation, and that all steps have been taken with a view to obtain an additional appropriation, if the original appropriation has either been exceeded or is likely to be exceeded, and that in the case of contract contingencies the proposed expenditure does not cause any excess over the contract grant. (Article 91, Civil Account Code, Volume I.)

(b)      It is the duty of a countersigning officer to see that the charges made in a contingent bill are of obvious necessity, and are at fair and reasonable rates; that previous sanction for any item requiring it is attached; that the requisite vouchers are all received and in order, and that the calculations are correct; and specially that the grants have not been exceeded or are not likely to be exceeded, and that the Accountant-General is informed either by a note on the bill or otherwise of the reason for any excess over the monthly proportion of the appropriation. If the expenditure be progressing too rapidly, he should communicate with the disbursing officer, and insist on its being checked. (Article 92, Civil Account Code, Volume I.)

10.5. Control and check on progress of expenditure. –

 

To facilitate a check on the progress of expenditure by the Deputy Inspector-General of Police, the Inspector-General of Police and the Accountant General, a series of returns has been prescribed, for which the necessary "B.M." forms are obtainable as "universal forms" in the manner prescribed in rule 11.43. The procedure detailed in paragraph 14.5. of the Punjab Budget Manual is summarized as follows :-


Disbursing officers are required to maintain for all expenditure, registers in form B.M. 29. In these registers the accounts classification shall be shown according to the headings of the form, and the allotment under each unit shall be entered in red ink at the top of each column. A small slip form B.M. 28 (Bill Extract) is required to be attached to each bill (other than pay bills) and is returned with the cash or cheque by the treasury officer. The amount of each bill, with the number of treasury voucher as shown in the Bill Extract, shall be entered under the appropriate heads in Form B.M. 29. At the end of each month the expenditure shall be totalled and the unexpended balance under each unit entered in red ink at the head of the ensuing month’s account. On the 3rd of each month disbursing officers shall submit to their controlling officer and the Inspector-General of Police a copy of their B.M. 29 account for the preceding month, with the form B.M. 28 in original and an abstract of the form B.M. 31 in respect of both the general cash account and the additional police account. A copy of the abstract in B.M. form the should also be sent to the Deputy Inspector-General.

 

Controlling officers are required to follow the above procedure for expenditure incurred directly by them, and also to maintain registers in form B.M. 30, in which the returns received from disbursing officers shall be entered to enable them to effect control over progress of expenditure. They should compare the entries of B.M. 29 accounts received from disbursing officers with schedules (B.M. 28) received from treasury officers which show the payments made by them. The Inspector-General of Police is required to consolidate all returns in form B.M. 31 and send it, with the original statements from which his return had been compiled, to the Accountant-General, so as to reach him by the 20th of the month following that to which the accounts related. Discrepancies are then reconciled by the Inspector-General, and the Accountant General and corrections are notified to controlling and disbursing officers.

 

Disbursing officers are also required to submit not later than the 3rd of each month to the controlling officer and the Inspector-General of Police a departmental return in form 10.5, showing under each primary and secondary unit of the allotment, expenditure incurred during, and the balance available at the end of the preceding month both for the general cash account and the additional Police account. This is necessary to enable the latter officers to effect control and watch the progress of expenditure under each primary and secondary unit.

 

The above procedure is additional to the detailed accounts of contingent expenditure prescribed in Rule 10.110.

10.6. Pages of registers to be numbered. –


The pages of all account registers shall be numbered, and a gazetted officer shall certify on the inside of the cover of each register the number of pages which it contains. Instructions regarding the upkeep of registers and preparation of bills, etc., have, where necessary, been given as foot-notes on the specimen forms of the registers, etc., concerned.

10.7. Accountant. –

(1)     In each district, in the Police Training School, Criminal Investigation Department and Railway Police, an accountant shall be appointed, who shall be primarily responsible for the accuracy of the accounts and for the safe and proper custody of all monies, stamps, vouchers and other papers committed to his charges. His work mainly consists of keeping accounts; the less he performs the duties of a cashier the better. In the office of the Inspector-General and of each of the range Deputy Inspectors General the duties assigned to the accountant shall be performed by the clerk appointed for this purpose, under the direct and detailed supervision, in the former office, of the branch head assistant and superintendent and, in the latter office, of the head clerk.

(2)     Every accountant shall furnish security which shall be proportionate to the strength of the district establishment and shall be fixed at the rate of Rs. 100 for each hundred men or part of a hundred men (upper and lower subordinates combined). The amount of security to be furnished by the Assistant Accountant will be fixed at the discretion of the Superintendent. Security deposits, whether made in cash or in one of the security forms specified below, shall be covered by a bond or agreement (in Public Works Department forms Buildings and Roads Stereo Nos. 83 and 84 suitably adapted) setting forth the conditions under which the security is held and may be ultimately refunded or appropriated.

 

If the officer is not able to furnish the amount of cash in a lump sum it may be deducted from his pay in instalments. Or, as an alternative to cash security, he may be permitted, if he so desires, to take out a fidelity policy involving the payment of a small monthly premium. By such a policy Government can get a much larger security, but the officer concerned loses to the extent of the premium paid. Security can also be taken in any of the following forms :-

(a) Government Securities other than Post Office 5 years cash certificates

Under the rules in Chapter VIII of the Government Securities Manual issued by the Controller of the Currency.

(b) Municipal Debentures and Port Trust Bonds

 

(c) Post Office5 years cash certificates

Under the rules for Cash Certificate and Savings Bank Accounts issued by the Post Office.

(d) Post Office Savings Bank Pass Books.

 

(e) Deposit Receipts of any bank, provided that the authority demanding the security decides that the bank concerned is a reputable firm engaged in regular banking business

The depositor should be required to get the receipts made out in the name of the pledgee. The receipt should be sent for safe custody to the district treasury with instructions to permit the depositor to draw interest when it falls due.

10.8. Erasures and corrections. –

(1)     Erasures and overwritings in any account register, bill, schedule or cash book are strictly prohibited. If any correction is necessary the incorrect entry should be cancelled neatly in red ink and the correct entry inserted, the correction being initialled by the officer responsible for signing the bill or checking the register. This rule applies to all account records, not only to those maintained in English. (Article 30, Civil Account Code, Volume I.)

(2)     All corrections and alterations in a voucher shall be attested by the initials of the person signing the voucher or of the officer making the payment.

10.9. Claims for payment of arrears. –


Claims to arrears of pay or allowances or increments, which have been allowed to remain in abeyance for a period exceeding one year, cannot be investigated by the Accountant-General, except under special orders obtained from the authority competent to appoint the officers by whom the claim is made. The investigation of claims which are more than three years old can only be sanctioned under the orders of the Local Government. The period of three years will ordinarily be counted from the date the claim was due. Where, however, orders under which the claim has arisen have been passed by competent authority some time after the lapse of the period to which the claim relates, the period of three years should run from the date of the orders of that authority. No claim not preferred within six months of its becoming due can be paid by a treasury officer without the sanction of the Accountant-General, but this rule does not apply to claims of Rs. 5 and less, which are preferred within one year of their becoming due. [Civil Account Code, Volume I, Article 8(b) and (c)].

 

PART II

INCOME

Receipt of money

 

10.10. Responsibility. –


It is the duty of gazetted officers to see that all income claimable is claimed, realised and paid into the treasury. It is not optional with them to waive a demand for payment which is necessary by law or rule. They should carefully bear in mind that collections must not, on any account whatever, be left out of the treasury, but should be paid in on the actual date of receipt, funds to meet authorised charges connected with such collections being drawn separately from the treasury on a proper voucher.

 

The appropriation of departmental income to departmental expenditure is strictly prohibited. (Article 1, Civil Account Code, Volume I.)

10.11. Money to be lodged in the treasury. –


All transactions to which any officer of Government is a party in his official capacity must, without reservation, be brought to account, and all money received shall be lodged in full in the Government treasury to be credited to its appropriate account, or shall be kept in the police cash chest : provided that permanent advances may remain in the hands of officers to whom they are distributed and sums received for immediate disbursement on account of duly authorised orders for payment may be kept in the custody of the disbursing officers for such short period as may be necessary to secure the attendance of the payee. If such attendance cannot be secured within a reasonable time, the sum concerned should be refunded to the treasury and drawn again later when required. (Article 1, Civil Account Code, Volume I.)

 

10.12. Cash Chests. –


Police cash chests shall be marked as such, and shall be kept in the single lock room of the treasury. They are intended for the safe custody of the cash box, which may, under the authority of the Superintendent, be removed on working days from the treasury to the police office, and, if so removed, shall be returned to the treasury before business is closed for the day. Both the cash chest and cash box shall have two outside locks, the keys of one lock to be kept by the Accountant and of the other by the Superintendent, or, in his absence, by the officer delegated with authority under rule 10.2.

 

A memorandum showing the receipt, expenditure and balance of money in the cash box shall be kept in it in form 10.12. When any money is placed in or drawn from the cash box, an entry to this effect shall be made immediately. The officer holding the keys of the second lock for the time being shall check the cash chest account on every working day that the chest is removed from the treasury, and certify that he has done so, initialling at the same time any fresh entry made during the day.

 

10.13. Safe custody of sums received when office is closed. –

(1)     When money sent to headquarters from a police station cannot be immediately disbursed or put into the cash chest, the person bringing the amount shall make it over, together with the documents pertaining to it, to the Lines Officer, who shall deposit them in the iron safe, embedded in the verandah of the Quarter Guard room, under the view of the sentry, until such time as the money can be brought to account. The Lines Officer shall at once give a regular receipt to the person depositing the money, and shall make an entry regarding its receipt in the Lines cash book and diary, and shall thereafter be responsible for sending it together with the papers to the accountant. The road certificate, however, shall be retained and pasted in the Lines receipt book. A regular receipt for the amount shall then be obtained by the Lines Officer from the police office and filed with the road certificate.

(2)     Money received on behalf of Government from individuals or other offices on holidays, or after the closing of the treasury for business, shall similarly be deposited in the Lines safe, after being entered, if possible, in the receipt side of the general cash book. The Lines Officer shall act in respect of such sums as described in sub-rule (1).

(3)     Cheques and remittance transfer receipts, which have not been endorsed and are awaiting disposal, shall be kept by the Accountant with his permanent advance. This permanent advance shall be kept in a separate locked box in the Lines safe at all times when the office is closed.

10.14. Receipt Books. –

(1)     Each Superintendent, Deputy Inspector-General, the Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police, and the Inspector-General shall keep a printed receipt book, the pages of which shall have printed serial numbers, in Form No. 10.14(1), the office copy being made by the carbon copying process. For every sum of money credited to the accounts in the office a receipt shall be given over the signature of a gazetted officer or an inspector in the district office, by the head clerk in the range office and by the Superintendent in the Central Police office, to the person from whom money is received for credit to Government or on account of rewards : provided that, if money is recovered from any subordinate police officer by means of deductions from his salary in an acquittance roll, a receipt need not be issued.

(2)     The officer signing the receipt must compare the entries with the cash book and initial the entry or entries in the latter. In preparing these receipts the instructions contained in Article 13(c) of the Civil Account Code should be followed.

(3)     All police officers who collect and remit money shall forthwith give to the tenderer of such money a receipt in the prescribed form, and, when they credit such money to Government account either in a sub-treasury or by making cash remittance to headquarters, they must obtain a receipt either in the form issued by the treasury or in this form. For the purposes of this rule, the Lines Officer, the prosecuting Inspector at headquarters, the prosecuting sub-inspector at sub-divisions and all officers in charge of police stations will be supplied with a book of receipt forms, after the formalities required by sub-rule (5) below have been complied with.

(4)     A road certificate is an invoice and not a receipt for this purpose. Road certificates shall be pasted in the receipt book in the place of the receipts issued from headquarters, and the corresponding receipts shall be pasted in place of the road certificate in the register of the place of issue. Reference shall be given in treasury receipts [rule 10.19(2)] to the annual serial number of the receipt issued in form No. 10.14(1).

(5)     Before bringing a receipt book into use the accountant shall check the sequence of the numbers printed on each receipt, and mark each with the office stamp, but in the case of receipts issued from police lines, police stations or offices of prosecuting inspectors or sub-inspectors they shall also be marked with the seal of the respective office. Any discrepancies shall be brought to the notice of gazetted officer who shall note the fact in the book.

(6)     Blank books whether in English or in vernacular shall be kept under lock and key by the head clerk, and a register shall be maintained by him regarding their issue.

10.15. Receipt of Money Orders or cash by post. –

(1)     Postal receipts for money orders shall be signed only by a gazetted officer or by an inspector in the district office, by the Head Clerk in the range office and by the Superintendent in the Central Police Office, after the amount has been entered in the cash book and the entry initialled. The amount and name of the remitter shall be inserted in the coupon if it has not already been noted by the remitter.

(2)     Currency notes or postage stamps received through the post in payment of Government dues shall be entered immediately in the general cash book and the entry initialled by a gazetted officer, head clerk or Superintendent, Central Police Officer, in token that he has seen and signed the receipt. The precautions laid down for the handling of postal matter containing such remittances are contained in rule 11.23.

(3)     As the Postal Department obtains receipts for payment made by it on its own forms, it is unnecessary to issue receipts in Form 10.14(1) in such cases. In order that, for purposes of check, there may be a receipt in Form 10.14(1) to correspond with each item of money received, a form will nevertheless be made out, but the duplicate will not be torn off and issued, and when, as in the case of money orders, a coupon remains in the hands of the payee, such coupon will be pasted on to the form. A similar procedure shall be followed in the case of sums received from other departments of Government, which take receipts from payees in their own forms.

10.16. Specimen signatures. –


When a gazetted officer makes over charge of his office to another, a facsimile of the relieving officer’s signature shall be sent to the treasury officer. Specimen signatures of gazetted officers, inspectors, head clerks in the range offices and the Superintendent in the Central Police Office should be supplied to the Post Office. The Postal Department should be requested not to accept the signature on money orders, etc., of any officers other than those whose specimen signatures have been supplied.

10.17. Road certificates. –


All sums of money sent from one police office or station to another shall invariably be accompanied by a road certificate in Form 10.17, the office copy being made by the carbon copying process. The words "Entered in cash book" shall be written by the accountant in column 7 of the road certificate, after the amount has been so entered and the entry initialled by a gazetted officer, inspector, head clerk or Superintendent, Central Police Office. Road Certificates shall also be used for obtaining an acknowledgement of the receipt of money sent to police stations for disbursement, when such remittance cannot be made otherwise than by hand.

10.18. Refunds. –


Sums required to be withdrawn on account of miscredit or for refund to the person paying the amount shall be drawn in accordance with the orders in Articles 113 and 114 of the Civil Account Code. Such refunds require the sanction of the Deputy Inspector-General or his countersignature.

 

10.19. Credits into treasuries. –

(1)     Payments of money into a treasury shall be accompanied by a chalan (Treasury Form, obtainable from the treasury) showing the nature of the payment and on whose account it is made. Chalans shall ordinarily be in duplicate. One copy will be returned after being signed by the treasury officer if the payment is of Rs. 500 or over, and otherwise by the accountant and the treasurer. When payment is made for Tehsildari letters of credit or cash orders one copy of the chalan will suffice. When sums are sent to the treasury for credit to police income or the General Police Fund the name of the sub-head or sub-heads shall be noted in the chalan. (Article 5, Civil Account Code, Volume I.)

(2)     In order to avoid the remittance of money by hand, sums received at police stations for credit to Government may be paid into sub-treasuries on receipt of orders in each case from the Superintendent. The tahsil receipt shall be submitted to the Superintendent, who will credit the amount in his cash book. All such treasury receipts shall be pasted into a file book to be called the file of treasury receipts, and shall be serially numbered for the financial year, references being given as required by rule 10.14(4).

10.20. Chanda Fund Register. –

(1)     The Superintendents of those districts in which mounted police are posted, shall keep up a Chanda Fund subscription register in form 10.20(1). The amount of each subscription shall be entered each month as it is received.

(2)     At the time of drawing salaries, or at the end of the month, the columns shall be totalled. All three foils of this chalan shall be signed by the treasury officials concerned who will retain one, the other two being returned to the officer paying in the money. One of these shall be kept in the Superintendent’s office on the file of treasury receipts as a receipt for the remittance, and the other shall be sent to the office of the Inspector General. In the case of all other districts the amount of recoveries made from pay bills or in cash shall be retained till they amount to Rs. 25, when they will be remitted to the Inspector-General of Police direct by a Remittance Transfer Receipt to be obtained from the Treasury under Article 169 C.A. Code, Volume I.

10.21. Charges for Additional Police. –


Superintendents shall bill parties and corporate bodies supplied with additional police month by month in advance. Such bills shall be prepared in form 10.21, and shall receive an annual serial number. Office copies shall be kept.


If the duty be likely to last less than a month, the cost for the entire period such police are likely to be employed shall be recovered. Additional police shall not be supplied until the advance payment required by this rule has been received.

10.22. Scale of charges. –

(1)     Except in cases where special scales have been fixed, charges shall be made for additional police during the time they are employed, according to the specimen scales and instructions contained in Appendix 10.22(1).

(2)     The following points are to be noted in connection with the calculation of charges:-

(i)       The hutting charges shall be calculated so as to include not only the actual rent paid for the quarters occupied by the police but also the cost of such repairs, transparent-washing and petty alterations to the buildings, as fall to the responsibility of the tenant according to the terms of the lease.

(ii)      For periods of less than 12 months, annual charges for clothing and equipment will be levied on the following scale :-

 

Less than one month No charges

 

From 1 to 3 months 1 4 charges

 

From 3 to 6 months 1 2 charges

 

From 9 to 12 months Full charges.

(iii)     Initial charges [See Appendix 10.22(1)] shall only be made when extra police are entertained, and such charges shall be at full rates. Charges calculated on the basis of annual charges and including conveyance allowances, contingencies, leave and pensionary charges shall be made in all cases, even if extra police are not actually enlisted.

(iv)    In those cases (for instance, guards supplied to the Imperial Bank of India) in which a fixed number of additional police are supplied throughout the year and the accounts are adjusted monthly, the charges for clothing, equipment and rewards shall be calculated at onetwelfth of the annual rates.

(v)      When the duty for which additional police are provided involves travelling, the actual amounts disbursed from the contingent grant (carriage of constabulary and travelling allowance) on account of such journeys shall be recovered from the party to whom the police have been supplied; provided that expenses incurred in consequence of routine transfers ordered in the interests of the general police administration shall not be so charged.

(vi)    The amount of pension contribution, which is shown as a separate item in the statement of cost of additional Police posts, should at the time of recovery be credited direct to the Head "XLIV Receipts-in-aid of Superannuation Pension contribution for police supplied to public departments, private individuals, etc.", in the treasury.

(vii)   The sum realised as pay of a contingency reserve of constables will be utilised for the entertainment of such reserve on the scale of onesixth of the number of constables provided.

10.23. Charges for additional police supplied to departments or officers of Government. –

(1)     The charges for additional police supplied to departments or officers of Government when permission to raise extra men is given by the local Government shall be in accordance with the above rules except that no charges shall be made for pension.

(2)     The salaries and expenses of extra police officers so employed and supplied shall be recovered as follows :-

(a)      When the duty lasts for one year or less, by bills on account of salaries and contingent charges submitted to the officers or departments concerned for adjustment by book transfer [vide rule 2.13(3)].

(b)      When the duty lasts for more than one year and when the procedure is sanctioned by the Inspector General by inclusion of the amounts in the salary and contingent bills of the regular establishment. In the latter case the inter-departmental adjustment is made in the books of the Accountant-General.

10.24. Charges to be made for additional police located in disturbed or dangerous areas. –


In applications for the location of additional police under section 15 of Act V of 1861, the cost shall be calculated in accordance with rule 10.22. The rates prescribed by Appendix 10.22(1) make no mention of charges of superintendence, the provision of trained men in place of recruits, armament and interest charges during the period of recovery of the cost. They are, however, so calculated as to include provision for these items, but as they cannot be assessed with exactitude the resulting total is to be regarded as a lump sum figure and rounded to the nearest hundred rupees. The cost of housing, whether on account of rent or the erection of suitable quarters, shall be included, unless a suitable building in the communal ownership of the persons to be charged with the cost of the post is placed at the disposal of the Police Department. In the latter case only such charges shall be made as is necessary to meet the cost of putting the building into a fit state for Police occupation.

10.25.

Deleted.

10.26. Recoveries on account of additional police in disturbed and dangerous areas. –

(1)     The responsibility for recovering the cost of additional Police located in disturbed or dangerous areas, under section 15 of Act V of 1861, rests with the District Magistrate. Realisations are generally made halfyearly in advance, with the land revenue instalments. The collections should in all cases be credited into the treasury under the heads "XLIV-Receipts-inaid of Superannuation Pension contribution for Police supplied to public departments, private individuals, etc.," and "XXIII Police Collection of payments for services rendered Receipts on account of additional Police under sections 13, 14 and 15 of Police Act V of 1861", intimation of the amount so credited into the treasury on each account being sent at the same time to the Superintendent of Police for inclusion in the accounts he is required to keep under rule 10.27.

(2)     The cost of additional police supplied to private persons and departments or officers of Government recovered by Superintendents of Police under 10.21 and 10.23 should likewise be credited into the treasury under the heads mentioned above.

10.27. General Police Fund Cash Book and Ledger. –

(1)     Each Superintendent of Police shall keep a cash book in Form No. 10.27(1)(a) in which all receipts and disbursements pertaining to additional police shall be entered. The pay, allowances and contingent charges of the additional police shall be drawn in the same form on which charges of regular police are drawn and shall then be shown in lump sums on both sides of the general cash book (in column headed "Additional Police Account"), a reference to the cash book for Additional Police Accounts being made on the disbursement side. For the correct preparation, checking, signing and encashment of bills for additional police, the precedure prescribed in Part V of this Chapter shall be observed. Similarly, all receipts on account of additional police, supplied under sections 13, 14 and 15, Act V of 1861, whether collected and credited into the treasury by the District Magistrate or collected in cash by the Superintendent of Police under rule 10.26, shall also be shown in lump sums in the column headed "Additional Police Account" of the general cash book on both the credit and debit sides, as well as on the receipt side of the additional Police account cash book.

(2)     Each Superintendent shall keep a General Police Fund Ledger in Form No. 10.27(2), in which receipts and disbursements on account of additional police shall be distributed separately for each post or body of additional police. The ledger will show the Superintendent exactly how much of the amounts realised for each such post and body of additional police for which extra men have been raised is still available for disbursement. Separate pages shall be assigned for each post or body of police.

(3)     On the 5th of each month a monthly return of receipts and expenditure of the additional police shall be prepared in Form 10.27(3) and submitted to the Inspector-General.

(4)     Monthly accounts submitted by Superintendents of Police shall be centralized by the Inspector-General of Police in an additional Police Account Central Ledger. This ledger shall show by districts (1) amount payable or recoverable, (2) realisations by the District Magistrates, (3) disbursements from the fund, and (4) the total figures for the whole province under rule 10.26, and sub-rules (2) and (3) above.

10.28. Return of Income. –


On the first day of each month each Superintendent shall submit to the Inspector-General a return in Form 10.28 showing the estimated and actual collections under each head of revenue for which he is responsible. These returns are checked in the Inspector-General’s office with copies received from the Accountant-General of the treasury returns of income actually credited. It is essential, therefore, that the returns from police offices should be prepared independently and not in collaboration with the treasury clerks. Heads of offices, head clerks and accountants should be guided by chapter 13, Punjab Budget Manual, in the preparation and supervision of these returns. Amounts which have been adjusted by book transfer shall be shown in the return but a detail shall be given in the last column showing cash and transfer credits, separately. Refunds shall be deducted by a note made to that effect in the last column of the return.

10.29. Book Transfer. –


The adjustment by book transfer of charges recoverable for credit to police income will be made by means of bills prepared in duplicate in form 10.21. The officer to whom the bill is sent will return one copy duly countersigned. On receipt of this countersigned bill the amount will be brought to account as a credit.

10.30. Security. –


Deposits of cash by way of security received by gazetted officers in their public capacity shall be paid into the Government Savings Bank without delay, a separate savings bank account being opened for each case of security. Interest accruing on such deposits shall be payable to the persons furnishing the security when the deposit is finally returned to them or the purpose for which security was required ceasing to be operative.

10.31. Heads of Income. –

(1)     Appendix (1) details the different classes of police income which should be credited on realization to the heads shown in columns 2, 3 and 4 thereof, and corresponds with Appendix D of the Punjab Budget Manual.

 

Each major head of income in the accounts of Government has a serial number prefixed to it in Roman characters to distinguish it from heads of expenditure which are numbered in Arabic figures thus :-

 

XXIII "Police" is a major head of General Revenues. "29 Police" is a major head of Expenditure.

 

The general revenue which a department of Government collects is called "Departmental Revenue".

(2)     The major heads other than XXIII Police to which police income (or departmental revenue) may be credited are :-

 

XLIV Receipts in Aid of Superannuation. XLV Stationery and Printing.

 

XLVI Miscellaneous.

 

XXXVI Miscellaneous Departments.

 

Police income is also credited to the following funds, of which separate accounts are kept in treasuries :-

 

Police Deposit

(1)     Clothing.

(2)     Equipment.

(3)     Estates.

 

(Subsidiary to XXIII – Police).

 

Police Land Fund (a minor head of XXIII Police). Chanda Funds (a Local Fund).

 

Note : The major head "XLVI Miscellaneous" or "XXXVI Miscellaneous" should not be confused with the minor head "Miscellaneous" under major head "XXIII-Police".

 

PART III

 

PAYMENT FROM TREASURIES.

 

10.32. Affixing of stamps. –

(1)     A stamp is required to be affixed on receipts for all sums exceeding Rs. 20 except such as are exempted (Article 11, Civil Account Code, Volume 1) and item 53(d) of Schedule A of the Indian Stamp Act (Act 11 of 1899). In all cases stamps must be affixed by payees on acquittance rolls, whether for pay or travelling allowance, when the sum to be received exceeds Rs. 20. Police Chanda and Deposit Fund cheques need not be stamped. (Section 5, Indian Finance Act, 1927).

(2)     The stamp should be defaced by the signature, seal or left thumbimpression of the payee, a part of such signature, etc., being on the stamp and a part on the voucher. Where a thumb impression is the only receipt of payment a clear impression should also be taken on a clear space of the voucher.

(3)     Where receipts are demanded in duplicate in accordance with any law or Government order, only one need be stamped. Ordinarily not more than one receipt shall be issued. (Article 16, Civil Account Code).

10.33. Vouchers. –

(1)     Detailed instructions for the preparation of vouchers are contained in Article 13, Civil Account Code, Except where other forms are prescribed by these rules or other official orders, Form 10.33(1) shall be used. The orders regarding delegation of authority to sign vouchers for payments made to the head of an office are as given in rule 10.2, that is to say, the delegation must be specific to a particular gazetted officer, whose specimen signature must be furnished to the treasury. Vouchers for cash payments shall be endorsed by the officer in whose presence they were made, who, in the case of payments made at headquarters, shall be of rank not lower than inspector. It is essential that, unless there are special reasons to prevent it, the signature should be obtained on vouchers of the person to whom payment is actually due, and not merely that of the person through whom disbursement is made.

(2)     In cases where receipts cannot be obtained (as in charges for railway tickets, etc.), or where a reward is paid to a person whose name it is necessary to keep secret an acknowledgement from the person [through whom the money is paid may be substituted. (Article 104(3), Civil Account Code, Volume I].

(3)     In cases where money is remitted by money order, the payee’s receipt need not be taken on a voucher or acquittance roll. The Post Office receipt and the payee’s acknowledgment should be attached, on receipt, to the voucher acquittance roll concerned.

(4)     Covers or labels of parcels, etc., bearing the Post Office stamp of postage due should be kept as receipt vouchers. Postal receipts for parcels, receipts for railway freights, and covers or labels of value-payable articles should be endorsed, under the signature of the officer paying the amount, with the particulars of the payment made and the accounts classification according to which the payment is to be debited.

(5)     Receipts may be obtained in a single form from one or more payees, provided the amounts are payable from one major head, and provided, that receipts for items exceeding Rs. 25 shall be on vouchers separate from those for sums of and below that sum.

(6)     Receipts for allowances to menials attached to police lock-ups are chargeable to a different major head from other police expenditure, so must be taken on separate vouchers. For convenience of departmental accounts, vouchers for the following classes of expenditure should also be kept separate :-

(a)      Police Deposit.

(b)      Additional Police Account.

(c)      Contingencies, divided as described in rule 10.110.

(d)      Chanda Fund.

 

In all cases particulars must be given, in the space on the form for "head of appropriation chargeable", of the distribution of the payment, which is to be made in the accounts.

10.34. Cancellation of vouchers. –


All vouchers whether required to be submitted to the Audit Office or to be filed in the office from which the payment is made shall be cancelled with a suitable rubber stamp.

10.35. File book of vouchers. –

(1)     Vouchers shall be filed in skeleton books of suitable size as follows :-

(A)     General Cash Account and Police Deposit vouchers. To contain vouchers of sums detailed in the cash book.

(B)     Additional Police Account vouchers.

(C)     Travelling Allowance Acquittance Rolls.

(D)     Contingencies. For all vouchers for contingent expenditure other than that of Additional Police which should be filed in book B, the file shall be divided according to the primary units of contingent expenditure detailed in Appendix 10.111. Separate files shall be kept for each month.

(2)     Vouchers relating to files A, B and C will be numbered serially for the financial year and those in file D will be given a monthly number.

10.36. Duplicate receipt bills and cheques. –

(1)     If an original receipt is alleged to have been lost a duplicate may not be issued. A certificate may be issued to the effect that on a certain day a specified sum was received from or paid to a certain person for credit, or debit, to a certain account.

(2)     In cases of loss of bills, cheques, etc., duplicates may be issued after it had been ascertained from the treasury concerned that payment has not been made on the original. In such cases the word "duplicate" should be clearly endorsed in red ink. (Article 16, Civil Account Code, Volume I).

10.37. Authority required before expenditure is incurred. –


Before any public money can be spent by the head of an office in his capacity as disbursing officer he must be in possession of sanction for the expenditure and of intimation of appropriation of funds, in both cases by a competent authority. If either of these necessary authorities is lacking, the case should be referred back for orders. Responsibility for overcharges arising out of neglect of this rule lies primarily with the drawer of the bill by which such overcharge was contracted. (Articles 17 and 86, Civil Account Code, Volume I).

10.38. Audit objections and recoveries. –

(1)     The earliest attention should be given to all objections received from the Audit Office, whether direct or through the treasury officer. Original objections received through the treasury should be returned with the explanation called for on the day of receipt or following day.

(2)     Orders of retrenchment are issued by the Accountant-General to treasury officers, who are bond to make the retrenchment ordered and are forbidden to enter into correspondence on the subject. Such orders must, therefore, be complied with, protest being made, if necessary, within not more than three months, through the departmental superior of the officer retrenched. Retrenchment will ordinarily be made by deduction from the next pay or travelling allowance bill presented by the officer concerned. Payment in cash may be demanded if no such bill is presented within a month. Unless there is held to have been a definite breach of orders, or lack of justification in taking the excess, recoveries will be at a rate not exceeding one-third of pay. Advances shall not be made from the Police Deposit or similar funds to meet retrenchments, but a Superintendent or Deputy Inspector-General may apply direct to the Accountant-General for permission to leave the amount under objection until it can be adjusted under proper authority, or until it can be recovered from the officer concerned. (Article 20, Civil Account Code, Volume I).

(3)     Recovery should ordinarily be effected from officers of the amount of any overpayment made to them, if objection is raised within twelve months by the Audit office. Account officers are required not to demand recovery of payments erroneously made unless the amount has been challenged within twelve months.

(4)     Original objections and retrenchment orders and their replies, or copies thereof, shall unless the point questioned was merely a technical one, such as the incorrect filling up of a form, be attached.

10.39. Cheques drawn on treasuries. –

(1)     All withdrawals from the Police Deposit account shall be made by cheques on forms supplied in books and obtainable, on payment, from the Central Publication Branch, Calcutta. A memorandum shall be entered on the counterfoil of each cheque, stating the balance to credit, the sum drawn by the cheque, with either a short statement of the nature of the disbursement for which the money is required or the distinguishing letter of the sub-head concerned, and the resultant balance after deducting the sum drawn by the cheque. At the foot of each cheque shall be noted the sum included in it debitable to each of the following heads, or to each or so many of them as may be included in it :-

Clothing, or Equipment Fund.

(2)     Every cheque in favour of a Government officer shall be made payable to "order" only, but when the payee is not a Government servant the cheque may, at his request, be made payable to "bearer". (Article 26, Civil Account Code, Volume I).

(3)     When a public officer sends a cheque to a treasury not for cash payment but for credit of its value in the treasury he must before signing the receipt, add the words "Received payment by transfer credit to........" Omission to do this facilitates misappropriation of money. [Article 26(b)(2), Civil Account Code, Volume I].

(4)     Money due from the Police Deposit Account to firms of contractors and to others residing at headquarters of districts should, whenever possible, be paid by means of crossed cheques to their order, their receipts being obtained as soon as possible.

(5)     Cheques for payments of any kind to the Northern Railway shall be made payable to the Examiner of Railway Accounts and not to Station Masters.

(6)     When the amount of a cheque is to be disbursed to several officers, and has consequently to be inserted in the cash distribution register (rule 10.42) the cheque should be made payable to "Self" and should be endorsed as follows in token of receipt by the drawing officer :-

 

By. R.T.R. Rs.

 

By Cash ---

 

Total -----

 

The accountant shall maintain a cheque memorandum book in form 10.39(6) to facilitate the preparation of cheques.

(7)     Officers drawing or cashing cheques should observe the precautions described in Article 23, Civil Account Code.

10.40. Disbursements. –

(1)     No money other than regular salaries and allowances shall be disbursed in any police office except on the authority of an order for payment duly entered in the order book (Police rule 14.54).

 

Note : For the purposes of this rule an Office order book shall be maintained in the Office of the Inspector-General and of Deputy Inspector-General.

(2)     The disbursing agency in districts shall be as follows for all payments on behalf of Government :-

(a)      The Lines Officer. to police officers at headquarters (i.e. officers in the lines, office, guards hospital, orderlies, absentees residing at headquarters, but excluding headquarters police stations and outposts subordinate thereto), and to traders, contractors and other creditors, who can conveniently be called to the lines to receive payments.

(b)      Officers in charge of police stations. to officers attached to their stations including all posts subordinate to such stations; to absentees and heirs of deceased police officers residing in their jurisdictions, and to traders, contractors and others residing in their jurisdictions.

(c)      Superintendents of other districts. to payees in their districts subject to the conditions in rule 10.41.

(d)      The Accountant. to officers on leave who elect to receive their salaries by money order, vide rule 10.92.

 

The instructions regarding the disbursement of pay are contained in Police rule 14.53.

(3)     Notwithstanding the above orders, payment for articles purchased for Government use shall be made either through the officer making such purchase or through the officer nearest to whom the payee resides, whichever is most convenient.

10.41. Methods of remittance. –


Remittance for disbursement shall be made as follows :-

(a)      to the Lines Officer in cash, by cash orders or in the form of cheques (see rule 10.39) for delivery to payees;

(b)      to officers in charge of police stations-by cash order or letter of credit, or, in cases where cash remittance cannot be avoided, by cash under invoice of a road certificate or, in such cases when special sanction is accorded by Government, by insured letter. [See rule 10.46(vi)].

(c)      to officers of other departments or to other police offices by cheque, bank draft, remittance transfer receipt or money order, subject to the following conditions:-

(i)       remittance transfer receipts may be obtained between places at either of which there is no branch of the Imperial Bank of India; in other cases Imperial Bank drafts marked "Government Account" will be issued;

(ii)      remittance transfer receipts (or Imperial Bank drafts) for sums of not less than Rs. 25 may be sent to Superintendents of Police of other districts on account of the pay and allowances of policemen deputed on duty beyond the limits of the district in which their pay has to be drawn.

(iii)     the remittance of pay, allowances, contingent charges and travelling allowance to establishment serving at certain outlying police stations not at Tahsil headquarters has been approved by Government as a measure of economy, (vide this office circular letter No. 2478-A, dated 24th April, 1935). The following procedure should be observed in making such remittance :-

(1)     Money Order forms duly completed shall be attached to the bills to be remitted by money order.

(2)     When the bills are presented at the treasury, the Treasury Officer will return the money order forms to the Superintendent of Police with a certificate specifying the amounts which have been credited to the post office by per contra book transfer to enable the money orders to be accepted at the Post Office.

(3)     An officer to be deputed by the Superintendent of Police shall then present the money orders at the post office, together with the abovementioned certificate.

(4)     The Post Office acknowledgement of the money order form shall be kept in the file of vouchers or acquittance rolls as the case may be, together with the actual payee’s receipt when received.

(5)     In the event of the actual payee’s receipt not being received within a reasonable period enquiries shall be made by the Superintendent of Police from the Post Office. Should the money order remain undisbursed for any cause, the amount refunded should be entered in the cash book maintained by the Superintendent of Police and credited to the Treasury in the usual manner. The Range Auditor when examining the district accounts, should pay particular attention to the correct crediting of the proceeds of all such undisbursed money orders.

(6)     Money order commission will be debited to head "Miscellaneous Contingencies" in accordance with Police Rule 10.46(v), except in the case of men on leave who will be required to pay the money order commission."

(iv)    Money Order on account of leave salary should only be sent if cheaper methods of remittance are not possible or if the payee has agreed in advance to the deduction of amount of the commission from the total of his claim.

(v)      Remittance transfer receipts are issued only for bona fide public purposes, including payments from police funds borne on the treasury accounts, and pay and allowances under the conditions stated above.

10.42. Distribution Accounts. –

(1)     The accountant shall maintain the following memoranda of accounts to be disbursed :-

(a)      Cash Distribution Register in form 10.42(1) A in English.

(b)      Advice Notes, containing details of all sums remitted to subordinate officers in the district in bilingual form 10.14(1)B.

(2)     In advice notes he shall enter the details of all sums to be disbursed to or through officers in charge of police station on account of pay, contingencies, travelling allowance, etc. When all sums to be despatched have been entered in the advice notes, the amount shall be entered in the cash distribution register under the appropriate columns and the accountant shall satisfy himself that the total of each column agrees with that of the bill or other demand by means of which the amount will be received or drawn. He shall then note the grand totals in the advice notes and cash distribution register and shall prepare any necessary chalan or applications for remittance transfer receipts.

(3)     Advice notes, on return by the officers to whom they were issued, shall be kept in monthly files according to the bills to which they relate, and destroyed after one complete year.

10.43. Signing of Demands. –

(1)     All bills and other demands with the cash distribution register shall be put before a gazetted officer, who shall satisfy himself before signing that all bills and other demands have been duly entered and shall initial the entries in the appropriate column of the register. When initialling the entries in the Cash Book he shall compare the entries in the Cash Book with those in the Cash Distribution Register in Form 10.42.(1). The Accountant shall also initial the total of each bill in the prescribed column of the register.

(2)     If the amount of a demand is to be remitted to a sub-treasury, payable to a single person, it shall be receipted as follows :-

 

"Received payment by___________ letter of credit on ____________  sub-treasury". cash order

(3)     On occasions when there is no gazetted officer present at headquarters, only the bills, cheques, and remittance transfer receipts shall be sent to camp for signature after they have first been endorsed "Entered in Cash Distribution Register" in the case of bills and "Entered in Cash book" in the case of cheques and remittance transfer receipts by one of the inspectors present at headquarters who has verified the fact and initialled the entry in the cash book and cash distribution register. In the case of contingent bills the inspector shall initial the entries in the contingent register. These entries will again be initialled by the Superintendent of Police or the gazetted officer specially authorized (rule 10.2) on his return to headquarters after comparison with the registers concerned.

10.44. Bills, Accounts classification to be endorsed on. –


All bills presented at the treasury shall have endorsed on them the complete accounts classification as shown in the budget allotment statement. When sums pertaining to more than one unit of expenditure are included in the same bill, the amount under each unit must be specified. [Article 13(e), Civil Account Code, Volume I].

 

10.45. Presentation of demands. –

(1)     Pay bills which require to be preaudited, and those payable at district treasuries, may be signed and presented for payment two days before the last working day of the month to which they relate. (Article 38, Civil Account Code, Volume I). The entries regarding such bills shall be made at the time of signature in the cash distribution register.

(2)     The accountant shall record a memorandum on the demands to be presented to the treasury in the manner shown below :-

(a)      By cash orders, vide chalan attached.

(b)      By letters of credit, vide chalan attached.

(c)      By remittance transfer receipt, vide application attached.

(d)      By money orders excluding/including money order fee.

(e)      By credit to Chanda Fund, vide chalan attached.

(f)       By credit to XXIII Police, vide chalan attached.

(g)      By credit to XLV Stationery, vide chalan attached.

(h)     By credit to Police Deposit, vide chalan attached.

(i)       Cash (for Lines officer) ...

(j)       Cash (for Accountant) ...

 

Total amount of the bill, etc. ----

 

10.46. Receipt and distribution of pay, etc. –


When the bills, cheques, etc., are received from the district treasury duly passed for payment, the following procedure shall be observed :-

(i)       The lines officer and officers in charge of Police stations city, Cantonments and Sadr (or an officer not below the rank of the head constable deputed by them), accompanied by the accountant, shall proceed to the treasury and receive from him the total sum which is to be drawn in cash for disbursement at headquarters. They shall sign an acknowledgment for this amount in the prescribed column of the cash distribution register, and shall receive at the same time from the accountant all the bills, vouchers and acquittance rolls necessary for the purpose of disbursement. They shall be responsible for conveying the cash so drawn, under adequate safeguards, to the lines and police stations and for its safe custody pending disbursement; and that payment is made in correct amounts and to those individuals only, who are entitled to received such amounts.

(ii)      Cash orders and money orders shall be received from the treasury by the accountant, who will be responsible for despatching them to their correct destinations together with the necessary Advice Notes. Cash orders will be sent through the issue branch of the vernacular office, for entry in the despatch register. Letters of credit will be despatched direct by the District Treasury Officers to the Tehsildars concerned in accordance with para 316 of the Sub-Treasury Manual. The treasury officer will, however, send an intimation to the drawing officer showing the number and date of the letter to enable the Accountant to complete the cash distribution register and advice notes.

(iii)     In every district according to local conditions a system shall be laid down on a permanent basis by which each police station may obtain and remit money with as little risk and inconvenience as possible, and by which the necessity of utilising special escorts for cash remittances may be minimised. According to this system cash required by police stations should be drawn by means of letters of credit on the nearest sub-treasury.

(iv)    On receipt of an Advice Note the officer to whom it is addressed shall, on the earliest possible occasions, receive the money which he is authorised to draw from the treasury or sub-treasury, personally if possible, and otherwise through a representative specially accredited on each occasion in writing and not lower in rank than a head constable. On receipt of the money drawn from the treasury, the total amount shall be entered in the police station account register No. 20 (rule 22.71) and the money and connected papers shall be placed in the store room pending disbursement.

(v)      Special escorts may not be sent in charge of cash, if the salaries of the escorts for the time spent on such duties would exceed the commission to be paid if the sums were sent by money order. In such cases, or where other arrangements are inconvenient or unduly expensive, money may be remitted by money order through the treasury, by means of a "per contra transfer" to the Post Office in the Treasury Account, the commission, if debitable to Government, being charged to miscellaneous contingencies. When money is sent by money order, the connected papers will be forwarded by post. So far as may be possible, however, money shall be received or remitted through escorts proceeding in the required direction with other duties.

(vi)    Money received in police stations for credit to Government shall be paid into the nearest sub-treasury on the earliest possible occasion, the treasury receipt being sent at once to the Superintendent of Police. When money received in a police station for disbursement cannot be disbursed within one month owing to the absence of the payee, it shall be returned to headquarters or forwarded to any other police officer who may be in a position to make the disbursement, under invoice of a road certificate.

(vii)   The accountant shall not be a disbursing officer except to the extent permitted by clauses (i) and (ii) above. The accountant will receive cash only in recoupment of his permanent advance or for immediate credit to the treasury or the cash chest account.

(viii)  Sums not exceeding a few annas may be remitted by means of postage stamps. Money should not ordinarily be sent in the form of Government Currency Notes by registered or insured posts, except in the special cases in Dera Ghazi Khan. No money shall be drawn from the treasury unless required for immediate disbursement. (Article 88, Civil Account Code, Volume I). Requisitions for letters of credit or cash orders should be made on a chalan form (Treasury Form No. 71 obtainable from the treasury).

10.47. Remittance Transfer Receipts Miscellaneous particulars. –

(1)     Applications for remittance transfer receipts shall be made in Treasury Form No. 75 either in exchange for cash, or, for another remittance transfer receipt, or, for bills, cheques, etc.

(2)     The procedure to be followed in cases where remittance transfer receipts or bank drafts are lost is contained in Article 177 of the Civil Account Code. In the former case satisfactory evidence of the loss must be furnished to the treasury officer before a duplicate can be obtained; in the latter case the officer who had purchased such draft must take immediate steps to stop payment and should report the case in detail to the Deputy Controller of Currency of the circle concerned.

(3)     Indian subordinate police officers are permitted to obtain remittance transfer receipts on the same conditions as Indian Officers and other ranks of the army for remitting money to their families. The conditions and formalities to be observed may be ascertained from treasuries by officers who wish to avail themselves of the concession. [Article 170(3), Civil Accountant Code, Volume I].

 

PART IV

 

CASH BOOK

10.48. General Cash Book. –

(1)     Each Superintendent shall maintain a Cash Book in Form 10.48(1) in which all official account transactions of whatsoever nature they may be, shall be entered as they occur. The Book is intended to permit of a check on all money passing through the office on account of either receipts or payments; the entries should be brief but no item must be allowed to escape being brought into the account. Opposite each entry appropriate references in columns 2 and 3 of the form shall invariably be given.

(2)     All sums drawn from the treasury by abstract contingent and travelling allowance bills shall be shown in lump sums on both sides of the cash book, a reference to the contingent and travelling allowance registers and, in the case of travelling allowance, to the numbers of the bills being made on the disbursement side.

(3)     Undisbursed salaries of absentees, to be refunded by short drawal in the next pay bills, shall be entered in the cash book, on the credit side of the general cash account, irrespective of whether the amount has been placed in the cash chest or has retained in the hands of the disbursing officer. In the latter case the name of the officer holding the amount shall be noted in the cash book at the time of striking its balance.

(4)     A list of the officers or stations holding a permanent advance and the amount so held shall be pasted inside the front Cover of the cash book (see rule 10.108).

10.49. Balancing the cash book. –

(1)     The cash book shall be written up daily by the accountant and shall be balanced on the last working day of the month or on transfer of the Superintendent or the Accountant, or when specially desired for check purposes.

 

The balance of the general cash account in the cash book shall represent the cash in the cash chest and in the hands of the accountant or other officer, a detail of which shall be given. Any money advanced from the clothing or equipment funds and pending recovery shall also be detailed.

 

The head clerk shall check the account when balanced and initial the cash book in token of its correctness. He shall bring to notice any mistake or irregularity in the accounts.

(2)     After being inititalled by the head clerk the cash book, with connected papers, shall be laid before the Superintendent or, in his absence, the gazetted officer, nominated under rule 10.2, who shall tally the accounts by cross with the treasury receipts, receipt book, cash distribution and travelling allowance registers, vouchers and vernacular acquittance rolls of travelling allowance and salaries, Police Land and Additional Police Account cash books, Chanda Receipt register and Chanda Fund bills, and shall satisfy himself that all these registers and receipts have been properly prepared. A certificate of the correctness of the cash book in the terms given in the specimen form shall then be entered, and signed by the Superintendent or by the nominated officer carrying out the check; in it shall be quoted the numbers of any vouchers which have not so far reached the officer and a reference to these delayed vouchers shall be included in the next certificate. On transfer, the Superintendent himself shall sign the certificate.

 

Note : The specimen entries shown in Form 10.48(1) illustrate the procedure detailed above.

10.50. Subsidiary cash book. –


In addition to the general cash book the following subsidiary cash books are maintained :-

(a)      Additional Police Account cash book and ledger, kept in accordance with rule 10.27(1), and

(b)      Police Land Improvement Fund cash book, in Form 10.50(b) showing detail of the actual receipts and expenditure in respect of police lands administered in accordance with rule 10.164. This fund is balanced yearly and the credit or debit is carried forward. The cash book is a record of the relation between income from and cost of upkeep of lands. The budget allotment, as distributed by Deputy Inspector-General, is not shown in it as a credit, but expenditure is limited to the amount so allotted, irrespective of the income actually collected.

(c)      Chanda Fund cash book in Form 10.50(c) is maintained in the Central Police Office from information furnished under rule 10.20(2) by districts where subscribers are serving, and checked with the returns furnished monthly by the Accountant-General.

10.51. Supervision. –


Rule 10.48 describes the method by which Superintendents and head clerks are required to carry out a formal check of the general cash book, whenever it is balanced. It is, however, inferent, in the general responsibilities of these officers for the control of the work of the accountant, that they should see the general and other cash books, and records relating to them at intervals varying in frequency according to the volume of accounts transactions in different districts, and check all entries made subsequent to their last examination.

10.52. Cash account of disbursing officers. –


The Lines Officer, and all officers in charge of police stations, shall keep a cash account of all monies passing through their hands (a) for pay, allowances and miscellaneous transactions in Form 10.52(a); (b) for permanent advance transactions in Form 10.52(b) (see rule 10.108).

10.53. Classification of accounts. –


The major head of Police Classification of Accounts expenditure is "29 Police". Certain expenditure as explained in the rules which follow, is debitable to major head "56 Stationery and Printing", Vital Statistics", "12-B.Charges on account of Motor Vehicles Taxation Act Inspection of Motor Vehicles" and disbursements are made on behalf of Local Funds and major head "28 Jails."

 

Expenditure is also required to be incurred as under :-

 

Police Deposit Fund (Personal deposits under P. Deposits and Advances Civil Deposits).

 

Police Land Fund (included in "Other Contingencies" of the minor head "Miscellaneous" under "29 Police").

 

Chanda Fund (a Local Fund).

 

10.54. Police Deposit. –


Expenditure from the Clothing and Equipment Funds is regulated by the orders in chapters IV and V. Expenditure not authorised by these chapters requires the sanction of the Inspector-General. Advances may not be taken from these funds to meet contingent expenditure.

10.55. Payments from estates. –

(1)     Pay, allowances and any other monies due to deceased, lunatic or deserting police officers should be withheld for future payment. If any such sum which has already been drawn remains undisbursed, it should be refunded by short drawal in the next pay bill in the manner laid down in Rule 10.48(3). Payments may be made, on substantiation of claims, up to a limit of Rs. 500. If the estate amounts to more than this sum, the orders of the Inspector-General must be obtained before the excess can be paid (Article 39, Civil Account Code, Volume I).

 

The widow of a deceased officer is presumed to be his heir, unless another heir had been specially nominated by the deceased. Superintendents are strictly responsible that payments from estates are not made until both the identity of the claimant and the validity of his or her claim have been verified by all reasonable means.

(2)     All money and other property due or belonging to police officers, who have died or deserted, shall, if not claimed within six months, be made over to the District Magistrate for disposal as unclaimed property.

(3)     Receipts for payments made under this rule should be taken in form 10.33(1) and not in acquittance rolls.

10.56. Accounts of lunatic police officers. –

(1)     The accounts of lunatic police officers shall be made up and the balance should be withheld for future payment. Any property belonging to such lunatic shall be taken in charge by the Lines Officer for safe custody. An inventory of such property shall be made over to the accountant to be kept with the account of the estate.

(2)     The Superintendent shall report to the principal court of original civil jurisdiction in the district all estates and balance held in deposit on account of lunatic police officers.

(3)     If any relative of a lunatic police officer applies for charge of such officer’s property, the Superintendent shall either instruct such relative to apply to the court mentioned in sub-rule (2) above, or, after satisfying himself that the applicant is a proper person both by reason of relationship and character to have charge of such lunatic’s property, he may make over such property after taking an indemnity bond conditioned in a sum equal to the value of the property so made over : provided that such action is not contrary to any order passed by a competent court under Act IV of 1912.

10.57. Verification of deposit balances. –

(1)     At the end of each financial year a certificate is sent by the Accountant-General to the head of each police office for verification of the balance of the police deposit account as required by Article 222, Civil Account Code. It should be compared with the cash book and police deposit pass book and, if found correct, should be signed and returned.

(2)     A pass book in Form 65 of Civil Account Code, Volume II, should be kept for the Police deposit account. Superintendents of Police shall send the pass book to the treasury officers at least once a month to be balanced. The pass book shall remain in the personal custody of the Superintendent and not with the Accountant.

10.58. Cattle Pounds. –

(1)     The upkeep pounds, which are in charge of the police, including the provision of locks, ropes, etc., is the responsibility of the local body to whom the revenue of the pound is credited, and all repairs or renewals required shall be reported to such local body. When on account of urgency expenditure from the police permanent advance is necessary recovery shall be made in the manner prescribed in rule 10.109(2).

(2)     Local bodies remit money in cash or by cheque to Superintendents for disbursement. They also supply forms of acquittance rolls, etc., in which payees’ receipts are taken. Such acquittance rolls, etc., when completed shall be despatched for record to the president of the local body concerned. Registers and forms, etc., for cattle pounds shall be obtained from the local bodies concerned.

(3)     All such transactions on behalf of local funds shall be brought to account in the General cash book.

10.59. Chanda. –


When expenditure from the Chanda Fund is necessary a bill shall be made out by the Superintendent in Form 10.59 and sent to the Assistant Inspector-General of Police, Punjab, who, after checking the bill will remit the amount by an R.T.R. The payee’s receipt for the money shall be sent to the office of the Inspector-General as soon as disbursement has been made.

10.60. Advances. –


Advances may be given to Government servants for the following purposes -

(a)      for building or purchasing a house.

(b)      for the purchase of a conveyance,

(c)      on transfer, first arrival in India or return from leave,

(d)      for tour expenses,

(e)      for expenses connected with the remittance of treasure,

(f)       for law suits to which Government is a party,

(g)      to patients proceeding to a Pasteur Institute for anti-rabic treatment,

(h)     for payment of passages overseas.

 

The rules regulating the grant, utilisation and repayment of such advances are contained in chapter IX, Civil Account Code, which must always be referred to before advances under this rule are applied for or granted.

10.61. Charges for Police Lockups. –

(1)     Blankets, matting, earthen pots and other articles for the use of accused persons confined in, and the allowances paid to sweepers and bhistis for cleaning and supplying water to police station lock-ups are provided on application by the Superintendent of Police and paid for by the Deputy Commissioner, expenditure being chargeable to head "28-Jails".

(2)     Locks for, and cost of repairs to, police lock-ups are to be provided by the Police Department and debited to the contingent grant under head "Miscellaneous" or "Repairs to Buildings".

(3)     Proposals for the revision to sweepers’ and bhistis’ allowances should, when necessary, be submitted to the Deputy Commissioner for the sanction of the Inspector-General of Prisons.

(4)     Officers in charge of police stations shall send to headquarters monthly with the acquittance rolls of the Police establishment a statement, showing whether the authorised establishment of lock-up menials has been presented or absent during the whole or part of the month. From these statements the accountant shall prepare a bill in Form 10.61(4) for submission to the Deputy Commissioner, with an endorsement accompanied by a chalan showing the amount to be disbursed direct by the sheriff to police stations by cash orders or letters of credit. The sheriff will send an intimation of his having made such disbursement to the police office.

(5)     Receipts for allowances for bhistis and sweepers shall be taken in Form 10.33 (1) and sent to the Deputy Commissioner.

10.62. 56-Stationery. –


Expenditure for printing at private presses, lithographing and stationery supplied from Central Stores, is debited to the head "56-Stationery".

 

10.62-A. 47-Miscellaneous Departments (Transferred) –


Registration of Vital Statistics. Expenditure on account of the allowance of Re. 1 per mensem paid to clerks of police stations for the registration of births and deaths is debited to the head "47-Miscellaneous Departments (Transferred) Registration of Vital Statistics."

 

PART V

 

PAY AND ALLOWANCES

 

10.63. Schedules of pay and allowances. –


The rates of pay sanctioned for all ranks and grades in the police department are shown in Appendix 10.63, Table A, and the allowances sanctioned for certain posts, either as special pay or as compensatory allowances other than conveyance and grain compensation allowance are given in rules 10.75 and 10.78, and rates of travelling allowance are shown in Part VII of this chapter.

10.64. Health and age certificates. –


A medical certificate of health is required in support of the first claim made for the pay of a person substantively appointed to a permanent post in Government service. Such certificate shall, in all cases of appointments in the police department be in Form 10.64 and shall be signed by the Civil Surgeon of the district in which the appointment is made. In the case of all provincial and subordinate service officers who receive their first permanent appointments in ranks of and above that of subinspector, the health certificate shall be attached to the first pay bill. In the case of persons who receive their first appointments in lower subordinate rank the health certificates shall be attached immediately to their character rolls (or, in the case of non-enrolled establishment, service books) and a certificate to the effect appeneded to the standard form of lower subordinates’ pay bill. When a lower subordinate is promoted to the rank of assistant sub-inspector, his date of birth or age, according to the health certificate granted on his first appointment to Government service, shall be endorsed on the bill in which his new pay is first drawn.

10.65. Date of reckoning pay and allowances. –

(1)     An officer begins to draw the pay and allowances of a post when he assumes charge of the duties of that post. If a charge is transferred after noon the transfer does not affect allowances until the next day. (Fundamental Rule 17).

(2)     The appointment, transfer, promotion, reduction-leave and discharge from whatever cause of upper subordinates and clerks shall be notified in the Police Gazette; a reference to such notification in the pay bill is authority for new or altered charge made in consequence of it.

10.66. Conditions under which Officiating pay may be drawn. –


A police officer appointed to officiate in higher rank, or a clerk appointed to officiate in a higher class, shall not draw enhanced pay, unless he is actually called upon to assume duties or responsibilities of greater importance than, or of a different character from, those attaching to his substantive post.

 

Note: This rule does not apply to officers of the Indian Imperial Police officiating in the selection grade.

10.67. Pay of officiating Post. –

(1)     Usually a Government servant is said to officiate, when he is performing the duties of a post on which another Government servant holds a lien but Government is entitled to make an officiating appointment in a vacant post on which no lien is held. [Fundamental Rule 9(19)].

(2)     A police officer officiating in a post will, subject to the provisions of Fundamental Rules 30, 26C and 35, draw the presumptive pay of the post, provided that, if the presumptive pay of the permanent post on which he holds a lien or would hold a lien, had his lien not been suspended under rule 13 of Fundamental Rules, should at any time be granted than the presumptive pay of the posts in which he officiates, he will draw the presumptive pay, of the permanent post. For the definition of "presumptive pay" see rule 9(24) of Fundamental Rules.

(3)     An officer officiating in a rank or grade will be entitled to such special pay and compensatory allowances as are authorised for appointments in such rank or grade, only if he actually performs duties or services under conditions for which such pay or allowances are granted.

(4)     Special rules regarding rates of officiating pay in certain cases are given in Appendix 10.63, table A.

10.68. Leaving sphere of duty. –

(1)     Except when acting within his legal powers a police officer is entitled to no pay or allowances for any time he may spend beyond his sphere of duty without proper authority. [Fundamental Rule 9(6)(b)].

(2)     The orders regulating the grant of permission to police officers to proceed beyond their sphere of duty are contained in rule 10.120.

10.69. Last Pay Certificates. –


Last pay certificates of gazetted officers transferred are issued by the treasury officer of the treasury from which the officer last drew pay (Articles 41, 50, 70 Rule I, Civil Account Code, Volume I). In the case of non-gazetted officers combined last pay and charge certificates will be issued by the head of the office (in A and T Form 289). If several men are transferred together from and to the same place, a joint certificate may be issued. Any further information as to dues or recoveries, which may be received after the certificate has been given, should be communicated to the Superintendent of Police of the District to which the officer has been transferred.

10.70. Allowances of officers, suspended or dismissed. –

(1)     Subsistence allowance at a rate not exceeding one-quarter of his pay may be granted by the authority suspending him to police officer placed under suspension pending enquiry into his alleged misconduct. (Fundamental Rules 43 and 53).

(2)     If a police officer under suspension is honourably acquitted of the charges against him, either as a result on the original enquiry or on appeal, the authority conducting the enquiry or accepting the appeal, as the case may be, may grant him the full pay, to which he would have been entitled if he had not been suspended, and, by an order to be separately recorded, any allowance of which he was in receipt prior to being suspended. In cases of acquittal on other grounds the appellate or revising authority has discretion to prescribe the proportion of pay and allowances, which shall be granted.

In cases of honourable acquittal the period of suspension or dismissal will be treated as a period spent on duty. In other cases it will not be treated as a period spent on duty unless the revising or appellate authority so directs. Leave may not be granted to a Government servant under suspension. [Fundamental Rule 54(a), (b)].

(3)     The grant of allowances under the preceding sub-rules ordinarily requires the prior sanction of Government in the Administrative Department, if extra cost to the State is involved. In cases, however, where it does not exceed Rs. 500, and where the period during which the Government servant has remained unemployed through suspension or dismissal does not exceed six months, the excess expenditure may be admitted on the sanction of the suspending authority, or the revising or appellate authority as the case may be. (Finance Department letter No. 20314 Fin-Genl., dated the 2nd August 1933).

(4)     The pay and allowances of a police officer, who is dismissed from service, cease from the date of such dismissal.

10.71. Honoraria. –


No police officer may accept any reward, fee or honorarium, other than rewards authorised under these rules, without the sanction of the Inspector-General. The conditions governing such sanctions are contained in Punjab Financial Handbook No. 2, Volume II, Chapter 5.

10.72. Compensatory allowances. –


Compensatory allowances granted in the police department include :-

 

Conveyance allowances, Travelling allowance,

 

Hill allowances,

 

House Rent allowances,  

 

Grain compensation allowances, +

 

and any other allowance granted to meet personal expenditure necessitated by special circumstances in which duty is performed. [Fundamental Rule 9(5)].

10.73. Compensatory allowances during leave or temporary transfer. –

(1)     During leave on average pay only, and up to a maximum period of four months, a compensatory allowance may be drawn both by the officer performing the duties of the post to which the allowance attaches and by the officer who has proceeded on leave from such post. The same concession is granted in cases of temporary transfer for periods not exceeding four months, provided in both cases that -

(i)       the authority sanctioning the leave or transfer, as the case may be, certifies that the police officer is likely to return, on the expiry of his leave or his temporary duty, to the post to which the allowance is attached or to another post carrying a similar allowance, and

(ii)      the police officer certifies that he continues to incur the whole, or a considerable part, of the expense to meet which the allowance was, granted. In the latter case it is left to the authority sanctioning the leave or transfer, as the case may be, to decide whether any and if so, how much of the allowance should be reduced. In the case of house-rent allowance this concession is subject to the further conditions referred to in rule 10.76.

 

A compensatory allowance granted on account of special expensiveness of living during joining time, on transfer from one post to another carrying a similar allowance, may be drawn by an officer in receipt of it provided that if the rates differ in the two posts the lower rate only may be drawn (Punjab Subsidiary Rule 14.2).

(2)     For the drawal of compensatory allowance by an officer on leave or transfer from the post to which such allowance is attached, the claim should be submitted with statement of the relevant expenses, to the authority sanctioning the leave or transfer; that authority should then decide, having regard to the provisions of Fundamental Rules 44 and 93 how much of the allowance should be drawn and communicate his decision to the audit officer with a copy of the statement of expenses referred to above (Note 3 to rule 14.2 of Subsidiary Rules).

(3)     Controlling officers are responsible for taking steps to prevent conveyance allowance being turned into a source of profit [Vide Punjab Financial Hand Book No. 2 Volume III, Rule 2.10(A)].

(4)     During suspension, a compensatory allowance may be granted in accordance with Fundamental Rules 53 and 54.

(5)     A police officer, who is in receipt of a conveyance allowance granted for the upkeep of a motor car or motor cycle, must attach to the travelling allowance bill for a journey by road performed otherwise than by motor car or motor cycle and for which full travelling allowance is claimed, a certificate to the effect that such vehicle has not been used for such journey.

 

Head Constables and Constables of the mounted police are entitled to draw their horse or camel allowance during joining time and leave of any kind. Inspectors, Sub-Inspectors, Sergeants and Assistant Sub-Inspectors in receipt of horse or pony allowance shall be allowed one month in which to remount themselves, in the event of the death or casting off of their horses or ponies. If they fail to remount themselves within one month, the allowance will lapse from the date on which they ceased to maintain a horse unless the period for remounting is specially extended by the Deputy Inspector-General to two months under rule 7.2. Such officers are entitled to draw their horse allowance during leave and joining time so long as a horse is actually maintained under orders of the Superintendent under whom they are serving.

 

All officers drawing conveyance allowances shall append one or other of the following two certificates as the case may be, to the bills on which the conveyance allowance is drawn :-

(i)       Certified that conveyance for which the conveyance allowance at for has been charged in this bills was actually maintained.

(ii)      Certified that the total period from the date on which the means of conveyance ceased to be kept and for which a conveyance allowance has been charged in this or the previous bills does not exceed 1 month allowed by note to rule 2.14 of the Travelling Allowance

(6)     All conveyance allowances, except where specially excepted in rule 10.74 below, are subject to the means of conveyance for which the allowance is granted being actually kept, and a certificate to that effect must be attachment to each bill on which the allowance is drawn (Rule 2.14 of the Punjab Travelling Allowance Rules.)

10.74. Exemption from keeping a horse or pony. –


The officers exempted under rule 7.2 from keeping a horse or pony shall or shall not draw conveyance allowance, as may be ordered in the letter sanctioning the exemption.

10.75. Schedule of conveyance, horse or pony allowances. –


The following Table shows officers who are entitled to conveyance allowances, and the amounts of, and conditions attaching to, such allowances.


1

2

3

4

5

Seria l

No.

 

 

Class of Officers

 

 

Nature of allowance

 

RATE SANCTIONED

 

REMARKS

Scale I Rs. per mensem

Scale II Rs. per mensem

 

 

 

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

 

 

 

 

 

On condition that allowance will be reduced by Re. 1 a day when the Deputy Superintendent of Police goes on tour beyond a radious of 5 miles from his headquarters.

 

1.

 

Superintendent of Police Amritsar

 

Motor car

allowance

 

..

 

75 0 0

2.

Headquaters Deputy Superintendent of Police, Amritsar.

Motor Cycl.e allowance

..

30 0 0


 

 

 

3.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.

 

 

 

 

5.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.

 

 

7.

Inspectors in charge of towns, Central Investigation Agency Inspectors, Traffic Inspector at Lahore, Reserve and cantonment Inspectors (but not Railway Police Inspectors), Sub Inspectors (except when employed as clerks or accountants or attached to the Railway Police or employed on prosecuting duties or in the Criminal Investigation Department, Police Training School or Finger Print Bureau and Sergeants when required to keep horses.

Station House Officers, of the Ferozepore, Hissar, Muzaffargarh, Mianwali, Jhang and Shahpur Districts who maintain a camel instead of a horse

Inspectors and Sergeants attached to Cantonment Cities and Civil stations who are allowed to keep motor cycles instead of horses:-

 

 

 

(a)              Inspectors and Sergeants employed on traffic duties who are required to keep motor cycles

(b)              Inspectors and Sergeants employed on traffic duties and Reserve Inspector Lahore

(c)               Inspectors and Sergeants employed on Cantonment and City duties

(d)              Inspectors employed as Reserve Inspectors

(e)               Inspectors and Sergeants employed on confidential and other headquarters duties

(f)                Reserve Inspector at the Police Training School Phillaur

(g)              Four Inspectors and six Sergeants employed for the inspection of motor vehicles

Sub-Inspector of Police, incharge of the Police station Dagshai, Simla District

Assistant Sub-Inspectors

Horse allowance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Camel allowance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Motor Cycle allowance

Motor Cycle allowance

Ditto

 

 

Ditto Ditto

 

Horse allowance

Motor cycle allowance

Motor cycle allowance

Pony allowance

30 0 0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 0 0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22 8 0

 

18 12 0

 

 

30 0 0

 

 

 

 

 

 

15 0 0

30 0 0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 0 0

 

 

 

 

50 0 0

 

 

 

 

 

50 0 0

 

 

37 8 0

 

 

30 0 0

 

 

 

 

18 12 0

 

 

 

 

22 8 0

 

 

40 0 0

 

 

20 in special hill tracts

Police seargents stationed at Simla may also draw allowance subject to the condition that the total number of such allowances drawn by Inspectors and sergeants at Simla does not exceed five

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The grant of conveyance allowance at these rates is admissible only when the Inspectors and Sergeants are allowed, with the sanction of the Inspector General of Police, to keep a motor cycle instead of a horse.

 

 

 

Ditto

 

 

Ditto

 

 

Ditto Ditto

Provided a horse is maintained

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deputy Inspectors-General may permit an Assistant SubInspector attached to a cantonment, city or large civil station, who is a good rider and maintains the prescribed equipment, to keep a bicycle in lieu of a pony and to draw the usual bicycle allowance of Rs. 3 per mensem instead of the pony allowance of Rs. 15 per mensem


 

8.

 

 

9.

 

 

 

 

10.

 

 

11.

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.

 

13.

 

14.

Band Master of the Police Band, Lahore

 

Inspector of Police on confidential work, Lahore

 

 

 

Sergeants when not required to keep horses (except when employed as clerk or attached to the railway police)

Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors employed on prosecuting duties or in the Criminal Investigation Department Police Training School or Finger Print Bureau (Except when employed as clerks) and Assistant-Sub Inspectors employed in Criminal Investigation Department

Horse Sowars Camel Sowars

Officers incharge of the 3 Border outposts at Vehoa, Chittarwatta and Lakhani, in Dera Ghazi Khan District

Conveyanc e allowance

Ditto

 

 

 

 

Ditto

 

 

Ditto

 

 

 

 

 

 

Horse allowance

Camel allowance

Horse allowance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11 4 0

 

 

11 4 0

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 0 0

 

20 0 0

 

20 0 0

15 0 0

 

 

18 12 0

 

 

 

 

11 4 0

 

 

11 4 0

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 0 0

 

20 0 0

 

 

 

Provided that a horse is kept; if a bicycle is kept instead of a horse, with the sanction of the Deputy Inspector-General of Police, the allowance will be Rs. 3 per mensem.

Note :  The rates sanctioned for scale II apply where the head quarters of the Government servants concerned are at any of the following places :-

Lahore municipal area and cantonments. Ambala municipal area and cantonments. Jullundur municipal area and cantonments. Multan municipal area and cantonments. Rawalpindi municipal area and cantonments. Sialkot municipal area and cantonments.

Jhelum municipal area and cantonments. Ferozepur municipal area and cantonments. Amritsar municipal area and cantonments.

The Muree of Khahuta tahsils of the Rawalpindi district.

Lyallpur municipal area.

Sargodha municipal area.

Simla District

Kangra District

Mandi, Suket and Chamba States.

Kalka, Kasauli and the Morni Illaqa of the Ambala District, The Pathankot tahsil of the Gurdaspur District.

The rates sanctioned for scale I apply to Government servants whose headquarters are situated elsewhere.

Note 2. No allowance shall be paid to an Inspector or Sergeant who has a motor cycle provided and maintained at Government expense.

Note 3. Those officers in charge of Police Stations of the Ferozepur, Hissar, Muzaffargarh, Mianwali, Jhang and Shahpur Districts, who have been permitted to keep a camel instead of a horse will continue to draw a conveyance allowance of Rs. 30 per mensem.

Note 4. The allowance for officers mentioned at serial Nos. (9), (11) and (12) of this rule is admissible even when no conveyance is kept, but will not be drawn in addition to horse or bicycle allowance.

Note 5. Sergeants who are required to keep horses, may draw the usual conveyance allowance during the period they are undergoing training at the Police Training School, Phillaur.

Note 6. The Sub-Inspector incharge of the Muree Police Station is permitted to maintain a motor cycle in addition to a horse and to draw a motor cycle allowance of Rs. 25 per mensem in addition to the horse allowance of Rs. 30 per mensem drawn by him.

Note 7. Mounted Police Officers placed under suspension shall not be entitled to draw horse, pony or camel allowance, as the case may be but shall hand over their mounts to the Lines Officer, or the officer in charge of the mounted Police, who shall be responsible for the feeding and keeping of such animals, vide rule 7.27.(2).

Note 8. During leave or joining time a conveyance or horse allowance may be granted in accordance with Rule 2.16 of Travelling Allowance Rules.

10.76. Free quarters and house-rent allowance. –

(1)     All enrolled police officers are entitled to free quarters for themselves in the Government barracks or other buildings provided at their headquarters. When such accommodation is not available other suitable quarters shall be provided or house-rent allowance granted in lieu thereof. Such allowances will only be granted in cases where there are insuperable difficulties in leasing suitable accommodation by Government. The leasing of house for, and recovery of house-rent from gazetted officers are governed by Fundamental Rules 45-A and Subsidiary Rule 7.35.

(2)     The following table shows the maximum rates of house rent allowances which may be granted to police officers. The amount of the allowances will be determined by the circumstances of each particular cases:-

 

Nature of power

To whom delegated

Extent

To sanction house rent allowances

(a) Inspector-General of Police

(i) European Inspectors

Upto a maximum of Rs. 60 per mensem throughout the Punjab and Delhi Province in respect of Government Railway Police only

 

 

(ii) Sergeants

Rs. 45 per mensem throughout the Punjab and Delhi Province in respect of Government Railway Police only.

 

(b) Deputy Inspector General of Police and Assistant Inspector General, Government, Railway Police

(i) Indian Inspectors at -

(a)              the headquarters or Cantonments of Delhi in respect of Government Railway Police only, Lahore, Amritsar, Rawalpindi, Multan, Simla, Lyallpur and Montgomery.

(b)              the headquarters or Cantonments of Ambala, Jullundur, Karnal, Ferozepore, Gujranwala, Sheikhupura, Dharamsala, Sargodha and Campbellpur.

(c)               any other place in the Punjab

 

Rs. 35 per mensem

 

 

 

Rs. 20 per mensem

 

 

Rs. 12 per mensem

 

 

(2) probationay Inspectors

Up to a maximum of half the rates admissible to inspectors


 

 

(c) Superintendents of Police and Assistant Inspector General, Government Railway Police.

"(3) Sub-Inspector at-

(a) the headquarters or Cantonments of Delhi, in respect of Government Railway Police only Lahore, Amritsar, Rawalpindi, Multan, Simla, Lyallpur, Montgomery, Murree and Dalhousie at the Cantonment of Ambala

Rs 18 Per mensem

To sanction houserent allowances.

(c) Superintendents of Police and Assistant Inspector General Government Railway Police

(b) the headquarters or cantonments Jullundur Karnal, Ferozepore, Gujranwala, Sheikhupura, Sargodha, Compellpur Headquarters of Ambala excluding the Cantonment and any hill station other than Simla, Murree and Dalhousie.

Rs. 10 per mensem

 

 

(c) Any other place in the Punjab

Rs. 6 per mensem

 

 

(4) Probationery Sub-Inspectors

Half the rates admissible to Sub Inspectors

 

 

(5) Assistant sub-inspectors, probationary assistant Sub Inspectors and and head-constables at-

 

 

 

(a) the headquarters of Cantonments of Delhi, in respect of Government Railway Police only Lahore, Amritsar Rawalpindi, Multan, Simla, Lyallpur, Montagomery, Murree, and Dalhousie.

Rs. 5 per mensem

 

 

(b) the headquarters or Cantonments of Ambala, Jullundur, Karnal, Ferozepore, Gujranwala, Sheikhupura, Sargodha, Cambellpur and any hill station other than Simla, Murree and Dalhousie

Rs. 3-8-0 per mensem

 

 

(c) Any other place in the Punjab

Rs. 2-8-0 per mensem

 

 

(1) In the headquarters or Cantonments of-

Up to Rs. 4 per mensem for married constables

 

 

(a) Simla

 

 

 

(b) Ferozepore, Shekhupura, Montogomery and Lyallpur

 

 

 

(c) Delhi in respect of Government Railway Police only Hissar, Rohtak, Gurgaon, Karnal, Ambala, Hoshiarpur, Jullundur, Kangra, Ludhiana, Lahore, Gurdaspur, Sialkot, Gujranwala, Amritsar, Jhang, Multan, Rawalpindi, Gujrat, Shahpur, Jhelum Attock

Upto Rs. 3 per mensem for married constables

 

 

(2) Elsewhere

upto Re. 1 per mensem for married constables

Subject to conditions laid down in Rule 10.76 of Punjab Police Rules and further, where, in any individual case, an officer is in receipt of house-rent allowance in excess of these revised rates (in above table) prescribed with effect from 1st August, 1929, he will continue to draw his existing allowance until such time as it automatically lapses by his transfer or by his proceeding on long leave.

 

Note :  Proportionate number of subordinates shall be provided with accommodation as follows :-

(1)     Probationary inspectors house-rent allowance at half the maximum rates prescribed for inspectors.

(2)     Probationary sub-inspectors : If married quarters are available and more than one sub-inspector or assistant sub-inspector is under training, two such probationary officers may be allotted to each quarter. If no quarter is available, probationary sub-inspectors should be granted house-rent allowance at half the maximum rates prescribed for sub-inspectors.

(3)     Probationary assistant sub-inspector : A number of head constable’s rooms attached to barracks should be reserved for these officers.

(4)     Probationary sub-inspectors and assistant sub-inspectors at police stations : Probationary officers shall occupy the rooms previously in possession of the sub-inspector in charge who should be granted house-rent allowance if no married accommodation is provided by Government. Where, however, the sub-inspector in charge wishes to remain in the police station, probationary officers shall, if possible, occupy other available rooms. If, however, accommodation is not available probationary officers should be granted house-rent allowance, sub-inspectors at half the maximum rate and assistant sub-inspectors at the full rate admissible to them.

(3)     A superior officer not below the rank of sub-inspector shall certify monthly in the case of head constables and constables that their wives and families, if any, are residing with them and that no official quarters are available. The number of allowances shall be reduced proportionately as married quarters become available. General priority shall be given according to length of service.

(4)     Applications for house-rent allowance shall be made in Form 10.76(4) in the case of European Inspectors and Sergeants to the Inspector-General of Police, in the case of Indian Inspectors and Probationary Inspectors to the Deputy Inspector-General of Police or to the Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police, in the case of Sub-Inspectors, Probationary Sub Inspectors, Assistant Sub-Inspectors, Probationary Assistant Sub-Inspectors to the Superintendent of Police or to the Assistant Inspectors-General, Government Railway Police. A report from the Tahsildar as to whether the rent proposed is reasonable according to local rates shall be obtained through the District Magistrate on the application before it is submitted to the officers mentioned above. The grant of houserent allowances to lower subordinates shall be governed by Rules 3.20 and 3.21. The payment of house-rent allowance to officers of all rank is conditional on the regular submission in arrears by one month by the actual payees or receipts from the owner of the premises rented. If the receipt of the house owner is more than one month in arrears, no further allowance shall be paid until the house owner’s receipts are received. The receipts should be forwarded to the Accountant-General with a covering letter. The house-rent allowance should be restricted to the amount actually paid by the enrolled Police Officers to the owner of the premises rented subject to the maximum limit prescribed in the above table.

(5)     Three registers of house-rent allowances sanctioned shall be maintained in each district in Form 10.76(5), (1) for European Inspectors and Sergeants, (2) for Indian Inspectors, and (3) for Sub-Inspectors, Assistant Sub Inspectors and Head Constables.

(6)     The Inspector-General of Police in case of European Inspectors and Sergeants and Range Deputy Inspectors-General of Police in case of Indian Inspectors shall submit to the Accountant-General a monthly consolidated statement in Form 10.76(6) of sanctions to the grant or cessation of houserent allowance to these officers serving in districts of the Punjab other than Lahore by the 10th of the month succeeding that to which the sanctions relate. In the case of the Lahore District the monthly statements shall reach the Accountant-General by the 25th of the month in which sanction is accorded to facilitate the pre-audit of monthly bills.

 

10.77. House-rent allowance of officers on leave of transfer. –

 

House-rent allowance may only be drawn during leave and temporary transfer when, in addition to the conditions in rule 10.73(1) being fulfilled, those in rule 14.3, Punjab Financial Hand Book No. 2, Volume II, are also complied with. The absentee may continue to draw the allowance up to four months if he certifies that his previous expenditure for a house continues during his absence and place his quarter rent free at the disposal of the officer deputed to officiate for him. If, however, the officiating officer is permitted on authority not less than that of a Superintendent of Police, to refuse to occupy those quarters, he and not the absentee officer will draw the allowance. (Subsidiary Rule 14.6).

 

10.78. Grain compensation allowance. –

(1)     Grain compensation allowance is a compensatory allowance admissible to whole-time Government servants including those holding temporary posts, whose pay lies within certain limits, to compensate them from time to time for the high prices of food grains. The allowance will be admissible according to the following scales :-

Rate of pay of whole-time Government servants

Amount of grain compensation allowance admissible if average price of principal food grains of the district is

But more than

Not more than

Dearer than 5 seers per ruppee, but not dearer than 6 seers per rupee (I Scale)

Dearer than 6 seers per ruppee, but not dearer than 6 seers per rupee (II Scale)

Rs. per month

Rs. per month

Rs. per month

Rs. per month

32

31

..

1

31

30

1

2

30

16

2

3

16

..

1

2


Note :  The term "Pay"does not include a compensatory allowance.

 

(2)     The rates of grain compensation allowance, according to the average price of the foodstuff for the district concerned, admissible for any month will be determined according to the rules framed by Government for the purpose, and should be ascertained monthly from the office of the Deputy Commissioner (See subsidiary Rule 14.16 in the Financial Hand Book No. 2, Volume II).

(3)     On receipt of intimation that grain compensation allowance is admissible for any month, arrears bills shall be prepared for all police officers and non-enrolled establishment (including whole-time menials) who are eligible to draw it. These bills shall be prepared in accordance with the instructions contained in Article 72 Civil Account Code. A list of absentees and a memo of savings shall also be prepared and kept as an office record. The receipts of the payees shall be obtained in separate vernacular acquittance rolls.

10.79. Payment of pay of men discharged. –


The pay due to the date of an officer finally quitting Government service may be drawn before the end of the month. (Article 38, Civil Account Code, Volume I). All sums due to such an officer should be paid on his leaving the force, and should on no account be withheld for remittance to him afterwards, as the latter course causes unnecessary correspondence and inconvenience. Amounts due to lower subordinates leaving the force permanently may be advanced from the permanent advance in cases where the preparation and encashment of supplementary pay bills or cheques would result in the man being detained beyond the date of his discharge. Superintendents are responsible that, prior to the making of final payments to men about to be discharged, all lawful deductions are made and all dues to Government realised.

 

10.80. Pay of deceased police officers. –


Pay and allowances should be drawn up to, and including, the day of an officer’s death. The hour at which death takes place has no effect on the claim (Article 39, Civil Account Code, Volume I).

 

10.81. Fund deductions. –


Deductions are made on account of the following funds :-

(i)       General Provident Fund, vide rule 10.173.

(ii)      Post Office Insurance Fund. Deduction from pay bills may be made only under instructions communicated to the insured persons superior officer by the audit officer. A superior officer will, therefore, allow no deduction on account of premia or subscriptions to be made from pay bills except on account of those duly authorised to subscribe. (Article 237, Civil Account Code).

10.82. Taxation. –

(1)     Police Officer are not exempted from taxation in their individual capacities, but taxes other than income-tax shall not be collected departmentally on behalf of the taxation authorities. All reasonable information required by such authorities from an officer regarding himself and his subordinates shall be supplied. (Articles 44 to 46, Civil Account Code, and Appendix 2 of Civil Account Code, Volume I).

(2)     All pay, allowances, pensions, gratuity, fees, commission and perquisites enumerated in section 7(1) of the Income Tax Act (Act XI of 1922) are liable to income-tax with the following exceptions :-

(1)     Travelling Allowance.

(2)     Conveyance or horse allowance.

(3)     General Provident or other similar fund and life insurances provided that such deducted sums shall not exceed one-sixth of the salary.

(4)     Advances of pay and other advances made by Government to its officers.

(5)     Allowances attached to :The Military Cross.

 

The Order of British India.

 

The Indian Order of Merit.

 

The King’s Police Medal.

 

The Indian Police Medal.

 

(6)     Extraordinary gratuities granted by Government to officers (or to their widows, children or other representatives, as the case may be) who are injured or killed in the execution of their duties or who suffer injury or death owing to devotion to duty.

(7)     The allowances or salary paid in the United Kingdom to officers on leave or duty in that country, whether such allowance or salary is paid in sterling in the United Kingdom or by means of negotiable rupee drafts on banks in India.

 

Detailed instructions will be found in the Income-tax Act (XI of 1922) and Appendix 2 of the Civil Account Code.

 

(3)     Motor vehicles owned by Government and kept for use by the police department are exempt from liability to pay tax under the Punjab Vehicles Taxation Rules, 1925.

(4)     The Local Government has directed that professional taxes shall be levied by local bodies in accordance with rates fixed by them subject to the confirmation of the Deputy Commissioner.

10.83. Pay bill of gazetted officers. –

(1)     Pay and allowances of gazetted officers shall be drawn on Form No. A.F.-71(b), and will be paid only upon the personal claim of the officer concerned and to his personal receipt. (Article 49, Civil Account Code, Volume I).

(2)     Gazetted officers may, under the conditions prescribed by Article 56, Civil Account Code, draw part of their pay from the treasury of the district in which they are serving and part through a bank in Lahore.

(3)     No officer may draw an increased or a changed rate of pay or fixed allowance unless the bill is pre-audited or supported by a pay slip from the Accountant-General. The last pay bill of an officer finally quitting Government service and bills for rewards for proficiency in oriental languages require pre-audit. (Articles 51 and 55, Civil Account Code, Volume I).

10.84. Subordinate establishments. –

 

The establishment in each rank and grade and the number and description of allowances are sanctioned from time to time by the local Government.

 

The sanctioned establishment may on no account be exceeded, except in the case of allowances for officers in leave acting and other vacancies.

 

Upper subordinates are borne upon a provincial or range cadre : provided that the total sanctioned number in each rank and grade for the province or range is not exceeded, upper subordinates can be posted to districts at the discretion of the authority empowered to make such postings.

 

10.85. Annual establishment return. –

 

Superintendents shall submit the following statements by the 15th April in each year to the Deputy Inspector General :-

(a)      showing the names of all upper subordinates who have been on leave other than casual leave, and under suspension during the year, with description and period of leave or suspension, the dates of beginning and ending being specified, and in cases of suspension it being stated whether the period is to count towards pension.

(b)      Specifying the pay bills with which the health and age certificates of new incumbents entertained during the year were furnished to the Accountant-General’s Office.

(c)      Specifying the names of upper subordinates who were shown in the previous year’s list, but were omitted from the current year’s list with particulars as to dates from which they ceased to be borne on the list and why.

 

On receipt to these statements Deputy Inspectors-General shall cause a careful check of their accuracy to be made, and shall compile consolidated statements for all districts in their range; these they shall submit, together with muster rolls of their own office Establishments, to reach the Central Police Office by the 1st May. The Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation Department and the Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police, shall similarly prepare and submit returns relating to upper subordinates and clerks borne on their lists. The lists, after being checked in the Central Police Office shall be forwarded to the Accountant-General with the annual printed list of inspectors, sergeants and sub-inspectors.

10.86. Changes in establishment. –


All changes in establishment due to officers leaving the service, or to promotions, reductions, transfers to other districts or departments, etc., shall be recorded from time to time as they take place in the Order Book and in the "Memorandum of Changes" maintained in Form No. 10.86, which shall be prepared separately for lower subordinates and temporary establishment.

 

Care should be taken that all appointments remaining vacant in the previous month are first recorded in this form before the changes of the current month are entered, and that all vacancies in the rank of constable are shown in the lowest grade.

 

10.87. Deductions. –

(1)     All recoveries or deductions which are made from officers are either recurrent or casual.

(2)     Recurrent deductions are made at a fixed rate on account of income-tax, or fund subscriptions.

(3)     Casual deductions are those which are made to recover a specified sum, whether in one or more instalments. No deductions other than those sanctioned by the Police Rules are permitted, except such as are required to be made in compliance with the order of a court of law or other competent authority.

(4)     Every casual deduction shall be supported by an order in the Order Book and shall be recovered at the rate prescribed in such order. If no rate has been prescribed the total of all deductions made in any one month should not ordinarily exceed one-third of pay.

(5)     The accountant shall, immediately on receipt of authority in the form of the copy of the daily orders supplied to him (vide rule 10.89) make an entry of each deduction ordered in Form 10.87(5) "Memorandum of Deductions". In the column for "Refunds" shall be included advances recoverable (rule 10.60), recoveries ordered by the Accountant-General or other competent authority, and recoveries due for previous months on account of commutation of leave, suspension, reduction and income-tax. Deductions outstanding in the previous month should be recorded first.

(6)     All deductions shall, as far as possible be made by short drawals from the pay of the officers concerned, and not in cash. When made in cash and when it is not possible immediately to credit the amount received in the treasury or hand it over to the payee, it shall be placed in the police cash chest.

10.88. Gradation lists of officers below the rank of assistant sub-inspector. –

(1)     For the purpose of awarding increments to all officers below the rank of assistant sub-inspector and checking pay bills, annual gradation lists shall be maintained in English in Form 10.88(1). Separate list shall be maintained for each distinct time-scale.

(2)     (a) The increments of pay due to these officers are shown in Appendix 10.63, Table A.

 

(b) Previous service in the Army or police may be included as approved service if duly sanctioned under rule 12.24.

(3)     On the last working day of each month the numbers of officers on each rate of pay shall be entered serially in the column for the current month, the numbers of the men on the first rate being entered in red ink, those on the next rate in black ink, and so on in alternate colours.

"(4) (a) An increment shall accrue from the date it falls due unless it is withheld in which case it shall be drawn from the date specified in the order withholding the increment. In withholding the increment the withholding authority shall state the period for which it is withheld and whether the postponement shall have the effect of postponing future increments.

 

(b) Reductions shall ordinarily take effect from the date specified in the order of reduction. If, however, the date is not specified, the reduction shall take effect from the date succeeding the date on which the order is passed."

 

(Fundamental Rules 24 and 29 and Police rule 16.5).

(5)  When an officer is reduced for a specified period only, an entry shall be made in the column of remarks, opposite his name, giving a reference to the Order Book number and his name shall be re-entered temporarily at the bottom of the grade to which reduced or at such other position as may be mentioned in the order of reduction. A note shall be recorded in the column of remarks opposite the new entry showing the date on which the period of reduction expires. On the expiry of the period of reduction the second entry will be struck out and the name will reappear in its original place.

(6)  When forfeiture of approved service of an officer is ordered his name shall be struck out from its original position and re-entered in the particular place at which it should appear, after deducting the amount of approved service forfeited, a reference to the Order Book being given in the column of remarks over the signature of the Superintendent.

(7)  When an officer’s name finally ceases to be borne on the strength of the force from any cause it shall be struck out of the gradation list, a reference to the Order Book being given in the remarks column.

(8)  The names of officers transferred from other districts shall be inserted at their proper place in accordance with their total approved service, such entries being signed by a gazetted officer.

(9)  An index to each gradation list shall be maintained at the end of the book in the form of a serial list of constabulary numbers, and, in a parallel column, the corresponding gradation list serial numbers. New gradation lists shall be prepared during the month of January of each year. The gradation lists shall be treated as permanent records.

 

10.89. List of absentees. –


The orderly head constable shall, as relevant orders appear in the Order Book, make entries in Form 10.89(A) regarding that date in each month on which the preparation of acquittance rolls is begun, and shall be made over to the accountant, who will prepare the absentee statement in Form 10.89(B) for upper subordinates only and the register of absentees in Form No. 10.89(C) for lower subordinates. In the preparation of the register of absentees the following instructions shall be carefully observed :-

(a)      Names of all men on leave (other than casual leave) shall be entered in the register, whether their leave pay is drawn or held over for future payment, and whether any leave deduction is made from their pay or not.

(b)      If leave pay cannot be paid to an absentee in the manner prescribed in rule 10.40(2), or if the absentee does not wish to be paid monthly such pay shall be held over for future payment.

(c)      All deductions shall be made in the register for the month in which they become due, irrespective of whether the absentee draws his pay or not. Deductions omitted from any cause in the register for the month in which they become due shall be made, if the absentee’s pay is held over for future payment, by short drawal at the time of payment, and if the pay has been disbursed, by deduction under "Refunds" in the "Memorandum of Deductions" for the succeeding month.

10.90. Acquittance rolls. –

(1)     The acquittance roll in Form 10.90(1)(A) for upper subordinates and in Form 10.90(1)(B) for lower subordinates provide the material from which consolidated pay bills are prepared and is the means by which pay is disbursed to individuals. Separate acquittance rolls shall be made out for each place at which pay is distributed by the officers noted below. The names of permanent and temporary establishment who draw their pay at each of such places shall be entered in separate rolls :-

(1)     Officers in charge of police stations. For all officers attached to their stations, including all posts subordinate to such stations, and for absentees residing in their jurisdictions.

(2)     The Lines Officer. For officers in the lines, offices guards and hospital orderlies and absentees residing at headquarters.

(3)     Orderly Head Constable. For (a) officers serving and absentees residing in other districts, (b) officers under training at the Police Training School or serving in other districts and drawing their pay there (in such cases the name of the place or district should be noted in the column of remarks), and (c) officers who have rejoined during the month and who have not received their pay while absent. Separate acquittance rolls shall be prepared for class (c) above.

 

All acquittance rolls on account of pay and allowances for the current month shall be submitted so as to reach headquarters by the 20th of that month.

(2)     The accountant shall not prepare acquittance rolls. The preparing officers shall only enter the rate of pay and allowance and the total amounts claimed; the accountant shall enter deductions and the balance to be paid after checking the entries with the assistance of the orderly head constable by means of the acquittance rolls of the previous month, the long roll, order book, register of postings and the records prescribed in rules 10.86, 10.87, 10.88 and 10.89. He shall then prepare the abstract on the reverse of the acquittance rolls.

(3)     The following instructions for taking payees’ receipts on pay bills and acquittance rolls should be carefully observed :-

(a)      The receipts of clerks in the Central Police Office, Criminal Investigation Department, Range and Railway Police Offices for pay and allowances shall be taken on the office copy of the combined pay bill and acquittance roll in Form No. C.A.C. 10 as inserted by correction slip No. 185, dated the 1st October, 1928, and amended by correction slip No. 317, dated the 1st April, 1930, to the Civil Account Code, volume I. Such bills shall be preserved for six years but before they are destroyed the periods of temporary and officiating service shall be verified by the heads of offices from the bills concerned and the fact of verification recorded under proper attestation in the service books. The heads of offices shall also invariably give the necessary particulars with reference to Articles 370 and 371, Civil Service Regulations, in order to enable the Audit Office to decide later on, by reference merely to such particulars, whether the temporary or officiating service will qualify for pension or not; for example, in the case of officiating service, the nature of the vacancy in which the clerk officiated and, in the case of temporary service, whether the temporary post was subsequently made permanent, shall be stated.

(b)      The acquittance rolls of upper subordinates shall be destroyed after six years and those of lower subordinates after 35 years after the procedure for verification of service detailed in clause (a) has been carried out.

 

Note: With regard to the verification of service from the pay bills and acquittance rolls see rule 12.36.

 

10.91. List of transfers and absentees. –

 

A list of officers who have left a station during the month shall be carefully prepared at the end of the acquittance roll as any omissions or mistakes in such lists cause great inconvenience. Changes occurring after the submission of the roll, but before the end of the month, shall be promptly and specially reported. If possible, they will be incorporated in the month’s accounts, otherwise they will be dealt with in the next month’s accounts.

 

Where local allowances are sanctioned, a list of all payments, to, or transfers from, such localities made during the month, shall be submitted with the acquittance roll in Form 10.91. The list will be checked by the orderly head constable and the accountant who will endorse thereon their reports for the orders of the Superintendent and insertion, when necessary, in the Order Book. In the case of allowances attached to particular posts, and admissible only to the holders of such posts for the time being, care should be taken that no allowances is either entered in the acquittance rolls or drawn in the pay bills for any period during which such a post remained vacant. All certificates required by rule 10.76 et.seq. in support of claims of houserent, conveyance allowance and the like shall be attached with the list prescribed above.

 

10.92. Acquittance rolls for absentees. –

 

The pay of men under training at the Police Training School is drawn and disbursed by the Principal of the School, all students receiving a last pay certificate from their districts on first proceeding to the school. Acquittance rolls shall be prepared by the orderly head constable for such men for purposes of check only; no amounts for disbursement should be shown in them. Separate acquittance rolls are required for obtaining receipts for pay of absentees. The names of men on leave, who have elected to receive their leave pay through the police station nearest to their homes (vide rule 8.16) and particulars of pay shall be entered by the orderly head constable in the acquittance roll of the police station concerned. Another acquittance roll shall be prepared by the orderly head constable for all men, who are to receive their pay by money order, the money order receipts being attached against the appropriate entries in this roll on receipt. Separate acquittance rolls shall similarly be prepared corresponding to the detail of each Remittance Transfer Receipt which is to be sent to another district on account of the pay of absentees. These acquittance rolls shall be sent to the Superintendent of Police concerned together with the Remittance Transfer Receipts, and shall be returned to the district of issue, duly signed by the actual payees.

 

10.93. Comparison and completion by the accountant. –

 

On receipt of the acquittance rolls, the accountant, with the aid of the orderly head constable, shall check and complete them. For this purpose he should first satisfy himself of the correctness of the "Memorandum of Changes" (rule 10.86), register of absentees (rule 10.89-B), gradation list of constables (rule 10.88(1)), and "Memorandum of Deductions" (rule 10.87(5)) by actual comparison with the Order Book entries. He shall then check the rolls by means of these memoranda and his own check statement of postings (Form 10.93) which is based on the acquittance rolls of previous months, and after making all necessary corrections in red ink and initialling them, shall fill in the abstract on the reverse of the rolls. Appointments which existed for a portion only of the month shall be shown in fractions thus 27, 19, 30, 31 the upper figures showing the days for which the appointments existed and the lower ones the number of days in the month.

 

10.94. The Pay Sheets. –

 

When acquittance rolls have been thoroughly checked, the entries concerning lower subordinates shall be transferred into the pay sheet (Form No. 10.94), and totalled in accordance with the instructions noted on the form.

 

10.95. Monthly bills of upper subordinates. –

(1)     From the acquittance rolls the upper subordinates pay bill shall be prepared in A & T Form No. 294 separately for permanent and temporary establishments. The dates and amounts of supplementary bills and date of relief or assumption of charge in the case of any upper subordinate transferred from one district to another shall be noted. Gazette notifications shall be quoted for all altered or new charges and provincial and range numbers shall be shown. The names of acting officers should be noted below the last entry of a substantive officer in the bill. Absentee statements referred to in rule 10.89 shall be attached to the bill.

(2)     Absentee statements shall be submitted to the Accountant-General on the 15th of the month following that to which the events relate :-

(a)      By the Inspector-General : a consolidated statement in the case of permanent or officiating vacancies in the rank of inspector and sergeant showing the complete chain of arrangements, and a statement showing permanent or officiating vacancies in the clerical establishment of the department.

(b)      By Deputy Inspectors-General : consolidated statement in the case of permanent or officiating vacancies in the rank of sub-inspector and assistant sub-inspector and officiating appointments in their places.

 

Note : A consolidated statement is not required in respect of sub-inspectors of the railway police.

(3)     Deputy Inspectors-General shall forward to the Inspector-General on the 10th of each month a statement showing permanent or officiating vacancies in the clerical establishment of their own offices. Superintendents shall forward on the 5th of each month copies of absentee statements respecting inspectors and sergeants direct to the Inspector General and copies of similar statements respecting sub-inspectors and assistant sub-inspectors to the Deputy Inspector-General of the range.

(4)     Health, last pay and charge certificate shall be attached duly signed to the pay bills. Each allowance drawn by an officer should be shown separately below his substantive pay, and the authority for "personal pay", if any, should be quoted.

10.96. Monthly bills of lower subordinates. –

(1)     To facilitate the compilation of the lower subordinates’ pay bill the accountant shall prepare monthly the following memoranda :-

(A)     Memorandum for testing the grant of increments to constables (Form 10.96(1)(A)). The object of this memorandum is to obtain from the figures in the gradation list (rule 10.88(1)) the correct amounts in each grade to be drawn respectively in the pay bills of permanent establishment and additional police, after consolidating broken periods in various grades and the vacancies in the lowest grade in the manner shown in the form.

(B)     Abstract of savings (Form 10.94(1)(A) Part II), obtained from the memorandum of changes (rule 10.86). From these and the register of absentees and the pay sheet, the lower subordinates’ pay bill in Forms 10.96(1)(B) and 10.27(1)(b) shall be prepared. In this bill names of individual officers need not be shown. Allowances according to Appendix 10.63, Table B, shall be shown in lump sums separately from pay. No office copy is necessary, if the pay sheet is properly prepared.

 

The following certificates, with such modifications as may be necessary should be furnished before the pay bill is submitted for encashment.

(1)     Received contents; also certified that I have satisfied myself that all pay included in bills drawn 30 days previous to this date with the exception of those detailed below (of which the total has been refunded by deduction from this bill) have been disbursed to the proper persons and that their receipts have been taken in acquittance rolls filed in my office, with receipt stamps duly cancelled for every payment in exceeds of Rs. 20. Further certified that all persons for whom pay has been drawn in this bill have actually been entertained during the month.

(2)     Certified that no person in Superior Service on this establishment has been absent either on deputation or suspension or with or without leave (except on casual leave) during the month, and further that all appointments and promotions, temporary or permanent, have been recorded in the character rolls of the persons concerned under my initials.

(3)     Certified that I have personally satisfied myself that during the month of_________________   19 , for which this bill is drawn, the number of constables of different periods of approved service was as follows :-

 

NUMBER OF SELECTION GRADE CONSTABLES ON -

NUMBER OF CONSTABLES

Rs. 28

Rs. 27

Rs. 26

Rs. 25

Rs. 24

Rs. 23

Rs. 22

Rs. 21

Rs. 20

1st grade at

Rs 20

2nd grade at Rs 19

3rd grade at Rs 18

4th grade at Rs 17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4)     Certified that the Head Constables and Foot Constables, Selection Grade, for whom pay in excess of the minimum has been claimed, have rendered the required period of approved service entitling them to the increased pay.

(5)     Certified that no leave has been granted until, by reference to the applicant’s leave account maintained under Fundamental Rule 76, I had satisfied myself that it was admissible and that all grants of leave and departures on, and returns from, leave and all periods of suspension and deputation, have been recorded in the Service Books under my initials.

(6)     Certified that no person for whom house-rent allowance has been drawn in this bill has been in occupation of Government rent-free quarters during the period for which the allowance has been drawn.

(7)     Certified that the Government servants for whom conveyance allowance had been drawn actually maintained camels/horses/cycles and were not employed as clerks.

(8)     Certified that special pay has been granted to those actually performing duties of the posts for which it has been sanctioned.

(9)     Certified that the Government servants for whom leave salary has been drawn equal to their substantive pay held substantively permanent post under Government on 24th August, 1927.

N.B : The words "received contents" should be scored through by the drawing officer in the case of bills presented at the pre-audit counter of Accountant-General’s Office.

(10)   Certified that the actual payee’s receipts for house-rent allowances are on record in all cases; that in no case is the amount paid to the house-owner less than the amount of house-rent allowance claimed; that Government rent-free quarters were not available and that persons in receipt of the allowances lived with their wives (and families, if any) in the rented quarters during the period for which claim has been preferred.

(2)     It should be noted that the figure given in columns 1 and 3 of the pay bill (10.96(1)(B) represent the sanctioned strength and pay of the force and that these alone can be checked in the office of the Accountant-General. It is necessary that the figures shown in columns 4 to 7 should be carefully checked and compared with the office memoranda referred to in sub-rule (1) above. The pay and acting allowances of a head constable officiating as an assistant sub-inspector shall be drawn in the upper subordinates salary bill, whilst in the lower subordinates bill his pay will be shown as a "Saving". On the other hand the pay of a constable officiating as a head constable shall be included among the pay of constables. In such cases his acting allowance as a head constable shall be shown in the lower subordinates bill, by separate entry, if it is the result of an average pay leave vacancy or of a chain of promotion or deputation vacancies; and if the vacancy is caused by absence on leave on half or quarter average salary or without pay, by the amount being included in column 8 of the bill against the entry referring to head constables of the grade to which the absentee belongs.

(3)     The certificates printed in the form should be signed after the officer signing has satisfied himself by the necessary check of the bills that he is able to do so.

(4)     The specimen form published with these rules is complete with certificates and check memoranda, and should be carefully studied.

10.97. Arrear bills. –

(1)     Arrears of pay and allowances shall be drawn in bills in Form (1) 10.96(B) distinct from the monthly pay bills, and may be presented at the treasury at any time. The amount claimed for each month must be shown separately, with a reference to the bill from which the amount was omitted, withheld, or refunded by deduction, or to any special authority sanctioning a new charge. (Article 72, Civil Account Code, Volume I).

(2)     If an upper subordinate is transferred with arrears of pay due to him, the fact shall be stated in his last pay certificate; his arrears may then be drawn in his new disrict.

(3)     Arrears bills shall be thoroughly checked by a gazetted officer with the file of leave certificates (rule 8.15), and the register of absentees, and entry being made in the latter showing the date of drawing the sums withheld. If arrears are drawn at a lower rate than that shown as withheld in the register of absentees (on account of communications of leave, etc.) only the actual sum required for payment shall be drawn and an explanatory entry shall be made in the remarks column.

10.98. Disbursement of pay. –

Pay shall be disbursed by, or through the officers named in rule 10.40(2) or shall be remitted to absentees monthly. Remittance to absentees shall be made either by remittance transfer receipts or money order on the conditions laid down in rule 10.41.

10.99. Return of acquittance rolls. –

(1)     Disbursement of pay must be completed as early as possible. Acquittance rolls should normally be returned to the accountant by the 20th of each month, with all payees’ receipts correctly entered in them, and an endorsement showing the cause and giving the details of the amounts undisbursed. Items for credit to an estate should be returned to headquarters to be credited to the police deposit account in the treasury. Sums remaining undisbursed on the 10th of the month on account of the absence of the payee, even though such absence be only temporary, shall also be returned to headquarters for refund to the treasury by being short drawn in the next month’s pay bill. Such sums can be re-drawn by arrears bill either simultaneously with the next month’s pay, if the absentee has by then returned to his station, or immediately he does so return. On no account may pay drawn be held in deposit undisbursed.

(2)     The accountant shall carefully examine each roll returned by disbursing officers and secure the correction of all errors and omissions. On completion of this check he will enter the amounts undisbursed on the back of the paysheet, sign thereon his report and place all the papers before a gazetted officer for check. The latter officer shall carefully check the reports of the disbursing officers and see that all undisbursed amounts have been brought to account in the cash book. He will then sign a certificate to this effect.

10.100. Principles of check of pay bills. –


The primary responsibility for the correct preparation of pay bills rests with the orderly head constable and the accountant, who have at their disposal all the original authorities for changes, absences, etc. By means of the records and memoranda described in the foregoing rules they are required so to arrange the drawing and distribution of pay that only such sums are drawn from the treasury as are required, and that these sums are distributed for disbursement according to rule. The first check on the work of the above officers is required to be carried out by the head clerk, who shall verify each item of the bills by means of the prescribed registers and memoranda, and by reference to the Order Book and leave accounts, and shall verify all totals and calculations. When the head clerk has completed his scrutiny, the Superintendent himself, or another gazetted officer specially designated for the purpose, is required to make a general but thorough check before signing the bills. It is not incumbent on the gazetted officer to verify every total and calculation in detail, but it is his duty fully to satisfy himself that increments have been properly sanctioned; that all deductions, allowances, withholdings, refunds, etc., and all absences are supported by proper authority; that the calculations regarding establishment present on duty and vacancies are correct, and that the arrangements for the distribution of the total sums contained in the bills are in order. It is also the duty of the gazetted officer signing the pay bills for any month to assure himself that the pay of the preceding month has been correctly disbursed and that all undisbursed items are properly accounted for. Orders in each district shall prescribe dates for the completion of each stage in the preparation of monthly pay bills so as to ensure that the signed bills can be presented for encashment on the proper date.

10.101. Record. –

(1)     Papers dealing with pay, arrears and supplementary pay shall be filed in the following order :-

(1)     The memorandum of changes, the memorandum of deductions, the acquittance rolls in the order in which they have been inserted in the pay sheet, and then the pay sheet itself. They will be bound in six-monthly, quarterly or monthly volumes according to their bulk, in the following order :-

1st. Those relating to upper sub-ordinates

2nd. Those relating to lower sub-ordinates

3rd. Those relating to additional police

4th. Those relating to other temporary establishment

 

including those relating to

arrears or supplementary bills

(2)     Office copies of pay bills of upper subordinates shall be kept together and after the close of the financial year shall be bound in chronological order. Bills of permanent establishment and of additional police shall be filed, separately.

PART VI

CONTINGENT CHARGES

10.102. Classes of contingent grants. –

Contingent charges in the police department are divided in two classes -

(a)      Contract contingencies

(b)      Special contingencies known also as "audited" or "C class" contingencies.

Contingent charges include also Supplies and Services and Allowances and Honoraria, which should, however, be shown separately in all bills and accounts. (Article 82, Civil Account Code, Volume I).

10.103. Description of classes of contingent grants. –

(1)     Contract grants are lump sums allotted annually, within which an officer may incur expenditure on the detailed heads of contingencies covered by the grant at his discretion, provided that the total allotment is not exceeded. (Article 82, Civil Account Code, Volume I).

(2)     The contract grant for the police department as a whole is fixed for three-year period; consequently revision of the annual grants of subordinate offices except by reallotment within the total departmental grant, can only be made on the expiry of such periods. Deputy Inspectors General will be called upon when the grant is under revision to recommend decreases or increases for the offices and districts under their control.

(3)     Each head of an office is required systematically to estimate the expenditure which he can meet in any year from his contract grant, by allotting to the various units of expenditure included in the grant the share of the total which each requires. It is only after fixed and inevitable charges such as fixed allowances, hot and cold weather charges, etc., have been provided for, that balances can be made available for optional expenditure.

(4)     Charges for Supplies and Services, Other Allowances and Honoraria and Special contingencies can only be incurred within the allotment provided in budget under each unit of expenditure. Transfer of funds from one such unit to another requires the sanction of the competent authority.

10.104. Fixed Contingencies. –

(1)     Fixed allowances for contingent expenditure are sanctioned for each district (a) for the purchase of country pens, ink, twine, glue, paste, etc. and (b) for the purchase of oil for lighting purposes.

(2)     The rates of allowances for the purchase of oil for lighting purposes should be fixed and sanctioned by Superintendents by virtue of the powers delegated to them in serial No. 5 of the table appended to rule 20.9 of the Book of Financial Powers. All cases beyond their competence to sanction should be referred to the Inspector-General.

(3)     The rates of allowances for the purchase of country pens, ink, twine, glue, and paste, etc., should normaly be as follows and should be sanctioned by Superintendents by virtue of the powers delegated to them in the above-said rule of the Book of Financial Powers:-

 

 

Rs.

A.

P.

For each police officer

10

0

0

For each police lines

2

0

0

For each Range Recruits Training Centre

2

0

0

For each police station

2

0

0

For each police post

0

8

0

For each district inspector

1

0

0

 

Exception Cantonment and City posts should be treated separately and special allowances should be sanctioned for them according to requirements.

 

Superintendents, however, are not bound by these limits as the above-said rule covers all but exceptional cases which should be referred to the Inspector General for sanction.

(4)     A provision for these allowances has been included in the annual allotment for contract contingencies of each district.

(5)     The rates of these allowances should be periodically scrutinized and revised by Superintendents, if necessary, according to local conditions.

 

This will be subject to the condition that the allotment for contract contingencies from which these allowances are to be met should not be exceeded.

(6)     These allowances will be drawn on regular establishment bill forms, vide the note to Article 82, Civil Account Code.

(7)     If any saving is anticipated in the annual contract grant owing to the abolition of posts, etc., the matter should be at once reported to the Deputy Inspector-General who will inform the Inspector-General and also arrange for the utilization elsewhere of the saving so anticipated.

10.105. Permanent advance. –

(1)     A permanent advance is intended to provide, on the responsibility of the officer entrusted with it, for emergent petty advances of all kinds or for such payments as have to be made in advance of drawing bills. (Article 93, Civil Account Code, Volume I).

(2)     The permanent advances sanctioned for districts and other offices in the department are published from time to time in the Police gazette. According to the rule of practice laid down by the Account-General the amount of such advances will not ordinarily exceed one-half of the average monthly contingent expenditure of the office concerned.

(3)     Each officer holding a permanent advance is required on transfer of charge and on the 15th April in each year, to send to the Accountant-General an acknowledgment of the amount accountable for by himself. [See also rule 10.106(4)].

10.106. Distribution of Permanent advance. –

(1)     The permanent advance allotted to a Superintendent should be distributed to Subordinate officers in accordance with their requirements. Amounts so allotted should not be larger than is absolutely necessary and can be varied according to requirements. (Article 93, Civil Account Code, Volume I).

(2)     The following officers should hold portions of the permanent advance :-

(a)      the senior officer of the prosecuting branch for all immediate expenditure on diet money, transport charges in connection with cases, etc., including the recoupment to officers in charge of police stations of similar expenditure incurred by them. With the approval of the Superintendent of Police this allotment may be sub-divided to provide an advance for prosecuting officers of and above the rank of sub-inspector stationed away from the headquarters of the district.

(b)      the Reserve Inspector or Lines Officer for advancing the cost of fares of policemen travelling on duty, freight of their baggage, transport charges on government account, and petty purchases and repairs of Government buildings and property, which he is called upon to execute, and for advance payments required to be made under rule 10.79.

(c)      Officers in charge of police stations for purposes similar to the above in respect of their police stations.

(3)     subject to the allotment to the officers specified in the preceding subrule of adequate shares of the permanent advance, further distribution may be made, if the necessity therefor is established, to the reader to the Superintendent, to gazetted officers in charge of sub-divisions and to the District Inspector. A small balance should remain in the hands of the accountant for emergent expenditure in the headquarters office, such as payments for value payable parcels and bearing charges, but, in accordance with the principle stated in the rule 10.46(vii) this officer should be used as little as possible as a disbursing officer. A statement showing the distribution of his permanent advance allotment made by the Superintendent shall be entered on the first page of the general cash book.

(4)     All police officers holding allotments from the permanent advance are required to submit for record in the office of the Superintendent the certificate required by rule 10.105(3).

10.107. Receipts for permanent advance expenditure. –

 

When money is spent from the permanent advance on account of contingencies, receipts should be taken as directed in rule 10.33(1). Separate vouchers should be prepared for each separate charge, but the items making up one charge may be receipted on the same voucher; provided that items in excess of Rs. 25 shall be receipted in a separate voucher from items of and below that sum.

 

10.108. Account of permanent advance. –

 

Officers to whom permanent advances are allotted shall keep an account of such advance in Form 10.52(b). On the first page of the form shall be entered the amount of the permanent advance with the number and date of the Order Book entry by which it was allotted. The account shall be kept as far as possible in the manner prescribed for officers in charge of police stations by rule 10.52.

 

10.109. Bills for reimbursement of permanent advance. –

(1)     For all judicial expenses paid from the permanent advance officers in charge of police stations shall submit bills in Form 10.109(1).

 

The prosecuting inspector or a prosecuting sub-inspector shall be responsible for checking such bills and for recovering the amounts from the sheriff on the day of presentation. Except for every special reasons such amounts shall always be made over to the police officer bringing the bill. Any difficulty in securing prompt adjustment by the sheriff must be brought to the notice of the Superintendent. If necessary, to avoid delay, the prosecuting inspector shall meet the bills submitted by police stations from his own permanent advance.

(2)     For the recovery of the departmental expenses defrayed from the permanent advances, application shall be made in writing in Form 10.109(2) as often as may be necessary to prevent the advance allotment from becoming exhausted. Such applications shall be supported by vouchers for each item. If a voucher is lost the procedure prescribed in rule 10.36(1) shall be followed. The accountant shall check such bills and obtain the orders of the Superintendent for payment or otherwise. The details of such bills will not be recorded in the contingent register (rule 10.110) until the payment order has been recorded in the Order Book. The accountant will be responsible for preparing abstract contingent bills at sufficiently frequent intervals and taking other steps to ensure the reimbursement of permanent advances as expeditiously as possibly. Delays in this matter should be brought to the notice of the Superintendent by officers holding advances, and all gazetted officers at inspections should pay particular attention to the manner in which the permanent advance has been handled.

10.110. Contingent register. –


Separate registers shall be maintained in Form 10.110 for each class of contingent charges in every officer to which contingent grant is distributed, as follows :-

(I)      Contract contingencies.

(II)     C class (Audited) contingencies.

(III)   Allowances and Honoraria.

(IV)   Supplies and Services.

(V)     Police Lands Fund.

 

Each register shall contain as many columns as there are detailed heads prescribed in this connection for each type of contingent expenditure. Each unit will have its own money column. Units, such as "Rewards to private persons", which are sub-divided should be linked by a bracket. The amount of the annual allotment grant and the progressive total of expenditure should be entered below the description of the unit. In the case of any item of expenditure which requires explanation on account of its unusual nature or amount particulars should be entered in the column headed "Description of charge", though the amount is entered only on its special column. The period to which any recurring charges refer should also be noted in the "Description" column. (Article 94, Civil Account Code, Volume I).

 

To enable the disbursing officer to watch the progress of expenditure under each unit, as compared with the budget grant, progressive balances and totals, as prescribed in the footnote to the form, shall invariable be entered.

 

Should an increase, decrease, disallowance or misclassification under any unit of expenditure be notified by the controlling or audit officer, the necessary corrections shall be made in red ink by plus or minus entries in the figures of allotment, expenditure and balances.

 

Money drawn from the treasury and not expanded by the end of the month (such as refunds of carriage charges by escorts, etc.) should be refunded into the treasury either in cash or by short drawal in the next abstract contingent bill. Such refunds should be deducted from the expenditure total. The amount can be re-drawn when required.

10.111. Heads of contingent expenditure. –

(1)     Appendix No. 10.111(1) shows the units into which the contingent grants are divided. The distribution of allotment is published annually in the police gazette in day. Pending such publication contingent expenditure may be incurred monthly up to the monthly average of the previous year’s allotment.

 

Bills for pay and other charges duly sanctioned for the month of March and previous months may be paid in anticipation of communication of the budget. Similar expenditure may also be incurred in emergent cases during the months of April and May in anticipation of communication of the budget allotment, provided such expenditure does not exceed the average monthly expenditure of the previous year.

 

Note: This relaxation should not be regarded as a relaxation of the rule contained in paragraph 12.5 of the Punjab Budget Manual under which the Heads of Departments are required to carry out the distribution of the grant not later than the 1st May in each year.

(2)     No salary charges of any kind (except for pay of hot weather establishment, pay of menials and of establishment of the police lands fund) and no additions to pay may be charged as contingent expenditure or included in contingent bills.

(3)     All additional police contingent expenditure must directly concern the additional police post for which the provision for contingencies has been sanctioned. Expenditure which may legitimately be incurred under contingencies falls under the following heads:-

(i)       Buildings. ‘Hutting charges’ include not only the initial provision for buildings but also the expenditure necessary for their maintenance as well as rental charges. Where additional police are accommodated in existing police buildings, a portion of the repairs to such buildings should be debited to the General Police Fund.

(ii)      Furniture. No article of office equipment for the use of the supervisory gazetted staff should ordinarily be purchased out of the General Police Fund, but officers in direct charge of additional police posts may reasonably be supplied with such equipment. On the termination of a post this may be utilized elsewhere at the discretion of the Superintendent of Police of the district who should bear this in mind when making purchases initially. The same principle applies to the purchase of other equipment such as tables, chairs, benches and durries.

(iii)     Lighting Charges. Provision should invariably be made for the adequate lighting of the building occupied by the additional police. This implies the incurring of initial expenditure on the purchase of lamps and recurring expenditure in the supply of oil for such lamps.

(iv)    Stationery. Such articles of stationery as are usually supplied by the Stationery Office and are required for use in connection with the post should be locally purchased by the Superintendent of Police (with the previous sanction of the Deputy Inspector-General of Police as required by serial No. 20 of the table appended to rule 20.9 of the Book of Financial Powers amended by Punjab Government, Finance Department, Notification No. 24523, dated 26th September, 1927) at the expense of the General Police Fund, not from the district allotment for contingencies. A limited amount of stationery may be used in the headquarters office, the work of which is often appreciably increased by the existence of additional police.

(v)      Travelling Allowance. Expenses incurred in the moving about of men working in additional police posts, whether such charges would ordinarily be debitable to "Travelling allowance" or to "Carriage of Constabulary", should be met from the General Police Fund, provided that the journeys are definitely connected with the duties of the additional police.

(vi)    Allowances to Bhishtis and Sweepers. The wages of bhishtis and sweepers entertained for additional police posts should be met from the General Police Fund. They should not be appointed without the sanction of the Deputy Inspector-General of Police as required by Serial No. 4 of the table appended to rule 20.7 of the Book of Financial powers. Their pay should be subject to a maximum of Rs. 13 per mensem, plus local compensatory allowance wherever sanctioned.

(vii)   Rewards. Rewards to the personnel of an additional police post should normally be met from the Additional Police Account.

(4)     In no case should expenditure be incurred in excess of the amount sanctioned for contingencies, since there is no means of re-appropriation from some other source. Ordinarily the provision of 10 per cent of salaries is ample to meet all demands, but if heavier expenditure is anticipated this fact should be represented when proposals for additional police are submitted to Government.

10.112. Abstract contingent bills. –

(1)     When it is necessary to draw money for contingent expenses from the treasury, the accountant will draw a red ink line across the page of the register, add up the several columns and post the total of each unit in an abstract contingent bill in one of the following prescribed forms :-

(a)      For Contract Contingencies [Form 10.112(1)(a)]

(b)      For Audited Contingencies; Allowances and Honoraria; Supplies and Services, and Police Land Funds [Form 10.112 (1) (b)]. (Article 97, Civil Account Code, Volume I).

(2)     The bill with all available vouchers, the numbers of which should be quoted in the bill, and the contingent register shall be laid before the head of the office who shall compare the entries in the register with the payment orders and certify that the payment orders have been cancelled; that in the case of contract contingencies all vouchers for items above Rs. 25 have been retained, and in the case of audited contingencies all vouchers for items above Rs. 25 have been attached to the bill or will follow. He shall then sign the bill and also the corresponding entry in the cash distribution register (rule 10.42). When the Cash Book is checked every month, the officer checking it, or an officer specially detailed for the duty by the checking officer, should check contingent bills in detail and certify in the contingent registers that vouchers for all items of expenditure have been received, that the vouchers for items above Rs. 25 have been forwarded to the AccountantGeneral and that all other vouchers have been so defaced that they cannot be used again.

(3)     It has been ruled that the head of the office or the gazetted officer to whom the duty has been delegated (rule 10.2) must himself initial the entries in the contingent register. If this duty has been performed by a non-gazetted officer, during the absence of the gazetted officer, the latter must on return to headquarters review the register and re-initial the entries; any omissions in this respect shall be rectified without fail at the time of signing an abstract bill.

 

Note :  Sub-vouchers for Rs. 25 or under which are not submitted to the Audit Office should be preserved for a period of one year, and those above that limit for 3 years. The vouchers should not however, be destroyed even after the expiry of the prescribed periods until departmental audit for the relevant period has been conducted and any objection relating to those subvouchers have been settled.

10.113. Clothing and equipment allowances. –

(1)     The following allowances are sanctioned by Government :-

(a)      An initial grant of Rs. 10 on account of clothing for each head constable and constable added to the sanctioned strength of the force.

 

The grant for each head constable and constable added to the sanctioned strength of the force at the following places will be as shown against each :-

 

1. Simla District

. Rs. 19

2. Kasauli

?

3. Kyelang

?

4. Suraj

?

5. Dalhousie

? Rs. 15

6. Balun

?

7. Bakloh

?

8. Murree

 

(b)      An annual clothing allowance of Rs. 8 (for Simla District Rs. 12) for each head constable and constable calculated according to the sanctioned strength of the force.

 

The annual clothing allowance for each head constable and constable sanctioned for the following places will be :-

 

For lower subordinates of Simla District. Rs. 19

 

For lower subordinates at :-

Police Station Kasauli

 

Kyelang

 

Suraj

?

Dalhousie

? Rs. 15

Balun

?

Bakloh

?

Murree

 

(c)      Deleted.

(d)      An annual equipment allowance of Rs. 7 for each mounted head constable and constable and of Rs. 2 for each unmounted head constable and constable.

(e)      An initial grant of Rs. 15 for the provision of a bed and box for each head constable and constable added to the sanctioned strength of the force.

 

(f)       An initial grant of Rs. 75 on account of clothing and of Rs. 125 on account of equipment for each upper subordinate on first appointment to the police department and each head constable promoted substantively to the rank of assistant sub-inspector and annual grant of Rs. 19 on account of clothing and of Rs. 6 on account of equipment for each upper subordinate borne on the sanctioned strength. The Lady Inspector, Government Railway Police, shall be given a combined initial for clothing and equipment at Rs. 140 and an annual renewal grant of Rs. 80.

 

The initial annual grants on account of clothing for upper subordinates sanctioned for the following places will be Rs. 113 and Rs. 32, respectively :-

1.

Simla District

 

2.

Police Station, Kasauli (District Ambala)

 

3.

Kyelang

Kangra District

4.

Suraj

 

5.

Dalhousie

 

6.

Balun

Gurdaspur District

7.

Bakloh

 

8.

Murree

Rawalpindi District

 

(g)      An annual grant in the case of officers of the Criminal Investigation Department as follows to enable them to make up their own clothing in lieu of free annual issues of uniform :-

Inspectors, Sub-Inspectors and Assistant Sub Inspectors,

Rs. 25 per annum

Head Constables and Constable

Rs. 10 per annum

(h)     A sum equal to ten per cent of the gross estimated total grant for police clothing and equipment, calculated according to the existing schedules, shall remain at the disposal of the Inspector-General as a reserve to enable him to meet any unforeseen items of special expenditure incurred by district officer on clothing and equipment. This amount shall be in addition to the gross estimated grant and shall not be deducted from it.

 

When any reduction in establishment is made during the year after the annual clothing and equipment allowances for that year have been drawn, a proportionate reduction from the date on which the establishment was reduced shall be made in the allotment for the succeeding financial year.

(2)     Charges for clothing and equipment in the case of existing establishment shall be drawn in each year immediately after the annual budget allotment statement of contingent expenditure has been published for each district by separate special contingent bills (A and T No. 309) and shall show the number of men for whom the charge is made and the rate per man. When additions to establishment are sanctioned the allowances (a), (b) and (c) shall also be drawn by special contingent bills in the same form, on receipt of such sanction. Such bills will be presented at the treasury and the amounts will be credited by the treasury officer to the police deposit account.

 

Note : Such bill should be endorsed "not payable in cash, but by transfer account" and head "special contingent bill for the financial year 19 ."

The following certificate shall be added and signed by the Superintendent when drawing the sum referred to in clause (c) of sub-rule (1) above :-

 

Certified that I have satisfied myself that the sum of Rs. at the rate of Rs. 16 per head has been paid to lower subordinates of this district who were enlisted prior to the 1st April, 1905 and who have ceased to be members of the clothing fund.

(3)     In the event of the allotment on account of clothing and equipment being reduced for any reason, the amount in question shall be deducted both from the police deposit account and the budget allotment by means of entries on the disbursement side of the general cash book, contingent register and the cheque book. The necessary intimation shall at the same time be made by the Superintendent direct to the Accountant-General, with a view to the necessary correction being made in that officer’s books and those of the treasury officer concerned.

10.113-A. Contingent charges not to be drawn as an advance. –

 

The postponement of payment for charges incurred, or the drawing of money not required for immediate disbursement is strictly prohibited. When it is necessary to advance funds to a police officer or contractor for the purchase of materials for the carrying out of Government work, the Superintendent of Police is responsible that receipt vouchers, showing that the full amount has been actually spent on purchase of such material, shall be obtained within one month in support of the contingent bill on which the sum for advance payment was drawn.

10.113-B. Money which lapses. –


Money drawn against the budget allotment of disbursing officers, but not spent up to the 31st March will lapse to Government and must be refunded to the treasury by short drawal. Such sums can only be drawn again from the fresh budget allotment and under a fresh order of the proper sanctioning authority.

 

10.114. Contingent charges pertaining to a month. –


Contingent charges are to be recorded as charges of the month in which they were actually disbursed from the treasury; and if an abstract contingent bill headed as belonging to one month be presented or represented for payment in the next, it will be returned for correction, as it must be treated in the accounts as a charge of the month in which the money is actually disbursed from the treasury. (Article 90, Civil Account Code).

 

10.115. Inter-departmental transfers. –

(1)     Detailed rules on this subject are contained in Rule 8.21 of Punjab Financial Rules Volume I (Financial Hand Book No. 2). Payments of amounts due by one public department to another should ordinarily be made by book transfer.

(2)     Work bills received from other departments for articles supplied should be checked and, if correct, passed without delay by countersigning both copies. The amount of all work bills so passed shall be added below the total of disbursement in the grand total of the next abstract contingent bill presented for payment, entries to correspondent being made in the appropriate columns of the contingent register. Of the two copies of the bill one shall be returned to the sender, and the other placed in the appropriate monthly file of receipt vouchers (rule 10.35). A note should be made in red ink on the copy to be returned to the sender showing in which months departmental return credit has been taken for the volume of the supply.

10.116. Expenditure for other Officers. –

 

Contingent expenditure may be incurred for other officers of the Police Department up to Rs. 50 in the circumstances covered by Article 112, Civil Account Code. Where expenditure of more than Rs. 50 is thus incurred in one financial year application should be made for an extra budget grant.

10.117. Railway warrants. –

(1)     Railway warrants in Form No. 10.117(1) shall be issued only in cases of emergency or when the amount available in the permanent advance is not sufficient to meet the cost of the fares of the party or individual police officer proceeding on duty by rail, and for constables proceeding on courses of training. Books of railway warrant forms shall be kept in the office of the Superintendent under lock and key in charge of the head clerk. One book at a time may be issued to the Lines Officers, who may issue warrants under the restrictions set forth above. The book shall be kept under lock and key and the Lines Officer shall be held personally responsible for its proper use. Warrants may be used by Police Officers when travelling by rail on duty. They must not be used in lieu of leave warrants issued free to members of the Punjab Railway Police under rule 2.120 of the Travelling Allowance Rules vide sub-rule 10.117(3) below. Detailed instructions for the use of warrants are given on the back of the form.

(2)     (a) When a party to whom a warrant has been issued returns, the senior police officer shall hand in the foil of the railway warrant headed "for Superintendent of Police" to the Lines Officer, who after noting on the corresponding counterfoil "Duplicate received back on(date) and forwarded to accountant" shall forward the foil in question to the accountant for record. This will ensure copies being available both in lines and the office for checking travelling allowance bills. The gazetted officer in charge of lines shall check the railway warrant book once a month and sign each counterfoil in token of having satisfied himself that its use was really necessary. All the foils received by the accountant during a month shall then be entered in a statement showing the number, date and amount of each warrant, and this statement, after being countersigned by the Superintendent, shall be forwarded to the Accountant-General not later than the 10th of the month following that to which the warrants relate. These statements will be compared in the Audit Office with the third foils and bills received from the Railway Department. It is the duty of the Superintendent when checking foils of Warrants, to satisfy himself that they have all been properly issued and properly used, and to inflict and recover penalties for improper use. Any police officer using a railway warrant contrary to these rules shall, in addition to undergoing such other penalty as a competent authority may award, be required to refund the amount of the fares entered in the warrant. Such deductions shall be credited in the treasury, either in cash or by shortdrawal.

 

(b) If the travelling party is required to return to the place of departure, the officer issuing the warrant for the outward journey shall issue also a second warrant for the return journey; but if the return journey will start from a station in another province, money for the purchase of railway fares for such return journey shall be advanced to the ways fares for such return journey shall be advanced to the officer in charge of the party before it departs on its outward journey. If a warrant for a return journey is lost or mislaid, the officer in charge of the party shall obtain an advance for the purchase of necessary fares from the permanent advance of the nearest police officer, whether in the same or another district.

(3)     Members of the Punjab Railway Police whose homes lie in areas not served by the North-Western Railway may, when proceeding on leave to their homes and returning from such leave, be granted warrants for the fare by rail to which they are entitled under Travelling Allowance Rule 2.15, provided that -

(i)       they would be eligible for free passes if they were living within an area served by the North-Western Railway, and

(ii)      the number of warrants shall not exceed three return warrants per man in one year. (Rule 2.120, T.A. Rules).

 

Note : The North-Western Railway Administration have agreed to the issue of return tickets (ordinary or week-end) on presentation of a warrant and use should be made of this concession whenever the nature of the duty for which the journey is undertaken permits of its utilisation. The fact that return tickets are required should be indicated by the word "Return" written in bold letters in red ink across the top of the form.

 

10.118. Tour charges. –

(1)     arching establishments may be entertained by the following officers whilst they are in camp and when their camps are necessarily kept up, subject to the maximum number of the servants shown against them.

Superintendents, Assistant and Deputy Superintendents

One Khalasi at Rs. 13 per mensem.

Inspector-General and Deputy Inspector-General

Two Khalasis at Rs. 13 per mensem each.

(2)     In every case where Government tents are taken by gazetted officers on tour, whether for their own or their office use or for that of their private servants, half the carriage will be borne by Government and the other half shall be paid by the officer or officers using the tents.

(3)     Tents occupied by inspectors and sub-inspectors of police (including European sergeants) on tour, and tents occupied by police guard or chaprasis will be carried wholly at Government expense. All such charges as well as those incurred in connection with the carriage of office registers, records, stationery, etc., taken on tour will be shown under contingent head "Tour Charges". The scale of tentage authorised is given in rule 5.20.

10.119. Record. –

 

Applications and bills appertaining to the payments of each class of contingent charges shall be kept in monthly files and arranged according to the serial numbers of the vouchers, the relevant voucher number being quoted in red ink on the top of the relating to it.

 

PART VII

 

TRAVELLING ALLOWANCE

10.120.Sphere of duty. –

 

The sphere of duty for purposes of travelling allowance has been defined (Rule 1.23, Travelling Allowance Rules) as follows for different classes of police officers :-

Sr.

No.

 

Class of Officer

 

Sphere of duty

Authority competent to allow journeys beyond sphere

of duty

 

Extent

1

2

3

4

5

1.

The Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Criminal Investigation Department, Punjab and Gazetted Officers of Government Railway Police and Criminal Investigation Department

The Province

Inspector-General of Police

Full powers in individual cases, provided that the absence is for reasons of a public nature which should be stated and does not exceed 14 days in each case

2.

Deputy Inspectors-General of Police Ranges

Respective Range

Ditto

Ditto

3.

The Assistant Inspector General of Police, Punjab

The Province

Inspector-General of Police

Full power in individual cases, provided that the absence is for reasons of a public nature which should be stated and does not exceed 14 days in each case.

3A.

Commandant, Provincial Armed Police, East Punjab

Ditto

Ditto

Ditto

4.

Gazetted Officer attached to districts

The boundaries of their districts

Deputy Inspector General of Police

Ditto

5.

Prosecuting Inspectors and Sub Inspectors and Reserve, City and Cantonment Inspectors.

Their headquarters stations

The Superintendent of Police under whose orders they are serving

Ditto

6.

Inspectors, Sub-Inspectors, Assistant Sub-Inspectors, Head Constables and Constables of the C.I.D., Punjab

The civil station of Lahore or any other stations to which such officer may be posted temporarily or permanently by specific order

The Superintendent of Police under whose orders they are serving

..

7.

Inspectors, Sergeants, Sub Inspectors, Assistant Sub Inspectors, Head Constables and Constables of the Government Railway Police, Punjab.

The Railway Police District

The Assistant Inspector General, Government Railway Police

Full power in individual cases, provided that the absence is for reasons of a public nature which should be stated and does not exceed 14 days in each case.

8.

Other Inspectors, Sergeants, Sub-Inspectors and Assistant Sub Inspectors.

The boundaries of their district

The Superintendent of Police under whose orders they are serving

Ditto

9.

Other Head Constables and Constables

The boundaries of the tahsil within which their head-quarters are situated

The Superintendent of Police under whose orders they are serving

Full powers in individual cases provided that the absence is for reasons of a public nature which should be stated and does not exceed 14 days in each case

10.

Inspectors, Sergeants, Head Constables and clerks of Motor Vehicles inspection Staff

Headquarters of the group

Superintendent of Police of the district in which group headquarters are fixed

Ditto


Note : A Police Officer acting in the exercise of his legal powers does not require prior sanction to proceed beyond his sphere of duty.

10.121. Rates of travelling allowance admissible to police officers. –

 

Appendix 10.121(a) and (b) show the rates of travelling allowance admissible to police officers for different classes of journey.

10.122. Mileage allowance. –

 

A mileage allowance is an allowance calculated on the distance travelled which is given to meet the cost of a particular journey on the principles explained in rule 2.25, Travelling Allowance Rules. Mileage allowance will ordinarily be granted by the route which is the cheapest and most expeditious.

10.123. Point of commencement and end of journey. –

 

The point in any station at which a journey is held to commence or end is the chief public officer or such other point as may be fixed for the purpose by the local Government. (Rule 2.27, T.A. Rules). A list of points thus fixed is given in Appendix D of the same rules.

10.124. Mileage allowance for journeys by railway, sea or by river steamer. –

 

For the purpose of calculating mileage allowances by rail and steamer the class of accommodation sanctioned for a police officer in rule 10.121 is further defined as follows (Rules 2.19 and 2.32 of the Punjab Travelling Allowance Rules):-

Class of accommodation

By railway

By sea or by river steamer

 

First class Second class

 

 

Intermediate class

 

Highest class

 

Second, or if the line by which he travels provides no second class accommodation on any train the highest class

 

(1) On any railway which provides no intermediate class accommodation on any of the trains which at the stop stations to and from which stop stations to and from which police officer is travelling-

 

Highest class

 

Second Class If there be two classes only on the steamer the higher class; if there be more than two classes, middle or second class

 

(1) If there be two classes only on the steamer the lower class

If there be three classes, middle or second class;

If there be four classes third class


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Third class

(i)                 Where there are two classes only, lower class and, Provided that a competent authority may direct that any Government servant whose pay does not exceed Rs. 45 is entitled for journeys generally or for particular journeys, to accommodation in the lowest class

(ii)               Where there are three classes, second class if his pay is not less than Rs. 100 and third class if it is less than Rs. 100.

(2) On any railway which provides intermediate class accommodation on trains which stop at the stations to and from which he is travelling, intermediate class.

Lowest class

Provided that a competent authority may direct that any Government servants whose pay does not exceed Rs. 45 is entitled, for journeys generally or for particular journeys, to accommodation in the lowest class

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lowest class

 

Note : In cases where the intermediate or third class railway fare is higher for journeys made by faster trains than it is for journeys made by other trains, police officers entitled to the intermediate or third class of railway fare will not in general be allowed to draw mileage allowance regulated by the higher rate unless special reason can be shown for the necessity of travelling by the faster train and, in the case of transfers and recalls from leave, such mode of travel was expressly ordered in advance.

10.125. Mileage allowance for journeys by road. –

(1)     For the purposes of these rules, travelling by road includes travelling by sea or river in a steam or motor launch or in any vessel other than a steamship, and travelling by canal.

(2)     In calculating mileage allowance for journeys by road, fractions of a mile should be omitted from the total of a bill for any one journey but not the various items which make up the bill.

(3)     If a police officer travels by stage carriage he can receive 12 3 fares actually paid in exchange for mileage. (Rules 2.38-2.40 of T.A. Rules).

 

10.126. Mileage allowance for journeys performed by motor car or motor cycle. –

 

Police officers travelling by motor car or motor cycle between places connected by railway may be allowed mileage allowance; provided that the Inspector-General or the Deputy Inspector-General in respect of journeys by officers serving under them within such officer’s districts, certifies that the journey was performed in the public interest. (Rule 2.41, T.A. Rules). For the purpose of this rule the fact that a motor car or cycle may be required for duty within the limits of another station is not in itself sufficient justification for a claim.

10.127. Journey by Special conveyance. –

 

When a police officer is required by the order of a superior authority to travel by special means of conveyance, the cost of which exceeds the amount of the daily allowance or mileage allowance admissible to him under the ordinary rules, he may draw the actual cost of travelling in lieu of such daily or mileage allowance. The bill for the actual cost must be supported by a certificate signed by the officer ordering the journey and countersigned by the controlling officer, that the use of the special means of conveyance was absolutely necessary, and specifying the circumstances which rendered it necessary. (Rule 2.45 T.A. Rules).

10.128. Defination of tour. –

 

A police officer is on tour when absent on duty from his headquarters either with in, or, with proper sanction (vide rule 10.120), beyond his sphere of duty. A journey to a hill station is not treated as a journey on tour. (Rule 2.47, T.A. Rules)

10.129. Distance to be travelled before daily allowance is admissible. –

Daily allowance may not be drawn for any day on which a police officer does not reach a point outside a radius of five miles from his headquarters or returns to his headquarters from a similar point. The actual amounts which may be spent on tolls and on fares for journeys by railway or other public conveyance within five miles of headquarters may be drawn. (Rule 2.54, T.A. Rules.)

 

Note : The term of five miles should be interpreted as meaning a distance of five miles by the shortest practicable route by which a traveller can reach his destination by the ordinary modes of travelling.

10.130. Halts on tour. –

 

Daily allowance may be drawn for a halt on tour or on a holiday occurring during tour, provided, as a general rule, that the halt in any one place does not exceed ten days. After a continuous halt of ten days, the halting place is ordinarily regarded as the officer’s temporary headquarters. For the method of calculating the duration of a halt, and the conditions under which daily allowance for prolonged halts may be granted, Travelling Allowances Rules 2.55 to 2.57 should be consulted.

10.131. Mileage allowance on tour. –

(1)     When a journey by road only is performed mileage allowance may be drawn in addition to daily allowances for such portion of the journey as is in excess of (a) 25 miles if the journey starts from and ends with the same place on the same day; and (b) 15 miles in other cases. If, however, the mileage for the first 25 or 15 miles (as the case may be) be less than the daily allowance, mileage should be drawn instead of daily allowance, provided the mileage calculated for the entire journey be not less than the daily allowance. For journeys from headquarters and back not exceeding 25 miles performed on the same day to a place beyond a radius of 5 miles the travelling allowance drawn should be mileage allowance or daily allowance whichever is less.

(2)     For journeys by rail or steamer, in addition to the rates admissible for such journeys, half daily allowance may be drawn for the days of departure and arrival including days of departure from arrival at headquarters.

(3)     When on any day, a journey by road is combined with a journey by railway or steamer or both, a police officer other than a constable, may draw in lieu of his daily allowance, mileage allowance in respect of the journey by rail or steamer or both plus either (1) half daily allowance or (2) if the journey by road does not exceed (a) 25 miles if it starts from and ends with, the same place on the same day, and (b) 15 miles in other cases, mileage allowance restricted to daily allowance. If these limits are exceeded he may draw in addition mileage allowance for the excess number of miles. Mileage allowance under this rule is calculated to and from the railway station.

 

Note 1 : Short journeys within a radius of five miles from headquarters may not be added to other journeys when calculating the distance travelled by road or the amount of mileage allowance admissible for road journeys.

 

Note. 2 : In the case of a journey by a sub-inspector or assistant sub-inspector the place visited must be beyond his jurisdiction.

(4)     When a journey by road is performed in a private motor vehicle, which is not the property of the Government servant travelling, travelling allowance will be regulated by rule 2.159 of the Travelling Allowance Rules.

 

Note 1 : When two or more Government servants travel in a motor vehicle belonging to one of them, the travelling allowance of the owner of the vehicle will be regulated by the ordinary rules, and the travelling allowance of the other Government servants, travelling with the owner, will be regulated by the rule referred to in sub-rule (4) above even though they may have incurred some expense for the use or propulsion of the vehicle in question.

 

Note 2 : The words "private motor vehicle" used in sub-rule (4) do not include public motor vehicle plying for hire. (Rules 2.59-2.61-A T.A., Rules).

 

10.132. Rules specially applicable to constables. –

 

The following provisions apply to constables as distinct from other ranks in the police force :-

(i)       For journeys by rail, mileage allowance may be drawn in addition to daily allowance for each day. (Rule 2.63(a), T.A. Rules).

(ii)      For journey by sea or river steamer, daily allowance at double the rate ordinarily admissible to him may be drawn in addition to mileage allowance, provided that, whatever be the nature of other journeys which may be combined with the steamer journey no further daily allowance may be drawn for any day for which this double allowance is drawn. (Rule 2.63(b), T.A. Rules).

(iii)     For a journey by road mileage and daily allowance at the rates allowed for "inferior service" are admissible on the same terms as for other police officers (rule 10.121) and, on any day when a constable travels by public or hired conveyance, mileage allowance may be drawn instead of daily allowance provided the head of the office certifies the necessity of such mode of travel. If, however, the journey is performed in a private motor vehicle (belonging to another Government servant) for the use of or propulsion of which he does not incur any expense, he will draw daily allowance only in respect of this journey and no mileage allowance be drawn.

(iv)    For a journey by road combined with journey by railway or steamer, or both, the allowances admissible for the rail or steamer journeys under clauses (i) or (ii), as the case may be, and for road journeys under clause (iii) subject to the restrictions in clause (ii) regarding daily allowance (Rule 2.63, Travelling Allowance Rules).

10.133. When travelling allowance for journeys on tour is inadmissible. –

 

Except in the case mentioned below, police officers, including those in the Criminal Investigation Department, below the rank of Inspector are not entitled to travelling allowance for journeys on tour within their sphere of duty (as defined in rule 10.120) other than journeys by rail or steamer.

 

Exception No. I Sub-inspectors and assistant sub-inspectors are entitled to draw daily allowance at the ordinary rates for all journeys on duty :-

(a)      of more than 10 miles from their headquarters if they travel by a motor conveyance;

(b)      of more than 15 miles from their headquarters if they travel by any other mode of conveyance;

 

Provided that in both cases if the sub-inspector or assistant subinspector is attached to a police station, the place to which he travels is beyond the limits of the police station.

 

Note : In the case of a road journey combined with a journey by railway or steamer or both and which exceeds the limits laid down is exception I, the travelling allowance admissible to Sub-Inspectors and Assistant Sub-Inspectors shall not exceed the amount admissible under rule 2.66 of the Travelling Allowance Rules.

 

Exception No. II Head Constables and Constables may draw actual expenses for journeys by boat where this is the ordinary mode of travelling.

 

Exception No. III Police officers attached under proper authority to the camp of magistrates or gazetted police officers as court or personal orderlies.

 

Exception No. IV Police Officers employed as clerks in district or railway police offices.

 

Exception No. V A police officer below the rank of Inspector may draw travelling allowance for a journey performed by motor omnibus or other road vehicle either within or beyond his sphere of duty -

(a)      between places not connected by rail, or

(b)      between places connected by road as well as by rail when the road route is the shorter; or when the journey by rail, although shorter in distance, would cause inordinate delay :

 

Provided that the Superintendent of Police certifies on the travelling allowance bill that the journey was necessary in the public interest and that no other form of travelling allowance has been drawn.

 

Note 1 In certifying that the journey was necessary in the public interest the Superintendent of Police shall verify that the purpose of the journey was one for which travelling allowance is ordinarily admissible under the provisions of the Punjab Travelling Allowance Rules.

 

Note 2 See also Police Rule 22.43.

 

Exception No. VI The staff employed on the mobile police patrol when the distance travelled is more than 20 miles from headquarters. (Appendix to the Travelling Allowance Rules).

 

Exception No. VII Sergeants of Police employed to control motor traffic on the Rawalpindi-Murree and Pathankot-Dharamasala roads will be entitled to draw daily allowance for any day on which they are absent from their headquarters for more than eight consecutive hours.

 

Exception No. VIII Police Officers are permitted to draw travelling allowance of journeys by road within their sphere of duty made in public motor vehicles; provided that the amount is not more than the railway fare between the two places and provided also that the journeys if it had not been performed by a public motor vehicle would have been performed by rail.

 

Exception No. IX Police Officers below the rank of Inspector may draw travelling allowance within their sphere of duty for journeys performed by road which are certified to be necessary in the public interest by the Superintendent of Police, vide Exception V in Appendix-4 of the Punjab Travelling Allowance Rules.

10.134. Special provisions regarding tours. –

(1)     The Inspector-General may authorise a police officer, who is compelled by a sudden emergency to leave his camp and travel rapidly to a place more than twenty miles distant, to draw, in addition to mileage and daily allowance, the actual cost of maintaining his camp, up to the amount of the rate of daily allowance admissible to such officer. (Rule 2.64, T.A. Rules).

(2)     The Inspector-General may, by special order in each case, allow an officer to draw in addition to daily or mileage allowance or both, the actual cost of transporting by rail or boat his horse, motor car or other means of conveyance and camp equipment, provided he is satisfied that the interests of the public service are served by such action. (For detailed conditions see rule 2.66, T.A. Rules).

(3)     Tent pitchers, not being enrolled police officers, may draw allowance, when accompanying an officer on tour for which travelling is not drawn for more than two men of the menial establishment. Constables employed as tent pitchers will draw the travelling allowance admissible to their rank. [Rule 2.50 (note 3) T.A. Rules].

(4)     By special order in each case the Inspector-General may permit the recovery of the actual cost of maintaining camp equipage during halts at or within a five-miles radius headquarters (Rule 2.71, T.A. Rules).

10.135. Travelling allowance admissible to Railway Police. –

 

The special provisions governing the travelling allowances admissible to railway police officers on tour are contained in rule 2.68 of the Travelling Allowance Rules. The Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police, is responsible that those provisions are understood and observed by police officers and clerks serving under him. (Rule 2.68, T.A. Rules).

10.136. Travelling allowance for joining first appointment. –

(1)     Persons appointed direct from outside Government service to a post, whether permanent or temporary in the Police Department above the rank of head constable (or in the case of clerical cadre, above the grade of junior clerk) shall at the discretion of the Inspector-General of Police, be permitted to draw travelling allowance for a journey performed in order to join such appointment at the rates authorised for that appointment for a journey on tour provided that the journey actually necessary in the circumstances of each case is over 100 miles, and that in no case shall allowance be drawn for any halt in the course of such journey (Rule 2.80 of Travelling Allowance Rules).

(2)     The concession contained in this rule does not include a journey by a candidate to attend a medical or selection board or to obtain a health certificate.

(3)     The case of the journey of a probationary Assistant Superintendent of Police appointed in England from the port at which he lands in India to the station to which he is ordered to proceed is governed by rule 2.78 of the Travelling Allowance Rules.

(4)     A person, to whom travelling allowance has been granted on first appointment under this rule, may on the cessation of his temporary employment, be granted Travelling Allowance to return to the place at which he was engaged, under the conditions prescribed in rule 2.116 of the Travelling Allowance Rules.

10.137. Rates of travelling allowance under this rule. –

 

Travelling allowance under rule 10.136 should be calculated as for a journey on tour, but no allowance may be drawn for halts on the journeys. (Rules 2.79 and 2.117, T.A. Rules).

10.138. Travelling allowance on transfer. –


Travelling allowance may be drawn on transfer from one station to another for the public convenience, if the police officer concerned is entitled to pay during the period occupied by the journey, but not otherwise, unless the authority sanctioning the transfer for special reasons which should be recorded authorises such allowance. (Rules 2.82 and 2.90, T.A. Rules).

 

Travelling allowance is not admissible to an officer, who is transferred at his own request or in consequence of misconduct unless the authority sanctioning the transfer, for special reasons, which should be recorded otherwise directs. Travelling allowance for such journeys shall be calculated according to rule 2.84 and 2.89 (as regards police constables) of the Travelling Allowance Rules.

10.139. Jurisdiction of claim. –

Countersigning and controlling officers are required to satisfy themselves that claims, especially those in regard to transport of conveyances and personal effects, are reasonable. Claims must be supported by certificates showing

(a)      in the case of families, the numbers and relationship of those for which claim is made,

(b)      in the case of conveyances and personal effects, details and, if possible, the original receipts for the payments made, together with a certificate that the actual expense incurred was not less than the sum claimed. (Rules 2.174(c), 2.84(C), 2.84(B), T.A. Rules).

10.140. Special cases. –

In the following special cases allowances may be drawn according to the rules of the Travelling Allowance Rules quoted against each :-

(i)           When in consequence of transfer or deputation an officer’s family has to be sent to station other than his new headquarters. (T.A. Rule 2.86).

(ii)         When an officer is allowed to hand or take over charge at a place other than his headquarters. (T.A. Rule 2.85).

(iii)       When an officer is appointed to a new post while in transit, takes leave before joining, or while in transit to his new post, or is posted to a new station on return from leave. (T.A. Rules 2.91 to 2.94).

10.141. Allowances to Railway Police on transfer. –

Railway police officers on transfer within railway police jurisdiction are entitled to the allowances prescribed by rule 2.88 of the Travelling Allowance Rules but police officers transferred from the railway to the district police, or vice versa, are entitled to allowances on the scales prescribed in Appendix 10.121(b).

10.142. Travelling allowances for journeys to and from hill stations. –

Special rules which govern the grant of travelling allowances to the Inspectors-General, Criminal Investigation Department, and officers and clerks of their offices moving to and from Simla with the headquarters of Government are contained in Appendix J of the Travelling Allowance Rules. The rules governing the move to hill stations within their spheres of duty of Deputy Inspector-General of Ranges are contained in Appendix K of the same rules.

10.143. Allowances to officers travelling to a hill station by order of a superior authority or within their sphere of duty. –

Up to a limit of ten days or the time required for the performance of a specific duty whichever is less, officers may draw travelling allowance as for a journey on tour for visits to hill stations within their sphere of duty or to a hill station by order of superior authority. If the stay be prolonged beyond that limit, all travelling allowances for the period of the stay and for journey between the hill station and the station visited immediately before and after the halt at the hill station, will be forfeited. (Rule 2.96, T.A. Rules).

 

Notwithstanding the above restrictions, the Inspector-General may allow, by special order in each case, extended halts or the extension of the stay during holidays or casual leave, and, with the sanction of the provincial Government may allow travelling allowance to an officer retained for duty in a hill station on expiry of casual leave.

 

Travelling allowance bills of all gazetted officers on account of visits to or halts at hill stations require the counter signature of the Inspector-General.

10.144. Officers permitted to perform their duties at a hill station for their own convenience. –

Police Officers, other than Deputy Inspectors-General of Ranges, whose case is covered by rule 10.143 above, who perform their duties at a hill station for their own convenience, are entitled to no travelling allowance either for the period of their stay, or for the journeys between the hill station and their headquarters in the plains, or the place in the plains which they visit in the course of a tour immediately before proceeding to or after leaving the hill station. Deputy Inspectors-General are responsible for the correct observance of this rule. (Rule 2.97, T.A. Rules).

10.145. Visits to hill stations within sphere of duty. –

A Superintendent of Police is permitted to take his work to any hill station situated within the limits of his district under the following conditions :-

(a)      He may spend two periods of not more than fifteen days each at such hill station between 15th May and 15th October with the permission of the Deputy Inspector-General and with the concurrence of the Deputy Commissioner. The grant of travelling allowance will be subject to the rules in part II class A of Appendix K of the Travelling Allowance Rules.

(b)      If he proceeds on duty to such hill station between the same dates and draws travelling allowance and halting allowance for ten days under rule 10.143 he shall forfeit the right to one period of 15 days recess for each occasion on which travelling and halting allowance are so charged.

(c)      When more than one Superintendent of Police is posted to the district, one such officer shall remain at headquarters or on tour in the plains during the period that any other such officer is taking a recess in the hills.

(d)      In the case of the Superintendent of Police, Rawalpindi, the two periods of 15 days apply, but not clause (b).

10.146. Allowance for journeys to attend departmental or language examinations. -

(1)     A police officer is entitled to draw travelling allowance as for a journey on tour but excluding any halts on the journey for the journey to and from the place at which he appears for an examination of any of the following kinds :-

(a)      An obligatory departmental or language examination.

(b)      An examination in the Pashtu or Baluchi language, subject to permission to appear in the examination having been obtained in advance from the Inspectors General.

(c)      The prosecuting inspectors’ examination, provided the officer has permission to attend.

(d)      Any other examination to which this concession may from time to time be extended. (Rule 2.98 T.A. Rules).

(2)     The grant of travelling allowances under the above rule is subject to the following conditions :-

(a)      travelling allowance shall not be drawn under this rule more than twice for any particular examination or standard of examination; and

(b)      the Inspector-General may disallow travelling allowance under this rule to any candidate who, on the showing of the report of the board of examiners -

(i)           has culpably neglected the duty of preparing himself for an obligatory examination, or

(ii)         does not display a reasonable standard of proficiency in an examination which is not obligatory,

(iii)       in the case of the prosecuting inspectors examination, does not pass in at least one subject.

(3)     A police officer who obtains a reward for proficiency by any standard in an original language, or who for the first time obtains a degree of honour in any languages, in the second division is entitled to draw travelling allowance for the journey to and from the place of examination.

 

Note : These concession may be extended with the sanction of the Provincial Government to officers who, during or while travelling to attend the examination, were on leave on average pay not exceeding four months.

(4)     Accepted candidates for the post of prosecuting inspector may be permitted to draw travelling allowance for journeys to attend departmental examinations to and from the place of such examinations, provided that :-

(i)           in each case the candidate passes in at least one subject at the examination for attending which travelling allowance is claimed; and

(ii)         in no case can travelling allowance be drawn more than twice in respect of any one complete examination. (Appendix L of the T.A. Rules.)

10.147. Travelling allowance to officers on leave. –

Except as provided in the note to rule 10.146 travelling allowance may be drawn by Government servants in the police department for journeys performed while on leave only under the following circumstances:-

(i)           to an officer compulsorily recalled to duty one month or more before the expiry of his leave mileage allowance for journey from the place at which the order of recall reaches him, are from the port of landing in cases of recall from overseas, to the station to which he is recalled. The authority ordering the recall has discretion to grant mileage allowance if the leave is curtailed by less than one month. (Rule 2.108, T.A. Rules). Allowances cannot be drawn under this rule in addition to those admissible under rule 10.140(3).

(ii)         to a non-gazetted officer compulsory recalled from leave exceeding four months and posted, on pay not exceeding Rs. 400 per mensem, to a station more than 200 miles distant from his old station allowances as for a journey on transfer for himself and his family, subject to the maxima and conditions prescribed in rule 2.84 of the Travelling Allowance Rules. (Rules 2.110, Travelling Allowance Rules).

10.148. Travelling allowance for journeys to give evidence. –

The following provisions govern the grant of travelling allowance to a police officer who is summoned to give evidence -

(a)      in a criminal case, a case before a court-martial, a civil case to which Government is a party or a departmental enquiry held by a properly constituted authority in British India, or

(b)      before a court in an Indian State or in foreign territory :


Provided that the facts as to which he is to give evidence have come to his knowledge in the discharge of his public duties :-

(i)           He may draw travelling allowance as for a journey on tour attaching to his bill a certificate of attendance given by the court or other authority which summoned him.

(ii)         When he draws travelling allowance, he may not accept any payment of his expenses from the court or authority. Any fees which may be deposited in the court for the travelling and subsistence allowance of the witness must be credited to Government.

(iii)       If the court in which he gives evidence is situated within five miles of his headquarters and no travelling allowance is therefore admissible for the journey, he may accept such payment of actual travelling expenses as the court may make. (Rule 2.118, T.A. Rules.)

 

Note. 1 A police officer summoned to give evidence who has to undertake a journey for the purpose while on leave is entitled to the concession described in this rule.

 

Note. 2 When a police officer summoned as a witness in a criminal case, or in a civil case to which Government is a party, claims travelling allowance under this rule a certificate from the court should be attached to the bill showing that he has been paid no travelling or subsistence allowance under the rules of the court.

10.149. Payment of expenses in cases where travelling allowance is not drawn. –

A police officer summoned to give evidence in circumstances other than those described in rule 10.148 is not entitled to any payments other than those admissible by the rules of the court. If the court pays him any sum as subsistence allowance or compensation, apart from payment for travelling expenses, he must credit that sum to Government before drawing full pay for the day or days of absence. (Rules 2.120, T.A. Rules).

10.150. Travelling allowance to Police officers charged in criminal civil cases. –

The local Government may sanction travelling allowance under rule 10.148 in cases in which police officers are compelled to answer criminal or civil cases brought against them in respect of acts done by them in the discharge of their official duty, and in which Government has decided to undertake their defence at the public cost. (Rule 2.121, T.A. Rules).

10.151. Travelling allowance for the journeys to obtain medical advice. –

(1)     If, owing to there being no Government medical officer at the station at which he is posted, a police officer is compelled to travel to another station, he may, on production of a certificate from the medical officer consulted that the journey was absolutely necessary, draw travelling allowance for the journey; but this concession is not authorised for journeys to consult a dentist. (Rule 2.122, T.A. Rules).

(2)     Travelling allowance may similarly be drawn for a journey to obtain a medical certificate, but not for one to obtain countersignature on such a certificate. (R.2.123, TA Rls.).

(3)     Prior sanction of the controlling officer is necessary for journeys of the nature referred to in sub-rules (1) and (2) above, if risk to the officer requiring medical advice is not entailed by the delay thereby involved. (Rule 2.124, T.A. Rules).

(4)     The grant of travelling allowance to a member of a superior civil service, who is of non-Asiatic domicile serving in a station where there is no medical officer appointed by Government to attend him, or his family, is governed by rules 2.121-A and 2.121-B, of the Travelling Allowance Rules.

10.152. Journey to appear before a medical board preliminary to retirement. –

(1)     A police officer who is directed by his official superior, in the interests of the public service, to apply for an invalid pension may, if he be required to make a journey in order to appear before a medical board, draw his actual travelling expenses, subject to a maximum of the amount of travelling allowance calculated for the journey. If it be necessary for him to return to his headquarters after appearing before the medical board, he may draw his actual expenses subject to the same maximum. In both cases his travelling allowance bill must be supported by a certificate that he was directed to apply for an invalid pension in the interests of the public service, and that he did not voluntarily ask to retire. (Rule 2.126,T.A. Rules).

(2)     The Inspector-General may allow actual expenses, as limited by the above rule, to be drawn by a police officer who voluntarily applies for an invalid pension; provided that the authority is satisfied that the circumstances of the applicant are such as to justify the concession. (Rule 2.127, T.A. Rules).

(3)     A Government servant who has been directed to apply for, or, is in receipt of, a wound or disability pension from provincial revenues, may, for the journeys made to obtain a certificate from a Medical Board for the grant of or the continuance of his pension, draw his actual expenses, subject to a maximum of the amount of travelling allowance calculated for the journey from his headquarters to the place where the Medical Board is held and back. (Rule 1.126-A, T.A. Rules).

(4)     Except as provided above no travelling allowance is admissible for a journey undertaken in order to appear before a medical board. (Rule 2.128, T.A. Rules).

 

Note : Travelling allowance under this and rule 10.151 should be calculated as for a journey on tour but no allowance may be drawn for halts on the journey (Rules 2.129, Travelling Allowance Rules).

10.153. – Travelling allowance for journeys during a course or training

(1)     Police officers are authorized to draw travelling allowance as follows for journeys in connection with a course of training :-

(a)      for the original journey from his place of posting to the place of training and for the journey on return at the conclusion of the course, whether to the same or to another place of posting, at the rates authorized for a journey on transfer, if the course exceeds six weeks in duration; otherwise at the rates authorized for a journey on tour.

(b)      for journeys on duty performed under due authority during the course of training at the rates authorized for journeys on tour.

(2)     When a course training is divided into two or more terms, each of more of six weeks in duration, travelling allowance for journey performed from the place of training and back to it again at the end of one term and the beginning of the next shall, if the interval has been spent in a continuation of training in some other place, ordinarily be drawn at the rate authorized for journeys on tour; provided that the Deputy Inspector-General in control of the course of training in question may, by special order in each case, permit the allowance to be drawn at the rates authorized for journeys on transfer, if satisfied that the actual expense unavoidably incurred merits such concession. If the interval between two terms is treated as vacation, no travelling allowance will be admissible for journeys performed in proceeding on or returning from such vacation.

(3)     The officers, who are required to sign and countersign bills in which claims under sub-rule (f) above are made, shall take special care to prevent abuse of the concession authorized. Claims for the cost of conveying personal effects by goods train should not be admitted without special reasons in each case, and no claim for the transport of a motor cycle or other conveyance will be allowed, unless the officer making such claim has been actually ordered by the Inspector-General to maintain such conveyance at the place of training.

 

Note : For rules relating to travelling allowance admissible to police officers permitted to attend a course of physical training beyond their sphere of duty, refer to Order III in Appendix O of Travelling Allowance Rules.

10.154. Travelling allowance for journeys as sick-attendant. –

Journeys performed in attendance on a sick Government servant on the authority of the Civil Surgeon are counted as duty, and travelling allowance as for journeys on tour may be drawn for the outward and return journey. (Rule 2.130, T.A. Rules).

10.155. Travelling allowance when means of conveyance is supplied free of charge. –

When any police officer above the rank of constable travels on duty by conveyance supplied to him free of charge by Government, a local fund, a Court of Wards Estate or an Indian State, the allowance to which he is entitled will be reduced according to the extent to which free conveyance covered the cost of the journey. The rules regulating claims for such journeys are contained in rules 2.159 to 2.162 of the Travelling Allowance Rules.

10.156. Journeys in connection with polling. –

Police officer detailed for duty in connection with the maintenance of order at polling stations or the guarding and escorting of ballot boxes will be entitled to the travelling allowance admissible to them according to their grade as for journeys on tour or escort duty respectively. (Rule 2.173, T.A. Rules).

 

Note : The cost of carriage of ballot boxes shall be recovered from Deputy Commissioners.

10.157. Controlling officers. –

The Superintendent shall be the controlling officer for the countersignature of all travelling allowance bills of enrolled police officer serving under him in the district. The Principal, Police Training School and the Assistant Inspector-General of Police, Punjab, shall similarly countersign bills of enrolled police officers and clerks serving under them.

 

Deputy Inspectors-General shall be the controlling officers for the countersignature of all travelling allowance bills of gazetted officers in their ranges and of clerks serving in their offices. Bills of Assistant Superintendents of Police and Deputy Superintendents of Police shall be first countersigned by the Superintendent under whom they are serving, before submission to the Deputy Inspector-General. The Assistant Inspector-General,

 

Railway Police, the Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation Department and the Principal, Police Training School, Phillaur, are controlling officers for the bills of gazetted and enrolled police officers and clerks serving under them.

 

The officers specified are prohibited from delegating their authority of countersignature.

10.124. Responsibility of controlling officers.

(1)     It is duty of a controlling officer, before signing or countersigning a travelling allowance bill -

(a)      to scrutinize the necessity, frequency and duration of journeys and halts for which travelling allowance is claimed, and to disallow the whole or any part of the travelling allowance claimed for any journey or halt, if he considers that a journey was unnecessary or unduly protracted, or that a halt was of excessive duration;

(b)      to scrutinize carefully the distance entered in travelling allowance bills;

(c)      to satisfy himself that, where the actual cost of transporting servants, personal effects, etc., is claimed under these rules, the scale on which such servants, effects, etc., were transported was reasonable, and to disallow any claim which, in his opinion, does not fulfil that condition;

(d)      to exercise care that there is no evasion or breach of the fundamental principle of travelling allowance laid down in fundamental rule 44, viz., that the allowance is not to be a source of profit, especially in the case of journeys by road performed by motor-car; and

(e)      to ensure that departmental rules regarding the preparation, submission and payment of travelling allowance bills are correctly followed (Rule 2.174, T.A. Rules).

(2)     The scrutiny to be exercised before signing and countersigning bills of enrolled police officers and clerks is prescribed in rule 10.160. To enable a proper check to be kept on the claims of gazetted officers and to prevent the allowances for one journey from being charged twice the Inspector-General and Deputy Inspectors-General shall maintain a register in Form No. 10.158(2).

10.159. Travelling allowance bills forms. –

Gazetted officers, bills shall be prepared in Civil Account Form No. 2 and those of enrolled police officers and clerks shall be prepared in Form 10.159(b). The certificates printed on these Forms endorse the necessity of a careful scrutiny by signing and countersigning officers, as directed in rule 10.4.

 

Note : Travelling allowance claims for additional police shall be prepared on separate bills from those of the regular establishment.

10.160. Preparation of enrolled officers bills. –

(1)     Every effort must be made to expedite the submission of claims for travelling allowance of enrolled officers and the preparation and disbursement for the amounts of bills.

(2)     Officers-in-charge of police stations and Lines Officers shall insist on the prompt entry by their clerk head constables of all claims for journeys performed by themselves or police officers serving under their orders in Form 10.160(2)(a). This form will remain open for ten days, and all journeys completed within that period shall be entered in it. After ten days it shall be closed and submitted, together with an acquittance roll in Form 10.160(2)(b), duly filled in as regards the first seven columns, to the Superintendent of Police. The bill and all certificates required to be furnished with it shall be signed by the Lines Officer himself and in police stations by the officer-in charge of the police station, or, in his absence by the senior police officer present. A brief abstract showing the amount of the bill and the dates covered by it, shall be entered in the correspondence register at the time of despatch to headquarters.

(3)     Claims for mileage allowance for distances which are not shown in the published polymetrical table of the district or in any available map, or which are otherwise open to question must be supported by the certificate of the officer-in-charge of the police station, within whose jurisdiction the whole or partes of the journey was performed, or by other satisfactory evidence of the correctness of the distance entered in the claim.

 

Officers preparing travelling allowance claims must scrutinize with special care claims for daily and other allowances for journeys which have caused their subordinates to visit the neighbourhood of their homes. So far as may be possible orders necessitating such journeys should be avoided.

(4)     The Superintendent shall, on receipt of the bills mentioned in sub-rule (2) above, have them checked and translated in his office by the bill clerk, whose work, in this connection shall be supervised by the head clerk and accountant. Consolidated bills shall be prepared in the prescribed form, whenever a sufficient number of vernacular bills have been received and checked; this should ordinarily be three times in the month.

(5)     The bill clerk, after preparing the consolidated English bill shall, jointly with the accountant, check it carefully with the vernacular bills, and shall then correct and complete the acquittance rolls. The accountant shall make the necessary entries in the Advise Notes and the Cash Distribution Register. The contents of the consolidated bill shall then be entered in the travelling allowance register to be maintained in English by the bill clerk in Form 10.160(5).

(6)     When the procedure described above has been completed, the consolidated bills shall be presented at the treasury, together with the necessary requests for cash orders, letters of credit, etc., as in the case of encashment of pay bills. Acquittance rolls will be returned to the disbursing officer together with the advice note.

10.161. Avoidance of delays. –

Bills shall, as far as possible, be corrected in the Superintendent’s office. No bill shall be returned to the preparing officer for correction except by the order of a gazetted officer, who should satisfy himself that the error cannot otherwise be rectified. Items requiring verification should not be allowed to delay claims on account of other journeys. Such items should either be withheld for further enquiry by officers submitting bills in Form 10.160(2)(a) or excluded from the consolidated bill until verified.

10.162. Acquittance rolls of travelling allowance. –


Acquittance rolls shall be given an annual serial number on first receipt by the bill clerk and this number shall be quoted in column 11 of the travelling allowance register. After disbursement of the amounts entered in them, acquittance rolls shall be returned to the office of the Superintendent, and, after being carefully checked by the bill clerk, shall be filled as directed in rule 10.163 in the order in which they are translated in the consolidated bills and the travelling allowance register. The numbers in columns 1 and 2 of the travelling allowance register shall be endorsed in red ink on the top of each vernacular bill.

10.163. Check on disbursement. –

It is an important duty of gazetted officers to check the correct disbursement of travelling allowance, which is sometimes inevitably delayed. To facilitate this check the serial numbers and office of origin of all travelling allowance acquittance rolls, which have not so far been returned to the officer, shall be entered in the remarks column of the travelling allowance register on the last working day of each month. These entries shall be initialled by a gazetted officer after comparison with the previous month’s entry.

 

PART VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.164. Police Lands Fund. –

Revenue and expenditure in connection with police lands (vide rule 3.28 et.seq.) shall be accounted for in the police lands fund. Payments to this fund shall be made in the manner prescribed in rule 10.50(b). Expenditure from the fund can be incurred, at the discretion of the Superintendent of Police within his budget allotment, on the pay of the establishment sanctioned for each district by the Deputy Inspector-General, on the planting and watering of shade and fruit-trees and ornamental shrubs, and on similar development of the land calculated to improve the appearance and amenities of Police Lines and other buildings. If funds are available after the above purposes have been served, expenditure may be incurred under the specific sanction of the Deputy Inspector-General in each case, on the purchase and upkeep of utensils for the use of cooks in the headquarters lines. Sums for expenditure shall be drawn in abstract contingent bills as prescribed in Appendix 10.111.

10.165. Establishments. –

All posts on the establishment of the police lands fund are non-pensionable and can be created only on the authority of the Deputy Inspector-General of the Range. The Accountant-General shall be supplied by each Deputy Inspector-General with a statement of all such posts, and all alterations in the Establishments should be similarly communicated.

10.166. Budget estimates and allotments for Police lands fund. –

(1)     Superintendents of Police shall submit to the Deputy Inspector-General annually on the 1st August budget estimates of police lands fund revenue and expenditure in Form 10.166(1).

(2)     Estimates shall be carefully framed on the principles laid down for other budget estimates. The relation between revenue and expenditure must vary according to local conditions. In some places the revenue cannot be expected to provide for the minimum expenditure, which is necessary to keep the surroundings of police buildings in proper order; in other places revenue from valuable fruit crops and the like may greatly exceed the reasonable needs of expenditure. Superintendents in making their estimates and Deputy Inspectors-General in scrutinizing them are required to consider each case carefully on its merits and to ensure that steps are taken to credit to the fund all revenue, which can reasonably be collected from the lands, and that no expenditure is incurred which is not both consonant with the legitimate purposes of the fund and provided for in the allotment of funds. Convincing reasons will be required, however, in every case where estimates of expenditure exceed estimates of revenue.

(3)     Deputy Inspectors-General shall submit consolidated estimates in Form 10.166(3) for their ranges to the Inspector-General not later than 25th September, retaining the original district estimates in their own offices.

(4)     On receipt of intimation from the Inspector-General of the allotments placed at their disposal, Deputy Inspector-General shall make distribution to districts at their discretion. Reappropriation with the distribution may be made at the discretion of the Deputy Inspector-General, who may also, if he considers it necessary, apply to the Inspector-General for reappropriation from the police lands fund allotment of another range.

10.167. Local audit of police accounts. –


A special post of auditor is sanctioned in the office of each range Deputy Inspector-General. These auditors are required to carry out a thorough audit inspection of the whole of the accounts, including those of the Police Deposit Fund and General Police Fund, in each district of the range, in conjunction with the Deputy Inspector-General’s annual inspection of the district. They shall carry out similar audit inspections of police offices not attached to ranges, as may be ordered by the Inspector-General or Deputy Inspector-General.

10.168. The Budget. –

Gazetted officers, head clerks and accountants are required to familiarize themselves with the general principles of the system of Government accounts contained in the Punjab Budget Manual. In order that they may understand the processes by which revenue and expenditure are estimated and demands scrutinized, and to enable them to put forward proposals affecting their own offices in the form necessary to ensure consideration at the proper time, a study of the following portions of the Manual in particular is necessary :-

 

Paragraphs 1.2, 1.4 and 14.1, showing the structure of the estimates and the division of expenditure.

 

Paragraphs 1.10 and 1.11, explaining the chain of scrutiny and the imperative necessity of adherence to prescribed procedure and dates.

 

Paragraphs 1.12 to 1.17 which show the stages through which all proposals involving new expenditure have to pass and from which it can readily be understood that the prospect of such proposals being sanctioned without avoidable delay depends mainly upon the care and foresight with which schemes are presented in the first instance by Superintendents of Police.

 

Paragraph 1.22 which explains the means by which unspent balances (other than the savings in the contract contingent grant) may be made available in the next budget grant, thus making hasty expenditure at the end of a financial year inexcusable.

 

Paragraph 1.25 which is an explanation of the constitutional reasons for the prohibition of expenditure in excess of budget grants.

 

Chapter 3, read with the relevant portions of Appendix D and paragraph 5.6, describes the method of completing the forms supplied by the Finance Department for the preparation of budget estimates of revenue and expenditure, the nature of the explanatory material which is required in support of estimates and the dates and channel of submission.

10.169. Preparation of budget estimates. –

Budget estimates will be prepared in the first instance by head clerks and accountants, but heads of offices are required personally to check the estimates so prepared with great care, and to satisfy themselves that estimates of revenue and expenditure are as accurate as possible, and are not mere repetitions of the figures of previous years.

 

Note : Grain compensation allowance estimated for the current and next year will be entered in Form B.M. 11 and attached to the budget estimates.

10.170. Proposals involving new expenditure. –

(1)     In making proposals, other than proposals concerning buildings involving expenditure not provided for in their budget allotments, officers shall invariably endeavour to suggest a means of meeting such expenditure during the current financial year by reappropriation within their allotment. Failing such reappropriation the Inspector-General may, if the proposal is approved, provide funds by reappropriation within his powers. Where however, the proposal involves recurring expenditure for which provision of Chapter 7 of the Budget Manual must be strictly observed. As all such proposals have to be placed by the Inspector-General before the Finance Department not later than August 1, after scrutiny by Deputy Inspector-General, by the Inspector-General himself and by the Home Department, it follows that the proposals must be put forward by the Superintendent of Police by June 15 at the latest. Only in very urgent cases can the Inspector-General send up supplementary proposals as late as the 1st October, so the latest possible date for the submission by Superintendents of even urgent proposals involving expenditure in the next financial year is the 1st September.

(2)     In the case of proposals for new expenditure on buildings the principles laid down in chapter 7 of the Budget Manual also apply generally, but the date by which the Inspector-General is required to submit his list of major and minor works is the 20th September; proposals, may therefore, be put forward to Deputy Inspectors-General by Superintendents as late as the 1st September. Supplementary proposals may, if of great urgency, be submitted to Deputy Inspectors-General up to the 10th October at the latest. As, however, proposals regarding buildings required the preparation of plans and estimates and the obtaining of administrative approval according to police rule 3.7 before the Inspector-General can take any steps towards the provision of funds, it is essential that building requirements should be studied as far in advance as possible and put forward in the proper form, in order of urgency and by the required dates. On the other hand proposals should not be submitted unless there is reasonable prospect of getting funds. Inquiry might be made demi-officially from the Inspector-General through the Deputy Inspector General.

10.171. Distribution of budget allotment. –

The action to be taken after the communication to the Inspector-General of the budget allotment of the department for the year is described in paragraphs 12.5 and 12.6 of the Budget Manual. Not later than the 15th May the Inspector-General informs heads of offices, by means of a statement published in the Police Gazette, of the grants distributed to them, and the amounts retained by him in reserve.

10.172. Reporting of loss caused to Government. –

In order that transactions which involve a loss to Government may be properly accounted for in audit, all instances of loss to Government coming under the following categories shall be reported to the Inspector General through the Deputy Inspector-General concerned, and also to the Accountant-General, through the Inspector-General, in cases in which a report to that officer is to be made under Article 29 of the Civil Account Code.

(a)      Complete or partial relinquishment of a claim for money due to Government.

(b)      Loss, theft or embezzlement of money due to Government.

(c)      Losses other than trivial losses in stores and equipment.

(d)      Losses of or deficiencies in cash in hand, whether in the form of a deposit with the treasury or imprest money.

 

Note : The acceptance of counterfeit coins or notes is regarded as a loss.

(e)      Previous overpayments of which the record in the accounts cannot now be rectified.

(f)       Payments in excess of what would ordinarily be due, where the excess payments is due to the action of another department of Government.

(g)      Payments on account of default or damage which have to be made under the terms of a contract.

(h)     Payments made by Government servants as acts of grace, i.e., where no payment is due under statute or rule, but where, having regard to the circumstances, payment is regarded as equitable.

(i)       Payments for damage done by Government servants or by Government property or by fire in a Government building.

(j)       Payments by Government which are in excess of the amount admissible under rule.

(k)      Irrecoverable balances of payments made by Government in advance.

(l)       Losses due to errors of Government servants which can be measured in terms of money.

10.173. General Provident Fund. –

(1)     All police officers in permanent and pensionable service and all members of the police clerical cadre are eligible to become subscribers to the General Provident Fund. A subscription to the Fund is compulsory in the case of all Europeans and Anglo-Indians in permanent service. The statutory rules of the fund are published in a pamphlet which is on record in all district police offices.

(2)     Advances from the fund may be granted under the conditions prescribed in the statutory rules by the following authorities :-

To subscribers who are gazetted officers

The Inspector-General

To subscribers who are non-gazetted officers in receipt of Rs. 150 per mensem or over

Deputy Inspectors-General

To all others subscribers

Superintendents of Police.

The authorities specified are prohibited from delegating their powers of sanction.

 

APPENDIX 10.22 (1)

SPECIMEN SCALE AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR CALCULATING CHARGES FOR ADDITIONAL POLICE

Cost for the first year

 

Rs.

A.

P.

One Inspector at Rs. 210 per mensem

2,520

0

0

One Sub-Inspector at Rs. 95 per mensem

1,140

0

0

One Assistant Sub-Inspector at Rs. 49 per mensem

588

0

0

One Head constable at Rs. 35 per mensem

420

0

0

Twenty-five Foot Constables Six Foot Constables at Rs. 21 per mensem each

1512

0

0

Nineteen Constables at Rs. 18 per mensem each

4104

0

0

Four Constables at Rs. 18 per mensem each, i.e., 1/6th of the total number of Constables on account of contingency reserve

864

0

0

Total pay of establishment

1,148

0

0

Contingencies at 1/10th of pay of establishment

1,114

12

9

 

Contingencies at 1/10th of pay of establishment

1,114

12

9

Leave contributions 121/2 per cent of total average pay of establishment i.e., 1/8th of total pay of establishment.

1393

8

0

Pension contributions -

Rs.

 

 

81/6 per cent of maximum pay of –

One Inspector .. 300

One Sub-Inspector .. 160

One Assistant Sub-Inspector .. 60

One Head Constable .. 45

Twenty-nine Foot Constables .. 812

1349

7

4

 

1377

 

 

 

 

Rs.

A.

P.

Conveyance allowance for one Inspector at Rs. 30 per mensem

360

0

0

Conveyance allowance for one Sub-Inspector at Rs. 30 per mensem

360

0

0

Conyenance allowance for one Assistant SubInspector at Rs. 15 per mensem

180

0

0

Thirty clothing allowances at Rs. 15 each

450

0

0

Thirty equipment allowances at Rs. 5 each

150

0

0

Total

16, 505

12

1

Initial charges

 

 

 

 

Rs.

A.

P.

Uniform allowance for one Inspector at Rs. 200

200

0

0

Uniform allowance for one Sub-Inspector at Rs. 200

200

0

0

Uniform allowance for one Assistant Sub-Inspector at Rs. 200

200

0

0

Thirty clothing allowances at Rs. 15 each

450

0

0

Thirty equipment allowances at Rs. 5 each

150

0

0

Thirty beds and boxes at Rs. 15 each

450

0

0

Total

1,650

0

0

Hutting charges (initial or recurring as the case may be)

400

0

0

GRAND TOTAL

18,555

12

1

 

Note : The strength of the force of Additional Police to be employed depends on circumstances. The specimen scales given above are merely a guide to the cost of the officers and men whom it is decided to employ.

 

APPENDIX No. 10.31(1)

 

The Table Below Details the Different Classes of Police Income Which should be credited on Realization to the Heads Shown in Columns 2, 3 and 4

 

1

2

3

4

5

Serial No. of of Subhead column 4

Number and name of Major head

Minor head

Description or detailed subhead

Description of income to be credited under the subhead

1

XXIII-Police

Contribution for Railway Police Fees, fines and forfeiture

--

--

Recoveries under section 41, Police Act V of 1861 Cost of certificates of appointment Copying fee of departmental proceedings and records.

Recoveries on account of overpayment in previous years

1(a)

--

--

Fees for students from Indian States admitted to the Police Training School, Phillaur

 

b)

--

--

Contribution from Indian States to the Finger-Print Bureau

 

c)

--

--

Leave salary contribution of officers lent on foreign services.

 

2.

--

--

Contribution towards passages of Government servants lent to other Governments

Contributions from other Government for passage of Police officers permanently borne on Punjab cadre who are temporarily lent for service to Governments other than Punjab Government shall be credited under this head

3.

--

--

Contribution towards passages of Government servants lent on foreign service

Contributions from Indian States for passage of Police Officers lent for service in those States shall be credited under this head.

4.

 

 

Contributions towards horse, saddlery and uniform allowances of officers lent on foreign services

Contributions from Indian States for horse, saddlery and uniform of officers lent for service in those States shall be credited under this head

5.

 

 

Refunds allowed by Military authorities for Ordnance Stores returned to Arsenals

 

6.

--

 

--

--

 

--

Receipts on account of Additional Police employed under sections 13, 14 and 15 of Police Act V of 1861

Income on account of –

1. Additional Police supplied to private persons (Rule 10.21)

2. Additional Police supplied to public departments (Rule 10.23)

3. Additional Police quartered in disturbed or dangerous area (Rule 10.24)

shall be credited under this head except pension charges which shall be credited under Receipt Major Head XLIV Receipts-inaid of superannuation

 

7.

 

Miscellaneous

Police land Receipts

All proceeds on account of sale of grass, wood, fruit, vegetables, stable litter and grain, grazing fees and rent of land leased for cultivation in each district.

8.

 

 

Miscellaneous

Two months’ pay in lieu of two months’ notice of resignation (Rule 14.11)

9.

XLV Stationery

Stationery Receipts

Sale-proceeds of stationery

Sale proceeds of English Stationery (Such as old scissors, pen knives, rulers, etc., supplied by the Stationery Office, Calcutta

10.

 

Sale of Gazettes and other publications

Subscription to English Gazettes

Subscription to the Punjab Police Gazettes, English edition

11.

--

--

Subscription to Urdu Gazettes

Subscription to the Punjab Police Gazettes, Urdu edition

12.

 

--

Advertisement

Rule 11.54

13.

 

 

Sale of Gazettes

Price of either edition of the Punjab Police Gazettes sold or recovered from Police Officers purchasing or losing them

14.

--

--

Sale of other publications

Price of publications which may be authorised to be stocked for sale in Police Offices

15.

--

--

--

Sale-proceeds of Stationery boxes or other material in which English Stationery is supplied from Stationery Office, Calcutta

16.

XLV Miscellaneous

Sale of old stores and material

--

(a) Saleproceeds of all Government Stores (other than articles of clothing or equipment) such as Ordnance Stores, tents, articles of furniture, waste paper and building material

(b) Recoveries on account of damages done to any of the above articles when money is not spent on their renewal or repairs.

(c) Saleproceeds of old lead may be kept in the cash chest and utilized for the maintenance of musketry ranges and appliances

17.

Police Deposit

--

Clothing

(a) Annual Clothing allowances (Rule 10.113) (b) Sale-proceeds of all articles belonging to, or purchased from the clothing Fund

18.

--

--

Equipment

(a) Annual foot and mounted equipment allowances (Rule 10.113) (b) Sale-proceeds of all articles belonging to foot or mounted equipment (Rule 10.113) (c) Cost of damage done to articles of foot or mounted equipment, if not spent on renewal of, or repairs to, the articles (Rule 5.4)

19.

--

--

Estates

(a) Clothing money and all cash balances held on behalf of estates of deceased, deserted or lunatic Police Officers and Chanda, if any, due to such officers (Rule 10.55)

20.

Excluded Local (Police Remount) Fund

--

Chanda

(a) Chanda money (Rule 7.117.12) (b) Chanda subscriptions (Rule 7.10) (c) Horse or Camel allowances forfeited (Rule 7.12 et eq) (d) Sale-proceeds of horse, camels, or their foals, or of their skins, etc. (Rule 7.22) The rules governing the procedure to be following in regard to the Chanda Fund are given in Chapters VII and X.

 

APPENDIX No. 10.63

TABLE A

RATES OF PAY SANCTIONED FOR ALL RANKS AND GRADES IN THE POLICE DEPARTMENT

 

Post

Year of service

Pay

Overseas pay (if drawn in sterling)

Overseas pay (if drawn in rupees)

REMARKS

1

2

3

4

5

6

 

 

..

 

Rs.

 

$

 

Rs.

 

 

Inspector-General Deputy Inspector General

Superintendents,

..

 

..

2,500-125-

3,000

*1,950-50-

13 6 8

13 6 8

..

..

 

 

*The new scale will apply to all officers

Selection Grade Superintendents,

 

2,100

 

 

at present serving in the rank of Deputy

Time-scale

..

1,450

30 0 0

300

Inspector-General except those who

 

 

 

 

 

exercise the option of

 

 

 

 

 

remaining on the old

 

 

 

 

 

scale

 

6th

650

15 0 0

150

 

 

7th

675

15 0 0

150

 

 

8th

700

15 0 0

150

 

 

9th

725

25 0 0

250

 

 

10th

750

25 0 0

250

 

 

11th

800

25 0 0

250

 

 

12th

825

25 0 0

250

 

 

13th

850

25 0 0

250

 

 

14th

900

25 0 0

250

 

 

15th

925

30 0 0

300

 

 

16th

950

30 0 0

300

 

 

17th

1,000

30 0 0

300

 

 

 

Efficiency Bar

 

 

 

 

18th

1,050

30 0 0

300

 

 

19th

1,050

30 0 0

300

 

 

20th

1,100

30 0 0

300

 

 

21st

1,100

30 0 0

300

 

 

22nd

1,150

30 0 0

300

 

 

23rd

1,200

30 0 0

300

 

 

24th

1,250

30 0 0

300

 

 

25th

1,300

30 0 0

300

 

 

26th

1,350

30 0 0

300

 

 

Assistant Superintendent

1st

350

--

100

 

 

2nd

375

--

100

 


 

 

3rd

400*

 

--

 

100

*Granted subject to the condition that he

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

has passed all

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

departmental

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

examinations except

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Punjabi.

 

4th

425*

 

--

 

125

*Granted subject to the condition that he

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

has passed the

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Punjabi examination

 

5th

450

15

0

0

150

 

 

6th

475

15

0

0

150

 

*Assistant Superintendent -

7th

500

15

0

0

150

 

concld

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8th

525

15

0

0

150

 

 

9th

550

25

0

0

250

 

 

 

Efficiency Bar

 

 

 

 

 

 

10th

575

25

0

0

250

 

 

11th

600

25

0

0

250

 

 

12th

625

25

0

0

250

 

 

13th

650

25

0

0

250

 

 

14h

675

25

0

0

250

 

 

15th

700

30

0

0

300

 

 

* Note. (i) An Assistant Superintendent of Police with less than six years’ service who is appointed to officiate as a Superintedent of Police is entitled to draw the the minimum of the senior scale, i.e. Rs. 650. An Assistant Superintendent of Police with six years’ or more than six years’ service who is appointed to officiate as Superintendent of Police is entitled to draw the pay in the senior scale shown opposite the the number of years’service at this credit.

 

Note. (ii) Officers recruited up to and including 1925 shall,, when officiating in the senior scale during the first four years of the service,, draw overseas pay at the rate of Rs. 150.

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deputy Superintendent, Selection Grade

 

Deputy Superin tendent, Time-scale

..

 

1st 2nd

(if found efficient)

3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th

9th

750

 

 

 

200

 

225

 

 

250

275

300

325

350

375

400

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Probationary Period


 

 

10th

425

450

475

500

Efficiency Bar

525

550

575

600

625

650

675

700

The Scale applicable to other Deputy Superintendents

 

11th

 

12th

 

13th

 

 

14th

 

15th

 

16th

 

17th

 

18th

 

19th

 

20th

 

21st

*Prosecuting

 

Deputy

 

Superintendent

 

 

Note 1. :The initial pay of an officer promoted from the Provincial Police Service to the Indian (Imperial) Police Service shall on each occasion of his promotion be fixed on the inferior time-scale of pay for the Indian (Imperial) Police Service at the stage next above his existing pay in the Provincial Police Service. As soon as he holds a superior post he shall rise to the corresponding stage of the superior scale.

 

Note. 2 :When an officer of Provincial Service is drawing pay in that service equal to or higher than the maximum of the inferior Imperial Police time-scale and is promoted to a superior post in the All India Service, he shall be brought on the superior time-scale at the stage which is Rs. 175 in excess of the pay he was drawing in the Provincial Service, or if there is no such stage, then at the stage next above the total of his pay in that service plus Rs. 175 provided that no officer so promoted from the Provincial Service shall draw more than that which an officer of the All India Service of the same number of years’ service would be entitled to under the superior time-scale.

 

Note 3. :On any enhancement of his Provincial Police Service pay (whether as the result of General revision of the Provincial Police Service rates of pay, or of the operation of the Provincial Police Service time-scale, or of promotion to the selection grade of the (Provincial Police Service) while officiating in an All-India Service post such an officer shall be entitled to have his pay on the All-India Service time-scale of pay recalculated in accordance with the principles laid down in Notes (1) and (2) above on the basis of his enhanced pay in the Provincial Service, and with effect from the date of such enhancement.

 

Note 4. :Increments of pay on the All India Service time-scale of pay shall be granted to a Provincial Police Service officer holding an Indian (Imperial) Police post only on completion of a full year’s service on any stage of that scale, but for the purpose of calculating one year’s service at a given rate of pay broken periods of officiating service at that rate of pay shall be taken into account.

 

APPENDIX No. 10.63

TABLE A

RATES OF PAY SANCTIONED FOR ALL RANKS AND GRADES IN THE POLICE DEPARTMENT

 

Post

Years of service

Pay

Remarks

 

 

European Inspectors

Indian Inspectoors Inspectors and sub inspectors on pro.bation

 

..

..

..

 

205-71 2-265-325

180 71 2-240-300

..

 

Rupees 100 and Rs. 50 per mensem, while under training at the Police Training School. On being posted to districts Probationary Inspectors will draw Rs. 130 per mensem until confirmed, while Probationary Sub-inspectors will draw pay on the time-scale for Sub-Inspectors. The period of training at the Police Training School and in districts during which they drew pay below the minimum rate of the timescale shall count for increment.

 

Note : As there is an overlap between the rates of pay (with allowances) of Inspectors and the lower rates in the time-scale of the Provincial Service, officers admitted into the Provincial Service by promotion, either officiating or substantive, are placed in the time-scale of the latter in such a way as to give them a rate of pay Rs. 75 per mensum higher than the substantive pay of their last post in the subordinate service. When this results in a sum intermediate between two rates in the time-scale, the next increment is reduced so as to bring the total up to the next highest rate in that scale.

Post

Years of service

Pay

Remarks

 

Sergeants

 

..

 

150-5-200

 

(Efficiency Bar at Rs. 175)

Sub-inspectors (Selection Grade)

..

130

140

4th Grade

3rd Grade

Sub-Inspectors (Time scale)

..

150

2nd Grade

 

 

160

1st Grade

Assistant Sub-Inspectors Head Constables

..

80-5-130

45-1-60

(Efficiency bar at Rs. 110)

 

 

30-1-45

(Efficiency Bar at Rs. 41)

Constables (Selection Grade)

..

20-1 3-28

 

Constables (Time Scale

..

17

On enlistment

 

 

18

After 3 years’ service

 

 

19

After 10 years’ service

 

 

20

After 17 years’ service

 

(MINISTERIAL ESTABLISHMENT)

Clerks

In the offices of the Inspector-General, the Deputy Inspectors-General and the Assistant Inspector General, Government Railway Police.

 

Rs.


 

Superintendent Head Assistant

Stenotypist Auditor

Assistant (Head Clerk) Senior Clerks

Junior Clerks Munshis

Inferior Servants

Jamadar Chaprasi Daftri

Menials

Bhishti Sweeper Khalasi Mali

Cooks

..

350-20-450

 

..

250-10-350-150-10-

200-10-300

(Efficiency Bar at Rs. 200)

..

150-5-180-10-250

(Efficiency Bar at Rs. 180)

..

 

 

..

100-8-180-10-250

(Efficiency Bar at Rs. 100)

..

75-5-100-5-150

(Efficiency Bar at Rs. 82)

..

40-3-82-3-100

 

..

30-11 2-60-2-70

(Efficiency bar at Rs. 60)

..

 

 

..

18

 

 

14

 

 

20-1 5-25

 

 

..

 

12

 

Maximum admissible

..

12

Ditto

..

13

Ditto

..

13-16

Ditto

..

15

Ditto

 

APPENDIX No. 10.63

Table B

ALLOWANCES SANCTIONED FOR CERTAIN POSTS IN THE POLICE DEPARTMENT

Note : The allowances shown in column 2 are granted to such members only of the holders of posts shown in column I as may be specifically authorised from time to time.

 

1

2

3

Designation of Post

Special Pay

Remarks

 

Rs.

 

1. Assistant Inspector-General of Police, Punjab

200

2. Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police

200

3. Superintendent of Police, Criminal Investigation Department

150

4. Senior Superintendent of Police, Lahore

150

5. Principal, Police Training School, Phillaur

100

6. Assistant Inspector-General of Police, Criminal Tribes

150

7. Assistant Superintendent, Government Railway Police

100

8. Assistant Superintendent of Police, Dera Ghazi Khan (Commandant, Baluch Levy)

100

9. Deputy Superintendent of Police, Criminal Investigation Department

75

10. Prosecuting Deputy Superintendents of Police

75

11. Deputy Superintendents, Government Railway Police in charge of SubDivisions

50


 

12.

Inspectors attached to His Excellency the Viceroy’s Guard

75

 

13.

Prosecuting Inspectors

50

14.

Inspectors, Criminal Investigation Department

50

15.

Inspector, Finger Print Bureau, Phillaur

50

16.

Reserve Inspector at Police Training School, Phillaur

40

17.

Inspectors in charge of Police Stations, City and Civil Lines, Lahore, Anarkali, Naulakha, Amirtsar and Rawalpindi, Multan and Inspector incharge, C.I.A., Lahore

25

18.

Indian Inspectors of Government Railway Police

25

19.

Inspectors (Law Instructors), Police Training School, Phillur

50

20.

Traffic Inspector, Rawalpindi, for performing the duties of official examiner for motor vehicles exported to Kashmir

15

To be paid from Central revenue under the head Punjab-C-

-Land Customs-C-2-Pay of Establishment

21.

Sergeants, Government Railway Police

15

?

 

 

 

? For officers appointed before

22.

Sergeants, District Police

15

  1st August, 1932

22-A.

All Assistant Sub-Inspectors serving whether permanently or temporarily at Muree, Kasauli and Dalhousie

12

 

22-B.

All Assistant Sub-Inspectors serving whether permanently or temporarily at Dharmsala and Kulu Sub-Division

8

 

22-C.

Assistant Sub-Inspector incharge Kotli Police Station in Rawalpindi District

12

 

23.

Prosecuting Sub-Inspectors

30

 

24.

Sub-Inspectors, Criminal Investigation Department

30

 

25.

Urdu Shorthand Writers (Sub-Inspectors, Criminal Investigation Department)

30

In addition to Rs. 30 Criminal Investigation Department allowance

26.

Two Assistant Sub-Inspectors, Central Investigation Agency Staff of Government Railway Police

10

 

27.

Inspector in charge, Lahore, Central Investigating Agency and modus operandi staff

25

 

28.

Sub-Inspectors (Law Instructors), Police Training School, Phillaur

30

 

29.

Sub-Inspectors, Finger Print Bureau, Phillaur

15

 

30.

Head Constables of the Criminal Investigation Department

7

 

31.

Literate English allowance for Head Constables of he Government Railway Police

6

 

32.

Head Constables employed as Police Signallers in Attock and Mainwali Districts

5

 

33.

Head Constables employed on traffic duty

8

 

34.

Armourers (Constables) in District and Railway Police Lines

20

 

35.

Assistant Armourers (Constables) in District and Railway Police Lines

10

 


 

 

36.             Constables eployed on traffic duty

37.             Constables of the Criminal Investigation Department

38.             Constables of the Government Railway Police who have passed a special test in English and law

39.             Constables employed as Police Signallers in the Attock and Mianwali Districts

39-A. Two constables of the Government Railway Police posted at Reti railway Station on the border of the Punjab and Sind for the purpose of checking seals on wagons and patrolling

40.             All Constables of the Railway Police

41.             Officers employed as Urdu Typists in offices of Superintendents of Police

42.             For enrolled police officers employed on clerical staff in the English Offices of Superintendent of Police :-

Head Clerk Accountant Assistant Clerk Typist

Bill Clerk

Assistant Accountant

Head Proficient, Finger Prints

Special Pay admissible to Clerks

43.             Head Clerks of the Offices of the range Deputy Inspectors-General of Police and the Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police

44.             Accountant of the office of the Assistant

Inspector-General, Government Railway Police Punjab

3

3

 

3

 

 

8

 

3

 

 

8

7

 

,

 

 

30

30

20

20

10

10

10

 

30

 

 

25

 

 

 

(Number of allowances limited to 200)

 

 

 

 

each

 

 

Enlisted before 30th May, 1936

Designation of Post

Compensatory allowance

Remarks

1.          Superintendent of Police, Rawalpindi

2.          Superintendent of Police, Dera Ghazi Khan

3.          Two Assistant Superintendents of Police, Lahore

4.          Assistant Superintendent of Police, Dera Ghazi Khan (Commandant, Baluch Levy)

5.          Deputy Superintendent of Police incharge of Lahore Headquarter Police Stations

6.          Inspectors in Simla District

7.          Inspectors employed permanently or temporarily at Dalhousie hill station

8.          Inspectors employed permanently or temporarily at Dharamshala and Kulu SubDivision

9.          Deleted

100

 

100

 

100

 

100

 

 

50

 

 

50

45

 

 

25

 

 

baluchi language allowance

 

 

 

baluchi Language allowance


 

10.

Sergeants in Simla Railway and District Police

35

 

11.

Sergeants from Delhi Province deputed to Simla District every year

35

12.

Sergeants employed permanently or temporarily at Murree, Kasauli and Dalhousie hill stations

35

13.

Sergeants employed permanently or temporarily at Dharamsala and Kulu Sub-Division

20

14.

Sergeants employed during summer on traffic control duty on the Dalhousie-Pathankot Road with headquarters at Dunera

25

15.

Sub-Inspectors in Simla District

30

For inspection of ponies to be paid from Murree Cantonment Funds

16.

Sub-Inspector in charge, Muree Police Station.

30

 

17.

Sub-Inspectors employed permanently or temporarily at Murree, Kasauli and Dalhousie hill stations

25

 

18.

Sub-Inspectors employed at Kotli Police Station in the Rawalpindi District

25

 

19.

Sub-Inspectors employed permanently or temporarily at Dharamsala and Kulu hill stations

15

 

20.

Sub-Inspectors attached to Viceroy’s Guard Simla

20

In addition to Rs. 30 Simla allowance

21.

Sub-Inspectors attached to His Excellency the Governor’s Guard

25

 

22.

All Assistant Sub-Inspectors in Simla District

18

 

23.

All Head Constables in Simla District

12

 

24.

Head Constables, Railway Police at Simla

12

 

25.

Head Constables of the Criminal Investigation Department posted to the Simla Railway Station during summer months

12

 

26.

Head Constables from each of the districts of Lahore, Ambala, and Amritsar deputed every year to Simla for detective duty during the summer

12

 

27.

Tran-Indus allowance for Head Constables of Dera Ghazi Khan District and Mianwali District

5

 

28

Head Constables employed permanently or temporarily at Murree, Kasauli and Dalhousie hill stations

8

 

29.

Head Constables employed at Kotli Police Station and Karor Police Post in the Rawalpindi District

8

 


 

30. Three Head Constables posted at Balum-Dunera and Chakki in the Gurdaspur district to control traffic on the DalhousiePathankot road during summer

 

8

 

31. Head Constables employed permanently or temporarily at Dharamsala and Kulu SubDivision

 

7

32. Head Constable of the Government Railway Police Post at Joginder Nagar

 

7

33. Head Constables of the Simla district attached to His Excellency the Viceroy’s Guard

 

8

34. Head Constables, Lahore District stationed at Headquarters

 

5

35. Head Constables of the Criminal Investigation Department stationed at Lahore

 

5

36. Head Constables employed at Rawalpindi

 

4

37. Constables of the Simla District

 

6

38. Constables of the Railway Police at Simla

 

8

40. Two Constables from each of the districts, Lahore, Ambala and Amritsar deputed to Simla every year for detective duties

5

 

41. Constables stationed at headquarters of Lahore and Amritsar

 

5

42. Constables of the Criminal Investigation Department stationed at Lahore

 

5

43. Constables employed permanently or temporarily at Murree, Kasauli and Dalhousie hill stations

 

5

44. Constables employed at Kotli Police Station and Karor Police Post in the Rawalpindi District

 

5

45. Constables attached to His Excellency the Viceroy’s Guard

 

5

In addition to Rs. 6 Simla allowance

46. Trans-Indus allowance for constables of Dera Ghazi Khan District and of Mianwali District

 

4

 

47. Foot constables posted at Balun, Dunera and Chakki in the Gurdaspur district to Control traffic on the DalhousiePathankot Road during summer

 

5

 

48. All constables employed at Rawalpindi

 

4

 

49. Constables employed permanently or temporarily at Dharamshala and Kulu hill stations

 

3

 

50. Constables of the Government Railway Police Post at Joginder Nagar

 

3

 


 

50All constables of Railway Police A.

1

Enlisted after the 20th May, 1936

51 Menials and inferior servants serving at Rawalpindi, Sargodha, Lyallpur, Lahore and Amritsar on pay less than Rs. 20 where free quarters are not given

1

 

52 Police station clerks who are required to maintain the register

of vital statistics

1

Drawn in a separate bill and debitable to Major Head "37Miscellaneous (Rule 10.62-A)"

 

Designation of Post

Compensatory allowance

Remarks

 

Compensatory allowance to Clerks at the following localities

 

1. Simla -

 

 

 

Junior Clerks in scales of Rs. 3011 2-60-2-70 and Rs. 40-2-90

 

 

At 331 3 per cent of pay subject to a mzximum of Rs. 25

Clerks in higher grades

 

 

 

2. Dharamshala -

 

 

 

All Clerks

 

 

At 30 per cent of pay, subject to a minimum of Rs. 25 and a maximum of Rs. 75

Clerks drawing -

 

 

121 2 per cent of pay, subject to a minimum of Rs. 10 and a maximum of Rs. 25

3. Lahore

?

Rs. 97

or less Rs. 3

4. Lyallpur

?

"98

"" Rs 2

5. Sargodha

?

"99

" " Rs. 1

6. Rawalpindi

?

" 100

Nil

7. Amritsar

 

 

 

 

 

APPENDIX No. 10.111(1)

Statement showing Expenditure under Various Secondary Units Subordinate to Primary Units.

Major Head : 29-POLICE

 

1

2

3

4

5

Sr.

No.

Minor Head

Primary Units

Secondary Units

Descriptions of charges

1.

A-Superintendence

Travelling Allowance

(1) Conveyance allowance

Drawn in salary bills (rules

10.84 and 10.96)

 

B-(I) District Executive Force proper.

(II) Police employed under sections : 13, 14 and 15 of Polie Act V of 1861

CPolice Training School, Phillaur

ERailway Police

FCriminal Investigation

Department

 

(2) Travelling Allowance

Drawn in travelling allowance bills (rules 10.160)

Note Conveyance and other travelling allowance of Imperial Police officers should be treated as "Non-voted"expenditure and should be shown in registers and returns separately in red ink

2.

Ditto

Other Allowances and Honoraria

(1) Rewards to Police officers..

(2) Grants to Imperial Service Police Officers for uniform, horse and saddlery

(3) Grants to Provincial Service Police Officers for uniform, horse and saddlery

(4) Cost of Railway Warrants .

(5) Carriage of constabulary

(6) Rewards for proficiency in oriental languages

(7) Hills Journey and Hill Allowance –

(8) Compensatory and Other Allowances –

(i) Compensatory allowance for gazetted and non-gazetted officers including local allowance

(ii) House-rent allowances for officers and men

(iii) Grain compensation allowance

(9) Allowances to receipients of King’s Police Medical (effective service)

(10) Allowances to receipients of Indian Police Medical (effective service)

(11) Cost of passages granted under the Superior Civil Service Rule of 1924

(12) Other allowances such as allowances to police, zaildars (Rule 12.42 (i) and fees payable to the Examiner of questioned documents)

Drwan in abstract contingent bills "C class" See also rule 15.7

Drawn in abstract contingent bills "C class". This expenditure is treated as Non-voted

Drawn in abstract contingent bills "C class"

The cost of Railway Warrants issued by the Police Department will be debited to this head and the allotment to meet these charges will be a provincial one. It will not be distributed to districts See rule 10.17

All charges on account of carriage of police which are not drawn by travelling allowance bills

Drawn in abstract contingent bills "C class"

For office of Inspector-General and Criminal Investigation Department only. ‘Non-voted expenditure should be shown separately in red ink

Drawn in separate pay bill form. Compensatory allowances for Imperial Service officers is treated as Non-voted

3.

A-Superintendence

B-(I) District Executive Force Proper

(II) Police employed under sections 13,14 and 15 of Police Act V of 1861

CPolice Training School, Phillaur

E-Railway Police

F-Criminal Investigation Department

Supplies and Services

(1) Rewards to private persons

(2) Clothing

(3) Equipment

(4) Ordance Stores

(5) Traction of prison vans

(6) Purchase and repairs of gymnastic apparatus

(7) Other Supplies and services

(8) Allowances to recipients of King’s Police Medal (noneffective service)

(9) Allowance to holders of Indian Police Medal (noneffective service)

See rule 15.5. and 15.9

See rule 10.13

See rule 10.113

Charges are adjusted by the Accountant-General against the provincial allotment under this head

Charges are drawn in abstract contingent bills "C class"

Ditto ditto

Ditto ditto

Ditto ditto

 

4.

Ditto

Contin gencies

AContract

(1) Repairs to arms, tents and accoutrements -

(a) Petty repairs to arms and tents

(b) Carriage of arms, tents and accoutrements

(c) Purchase and repairs of furniture

(d) Purchase and repair of tents

(e) Repairs of bicycles

(f) Cost of petrol extra for mobil oil petrol lorries

(2) Services postage and telegram charges

(3) Hot and cold weather charges

(4) Tour charges

(5) Miscellaneous

C-Audited-

(1) Rents, Rates and Taxes

(2) Telephone charges

(3) Cost of books and periodicals

(4) Pay of menials

(5) Allowance to cattle pound sweepers for sweeping police stations.

(6) Deleted

(7) Stationery purchased country

(8) Carriage of Stolen property of under-trial Prisoners

(9) Petty construction and repairs to buildings

(10) Liveries to peons

(11) Purchase of type-writers

(12) Feeding and keeping of animals of Police office under suspension

(13) cost of survey maps

(14) Purchase of bicycles

(1) Arms repairs carried out by the Ordiance are not chargeable to this unit

(2) Tents Repairs carried out by the jails are adjusted by the Inspector-General

(3) Petty repairs to arms and tent carried out locally and carriage of arms, tents and accoutrements are chargeable to this unit

All furniture, whether it belongs to office, police stations, police rest house, police lines, camp furniture. Articles of European manufactures cannot be purchased without the sanction of the Inspector-General

Charges on this account are incurred by the Inspector General

Service Stamp Service stamps shall be obtained from the treasury by a bill in special form, vide Article 98, Civil Account Code. The account of sub-head shall be kept in a separate register, Vide rule 11.33

Telegram charges Payment for the State telegrams shall be made by Service postage stamps only whether the telegram be despatched from a Government or Railway Telegraph Office. When Service Stamps are not available message may be paid for in cash. In such cases telegram receipts will be attached to the abstract contingent bill with a certificate from the head of the office, to the effect that the telegram was sent in the public service and that cash payment was unavoidable (Rule 12.11 (d) and (e) of Appendix 5, Civil Account Code)

All charges for hot weather establishment, such as punkha pullers, pankhas, ropes, tatties wood, coal.

See Rule 10.118

All articles for which no subhead has been assigned such as the following –

(1) Materials and all charges for book-binding whether executed at jails or in local market.

(2) Potal commission on money orders

(3) Country scales and weights to be purchased from bazar or from Postal Workshop, Aligarh

(4) Cost of rubber stamps

(5) Carriage of all old record of Police Stations brought to headquarters for destructions

(6) cloth for bastas, character rolls or commendation certificates, and for despatching vernacular files, or for dusters

(7) Lac or sealing wax for vernacular office

(8) Notice or sign-boards

(9) Lamps, chimneys, lanterns, candles and oil for lighting and electric current

(10) Padlocks

(11) Bags for dak, or for waste papers, etc.

(12) Measuring tapes and standards for recruits, appliances F recorders

(13) Gongs, clocks and their appliances

(14) Photographs

(15) Phenyle and other disinfecting medicines

(16) Mouse traps, rat poison, or composition or appliances for preserving records

(17) Trays, paper baskets, etc., for office

(18) Coolie fee for delivery of canal telegraph messages

(19) Special diet for sick policemen in hospital

(20) Photographic charges payable to the Examiner of questioned documents

(21) Allowance to sweepers and bhisties for dusting office and supplying water to office hands vide rule 14. Appendix 5, Civil Account Code

(22) Fixed allowances –

(a) for the purchase of country pens, ink, twine, glue, paste, etc.

(b) for the purchase of oil for lighting purposes. They are drawn on pay bill form.

Rents For building or land for official use. A certificate as prescribed in rule 3, 15 is required in support of the first charge in each year. See rule 15 of Appendix 5, Civil Account Code

Rates and Taxes. The following are debitable to this sub-head :-

(a) Municipal and Cantonment taxes on account of water supply and conservancy

(b) All taxes chargeable on official non-residential buildings and land, other than land administered from Police Lands Funds. Charges on this account should be supported by a certificate from the Executive Engineer concerned as required by paragraph 22(e) Appendix 5, Civil Account Code, either accepting the assessment or stating that all legal means have been or are being taken to have excessive assessments reduced

All charges connected with telephones are adjusted by book transfer.

1. No books or periodicals can be purchased at the public expense without the previous sanction of the Deputy Inspector General, except as provided below.

(2) the following books may be purchased without sanction –

(a) A vernacular almanac, annually, costing not more than two annas a copy for each p

(b) A copy of the North-Western Railway Guide of the Postal and Telegraph Guide, Public and State abbreviated addresses and of and an almanac may be purchased direct by each Deputy Inspector-General and Superintendent when such purchase is necessary

Pay of sweepers, bhistis and other menials in nonpensionable service according to sanctioned scale

Allowance for sweepers at Police stations other than that paid by local bodies.

Country paper, blank registers, country tape and file boards to be purchased from jails, carriage of English and vernacular printed forms, carriage of English stationery received from the Stationery Officer. Cost of articles purchased from jails shall be adjusted by book transfer

Vide rule 3.13

Charges of this nature, if sanctioned by the Inspector General, are paid by him from his undistributed allotment.

Charges on this account are incurred by the Inspector General

Charges on this account are incurred by the Inspector General

 

H-Miscellaneous

(a) Establishment

(b) Contingencies

(a) Establishment

(b) Contingencies

Is drawn on abstract contigent bill "C class". Such as gardeners, bhistis, etc., for gardens. The scale should be sanctioned by the Deputy Inspector General. Expenditure on pay etc., of this establishments treated as contingent expenditure

Planting and watering trees and crops. the keeping up of police gardens and the general improvement of police lands.

Utensils for use of langris for cooking purposes at headquarters of districts. Vide serial No. 4 of paragraph 29.9, Book of Financial Powers


 

 

APPENDIX No. 10.121(a)

SHOWING THE RATES AT WHICH TRAVELLING ALLOWANCE MAY BE DRAWN BY POLICE OFFICERS UNDER THE RULES

Grade as defined in rule 2.15,

Punjab Financial Hand Book No. 2,

Volume III.

Appointment

RATE OF TRAVELLING ALLOWANCE

Reference to rules in Punjab Financial Hand Book No. 2, Volume III

REMAR KS

Daily allowance

Millage rate by road NOTE -1

Add 33

per cent3

for journeys in hill tracts

Class for Railway or Steamer accommoda tion except as proided in rule

2.19 of Punjab Financial HandBook No.9 Vol. III

Plains

Hills tracts ordinary

Hill tracts special

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

 

 

I II

 

III

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IV

 

 

V VI VII

 

VIII

 

 

Inspector-General

 

Deputy Inspectors General and Superintendents with pay exceeding Rs. 999

Superintendents with pay from Rs. 750 to Rs. 999

Assistant Superintendents with pay from Rs. 350 to Rs. 700

Deputy Superintendents with pay Rs. 750

Deputy Superintendents with pay Rs. 350 to Rs. 749

Deputy Superintendents with pay Rs. 200 to 349

Inspectors with pay Rs. 300

Inspectors with from Rs. 220 to Rs. 260 and Sergeants with pay Rs. 200

Inspectors with pay Rs. 180 to Rs. 219 and Sergeants with pay Rs. 150 to Rs. 199

Sub-Inspectors with pay Rs. 150 to Rs. 199

Rs. A.P.

 

8 0 0

 

6 0 0

 

 

5 0 0

 

 

5 0 0

 

 

5 0 0

 

4 0 0

 

 

3 0 0

 

3 0 0

 

2 8 0

 

 

2 0 0

 

 

2 0 0

Rs. A.P.

 

10 0 0

 

7 8 0

 

 

6 4 0

 

 

6 4 0

 

 

6 4 0

 

5 0 0

 

 

3 12 0

 

3 12 0

 

3 12 0

 

 

2 8 0

 

 

2 8 0

Rs. A.P.

 

12 0 0

 

9 0 0

 

 

7 8 0

 

 

7 8 0

 

 

7 8 0

 

6 0 0

 

 

4 8 0

 

4 8 0

 

4 8 0

 

 

3 0 0

 

 

3 0 0

Rs. A.P.

 

0 6 0

 

0 6 0

 

 

0 6 0

 

 

0 6 0

 

 

0 6 0

 

0 4 0

 

 

0 3 0

 

0 3 0

 

0 3 0

 

 

0 2 3

 

 

0 2 3

 

12 First

3

Ditto

 

 

Ditto

 

 

Ditto

 

 

12 Second

3

Ditto

 

 

Ditto Ditto Ditto

 

Ditto

 

 

Ditto

 

 

Rules 2.15

and 2.23

Ditto

 

 

Ditto

 

 

Ditto

 

 

Ditto Ditto

Ditto Ditto Ditto

 

Ditto

 

 

Ditto

 


 

IX

 

 

X

 

 

XI

 

 

 

 

XII

Sub-Inspectors with pay from Rs. 100 to Rs. 149

Sub-Inspectors with pay from Rs. 80 to Rs. 99

Assistant Sub-Inspector with pay of Rs. 45 to Rs. 49.

Head Constables with pay below Rs. 50

Constables

1 8 0

 

 

1 0 0

 

 

0 10 0

 

 

0 10 0

 

0 4 0

1 14 0

 

 

1 4 0

 

 

1 0 0

 

 

1 0 0

 

0 6 0

2 4 0

 

 

1 8 0

 

 

1 4 0

 

 

1 4 0

 

0 8 0

0 2 3

 

 

0 1 6

 

 

0 1 6

 

 

0 1 6

 

0 1 3

Ditto

 

 

Ditto

 

 

Ditto

Ditto 1 Third

Ditto

 

 

Ditto

 

 

Ditto

Ditto Ditto

 

Note : -

(1)     Police officers holding temporary posts will be in the same grade as those holding permanent posts of similar status.

(2)     Police officers officiating in a post will be in the grade of the post which they officiate. A Deputy Superintendent of Police officiating as Superintendent is specially included in grade III.

(3)     Superintendents and Assistant Superintendents of Police will, when travelling by rail, be entitled to accommodation by first class irrespective of their pay.

(4)     Inspectors and European Sergeants of Police will, when travelling by rail, be entitled to accommodation by second class irrespective of their pay.

(5)     Constables will receive 6 annas as daily allowance, if they travel in more than one province.

(6)     Ordinary and Special Hill tracts are defined notes to Rule 2.20, Punjab Financial Hand Book No. 2, Volume III.

(7)     The mileage allowance admissible to Government servants of grade I to IV for journeys by road shall be 4 annas per mile when the journey is performed by motor car and Rs. 0-16 per mile when the journey is performed by motor cycle. The mileage allowance admissible to Government servants of grades V to IX for journeys performed by motor cycle will be Re 01-6 per mile. The nature of the conveyance used must be certified on the travelling allowance bill presented for payment.

(8)     For the purpose of travelling allowance "Pay" is as defined in Fundamental Rules, Chapter II.

(9)     Members of the Police clerical cadre are entitled to travelling allowance of the grade to which they belong under the above table according to their rate of pay, and subject to the provisions of Appendices J and K of the Travelling Allowance Rules.

(10)   Police officers of grades II, III, IV and V may draw enhanced daily allowance of Rs. 9, Rs. 78, Rs. 6 and Rs. 4 per diem, respectively for journeys and halts on tour in the plains, provided that -

(a)      the conditions that would entitled them to draw ordinary daily allowance are satisfied.

(b)      the absence from headquarters exceed 72 hours.

(c)      the enhanced daily allowance is not drawn in addition of mileage allowance.

 

APPENDIX No. 10.121(b)

SHOWING THE RATES AT WHICH POLICE OFFICERS ARE ENTITLED TO DRAW TRAVELLING ALLOWANCE FOR JOURNEYS ON TRANSFER

 

Serial No.

Appointment

BY RAIL OR STEAMER :(Rule 2.84-1 PUNJAB FINANCIAL HAND BOOK NO. 2 VOLUME III)

For himself

For family

Personal effects

If travelling alone

If accompanie d by family

1

2

3

4

5

6

1

Deputy Inspector General

3 fares of the class to which he is entitled

On fare of each adult member of his family and one half fare for each child

On fare of each adult member of his family and one half fare for each child

Ditto

 

Ditto

 

Ditto Ditto Ditto Ditto Ditto

Ditto

Two fares of 3rd class if accompanied by family

Mds 40

Mds 60

2

Superintendents

3 fares of the class to which he is entitled

Mds 40

Mds 60

3

Assistant Superindents

Ditto

40

60

4

Deputy Superintendents

Ditto

20

30

5

Inspector

Ditto

20

30

6

Sertgeants

Ditto

20

30

7

Sub-Inspector

Ditto

12

15

8

Assistant

Ditto

12

15

8

Assistant Sub Inspectors

Ditto

12

15

9

Head Constables

Ditto

12

15

10

Constables

One fare of 3rd class if travelling alone

11

2

3

 

 

Actual cost of transporting, at owner’s risk, conveyances and horses

BY ROAD JOURNEY :(RULE 2.84-II PUNJAB FINANCIAL HAND BOOK NO. 2, VOLUME III)

For journey by road within sphere of duty

For himself

For family

Personal effects

If travelling alone

If accompan id by family

7

8

9

10

11

12

2 H. + 1 Ca. or 1 M.

Ca. or M.C. or C.

Two mileage allowances at the rate to which he is entitled

One additional mileage allowance if two members and a second additional mileage allowancce if more than two members of his family accompany him

Mds 40

Mds. 60

 

2 H. + 1 Ca. or 1 M.

Ca. or M.C. or C.

Two mileage allowances at the rate to which he is entitled

One additional mileage allowance if two members and a second additional mileage allowancces if more than two members of his family accompany him

Mds. 40

Mds 60

4

(M.C. + 1 H.) or 2 H.

Ditto

Ditto

40

60

4

1 H.. + 1 Ca. or 1

M.C. or 1 C.

Ditto

Ditto

20

30

 


 

1. H. or 1 M.C.

Ditto

Dotto

40

60

Actual cost of conveyance of 4 maunds of baggage, at rates to be laid down for each district by the Deputy Inspector General

1. H. or 1 M.C. or 1. C..

Ditto

Ditto

20

30

 

1 H. or 1 M.C. or 1 C.

Ditto

Ditto

12

15

2 maunds as above

1 H. or 1 C.

Ditto

Ditto

12

15

Ditto

..

Ditto

Ditto

12

15

I maund as above

 

(a) Within the sphere of duty

 

 

 

Mileage ..

allowance as if on tour Re. 0-13 per mile

20 Srs.

..

..

 

(b) Without the sphere of duty

 

 

 

 

Mileage allowance if travelling alone at Re 0-1-3 per mile and if accompanies by

family at Re 0.-1-6 per mile

Mds 11

2

Mds. 3

 

 

 

Note : -

(1)     "Mca" means Motor Car, M.C. means motor cycle, including sidecar; H means horse; Ca. means carriage; means ordinary cycle.

(2)     For valid reasons, when a Police officer carried his personal effects by road between stations connected by rail or steamer he may draw actual expenses not exceeding the cost of their freight by goods train or steamer up to the limits of weight prescribed above, or the equivalent of the freight by goodS train, if carried by passenger train.

(3)     The allowances in column 6 are subject to the distance travelled exceeding 80 miles and to the appointment to which the officer is travelling being one in which he is required by order of the Inspector-General to keep a conveyance. They are not granted to an officer transferred to a non-touring appointment.

(4)     In the case of motor car, the cost of transporting a chauffeur or cleaner, and for each horse the cost of transporting one syce and one rass cutter may be drawn.

(5)     If a Police officer takes his motor car or motor cycle by road between stations connected by Railway he may in place of the actual cost of transport draw the amount which would have been charged by the Railway for its transportation by rail, even though not actually carried by that means. Horses, carriage and ordinary cycles must be actually carried by the means, the rates for which are claimed.

(6)     The actual cost of transporting includes empty haulage charge, if any is levied by the Railway authorities, for a covered carriage or motor car truck if one is not available at the station of despatch and has to be obtained from elsewhere.

(7)     The allowances in column 9 will be charged for according to the schedule of prescribed means of transport and rates given in Appendix H, Punjab Financial Hand Book No. 2, Volume III.

(8)     A member of an officer’s family who follows him within six months or preceds him by not more than one month is considered to accompany him for purposes of claim to the above allowances. If such member travels to the officer’s new station from a place other than his old station, either the actual fare for the journey taken or the fare admissible for the journey from the old to the new station, whichever is less, may be drawn.

(9)     When the condition is attached that the officer must have touring duties, the conveyance allowance will not be granted when be is transferred from a touring to a not-touring post.

 

FORM No. 10.5

STATEMENT OF EXPENDITURE FOR THE MONTH OF 19

DISTRICT EXECUTIVE FORCE.

Head of Accounts

ALLOTMENT

EXPENDITURE

Balance available for expenditu re

REMA RKS

Origiinal

Increase

Decrease

Total

During the month

Up to date

1.   Pay of Officers, Nonvoted

Superintendent of Police. Assistant Superintendent of police

Leave salary

Total pay of officers, Nonvoted

2.   Pay of Officer, Voted

Superintendent of Police Deputy Superintendent of Police Leave salary

Total pay of Officers Voted

3.   Pay of Establishment

Inspectors Pay

Leave salary Segeants Pay

Leave salary Sub-Inspectors Pay

Leave salary

Assistant Sub-Inspectors Pay

Leave salary

Power Subordinates Pay

Leave salary

Total pay of Establishment

4.    Travelling Allowance Non-voted

 

Fixed Conveyance Allowance

Travelling Allowance

Total Travelling Allowance,

Non-voted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

5.. Travelling Allowance Voted

Fixed Conveyance Allowance

Travelling Allowance

Total Travelling Allowance, voted

6.    Other Allowance And Honoraria, Non-voted

Compensatory Allowance Allowances to Imperial Service

Police Officers for

uniform, horse and saddlery

Cost of passages granted under the Superior Civil Service Rules, 1924

Total Other Allowances and Honoraria, Non-voted

7.   Other Allowances and honoraria-voted

 

1.   House rent allowance

2.   Conpensatory allowance

3.   Allowance to holders of King’s Police Medals

4.   Grain Compensation Allowance

5.   Rewards to Government servants

6.    Rewards to Police Zaildars

7.   Rewards for proficiency in oriental languages

8.   Carriage of Constabulary.

9.   Grant of Provincial Service Police Officers for uniform, horse and saddlery

10.   Cost of Railway Warrants

Total Other Allowances and Honoraria, Voted

 

8. Supplies and Services

 

1.Clothing

2.Equipment

3.Purchase and repair of gymnastic apparatus

4.Traction of prison Vans

5.Rewards to private persons

6.Other Supplies and Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

7. Ordance Stores

 

Total Supplies and Services

 

9. Contract Contingencies

 

1.Postage

2.Tour charges

3.  Bearing charges

4.  Repairs to arms and accoutrements

5.  Hot and cold weather charges

6.  Fixed contingencies

7.  Purchase and repair of tents

8.  Purchase and repair of furniture

9.  Miscellaneous

 

Total Contract contingencies

 

10.         Audited contingencies

 

1.Rants, rates and taxes

2.Telephone charges

3.Cost of books

4.Cost of survey maps

5.Pay of menials

6.Allowances to cattle pound sweepers for sweeping police stations

7.Purchase and repair of typewriters

8.Purchase and repair of bicycles

9.Petty construction and repairs

10.              Stationery purchased in country

11.              Feeding and keeping of animals of Mounted Police officers under suspension

12.              Other Contingencies

 

Total Audited contingencies

 

11.26-H Miscellaneous

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Contingencies Improvements of Police Lands

12.47 Miscellaneous Departments

 

(Transferred) Registration of Vital Statistics

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Standard Form)

 

FORM NO. 10.12

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT ______________  DISTRICT.

 

MEMORANDUM SHOWING THE RECEIPT, EXPENDITURE, AND BALANCE OF MONEY IN THE CASH CHEST

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

Date of entry with reference to General Cash Book

Description of money

Receipt

Expenditure

Balance

Initial of Officer

 

 

Rs.

A.P.

Rs.

A.P.

Rs.

A.P.

 

 


(To be hand drawn)

 

FORM NO 10.14

No. I ________________________       No. I________________________

Received from _________________      Received from_________________

 

The sum of Rupees _____________      The sum of Rupees _____________

on account of __________________ on account of _____________

__________________________

 

(Bilingual Form)

 

Dated _____________

 

     Superintendent of Police

 

The ____________ 19

 

FORM NO. 10.17

POLICE DEPARTMENT

No. ___________

ROAD CERTIFICATE

DISTRICT _________

 

POLICE STATION   ________________  ROAD CERTIFICATE

 

LINES OFFICE_______________

 


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Name of prisoner and percentage and offence of which acused by the Police with number of charge sheet.

Date and time of despatch

Date and time of arrival at destination

Description of money or other property sent, with number and weight of each article

Amount of diet money expended on account of prisoners and witnesses

Signature of receiving Officer

REMARKS

(including reference to cash book or

correspondin g entry).

 

 

 

 

Rs.

A.

P.

 

 


 


 

Signature of official remitting the money or property etc.

 

FORM No. 10.20(1)

POLICE DEPARTMENT ____________________ DISTRICT

CHANDA FUND SUBSCRIPTION REGISTER FOR THE YEAR

Sr.

No.

Name of Subscri ber

Rate of Subscript ion

PAYMENT FOR

April

May

June

July

Augus t

Septe ber

mOctob er

Novem ber

Decem ber

Janua ry

Febru ary

March

REM ARK S

 

 

Rs. A.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 10.20(2)

CHALAN FOR REMITTANCE OF CHANDA

MONEY TO THE TREASURY ORIGINAL

(To be retained in the Treassury)

   Treasury Dated 19

FORM No. 10.20(2)

CHALLAN FOR REMITTANCE OF CHANDA

MONEY TO THE TREASURY DUPLICATE

*For the Inspector General’s (Office)

   Treasury Dated 19

By whom brought

On what account

Name of subscrib er

Amount

REM RKS

ABy

whom brought

On what account

Name of subscriber

Amount

REMAR KS

 

 

 

Rs.

A

P

 

 

 

 

Rs.

A.

P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total in words. Cash received.

Examined and entered.

Accountant.

Tresurer. Treasury officer.

 

Total in words. Cash received.

Examined and entered.

Accountant.

Treasurer. Treasury offier.

 

*(The name of each subscriber and the amount of his subscription to be given on this form.

And note to be added of any vacancies or of men absent on leave or duty).
 

 

FORM No. 10.20(2)contd.

 

CHALLAN FOR REMITTANCE OF CHANDA MONEY TO THE TREASURY

(To be returned to the person making payment)

   Treasury Dated 19

 

By whom brought

On what account

Name of subscriber

Amount

REMARK S

 

 

 

Rs.

A.

P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total in words Cash received

 

 

 

Examined and entered

Accountant.

Treasurer. Treasury Officer.

 

FORM No. 10.21

BILL No. _____________________OF 19.

THE _____________________________Dr.

To the Superintendent of Police  District  Cr.

1

2

3

4

5

Date (and period) of supply

Numbers of quantity

Description of articles or of strength supplied

Rate

Amount

 

 

 

Rs. A. P.

Rs. A. P.

 

 

Total Rupees

 

 

 

Note : A separate receipt will be given on adjustment of this Bill.

 

Dated _______________

 

(Standard Form)

 

Superintendent of Police

The ______of______  19

 

FORM NO. 10.27(1)(a)

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT __________________DISTRICT

 

ADDITIONAL POLICE ACCOUNT CASHBOOK

DAILY ACCOUNT OF ADDITIONAL POLICE FOR THE MONTH OF 19

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

Date No.

Order Book No.

Treasury Receipt No.

Detail of Receipt

Amount

Daily Total

 

 

 

 

Rs.

A.

P.

Rs.

A.

P.

 

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

Date

Order Book No.

Voucher No.

Detail of Expenditure

Amount

Daily Total

 

 

 

 

Rs.

A.

P

Rs.

A.

P.

 

FORM No. 10.27(1)(b)

POLICE DEPARTMENT ____________________DISTRICT

PAY AND CONTINGENT BILL OF ADDITIONAL POLICE

PAY AND CONTINGENT BILL OF ADDITIONAL POLICE EMPLOYED IN THE ABOVE DISTRICT FOR THE MONTH OF 19

 

1

2 3

4

5

 

 

 

Detail of Additional Police employed Located in village Vide Punjab Govt. Notification No. dated

MONEY RECEIVED AND CREDITED TO GOVERMENT UNDER HEAD "XXIII POLICE, COLLECTION OF PAYMENTS FOR SERVICES OF RENDERED RECEIPTS ON ACCOUNTS OF ADDITIONAL POLICE UNDER SECTIONS 13, 14 AND 15 OF POLICE ACT V OF

1861."

 

 

 

Details of grades and numbers periods for which employed and Contigent charges

 

 

 

Total of Salaries and

Contingenci es

For What Period

Amounts*

 

From

To

Rs.

A.

P.

 

Rs.

A.

P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*(When the period is over a month repeat entries in columns 1, 2 and 3 till the period expires)

 

I certify that the Police above charged for were raised in addition to the sanctioned establishement for the periods specified incolumn 4 and that all money realized for the month in question or for a period including the month in question has been shown in column 3 and also that I have satisfied myself that all salaries included in bills drawn 30 days previous to this date with the exception of those detailed below (of which the total has be refunded by deduction from this bill). have been disbursed to the proper persons, and that their receipts have been taken in acquittance rolls filed in my office with receipt stamps duly cancelled for every payment in excess of Rs. 20. Further certified that all persons for whom pay has been drawn in this bill, have actually ben entertained during the month.

 

Received payment.

 

Dated ________________

 

Superintendent of Police.

____________________19

 

(Standard Form)

Memo. showing the disposal of the net amount required for payment.

 

Rs.

(a) By Cash orders, vide chalan attached

---

(b) "Letters of credit, vide chalan attached

--

(c) R.T.R. vide applicationattached

--

(d) "Money orders (including or excluding money order fee), vide M.O. forms attached

---

(e) "Credit to chanda fund, vide chalan in form 1-.20(2) attached

--

(f) "Credit to XXIII Police, vide chalan attached

---

(g) "Credit to XXIV Stationery vide attached

---

(h) "Credit to Police deposit, vide chalan attached

---

(i) Cash (Rule 10.42(1), vide chalan attached

---

Total

 

 

Dated ________________

 

Superintendent of Police

The _____ 19 __________.

 

FORM No. 10.27(2)

POLICE DEPARTMENT ________________ DISTRICT

 

ADDITIONAL POLICE ACCOUNT LEDGER

 

Name __________________________________

Gazette Notification (No. and date ____

Gazette Notification (No. and date _____ Total e cost

Period ______ From ______ To ________

Pay _________________________________

Contingencies (including Clothing, Equipment

and other allowances)___________________

Pensionary Charges

Total _________________________________

 


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

 

 

Date of entry Cash Books

RECEIPTS

EXPENDITURE

 

 

Balance difference between total

cost and expenditu re to

date

DETAILS OF EXDENTITURE-COLUM

 

Recovere d during the month

Recovere d up to date

Balance recoverab le

Spent during the month

Spent up to date

Pay

Conting encies

Pension ary charges

 

 

REMARK S

 

Rs. A.P

Rs. A.P

Rs. A.P

Rs. A.P

Rs. A.P

Rs. A.P

Rs. A.P

Rs. A.P

Rs. A.P

 

 

Note : The ledger shall be totalled at the end of each month. Columns 3, 4 6 and 7 shall be filled in at the of month and not daily

 

FORM No. 10.27(3)

POLICE DEPARTMENT _______________DISTRICT

 

MONTHLY STATEMENT OF RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURE OF ADDITIONAL POLICE FOR THE MONTH OF

1

2

3

4

5

6

 

 

Serial No.

 

 

Name of Additional Police

SANCTION OF GOVERNMENT OR OTHER AUTHORITY

 

RECEIPTS

Notific ations No. date

Period

 

Total cost

Recovered during the month

Recovered upto date

Balance recoverable (column 3 total costs minus cloumn 5)

From

To

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

8

9

10

11

EXPENDITURE

DETAILS OF EXPENDITURE COLUMN (7)

REMARKS

Spent during the month

Spent up to date

Available balance for expanditure Col. 3 total cost minus col. 8)

Pay

Contigencies

Pensionary charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated____________

 

Superintendent of Police

The ________ 19 ___________.

 

FORM No. 10.28

POLICE DEPARTMENT __________________DISTRICT

INCOME RETURN

STATEMENT OF REVENUE AND RECEIPTS CLAINABLE, REALISED AND CREDOTED IN THE____________ DISTRICT FOR THE MONTH OF 19_.

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Major or head or service

Minor and detailed heads of receipts

Budget estimate for current year

Actual realisati ons during the same month last year

Actual realisati ons during the month now reported on

Actual relisations from commence ment of year to close of the month last year

Actual relisations from commencem ent of

year to close of the month last year

Anticipate d realisation s for reminder of

current

Total Present estimate for current year 9 columns 7 and 8)

Explan ation of improt ant differe nce betwee n column s s 4

& 5,

6   and

7   and

3 and

9)

XXIII.--

Police

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XXIII-

concld

1.   Contribution for Railway Police ..

2.   Fees, fines and forfeitures

3.   Recoveries of over payments

4.   Collection of payments for services rendered -

(a)   Fees paid by Indian States on account of students deputed to Police Training school

(b)   Contributions by Indian states towards Finger Print Bureau Phillaur..

(c)   Recoveries of Leave Salary contribution of officers lent on foreign service

(d)   Contribution for passages of Government servants lent to other Governments

(e)   Contribution for passages of Govt. servants lent on foreign services

(f)   Recoveries of contributions towards horse, saddlery and uniform allowances of officers, lent on foreign service

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

(g)   Receipts on account of additional Police employed under sections 13, 14 and 15 of Police Act V, 1861

(h)   Other items

5. Miscellaneous --..

(a)   Police land receipts

(b)   Miscallenous

6. Deduct Refunds..

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note :  (1) Receipts under item 1 are adjusted by book transfer by the Accountant-General, Punjab.

(2) Item 2 Fines are not imposed. Income on account of copying fees and service cards should be reported under this head.

(3) Item 3 This income under this head represents receveries on account-payments in previous years.

 

FORM No. 10.33(1)

POLICE DEPARTMENT ________________DISTRICT

VOUCHER No. __________ Month of 19___________.

 

Head of appropriation chargeable

 

(Translation in Urdu)

Received this day of  the sum of Rupees 

being the amount due to me for

 

 

 

 

Dated     19   Rs........

Claimant’s Signature

 

FORM NO. 10.39(6)

POLICE DEPARTMENT ____________DISTRICT

MEMORANDA FOR OBTAINING CHEQUES POLICE DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS FOR WHICH MONEY IS REQUIRED

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Order Book No.

Voucher No.

Name and address of payee

On what account

AMOUNT TO BE PAID FROM SUB-HEAD

Clothing

Equipment

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Rs.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM NO. 10.42(1)(A)

POLICE DEPARTMENT _______________DISTRICT

CASH DISTRIBUTION REGISTER FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF BILLS, CHEQUES ETC.

Sr.

No.

Description of head, sub-head, & C., to which the money should be credited or the name of office to whom the money should be paid

 

 

 

 

 

Rs.a.p

Number of cash order or cheque or recipient

 

 

 

 

 

Rs.a.p

Number of cash order or cheque or Signature of recipient

 

 

 

 

 

Rs.a.p

Number of cash order or cheque or Signature of receipient

 

 

 

 

 

Rs.a.p

Number of cash order

or cheque or Signature of recipient

Rema rks

 

By credit to XXIIIPolice

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By credit to Chanda Fund

By credit to Police Demposit

By credit to XLV Stationery

By M.O. through treasury per contra transfer

By remittance Transfer Receipt

Service Labels Total Amountant .. Lines Officer ...

 

Total ..

 

 

Total

 

No. of Cheque or Letters of Credit

 

 

Total --

No. of Cheque or Letters of Credit

 

 

Total

No. of Cheque or Letters of Credit

Total

No of Cheque or Letters of Credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

Total of amount remitted by Letter of Credit or cheque

Total amount of Bill, Cheque, & c.

Initial of Accountant, with date

Initial of Gazetted Officer with date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 10.42(1)(B)

ADVICE NOTE

From

To

Dated

Superintendent of Police Sub-Inspector of Police,

19

Despatch Register No.

1. You are authorised to draw Rs. as detailed below from the treasury at

2. A letter of credit for the amount is forwarded to

3. This advice note should be signed and returned by you as soon as you have drawn the money shown in it from the Tresury.

4. Vouchers, etc., signed by the actual payees, must be submitted be you immediately on disbursement.

 

 

On account of

 

Amount

 

 

Rs. a.p.

 

Superintendent of Police

*In the Railway Police, the words ‘R.T. Receipt"shall be inserted for the words letters of credit. The paragraph should be struck out, when no letter of credit is forwarded.

 

FORM No. 10.48(1)

POLICE DEPARTMENT ___________________DISTRICT

CASH BOOK OF THE __________DISTRICT FOR THE MONTH OF__19

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Date

No. of order Boo

No. of Treasury Receipt

Detail of receipts

 

ON ACCOUNT OF

Total

Daily Total

Receipt Book

General Cash Account

Clothing Fund

Equipment Fund

Additional Police Account

Departme ntal Revenues

May 1st

..

 

 

Balance brought

forward

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P

Rs. A.P

Rs. A.P

Rs. A.P

Rs. A. P

Rs. A.P

 

 

TR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

’’

462

25-

26

 

By Salary Bill of Upper Subordinate for April,

1914 (net

211 4 8

6,567 152

1,353 51

196 0 11

 

8328 9 10

 

 

 

TR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

462

25-

26

 

By Salary Bill of Lower Subordinates

for April, 1914 (net)

1,977 0 0

1000

 

1000

300

2,000 0 0

 

’’

..

..

 

Ditto (arears),

for January to March, 1914

4,987 13 0

200

 

880

1110

5,000 0 0

 

’’

..

-

-

By Travelling Allowance Bill (No. 2) for February and March,

1914

300 0 0

-

 

 

 

300 0 0

 

’’

 

TR

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

468

26

 

By Abstract Contingent Bill (General),

No. 6

200 0 0

 

 

 

 

200 0 0

 

’’

..

-

-

By Abstract Contingent bill (Petty Construction

and Repairs), No. 1

499 8 0

-

 

 

0 8 0

500 0 0

 

’’

..

-

-

By Abstract Contingent Bill (Stationery

and Printing), No. 3

1000

-

 

 

 

1000

 

 

 

TR

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

’’

..

25

 

By Salary Bill of Additional Police for

April, 1914

1000

 

 

 

 

1000

 

’’

..

-

25

Állowances for Police Lock up

Bhisties for April, 1914

6000

2000

4000

 

 

12000

 

’’

..

-

26

Allowances for cattle pounds for April, 1914

D.B. Cheque No 34328/279 Dated 30th

April 1914)

2000

 

 

 

 

20000

 

 

 

TR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26

27

From Mr, C.D.,

Superintendent of Police, subscription

to Police Garden for

April, 1914

10000

 

 

 

 

10000

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

-

 

 

200

200

16,5909

10

 

 

 

 

Carried over

8,375 9 8

6,599 15

2

13,393 5

1

214 8 11

730

16,590,9 10

16,590

9 10


 


 

FORM NO. 10.48(1) – Continued

POLICE DEPARTMENT _________________DISTRICT

CASH BOOK OF THE ___________DISTRICT FOR THE MONTH OF ___19

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Date

No. of Order Book

No of

Vouch er

Detail of payment

ON ACCOUNT OF

Total

Daily Total

General Cash Accoun t

Clothing Fund

Equipm ent Fund

Additio nal Police Accoun t

Departm ental Revenu es

Rs. A. P.

Rs. A. P.

Rs.

A. P.

Rs. A. P.

Rs. A. P.

Rs. A. P

Rs A. P.

May

1st

480

. .

Refund of railway fare to Imam Din of Kaithal City

1000

...

..

..

..

1000

..

’’

’’

..

..

Disbursed salaries of Upper Subordinates as under -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

’’

’’

..

..

To Lines officer (specially authorized under rule 10.41(a) in cash

51900

..

..

..

..

..

..

’’

’’

..

..

To Sub-Inspector by money order

20000

..

..

..

..

..

..

’’

’’

..

..

To Sub-Inspector by money order

5000

..

..

..

..

..

..

’’

’’

...

..

Remitted by R.T. Receipts

5000

..

..

..

..

..

..

’’

’’

..

..

Remitted by Tahsil Orders

1,028

00

..

..

..

..

..

..

’’

’’

261

18

To Muhammad Din, Leather Contractor, Lahore, cost of 3 saddles recovered from Upper Subordinates

13000

..

..

..

..

..

..

 

 

 

T.R.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

’’

’’

..

26

Credited to XVIIPolice on account of subscription to Police Garden

..

..

..

..

..

..1,977

0 0

..

’’

’’

..

..

Disbursed salaries of Lower Subordinates as under -

..

..

..

..

300

300

..

’’

’’

..

..

To Lines Officer (specially authorized under rule 10.41(a) in cash

2,100

0 0

..

..

..

..

 

..

’’

’’

..

..

To Sub Inspector by money order

150

13 0

..

..

..

..

..

..

’’

’’

..

..

To Sub-Inspector by money order

200 0

0

..

..

..

..

..

..

’’

’’

..

..

Remitted by R.T. Receipts

300 0

0

..

..

..

..

..

..

’’

’’

..

..

Remitted by Tahsil Orders

2,230

10 0

..

..

..

..

..

..


 

’

’’

262

19

To Parsa, Shoe-maker, of City cost of a baton

..

0 6 0

..

..

..

..

..

..

 

 

 

T.R.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

’’

’’

..

28

Credited to Chanda Fund

6 0 0

..

..

..

..

4,987

13 0

..

 

 

 

 

Carried over ...

6,974

13 0

..

..

..

300

6,977

13 0

..

 

FORM NO. 10.48(1)

POLICE DEPARTMENT ____________________ DISTRICT

CASH BOOK OF THE _______DISTRICT FOR THE MONTH OF ___19

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Date

No. of Order Book

No. OF

Detail or receips

ON ACCOUNT OF

Total

Daily Total

Treasu ry Receip t

Recei pt Book

Gener al Cash Accou nt

Clothi ng Fund

Equip ent Fund

mAdditi onal Accou nt

Depar tmenta l revenu es

 

 

 

 

 

Brought fprward

Rs.

A. P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

 

 

 

T.R.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

May

8th

...

29

28

Cash found in possession of Constable No. 171, Ruldu, deceased

8,375

9 8

6,599

15 20

1,393

5 1

214

8 11

 

16,590

9 10

16,590

9 10

 

 

T.R.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

May

15th

30

..

29

From Mounted Constable No. 67, Salag Ram, price of a remount of the Chanda Fund Sold to him

..

..

..

10

15 3

7 3 0

10

15 3

10 15 3

’’

20th

..

..

30

Chanda for Mounted Constable No. 62, Gamun (retired) Inspector General’s Cheque No. 27385/205

dated 17th May, 1914

100

0 0

...

..

..

..

100

0 0

100 0 0

 

 

 

 

 

..

100

1 0

..

..

..

..

100

1 0

100 10

’’

25th

..

..

 

By Travelling Allowance Bill No. 3, April, 1914

50 0

0

..

..

..

..

57 0

0

 

’’

’’

..

..

 

By Abstract Contingent Bill (General), No. 7

288

0 0

..

..

...

..

288

0 0

338 0 0

 

 

 

 

 

Carried over

8,913

10 8

6,

599

15 2

1,393

5 1

225

8 2

7 3 0

17,

139

10 1

17,139

10 1


 

FORM NO. 10.48(1)

POLICE DEPARTMENT ___________________DISTRICT

CASH BOOK OF THE _______ DISTRICT FOR THE MONTH OF ____19

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Date

No. of Order Book

No. of Voucher

Details ofpayment

ON ACCOUT OF

Total m

ue

Daily Total

General Cash Amount

Clothin Fund

gEquipm ent Fund

Additio al Police Accoun

t

nDepart ental Reven

 

 

 

 

Brought forward ..

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

 

 

 

T.R.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

May

1st

462

26

Credited to XVII-

Police, subscription to Police Garden

6,974

13 0

..

..

..

300

6,977

13 0

..

’’

’’

..

..

Disbursed ‘‘Arrears’’ of Lower Subordinates as under

-

..

..

..

..

1 11 0

1 11 0

..

’’

’’

..

..

To Lines Officer in cahs ..

255 0

0

..

..

..

..

-

..

’

’’

..

..

By tahsil Orders Travelling Allowance-

vide

45 0 0

..

..

..

..

300 0 0

..

’’

’’

..

..

Bill No. 2, in

Travelling Allowance Register

200 0

0

..

..

..

..

200 0

0

..

 

 

 

T.R.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

’’

’’

..

26

Contingencies, vide

Contingent Register Part I

499 0

..

..

..

0 8 0

500 0

0

..

’’

’’

..

..

Contingencies, vide Contingent Register Part II

1000

..

..

..

..

1000

..

’’

’’

..

..

Contingencies, vide Contingent Register Part III

..

..

..

..

..

1000

..

’’

’’

..

..

Disbursed salaries of Punitive polic at Nairaina for April,

1914

5700

..

..

..

..

00

...

’’

’’

..

20

House-Rent Rs. 2 and fixed Allowance Re. 1

300

..

..

..

..

6000

..

’’

’’

..

..

Disbursed Lock-up Bhishties Allowances,

vide Cash Distribution Register

10000

..

..

..

..

2000

..

’’

’’

..

..

Disbursed cattlepound allowance vide Cash

Distribution Register

10000

..

..

-

...

10000

..

 

 

 

T.R.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

’’

’’

..

26

Credited into Treasury under XVIIPolice on account of police garden subscription received from Mr. C.D.,

Superintendent of Police

..

...

 

...

200

200

..

 

 

 

 

Carried over

8,174

5 0

..

..

..

730

8,181

0 0

..



 

FORM NO. 10.48(1)

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT _______________DISTRICT

 

CASH BOOK OF THE _______ DISTRICT FOR THE MONTH OF ____19

 

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Date

No. of Order Book

No. of

Detail of receipts

ON ACCOUNT OF

Total

m

Daily Total

Treasur y Receipt

Recei pt Book

General Cash Accoun t

Clothing Fund

Equipm ent Fund

Additio nal Police Accoun t

Depart ental Revenu es

 

 

 

 

Brought forward

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A. P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

 

 

 

 

Certificates

8,91310

8

6,599

152

1,39351

22582

730

17,1391

01

17,1391

01

 

 

 

 

I certify that Rs. 914-8* (Rupees ninety-eight, anas four and pies eight only) are in the Cash Chest; there is no R.T.R. with the accountant or cash in the hands of any disbursing officer (Rule 10.48(3). I have

satisfied myself that the accountants are correct and that the charges entered in this Book have been really paid.

Vouchers for all items of expenditure are in the office files with the exception of Nos. 25 and 26,

and Nos. 16 and 17 referred to in the last months’certificates have since been received and filed. I am responsible that the vouchers have been so defaced that they cannot be used again. C.D.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Superintendent of Police Detail of balance in cash chest.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*(1) 1-3-15 Rs. A.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of saddles (2) 7-3-15 89 0 0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Undisbursed salaries 9 4 8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total 98 4 8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carried over ..

8,913

10 8

6,599

15 2

1,393

5 1

225 8 2

7 3 0

17,139

10 1

17,139

10 1



 

FORM NO. 10.48(1)

POLICE DEPARTMENT___________________ DISTRICT

CASH BOOK OF THE _______ DISTRICT FOR THE MONTH OF ____19

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Date

No. of Order Book

No. of

Vouche r

Detail of payment

ON ACCOUNT OF

Total

Daily Total

 

Gener al Cash Accou nt

Clothin g

Fund

Equipm ent Fund

Additio nal Police Accoun t

Depart mental Revenu es

 

 

 

 

Brought forward

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs.

A.P

Rs.

A.P

Rs.

A.P

Rs.

A.P

Rs.

A.P

 

 

 

 

Police Deposit Cheque No.

28384/284

8,174

5 0

..

..

..

7 3 0

8,181

8 0

 

May

1st

..

21

Disbursed clothing money of Constable No. 10, Allah Bakhsh, invalid

..

1600

..

..

..

..

..

’’

’’

..

21

Disbursed clothing money of Constable No. 17, Ram Chand, invalided

..

1600

..

..

..

..

..

’’

’’

..

21

Cost of blacking for marking pantaloons of Lekh Ram, Merchant

..

100

..

..

..

..

..

’’

’’

..

..

Stamp affixed on Cheque

..

010

..

..

..

..

..

’’

’’

..

22

Cost of 200 beds at Rs. 3 (less advance to Ghasita, Carpenter, of city

..

..

25000

..

..

..

..

’’

’’

..

23

Cost of repairs to 3 beds and 10 boxes to Nablu, Carpenter, of Kaithal

..

..

430

..

..

..

..

’’

’’

,,

24

Estate of S.I.N.D., to his son and heir, Constable No. 326 X.Y.

..

..

11057

..

..

..

..

’’

’’

..

25

Estate of Head Constable M.L., No. 79 to his widow Mussammat G.H.

..

 

..

4000

..

..

..

’’

’’

..

26

Estate of Constable No. 45, Shakru, to his brother and heir Qudrn of V. Police Station -

..

 

..

2934

..

466

12 11

8,648

4 11

 

 

 

 

Carried over

8,174

5 0

33 1

0

254 3

0

1798

11

730

8,648

4 11

8,648

4 11



 

FORM NO. 10.48(1)

POLICE DEPARTMENT ______________ DISTRICT

 

CASH BOOK OF THE _______ DISTRICT FOR THE MONTH OF ____19

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Date

No. of Order Book

No. of

Detail of receipts

ON ACCOUNT OF

Total

Daily Total

Treasu ry Receip t

Receip t Book

General Cash Account

Clothin g

Fund

Equipm ent Fund

Additio nal Police Accoun t

Depart mental Revenu es

 

 

 

 

Brought forward

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

 

 

 

 

Advance Recoverable

8,913

10 8

6,599

15 2

1,393

5 1

225 8

2

7 3 0

17,139

10 1

17,139

10 1

 

 

 

 

Clothing Fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rs. A.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Cost of great coat of Constable 15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bhuru 6 8 0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3)  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equipment Fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rs. A.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Ghasita, carpenter (on April, 1914) providing beds .. 350 0 0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Abstract of balance under ‘‘Estates’’

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rs. A.P.

4-3-14 Constable

Sukhu, No. 8 4 0 0

8-5-14 Constable Ruldu, No.

171 .. 10 153

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total .. 45 15 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grand Total .

8,913

10 8

6,599

15 2

1,393

5 1

225 8

2

7 3 0

17,139

10 1

17,139

10 1

 

FORM NO. 10.48(1)

POLICE DEPARTMENT ___________DISTRICT

CASH BOOK OF THE ____DISTRICT FOR THE MONTH OF  ______19

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

 

Date

No. of Order Book

No. of Vouche r

Detail of payment

ON ACCOUNT OF

Total m

Daily Total

 

Genera l Cash Accoun t

Clothin g Fund

Equipm ent Fund

Additio nal Police Accoun t

Depart ental Revenu es

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brought forward

8,174

33 1 0

254 3

0

179 8

11

7 3 0

8,648

4 11

8,648

4 11

 

May

21st

..

..

Chanda to Gamu, late Mounted Constable No. 62

100 0

0

..

..

..

..

..

..

 

 

 

 

 

Stamp affixed on Chanda Cheque

0 1 0

..

..

..

..

100 1

0

100 0

0

 

’’

22nd

..

..

Rewards to Sub Inspectors H.M. and

M.R. at Rs. 50 each

100 0

0

..

..

..

..

100 0

0

..

 

’’

’’

..

..

Wages of coolies who repaired butts (5th to 7th)

3 0 0

..

..

..

..

3 0 0

103 0

0.

 

’’

25th

..

..

Travelling allowance,-vide Bill NO. 3, in Travelling Allowance Register

50 0 0

..

..

..

..

50 0 0

..

 

’’

’’

..

..

Contingencies, vide Contingent Register, Part I

288 0

0

..

..

..

..

288 0

0

338 0

0

 

 

 

 

T.R.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

’’

29th

..

30

Credited into Chanda Fund, price of a remount of the Chanda Fund sold to Mounted Constable Salag Ram

100 0

0

..

..

..

..

10 0 0

0

100 0

0

 

 

 

 

 

Total

8,815

6 9

33 1 0

254 3

0

179 8

11

7 3 0

9,289

5 11

9,289

5 11

 

 

 

 

 

Balance

98 4 8

6,566

2

1,130

2 1

45 15

3

..

7,850

4 2

7,850

4 2

 

 

 

 

 

Carried forward

8,913

10 8

6,599

15 2

393 5

1

225 8

2

7 3 0

17,139

10 1

17,139,

10 1


FORM No. 10.50(b)

POLICE DEPARTMENT __________DISTRICT

POLICE LANDS IMPROVEMENT FUND CASH BOOK

 

Date of entry in Cash Book

Amount credited to Government under XXIIIPolice Miscellaneous Police Lands Receipts

Monthly Total

Remarks giving brief particulars of all receipts

Date of entry in Cash Book

Total of each abstract Contingent Bill

Monthly Total

Remarks giving brief detail showing Establishment and Contigent expediture separately

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

FORM No. 10.50(c)

1

2

3

4

5

6

Month and Date

Treasury receipt No.

Department receipt No.

Details of Receipts

Amount

Total

 

 

 

 

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

 

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

Month and Date

Cheque No.

Voucher No.

Details of Payment

Amount

Total

 

 

 

 

Rs.

A.P.

Rs.

A.P.

 

(To be drawn by hand)

 

FORM No. 52(a)

POLICE DEPARTMENT __________________DISTRICT

POLICE STATION REGISTRATION NO. XX , PART (1)

Cash Account of monies such as pay, allowances and miscellaneous, transactions etc. of Police station

(See Rule 22.71)

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8 9

Annu al

Sr.

No.

Date

Nature of expenditure

Recei pt

Expen diture

Balan ce

Refere nce

to previo us, subseque nt,

or final numb er

REFERENCE TO

DETAIL OF BALANCE TO BE GIVEN DAILY

(a)

(b)

(c)

Reference to Sr.

No. of this Register on which amount

composing balance was originally entered

 

 

 

Description of money

Receipt book No. (Rule-

10-14)

Road certific ate.

No.(Ru le1017)

No. of entry instati on diary in which

details are given

219

26-26

For the month Balance from last month

Rs. 25

Rs

Rs. 25

 

 

 

 

215

Rs. Reward due to Dharam Sinh Zaildar of village.

220

4-6-26

Pay for May 1926

405

 

430

221

224

225

50

 

 

215

(1) Reward 25 due to

Dharam Singh Zaildar


 

221

4-6-26

To pay of SubInspector’H.Cs. and Cs

 

352

78

220

51

 

 

220

(2) Pay of F.Css.

53

222

5-6-26

Pay of menials for May, 1926.

44

 

122

227

51

 

215

 

Total 78

(1) Reward due to Dharam Singh, Zaildar

25

223

4-6-26

Travelling Allowance of Establishment (Bill No. 15)

200

 

322

226

 

52

 

222

223

(2) Pay of 44 menials

(3) 20

Travelling Allowance

of 89

Establishmen t

Total

224

5-6-26

To. S.I.

Shahabad Pay of C., No. 25,

Nanda, transferred to that P.S.

 

17

305

220

 

70

 

 

 

225

5-6-26

To pay of Foot Constables

 

36

269

220

 

 

 

 

226

5-6-26

Disbursed Travelling Allowance of Establishment

 

180

89

223

 

 

 

 

227

10-6-

26

Disbursed pay menials for May, 1926

 

44

45

222

 

 

 

 

228

10-6-

26

To Dharam Singh, Zaildar

 

25

20

215

 

 

 

223

Travelling Allowance of Establishmen t

20

229

25-6-

26

Estate of deceased C. No. 35,

Abdulla of Ambala District, due to his widow, Mussammat of Vill

50

 

70

 

53

 

 

223

 

 

 

229

(1)

Travelling Allowance of Establishmen t

(2) Estate

Total

20

 

50

70

 

 

Total for June, 1926

724

654

70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes : (1) A line shall be drawn after each entry.

(2) The Serial No. in which the final transaction is completed should be entered in red ink opposite the Serial No. in which the receipt of the amount in question has been finally adjusted.

(3) When an item is pending final adjustment the red ink Number will not be given.

 

FORM No. 10.52(b)

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT ______________DISTRICT

POLICE STATION REGISTER No XX, PART (2)

 

PERMANENT ADVANCE Rs. 20

 

CASH ACCOUNT OF PERMANENT ADVANCE OF POLICE STATION

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

.Annua l Sr.

No

Date

Nature of expenditure

Receipt

Epend iture

Balance

Reference to previous subsequent or final Numbers in this Register regarding the same transaction. In the case of final disposal, entry to be made in red in

REFERENCES

Reference to the entry in the

Corresponden ce Register (No.5),

relating to the application made for recoupment

Remars

(a)

(b)

(c)

Receip t

book No. (Rule 10.17)

Road Certific ate

No. (Rule 10.17)

No. of entry in station diary in which details are given

 

 

For the month of June 1926

Rs.

Rs.

Rs.

 

 

 

 

 

 

180

1st June 1926

Balance

15

 

15

 

 

 

2

 

 

181

5th June

By departmenta l

expenses bill 20th May, 1926

2

 

17

150

22

 

18

 

 

182

9th June 1926

Judicial expenses in case First

Information Report

No. 27,

dated 24th May, 1926

 

5

12

184

 

 

 

No. 6, dted 9th June, 192

 

183

15th June, 1926

Repairs to beds and boxes

 

3

9

185

 

 

 

No. 17,

dated 15th June, 1926

 

184

20th June, 1926

By judicial expesses bill, dated 9th June, 1926

5

 

14

182

 

 

15

 

 

185

25th June, 1926

By departmenta l expenses bill, dated 15th June, 1926

3

 

17

183

 

 

17

 

 


 

186

28th June 1926

Judicial expenses in case First

Information Report

No. 32,

dated 15th June, 1926

 

7

10

 

 

 

 

No. 22,

dated 28th June 1926

 

187

29th June 1926

Repairs to chair

 

2

8

 

 

 

 

No. 24

dated 29th June, 1926

 

 

 

Total

25

17

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of permanent advance 20 12 8

 

Detail of items recoverable with dte of application

 

170, 20th May, 1926

3

186, 28th June, 1926

7

187, 29th June, 1926

2

Total

12

 

Notes :(1) A line shall be drawn after each entry

 

(2) When an item is pending final adjustment, the red in Number with not be given.

 

FORM No. 10.59

REMOUNT CHARGES AND CHANDA REFUNDS

POLICE DEPARTMENT _________________DISTRICT

 

Note:Answer those items which are applicable. Draw a pen through all others.

 

Application on behalf of Mounted Constable/Head Constable Constabulary No. Horse/Camel Sowar of the district for payment/refund of Chand money____________  for purchase of a remount _______on ceasing be a member of the Chanda Fund

 

Payment for remounts

(1)     Date of enrolment of previous animal.

(2)     Date of removal of previous animal from the Chanda Register.

(3)     Reason for removal of the animal from the Register. (Attach Committee’s report, if any)

(4)     Amount recovered on account of sale-proceeds of animal (if unserviceable) and the date on which credited into the treasury.

(5)     Date of entry of the new remount for which Chanda money is required. If not already submitted, attach a copy of the new entry in the Chanda Register. [Form 10.20(1).]

(6)     Amount required for payment under Rule 7.12, Police Rules.

 

Refund of chanda money

(1)     Amount of Chanda money paid by Sower on joining the Chanda Fund.

(2)     If the Sowar brought his own animal, the fact should be noted here.

(3)     Date from which the subscriber ceased to be a member of the Chanda Fund.

(4)     Amount required for refund to the applicant under Police Rule.

(5)     State how the animal of the ex-subscriber has been disposed of.

(6)     Name of the new subscriber, with Constabulary No. and the date of joing the Chanda Fund.

(7)     Amount of Chanda money paid by the new subscriber and the date on which credited in the Treasury.

(8)     Remarks by Superintendent of Police.

Dated -----------------

 

Superintendent of Police

The ---------19

 

ORDER

Sanctioned for Rupees            (Rs. )   and


paid by cheque No.                 dated

By order

Assistant Inspector-General of Police, Punjab.

 

FORM No. 10.61(4)

POLICE DEPARTMENT ____________DISTRICT

BILL FOR ALLOWANCES OF BHISTIS AND SWEEPERS EMPLOYED AT THE POLICE STATION LOCK-UPS FOR THE MONTH OF

1

2

3

4

5

6

Serial No.

Name of Police

Allowance for Bhisti

Allowance for sweeper

Total

Remarks

 

 

Total

Rs.

A. P/

Rs.

A. P

Rs.

A. P

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum showing the disposal of the Bill

Rs.

 

(1)     By letters of credit, vide Chalan attached --

(2)     By cash order vide Chalan attached --

(3)     Cash (if any) --

 

Total  

 

DATED


The 19

 

Superintendent of Police

 

FORM No. 10.64

POLICE DEPARTMENT ______________DISTRICT

CERTIFICATE

 

I OD HEREBY CERTIFY that I have examined ______________   a candidate for employment in the Police Department, and cannot discover that he has any disease, constitutional affection, or bodily infirmity, except________________

 

I do not consider this a disqualification for employment in the office of___________ His age is according to his own statement years, and by appearance about___________ years.

 

Dated

 

Principal Medical Officer

of Deputy Chief Medical Officer (Medical)

 

[Note when an officer is transferred from one office to another, the duties of which are different in character, a Commissioned Medical Officer, or Medical Officer in charge of a Civil Station, should report whether the defect, if one exists will materially interfere with the discharge of his new notes by the officer transferred.]

[Prescribed by Rule 3.1, P.F.H.B. No. 2 Vol. II]

 

I declare that I have never been pronounced unfit for Government employment a medical Board or any other duty constituted Medical Authority.

 

FORM No. 10.76(4)

APPLICATION FOR THE GRANT OF HOUSE ALLOWANCE TO UPPER SUBORDINATES

POLICE DEPARTMENT ______________DISTRICT

HOUSE-RENT ALLOWANCE CEASED TO BE DRAWN

Serial No. the permanent list of sanctions

Name, rank and number of officer who ceased to draw house-rent allowance

Rate of house-rent allowance

Date from which the house rent allowancer ceased to be drawn

Reasons for cessation

1

2

3

4

5

 

 

 

 

 


 

ALLOWANCE APPLIED FOR

 

Name, rank

Locality of

Name of

Rate of house-

Date from

Grounds of

Net

and number of

proposed

owner of

rent allowance

which

application

progressive

officer for

 

house

 

sanction is

 

total of house

whom houserent allowance

is applied for

 

proposed to be rented

 

asked for

 

rent allowance if the changes

are sanctioned

6

7

8

8

10

11

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note I : Applications for reduction or increase of existing house-rent allowance and intimation of the cessation of allowances should also be submitted in this form.

 

Note II : There shall be two separate progressive totals, vix., one for Europen Inspectors and Segeants, which will be shown in the applications for house-rent allowances for such officers to be forwarded to the Inspector General of Police, and the other for Indian Inspectors which will be shown in the applications for house-rent allowances for such officers to be forwarded to the Deputy Inspector-General of Police.

 

Note III : The Inspector-General of Police and the Deputy Inspector General of Police shall communicate the sanction accorded by them to Superintendent of Police from whom the application was received. (see reverse)

(1)     Remarks by Superintendent of Police (a)

 

DATED ____________

 

Superintendent of Police

The __________19______.

District

 

(2)     Tehsildar’s report whether the rent proposed is reasonable according to local rates (b) Dated

Tehsildar

_________________ Tehsil,

(3)     Forward to the Deputy Inspector General of Police Inspector General of Police, Punjab, Lahore Range, for orders.

 

No.

, dated

Distric

 

 

Sanctioning authority’s orders

 

Sanctioning authority’s orders

 

dated.

 

 

(a)      Mention here also that no Government quarter is available for his officer.

(b)      To be obtained through District Magistrate.

 

FORM No. 10.76(5)

PERMANENT LIST OF HOUSE-RENT ALLOWANCES SANCTIONED

European Inspectors and Sergeants / Indian Inspectors Sub Inspectors, Assistant Sub Inspectors and Head Constables in the district



Serial No.

Name, rank and number

Rate of house Rent allowance

Date from which sanctioned

Authority

Progressive total

REMARKS

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(To be drawn by hand)

 

FORM No. 10.76(6)

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT

 

RANGE/PROVINCE

MONTHLY CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SANCTIONS FOR THE GRANT OF CESSATION OF HOUSE RENT ALLOWANCES TO INDIAN INSPECTORS DURING THE MONTH EUROPEAN INSPECTORS AND SERGEANTS OF 19 _______.

Sr. No.

Name and designation of the Government Servant to whom the house rent allowance is granted or withdrawn

Rate of house rent allowance

Date from which sanctioned

Date from which ceased

Progressive of previous month

net Progressive total at the end of the month under report

REMARKS

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note. Change in the progressive total should be given in chronological order.

Deputy Inspector General of Police, /Range Inspector General of Police, Punjab.

 

FORM No. 10.86

MEMORANDUM OF CHANGES IN ESTABLISHMENT

STATEMENT SHOWING VACANCIES, PROMOTIONS, APPOINTMENTS, TRANSFERS TO OTHER DISTRICTS OR DEPARTMENTS AND DEGRADATIONS OF

UPPER/LOWER SUBORDINATES DURING THE MONTH OF _____19

 

Number of Order Book Entry

VACANCIES DURING THE MONTH

Provincial or Constabulary No.

Name

Rank and Grade

Date of Vacancy

Period of Vacancy

Cause of Vacancy

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ENLISTMENT, PROMOTIONS, ETC., MADE TO FILL UP THE VACANCIES (SHOWN IN COLUMNS 1 TO 7)

SAVINGS

 

Number of order Book Entry

Provincial or Constabula ry No.

Name

Rank and Grade

Date from which

appointme nt or promotion to have effect

Period

Amount given (Pay of new appointme nt)

Period (column 6 less column 13)

Amount

Remarks

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GRAND TOTAL

Rs. A.P.

-----------

 

Rs. A.P.

----------

 

Checked and found correct

 

DATED 

 

Accountant Superintendent of Police.

The of 19 ____

 

FORM No. 10.87(5)

POLICE DEPARTMENT _____________________DISTRICT

MEMORANDUM OF DEDUCTIONS

STATEMENT SHOWING CASUAL DEDUCTIONS TO BE MADE FROM UPPER/LOWER SUBORDINATES FOR MONTH OF 19.

Number and date of order book entry

Name

Provincial Ranger of Constabulary No.

Rank and grade

Description of deductions to be made

Total amount to be recovered

1

2

3

4

5

6

 

 

 

 

Total

Rs. A.P.

 

 

DEDUCTION MADE FROM THE PAY OF THE MONTH ON ACCOUNT OF

Balance (to be recognised later on)

 

REMARK S

Refunds

Clothing

Equipment

Estate

Department al Revenues

Chanda

Miscellaneo us

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Checked and found correct

DATED 

 

The

 

 

 

of

?

? . Accountant Superintendent of Police.

19  

 

FORM No. 10.88(1)

ANNUAL GRADATION LIST OF FOR THE YEAR 19

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

 

Annual Sr.

No.

Consta bulary No.

Names of officer s (to be

entered in accord ance with the length of approv ed service

)

Date of enrolm ent

. Date from which approved service in the particular time scale counts. If any service has been forfeited, the date from which approved service counts shall be altered accordingly

Serial number to which name is

transferred on account

of reduction or forfeiture of approved service

SERIAL NO. OFFICERS ON EACH RATE OF PAY EACH MONTH

REMARKS

Including reference to order in connection with promotion. With Signature of Gazetted officer

Janua ry

Febru ary

March

April

May

June and so on

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 10.89(A)

POLICE DEPARTMENT ___________DISTRICT

LIST OF POLICE OFFICERS ABSENT FROM THEIR APPOINTMENTS ON WHICH THEY HAVE A LIEN EITHER (a) ON LEAVE, (b) ON DUTY TO ANOTHER APPOINTMENT WHETHER PERMANENT OR TEMPORARY, (c) ON JOINING TIME DURING TRANSFER TO ANOTHER APPOINTMENT, OR (d) UNDER SUSPENSION.

Note The names of absentees and of officers on such duty as prevents them from receiving their salaries should also be inserted.

1

2

3

4

5

 

6

7

 

8

9

Serial No.

Rank and grade

Name

Provincial or

Constabulary No. Range

Kind

ABSENCE

 

REMARKS

 

Give have order Book No.

Petiod

Date

 

Y.

M.

D

From

To

Name and Constabulary No. of substitute, if any

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DATED

The    19.    Orderly Head Constable

 

FORM No. 10.89(B)

POLICE DEPARTMENT ________________DISTRICT

ABSENTEE STATEMENT OF UPPER SUBORDINATES FOR THE MONTH OF

Nature of absente e

Actual rate

of pay

Designa tion

and rate of pay of vacant post

NATURE OF ABSENCE

Rate of

absente e allowa nce

(To be filled up by Audit (Office)

OFFICIATING OFFICER (IF ANY)

to be filled up by audit Officer)

Kind

Period

From A.M.

or P.M.

To. A.M.

or P.M.

Name

Substa ntive Post

Substa ntive Pay

Officiati ng Pay

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E.C.

S.

 

 

 

 

E.C.

S.


DATED ___________

 

Head of Office

The

 

Notes :(1) In column should be stated "average, 1 2 or 1 4 average pay, extraordinary leave without pay,"suspended, etc., date for each being specified as far as possible in columns 6 and 7. In case suspension it should be noted whether or not the period counts for pension.


(2) The statement should be divided of into sections corresponding to sections in the bill, only those arrangements affecting one section being shown together.

(3) The number of completely vacant should be noted at the end of each section.

 

FORM No. 10.89(c)

(For office use only)

Absentèes during the financial year 19 -19 .

POLICE DEPARTMENT ____________________DISTRICT

REGISTER OF PAY AND ALLOWANCES HELD OVER FOR FUTURE PAYMENT SHOWING THE NAMES OF POLICE OFFICERS ABSENT FROM THEIR APPOINTMENTS ON WHICH THEY HAVE A LIEN, EITHER (a) ON LEAVE, OR (b) ON DUTY TO ANOTHER APPOINTMENT, WHETHER PERMANENT OR TEMPORARY, OR (c) ON JOINING TIME DURING TRANSFER TO ANOTHER APPOINTMENT, OR (d) UNDER SUSPENSION.

(N.B. The names of deserters and of men on such duty as prevents them from receiving their salaries should also be shown)

 

Seial No.

Rank and Grade

Constabula ry No.

Name and alias of the absentee

NATURE OR ABSENCE

*Kinds

Period

Date

Years

Months

Days

From

To

1

2

3

4

5

 

6

 

7

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Full pay acting allowance (separely)

Number rank and name of substitute

Rate of amount due to substitute (if any from column 9)

Monthly savings and amounts withheld for future payment

Give date of drawing arrears here or in column 12

REMARKS

9

10

11

12

13

14

Rs.

A.P.

Rs.

A.P.

Rs.

A.P.

Rs.

A.P.

Rs.

A.P.

Rs.

A.P.

 

Note :  (1) The entries in column 12 shall agree with columns 5 and 6 of the pay bill.


(2) Totals should be showing red ink every month.


(3) Separate pages shall be assigned for each rank and grade.


(4) *"Kind." The entry in column 5 should be one of the following:-

(1)     Leave on average pay.

(2)     Leave on half or quarter average pay.

(3)     Leave on medical certificate

(4)     Extraordinary leave without allowances.

(5)     Suspension.

(6)     Deputation (to a temporary appointment created).

(7)     Appointed to act in a higher rank.

 

Suprintendent of Police

FORM No. 10.90(1)(A)

POLICE STATION _____________________DISTRICT


ACQUITTANCE ROOL OF PAY OF UPPER SUBORDINATES FOR THE MONTH OF 19 ________.

 

Provincial or Range No.

Name

Rank and Grade

PAY AND ALLOWANCES CLAIMED

Pay, acting alloance or leave salary (Separately)

Special Pay

Compensatory allowances

House rent

Conveyan ces

Horse

Motor cycle

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

 

Brought forward Total :

Rs. A.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

DEDUCTION

Balance

Signature of the payee, with date

Remarks

On account of

Amount

11

12

13

14

15

16

Rs. A.P.

 

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

ABSTRACT OF COLUMN 13 (DEDUCTIONS)

Fund

Income Tax

Refunds

Clothing

Equipmen t

Departmental revenues

Chanda

Miscellaneous

REMARK S

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

 

Note : Full sheets shall be supplied to the Lines and half sheets to Police Stations.

 

At end

Forwarded to the officer in charge of Police at for him to draw (in words (Rs.  from the treasury and to pay the amount to the payees. The acquittance roll should be returned dully stamped and signed without delay and in no case later than 20th of .

DATED ____________

The 19 ____________.

 

Superintendent of Police.

Certified that Rupees have been paid to the actual payees. It is returned duly stamped and signed. (State here the amount undisbursed and its cause, and mention the name of the officer to whom it is due.)

Officer in charge

DATED _____________

The 19 _______________.

DATED  ______________

 

Checked and found correct.

Accountant.

The 19_______________.

 

FORM No. 10.90(1)(B)

POLICE STATION ________________________DISTRICT

ACQUITTANCE ROOL OF PAY OF LOWER SUBORDINATES FOR THE MONTH OF _____________19

Constab ulary No.

Name

Rank and Grade

PAY AND ALLOWANCES CLAIMED

Pay, acting allowances or leave salary (Separately)

Special Pay

Compensatory allowances

Horse

Camel

House

Local

 

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

 

Brought over Rs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total : Rs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

DEDUCTIONS

Balance

Signature of the payee, with date and attestation by the Disbursing Officer

 

REMARKS

On account of

Amount

12

13

14

15

16

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ABSTRACT OF COLUMN 14 (DEDUCTIONS)

Fund

Refunds

Clothing

Equipmen t

Estate

Departmen tal all Revenue

CHANDA

Miscellane ous

REMARK S

Subscriptio ns

Deductions

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

 

 

ABSTRACT (OF COLUMNS 4 TO 12)

Serial No. in Pay sheet

HEAD CONSTABLES

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

 

Name of Place

Rs. 30 per mensem

Rs. 31 per mensem

Rs. 32 per mensem

Rs. 33 per mensem

Rs. 34 per mensem

Rs. 35 per mensem

Rs. 36 per mensem

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HEAD CONSTABLES

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

Rs. 37 per mensem

Rs. 38 per mensem

Rs. 39 per mensem

Rs. 40 per mensem

Rs. 41 per mensem

Rs. 42 per mensem

Rs. 43 per mensem

Rs. 44 per mensem

Rs. 45 per mensem

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SELECTION GRADE CONSTABLES

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

Rs. 20 per mensem

Rs. 21 per mensem

Rs. 22 per mensem

Rs. 23 per mensem

Rs. 24 per mensem

Rs. 25 per mensem

Rs. 26 per mensem

Rs. 27 per mensem

Rs. 28 per mensum

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TIME SCALE CONSTABLES

ALLOWANCES

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

Rs. 17

per mensem

Rs. 18

per mensem

Rs. 19

per mensem

Rs. 20

per mensem

Conveyan ce

Houserent

Local

Statistical

Special Pay

 

Total Amount Claim

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forwarded to the officer in charge of Police at for him to draw (in words) Rs. from the Treasury and to pay the amount to the payees. The Acquittance roll should be returned duly signed and (if necessary) stamped by payees, without delay and in no case later than 20th of _____________________.

 

Superintendent of Police

DATED ________________

 

The 19 ____________.

 

Certified that the amount has been paid to the actual payees. It is returned duly signed and stamped.*

 

DATED _______________

 

Officer in charge.

The 19 _____________.

 

*State here the amount undisbursed (if any) and its cause, and mention the name of the officer to whom it is due.

 

Checked and found corect

 

DATED ____________

 

Accountant

The 19 ___________.

 

FORM No. 10.91

POLICE STATION ___________________________DISTRICT

LIST OF OFFICERS, APPOINTED TO, OR TRANSFERED FROM, THE STATION OF WHO WENT ON LEAVE (OTHER THAN CASUAL LEAVE), OR WERE ADMITTED TO HOSPITAL DURING THE MONTH OF 19.

APPOINTMENTS

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Serial No.

Number rank and grade

Name

Date of arrival

Station from which received

Allowance if any, to which entitled while at this Police Station

Remarks, Quote here, number of the Diary Report)

 

 

 

 

 

Rs. A.P.

 

 

TRANSFERS

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Serial No.

Number rank and grade

Name

Date of departure

Place to which transferred

Allowance if any, to which entitled while at this Police Station

Remarks, Quote here, number of the Diary Report)

 

 

 

 

 

Rs. A. P.

 

 

DATED ____________

 

Officer in charge.


The 19 ____________.

 

FORM No. 10.93

POLICE DEPARTMENT ______________DISTRICT

ACCOUNTANT’S CHECK REGISTER OF POSTINGS OF LOWER SUBORDINATES

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

Const abular y N.

Name s

Rank and Grade

Pay

WHERE POSTED DURING THE MONTH OF

Janua ry

Febru ary

March

April

May

June

July

Augu st

Septe mber

Octob er

Nove ber

mDece ber

mREMA RKS

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

And so on

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note : The form should be printed and bound in books of 150 leaves providing sufficient space for 1,200 men.

 

for table FORM 10.94

for table FORM NO. 10.94 Contd.

 

FORM No. 10.94 Contd.

FORM No. 10.94 Contd.

(1)     Amount (column 54) to be drawn Rs.

(2)     Deduct -

(a)      Fund (deduction column 55 of Part 1) Rs.

(b)      Refunds (column 56 of Part 1) Rs.

(3)     Balance to be drawn in pay bill Rs.

 

Certified that I have compared this statement with the memo. Of deductions, the memo, of changes the absentee statement, the bills, the Acquittance Rolls and all other connected papers and find them correct.

 

Here insert the dated and amounts of arrears and other supplementary bills drawn during the current month

(1)        1st Supplementary bill for Rs. Drawn on

(2)        2nd Supplementary bill for Rs. Drawn on

 

* Agree with absentee statement

 

** Agree wth absentee statement

 

*** Agree with columns 13 and 16 on memo. of changes.

 

FORM No. 10.94 – CONCLD

PART III EXAMINATION, ETC, OF ACQUITTANCE ROLLS

 

Sir,

 

I HAVE carefully examined the Acquittance Rolls for the month of 19 returned by the disbursing officers and have satisfied myself that they are complete in all respects and contain no errors or omissions in the sums paid to payees, and that Receipts stamps have been duly affixed to exceeding the sum of Rs. 20 (except payments to mounted lower subordinates). The undisbursed money returned by the disbursing officers has been correctly entered and accounted for in the cash-book as per detail noted below and has been dully acknowledged by Departmental Receipts. The Acquittance Rolls with connected papers, Treasury Receipts, etc., are put up for orders.

 

Note. When no undisbursed money has been returned, the relevant portion in the certificate should be deleted.

(1)     Total amount disbursed Rs.

(2)     Amount credited into ‘‘Estates’’ Rs.

(3)     Amount remained undisbursed as detailed below Rs.

(4)     Total amount drawn in pay bill Rs.   (Column 54) .

 

I have, etc.,

 

DATED ____________________,

Accountant.

The 19 ___________.

 

Certified that I have carefully examined the pay sheet and all connected records and papers and find them correct. They should now be filed preparatory to their being bound in accordance with Rule 10.101.

 

DATED  __________,

 

Drawing Officer.

The 19 ____________.

 

PART IV

Here insert how the salaries of absentees credited into the treasury (if any) have been disposed of (quote volume and page where the Acquittance Roll has been filed).

 

Accountant.

 

FORM No. 10.96(1) A

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT __________________DISTRICT

(For office use only)

MEMORANDUM FOR TESTING THE CORRECTNESS OF THE LOWER SUBORDINATES’ PAY BILL FOR THE MONTH OF 19 ______________.

 

No. I – INCREMENT

FORM TESTING THE NUMBER OF HEAD CONSTABLES AND CONSTABLES ON DIFFERENT RATES OF PAY.

(The figures given should be checked from pay List)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

 

Detail

 

HEAD CONSTABLES

 

 

Rs. 45

Rs. 44

Rs. 43

Rs. 42

Rs. 41

Rs. 40

Rs. 39

Rs. 38

Rs. 37

Rs. 36

Rs. 35

Rs. 34

Rs. 33

Rs. 32

Rs. 31

Rs. 30

Total Rs.

1.   Last (monthly) Serial No. in pay list)

2.   Deductions for vacancies (including deputations)

3.   Balance

4.    (Add) vacancies (in column 32 only)

5.   Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

CONSTABLES SELECTION GRADE

CONSTABLES TIMESCALE

Rs. 28

Rs. 27

Rs. 26

Rs. 25

Rs. 24

Rs. 23

Rs. 22

Rs. 21

Rs. 20

Total Rs.

Rs. 20

Rs. 19

Rs. 18

Rs. 17

Total Rs.

REMARKS

 

These figures will correspond with those shown in columns 1, 2 and 3 against Head Constables and Constables in the Lower Subordinates

 

DATED

 

The 19

 

Superintendent of Police

 

FORM No. 10.96(1)(A)

(For office use only.)

POLICE DEPARTMENT _____________________DISTRICT


DETAIL OF SAVINGS ON ACCOUNT OF VACANCIES (INCLUDING DEPUTATIONS) WHOWN IN COLUMN 4 OF THE LOWER SUBORDINATE BILL.

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

5

No.

Rank grade and rate of pay

Days

Amount

Total for each grade or each step in the time-scale

No.

Rank, grade and rate of pay

Days

Amount

Total for each grade or each step in the time-scales

 

Carried over

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carried over

 

Rs. A. P.

Rs. A. P.

 

Brought forward

 

 

 

 

 

Grand Total

 

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A. P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note. The amount in column 5 will agree with that shown in column 4 of the Pay Bill, and column 3 and 4 will agree with column 15 and 16 of Memoranda of changes.

 

Superintendent of Police.

 

FORM No. 10.96(1)(B)

POLICE DEPARTMENT ________________________DISTRICT

 

VOUCHER No. 




DETAILED PAY BILL OF PERMANENT ESTABLISHMENT OF THE POLICE FORCE OF THE ABOVE DISTRICT FOR THE MONTH OF 19 _________.

(Includes all Bodies of Police, except Additional and Punitive Police)

San ctio ned stre ngth in eac h grad e

Rank and Rate of Pay

Sanctioned

SAVINGS OF ACCOUNT OF

Pay Acting or leave salary of absentees held over for future payment

Pay of men deputed to Training School

Pay and Leave Salary drawn of men present i.e., column 3 minus columns 4 to 7

 

Vacant Appointments

Leave suspension, etc.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

 

 

 

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs.A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

 

 

GRAND TOTAL RS.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

FUND DEDUCTIONS

Postal Insurance

General Provident Fund Decutions

Other Deductions, viz., H.B. Advance, Motor Cycle Advance, etc.

9

10

11

Rs.

A.

P.

Rs.

A.

P.

Rs.

A.

P.

Note : The names of persons drawing personal allowances should be given in the body of the Bill.

 

In no other cases should Payees’names appear

Deduct undisbursed pay refunded as detailed below, Rs. fund deductions Rs. ; and Recoveries ordered by Accountant-General in letter No.

dated (or objection statement No. , dated ) for Rs..

Net sum required for payment (Rs. (in words)

 

Note 2:In columns 4, 5, 6 and 7 the actual number of appointments vacant, etc., should be shown in addition to the amount of savings or short drawal.

(1)      Received contents, also certified that I have satisfied myself that all pay included in bills drawn 30 days previous to this date, with the exception of those detailed below (of which the total has been refunded by deduction from this bill) have been disbursed to the proper persons, and that their receipt have been taken in acquittance rolls filed in my office. With receipts stamps duly cancelled for every payment in excess of Rs. 20. Further certified that all persons, for whom pay has been drawn in this bill, have actually been drawn in this bill, have ctulally been entertained during the month.

(2)      *Certified that no person in Superior Service on this establishment has been absent either on deputation or suspension or with or without leave (except on Casual leave) during the month and further that all appointments and promotions, temporary or permanent, have been recorded in the Service Books of the persons concerned under my initials.

(3)      Certified that I have presonally satisfy myself that during the month of 19, for which this bill is drawn, the number of Constables of different periods of approved service was as follows:-

(4)      Certified that the Head Constables and Foot Constables, selection Grade for whom pay in excess of the minimum has been claimed have rendered the required period of approved services entitling them to the increased pay.

(5)      Certified that no leave has been granted until by reference to the applicant’s leve account maintained under F.R. 76. I had satisfied myself that it was admissible, and that all grants of leave and departures on, and returns from leave and all periods of suspension and deputation, have been recorded in the Service Books under my initials.

(6)      Certified that no person for whom house-rent allowance has been drawn in this bill has been in occupation of Government rent free quarters during the period for which the allowance has been drawn.

(7)      Certified that the Government servants for whom conveyance allowance has been drawn actually maintained camels/Horses/cyclesand were not employed as clerks.

(8)      Certified that Special Pay has been granted to those actually performing duties of the posts for which it has been sanctioned.

(9)      Certified that the Government servants for whom leave salary has been drawn equall to their substantive pay held substantively permanent posts under Goernment on 24th August, 1927.


 

 

NUMBER OF SELECTION GRADE CONSTABLES ON.

 

NUMBER OF FOOT CONSTABLES

Rs.28

Rs.27

Rs.26

Rs.25

Rs.24

Rs.23

Rs.22

Rs.21

Rs.20

1st grade at Rs. 20

2nd grade at Rs. 19

3rd grade at Rs. 18

4th grade at Rs. 17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DATED

 

The 19.

 

Superintendent of Police,

 

DETAIL OF PAY OF ABSENTEES REFUNDED

Section of Establishment

Name

Period

Amount

 

 

 

Total Rs.

. Rs.A. P.

* This certificate refers only to Head Constables, 1st grade, who are in receipt or personal allowances of Rs. 5.

 

N.B. The words "Receied contents"should be scored through by the Drawing Officer in the case bills presented at the pre-audit counter of AccountantGeneral’s Officer.

 

Note. – Date and amount of Supplementary Bills.

 

Pay Rupees   (Rs. ) only.

 

Examined and entered. --------------

---------------------------TREASURY :   Treasury Accountant

 

The 19.   Treasury Officer

 

Text Box: ADMITTED Rs.	OBJECTED TO Rs.	
Audr.	Supdt..

AUDIT REGISTER PAGE SHOULD BE GIVEN AGAINST EACH SECTIONAL TOTAL

 

For use is Accountant-General’s Office

 

Deductions:

 

General Provident Fund.

Postal Insurance.

Other deduction.

XXIII-Police.

Recoveries of overpayments.

 

Total

29 Police Voted.

Pay of Establishment.

Travelling Allowance.

Other Allowance.


Deductions.

Net.

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT ____________DISTRICT

SCHEDULE OF POSTAL PREMIA RECOVERY FOR THE MONTH OF______

Serial No.

Name of official

Designation

Number of Policy or contract

Amount

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

Rs. A.P.

 

FORM No. 10.109(1)

POLICE STATION _________________________DISTRICT


 

BILL No. FOR JUDICIAL EXPENSES

In the case of ___________________________________________________________________________________________

 

First information report No. _______________, dated the __________ of 19.

 

1

2

3

4

Date of payment

Name and address of payee or of accused person

Full description and rate of payment

Amount

 

 

 

Rs. A. P.

 

 

Total (in words) rupees

 

 

Note. A separate bill should prepared in each case.

 

Dated ____________

 

Officer incharge of the Station

The 19. _______________


 

FORM No. 10.109(2)

POLICE STATION ________________________DISTRICT




BILL No. _________________FOR DEPARTMENTAL EXPENSES

1

2

3

4

5

Serial No. of voucher

Date of payment

Name and address of payee

Brief description of payment

Amount paid

 

 

 

 

Rs.

A.

P.

 

Total (in words)

 

 

 

Number of the diary should be quoted in column 4.

 

Dated   _____________

Officer incharge of the Police Station.

The ____________19.

 

FORM No. 10.110

POLICE DEPARTMENT DISTRICT ________________________

REGISTER OF CONTINGENT CHARGES OF FOR THE MONTH OF _________

APPROPRIATION Rs.

Date

To whom paid

Voucher No.

SUB-HEAD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

 

 

 

Rs. A. P.

Rs. A. P.

Rs. A. P.

Rs. A. P.

Rs. A. P.

Rs. A. P.

Rs. A. P.

Rs. A. P.

 

SUB-HEAD

Descripti on of charge

Order book No.

Total of each Continge nt

Total up to date

Sanctione d allotment

Balance in hand

REMARKS

 

 

 

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

Rs. A. P.

Rs. A. P.

Rs. A. P.

 

.

Rs. A. P.

Rs. A. P.

Rs. A. P.

Rs. A. P.

 


FORM No. 10.112(1)(a)

POLICE DEPARTMENT _________________________DISTRICT

 

VOUCHER No.

 

BILL FOR CONTRACT CONTINGENT CHARGES OF THE OFFICE OF

 

FOR THE MONTH OF

 

HEAD OF SERVICE 29POLICE* MINOR HEAD D.E.F. PRIMARY

 

UNIT CONTRACT

Number of Sub-voucher

Description of charges

Amount

 

 

Repairs to arms, tents and accountrements -

(a)   Petty repairs to arms and tents

(b)   Carriage of arms, tents and accountrements Purchase and repairs of furniture

Service postage and telegram charges Hot and Cold weather charges

Tour charges Miscellaneous

Total drawn from the Treasury Rupees (in words)

 

Rs. A. P.

 

Note : Open manuscript heads where necessary.

 

*Note : Complete account classification should be entered in column "Head of service".

 

 

Account of Contract Allotment -

Amount of Allotment

 

Deduct -

Total of present Abstract .. Total of previous Abstract .. Amount of work Bills

Total up to date

Available Balance

 

 

Rs.

AMOUNT

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Received payment and certified that the expenditure charged in this bill could not, with due regard to the interest of the Public Service be avoided. I have satisfied myself that the charges entered in the bill have been really paid.

 

Certified that there is no single purchase exceeding Rs. 100.

 

Dated   19.

Head of Office and Designation

The

 

Pay Rupees   _______________________________________________ (Rs).

________________ Treasury Office


 

For use in Accountant-General’s Office Audit register Page.

 

Treasury Officer


Text Box: ADMITTED Rs.	OBJECTED TO Rs.	

Auditor.Asstt.	Supdt. Supdt.


 

FORM No. 10.112(1)(b)

POLICE DEPARTMENT ______________________DISTRICT

 

VOUCHER No.




BILL FOR CLASS CONTINGENCIES OF THE OFFICE OF FOR THE MONTH OF

 

HEAD OF 29-POLICE* SERVICE PRIMARY UNIT SECONDARY UNIT MINOR HEAD D.E.F.

 

SUPPLIES AND SERVICE

Numbers of Subvouchers

Description of charges

Amount

 

Other Aloowances and Honoraria-

Rewards to Government servants

Grants to provincial Service Police Officers for uniform, horses and saddlery

Grants to Imperial Service Police Officers for uniform, horses and saddlery

Carriage of Constabulary

Rewards for proficiency in oriental languages Allowances to police zaildars cost of railway warrants

Allowances to holders of King’s Police Medal in active service

Allowance to holders of Indian Police Medal in active service

Cost of passages granted under the superior Civil Service Rules, 1924.

Supplies and Services -

Rewards to private persons Traction of prison vans

Purchase and repair of gymnastic apparatus Ordnance Stores

Clothing Equipment Carried over

 

Rs. A. P.

 

Note 1. Open manuscript secondary unit, if any.

 

Note 2. Complete account classfication should be entered in column "Head of Service".

 

Numbers of Sub-vouchers

Description of charged

Amount

 

 

Brought forward ..

Contingencies-

 

Rents, Rates and Taxes ..

Cost of books and periodicals ..

Cost of suvey maps ..

Pay of menials ..

Rs. A. P.


 

 

Allowance to cattle pound sweepers for sweeping Police .. Stations

Stationery purchased in country ..

Petty construction and repairs to building ..

Liveries to peons ..

Feeding and keeping of animals of mounted police officers .. under suspension

Purchase of typewriters ..

Cost of petrol, etc. for mobile petrol lorries ..

Carriage of stolen property of under trial prisoners ..

Purchase of bicycles ..

Telephone charges ..

Purchase and Repairs of tents ..

Police lands Fund ..

Budget allotment for 19 ..

Deduct -

 

Total of present bill ..

Total of previous bills ..

Amount of work bills ..

 

 

Total up to date ..

Available balance ..

 

GRAND TOTAL ..

 

 

Rs (in words)  Received payment and certified

(1)        That the expenditure charged in this bill could not, with due regard to the interest of the public service, be avoided. I have satisfied myself that the charges entered in this bill have been really paid, with the exceptions noted below, which exceed the balance of the permanent advance, and will be paid on receipt of the money drawn on this bill. Vouchers for all sums above Rs. 25 in amount are attached to this bill, save those noted below (a) which will be forwarded as soon as the amounts have been paid. I have as far as possible, obtained vouchers for other sums, and responsible that they have been destroyed or so defaced that they cannot be used again.

(2)        "Certified that all the articles detailed of the vouchers attached to the bill and in those retained in my office have been duly received in good order and accounted for in the stock register. Certified also that the quantities are correct, the quality is good, the rates paid are not in excess of the accepted and the market rates and the suitable notes of payment have been recorded against the indents and invoices concerned to prevent double payment."

(3)        Certified that the menials whose pay has been charged in his bill were actually maintained in Government service during the period concerned.

(4)        Certified that I have satisfied myself that the amounts on account of pay of menials menials drawn 1 month/2 months/3months previous to this date with the exception of those details below (of which the total amount has been refunded by deduction from this bill) have been disbursed to the menials concerned and their receipts taken.

(5)        Certified that in respect of the conveyance charges for in the bill a suitable portion of the amount has been charged to Government and the balance met by the touring officers and their subordinates.

(a)        Specify voucher to follow:-

 

Dated   Head Office and Designation

 

Pay Rupees

 

(Rs. . )  Accountant

 

________ Treasury

 

Dated  Treasury Officer

 

For use in Accountant-General’s Office

ADMITTED 

OBJECTED To  

 

 

 

Auditor Assistant Superintendent Superintendent.

 

FORM No. 10.113(1)

POLICE DEPARTMENT __________________DISTRICT

 


STATEMENT SHOWING THE HALF CLOTHING ALLOWANCE PAID UNDER RULE 4.23 DURING THE FINANCIAL YEAR IN THE DISTRICT AND RECOVERABLE UNDER POLICE RULE 10.113.

 

Particulars

Amount

Amount actually paid during the financial year to

Lower Subordinates at Rs. 16 per head on account of clothing deposit under Police Rule 4.23

Half clothing allowance recoverable under police Rule 10.113(c)

 

Total

 

 

Certified that I have satisfied nmyself that the sume of Rs..  at the rate of Rs. 16 per head has been paid during the financial year 16 lower subordinates of this district who were enlisted prior to the 1st of April, 1905, and also have ceased to be member of the memebers of the Clothing of Fund, and that it is correct.

 

Superintendent of Police

OFFICE OF SUPERINTENDENT OF POLICE, ______________

 

No.___________, dated _______________.

 

FORWARDED to the Inspector General of Police, Punjab, Lahore for necessary action.

 

Superintendent of Police

 

Form No 10.117

 

form 10.117

 

Reverse

 

Reverse of foil headed “For Superintendent of Police”.

 

The following rules apply to the Punjab in amplification of those framed by Government of India on reverse of the foil of this form headed "For Railway" :-

(1)      Bound books of warrants containing 100 forms in each shall be kept locked up. Before delivery to issuing officers the forms shall be counted in the office of the Superintendent of Police.

(2)      Warrants shall only be used by Police Officers when travelling on duty and for prisoners in their charge.

(3)      Warrants shall ordinarily be issued for journeys by the shortest and cheapest route.

(4)      Warrants shall be written in English in triplicate. The first copy shall be retained in the book by the issuing officer. The second shall be delivered to the senior officer of the party travelling, who shall present it at the Railway Ticket Office and obtain in exchange the requisite tickets. The third copy shall be forwarded to the office of the Superintendent of Police to be filed by the Accountant. Annual Serial Nos. will be given to each warrant by the issuing officer. Each warrant will bear in addition to the signature of the issuing officer the stamp of the Police Office.

(5)      If the party or any of the party are required to return to the place whence despatched, the officer issuing the warrant for the outward journey shall also issue a second warrant for the return journey, on the authority of which tickets shall be obtained at the stations whence the return is made.

(6)      Police Officers (except member of the Railway Police) whose duties require them to travel constantly by railway and whose travelling allowance is covered by Rule 2.74 of the Travelling Allowance Rules) may draw 2/3rd of the fare of the class in which they are entitled to travel under rule 2.18; and a half daily allowance for the days of departure and arrival under Rule 2.65 of the Travelling Allowance Rules.

(7)      The Accountant-General will forward the warrants received from the railway to Superintendent of Police once a month for check and countersignature, in accordance with Rule 7 on the reverse of teh foil of this form headed "For railway". They shall be returned to the Accountant-General without fail within a week from the date of receipt.

 

Reverse of foil headed "for Railway"

(1)        All warrants must bear the name of the District and Province, and the designation of the issuing officer. Warrants will be issued by the Reserve Inspectors or Lines Officer.

(2)        Police Officers may use these warrants when travelling by rail on duty.

(3)        As members of the Railway Police are given free passes, they are not allowed to travel on these warrants, except those members to whom free warrants are issued under rule 2.104-B of the T.A. Rules. Railway Police may also use these warrants for the conveyance of all prisoner whether connected with Railway cases or not.

(4)        All entries must be in ink. All alterations must be attested, and no erasures may be allowed. If any warrant is rendered illegible owing to correction, or otherwise, it must be cancelled and a fresh one issued.

(5)        Great care must be taken to see that the numbers in column 4 are correct. In the event of the actual number travelling being less than the number entered in column 3, the person in charge shall alter the entries in the latter to agree with those in column 4 and shall initial the alteration, or if unable to write, he shall take it to the nearest officer empowered to issue warrants who shall correct and initial if for him.


(6)        In exchange for these warrants ordinary tickets of the class required will be issued.

(7)        Warrants shall be treated as cash and forwarded by the Railway Administration to the Accountant-General of the Province to which the Police party belongs as vouchers for adjustment of the amounts in the Accounts. The Accountant-General will pay the amount due to the Railway Administration at once either in cash or by book adjustment credit in the Administration’s accounts, subject to corrections as regards overcharges, if any, brought to notice within six months of the date of presentation of the credit note by the Railway Administration. He will then forward the warrants to the Controlling Officer for scrutiny & countersignature and will bring the amount finally to book after it has been passed by that officer, taking to the appropriate service head any charges, e.g., freight on prisoner’s effects or exhibits in a criminal case, which are not dubitable to the Police Budget. Any deductions found to be necessary by the Superintendent of Police owing to the improper use of warrants will be recovered by him from the officer responsible and not by the Accountant-General from the Railway Administration.

FORM No. 10.158(2)

POLICE DEPARTMENT _____________PROVINCE OR RANGE

REGISTER OF TRAVELLING ALLOWANCE BILLS OF GAZETTED

OFFICERS SERVING IN THE PROVINCE/RANGE

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Serial No.

Date of preparing the Bill

Date of receipt in the Range office

Date of Commencin g journey

Date of ending journey

Amount claimed

Amount passed

Initial of controlling officer

Date of despatch

REMARK S

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(To be drawn by hand)

 

FORM No. 10.159(b)

TRAVELLING ALLOWANCE BILL OF ESTABLISHMENT

(IN ENGLISH FOR ENROLLED OFFICERS AND CLERKS)

 

Form 11. Civil Account Code, shall be used, but the statement of allotment of expenditure given in column 24 of the form shall be omitted.

 

On the first page the following certificate shall be added:-"

"5.  Also that the following police officers performed thge duties of miniterial officer quoted opposite their names during the period for which charges are made herein, and that they were not employed on executive duty".

"6.  Also that no Railway warrants were used for jurneys for which 12 3rd fares have been charged in this Bill."

 


A serial No. should be given to each Officer’s Bill.


To prevent waste of forms, inner sheets shall be printed and supplied.

 

FORM No. 10.160(2)(a)

TRAVELLING ALLOWANCE BILL

(IN VERNACULAR FOR ENROLLED OFFICERS)

The form will be the same as the English Travelling, Allowance Bill of Establishment (vide No. 10.159(b). In column of "Remarks", the following shall be inserted:-

Obtain here the signature of each applicant opposite the total amount claimed."

 

The certificates & c., printed on the first page, and the instructions (with the exception of Nos. 1, 3, 4 and 6), on the last page and the instructions (with the exception of Nos. 1, 3, 4 and 6, on the last page of the English Bill, need not be reproduced in the vernacular bill, which will bear the following certificates:-

(1)      Certified that the journeys noted in the bill were, to the best of my belief, performed in the interests of the public service and the manner named, and that the distances shown are correct.

(2)      That the amount given out of my permanent advance to the officers named and numbered has been properly shown and deducted from the amount of their respective bills.

(3)      That the jorneys charged for were not performed on railway Warrants.

 

Officer-in-charge

(A Serial No. should be given to each officer’s bill in column 1.)

To prevent waste of forms, inner sheets shall be printed and supplied.

 

FORM NO. 10.160(2)(b)

_____________DISTRICT

STATION   FOR 19

 

ENGLISH BILL No.

(ACQUITANCE ROLL NO.)

ACQUITANCE ROLL OF TRAVELLING ALLOWANCE FOR THE MONTH OF _______________19.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Serial no.

Provincial Range or Constabulary No.

Name

Rank and Grade

DATE OF JOURNEY

Amount due to the Officer

DEDUCTION

Balance due to each officer and paid

Signature of seal

of the payee

Form

To

On account of

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GRAND TOTAL RS.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forwarded to the Officer-in-Charge of Police Line/Station for him to draw Rs. (in words) from the treasury and paying the amoung to the payees. The acquittance roll should be returned by the 20th instant, duly stamped (if necessary) and signed by the payees.

 

Dated

 

The 19.

 


Superintendent of Police

 

Certified that the amount has been paid to the actual payees. It is returned duly stamped (where necessary) and signed.

 

Dated

 

The 19

 

Officer-in-charge.

 


*Note. State here the amoung undisbursed quoting the Serial Nos.) cause of non-disbursement, and the name of the Officer to whom it is returned.

 

FORM No. 10.160(5)

POLICE DEPARTMENT_________________   DISTRICT




REGISTER OF TRAVELLING ALLOWANCE BILLS OF ENROLLED OFFICERS FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR 19

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

Annual serial No. of the English Bill

Serial No. of each individu al in

the English Bill

Provinci al Range or Constab ulary No.

Name

Rank and grade

JOURNEY

Total amount for each Officer

Total amount for each English Bill

Annual Serial No. of vernacular acquittance roll and serial No. of each individual in column 1 of the roll

Dates of encashment of the bills Signature of the Superintendent opposite the Total (column 10). Any other information or remarks necessary.

Date

 

Purpo se

From

To

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Rs.A.P.

Rs. A.P.

 

 

 

 


 

 

FORM No. 10.166(1)

POLICE DEPARTMENT ____________DISTRICT

BUDGET ESTIMATE OF POLICE LANDS CONTIGENT GRANT FOR THE YEAR

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Sr. No.

District

Actual for past year

Estimated for curent year

Average based on actuals of past three years

Estimated for next year

REMARK S

1.

 

 

2.

3.

 

 

 

 

4.

5.

6.

 

7.

Receipts

Opening balance on 1st April in Columns 3, 4 and 61

Receipts2

Total receipts including balance3

Total

 

Expenditure4 Establishment Contingencies

Total expenditure Total

Closing balance on 31st March in column 3, and estimated closing balance on 31st March in column 4 and in column 6*

 

 

 

 

 

(1)      If a debit sum show in red ink.

(2)      The annual allotment should not be taken as a receipt.

(3)      If a debit sum show in red ink.

(4)      Should column 6 exceed column 5, full explanation giving details of proposed estimated exependiture should be given on reverse with reasons for excess expenditure.

Dated ________________

Superintendent of Police

The ____________19 .


 

FORM No. 10.166(3)

POLICE DEPARTMENT ________________________RANGE


DEPUTY INSPECTOR-GENERAL BUDGET ESTIMATE OF POLICE LANDS CONTINGENT GRANT FOR THE YEAR _______19.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

Serial No.

Name of District

Actual balance on 1st April,

19 *vide Police Lands Fund Cash Book prescribed in rule 10.27(1)(a)

*Estima ted Balaqnc e on

1st April, 19

Estimat ed recepts for 19

Total of

columns 4 and 5

ESTIMATED EXPENDITURE FOR 19 .

19 ON

**Total estimated Expendit ure for 19. 19.

Estimated Balance on 31st March, 19.

.Allotment now proposed

REMA RKS

Establish ment

Continge ncies

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rs. A. P.

Rs.A.P.

Rs.A.P

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

 

Rs. A. P.

 

 

*Debit balance to be shown in red ink

 

**Initial expenditure on sports should be separtely should be separtely shown in this column

 

Dated _____________

 

Deputy Inspector General of Police

The ________________

 

(STANDARD FORM)

CHAPTER 11 POLICE OFFICES

PART I

OFFICE ROUTINE

 

11.1. Office staff of Superintendent. –

The English and Vernacular office staff of each Superintendent consists of the following enrolled officers :-

1

2

3

4

Division of duties

Designation

Rank

REMARKS

English Office branch

Head Clerk

Inspector or Sub-Inspector

This officer is in-charge of the English office and is responsible for the punctual disposal or correspondence submission of periodical reports and return, and maintenance of character rolls and service books and, when no senior officer is available may sign necessary letters, etc., for the Superintendent of Police. He shall also supervise the work of the accounts Branch and is responsible for the correctness of the accounts. He will be assisted by as many assistant clerks as may from time to time be sanctioned.

Accounts branch

Accountant

Sub-Inspector

His duties and responsibilities are detailed in branch Chapter X, Police Rules. He well be assisted by as many head constables and constables as may from time to time be sanctioned.

 

Bill Clerk

Head Constable

He shall prepare travelling allowance bills and be a general assistant to the Account

Vernacular Office

Reader to Supdt. of Police

Assistant SubInspector

This officer shall exercise supervision over his Assistant readers (headconstables) of whom there will be as many as there are gazetted officers. He shall also maintain the standing order book and the district order book.

 

Record Keeper

Head Constable

This officer shall be in charge of the vernacular records and will be assisted by one of more constables according to the requirements of the district.

 

Return-writer

Head Constable

Shall maintain the general crime register, and despatch register of conviction slips and shall be responsible for all prescribed returns from the vernacular office.

 

Diarist Copyist and Despatcher

Head Constable or Constable

With as many assistants as may be sanctioned shall deal with the receipt, registration, distribution, copying and despatch of vernacular correspondence according to rules.

 

Provided that every police officer shall at all times render such general assistance as may be required of him in the exigencies of the service.

 

The assistant sub-inspector selected to discharge the duties of head reader shall be selected from officers of that rank employed on executive duties and shall not remain in the post for a longer period than two years at a time without the special sanction of the Deputy Inspector-General. An officer who has been head reader shall again become eligible for such post, without any special sanction, after three years’ ordinary police duty.

 

Note : Readers to the Senior Superintendent of Police, Lahore, and the Superintendents of Police, Amritsar, Ferozepur, Multan and Rawalpindi will be of the rank of Sub-Inspectors.

11.2. Method of correspondence. –

(1)     All gazetted police officers and those subordinates who are employed in the offices of Superintendents of Police are required to familiarise themselves with the general instructions governing correspondence, which are contained in Punjab Government Consolidated Circular No. 5.

(2)     Ordinary correspondence within the department should be in memorandum form, and the same form should be used for unimportant correspondence with officers of other departments of equal or inferior status to that of the police officers addressing them. In important references requiring a lengthy letter, or which are likely to be forwarded in original or by copy to the Secretariat, and in letters to high officials of other departments, the form of address and subscription of an official letter shall be used.

(3)     Every official communication shall be headed with its number, the name and also the office of the writer and of the addressee, the place from, and the date on which it is written, followed by an abstract subject heading and shall, at its commencement, quote the number, date and purport of any previous communication written from the same office to the addressee, or received from the office addressed on the same or a relevant subject. If any communication or order is referred to which is not enclosed, the number, date, paragraph and purport of such communication or order shall be quoted.

(4)     Colloquial phrases, vernacular, or provincial expressions shall not be used unless their equivalents are given in the text or in notes.

(5)     More than one subject shall not ordinarily be discussed in the same communications.

(6)     All communications, which will require to be filed with a case, shall ordinarily be written on paper of foolscap folio or quarto size.

11.3. Enclosures. –

Original documents shall not be forwarded as enclosures unless such a course is necessary. Vernacular enclosures shall ordinarily be accompanied by English translations. The transmitting communication shall contain a list of all enclosures.

 

11.4. Disposal of unimportant communications. –

In all unimportant cases, when a copy of the receipt or despatch communication is not considered necessary, the reply may be written at the foot or on the reverse of the receipt communication, which after being numbered and entered in the correspondence register, shall be returned in original to the office of issue.

11.4-A. –

To lighten the burden placed upon district officers Government have issued instructions reproduced in Appendix No. 11.4-A prohibiting the issue from the Government Secretariat of unnecessary reference calling for information from district officers. These instructions apply mutatis mutandis to administrative police offices.

 

11.5. Method of despatch and posting. –

(1)     Communications and articles of considerable weight which are not of an urgent nature shall be sent by parcel or packet post; provided that communications and articles of value shall not be sent as packets. A parcel may contain one but not more than one written communication of the nature of a letter, which shall be addressed only to the addressee of the parcel itself. The inclusion of more than one letter in the same envelop or cover is contrary to Rule 31 of the Indian Posts and Telegraphs Rules, 1933. Office files, however, are not letters within the meaning of sections 4 and 5 of the Indian Post Office Act and may be transmitted in a single parcel or by private agency instead of by post.

 

The despatch number of all letters etc., enclosed in a registered cover shall be noted on the cover. The officer opening the covers shall satisfy himself that the contents received are correct.

(2)     For important communications, where only a proof of posting is required, the system of acknowledgment of posting afforded by the Post Office, at the rate fixed by the Postal Department, shall ordinarily be resorted to. Where, however, a proof of delivery is required the cover shall be sent "Registered and acknowledgment due".

11.6. Use of rubber stamps. –

Printed or lithographed signatures as franks may not be used, but stamps giving a facsimile of an officer’s signature may, under proper precautions, be used for franking but for no other purpose whatsoever. A list of rubber stamps, for use in district police offices and obtainable on payment from the Controller of Stationery, Calcutta, is given in Appendix 11.6.

11.7. Covers to be franked. –

All covers despatched from the office shall be franked by the despatcher : otherwise they are treated as bearing covers under the rules of the Postal Department. Police officers shall receive, and pay postage due on articles addressed to them. "On His Majesty’s Services", and bearing the signature in full of the sender.

11.8. Issue of reminders. –

Reminders (that is communications drawing attention to unanswered references) shall not ordinarily be numbered; and reminders received shall, if the reply called for is not at once despatched, be returned with an explanation of the delay and a statement when a reply may be expected.

11.9. Addressing covers of official communications. –

The covers of official communications shall be addressed to the official designation of the officer; but those of demi-official communications shall be addressed to the name as well as to the official designation, and should be opened only by the individual to whom they are addressed.

11.10. Despatch of confidential papers. –

When confidential papers are sent out of an office they shall be put into double sealed covers. The inner one shall be marked "Confidential" and be superscribed with the name of the addressee. The outer cover should bear the official designation of the addressee only, and have no marking of any kind on it to indicate that its contents are of a confidential nature.

11.11. Destruction of confidential correspondence. –

The destruction of confidential correspondence is a matter for the discretion of district officers, but as a general rule correspondence, other than that of special importance, over 20 years old may be destroyed. The destruction of other confidential records is regulated by instructions issued periodically by the Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation Department.

11.12. Despatch of plans and maps on which the title to any property is based. –

No plans or maps on which the title to any property is based shall be sent out of the office of record in original, unless specially called for by competent authority, in which case they should, if entrusted to the post, be sent under registered cover. Copies of such plan or maps may accompany letters if necessary.

11.13. Channel of correspondence. –

(1)     A Superintendent shall ordinarily correspond direct only with his equals or inferiors in official status or with those immediately superior to him. Correspondence with the Commissioner shall be conducted through the District Magistrate and with the Inspector-General through the Deputy Inspector-General. Superintendents shall address Military Officers of or above the rank of Colonel, Commandant and Colonel on the Staff through their Staff Officers.

(2)     Except (1) in case in which direct reports may be ordered by general or special rules, (2) in emergencies, and (3) in answer to direct reference, the above channels of communications shall be followed. In case coming under (2) or (3) of the exceptions above named, a copy of the communication shall be sent to the officer through whom the communication would, in the ordinary course, have passed.

11.14. Communications with other provinces and countries. –

(1)     All communications and documents sent by police officers to officers in another province where there is a different vernacular shall be in English.

(2)     Should it be necessary to communicate with Police authorities in United Kingdom and the colonies in connection with the investigation of specific crimes of a non-political character, the facts should be reported through the Deputy Inspector-General of Police, C.I.D., to the Inspector-General of Police, who is authorised to conduct such correspondence with opposite numbers in United Kingdom and Colonies. All references about political crimes and all other references about policy matters and general information shall be made through the Director, Intelligence Bureau, Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India.

(3)     Communications between gazetted police officers and between such officers and officers of similar status in other departments, and in answer to communications in English from persons not in the service of Government, shall be in English, unless the person addressed is known habitually to conduct his correspondence in the vernacular.

11.15. Translation. –

All translations made in the office of a Superintendent shall be checked and certified as correct by a responsible officer not below the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector.

 

11.16. Transliteration of vernacular words. –

(1)     The transliteration of Indian words and the spelling of names should follow, as closely as possible, the rules given in Appendix C to Punjab Government Consolidated Circular No. 5.

(2)     As regards the names of places, the Imperial Gazetteer shall be accepted as the primary authority for the spelling of all names of places found in it, and in the case of names which do not appear in the Gazetteer, the local civil authority shall decide all questions relating to the spelling.

11.17. Communications on private matters. –

Officers shall not address their superiors on personal matters concerning their own leave, pay, promotion, appointment, etc., by "State" telegram or in service paid letters. Should a reply to such a communication be required by telegraph the cost of the reply shall be prepaid. When such references are forwarded by the superior officers of those submitting them, they will be treated like any other official communication.

11.18. Wording of telegrams. –

Telegraphic messages should be worded as briefly as is consistent with conveying the intended meaning without ambiguity.

11.19. Telegrams use of. –

Police officers may use the Government and State Railway telegraph system for the transmission on official business of telegrams of the following classes :-

(a)      Ordinary State, (b) Express State, (c) Special Police.

 

Messages should be classed "Ordinary" except in case of special urgency. The "Express" class should be used for messages of special urgency, when the difference of a few hours in the time of delivery is of moment, or when it is known that, owing to a block of traffic, "Ordinary" class telegrams are liable to serious delay.

 

The authority to class messages "Special Police" has been given to police officers of and above rank of Inspector at the headquarters of districts, with the proviso that, when a gazetted officer is available, the privilege shall ordinarily be exercised by him only, and to officers of and above the status of "officer in charge of police station" at places other than district headquarters. Telegrams so classed take precedence for despatch over almost all classes of traffic. The classification is intended for the reporting of facts and events of such pressing urgency that even a few minutes’ delay would be serious, and its use should be confined to emergencies and to messages in connection with the prevention or detection of crime, when immediate communication of information is essential.

 

"Special police" message must be received for despatch and delivery by all telegraph offices, whether during "closed" hours or not. They are paid for at "express" rates including late fees.

 

11.20. Abbreviated telegraphic addresses. –

Superintendents of Police shall arrange to supply officers in charge of police stations and others with a list of the registered telegraphic addresses of all officials, both of the police and other departments, with whom they are likely to be called upon to exchange telegrams, and to keep these lists up to date. A list of such addresses is published in Appendix D of the Punjab Civil List.

 

11.21. Use of canal telegraph system. –

 

The canal telegraph system in the Punjab may be used by police officers under the following restrictions :-

(a)      All messages must be strictly on Government service.

(b)      No message may be sent to any place which is served by other wires, e.g. Government telegraph or railway wires.

(c)      Messages sent on canal service shall have precedence over all others.

(d)      No guarantee can be given as to the correctness of messages or against delay.

(e)      When the addressee is at a distance from the receiving telegraph office, the mes sage will be forwarded by hand, with a letter from the signaller to the addressee stating what fee has been agreed on. This fee will be paid to the messenger on delivery and will vary according to the conditions of distance, time and weather.

Such fees are chargeable to the contract contingent grant.

 

11.22. Telephone. –

 

The telephone should be freely used, wherever it is available, to save time and formal correspondence. This means of communication should be utilised for reporting matters of urgency, including "special reports" of crime from police stations to headquarters; for obtaining information required to supplement or explain a written re- port, and for conveying orders. Where a record is necessary of orders or information conveyed in the first instance by telephone, a copy should be sent by the earliest available post. Message books (Form 11.22) shall be kept in each office which is supplied with a telephone. The recipient of a message or order, on which action has to be taken, will take it down in the message book, as received, and will then repeat it over the telephone and obtain the sender’s acknowledgment of its correctness. Messages recorded in this form shall be placed in the appropriate file in the receiving office, until their place is taken by the official copy which is required to follow by post on receipt of the letter the message form will be destroyed.

Trunk calls shall be used for official purposes, only when the use of the telegraph would be justified and if the cost of such a call is not greater than would be the cost of making the enquiry in question and getting a reply thereto by telegram. Except in cases of great emergency trunk calls will be made only by officers of and above the rank of inspectors.

 

11.23. Treatment of receipt letters and postal matter containing remittances. –

 

(1)     In the offices of Superintendents of Police all letters, etc., received shall be opened, by the head clerk personally. Every receipt shall be registered before any other action is taken, the office stamp, with the diary number and date entered in red ink, being impressed in the upper left hand corner. The head clerk is responsible that every fresh receipt is shown to a gazetted officer within forty-eight hours, even if the connected file is not available for submission at the same time. This rule shall apply as far as is practicable to the offices of Deputy Inspector-General or ranges.

(2)     Receipts for insured or registered letters or packets shall be signed by the head clerk personally or other officer senior to the head clerk. Such letters and packets shall invari- ably be opened by a gazetted officer, or, when no such officer is at headquarters, by an Inspector. The officer opening insured letters or packets will be personally responsible for seeing that the contents are correct according to the covering letter, if any, or endorse- ment on the cover, and are immediately brought on to permanent record or account. If the insured contents are currency notes, cheques, or remittance transfer receipt they shall be made over to the accountant and the receipt shall be entered forthwith in general cash book and initialled by the officer opening the letter or packet; if they are other valuable goods or documents they shall immediately be placed in suitable safe custody. Officers must realise that laxity in the receipt and disposal of valuables sent through the post gives an easy opening for misappropriation and fraud of a kind the detection of which is not easy.

 

11.24. Registration. –

 

(1)      All correspondence, both receipts and issues, shall be reg- istered in one diary of correspondence [Form 11.24(1)] and every separate receipt and issue shall be given a serial number as shown in the diary, receipts being entered in black ink and issues in red.

(2)      Periodical and other standard returns shall be entered in the diary and numbered for despatch. Covering letters shall not be sent with such communications, unless it is nec- essary to make explanatory remarks, which cannot be endorsed on the return itself.

When a return is blank the fact should be reported on a post card. - [vide sub-rule 11.39(3)].


(3)      The number of a despatch letter should be given above the file and subject-head number below, e.g., 256 2/19 meaning letter number 256 of file 2, subject-head 19.




(4)      When a letter which starts a new subject is issued or received the head clerk shall decide whether, in accordance with rule 11.25, it should be filed with the "miscellaneous file" of the chapter concerned or with one of the "general files," or whether it should be given a "special file". In the last case the necessary entry in the file register [Form 11.28(1)] shall at once be made.

(5)      When any communication is sent to more than one office, the distribution shall be shown on each copy.

 

11.25. Filing. –

 

(1)      Correspondence shall be kept in the flat file system and given file covers [From 11.25(1)]. Files shall be kept according to their file and subject-head num- bers - See rule 11.26.

(2)      Papers in a file shall be arranged chronologically and shall be paged on one side only on the right hand top corner, the first paper being numbered 1, and the second 3, and so on, the reverse of each paper being the following even number, which need not be marked. Office notes and orders except purely ephemeral notes such as calls for papers and expla- nations of delay, which should be made on "slips" or "buff sheets" and destroyed when disposed of, shall form part of the file and be paged accordingly.

(3)      Enclosures to a letter when placed on record should come before the letter itself. A note in red ink shall be recorded on the enclosure on receipt as follows :-

 

"Enclosure to letter number, dated more to be returned," the last three words being omitted if the enclosures are not to be returned.

(4)      An index to the contents of each file shall be maintained on the outer cover and shall show whether letters are pending or otherwise.

 

11.26. Heads of correspondence. –

 

(1)      Main subject heads of correspondence shall be allotted in accordance with the chapter headings of Police Rules, one extra main head "other subjects" being added for correspondence bearing no relation to those rules. Sub- heads shall follow, as far as possible, the paragraph headings of Police Rules. Further instructions are given in Appendix 11.26(1).

(2)      Files under each subject-head will be of three descriptions, viz., "Miscellaneous", "General" or "Special".

(a)      Only one "miscellaneous" file shall be maintained under each main head. It will be given the first serial number under the head concerned each year, and will contain all correspondence on that head of an unimportant or routine nature, concerning which no lengthy correspondence is expected, and for which a "gen- eral" or "special" file is considered unnecessary.

(b)      "General" files under each subject-head will consist of papers connected with periodical correspondence or returns on one general subject, on any one item of which no lengthy correspondence is expected. General files will be marked with the letter "G".

(c)      A "special" file shall be started for every case which, either from the time of its initiation or at a later stage, appears likely to be the subject of prolonged corre- spondence, or to be of intrinsic importance as a precedent or as embodying a new ruling or order, or to constitute a distinct item within a general sub-head, which is likely to be required frequently for reference and should be kept on re- cord for more than ten years. It will frequently be necessary to transfer papers from a "miscellaneous" or "general" file to a "special" file. Whenever this is done corrections must be made in the diary of correspondence, and index of the file from which the papers are removed.

(3)      Papers in connection with "miscellaneous" and "general" files may, if convenient, be submitted separately as they are received. After necessary orders have been issued and complied with they should be placed with the files to which they belong. Papers in con- nection with "special" files should ordinarily be submitted for orders with their files.

(4)      When a file becomes unduly bulky (ordinarily when it exceeds 100 pages), a sepa- rate continuation file should be started with the same serial number, but with the addition of the letter "A" thereto.

 

11. 27. Detailed instructions regarding office procedure. –

 

Further detailed instruc- tions for the conduct of the business of an office are published as Appendix 11.27. These instructions should be studied both by gazetted officers and clerks, and should be fol- lowed, as far as the conditions of different offices permit.

 

11.28. File Register. –

 

(1)      An annual file register shall be maintained in Form 11.28 for each subject-head. It will give the number of and serve as an index to all "general" and "special" files.

(2)      A new register and a new series of serial numbers will be started at the commence- ment of each year.

 

11.29. Filling of papers. –

 

Ordinarily a new file will be started for each subject head with the first letter received or issued thereon in the new year, but when the file is not a large one (viz., over 100 pages) or when only a few more letters are expected to complete it, it should be left to the discretion of the head clerk to file such papers with the previous year’s file instead of starting a new file.

 

11.30. Arrangements of correspondence files. –

 

(1)     For purposes of arrangement in the record room, correspondence files will be divided into two classes :-

(a)      "Action" files, in which further correspondence is expected, including all "mis- cellaneous" and "general" files.

(b)      Completed "special" files, in which correspondence has been finished.

(2)     One or more record cupboards should be kept for correspondence files of the current and preceding year, and should be divided into compartments marked with a distinguish- ing number for each main-head. Each compartment will be sub-divided into two.

Completed files will be tied up between boards and placed below the action files, which will be kept loose, but in their proper order.

Action files will be kept in the upper division and completed files in the lower division of the compartment.

(3)     At the end of the second year the files of each subject-head shall be placed between stiff boards in a separate record cupboard, divided into annual compartments. On the top board of each packet shall be written the number of files. This portion of the record shall be classed as old records.

 

11.31. Period of retention of, and destruction of records. –

 

The process of eliminat- ing superfluous records shall be carried on continuously under the orders of the head clerk. No file shall be considered for destruction till it has been three years in the "old re- cords". Files in the "old records" shall be kept in two classes (a) miscellaneous and general, (b) special. No special file shall be considered for destruction till it has been ten years in the "old records".

Subject to this guiding principle the record room staff will be continuously engaged on the overhaul of old files. Each file liable to destruction will be first examined with the aid of its index. Any portion of its contents which the record clerk considers should be kept, shall be removed - the order or the head clerk being taken if necessary - before the rest of the file is destroyed. The orders of the head clerk shall invariably be taken before a special file is destroyed. As each file is destroyed its original entry in the file register of the year concerned shall be cancelled in red ink, dated and initialled by the record clerk. Progress in destruction work will be checked at all office inspections by reference to the file reg- ister.

Papers removed for retention from files which are to be destroyed shall be recorded in a special file under the appropriate subject-head entitled "Papers retained from files de- stroyed." This extra file shall, when created, be entered in red ink at the end of the file register of the year in question.

 

11.32. Station delivery Register. –

 

An annual station delivery register shall be main- tained in Universal Form No. 20 for all letters, etc., sent out by hand.

 

11.33. Stamp Register. –

 

(1)     A stamp register shall be maintained by the accountant in Form 11.33 showing the receipt and issue of Government stamps to each officer during the year.

(2)     The rules prescribed by the Punjab Finance Department for the audit and better con- trol of service lables, - vide Inspector-General’s Memo No. 3402-A, dated 26th September, 1931 - should be carefully observed. Range auditors should examine the stamp accounts during the course of their inspection of district accounts.

 

11.34. Stock book of office furniture. –

 

A register of furniture in the office of Super- intendents, Deputy Inspectors-General, and the Inspector- General shall be maintained in Universal Form No. 93. Stock shall be taken annually in April and the record verified un- der the hand of a gazetted officer, the condition of articles in stock being duly noted in the column provided for this purpose. To facilitate identification each article shall be marked with the abbreviated designation of the office concerned. Inspecting officers shall exam- ine this register in the course of their inspections.

 

11.35. Inventory of stores. –

 

(1)     An inventory of stores in Form 5.16(1) shall be main- tained in each police office showing all European and other stores and moveable property in the custody of the head of the office. Articles required to be entered in the registers maintained under rules 11.34 and 11.58 shall not be entered, but all other Government property, other than that purchased or maintained from the Chanda, Police Land or Gen- eral Police Funds, shall be included.

Note.: - Stores purchased or maintained from the Police Land or General funds shall be entered in the miscellaneous stores register in the Lines (Rules 22.70).

(2)     On the 31st March of each year the balances of all stores should be shown in one line and shall be verified by count by a gazetted police officer, and attested by his signa- ture in the register in the column for remarks. At the same time a certificate shall be forwarded to the Deputy Inspector-General, by Superintendents, and to the Inspector- General, by Deputy Inspector-General, that this verification has been carried out.

At inspections the controlling officer should call for the stock register and see that en- tries have been regularly made and verify the record of actual count. He should, if possible, verify by actual count the balance of one or more items, as the balance of the par- ticular stock affected is struck at each operation.

 

11.36. List of registers. –

 

A list of registers to be maintained under the Police Rules, in the English and Vernacular Offices of Superintendents, is given in Appendix 11.36.

 

11.37. Unauthorised returns. –

 

No periodical return or report of a permanent charac- ter, whether in English or in Vernacular, shall be ordered to be submitted by the police, except under the authority of the Inspector-General or Government, or by law or rule have the force of law.

 

11.38. Compilation of Returns. –

 

The material for authorised periodical returns and reports should normally be available from the records and registers in the office preparing them. Such returns and reports shall be prepared accordingly, and material shall not be demanded from executive officers except for special and adequate reasons. When a spe- cial returns ordered by proper authority necessitates the collection of material directly from executive officers and police stations, blank forms of the required returns shall be sent for completions.

 

11.39. List of returns due from offices of Superintendents and Deputy Inspectors- General. –

(1)      A list of periodical returns which have to be submitted by Superintendents, showing the period after which the office copies of such returns may be destroyed, is given in Appendix 11.39(1)(A). A similar list, showing the returns to be submitted by Deputy Inspectors-General, is given in Appendix 11.39(1)(B).

 

(2)      Each Deputy Inspector-General shall cause a check statement of periodical returns to be kept up in his office, in Form 11.39(2).

(3)      When a return is blank, intimation of the fact shall be sent by post card, quoting the description of the return, as given in Appendix 11.39(1)(A) and the number of the rule in which it is prescribed.

PART II

STATIONERY AND FORMS

 

11.40. Supply of English Stationery. –

 

(1)      English stationery shall be procured by means of indents in the form supplied by the Stationery Office, Calcutta. Such indents shall be submitted to the Inspector-General on or before the 15th June each year. Head clerks are required to make themselves familiar with the provisions of the Punjab Printing and Stationery Manual which affect procedure in the police department.

(2)      Care shall be taken that the cost does not exceed the annual allotment of funds.

(3)      Superintendents and Deputy Inspectors-General shall each submit an annual esti- mate, in form B.M.I. of the total expenditure on account of English stationery for the following year, to the Inspector-General, not later than 1st July in each year.

(4)      The requirements of stationery shall be estimated for a calender year on the basis of actual expenditure for ten-and-a-half months and average expenditure for one-and-a- half months. The balance stock in hand shown shall be that remaining after deducting one-and-a-half months’ average expenditure as above.

 

11.41. Instructions for the preparation of indents of stationery. –

 

Head of offices and their head clerks are personally responsible for utilising the allotment of funds for the purchase of stationery to the best advantage. The annual indent must receive very careful attention, and must be treated as a matter of routine. Types of stationery and envelopes suited to the actual requirements of the office must be selected, quantities must be care- fully calculated in the light of actual requirements and stock in hand; the mere repetition of previous year’s indents must not be allowed. The indent for pens, pencils, inks and miscellaneous requisities must similarly be framed after a detailed survey of what is re- quired to meet reasonable expenditure under proper supervision. A model scale is given as Appendix J, Punjab Printing and Stationery Manual, and should be taken as a guide.

 

11.42. Indent for forms. –

 

(1)     The instructions contained in the Punjab Printing and Stationery Manual must be carefully followed in regard to the method of preparation and submission of all indents for forms. Superintendents of Police are not authorised to in- dent direct on the Controller of Printing and Stationery, Punjab, Chandigarh or Government contractors. Their indents will be consolidated and forwarded by the Dep- uty Inspector-General of the range; the latter and the Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation Department and the Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Po- lice, will indent direct for their own requirements. The original indents must contain all instructions regarding the binding of any forms which have to be bound into registers, also the full address to which such forms and registers are to be despatched. The same care must be exercised in the preparation of indents for forms as is enjoined in the case of sta- tionery indents (rule 11.41). Balances in stock must be verified by a responsible official the balance of each form, whether it is being indented for or not, being shown in the in- dent. Dated fixed for the submission of indents must be strictly adhered to; otherwise the Press will not be responsible for any delay which may occur. Printing cannot be com- menced until all indents are received.

(2)     Supplementary indents must be avoided as far as possible. Only in very special cir- cumstances will a supplementary indent be passed, and the reason necessitating such an indent must be stated in every case. These indents should be submitted through the Dep- uty Inspector-General who, if he passes them, will forward them to the Inspector-General of Police for sanction.

(3)     When forms, etc. are packed in gunny cloth or gunny bags, the indenting officer con- cerned should arrange to retain such packing material, and, when a sufficiently large quantity has been collected, should return it by goods train to the Controller of Printing and Stationery, Punjab, Chandigarh. All invoices for forms, etc. supplied should be re- turned, duly acknowledged, to the Controller of Printing and Stationery, Punjab, Chandigarh, within a fortnight.

 

11.43. Universal Forms and Standard Official Envelopes. –

(1)      Consolidated an- nual indents for universal forms and standard official envelopes are due with the Controller of Printing and Stationery, Punjab, Chandigarh, on the 1st April of each year. Indents are made on U.F. No. 35, and should be forwarded to reach the Deputy Inspec- tor-General of the range by the 1st March. Deputy Inspectors-General are required to scrutinise all indents carefully, and to cut down demands which appear excessive in view of stocks in hand and the normal requirements of the office concerned. Notable variation in demands between offices of equivalent status should be notices and rectified. Scruti- nising officers shall be guided, further by the provisions of the Printing and Stationery Manual.

(2)      Forms required for use in the offices of Deputy Inspectors-General of ranges, should be included in the consolidated indents; the indents of the Deputy Inspector-Gen- eral, Criminal Investigation Department, and Assistant Inspector-General, Railway Police, should be prepared on U.F. 35 and forwarded direct.

(3)      Printing of addresses and franks on envelopes is not allowed. For dispatching by post papers of an unimportant nature wrappers (to be obtained from the Controller of Printing and Stationery, Punjab, Chandigarh) should be used if practicable. The number required should be stated on U.F. 35 and proportionate reduction made in the number of envelopes ordered. Cloth-lined envelopes are intended to be used for confidential or spe- cially important papers only and the supply allowed shall be kept as low as possible. To permit of envelopes being used more than once, full use shall be made of "National Econ- omy Slips" U.F. 51.

(4)      Rules regarding the supply of file boards, which are classed as Universal forms, are contained in Chapter 8 and Appendix N, Punjab Printing and Stationery Manual.

 

11.44. Standard departmental forms. –

Consolidated annual indents for standard English departmental forms, in Form 11.44 are due with the Controller of Printing and Stationery, Punjab, Chandigarh on the 15th of September of each year, and with Deputy Inspectors-General on 1st August. The procedure in the offices of Deputy Inspectors- General, Assistant Inspectors-General and Superintendents of Police is the same as in the case of indents for universal forms. Standard departmental forms are those rules author- ised in the present edition of Police Rules, or introduced from time to time by means of correction slips to those rules. Indenting officers are not authorized to require any altera- tion to be made in any standard form. Envelopes other than those indented for under rule 11.43 are not authorized.

 

11.45. Non-standard departmental forms. –

No non-standard form may be indented for without the sanction of the Inspector-General of Police obtained in the case of Super- intendents of Police, through the Deputy Inspector- General. Such sanction will only be given in exceptional circumstances and for definite reasons, which must be explained.

 

Consolidated indents for non-standard forms in form No. C.O. - N.B. 1, copies of which are obtainable from the Controller of Printing and Stationery, Punjab, Chandigarh, are due on the same dates as those for standard forms. Samples of forms required must be at- tached to the indent.

 

11.46. Accounts forms. –

Indents for treasury and accounts forms are due with the Con- troller of Printing and Stationery, Punjab, Chandigarh, on the 1st October annually and with Deputy Inspectors-General on the 1st September.

 

11.47. Standard departmental vernacular forms. –

Consolidated indents for stand- ard departmental vernacular forms are due with Controller of Printing and Stationery, Punjab, Chandigarh, on the 1st of July annually and with Deputy Inspectors-General on the 1st June.

Indents should be prepared by Superintendents of Police in Form 11.47. As regards consolidation and scrutiny, the procedure prescribed in rule 11.42 shall be followed.

As regards non-standard vernacular forms, rule 11.44 applies except that the date for submission of indents to Deputy Inspectors-General is the 1st of June.

 

11.48. Account of expenditure of stationery and forms. –

(1)     The supply of English stationery and forms shall on receipt be examined by a gazetted officer. It shall then be made over to one of the clerks of the English office for safe custody under lock and key. Such clerk shall keep an account of the expenditure in the form supplied by the Controller of Printing and Stationery, Punjab, Chandigarh. Attention is invited to rules 10.26 to 10.32 Punjab Printing and Stationery Manual, regarding the procedure to be followed in case of defacts or shortages.

(2)     Country stationery and vernacular forms shall on receipt be examined by the prose- cuting inspector. They shall then be made over to, and accounted for by, the vernacular record-keeper under the general control of the prosecuting inspector. The form referred to in sub-rule (1) above is U.F. 96 and shall be used for the record of stocks of both English and vernacular stationery and forms.

(3)     Paper used in vernacular police offices shall be either jail-made paper or that spe- cially supplied for carbon copying. Supplies for police stations, including supplies of carbon paper indelible pencils, should ordinarily be sent out in quantities sufficient for a full year, a half year’s stock being maintained at headquarters. The consumption at police stations, however, inevitably varies considerably with the fluctuations of crime and their stock of material for carbon copying must on no account be allowed to become exhausted. Demands for replenishment must be submitted in good time by police station clerks, and must be promptly met.

 

11.49. Stock register of printed forms etc. –

A stock register of printed forms, enve- lopes, registers etc. shall be maintained in the Central Police Office and all other police offices. The forms for this register is standardized, and requirements shall be included in indents submitted in accordance with rule 11.42.

 

11.50. Page numbers to police station registers.

All police registers shall be paged in English in the office of Superintendent before issue to police stations, the number of pages in the register shall be noted on the inside of the cover under the signature of the prosecuting Inspector or a prosecuting sub-inspector.

 

PART III

GAZETTES, PUBLICATIONS AND CONTRACTS

 

11.51. The Police Gazette. –

 

The Gazette is published in two parts in both English and vernacular -

Part I. - Departmental Orders.

Part II. - Notifications regarding additional police, police station boundaries, plague, appointments, promotions, reductions, dismissals, transfers, rewards (in cases of exceptional interest or importance only), examinations, leave, pen- sions, etc.

 

11.52. The Criminal Intelligence Gazette. –

 

(1)      The Criminal Intelligence Gazette is published by the Criminal Investigation Department. As much publicity as possible within the department shall be given to its contents, and information published in it re- garding arrests and identifications wanted, warning, etc., shall be freely disseminated to public; the gazette as a whole, however, may not be shown to non-officials.

(2)      Information on the following matters may be published in the Criminal Intelligence Gazette and should be submitted in the forms noted :-

(a)      Valuable property lost or stolen or found and awaiting identification [Form 22.79(1)(d)]. Notices shall be sent only when the circumstances, nature of the case and the description available of the property are such as to render publicity valuable.

(b)      Proclaimed offenders and absconders [Form 23.22(1)]. Notice shall be sent only when wide publicity is necessary as a warning against the offender and as an aid to his arrest, and when full particulars of likely haunts, associates and de- scription are available.

Note : - When notices are sent for or publication regarding absconding suspects wanted by the po- lice, but against whom a warrant has not been issued, the officer submitting the notice will be held personally responsible in any legal proceeding for defamation or the like, which may arise from the publication.

(c)      Arrests of proclaimed offenders and absconders will be published in important cases only, or when "wanted" notices under clause (b) above previously been published.

(d)      Persons lost or missing [Form 22.79(1)(b)]. In important
cases only and pro- vided a complete description of the person lost or missing is forthcoming.

(e)      Unidentified persons found dead [Form 22.79(1)(a)]. In important cases in which a complete description of the dead body is forthcoming.

(f)       Lists of bad characters entered in police station Register No. X, who have left their homes and cannot be traced [Form 23.4(1)]. These will only be published in the circumstances indicated in clause (b) above.

(g)      Descriptive notes regarding offences of a novel or professional type, including cases of coining, note forging, fraudulent conspiracy, professional poisoning and cheating, and memoranda embodying the shifts and artifices of criminals, and special measures employed in countering them.

(h)      Reports regarding suspicious vagrants, strangers, loafers, etc.

(i)       Loss of passports, etc.

(j)       Notices regarding loss and recovery of arms according to the instructions con- tained in Criminal Investigation Department Circular No. 4986, dated 14th De- cember, 1923.

(k)      Material for publication in the Criminal Tribes Supplement.

(3)      Except as prescribed above, no particular form is necessary for matter intended for publication, but the general forms of the notices published in the Criminal Intelligence Gazette shall be followed. The matter should in all cases be in narrative form. A gazetted officer shall personally draft, or carefully revise the drafting of, and sign all matter in- tended for publication, so that it may be sent to the press in the form in which it is received. All matter intended for publication in the Criminal Intelligence Gazette should be des- patched, as soon as it is ready, in ordinary covers, addressed to the Assistant Inspector-General, Crime and Criminal Tribes. In urgent cases special supplements will be issued within twenty-four hours; notices in such cases should be marked "urgent - for special supplement".

 

11.53. Notices for insertion in the Police Gazette. –

 

Notices for insertion in the Police Gazette shall be despatched in envelopes marked "Gazette" on the upper left hand corner and may be sent direct to the office of the Inspector- General, except where a channel of submission is prescribed by rule. They shall be written, on one side of the paper only and headed "For publication in the Police Gazette". No covering letter is required, but drafts must be signed by a gazetted officer; all drafts must be in the form commonly used in ga- zette publications and be correctly phrased, so that they may be used in original as manuscript for the press. Notices which are delivered in Lahore after Tuesday afternoon, cannot ordinarily be inserted till the week next following.

 

11.54. Advertisements in the Police and Criminal Intelligence Gazettes. –

 

The Po- lice and Criminal Intelligence Gazettes may be used as a medium for advertisements. Departmental advertisements of a public character shall be inserted free of charge in the Police Gazette. Private advertisements and notices of rewards offered and property or persons lost or found will be published in the Criminal Intelligence Gazette, provided they shall have been paid for in advance at the rate of one anna for every ten words for each insertion, and the money credited to Government. Superintendents forwarding such advertisements or notices shall state the sums paid under this rule.

 

11.55. Supply and binding of Police and Criminal Intelligence Gazettes. –

 

(1)      Cop- ies of the Police Gazettes and of the Criminal Intelligence Gazette in English are supplied free to all police officers whose official duties require them to maintain a file of these pub- lications. Head of offices shall intimate any changes required in this distribution to the Assistant Inspector-General of Police, Punjab and the Assistant Inspector-General of Crime and Criminal Tribes, in the case of the Police and Criminal Intelligence Gazette respectively.

(2)      Officers may obtain additional copies of the Police Gazettee and of English edition of the Criminal Intelligence Gazette on payment in advance at the following prices :-

Part I of the Police Gazette, Rs. 5-12-0 per annum or one anna and nine pies per copy.

Part II of the same Gazette, Rs. 11-6-0 per annum or three annas and six pies per copy.

The Criminal Intelligence Gazette, Rs. 15-0-0 per annum or four anna and nine pies per copy.

Excise Supplement to the Criminal Intelligence Gazette, Rs. 5 per annum or one anna and six pies per copy.

Such payment shall be credited as directed in Appendix 10.31(1) and the treasury re- ceipt shall be attached to applications for supply of copies. The prices are liable to alteration from time to time.

 

(3)      On receipt of the index which is issued for each of the Police Gazette and the Eng- lish edition of the Criminal Intelligence Gazette as soon after the 31st December as possible, all copies which are issued free shall be bound in accordance with the directions in rule 11.57.

(4)      Neither the Police nor the Criminal Intelligence Gazette may be sold to members of the public, and police officers are prohibited from allowing non- officials to have ac- cess to their copies.

 

11.55-A.

 

Superintendents of Police are required to issue a District Criminal Intelli- gence Gazette for circulation among police stations of their districts and such adjoining districts as is considered necessary. The gazettes shall be in English and may in addition be published in the vernacular, if found necessary. They shall be published at least once a week, preferably immediately after the receipt of the Provincial Criminal Procedure In- telligence Gazette. The preparation of District Criminal Gazettes shall form part of the duties of the District C.I.A. Such gazettes shall include :-

(a)      a brief resume of the crime in the district since last publication;

(b)      particulars of cases of an interesting nature;

(c)      deductions from a study of modus operandi records as to particular gangs or in- dividuals at work;

(d)      relevant extracts from the Provincial Criminal Intelligence Gazette;

(e)      departmental notices and orders;

(f)       such other matter as Superintendent of Police consider should be published."

 

11.56. Supply of police rules and other subsidiary manuals. –

 

(1)      Copies of English editions of the Police Rules and authorized subsidiary manuals are supplied once at Gov- ernment expense to all gazetted officers, to Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors who know English and to Sergeants. Copies of the Vernacular edition of the Police Rules are sup- plied once to Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors who do not know English and to all Assistant Sub-Inspectors. In the event of any volume being lost the holder will be required to re- fund the cost.  Every officer is responsible for keeping his copy of the rules up to-date.

(2)      English and vernacular copies are also supplied once to all police- stations, offices and police lines and to the Police Training Schools, and vernacular copies to all police out-posts others than those in the charge of assistant sub-inspectors according to the scale fixed by the Inspector-General of Police. Losses shall be replaced either at Government expense or at the cost of individuals according to the circumstances of each case.

(3)      Officers desirous of purchasing copies of Police Rules may obtain them from the Controller of Printing and Stationery, Punjab, Chandigarh, the price shall be credited into the local treasury, the treasury receipt being forwarded to the Controller of Printing and Stationery, Punjab, Chandigarh.

(4)      Corrections to Police Rules will be published in the Police Gazette by the Inspec- tor-General of Police when necessary. No memorandum or instructions issued by the Inspector-General of Police or any officer subordinate to him shall have the effect of al- tering any Police Rule, unless it is definitely stated to be a correction and, as such, published with the authority of the local Government.

(5)      Concurrently with their publication in the Police Gazette copies of all corrections to Police Rules will be sent in correction slip form to all holders of copies of the rules. These correction slips will be printed on one side of the paper only and in the same type as and on paper of the same width and with the same margin as the volume which they amend. They will be serially numbered in block type in the left hand margin.

 

(6)      Minor verbal corrections, and other corrections where space permits, shall be cop- ied into the original volume by hand; in such cases the serial number of the correction slip shall invariably be copied in the left hand margin also, after which the correction slip itself may be destroyed.


(7)      A list of correction slips will be issued to all holders of Police Rules and allied manuals, who will on receipt paste it into the spare binding edges provided for the pur- pose at the end of each volume.

(8)      When one correction slip cancels another previously issued, the cancelled one shall be removed and destroyed, and the index shall be correspondingly corrected.

 

11.57. Supply of publications, book binding and printing. –

 

(1)      Government publi- cations, including Acts of the Central and Provincial Legislatures, are supplied as required to police officers under arrangements made by the Inspector-General of Police, in accordance with the provision of Punjab Printing and Stationery Manual. Changes in the requirements of districts in this respect, due to increases or reductions in the number of police stations, etc., shall be notified to the Inspector-General of Police as they occur.

(2)      Requirements in respect of the binding of blank books of forms shall be carefully stated in the indents for such forms (vide rule 8.3, Printing and Stationery Manual). The periodical binding of returns and other records required by Police Rules to be bound shall be done under the instructions (general or special) of the Controller of Printing and Sta- tionery, Punjab - vide rules 8.1 to 8.5, of the same publication. Records, which cannot be allowed to leave the office, or cannot be spared for the time required by the Government or a Jail Press to do the work, may be bound either by the office daftri or by a local press, subject to the conditions prescribed in the rules referred to above. The cost of such local binding shall be met from the contingent grant. [vide Appendix 10.111(1)].

(3)      Except in the case of very urgent work, the cost of which is within the limits pre- scribed in items 4-A and 4-B of rule 20.6 in Punjab Financial Handbook No. 1, police officers are prohibited from having printing work executed at private presses. The pro- cedure in all cases shall be as laid down in rule 2.20, Punjab Printing and Stationery Manual.

(4)      Survey maps required by police officers in their official capacity shall be obtained to indent through be submitted to the Inspector-General who will include them in the con- solidated indent to the Map, Record and Issue Officer, Calcutta. Indents should reach the Central Police Office by the 1st June annually. The cost of maps so supplied will be charged to the contingent grant of the Inspector-General. Revenue, Municipal and Dis- trict Board maps shall be obtained from the Deputy Commissioner or the local authority publishing them and paid for from the contingent grant of the office for which they are purchased.

 

11.58. The Library Register. –

 

Each Deputy Inspector-General and Superintendent shall maintain a library register in Form 11.58 of books and publications other than news- papers supplied to him at the public expense for official use. Every fresh receipt shall be entered in the library register. The serial number of the register entry, the name of the of- fice and the date of receipt shall be endorsed on the title page of the book and a label containing similar particulars shall be affixed to the back of the cover. Gazettes and simi- lar periodical shall be kept in file-boards and brought on to the library register as soon as they are bound.

 

11.59. Custody and issue of library books. –

 

All publications belonging to the library, which are not in constant use by and kept, under due authority, on the tables of particular officers, shall be kept in locked cupboards. The library clerk shall keep the keys of these cupboards and be responsible for the completeness of the library. The whereabouts of every book, whether permanently or temporarily off the shelves, shall be noted in the li- brary register and periodically checked.

 

11.60. Inspection of the library by inspecting and relieving officers. –

 

Inspecting and relieving officers shall ascertain that the library is complete and in good order. Such books as have become obsolete may be destroyed under the authority of the Superinten- dent of Police personally. Bound volumes of the Police Gazette may be destroyed after 15 years. The destruction of other books shall be left to the discretion of Deputy Inspec- tors-General, when examining the library registers at their inspections of districts.

 

11.61. Contracts. –

 

(1)     No contract binding Government as one of the parties shall be entered into by a Superintendent of Police on his own authority. Contracts for the supply of clothing and stores may be executed by the Inspector-General of Police, and contracts or other instruments connected with the lease, sale, hiring or purchase of land or buildings may be executed by the Inspector-General of Police. Deputy Commissioners or by the Public Works Department according to circumstances and in accordance with the orders contained in Part IV of the Law Department Manual, 1926.

(2)     Any existing contract or other instrument, which has not been executed as above shall be reported for orders to the Inspector-General of Police.

 

11.62. Bonds. –

 

Bonds taken in the Police Department to secure the due performance of duty shall be executed only in one or other of the forms authorized by the Inspector General of Police. Specimens of these forms may be obtained on application to the Cen- tral Police Office.

 

11.63. Supply of copies of Police records. –

 

(1)      No document or record belonging to, or in the custody of the police, and no copy or extract from such document, shall be fur- nished to any private individual or to any Government servant for his private use, save under the authority of an express provision of the law, or by order of a Court acting within its legal powers, or of a general or special order issued by a competent authority in respect of any class or classes of document.

(2)      By a general order of the Inspector-General extracts or copies from files of depart- mental proceedings, may be granted to police officers or ex-police officers for the purpose of preferring appeals.

(3)      Except in cases where copies are required by law, or other competent authority, to be given free, fees shall be charged for all copies at the same rates as are in force for the time being in the civil courts, and shall be paid as follows :-

(a)      Half to the copyist.

(b)      One-tenth to the examiner.

(c)      The remaining amount shall be credited into the treasury as Police Income under head "Fees, Fines and Forfeitures".

 

11.64. Cancellation of stamps. –

 

(1)     Court fees stamps upon dutiable instruments pre- sented to or issued by police officers, shall be cancelled, in the manner prescribed in Chapter 4-C, Volume IV of the Rules and Orders of the High Court, 1931.

(2)     The first hole to be made on receipt of a document bearing a court fee of stamp and on the issue of a copy shall be made by a small circular punch; the second hole to be made on receipt of a copy shall be made by a small triangular punch, and the second hole, in the case of a document other than a copy, and the third hole, in the case of a copy, shall be made, when the record is finally filed, by the record-keeper with a small square punch.

 

11.65. Certain copies requiring to be stamped. –

 

When copies of documents falling under Articles 6, 7 and 9 of Schedule I of Act VII of 1870 (The Court Fees Act), and Ar- ticle 25, Schedule I of Act II of 1889 (The Indian Stamp Act), are submitted with petitions without being stamped, the petition should ordinarily be returned to the sender or pre- senter with direction that orders cannot be passed unless it is resubmitted with the copy duly stamped.

 

11.66. Literary works by gazetted officers. –

 

Information regarding literary work of a public or official character undertaken by gazetted officers shall be reported through the Inspector-General to the Secretary to Government, Home Department, for incorporation in the History of Services of gazetted officers.

PART IV

VERNACULAR OFFICE

 

11.67. Diary of vernacular correspondence received. –

 

(1)      A diary of vernacular cor- respondence in Form 11.67(1) shall be maintained by the diarist in the office of every Superintendent. Every vernacular petition, report or other communication, not being a periodical statement or return or case diary, shall be entered in the diary for the year in which it was written.

(2)      A clear abstract of each document received shall be entered in the appropriate col- umn of the register. The manner of disposal by the diarist of each document received shall be briefly noted in the column provided for the purpose. Final disposal shall be noted by a reference to the despatch register in the last column of the form.

(3)      The diary shall be bound in quarterly or half-yearly volumes, and shall be kept for two years.

 

11.68. Despatch book of vernacular correspondence. –

 

(1)     A despatch book of ver- nacular correspondence in Form 11.68(1) shall be maintained by the despatcher in the office of every Superintendent. It shall be bound in quarterly or half-yearly volumes and kept for two years.

(2)     All vernacular communications by the Superintendent and orders, other than copies or extracts from the order book or standing order book, shall be entered. When papers previously received are to be despatched with orders endorsed on the original, the entry in columns 2 and 5 of the form shall be sufficiently clear to permit of the purport of both the original document and the order on it being understood, and of its disposal being traced. In such cases cross references shall be made in column 7 of both the receipt and despatch registers.

 

11.69. Receipt and despatch routine. -

 

(1)      All vernacular correspondence received shall except as provided in rule 11.23, be opened by the diarist, who shall distribute to the branches of the office those papers which he is not required to enter in the receipt register [vide rule 11.67(1)]. Other receipts shall be similarly distributed with the minimum of de- lay after being entered in the register.

(2)      With all correspondence despatched from one police office to another, including of- fices subordinate to the district police office, a chalan in Form 11.69(2) shall be sent, containing a detailed list under the main classes of correspondence of all papers sent. The diarist or station clerk, as the case may be, of the receiving office, shall sign and return these chalans to the office of issue, where they shall be kept in yearly bundles for two years.

(3)      All correspondence for despatch from the office of the Superintendent of Police shall be made over to the despatcher. Orders and papers requiring copying shall be dealt with by the copyist, under the supervision of the diarist or despatcher shall make out cha- lans, write up his despatch register and send off correspondence with the minimum of delay.

(4)      In every district a standing order shall be framed with the approval of the Deputy Inspector-General of the range, to regulate the distribution of papers between the different branches of the vernacular office, but a clerk of each branch shall be responsible for re- ceiving from, or handing over to, the diarist or despatcher all papers which pass through those branches, and all such papers, even if they are to pass from one branch of the office to another, shall be entered in the despatch register.

Example. - An order issued by the Superintendent to the prosecuting inspector shall be taken by the assistant reader to the diarist for record and despatch.

 

11.70. Ordinary correspondence. –

(1)     General vernacular correspondence shall be kept as follows :-

(a)      Monthly district files containing copies of general parwanas issued and miscel- laneous papers not connected with particular police-stations.

 

(b)      Annual files by police-stations of daily diaries.

(c)      Annual files by police-stations of parwanas.

(d)      Annual files by police-stations of miscellaneous papers.

These files shall be destroyed after two years but files of class (a) shall, before destruc- tion, be seen by the prosecuting inspector, who will bring to the notice of the Superintendent of Police any order, which he considers should be preserved for perma- nent record as a standing order.

(2)     The record-keeper shall maintain a register in Form 11.70(2) showing the receipt and issues of all files, in and from the record-room.

 

11.71. Method of record of orderly head constable’s and Accountant’s papers. –

(1)      All papers relating to enrolments, promotion, transfers, leave and other matters con- cerning the orderly head constable’s branch, regarding the record of which there are no other special orders, shall be filed in separate files under each head; such files shall be either annual, half yearly or quarterly according to the volume of the work in different dis- tricts and, on completion, shall be kept in the orderly head constable’s branch for five years and then destroyed. Each file shall have an index, showing the detail of its contents, attached to it.

(2)      Papers other than those shown in Appendix 11.36 shall be maintained in the ac- counts branch in monthly bundles and destroyed after the period noted against each – Years

(a)        Advice note (Rule 10.42)        ..1

(b)        Application for recouping permanent advance         ..3

(c)         Papers regarding promotions, reductions and transfers      ..1

(d)        Miscellaneous papers   ..    1

 

Appendix 11.4-A

D.O. No. 890-G-37/5814(H-Gaz.)

Dated Lahore, the 19th Feburary, 1937

Subject:- RELIEF TO BE GIVEN TO DEPUTY COMMISSIONERS AND OTHER ADMINISTRATIVE AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS IN CLERICAL WORK


MY DEAR SIR,

1.        I am desired to inform you that at the instance of His Excellency the Viceroy, an exhaus- tive inquiry was recently held into the touring of district officers. The latter were asked to bring to the notice of Government any matters which tended to interfere with their tour- ing. The inquiry has elicited an almost general complaint.

(i)       that unnecessary references are often made to district officers by the Secretariat or by Heads of Department asking for information or report, and

(ii)      that where necessary references are made, inadequate time is sometimes given to reply them.

2.        Proposals which are circulated from the Secretariat for opinion consist of Legislative measures and other references. With regard to the former, there are Standing Orders (paragraph 417 of the Secretariat Instructions) that it is undesirable to add to the pre-oc- cupation of district officers by asking for opinions on question of which they have little knowledge, or which do not seriously affect their district, and the attention of all officers in the Secretariat has recently been drawn to these instructions with a view to ensuring that superfluous calls are not made on the time of Deputy Commissioners to divert them from their more important duties.

3.        With regard to other references, the Governor in Council acting with Ministers has been pleased to lay down the following principles for observance in the Secretariat :-

(i)       No call for information should be made, unless it is necessary for the disposal of a case, and is not available in the Secretariat or office of the Head of Department concerned.

(ii)      While Commissioners and Deputy Commissioners should be freely consulted about questions of Policy or particular cases affecting their charges, care should be taken to see that references are not made, unless it is clearly desirable to have the views of the Commissioner or Deputy Commissioner, and, in particular, the pernicious practice should be checked of making references with the object of temporarily getting rid of a case.

(iii)     Where a reference is necessary, reasonable time should be given for a reply. What is reasonable will depend on the nature of the case. Sometimes it is nec- essary to have an immediate reply at others an early reply is necessary. Often a period of two or three months may safely be given. Unless the case is imme- diate or very urgent, referring authorities should give adequate time for the ma- terial necessary for a reply to be collected.

(iv)     Complaints or applications are often made direct to Government, which relate to matters of a purely local character. Sometimes they are sufficiently impor- tant or serious to merit a report to Government by the local authorities. More often they can be left to the latter for disposal. Where this is the case, there are two ways of dealing with them in the Secretariat; the first is to return the com- plaint or application to the sender for presentation to the proper authority, and the second is to be send it in original through the proper channel to the compe- tent authority for disposal. Where the first method is appropriate, it is to be pre- ferred to the second, since it helps to check a tendency which is on the increase. In any case, the primary principle should be observed not to call for reports from local officers on applications and complaints of this kind, unless it is clearly de- sirable for Government to take up the matter. The practice of sending refer- ences from the Secretariat marked "for disposal or report" should cease. The endorsement should make it clear whether the reference is for disposal or for re- port.

In exercise of the powers conferred on him by rules 2 and 7 of the Rules for the protec- tion of sources of information, the Inspector-General of Police, with approval of the Governor of the Punjab, given in his discretion, is pleased to issue the following general directions :-

(1)      The actual names of agents and sources of information relating to the operations of persons committing or conspiring, preparing or attempting to commit crimes of violence, which in the opinion of the Governor are intended to overthrow the Government as by law established, shall not as a rule be kept on record. When it is necessary to keep them on record, they shall be kept on a file marked "STRICTLY SECRET".

(2)      STRICTLY SECRET files referred to in paragraph 1 shall, if prepared by dis- trict police, be kept in the personal custody of the Superintendent of Police of the district, and if prepared by the Criminal Investigation Department, shall be kept in the personal custody of the Superintendent of Police, Special Branch or Superintendent of Police, Crime, as the case may be. The Deputy Inspector- General of Police, Criminal Investigation Department, shall however, be em- powered to nominate the custodians of these files notwithstanding anything contained in this direction.

(3)      If any member of the police force in possession of any such record or of infor- mation of the identity of any source or agent as described in paragraph 1 of these directions, deems it necessary in the interest of the administration to disclose such record or information to any other member of the police force he shall, if serving in a district, take the orders of the Superintendent of Police or other ga- zetted officer nominated by the Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal Investiga- tion Department, in his behalf and if serving in the Criminal Investigation Department, he shall take the orders of the Superintendent of Police, Special Branch, or Superintendent of Police, Crime, as the case may be.

Note : - "Police force" in this direction refers to police serving under the Punjab Government only. Disclosure of such information to any member of other police forces requires the orders of the Governor, in accordance with rule 8 of the Rules for the Protection of sources of Infor- mation.

(4)      Transmission of such information or record by post shall be avoided when possible. When it is necessary to send it by post, it shall be sent in a double sealed cover registered and insured, and addressed by name to the officer to whom it is to be disclosed.

APPENDIX 11.6

Rubber Stamps and punches to be kept in Police Offices. – The following rubber stamps and similar appliances, obtainable on payment from the Stationery Office, Cal- cutta, under the regulations contained in Chapter 12, Punjab Printing and Stationery Manual, should be kept in district police offices :-

(a)      English Office

(1)     Office rubber stamp - to stamp English communications as received.

(2)     "Confidential" stamp.

(3)     Stamp bearing designation of head of office.

(b)      Accounts Branch

To stamp receipts and vouchers -

(1)      Revolving date stamp.

(2)      "Cancelled" stamp.

 

(3)      Additional Police stamp.

(4)      Lock-up allowances stamp.

(5)      Police deposit stamp.

To stamp bills and vouchers :-

(6)      26 - Police D.E.F. (Provincial) (reserved) -

(a)      Travelling allowance (non-voted).

(b)      Travelling allowance (Voted).

(c)      Other allowances and honoraria.

(d)      "C" class contingencies.

 

(e)      Supplies and Services.

 

(f)       Contract contingencies.

 

(g)      Debitable to General Police Fund.

 

(h)     Constabulary - Leave salary.

 

(i)       constabulary - Pay.

 

(j)       Cancelled.

For cancelling court-fee stamps and punching stamps of affixed to voucher acquittance rolls :-

(1)      A small circular punch.

(2)      A small triangular punch.

(3)      A small square punch.

 

APPENDIX No. 11.26(1)

DETAILED RULES REGARDING CLASSIFICATION OF CORRESPONDENCE UNDER SUBJECT-HEADS

1.        If experience shows that under any particular main subject-head there are too many files, such subject may, under the authority of Superintendent of Police, be divided into as many further subject-heads as may be considered convenient : and similarly if there are too few files under any subject-head, two or more chapters may be combined together un- der one head. For example, Chapter 10 might be divided into 10-A - Contingencies, and 10-B - Other Accounts, whilst Chapters 25-27 might be combined under one subject-head as No. 25 - Crime.

2.        When a file can be appropriately entered in the file register under more than one head it may be entered under such other heads without being given a serial number and a cross reference may be given in columns 4 and 5 to the subject-head under which it has been given a file number.

3.        Letters should be registered under the most definite head appropriate to them; for in- stance a return or correspondence connected with the clothing fund should be registered under "Clothing" (number 4) and not under "Accounts" (number 10). The index to Police Rules will show the chapter heading and, consequently the main file number, to which and subsidiary subject belongs.

 

APPENDIX No. 11.27(1)

INSTRUCTIONS REGARDING OFFICE PROCEDURE

1.        Urgent receipt shall be submitted to the gazetted officer concerned on the date of their receipt in the office.

2.        The head clerk or assistant clerk dealing with the file is responsible that it is sent up complete with all the necessary papers paged, and prepared throughout in accordance with orders.

3.        The head clerk is empowered to send to the copyist for issue ordinary reminders and simple drafts in cases in which the orders have been clearly given, and so to the nature and mode of the conveyance of which there can be no doubt. All other drafts should be passed by a gazetted officer, and the fair copies should also be signed by such officer, whenever possible.

4.        Files shall not be left lying about uncared for. When done with for the time being, they shall be kept on side-tables or on shelves. Torn or frayed papers shall be repaired at once; the record-keeper is responsible for having such repairs carried out.

5.        Alphabetical indicating slips should be pinned on papers referred to in notes or cor- respondence. The page should also be cited in the noting. Such slips should be removed as soon as the need for them has passed.

6.        Whenever fresh papers are added, the officer or clerk adding them should page them.

7.        Whenever it is necessary to remove any pages from a file, a slip should be inserted showing when, and why they were removed, and where they are to be found.

8.        The clerks responsible for the compilation of returns shall see that they are received punctually and bring delay to the notice of the head clerk. On receipt of the first return, referring to a particular subject, the clerk concerned shall insert in the file cover a record slip, in which are noted all the police-stations and at the top, note the subject and refer to the order prescribing the returns and the date on which they are due. As the returns are received, the date of receipt shall be entered opposite each police station, and the returns, after necessary check, shall then be posted into the general statement.

9.        All office copies of communications, including semi-official letters, which may have to be filed with any case, shall ordinarily be written on paper the size of foolscap folio or half foolscap folio size. The first impression of typescript should be sent to the addressee.

10.     When an acknowledgement is required to a communication, the letter shall either be sent registered and "acknowledgement due", or a printed or typed acknowledgement slip shall be sent with the letter. On the return of such acknowledgement slip, it shall be attached to the office copy of the letter to which it refers without being numbered or en- tered in the register.

11.     Any law books or books of reference that may be required by the officer to whom a case is submitted shall accompany the file, unless copies are known to be immediately available to him.

12.     Continuation blank sheets for notes shall be added to cases in which further notes or orders are expected from the officer to whom the case is submitted. When a case is sent out of the office, superfluous papers and spare copies shall be removed, and only those pa- pers sent that are necessary for the disposal of the reference.

13.     (1) A note may be either :-

(a)      the briefest remarks or suggestion for the disposal of a case, as "For informa- tion", "copy to Accountant-General", "No orders" and the like; or

 

(b)      a comment on the paper under consideration, or on the previous papers in the file without any summary; or

(c)      a brief summary of the facts leading up to the points for order. A precis is a full abstract of the papers in the case.

(2) The following definite rules shall be observed, in the matter of notes and precis :-

(a)      The object of an office note is to assist the officer, who is required to pass orders, by referring him to rules, precedents, and previous correspondence bearing on the question for decision; by pointing out mistakes, mis-apprehensions and mis- calculations in the papers under consideration and by supplying information or calculations which will facilitate disposal. A recapitulation of the case as stated in the correspondence itself is not required. Criticism and suggestions arising merely from the personal opinion of the noting clerk himself are prohibited, but an opinion based on precedents and other formal authorities may and should be expressed.

(b)      A full note is only required when the case cannot be decided without considera- tion of considerable correspondence and references. Such a note should sum- marize only such portions of the previous correspondence as may be necessary to elucidate clearly the point or points for orders.

(c)      A precis or full abstract of a case should not ordinarily be put up by the office unless called for by the gazetted officer-in-charge.

(d)      All orders, that are to be communicated to other offices, should be couched in language that can be easily converted into a draft.

(e)      In long notes, each paragraph should be given a serial number.

When a reference is made to previous notes or papers the page of the file where they are to be found should be quoted, and when necessary indicating slips should be added.

(3) In cases where the reverse side of the receipt letter is blank and the paper is stout, the note may be written thereon and continued (if necessary) on a note form. When noting is unnecessary, brief suggestions may be written on the face of a letter.

14.     The head clerk is responsible to the head of the office for the efficient working of the whole office. His duties are :-

(a)      to exercise disciplinary control and general supervisory.

(b)      to see to the regular attendance of the clerks. Personal matters relating to the clerks such as promotions, leave etc., are submitted through the head clerk;

(c)      to arrange for the work of absentees and for the proper training of junior clerks;

(d)      to go round the office at least once a day to see that no arrear cases are being ne- glected, that the tables are tidy, that the clerks are applying themselves to their duties, and that no files lying about uncared for;

(e)      frequently to inspect the record room and see that the files are being properly kept up and that work is being promptly disposed of;

(f)       to receive or open the mail, stamp the letters with the date of receipt and send them to the record-keeper, urgent letters being first marked with a blue or red slip, according to their urgency.

15.     (1) The copyist shall initial and date every draft he copies. He is responsible that all enclosures are fully copied and that they are attached to the covering letter or if numer- ous and bulky, that they are separately labelled and marked with the number and date of the letter to which they belong and the designation of the officer to whom the letter is ad- dressed.

 

(2) Letters should be copied in order of their receipt unless marked "urgent" when they should be taken in hand at once.

(3) If an urgent or ordinary letter remains undisposed of by the copyist at the expiration of the first or third day respectively, after its receipt by him, he shall bring the fact to the notice of the head clerk, in order that the issue of the letter may be expedited.

(4) After letters have been copied, the copyist shall read out the drafts to the head clerk or other clerk deputed for the purpose. The latter shall initial and date the fair letters in token of their accuracy and send them up for signature.

(5) After being signed, the letters together with their respective files, shall be made over to the despatcher who shall number and date them, place them in envelopes and send them off. The despatcher, having attached the draft to the file (if there is one), shall page it and, unless further action is required, return the file to the record-keeper.

(6) All letters shall be despatched from the office on the date they are signed.

(7) Whenever it is necessary to send any enclosures independently of the covering let- ter, the letter shall indicate the manner in which the enclosures are sent. Enclosures shall be despatched the same day as the covering letter. Books and papers, when sent by book or parcel post, shall be securely packed and, if the season requires it waterproof cloth will be used for covers. Confidential communications shall be enclosed in double covers ad- dressed as prescribed in rule 11.10. Care must be taken to verify the title or designation of the officers addressed.

Care must be taken to keep down expense in postage, and the head clerk should attend to this matter. Double envelopes should not be used unnecessarily. Small letters should not be enclosed in large covers.

(8) Post-Office receipts for letters and parcels shall be kept by the despatcher in monthly bundles, which shall be destroyed after six months.

APPENDIX No. 11.36

LIST OF REGISTERS, ETC., PRESCRIBED UNDER THE POLICE RULES, TO BE MAINTAINED IN THE OFFICES OF SUPERINTENDENTS OF POLICE

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

Serial No.

Rule

Books and registers, etc.

In charge of

Supervising officr

Period after which destroyed

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

3.3(2)

 

ENGLISH OFFICE

 

 

List of places of worship on Police presmises

Register of applications for family quarters or house-rent in lieu theeof

Register of lands in possession of the Police

Register showing an account of material and cost of making up clothing

Clothing stock account of new articles of clothing and materials

District miscellaneous stores register

 

 

 

 

Head Clerk

 

 

 

 

Superintenden t of Police

 

 

 

 

Permanent

2

3.20

Ditto

Ditto

When a new one is made

3

3.28

Ditto

Ditto

Permanent

4

4.34(i)

Ditto

Ditto

5 years

 

5

 

4.34(ii)

 

Ditto

 

Ditto

 

10 years

6

5.16(i)

Ditto

Ditto

Revised from time to time

 

7.

5.17

Distribution register of miscellaneous stores

Ditto

Ditto

7 years

8

6.2

File of copies of Standing Orders by Inspector General authorizing deviations from equipment tables

Ditto

Ditto

Permanent

9

6.3

Printed statement showing total armament of district and its distribution

Ditto

Ditto

10 years

10

7.32(1)

Register of horses and camels on the chanda

Head Clerk

Superintenden t of Police

Revised yearly

11

7.32(2)

Register of enrolled officers who are required to maintain horses

Ditto

Ditto

Permanent

12

8.13

Leave account in form A.T. 290 under Fundamental Rule 76

Ditto

Ditto

 

13

9.17(1)

Age register of upper and lower Subordinates

Ditto

Ditto

Permanent

 

A and B

 

 

 

 

14

10.14(6)

Receipt Books

Ditto

Ditto

 

15

10.50(b)

Police Land Improvement Fund cash- Book

Ditto

Ditto

Permanent

16

10.57(2)

Police Deposit Account Pass Book (form 65, Civil Account Code)

Superintende nt

Ditto

Do

17

10.76(5)

Registers of house-rent allowances

Head Clerk

Ditto

7 years

18

11.22

Telephone Message Books

Telephone Clerk

Head Clerk

2 years

19

11.24(1)

Diary of receipts and despatches

Diarist and Despatcher

Ditto

10 years

20

11.28(1)

Register of annual files

Record- keeper

Ditto

Permanent

21

11.32

Annual Station Delivery register

Ditto

Ditto

10 years

22

11.34

Stock Book of Office Furniture

Head clerk

Superintenden t of Police

Permanent

23

11.35(1)

Inventory of Stores Register

Head Clerk

Superintenden t of Police

Permanent

24

11.48(1)

Account of English Stationery and Forms

Stationery Clerk

Head Clerk

3 years

25

11.49

Stock Register of Printed Forms, etc.

Assistant Clerk

Ditto

Permanent

26

11.55

Files of Criminal Intellegence Gazettes

Ditto

Ditto

Do

26-A

11.55

Files of Police Gazettes

Ditto

Ditto

15 years

27

11.58

Library register

Ditto

Ditto

Permanent

28

12.28(1)

Character Rolls

Head Clerk

Superintenden t of Police

Do*

29

12.28(2)

Service Books

Superintende nt

Ditto

Do

30

13.6

Promotion List A

Do

Ditto

Do

31

13.7

Promotion List B

Do

Ditto

Do

32

13.8(1)

Promotion List C

Do

Ditto

Do

33

13.9(1)

Promotion List D

Do

Ditto

Do

 

34

15.11

Confidential Register of contingent expenditure incurred from head "Rewards"

Do

Ditto

Do

35

16.16(1)

Punishment Register

Head Clerk

Ditto

Do

36

20.14

Registers E,F,G, H and I under the Arms Act

Ditto

Ditto

Do

37

20.18

Minute Book of meetings of gazetted Officers

Superintende nt

..

Do

38

21.8

Confidential Note Book

Do

 

Do

39

22.68(b)

List of licenses under the Excise Laws

Head Clerk

Superintenden t of Police

Revised yearly

40

22.68(c)

List of licenses under the Indian Explosives Act

Ditto

Ditto

Ditto

41

22.68(d)

List of licenses under the Prtroleum Act

Ditto

Ditto

Ditto

42

22.68(e)

List of licenses under the Poisons Act

Ditto

Ditto

Ditto

43

22.68(f)

List of Serais registered under the Serais Act (No. XII of 1987)

Ditto

Ditto

Ditto

44

24.8(1)

Register of cognizable offences

Return- writer

Ditto

10 years

45

24.18

File of special reports

Head Clerk

Ditto

Ditto

46

26.16(2)

Register of Deserters

Ditto

Ditto

Ditto

 

 

ACCOUNTS BRANCH

 

 

 

47

10.5

Register in B.M. form No. 29

Accountant

Head Clerk

6 years

48

10.14(6)

Receipt Book

Do

Ditto

Ditto

49

10.17

File of Road Certificates

Do

Ditto

When last certificate is 3 years’old

50

10.19(2)

File book of treasury receipts

Do

Ditto

6 years

51

10.20(1)

Chanda Fund Subscription Register

Do

Ditto

Ditto

52

10.27(1)(a)

General Police Fund Cash-book

Do

Ditto

Permanent

53

10.27(2)

General Police Fund Ledger

Do

Ditto

Do

 

 

ACCOUNTS BRANCH - continued

 

 

 

54

10.35(1)

File books of vouchers

Accountant

Head Clerk

3 years. The sub- vouchers should not be destroyed even after the expiry of this period until departmental audit for the relevant period has been conducted and any objhections relating to the vouchers have been settled

55

10.39(6)

Check memorandum book

Do

Ditto

6 years

56

10.42(1)(A)

Cash Distribution register

Do

Ditto

Permanent

57

10.48(1)

General Cash Book

Do

Ditto

Do

58

10.88(1)

Gradation List of Constables

Do

Ditto

Do

 

59

10.89(c)

Register of absentees

Do

Ditto

6 years

60

10.93

Check Register of posting of lower subordinates

Do

Ditto

Ditto

61

10.108

Register of permanent advance

Do

Ditto

Ditto

62

10.110

Register of contingent charges

Do

Ditto

Ditto

63

10.160(5)

Register of travelling allowance bills of enrolled officers

Bill Clerk

Accountant

3 years

64

11.33

Stamp Account Register

Accountant

Head Clerk

When finished a new one to be started

 

 

VERNACULAR OFFICE

 

 

 

65

4.6(2)

Check list of issues or replacements of clothing equipment

Orderly Head Constable

Reverse inspector

Permanent

66

8.14(a)

Applications for leave

Ditto

Ditto

When finished a new one to be started

 

? 8.14(b)

?

 

 

 

67

?

? Leave Register with Index

Ditto

Ditto

Ditto

 

? 8.14(c)

?

 

 

 

68

11.48(2)

Stock register of Vernacular Station and Forms

Record- keeper

Prosecuting Inspector

3 years

69

11.67(1)

Diary of Vernacular correspondence

Diarist

Ditto

2 years

70

11.68

Despatch Book of Vemacular correspondence

Despatcher

Ditto

Ditto

71

11.70(2)

Register showing receipts and issues of files

Record- keeper

Head of Prosecuting Agency

Permanent

72

12.13

Recruit Register

Orderly- Head Constable

Superintenden t of Police

3 years

73

12.39

Vernacular Personal Files

Ditto

Ditto

*Permanent

74

12.40

List of vacancies

Ditto

Ditto

When a new one is made

75

12.4(1)

Long Roll

Ditto

Ditto

Permanent

76

14.16(1)

Register of postings

Orderly Head constable

Superintenden t of Police

When a new one is made

77

14.55

Vemacular Order Book

Reader

Ditto

Permanent

78

14.56

File of Standing Orders

Do

Ditto

Revised from time to time

79

23.20

District register of absconders

Do

Head of Prosecuting Agency

Permanent

80

23.22

Register showing progress of action against absconders and proclaimed offenders

Record- keeper

Ditto

6 years

80-A

23.22

Register of proclaimed Offenders

Ditto

Ditto

Ditto

81

23.1

Register of Criminal Tribes

Clerk in charge of Criminal Tribes work

Head Clerk

Permanent

 

82

27.32(1)

Receipt and despatch register of charge sheets

Return- writer

Head of Prosecuting Agency

10 years

83

27.36

General Crime Register

Ditto

Ditto

Ditto

 

APPENDIX No. 11.39(1)(A)

LIST OF PERIODICAL REPORTS AND RETURNS, ETC., TO BE SUBMITTED UNDER THE POLICE RULES BY SUPERINTENDENTS

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Serial No

Rule

Nature of return

Date of submission

To whom to be submited

Period after which return may be destroyed

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

21.9(1)

 

 

 

 

21.9(3)

 

 

21.12(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.66(2)

 

 

 

21.15(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.83

 

ENGLISH RETURNS

 

WEEKLY

Superintendent’s dairy No. 1

 

 

 

Assistant or Deputy Superintendent and Probationary Assistant’s diary

Confidential diary No. II

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vital Statistics

 

MONTHLY

 

Monthly statement of crime

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salary bills, gazetted officers

 

 

 

 

Saturday evening

 

 

 

Ditto

 

 

Ditto

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Monday evening

 

 

With first weekly diary of each month

 

 

 

 

 

1st working day in

each month

 

 

 

 

Through District Magistrate to the Deputy Inspector General

 

 

Through Superintendent to Deputy Inspector General

1st copy. - Retain for record

2nd copy. Deputy Inspector-General of range

3rd copy. - Assistant to Deputy Inspector- General of Police, Criminal Investigation Department.

4th copy. - Ditto

5th copy. - Deputy Inspector-General of range, through (i) District Magistrate and

(ii) Commissioner

Civil Surgeon

 

 

 

Through District Magistrate to the Deputy Inspector- General

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury officer

 

Years

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

..

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

To be sent to Commissioner or Inspector General if considered necessary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vernacular Return

 

 

A copy of Superintenden t’s review with extract from statement to reach Deputy Inspector- General on the 5th of each month

 

7

10.95(1)

Salary bills, upper subordinates

Ditto

Ditto

10

 

8

10.96(1)(B)

and (C)

Salary bills, lower subordinates

Ditto

Ditto

10

 

9

10.159(a)

Travelling allowance bill, gazetted officers

Whenever necessary

Deputy Inspector- General

5

 

10

10.159(b)

Travelling allowance bill, enrolled officers

Ditto

Treasury Officer

3

 

11

10.28

Return of income

1st working day in

each month

Inspector- General

1

 

12

10.5

Account of expenditure in B.M. Forms Nos. 29, 28 and 31

3rd working day in

each month

Ditto

 

 

13

10.5

Monthly statement of expenditure

Ditto

Inspector-General and Deputy Inspector- General

1

 

14

10.20(1)

Chalan for remitting chanda money into treasury

5th working day in

each month

Inspector-General

5

 

15

10.27(3)

Return of receipts and expenditure of additional police

Ditto

Inspector-General and Accountant-General

 

Prepared in triplicate 1 copy for Inspector General and 2 for Accountant- General

16

10.95(3)

Absentee statement of Inspectors and assistant sub-inspectors

Ditto

Inspector-General

1

 

17

10.95(3)

Assentee state of sub- Inspectors and assistant sub-Inspectors

Ditto

Deputy Inspector- Geneal

1

 

18

10.112

Contingent bills

Ditto

Treasury Officer

5

 

19

15.24

Return of rewards

Ditto

Deputy Inspector- General

2

 

20

16.15(1)

Return of punishments

Ditto

Ditto

2

 

21

10.117(2)(a)

Statement showing the number, date and amount of railway warrants

10th working day in

each month

Accountant-General

..

 

 

 

QUARTERLY

 

 

 

 

22

20.5(4)

Report of inspection duty performed by gazetted officers

5th working day in January, April, July and October,

Through District Magistrate to Deputy Inspector-General

2

confidential

 

 

HALF-YEARLY

 

 

 

 

23

15.21

Recommendations order and Indian titles

1st July and 1st December

Through Deputy Inspector-General to Inspector-General,

Police

 

 

 

24

13.9(3)

Report on the working

15th

Deputy Inspector-

 

 

 

13.10(1)

of head constables on list D and Assistant Sub- Inspectors on List E

March and 15th september in the case of Head Constables and 15th October in the case of Assistant Sub- Inspectors

General

 

 

25

19.27

Report on probationary Sergeants and Inspectors who fail to pass their examination at the Training School

When necessary

Inspector-General

 

 

26

23.21(2)

Statement showing the result of action taken against proclaimed offenders

1st working day of January

Deputy Inspector- General, Criminal Investigation Department

1

1 copy in English and 1 in Vernacular

27

6.25

Indents for arms, ammunitions and ordance stores

1st week of January

Through Deputy Inspector-General to the Chief Ordance Officer

2

 

28

21.16(1)

Annual administration report

15th January

Through District Magistrate to Deputy Inspector-General

Permanent

 

29

14.23(1)

Certificates of gazetted police officers regarding additions to immovable property

15th January

Assistant Inspector- General of Police, Punjab

Permanent

 

30

21.16(3)

Returns appended to the annual police administration report

Ditto

Inspector-General

Do

 

31

19.35(1)

Return showing result of target practice

Ditto

Deputy Inspector- General

1

 

32

5.21

Indent for tents

20th February

Inspector-Genral

1

 

33

4.32

Indent for war medal ribbon

1st March

Ditto

 

 

34

11.43

Indent for universal forms and official envelopes

Ditto

Through Deputy Inspector-General to Superintendent, Government Printing

3

 

35

21.18(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.18(3)

Criminal Tribes Report

1st April

Through District Magistrate, Deputy Inspector-General and Commissioner to Deputy Commissioner, Crinminal Tribes

Permanent

A copy of the

Superintenden t’s report to be sent to the Assistant to the Inspector- General of Police for Criminal Tribes, by

the 1st April each year

36

16.18

Return of punishment for corruption

10th April

Through Deputy Inspector-General to Inspector-General

5

 

37

10.85(2)

Statement showing upper subordinates on leave and under

suspension

15th April

Deputy Inspector- General

 

 

 

38

10.105(3)

Acknowledgment of permanent advance

Ditto

Accountant-General

5

 

39

13.17

Confidential report on Assistant sub-Inspectors, sub- Inspectors, Sergeants and Inspectors

15th April

Deputy Inspector- General

 

 

40

13.15

Recommendations for promotion to rank of Inspector

1st May

Ditto

 

 

41

15.20

Recommendations for the King’s Police Medal

Ditto

Through Deputy Inspector-Genearl to Inspector-General

confidential

 

42

10.82(1)

Establishyment Return

15th May

Accountant-General

 

 

43

10.85(1)

Refunds of clothing deposits

Ditto

Inspector-General

 

 

44

10.113(2)

Special contigent bills on account of charges for clothing and

equipment

*Ditto

Deputy Inspector- General

5

*Aproximately

45

11.47

Indents for standard and non-stand departmental vernacular forms

1st June

Through Deputy Inspector-General to

Superintdent, Government Printing

3

 

46

11.57(4)

Indents for Survey Maps

Ditto

Inspector-General

2

 

47

10.170(1)

Proposals involving new expenditure

15th June

Through Deputy Inspector-General to Inspector General

5

Very urgent proposal may be submitted by 1st

september

48

11.40(1)

Indents for English Stationery

Ditto

Inspector-General

3

 

49

11.40(3)

Estimate of total

expenditure on account of English stationary

1st July

Ditto

3

 

50

15.20(2)

Recommendations for the Indian Police Medal

Ditto

Through the Deputy

Inspector-General to Inspector-General

 

 

51

10.166(1)

Budget estimates of

police lands contingent grant

1st August

Deputy Inspector- General

3

 

52

11.44, 11.45

Indents for English standard and non-

standard departmental forms

Ditto

Through Deputy Inspector-General to

Superintendent, Government Printing

3

 

53

10.170(2)

Proposals involving new expenditure on buildings

1st September

Through Deputy Inspector-General to Inspector-General

5

Urgent suplementary proposals may be submitted by

10th October

54

15.9(3)

Recommendations for the grant of Sanads

Ditto

Deputy Commissioner

 

 

55

11.46

Indents for treasury and accounts

Ditto

Deputy Inspector- General

3

 

56

13.14(1)

Recommendation rolls of Sub-Inspectors considered fit for the

selection grade

1st September

Deputy Inspector- General

Permanent

 

57

10.168

Budget Estimate 29-

Police -2 District

Executive Force B.M.I. 139

Ditto

Ditto

 

 

58

10.168

Budget estimate-29

Ditto

Ditto

 

 



 

59

9.17(1) B

Returns of upper and lower subordinates due for superannuation on attaining the age of 55 years or more

Budget Estimate-47 Miscellaneous Departments (Transferred) 1- ProvincialB.M.I.

Statistics    150

Budgent Estimate XXIII Police,

Part I B.M.I.

24

List of fairs and

assemblies to be held during the ensuing year

Recommendations for the grant of class II commendation

certificates to upper subordinates

1st October

Ditto

Permanent

 

 

60

 

10.168(B.M.

3.1)

 

Ditto

 

Inspector-General of Police

 

 

61

 

10.168(B.M..

3.1)

 

20th October

 

Inspector-General

 

 

62

 

21.20(1)

 

1st December

 

Ditto

 

1

63

15.4

End of each year

Deputy Inspector- General

Permanent

 

APPENDIX No. 11.39(1)(B)

 

LIST OF PERIODICAL REPORTS AND RETURNS TO BE SUBMITTED UN- DER THE POLICE RULES BY DEPUTY INSPECTORS-GENERAL

 

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Serial No.

Rule

Nature of return

Date of submission

To whom to be submitted

Period after which the office copy of the return may be destroyed

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

 

 

6

 

7

 

 

8

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

11

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

10.83

 

 

 

10.95

 

10.96

10.159(a)

 

10.159(b)

 

10.5

 

 

 

10.5

 

23.20

 

 

10.95(3)

 

 

 

21.15(2)

 

 

 

10.95(2)(b

)

 

 

 

15.21

 

 

Deleted

 

MONTHLY

 

Slaray bills of gazetted officers

 

 

?

? Salary bills of

? office clerks

Travelling allowance bills of gazetted officers

Travelling allowance bills of clerks

Account of expenditure in B.M. form Nos. 29, 28 and 31

 

 

Monthly statement of expenditure

Monthly return of re- arrest of restricted criminal tribesment

Statement showing permanent or officiating vacancies in their clerical establishments

Absentees statement of crime

 

 

Absentees statement

 

HALF-YEARLY

 

Recommndations for Orders and Indian Titles

 

 

 

ANNUAL

 

 

 

 

1st working day in each month

 

Ditto

 

When necessary

Ditto

 

3rd working day in each month

Ditto

 

1st week of each month

10th of each month

 

 

15th of each month

 

 

Ditto

 

 

 

15th July and 15th December

 

 

 

 

Treasury Officer of Accountant-General

 

 

 

 

Ditto

 

Ditto Ditto

Inspector-General

 

 

 

Ditto

 

Assistant Inspector- General, Criminal Tribes

Inspector-General

 

 

 

Deputy Inspector- General, C.I.D. , copies to Commissioners in the range

Accountant-General

 

 

 

Inspector-General

 

Years 10

 

 

 

10

 

5

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Confidential


 

13

19.35(3)

Abstract showing figure of merit from‘ musketry returns

1st February

Inspector-General, Police

 

 

14

11.43

Indents for universal forms and envelopes

1st April

Superintendent, Goverment Printing

 

 

15

21.16(2)

Annaul Administration Report

15 April

Inspector-General

Permanent

 

16

10.105(3)

Acknowledgment of permanent advance

Ditto

Accountant-General

5

 

17

16.18

Return of punishment for corruption

20th April

Inspector- General

5

 

18

20.1

Inspection report

1st May

Ditto

 

 

19

21.18(2)(c

)

Criminal Tribes Report

Ditto

Commissioner

 

 

20

13.15(3)

Recomendations for admission of sergeants to list F

1st October

Inspector-General

 

 

21

10.85(2)

Consolidated district statement of upper subordinates on leave or under suspension, eye.

1st May

Inspector-General

Years

 

22

10.85(1)

Establishment Return (for his own office)

15th May

Accountant-General

 

 

23

15.20

Recommendations for the Kings Police Medal

Ditto

Inspector- General

 

Confidential

24

4.37

and 5.11

Transactions of the clothing and equipment funds

..

Ditto

 

Copies of remarks of Deputy Inspectors- General to be submitted after their inspections of districts.

25

11.5(4)

Indents for survey maps

1st June

Ditto

2

 

26

11.40(1)

Indent for English stationery

15th June

Ditto

 

 

27

10.170(1)

Proposals involving new expenditure

1st July

Ditto

5

Very urgent proposals may be submitted by 15th September

28

11.40(3)

Estimate of total expenditure on account of stationery

Ditto

Ditto

 

 

29

11.47

Consolidated indents for standard departmental vernacular forms

1st July

Superintendent, Government Printing

3

 

30

15.20(2)

Recommendations for the Indian Police Medal

15th July

Inspector-General

 

 

31

3.10(3)

List of minor works, etc.

1st August

Ditto

 

 

32

10.170(2)

Proposals involving new expenditure on buildings

15th September

Ditto

 

 


 

33

 

 

34

 

 

35

 

 

36

 

 

37

 

 

38

 

 

39

11.44

and 11.45

 

10.168(3)

 

 

10.166(3)

 

 

10.168

 

 

11.46

 

 

9.17(2)

 

 

13.15(3)

Indents for English standard and non- standard departmental forms

Budget Estimate 29- Police-District Force,

B.M.I. 139

Budget Estimate of Police lands contigent grant

Budget Estimate 26- Police-8- Miscellaneous, B.M.I.- 147

Indents for treasury and accounts forms

 

Recommendations for retention of upper subordinates on attaining the age of 55

Recommendation for admission of Sergeants and Sub-Inspectors to Inspector’s promotion list

Ditto

 

 

 

20th September

 

25th September

 

26th September

 

 

1st October

 

October

 

 

Ditto

Superintendent, Government Printing

 

Inspector-General

 

 

Ditto

 

 

Ditto

 

 

 

Superintendent, Government Printing

Inspector-General

 

 

Ditto

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

Permanent

 

 

FORM No. 11.22

 

FORM No. 11.22 TELEPHONE MESSAGE FORM COUNTER FOIL TELEPHONE MESSAGE FORM

 

Serial No.

 

Received from                 

 

Addressed to                    

 

Recorded by                    

Time of call                    

 

DISTRICT

 

For official use only No. Police Station Office


From --

 

To --

 

Message begins:-

 

Message ends

 

(Bilingual Form)

 


 

FORM No. 11.24(1)

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT DISTRICT


DIARY OF CORRESPONDENCE RECEIVED AND ISSUED DURING THE YEAR

19.

(Note. - The despatch No. of letter issued will be the No. shown in column 1 and the date of such letter will be that shown in column 2.)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Diary No. receip t and despat ch comm unicat ion.

Date of entry in this

register and date

of despatc h commu nication

LETTERS RECEIVED

CLASS OF OFFICER FROM OR TO WHOM RECEIVED OR SENT. TO BE SHOWN THUS X OR THE NAME OF THE OFFICER UNDER "SUPERINTENDENT OF POLICE" ÒR "MISCELLANEOUS"

"REFERENC E TO

File No.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

q

Subjec t- head No.

CONT ENTS OF LETTE RS RECIV ED

OR ISUED

 

 

 

 

-------

 

 

Subjec t

REMA RKS.

-

Date of remind er should also

be entered in pencil in

this column which should be rubbed out when reply

is receive d.

Letter No.

Date of letter

a*

b*

c

d

e

a

b

 

 

 

 

 

Superintende nt of Police

Miscel laneous

Previo us Diary No.

Subse uent Diary No.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 11.25(1)

File Cover

 

OFFICE OF  OF POLICE

 

Subject-head                     

 

File No.                             

 

Subject                              

 

 

FOR PREVIOUS FILE SEE NO.  OF 19

 

Index to contents of this file

*P.Pending or otherwise

FOR LATER FILE SEE NO.    OF 19.

FROM or to whom

No. of letter received

No. of letter despatched

Date of letter

Page in this file

Subject.

 

 

 

 

 

P.

 

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

 

 

 

 

 

P.

 

P.

P.

Note. - When a letter is disposed of, the P. opposite it will be struck out.

 

FORM No. 11.28(1)

1

2

3

4

Annual No. of file

Subject of file very briefly

Date when files ceased to be pending

Wherebouts of case with date (entries to be made in pencil to admit of necessary alterations.

 

 

 

 

 

 
REGISTER OF FILES AND INDEX OF CORRESPONDENCE SUBJECT HEAD


FORM No. 11.33

STAMP REGISTER

Date of receipt of stamps from treasury

Value of stamps received

HOW DISTRIBUTED

Total distributed

Receipt of receiving office

English office

Vernacular office

X.

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

**

 

 

(Form to be drawn by hand).

X.-As many column as are required, i.e., for each officer.

Total in hand on quarter ending -

Total issues during quarter ending -

 

FORM No. 11.39(2)

CHECK STATEMENT OF PERIODICAL RETURNS

Nature of Report or Return.

Date on which due from Superintendent.

 

Column

1

District

 

2

Date of receipt

 

3

Date of 1st reminder

 

4

Date of 2nd reminder

 

5

Date of 3rd reminder.

 

6

Date of 4th reminder.

Completed and submitted on:-


FORM No. 11.44

POLICE DEPARTMENT DISTRICT OR RANGE INDENT FOR STANDARD DEPARTMENTAL FORMS (ENGLISH)




FROM 1ST JANUARY TO 31ST DECEMBER, 19.

 

FOR THE USE OF THE

 

Prepared       19.

Despatched          19.

Serial No.

No of forms

Description of form

ANNUAL CONSUMPTION DURING

Average

Balance in hand verified by a responsible offial

Number now indended

REMARK S

19.

19.

19.


 

FORM No. 11.47

ANNUAL INDENT FOR DEPARTMENTAL STANDARD VERNACULAR FORMS REQUIRED FOR USE IN THE DISTRICT DURING19

 

Serial No.

No. of form

Description of form

ANNUAL CONSUMPTION DURING

Average

Balance in hand verified by a

responsible Official

Number now indented

Despatch voucher No.

19.

19.

19.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

FORM No. 11.56

POLICE DEPARTMENT DISTRICT




Register of Books and Periodicals

REGISTER SHOWING ALL PRINTED BOOKS, PERIODICALS, ETC. RE- CEIVED

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Registe r No.

Title of

Name of author

Particular of Publisher and date of publication

Number of the edition

How obtained

Date of receipt

 

Amount paid

REMA RKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rs.

A.

P.

 

 

FORM No. 11.67(1)

DIARY OF VERNACULAR CORRESPONDENCE RECEIVED IN THE OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF POLICE FOR THE YEAR 19.

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Diary Serial No.

Subject

Name and address of writer

Date of letter

Date of receipt in this office

Disposal of paper by receipt branch

REFERENC E

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 11.68(1)

DESPATCH BOOK OF VERNACULAR CORRESPONDENCE ISSUED FROM THE OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF POLICE IN THEYEAR 19

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

Despatch Serial No.

Subject

Address

Date

Disposal of paper by despatch branch

Reference

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 11.69(2)

 

Challan of dak despatched by       


at       A. M. on.      19 .

 

P.


Cash Diaries       

 

Periodical Returns    

 

General Dak       

 


Order Book         

 

 

Contents received and challan returned at (time and date)

 

Recipient

 

Despatcher


 

FORM No. 11.70(2)

 

REGISTER OF FILES IN THE VERACULAR RECORD ROOM

POLICE STATION

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

No. and date of First Information Report

Offence

Name, parentage and residence and of complainant

Name parentage and residence of accused

Result of case with date, i.e., convicted discharged or acquitted, untraced or cancelled

Where sent and when

Signature of receipent

Date of return

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note : - 1. All files shall be entered according to numbers of First Inormation Reports.

 

2. Sufficient space shall be let between each line to admit of entries being made in columns 6 to 8 each time a file is taken out of the record room.

 

CHAPTER 12 APPOINTMENTS AND ENROLMENTS

 

12.1. Authorities empowered to make appointments.

 

(1)     Assistant Superintendents of Police are appointed by the Secretary of State for India, either in England or in India, according to the rules framed by him from time to time.

 

Deputy Superintendents of Police are appointed by the Provincial Government according to rules contained in Appendix 12.1.

 

The following table summarises the directions given by the Provincial Government under clause (b) of sub-section (1) of Section 241 of the Government of India Act, 1935, in regard to the authorities competent to make appointments to the non-gazetted ranks.

1

2

3

ClassofGovernmentser-vants

Authoritytowhomthepowerofappointmentisdelegated.

Theextentofthedelegation

Inspectors

Deputy Inspectors-General of Police, AssistantInspector- General, Government Railway Police,Assistant Inspector-General, Provincial AdditionalPolice, (designated as Commandant, ProvincialAdditional Police), and the Assistant Inspector-GeneralofPolice(Traffic)

Full powers subject torules governing theconditions of service asdefinedinPoliceRules.

Sergeants, Sub-InspectorsandAssistantSub-Inspec-tors.

HeadConstablesandCon-stables

Superintendents of Police and Deputy Superintendent(Administrative), Government Railway Police andAssistantSuperintendent,GovernmentRailwayPolice.

Superintendents of Police, and DeputySuperintendent, (Administrative), GovernmentRailway Police, Assistant Superintendent,GovernmentRailwayPolice,DeputySuperintendentsincharge of Railway Police Sub-Divisions, SeniorAssistant Superintendent of Police, Lahore and[Officers in-charge, of PoliceConstables TrainingCentres,][19] Deputy Superintendent of Police, PunjabArmedPolice,LahanlandSpiti

 

 

(2)     All direct appointments to non-gazetted ranks above that of constable and all first appointments of civilian clerks shall be made by the appointing authority on consideration of the recommendations of a selection board. Such Boards shall be constituted accordance with the orders of the Inspector- General.

(3)     The power to confirm the appointment of officers appointed on probation vests in the prescribed appointing authority.

(4)     Inspectors shall be borne on a provincial roll and shall receive provincial constabulary numbers. Sergeants shall be borne on a separate provincial roll and shall receive separate provincial constabulary numbers.

Sub-Inspectors and Assistant Sub-Inspectors shall be borne on range rolls and shall receive range constabulary numbers.

Head constables and constables in each district shall be borne on district rolls and shall receive district constabulary numbers.

(5)     In matters relating to general conditions of service such as pay, pension, leave, joining time and travelling allowance, the subordinate ranks of the Police force of the State of Punjab shall be governed by the Punjab Civil Service Rules, for the time being in force, in so far as they are not inconsistent with the provisions contained in these rules.][20]

 

12.2. Seniority and probation.

 

(1)     The seniority of Assistant Superintendents of Police is regulated by the orders passed from time to time by the Secretary of State and the Central Government.

No Probationary Assistant Superintendent of Police shall be permanently appointed as an Assistant Superintendent of Police until he has passed the prescribed departmental examinations.

 

A Probationary Assistant Superintendent of Police who does not qualify by passing these examinations within two years, or at the first examination after two years, from the date of his joining the service, will be removed from Government service; provided that the Provincial Government shall have power to relax this rule in special cases, when the Probationary Assistant Superintendent of Police is likely to make a good police officer.

 

(2)     The rules governing the probation and seniority of Deputy Superintendents of Police are contained in Appendix 12.1.

(3)     [Seniority :- The Seniority inter se of persons appointed to posts in each cadre of a service shall be determined by the length of continuous service on such post in that cadre of the service :

Provided that in the case of persons recruited by direct appointment, who join within the period specified in the order of appointment or within such period as may be extended from time to time by the appointing authority subject to a maximum of four months from the date of order of appointment, the order of merit determined by the Commissioner or the Board, as the case my be, shall not be disturbed:

 

Provided further that in case a person is permitted to join the post after the expiry of the said period of four months in consultation with the Commission or the Board, as the case may be, his seniority shall be determined from the date he joins the post:

 

Provided further that in case any person of the next selection has joined a post in the cadre of the concerned Service before the person referred to in the preceding proviso, joins, the person so referred shall be placed below all the persons of the next selection, who join within the time specified in the first proviso:

 

Provided further that in the case of two or more persons appointed on the date, their seniority shall be determined as follows:

 

(a)      A person appointed by direct appointment shall be senior to a person appointed otherwise;

 

(b)      A person appointed by promotion shall be senior to a person appointed by transfer ;

 

(c)      In the case of persons appointed by promotion or transfer, the seniority shall be determined according to the seniority of such persons in the appointments from which they were promoted or transferred ; and

 

(d)      In the case of persons appointed by transfer from different cadres, their seniority shall be determined according to pay, preference being given to a person who was drawing a higher rate of pay in his previous appointment, and if the rates of pay drawn are also the same, then by their length of service in these appointments and if the length of service is also the same, an older person shall be senior to younger person.

Note : - Seniority of persons appointed on purely provisional basis or on ad hoc basis shall be determined as and when they are regularly appointed keeping in view the date of such regular appointment.][21]

 

12.3. Direct Appointments of Inspectors and Assistant Sub-Inspectors. –

 

Except as provided in Rules 12.1 and 12.4, direct appointments shall not be made except in the rank of Inspector, prosecuting Sub-Inspector and Assistant Sub- Inspector. Such appointments in the rank of Inspector and Assistant Sub- Inspector may be made up to a maximum of ten per cent and twenty-five per cent of vacancies, respectively.

 

12.3-A. Appointment of Urdu Stenographers. –

 

Appointment to the special posts of Urdu stenographers is made in the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector by the Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Criminal Investigation Department, Punjab. These appointments are governed by the rules contained in Appendix 12.3-A.

 

12.4. Sergeants - appointment of. –

 

Sergeants shall be appointed by Superintendents of Police or the Assistant Superintendent, Government Railway Police, on consideration of the recommendations of a selection board, to fill vacancies occurring in the Districts of the Punjab, the Railway Police or Delhi Province. Applications for appointment as Sergeant from Europeans and Anglo-Indians who are natural born British subjects shall be addressed to the Inspector-General, who will enter, in a list of accepted candidates to be maintained by him, the particulars of those applicants, whose physique, education and status is suitable.

 

Note. - British soldiers transferred to the Indian Army Reserve in India may be appointed on probation as Sergeant or Inspector of Police, if otherwise qualified. On confirmation in these posts they will be discharged from the Reserve. The date of confirmation must be communicated to the Officer-in- charge. Records, of the man concerned in Great Britain, to whom also his certificate of service (A.F.B.-108) must be sent. British Army reservists serving in the police are not liable to be recalled to the army for any purpose.

 

12.5. Applications for direct appointment as Inspector, Sergeant and Assistant Sub-Inspector. –

 

Applications for direct appointment in the rank of Inspector, Sergeant and Assistant Sub-Inspector will be received and acknowledged as submitted, but no correspondence will be undertaken with applicants, nor will they be told whether they have been accepted as candidates or not. When appointments are to be made, pending applications will be considered and those applicants whom it is desired to call before a selection board will be informed at least a month before the assembling of the board.

 

12.6. Qualifications for direct appointment as Inspector or Assistant Sub- Inspector. –

 

(1)     Applications for direct appointment in the rank of Inspector or Assistant Sub-Inspector shall, at the discretion of the Inspector-General and range Deputy Inspectors-General, respectively, be referred to the Superintendent of the applicant’s home district for report in Form 12.6(1).

(2)     No applicant shall be accepted as a candidate for direct appointment as Inspector or Assistant Sub-Inspector who has not been certified as physically fit for service by a Civil Surgeon and who does not possess the following qualifications:

 

(a)      Good moral character.

 

(b)      Good physique and active habits.

 

 

(c)      He must be between 18 and 25 years of age.

 

Provided that the Legal Practitioners selected for appointment as prosecuting SubInspectors, may be appointed upto 30 years of age.

 

Provided further that the Inspector-General of Police may waive the maximum age limit in any case under special circumstances with prior consultation with Public Service Commission/Subordinate Services Selection Board.’

 

(d)      He must be graduate of a recognised University or its equivalent and should have passed Punjabi Language of Matriculation Standard :

 

Provided that the Director General of Police may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, relax the educational qualifications in exceptional cases.

Note 1. - Legal practitioners selected for appointment as prosecuting sub-inspectors may be enrolled up to the age of 30 years.

[22][Note 2. - Inspector-General may, in special circumstances to be recorded in writing, relax the upper age limit in the case of candidates.

Note 3. - A candidate whose age is not less than 17 year may be enrolled, subject to the condition that the service rendered before the age of 18 years shall not qualify for pension.]

12.7. Sub-Inspectors’ list of accepted candidates. –

 

(1)     A list of accepted candidates for direct appointment to the rank of [-][23] Sub-Inspector shall be maintained in the office of each Deputy Inspector-General in form 12.7(1) and appointments shall be made by selection from this list. Candidates must be limited to residents of the range. No person who is already serving in or has resigned from the police force of another Province shall be accepted as a candidate without the approval of the Inspector-General of Police of that province.

 

(2)     The Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police, shall maintain a similar list, but may accept candidates residing anywhere in the province.

 

12.8. Probationary nature of appointments.

 

(1)     Inspectors, Sergeants, Sub- Inspectors and Assistant Sub-Inspectors who are directly appointed will be considered to be on probation for three years and are liable to be discharged at any time during or on the expiry of the period of their probation if they fail to pass the prescribed examinations includingthe riding test, or are guilty of grave misconduct or are deemed, for sufficient reason, to be unsuitable for service in the police. A probationary inspector shall be discharged by the Inspector-General and all other Upper Subordinates by Range Deputy Inspector-General and Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police, Assistant Inspector-General, Provincial Additional Police (designated as Commandant, Provincial Additional Police) and Assistant Inspector-General of Police (Traffic). No appeal lies against an order of discharge.

 

[Provided that the competent authority may, if it so thinks fit in any case, extend the period of probation by one year in the aggregate and pass such orders at any time during or on the expiry of the extended period of probation as it could have passed during or on the expiry of original period of probation][24]

 

(2)     The pay admissible to a probationary Inspector, Sergeant, Sub- Inspector or Assistant Sub-Inspector is shown in Appendix 10.64, Table A.

 

12.9. Appointment as range auditors. –

 

Appointment to the three special posts of range auditor is made by the Inspector-General. These appointments are governed by the Punjab Police Clerical Service Rules. Men appointed as auditors shall receive the special rates of pay specified in Appendix 10.64, Table A.

 

12.10. Appointments of head constables. –

 

(1)     Head constables shall be appointed by promotion from selection grade constables in accordance with rules 13.7 and 13.8.

 

12.10-A. Direct appointment of selection grade constables. –

 

Matriculates of good social status and strong family claims may be enlisted in the selection grade of constables up to a maximum of 10 per cent of the posts in this grade, and should be given a promise of accelerated promotion if they pass the recruits course with credit. No officer directly appointed under this rule should be confirmed or admitted to promotion list B-1 maintained under Police Rule 13.7 without the sanction of the Deputy Inspector-General. If such officers work well, they will be sent to the Lower School course at Phillaur directly they are confirmed and if they continue to receive good reports they will be deputed to take the Intermediate course when they have six years’ service. Any such officers who fail to pass the recruits course with credit should be reverted to the time-scale, and would not be entitled to accelerated promotion. Deputy Inspectors-General during their formal and informal inspections of districts should satisfy themselves that these officers are making satisfactory progress and have justified their appointments. Cards for these officers shall be maintained in from 13.8(1) from the date on which they are enlisted.

 

12.11. Restriction on appointment of non-British subjects. –

 

The appointment to the provincial or subordinate ranks of the police of any person, who is not a British subject, or the subject of any State in India, requires the prior sanction of the Government of India. All such cases shall be reported by the appointing authority through the ordinary channel of correspondence in the prescribed form (obtainable from the Central Police Office), and no such appointment shall be made substantive, until the required sanction has been communicated.

 

12.12. Supervision of recruitment. –

 

The standard of performance and the reputation of the whole police force depend above all upon the quality of its constables. Standards for recruits are laid down in the rules which follow, but, over and above these, constantattention and effort to raise the general standard of recruitment are essential. Gazetted Officers shall at all times devote special attention to discovering and encouraging men of a thoroughly good stamp to enroll themselves. Efforts shall be made to enrol a proportion of men belonging to communities or classes, whose representation in the force is desirable, but who appear reluctant to offer themselves. The examination and measuring of candidates for enrolment shall invariably be carried out by a gazetted officer, who shall concern himself specially to prevent the victimisation of, or the taking of illegal gratification from, candidates by subordinate Government servants concerned in the conduct of their examination. Superintendents shall personally satisfy themselves that the arrangements for the reception of new recruits in the Lines, and for providing them with bedding and warm clothing, whether as a sanctioned Government issue or under system whereby the cost is recovered later in instalments from pay, are adequate, and that recruitment is not discouraged by initial and avoidable hardships. Deputy Inspectors-General, in addition to exercising a careful control over recruitment generally, and preventing the enrolment of undesirable types, shall, at their inspections, formal and informal, pay special attention to the observance of this rule.

 

12.13. Recruits - register of. –

 

The name of every recruit, together with the other details required by the form, shall be entered in English in the Recruit Register in Form 12.13 and the form shall be completed as to age and physical fitness by the Civil Surgeon before the recruit is enrolled. No recruit shall be accepted, who, unless he had already had small-pox and shows obvious scars thereof, is not certified by the Civil Surgeon to have been successfully vaccinated or re-vaccinated within the previous twelve months. The Recruit Register shall be examined and countersigned by the Deputy Inspector-General when visiting the district for purposes of inspection.

 

12.14. Recruits - Status of. –

 

(1)     Recruits shall be of good character and great care shall be taken in selecting men of a type suitable for police service from candidates presenting themselves for enrolment.

(2)     The enlistment in the police of Gurkhas of Nepalese nationality is absolutely forbidden. The enlistment of Gurkhas, who can prove British nationality or continuous domicile, is permitted, but only with the formal sanction of the Deputy Inspector-General. Before giving sanction the Deputy Inspector-General should verify the nationality of the proposed recruit by a reference to the recruiting Officer for Gurkhas.

(3)     Sons and near relatives of persons who have done good service in the Punjab Police or in the Army shall, subject to the consideration imposed by rule 12.12 have preference over the other candidates for police employment.

 

12.15. Recruits - age and physical standards of. –

 

(1)     Recruits shall be not more than 22[25] , or less than 18 years of age, at the time of enrolment, and shall have a minimum height of 5’-7" and normal chest measurement of 33", with expansion of 1 inches. These physical standards shall not be relaxed without the general or special sanction of the Deputy Inspector-General. A general reduction of the standard may be allowed by Deputy Inspectors-General in the case of special castes or classes, which provide desirable recruits, but whose general height does not come up to that prescribed. In such cases a standard of chest measurement and general physique shall be fixed, which will permit the enlistment of strong and well-proportioned youths of the class in question. [26][ The Inspector General may in special circumstances to be recorded in writing, relax the upper age limit and the physical standards in the case of recruits.]

 

Note : - A recruit whose age is not less than 17 years may be enrolled, subject to the condition that the service rendered by him before the age of 18 years shall not qualify for Pension.

 

(2)     The greatest care shall be taken to ensure that the age of the every police officer is correctly recorded at the time of his enrolment and appointment. The record then made becomes of the utmost importance when the question arises of an officer’s right to pension, and is accepted as decisive in the absence of full proof both that the original entry was wrong and that the date of birth originally given was due to a bona fide mistake.

 

A copy of this rule shall be pasted inside the cover of the recruit register (form 12.13) and the attention of the Civil Surgeon shall be drawn to it.

 

12.16. Recruits - Medical examination of. –

 

(1)     Every recruit shall, before enrolment, be medically examined and certified physically fit for service by the Civil Surgeon. A certificate, in the prescribed form (10.64), signed by the Civil Surgeon personally, is an essential qualification for enrolment - (vide Fundamental Rule 10).

 

The examination by the Civil Surgeon will be conducted in accordance with the instructions issued by the medical department and will test the eyesight, speech and hearing of the candidate, his freedom from physical defects, organic or contagious disease, or any other defect or tendency likely to render him unfit, and his age. The candidate must strip for examination, a loin covering being allowed except when the examination is being completed, and any candidate who refused to do so must be rejected. The conditions of police service make it necessary that the medical examination of candidates should be strict. Candidates shall be rejected for any disease or defect which is likely to render them unfit for the full duties of a police officer.

 

(2)     Superintendents are themselves responsible for rejecting candidates whose general standard of physique and intelligence is unsatisfactory; only those candidates should be sent for medical examination whom the Superintendent has accepted as being up to the required standards in these respects. (See Appendix 12.16).

 

12.17. Recruits - Enrollment of. –

 

When a candidate has been passed by the Superintendent and the Civil Surgeon under rules 12.12 to 12.16, orders for his enrolment shall be entered in column 14 of form 12.13 and in the order book. The recruit shall be sent to the Lines Officer, who shall personally place him in the charge of the chief drill instructor. The latter shall be responsible for explaining to the recruit the disciplinary orders immediately applicable to him, for arranging for the issue to him of recruits uniform and equipment, and for allotting him to a squad and showing him his place in barracks.

 

12.18. Recruits - Verification of character of. –

 

(1)     The character and suitability for enrolment of every recruit shall be ascertained by a reference to the lambardar of the village or ward member of the town of which the recruit is a resident. A search slip shall also be sent to the Finger Print Bureau in order to establish his freedom or otherwise from conviction. Such lambardar or ward member shall, if the recruit is of good character, furnish a certificate to that effect which shall be verified and attested by the Sub- Inspector incharge of the local police station. The Sub-Inspector shall also complete the information required by form 12.18(1).

(2)     If the recruit is not a resident of British territory, the Superintendent shall take steps to verify his character through other serving police officers, whose homes are in the same neighbourhood, or by such means as may be most suitable under the circumstances.

(3)     Recruits shall be provisionally enrolled pending the result of the reference.

 

12.19. Recruiting arrangement. –

 

(1)     When sufficient recruits to fill vacancies in the rank of constable do not present themselves voluntarily at the headquarters of a district, or when other reasons justify such action, police officers proceeding on leave shall be encouraged to enlist recruits at their homes, and selected men may be deputed singly or in parties on recruiting duty.

(2)     When police offices are required under the provisions of the above sub- rule to bring recruits from another district, they shall be provided with a letter to the Superintendent of such district, requesting him to examine candidates brought before him and to have those who are considered suitable for enrolment medically examined. A roll of all candidates passed as fit shall be prepared in form 12.13 by the Superintendent who examines them, and they shall be enlisted on the establishment of the district in which they are to serve with effect from the date of their being so passed, and shall be entitled to pay and travelling allowance from that date, provided that they report for duty without delay and by the most direct route. The appointment of candidates enrolled otherwise than under this provision shall in no case be antedated.

(3)     In cases where a police officer has been put to expense on account of the feeding and travelling expense of a candidate brought by him, and provided such candidate is accepted and enrolled, the actual expenses so incurred, up to a maximum of Rs. 3, for each recruit, may be paid by the Superintendent from his grant for rewards.

 

12.20. Recruits - Dates of Enrolment of. –

 

Superintendents of Police shall fill up vacancies in the rank of Constable as and when suitable men are available. Recruiting parties may be despatched, if necessary, and any Police Officer who produces really good recruits should be given some reward in addition to travelling allowance. The dates of enlistment of recruits shall, however, as far as possible, be regulated to ensure that a sufficient number of men are enrolled on the same date to form a training squad to proceed from start to finish of their recruits training according to the prescribed syllabus.

 

12.21. Discharge of Inefficients. –

 

A constable who is found unlikely to prove an efficient police officer may be discharged by the Superintendent at any time within three years of enrolment. There shall be no appeal against an order of discharge under this rule.

 

12.22. Certificates of appointments. –

 

(1)     Every enrolled police officer shall be given a certificate of appointment in the form prescribed by the Police Act (Form 12.22(1)) and shall sign a receipt therefor in his character roll. Such certificate shall be signed by the gazetted officer empowered to make the appointment.

(2)     Such certificate shall be in abeyance during periods of suspension and shall be surrendered on leaving the service.

 

12.23. Trackers. –

 

(1)     In districts where tracking by indigenous methods is an established custom, professional trackers may be appointed to the police by Superintendents either as constables or head constables according to their qualifications and up to the age of 35 yeas.

 

(2)     The physical standards prescribed in Rule 12.15 shall not be obligatory in the case of trackers, but Rules 12.16 and 12.18 shall apply to them. Trackers, who prove unsatisfactory in respect of character and skill, may be discharged at any time. Men enlisted as trackers shall not be promoted or transferred for general police duties, unless they are thoroughly qualified for such duties.

 

(3)     The number of professional trackers to be enrolled in any district, and the number of such appointments which may be made in the rank of head constable, shall be fixed bythe Deputy Inspector-General from time to time, in accordance with the requirements of the criminal situation and the interests of the service. Professional trackers should ordinarily be employed entirely as such and should not be trained in drill, musketry or the general duties of a police officer. Men so enrolled and employed shall be issued with an appointment certificate (Rule 12.22), but shall receive only a partial issue of uniform and equipment, comprising warm clothing and such articles of the full kit as are necessary for their duties.

 

(4)     When considered advisable one or more trackers may be enlisted in sanctioned additional police appointments.

 

(5)     The indigenous system of tracking is based on hereditary lore and custom; the utility of a tracker skilled in that system is, therefore, limited in the main to the area in the neighbourhood of his home, or to areas of similar physical characteristics inhabited by people of similar habits by and customs. For these reasons it is useless to import to an area where local trackers are unobtainable a tracker from a distant and dissimilar area. In cases where a professional tracker is both willing to serve away from his home, and is proved by practical tests to be capable of exercising his skill successfully under the conditions in which it is desired to employ him, he may, with the sanction of the Deputy Inspector-General, be enrolled.

 

12.24. Enlistment of ex-soliders, reservists and ex-police officers. –

 

(1)     Re-enrolment in the rank of constable is permitted and past service will count for pension under the following conditions, and subject to the further conditions as to pensions contained in Rules 9.2 and 9.29 :-

(a)      Ex-soliders of the Indian Army and ex-members of police forces (including Military Police), paid for from the general revenues of India, may be enlisted as constables on production of a discharge certificate showing their previous service to have been ‘‘good’’ or of higher classification, and if they fulfil the physical and other standards required by these rules for first appointments. They must also be passed medically fit by the same standards as are applied to recruits.

 

(b)      Age on the date of re-enrolment in the police must be below 30, but ex-Punjab police officers, and, with the special sanction of the Inspector- General in each case, ex-soliders and ex-members of other police forces may be re-enlisted up to the age 55, if they present themselves for re-enrolment and are found medically fit within two years of voluntarily taking their discharge.

 

(c)      The break of service between the date of enrolment in the police and the date of discharge from previous Army employ shall not exceed two years, and there must not have been more than two breaks of service in all.

 

(d)      No claim to count previous service for pension shall be allowed unless the previous service claimed was declared and verified at the time of enrolment in the police.

 

(e)      Service in a body of additional police shall be counted for increments in the case of a constable transferred to the regular force immediately on such transfer.

 

(2)     No class A Army reservist or member of the Indian Territorial Force may be enrolled in the police until he has resigned his appointment in such force.

Cavalry and Infantry reservists of the Indian Army below the age of 30 years may be enrolled, provided that their military service records show good conduct. Such reservists shall not be required to undergo annual military training provided that it is certified that they are trained in drill and fire a musketry course each year. The certificate will be signed by the Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police, Punjab, or by the Superintendent of Police of the district in which the reservist is serving.

 

The ordinary police musketry course is sufficient for this purpose, vide Government of India, Home Department letter No. F.-28/11/31-Police, dated the 22nd September, 1931.

 

Reservists of other branches of the Indian Army may also be enlisted in the police, provided that the conditions of their reserve service and periodical training as laid down in paragraph 170 of the Regulations for the Army in India do not interfere with their police duties.

 

The total number of all classes of reservists should not exceed five per cent of the sanctioned strength of constables in each district. They should be released from employment immediately mobilization is ordered to enable them to rejoin the colours.

 

(3)     Claims to count service for pension shall, when the above conditions are fulfilled, be dealt with as required by Rules 9.2, 9.3 and 9.29. In the case of previous military service, the condonation of breaks and admission to count for police pension require the sanction of the local Government. Such claims must therefore be forwarded through Deputy Inspectors-General to the Inspector-General for obtaining such sanction.

(4)     Original discharge certificates, character rolls and service books, or such of those documents as may be available, shall be submitted in support of claims under this rule.

Note. - A case in which it is desired to appoint a person, with previous military or police service, to a rank of and above that of head constable, shall be decided in the light of so much as is applicable of this rule read with other rules in this chapter.

 

12.25. Re-enrolment of Police Pensioners. –

 

(1)     Under the orders contained in Articles 511 to 519, Civil Service Regulations, a police officer who has been discharged with a compensation or invalid gratuity or pension may be re- employed in the police service up to the age of 55 subject to the following conditions :-

(a)      He may either refund the gratuity or cease to draw pension, in which case he may count his former service for future pension, or he may retain his gratuity or pension in which case he cannot count his former service towards future pension.

(b)      He shall be re-examined by the Civil Surgeon of the District in which he has been re-employed and certified as medically fit for service, and shall produce a discharge certificate showing that his previous service was classed as not lower than ‘‘good’’.

 

(2)     The order re-enrolling such officer shall specifically state the amount of any gratuity, bonus or pension received by him on discharge, and a copy of such order shall be communicated to the Accountant-General. Directions shall also be given, if necessary, for the proper deductions to be made from his pay.

 

12.26. Inter-district transfers. –

 

Exchange of appointment between lower subordinates in districts of the same range, or between such police officers in the railway and district police, may be effected subject to the approval of the Superintendents concerned (or of the Assistant Inspector-General in cases affecting the railway police). A lower subordinate may be transferred to fill a vacancy in a district other than that in which he is serving only with the sanction of the Deputy Inspector-General of the range. In cases of transfer from and to districts in different ranges, or from and to the railway police, the sanction of both Deputy Inspector-General concerned or of the Deputy Inspector-General concerned and the Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police, is required.

 

12.27. Dismissed persons not be enlisted. –

 

No person who has been dismissed from any Government employ shall be enrolled in the police without the special sanction of the Inspector-General.

 

12.28. Character rolls. –

 

A character roll in Form 12.28 shall be prepared and maintained for each enrolled police officer. Each roll shall be paged and extra pages or papers added shall be given a page number and attached in chronological order.

 

12.29. Attestation of recruits and preparation of character rolls. –

 

When the formalities required by Rule 12.18 have been completed, and the recruit has served for one month and received the instruction prescribed in Rule 19.18, his character roll shall be prepared in his presence. when the roll is otherwise complete the recruit shall be taken before a gazetted officer and required to sign the agreement printed as item 4 in the roll and the rolled impressions of the thumb and fingers of his left hand shall be taken in the space provided for the purpose. The gazetted officer before signing the roll shall satisfy himself that the recruit understands the purport of his agreement, and shall explain to him the purport of Rule 9.7 & give him opportunity of claiming alteration in his recorded age.

 

12.30. Matters to be entered in character rolls. –

All routine entries in character rolls shall be attested by a gazetted officer. Important entries shall ordinarily be made by the Superintendent or a gazetted officer under the orders of the Superintendent.

 

12.31. Points to be attended to in maintaining character rolls. –

 

In compiling and maintaining character rolls the following points shall receive attention :-

(i)       The authority for transfer beyond the district shall be entered.

 

(ii)      A note shall be made of the result of verification of character with a reference to the original report in the vernacular personal file.

 

(iii)     Every entry under items 13, 14 and 15 respectively shall be given a serial number and shall be signed and dated by a gazetted officer.

 

(iv)    Major punishments shall be entered in red ink and minor punishments in black ink.

 

(v)      Particular care shall be taken to ensure the accuracy of entries under items 6 and 21. Inspecting officers, when checking character rolls, should verify a proportion of such entries by reference to the order book and acquittance rolls.

 

12.32. Records to be attached to character rolls. –

 

The following records shall be attached to character rolls :-

 

(a)      Health Certificate (form 10.64);

 

(b)      Medical history sheet [from 12.32(b)];

 

(c)      Leave account (F.R. form No. 9-A. O.S. 113-A);

 

(d)      Statement of land held in case of Head Constable [form 14.23(1)(a)];

 

(e)      Record of posting [form 12.32(e)];

 

(f)       Progress report on probationary inspectors, sub-inspectors and Assistant sub-inspectors (from 19.25).

 

(g)      Sheet showing marking system in connection with promotion to the selection grade of constable [form 13.5(6)].

12.33. Transcribing of character rolls and extracts therefrom. –

 

Whenever it is found necessary to transcribe character and service rolls each separate page shall be attested by the full signature of the Superintendent who causes the copy to be made, or of a gazetted officer acting under his orders.

 

Below the last entry in a character and service roll thus copied a certificate shall be ap-pended by the Superintendent to the effect that he has carefully compared the copy with the original and that it is correct.

 

Extract shall be attested by the full signature of the gazetted officer who orders them to be made.

 

12.34. Nature of entries to be made in character rolls.

 

(1)     Entries of a commendatory nature in character rolls shall ordinarily be restricted to copies of commendation certificate awarded. Remarks of a general nature, favourable or adverse, regarding an officer’s character or services may appropriately find a place in confidential annual reports, recommendations for promotion and the like, and, in such form will be recorded in the personal files of upper subordinates. When a District Magistrate, Superintendent of Police or other gazetted police officer wishes formally to record his favourable opinion of an officer apart from the record of any specific act, such remarks should be made and presented to the officer concerned in the form of a commendation certificate Class III (Rule 15.3). Copies shall not ordinarily be entered in the character roll. When a judicial officer other than a District Magistrate desires to bring to notice good work on the part of an enrolled police officer, he shall do so by means of a letter to the Superintendent of Police, who may, if he sees fit, cause a commendatory entry to be made in the character roll of the police officer concerned, giving him a copy of such entry. Such entries shall not ordinarily be made. Rule 16.8 regulates the record of censures in character rolls.

(2)     The procedure specified in sub-rule (1) above is the only one authorized for the record of commendations, other than specific rewards granted under the provisions of Chapter XV. Police officers are strictly forbidden either themselves to give to their subordinates or to accord any recognition to private and unauthorised testimonials from others.

 

12.35. Custody of character rolls. –

 

Character and service rolls shall be kept in a locked cabinet containing a sufficient number of drawers for the purpose. The rolls of upper subordinates shall be kept in the upper drawers, and those of lower subordinates in the other drawers, according to their district constabulary numbers.

 

The rolls of men who have quitted the service or died shall be kept in a separate drawer for three years, after which they and the vernacular personal files (Rule 12.39) relating to them shall be destroyed.

 

12.36. Service books. –

 

(1)     Service books in form F.R. 10 as required by Articles 73 and 74, Civil Account Code, shall be maintained for all upper subordinates and establishment appointed otherwise than under the Police Act to whole-time pensionable employment.

(2)     Service books shall be kept in the office in which the pay of the person concerned is drawn. Entries in service books shall be in English and shall be properly attested by the Superintendent. When non-gazetted offices are officiating in gazetted appointments their service books shall be kept by the head of the office to which they are posted, and when they are confirmed in such appointments the books shall be sent to the Accountant-General, Punjab, for record.

(3)     The service books in each office shall be taken up for verification of pensionable service at a fixed time each year, say in January, by the head of the office who, after satisfying himself that the services of the Government servant concerned are correctly recorded in his service book, should record in it a certificate in the following form over his signature :-

 

‘‘Service verified up to ........ (date) from ....... (the record from which the verification is made.).’’

 

The head of the office in recording the annual certificate of verification should, in the case of any portion of service that cannot be verified from office records, distinctly state that for the excepted periods (naming them) a statement in writing by the Government servant, as well as a record of the evidence of his contemporaries, is attached to the book.

(4)     When a non-gazetted officer is transferred from one office to another the head of the office under whom he was last employed, would record in the service book over his signature the result of the verification of service, with reference to pay bills and acquittance rolls, in respect of the whole period during which the officer was employed under him before forwarding the service book to the office where the services are transferred.

 

The above-mentioned instructions apply to clerks on the police clerical cadre and to all upper subordinates.

(5)     In this connection the character rolls of lower subordinates may be considered to be service books, and before a lower subordinate is transferred his services up to the date of transfer should be verified from office records and the necessary certificate given in the character roll.

 

12.37. Personal files of gazetted officer. –

 

A personal file shall be maintained by the Inspector-General for each gazetted officer. This shall contain. –

 

(a)      Articles of agreement.

 

(b)      Names and address of nearest relatives.

 

(c)      Statements of land held, with particulars of locality.

 

(d)      Distinctions granted.

 

(e)      Annual confidential reports.

 

(f)       Such other papers as the local Government may order, or the Inspector-General may consider desirable, to have placed on the personal file. Officers shall inform the I.G of all changes in respect of land held by them.

 

12.38. English personal files of upper subordinates. –

 

(1)     An English personal file with an opening sheet in Form 12.38(i) shall be maintained in the original in the office of the Inspector-General for each Inspector and Sergeant and for each Sub-Inspector, whether of the prosecuting or of the General Line, whose name is entered in list ‘F’ and in the office of the Deputy Inspector-General and the Assistant Inspector-General of the Government Railway Police for all other Sub-Inspectors and for Assistant Sub-Inspectors. Duplicate personal files of Indian Inspectors of the General Line, of Sub- Inspectors on List ‘F’ and of all Sergeants shall be kept in the offices of the Deputy Inspector-General and the Assistant Inspector-General of the Government Railway Police. These duplicate personal files will be transfered from office to office as necessitated by transfers of the officers concerned, and will continue to be maintained until the officers are confirmed, Inspectors and ‘F’ list Sub- Inspectors in Gazetted rank, and Sergeants in the rank of Inspector. On such confirmation duplicate personal files will be destroyed by the Officer in whose custody they are at the time.

(2)     In such personal files shall be recorded –

(a)      the original confidential annual reports submitted by Superintendents.

(b)      any remarks regarding the working and character of officers which the Inspector-General or Deputy Inspector-General may deem fit to enter.

(3)     Part I of the Personal File should be prepared by Superintendents of Police personally before submission to higher officers for signature and should not merely be a copy of the officer’s original application for employment., Only such details should be enteredas have been fully verified. Care should be taken that only near relations should be given under serial No. 9 and the exact degree of relationship should always be shown.

(4)     English personal files of upper subordinates shall be confidential records, and shall not be destroyed during the lifetime of the officers concerned.

(5)     Personal files are confidential documents maintained by Government for its own purposes. Reporting officers are entitled to assume that their remarks will be treated as confidential, i.e., they will be divulged only to Government through the correct channels and by Government, at the discretion of Government, only to the officer concerned. The giving of the copies of personal files or extracts therefrom is, therefore, prohibited. It is, however, permissible for the Inspector-General or higher authority to give to officers, who have retired or are on the point of retirement, a letter in which their official record is summed up.

 

12.39. Vernacular personal files.

 

(1)     A vernacular personal file (faujimisl) shall be maintained in each district office for every upper and lower subordinate serving in the district. These files are intended for the record of original orders and papers concerning an officer’s service and conduct, and are supplementary to the character roll.

(2)     Each officer’s personal file shall contain :-

(a)      the lambardar’s certificate as to his character, given on enrolment.

(b)      all punishment files or attested copies of orders of punishment (rule 16.24(iv)).

(c)      Orders and other records of minor punishments not entered in the character roll.

(d)      other papers which it is desirable to keep on record.

(3)     Personal files shall be arranged according to provincial, range and district constabulary numbers and each file shall be paged and an index thereof kept in Form 12.39(3).

 

12.40. List of vacancies. –

 

The orderly head constables shall maintain a list of vacancies in form 10.86, omitting columns 14 and 16.

 

12.41. Long Roll. –

 

(1)     A vernacular long roll in Form 12.41(1) containing the name of every enrolled police officer subordinate to the Superintendent shall be maintained in each district by the orderly head constable as a permanent record. The entries shall be made by provincial, range and constabulary numbers, and space shall be left under each number for six fresh entries.

 

(2)     When a constable or head constable is struck off the establishment for any cause or promoted to a rank bearing a provincial or range number his constabulary number shall be given to his successor in office, whose name shall be entered immediately below the former entry.

 

(3)     Constabulary numbers, except on occasions of promotion to rank bearing a provincial or range number of transfer to another district, shall not be changed.

 

(4)     In the column of remarks a note shall be made of each punishment awarded, giving the serial number and year of the entry in the punishment register.

 

(5)     The long roll is a most important record and should be checked by a gazetted officer at least twice a year. It is the basis for the preparation of discharge certificates (Rule 14.12), is frequently required for reference in pension cases and is the only record of the service of a man who has left the force, after his character roll has been destroyed under Rule 12.35.

 

12.42. Zaildars or honorary police officers. –

 

(1)     With a view to enlist the assistanceof persons of character and influence in rural districts, a certain number of this class shall, subject to budget provision, be appointed zaildars or honorary police officers with an annual honorarium of not less than Rs. 150 each. Such honoraria shall be drawn by Superintendents in special establishment bills in which the names of the zaildars shall be given and the sanction to appointment quoted.

(2)     On a vacancy occurring in the office of a police zaildar, the District Magistrate, with the concurrence of the Superintendent, may appoint a police zaildar, subject to confirmation by the Commissioner.

 

(3)     Each police zaildar shall be responsible for the prevention and detention of crime in the group of villages which may be assigned to him as his zail or sphere of duty. He shall report verbally, or in writing, at his option, to the officer in-charge of the police station in which his zail is situated, all cognizable cases which occur within such zail. Such zaildar shall be subordinate to the officer in-charge of the police station in which his zail is situated, and they shall mutually aid one another to the best of their ability.

 

(4)     Police zaildars shall not be liable to any departmental punishment except dismissal. The District Magistrate may, with the concurrence of the Superintendent, dismiss a police zaildar; or, in the event of a difference of opinion, the matter shall be referred to the Commissioner, whose decision shall be final.

 

(5)     When the District Magistrate considers it necessary to create a new zail he should prepare a sketch map showing the villages to be included in such zail and the position of the nearest police stations, and submit it with a report, after consultation and in communication with the Superintendent, through the Commissioner, for the orders of Government, giving his reasons for considering such measure desirable, and stating the name, position and character of the person he recommends for such appointment, and the amount of the annual honorarium to be given to him. Proposals for such zails shall be confined to sparsely populated tracts.

 

[27][12.43. Absorption of Non-Gazetted Officers and other ranks of para-military forces and other Police Forces in the Punjab Police. –

 

(1)     If the Director General of Police so desires he may with the prior concurrence of the parent Department, order absorption in the Punjab Police of Non-Gazetted Officers and other ranks of para-military forces and other Police forces who have been working as such in the Punjab Police already on deputation for a period of two years :

 

[28][Provided that absorption, so made shall not exceed 0.5 per cent of the total cadre posts in the ranks of Constables. Head Constables, Assistant Sub-Inspectors, Sub-Inspectors and Inspectors.]

 

(2)     The non-gazetted offices and other ranks absorbed in terms of the provisions of subrule (1) will be placed junior to all the persons working in the respective cadres of the Punjab Police on the date of such absorption, subject, however, to the condition that the basic pay they are getting in their parent department will be protected.

 

Explanation. - For the purpose of rule 12.43 the terms ‘‘Para Military Forces’’ means the para military forces under the administrative control of Government of India, Ministry of Home Affairs.]

 

APPENDIX No. 12.1

 

For the appointment and training of Deputy Superintendents of Police in the Punjab the following rules shall have effect :

 

I.         Deputy Superintendents shall be appointed (a) by direct recruitment from among persons not already in Government service, (b) by the promotion of Inspectors.

II.       The qualifications for direct appointment shall be :-

(a)      The candidate shall be, at the time of appointment, between the ages of 21 and 25.

 

(b)      He must produce a certificate of physical fitness as prescribed in Rule 10 of the Fundamental Rules read with Police Rules 12.15(1).

 

(c)      He must produce evidence of social status qualifying him for the position of a gazetted officer.

 

(d)      He must have educational qualifications ordinarily not less than the degree of Bachelor of Arts of the University of the Punjab or Delhi or the Aligarh Muslim University and must produce evidence of his ability to speak and read Urdu fluently and to write the Persian character with facility.

 

(e)      He must be a statutory native of India domiciled in the Punjab, North-West Frontier Province, Baluchistan or Delhi, or in an Indian State under the political control of His Excellency the Governor of the Punjab or the Agent to the Governor-General, Punjab States, in respect of which the GovernorGeneral in Council has made a declaration under Section 96-C of the Government of India Act.

 

III.     Applications from persons who possess the above qualifications shall be received by the Inspector-General of Police and submitted by him to the Honourable the Finance Member. If the latter so directs, the applicant shall be informed by official letter that he has been accepted as a candidate, and his name shall be entered in their register of such accepted candidates maintained by the Inspector-General of Police.

IV.      Promotions from the rank of Inspector shall be made by His Excellency the Governor after considering the recommendations of the Inspector-General of Police.

V.        Not more than 20 per cent of the vacancies which occur will be filled by direct appointment; the remainder will be filled by the promotion of inspectors.

VI.      All direct appointments will be made by the Local Government after considering the recommendations of a Selection Board consisting of :-

A Financial Commissioner, Punjab.

The Inspector-General of Police.

The Commissioner, Lahore.

VII.    The Selection Board shall require evidence from candidates for direct appointment of good moral character, physical activity and ability to ride, and shall submit them to such tests as they may think desirable, in order to judge their suitability for appointment, and to check the qualifications specified in paragraph II. In the case of candidates for direct appointments whose fathers are or have been Government servants, the Selection Board shall state the fact in making its report to Government.

VIII.  All appointments shall be on probation for two years, provided that, in the case of officers promoted from the rank of Inspector, the Local Government may, by special order in each case, permit periods of officiating service in a post in the Provincial Police Service to count towards the period of probation.

IX.      Directly appointed probationary Deputy Superintendents of Police will be required to undergo the course of training at the Police Training School prescribed from time to time for probationary Assistant Superintendent of Police and to pass the examinations, other than language examinations, prescribed for suchofficers. Such probationers may also be required to pass in Punjabi by the tests prescribed for officers of the Provincial Civil Service. On conclusion of their period of training at the Police Training School, probations will be attached to a district for a further period of training of one year.

X.        The services of a directly appointed probationary Deputy Superintendent of Police may be dispensed with by order of the Local Government, either on his failing to pass the final examinations at the end of his period of training at the Police Training School, or on failing to pass his examination in Punjabi within two years of appointment, or on his being reported on, during or on conclusion of his period of probation, as unfit for his appointment; provided that the Local Government may, if it sees fit, extend the period of probation by not more than one year.

XI.      The Principal of the Police Training School shall submit to the Inspector-General reports on the work and character of probationary Deputy Superintendents of Police in the same form and at the same intervals as may be prescribed for probationary Assistant Superintendents of Police. Deputy Inspectors-General shall submit similar reports regarding each directly appointed probationary Deputy Superintendent of Police undergoing training in districts of their ranges six months after the appointment to a district, and on conclusion of a year’s district training in each case.

XII.    The Inspector-General of Police may require any probationary Deputy Superintendent of Police promoted from the rank of Inspector to undergo a special course of training and to pass the prescribed examinations in any subject or subjects, including an obligatory language, in which his qualifications may be defective. Deputy Inspector-General shall submit to the Inspector-General at intervals of six months throughout their period of probation reports on the work, character and suitability for gazetted rank of each such probationer appointed by promotion, who may be serving in a district of their range. Any such probationer failing to pass any examination prescribed for him, or being unfavorably reported on in two interim reports or in his final report, shall be reverted to his substantive rank of Inspector.

XIII.  Probationary Deputy Superintendents of Police of either class, on passing the examination prescribed for them on being favorably reported on at the conclusion of their probationary period, shall be confirmed by the order of the Local Government.

XIV.   Directly appointed probationary Deputy Superintendents of Police shall on first appointment receive pay at the lowest rate of the Provincial Police Service time scale, and shall receive increments on the terms authorised, as described in Appendix 10.63, Table A of Police Rules. The pay of probationers appointed by promotion will be fixed on the system described in the same rule for inspectors promoted to the Provincial Police Service. Officiating service and probationary service shall count for increment in the time scale.

APPENDIX 12.3-A

The following rules shall have effect for the appointment, training and promotion of Urdu stenographers:

1. Direct appointments of Urdu Stenographers.

 

‘. Urdu Stenographers are appointed by the Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Criminal Investigation Department, Punjab, in the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector, on consideration of the recommendations of a selection board, to fill vacancies occurring in the districts of the Punjab and the Criminal Investigation Department. He will satisfy himself that they fulfil the qualifications laid down for direct appointment as Assistant Sub-Inspector to ensure that they are of the type likely to make good executive officers as well as to become good reporters of public meeting.

 

2. Training of Urdu Stenographers. –

 

(1)     On enlistment, Urdu Stenographers will be deputed to the Police Training School to undergo the course of training laid down for directly appointed Assistant Sub-Inspectors in the Police Training School Manual and are liable to discharge if they fail to pass the prescribed examinations or are badly reported on. The Principal, Police Training School, will, however, ensure that arrangements are made for them to maintain full proficiency in stenography during the period of training.

(2)     During vacations at the Police Training School, they will be attached to rural Police Stations to do as much practical training as possible on the lines of Course ‘D’ prescribed in Police Rule 19.25. Note. - Urdu Stenographers, in service on the 1st December, 1944, who are likely to make good executive officers will be admitted to the intermediate class if they are below the age of 40 years at the time of their admission. Their further promotion, or if officiating in a higher rank their retention in that rank, will depend on their passing the course.

3. Promotion to the rank of Sub-Inspector. –

They will be eligible for promotion to the rank of Sub-Inspector (Urdu Stenographer) after 3 years’ service.

4. Transfer to the executive line. –

(1)     Urdu Stenographers who pass the intermediate course and who show promise of making outstandingly good executive officers may be selected, with the approval of the Inspector- General for the upper school course at Phillaur, 5 years (or, in exceptional cases 3 years) after passing the intermediate course.

(2)     After passing the course they may be considered for absorption in the permanent executive cadre of the special branch.

(3)     They shall, however, be attached to a district for six months’ practical training in a police station before admission to the upper school course.

5. Control. –

 

The Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Criminal Investigation Department, Punjab, will exercise disciplinary control over Urdu Stenographers. Rule 6

 

6. General. –

 

(1)     All Urdu stenographers will be borne on the strength of the Criminal Investigation Department, Punjab, and will draw Criminal Investigation Department allowances admissible to officers of their rank. In all matters they will be governed by the general provisions of the Police Rules unless otherwise provided in the above rules.
 

(2)     The Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Criminal Investigation Department, Punjab, will institute measures to ensure that Urdu Stenographers maintain full proficiency.

"APPENDIX 12.3-B

(Appointment and Enrolments)

1. Recruitment. -

 

The posts of Assistant Sub-Inspector in the cadre (State Crime Branch and Chief Minister’s Flying Squad) shall be filled up by direct recruitment by the Head of Criminal Investigation Department on the recommendations made by the Haryana Staff Selection Commission. The terms of conditions regarding direct recruitment and training of Assistant Sub- Inspectors and promotion to the higher ranks in the cadre shall be as under :-

 

2. Qualification. –

 

(a)      Must be a Graduate, preferably in Law/Forensic Science/Medicine/Computer Science/Commerce or Engineering with Hindi upto Matric.

(b)      The Physical standard and age shall be the same as prescribed under the Punjab Police Rules, 1934, for direct appointment of an Assistant Sub- Inspector.

3. Training. –

 

(1)     On enlistment as Assistant Sub-Inspector he will be deputed to the Haryana Police Academy to undergo the course of training laid down for directly appointed Assistant Sub-Inspectors in the Police Training College Manual. He shall be liable to be discharged, if he fails to pass the prescribed examination or adversely reportedupon during training. After passing the above-mentioned course, he will also undergo three months training in Criminal Investigation Department Training School.

(2)     On successful completion of the basic training at the Haryana Police College and the Criminal Investigation Department Training School, the Assistant Sub-Inspector shall be posted to a district for six months Practical Police Training. During these six months he shall work as Station Clerk of a rural police station for one month, shall assist in the investigation of cases and learn the duties of Officer Incharge of a Police Station under the immediate supervision of the Station House Officer of the Police Station for two months and shall work as an Additional Investigation Officer in a Police Station for two months and shall be attached with Forensic Science Laboratory, District Revenue Officer, Superintendent Jail and District Attorney for one week each.

 

4. Probation. –

 

Assistant Sub-Inspector will be placed on probation for a period of three years which can be extended by another one year and he will be liable to be discharged at any time during the period of his probation, if he fails to pass the prescribed examination or is guilty of grave misconduct or found unsuitable for service for sufficient reasons or fails to complete probation period successfully.

 

5. Seniority. –

 

The inter se seniority of directly recruited Assistant Sub- Inspectors in the cadre will be determined as per merit fixed by the Haryana Staff Selection Commission.

 

6. Promotion. –

 

(1)     The promotion to the higher ranks shall be made in accordance with the seniority-cum-merit and subject to the availability of posts in the cadre. The only period of service rendered by the official in the cadre shall be computed as qualifying service for promotion to the next higher ranks.

 

(2)     The Assistant Sub-Inspector who pass Basic Course prescribed for an Assistant SubInspector and who shows promise of making a good investigating officer may be selected with the approval of Director General of Police for the Upper School Course at Madhuban, after three years of total service in the cadre. After passing the Upper School Course he will be eligible for promotion to the rank of Sub-Inspector against the existing vacancies in the cadre after completing 5 years as Assistant Sub-Inspector.

(3)     After five years satisfactory service as Sub-Inspector, he may be considered for promotion to the rank of Inspector against the existing vacancies in the cadre.

 

(4)     After six years satisfactory service as Inspector, he may be considered for promotion in the rank of Deputy Superintendent of Police against the existing vacancies in the cadre.

 

(5)     After eight years of satisfactory service as Deputy Superintendent of Police, he may be considered for promotion to the rank of the Superintendent of Police against the existing vacancies in Criminal Investigation Department.

 

(6)     The promotional stream of directly recruited Assistant Sub-Inspectors in this cadre shall remain separate from the deputationists. No promotion against the vacancies of deputationist shall be made from amongst the members of this cadre and vice-versa.

 

7. Probationary Period of Promotion. –

 

All Police Officers promoted in the rank shall be on probation for a period of two years. On the conclusion of the probationary period a report shall be rendered to the Head of Criminal Investigation Department to confirm the promotion, who shall either confirm the officer or revert him. In no case the period of probation shall be extended beyond two years. The confirming authority must arrive at a definite decision within a reasonable time soon after the expiry of this period whether the officer should be confirmed or reverted. While on probation the officer can be reverted without any departmental proceedings. Such reversion shall not be considered reduction in rank for the purpose of rule 16.4.".

 

4. In the said rules, in rule 21.25, for sub-rules (1) and (2), the following sub-rules shall be substituted, namely :-

 

"(1) The posts of Sub-Inspector, Assistant Sub-Inspector, Head Constables and Constables in various wings of the Criminal Investigation Department, excluding those mentioned in rule 12.3-A and 12.3-B, shall be filled by deputation of suitable men from different police units for a period of three years which can be extended by on a year to year basis at the discretion of Head of the Criminal Investigation Department but total deputation period should not exceed beyond 5 years :

 

Provided that the official who has been awarded a major punishment or who is facing a departmental enquiry or a Criminal case or who has attained 55 years of age or who is already on deputation with other department, will not be taken on deputation. However, it will be the sole discretion of the Head of the Criminal Investigation Department to give relaxation in special case, in public interest.

 

(2)   (i) The official on deputation to the Criminal Investigation Department shall retain his original rank in his parent unit or range and shall have no right to be absorbed in Criminal Investigation Department on permanent basis.

 

(ii) The official taken on deputation to Criminal Investigation Department may be given only one rank promotion purely as a matter of incentive on ad hoc and fortuitous basis, either at the time of taking him on deputation or during his entire stay in Criminal Investigation Department. In no case, the deputationist shall be given more than one rank higher to his substantive rank in his parent unit during his tenure in Criminal Investigation Department. The official shall have no right to retain the higher rank given to him in Criminal Investigation Department purely as a matter of incentive and may be brought to his original rank held in the parent unit at any time without any notice or assigning any reason. At the time of repatriation from the Criminal Investigation Department the official shall be reverted to his substantive rank held in the parent unit. The seniority of the official on deputation to Criminal Investigation Department shall be maintained in his parent unit. The ad hoc promotion given to a deputationist as an incentive in Criminal Investigation Department shall not affect the seniority of the official being maintained in his parent unit.

 

(iii) The official on deputation shall be repatriated to his parent unit at least one year before the retirement or on completion or deputation period, whichever is earlier.

 

(iv) The official on deputation to Criminal Investigation Department shall be compulsorily repatriated to his parent unit as soon as a departmental inquiry is initiated or a criminal case is registered against him during his stay in Criminal Investigation Department. However, the Chief of Criminal Investigation Department will have authority to retain him in Criminal Investigation Department even under enquiry in official exigency.

 

(v) A deputationist to Criminal Investigation Department cannot claim any relaxation or exemption from attending any promotional course or training programme to which he is deputed by his parent unit or Criminal Investigation Department. The official, who is unwilling to attend such course, shall be repatriated to his parent unit immediately. However, the Head of the Criminal Investigation Department may exempt any official from attending any course run by Criminal Investigation Department only, as a special case.

 

(vi) The deputationist shall have no claim for protection of enhanced pay or length of stay in Criminal Investigation Department, at the time of repatriation.

 

(vii) The official who is repatriated to his parent unit from Criminal Investigation Department shall not be taken on deputation to Criminal Investigation Department again before the expiry of one year. In case an official is taken on deputation in Criminal Investigation Department again after one year his case will be treated as a fresh deputation and he would not have any claim of his earlier service rendered by him.".

 

Explanation. - Head of Criminal Investigation Department means Officer who is Incharge of the Criminal Investigation Department wing of Police Department.

 

APPENDIX No. 12.16.

 

Points to be observed by Medical Officers in examining Police recruits.

 

Medical Officers will satisfy themselves regarding each candidate on the following points in the order given. If a disqualifying defect is noticed, the recruit register (form No. 12.13) will be completed and the recruit rejected without further examination :-

 

(a)      that the vision is up to the following standard :-

 

The recruit must be able to read the Test Dot Card at a distance of ten feet without any mistake, with each eye without spectacles. Failure to do this renders him unfit. Each eye must have a full field of vision as tested by hand movements. Squint or any other morbid condition of the eyes or eye- lids liable to the risk of aggravation or recurrence will render him unfit.

 

For those who can read English the test should be the Snellen’s type and the standard - Right eye.... V = 6/6 JI } without glasses Left eye ... . V = 6/6 JI }

For illiterates the split ring test as used in the North-Western Railway should be employed. This corresponds to the Snellen’s type.

 

Note. - In examining the recruit by means of the ‘‘Test Dot Card’’ the following directions should be observed.

 

(i)       Place the recruit with his back to the light and hold the test card perfectly upright in front of him at a measured distance of exactly 10 feet. The light should fall fully on the card.

(ii)      Examine each eye separately. The eye not under trial should be shaded by the hand of an Assistant, who will take care not to press on the eye ball.

(iii)     Expose some of the ‘‘dots’’, not more than 5 or 6 at a time, and desire the recruit to name their number and positions, vary the group frequently to provide against deception.

(iv)    The ‘‘Test Dot Card’’ must be kept perfectly clean.

(b)      that the height and chest measurements are up to the standard prescribed in Rule 12.15(1);

(c)      that neither speech nor hearing is defective. As regards hearing no recruit will be enlisted who suffers from deafness, aural discharge, earache, tinnitus or vertigo or who is found on examination to have dermatitis, atersia or exostosis of the meatus, perforation of the tympanic membrane or who has had a radical mastoid operation;

 

(d)      that the recruit appears healthy, strong and active;

(e)      that he is sufficiently intelligent;

(f)       that there is no malformation, deficiency or defect of any essential part;

 

(g)      that there is perfect motion in every joint and good physical development and power;

(h)     that the recruit is free from diseases of the nervous, circulatory, respiratory, digestive, cutaneous, lymphatic, generative or excretory system. Special care should be given to tracing the presence of contagious or infectious disorders, rupture, strictures, dysentery, hepatic or severe malarial disease;

(i)       that there is no evidence of fits, old injuries to the head, or of a personal or family medical history which would be likely to render him unfit;

(j)       that the recruit’s declared age, as compared with appearance, physical equivalents or other evidence is correct. In case of doubt the Medical Officer will record the apparent age which will be accepted for official purposes.

Note. - The points noted in (b), (d), (e) and (j) will be decided by the Superintendent, when recruits are selected by him :-

 

The recruit must strip for examination, due regard being paid to privacy and decency. A loin covering may be permitted. Every part of the body must be examined, and if a recruit will not submit to this after persuasion by caste friends, he must be rejected.

(k)      the Medical Officer will reject a recruit for any disease or defect which would be likely to render him unfit for the duties of the particular branch of the service in which he is desirous of being enrolled.

 

Note. - The following points should not be overlooked :-

 

(1)     Glandular swellings and enlarged thyroid.

 

(2)     Prominence of eyes, squint, long-standing trachoma, nebulae or leucomata, pannus.

 

(3)     Polypus of nose, perforated palate, tonsils, adenoids.

 

(4)     Insufficient sound teeth for efficient mastication, severe pyorrhoea.

 

(5)     Loss or deformity of fingers, flat feet, hammer toes with painful corns or bursae on the dorsum of toes, Hallux Valgus, Hallux rigidus, knock- knee, deformity of chest and joints, abnormal curvature of the spine.

 

(6)     Inveterate cutaneous disease, fistulae, condylomata, haemorrhoids prolapsus ani, varix or varicocele, undesended testicle, tachycarida.

 

(7)     Recent marks of vaccination, and two identification marks should be noted.

 

With discharged soldiers for enlistment in the Police Force –

(1)     The urine of recruits over 30 years of age should be examined.

 

(2)     The head should be examined for blows or cuts, and the recruit questioned if he is subject to fits of any kind.

 

(3)     The body should be examined for scars of war wounds.

 

FORM No. 12.6(1)

ROLL OF A CANDIDATE FOR THE POST OF _________OF POLICE

Items 1 to 4, 7 and 10 to 13 to be filled up in the candidate’s own handwriting. Items 5, 6, 8, 9, 14 and 15 to be filled up by gazetted police officer after such enquiry as may be practicable. Item 16 to be filled up by the Superintendent of Police personally after interviewing the applicant.

1.        Name of Applicant ________________________________________________

2.        Religion and Caste or Tribe _________________________________________ ? Police Station ________________________________

3.        Residence ? Village______________________________________ ? District ______________________________________

4.        Present Address ___________________________________________________

5.        Date of birth ________________________________________________________

6.        Height and chest measurement ________________________________________

7.        Where educated, with name of School or Schools and statement of educational qualifications, mentioning any Examinations pased. (Attested copies of any certificates obtained should be attached in candidate’s own handwriting). ________________

8.        Does the candidate possess any athletic qualifications ? Did he belong to his school Cricket Eleven or Football or Hockey Team ? Is he of active habits ? Can be ride ? ________________________________________

9.        Any other qualifications ? ___________________________________________

10.     To whom does the candidate desire that reference should be made regarding his character, habits, knowledge of riding, etc. ? _________________________________

11.     Names and degree of relationship of, and appointments held by relatives in Government or other employ __________________________________________________

12.     Father’s name and profession _______________________________________
 

13.     Home of family __________________________________________________

14.     Full particulars of family, including a brief statement of claims, if any ____________________________________________________________________

15.     Whether at any time applicant has been pronounced unfit for Government employment by the Medical Board at the India Office or any other duly constituted medical authority ______________________________________________________________

Signature ________________

 

Date ____________________

 

16.     Remarks and opinion of Superintendent of Police __________________________

Dated ________________

 

Superintendent of Police The ________________

 

17.     POLICE DEPARTMENT. ____________

RANGE

FORM NO. 12.7 (1)

Register of Accepted Candidates for Direct Appointment as Assistant Sub-inspector

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Serial No.

Name

Father’s name

Age and date of birth

HEIGHT AND

CHEST MEASUREMENT

Residence

Educational Qualifications

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

Height

Chest

 

 

 

 

(To be drawn by hand)

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT.

 

_________________DISTRICT

 

FORM NO. 12.13

 

RECRUIT REGISTER

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

 

 

 

 

RESIDENCE

 

 

Serial No.

Date of measurement

Name of recruit

Parentage

Village

Police Station

District

Religion or caste

Age

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

11

12

13

14

15

HEIGHT

Chest measurement in inches

Initials of Gazetted Police Officer

Opinion of Medical Officer

FINAL ORDERS (I.E. ENROLED OR NOT), AND REFERENCE TO

ORDER BOOK, IF ANY

Constabulary No.

Feet

Inches

 

 

 

If enrolled

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Standard Form)

 

FORM 12.16(B)

 

[See rule 12.16(II)]

 

Physical Measurements Register

 

Serial No.

Registration Number of the Candidate

Category (General/ Backward Class/ Scheduled Caste/ Scheduled Tribe

Height

Chest

Remarks regarding eligibility for recruitment

Signature of the Chairman and members of the Selection Board.

Superintende nt of Police/ Commandan

Deputy Superintende nt of Police

Deputy Superintende nt of Police

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

 

FORM 12.16(C)

 

[See rule 12.16(15)]

 

Physical Efficiency Test Register

 

Serial No.

Registration Number

Name

Father’s Name

Physical Efficiency Test-I 100 Meters Race

Physical Efficiency Test-II 800 Meters Race

 

 

 

 

Achievement Marks

Secured

Achievement Marks

Secured

1

2

3

4

5

6

Physical Efficiency Test-III

Physical Efficiency Test-IV

Total Marks

Marks for

Total

nter

Long Jump

High Jump

for the physical Efficiency

Test

interview/ personality test

Marks (8+9)

merit position

Achievement Marks

Secured

Achievement Marks

Secured

 

 

 

 

7

8

9

10

11

12

Signature of the Chairman and members of the Selection Board

Superintendent of Police/ Commandant

Deputy Superintendent of Police

Deputy Superintendent of Police

 

FORM 12.16(D)

 

[See rule 12.16(20)]

 

PhysicaI Measurements Complaints Register

 

Serial

Registration

Name

Father’s Name

Summary of

Action Taken by

Signature of

No.

Number

 

 

Complaint

Deputy Inspector

Deputy Inspector

 

 

 

 

 

General of

General of

 

 

 

 

 

Police.

Police hearing

 

 

 

 

 

 

the complaint.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

 

FORM No. 12.18 (1)

 

Verfication of character of recruit named _________ No. ________, who has been enlisted as ________, on _________________. Father’s name ________, Caste ____, Race ______ Religion____________, Profession _______, resident of _____ Street _________________, Village ___________, Police Station ___________, District _____________. Description _________ Age ____ Years, _______ Months, ______ days. Height measurement __________ feet __________ inches. Chest measurement ___________ feet __________ inches. Marks of Identification ___________________

 

Educational Qualifications

PREVIOUS SERVICE

MEMBERS OF THE FAMILY

 

Rank and pay

Date of appointment

Period of Service

Name

Residence

 

 

From

To

Y.

M.

D.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wife Son Daughter Father

Mother

 

 

Names and degree of relationship of, and appointments held by relatives who are or were Government employees :

 

Name and relation

Rank

Department

Place

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

I do hereby declare the following as my assignees or nominees :-

 

(Name and full address of assignees) -------------------

 

I hereby declare that the entries made above are true to the best of my knowledge.

Signature of Thumb-impression

 

From

 

The Superintendent of Police, ________________ District.

 

To The Superintendent of Police, ________________ District.

 

The form may please be sent to the Sub-Inspector of _____ Police Station for favour of necessary entries being made therein. Superintendent of Police.

 

1

2

3

Full Signture and statement of per- sons verifying the character

Report of Lambardars in connection with the person’s conviction (if any) and verification of nationality

Report of officer incharge Police Station regarding previous conviction, character and punishment (if any), verification of nationality, etc.

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 12.22 (1)

 

CERTIFICATE OF APPOINTMENT

 

Police Department. _________ District of Range. Constabulary No. ___________ has been appointed a member of the POLICE FORCE, under Act V of 1861, and is vested with the powers, functions and privileges of a Police Officer. Appointment on the ________________

 

Superintendent of Police, or Deputy Inspector-General of Police ___________________________ 19 .

 

(Standard Form)

 

FORM No. 12.28

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT ___________ DISTRICT CHARACTER AND SERVICE ROLL

No. Character and Service Roll of ________________

 

CONTENTS

 

1-5. General particulars

 

6. Appointments, promotions, reductions, discharges, &c.

 

7. Transfers beyond the district.

 

8. Relatives in Government employ

 

9. Particulars of heirs

 

10. Educational qualifications

 

11. Professional attainments

 

12. Medals and decorations

 

13. Miscellaneous particulars

 

14. Commendatory entries

 

15. Censures and punishments

 

16. Health certificate

 

17. Record of postings of inspectors, sub-inspectors and assistant sub- inspectors

18. Statement of land held by Head Constable [Rule 14.23(1)]

 

19.   Progress report of probationary inspectors, sub-inspectors and assistant sub-inspectors

 

20. Medical history sheet

 

21. Leave account of constables and head constables

 

22.   Marking sheet in connection with promotion to the selection grade of constables

 

FORM No. 12.28 - Contd.

 

Character and service Roll of ________________

 

CONSTABULARY NUMBER ______ IN ______ DISTRICT.

 

CONSTABULARY NUMBER ______ IN ______ DISTRICT.

 

CONSTABULARY NUMBER ______ IN ______ DISTRICT.

 

Name

Father’s name

Tribe or caste

Village or town

Post and Telegraph office

Police Station

District

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Province

Date of birth

Height

Chest measurement

Date of enrolment

Age on enrolment

Distinctive marks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.   Verification roll No. ____, dated_______, received back and attached to the Fauji misal.

 

3.     Government service prior to present employment, which is approved, for pension.

Service or department

Rank or grade

Pay of last appointment

From

To

PERIOD

Y.

M.

D.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cause of and charac- ter on the discharge from above service

 

 

Reference to order approving above service for pension in Police Department

 

 

 

4.    Agreement. - I understand that I have been appointed under Section 7 of the Police Act (V of 1861), and the purport of that section and the provisions of the Act and of the rules issued under it and now in force, by which my discipline and conduct are governed, have been explained to me. I agree to serve faithfully under the provisions of the said Police Act and to obey all lawful orders issued to me by my superior officers, and I undertake not to resign my appointment within three years from the date of my enrolment. I have received a certificate of appointment issued under Section 8 of the Police Act (V of 1861).

Dated ______________

 

Signature.

5. Rolled impressions of fingers and thumb of left hand.

Left little

Left ring

Left middle

Left index

Left thumb

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHARACTER ROLL OF

 

1

2

3

4

5

6. Appointed, pro-

To what grade and

Date

Number of district

Full Signature of

moted, suspended, re-

pay appointed,

 

order

Susperintendent of

duced, discharged, dis- missed, resigned or died

promoted or reduced

 

 

Police

 

 

 

 

 

 

7. Transfers beyond the district.

1

2

3

4

Date

From

To

Authority for transfer

 

 

 

 

 

8. Names of relatives in Government service.

1

2

3

4

Name

Relationship

Nature of employ

District

 

 

 

 

 

9.  Name, residence and other particulars of heirs.

Wife.

 

Father.

 

Mother.

 

Brother.

 

Sister.

 

Note : - Underline in red ink the heir nominated (with not more than two alternatives) and fill in name & particulars necessary to trace).

 

FORM No. 12.28 - Concld.

 

CHARACTER ROLL OF ________________

 

10.   Educational qualifications. Knowledge of languages. Uneducated. English. Slightly educated. Persian. Matriculation. Urdu. First Arts. Punjabi. Degree. Pushtu

 

Note. - Underline the qualifications possessed, add particulars where necessary any give date of entry.

11. Professional attainments Special qualifications.

Passed Training School

Upper Class

Clerical duties.

 

Intermediate Class

Accountant’s duties

,,

,,

Lower Class

Orderly Head Constable’s duties.

,,

,,

Finger Print Course

Moharrir’s duties

,,

,,

Drill Instructor’s Course

Detective duties

,,

,,

..               ..

Traffic duties

,,

,,

Prosecuting Inspectors’ Examination.

 

 

Underline courses passed and qualifications possessed. Miscellaneous particulars

 

12. War Medals and Decorations. –

(Note. - Enter designation of award and date only - Gazette notification is case of King’s Police Medal and the Indian Police Medal. Other special decorations to be entered in full under commendatory entries).

 

13.   Miscellaneous particulars, including awards other than those accompanied by commendation certificates, admission to or removal from promotion lists, etc.

14. Commendatory entries.

15. Censures and Punishments.

16. Medical Certificate of appointment and health. (See form No. 10.64).

17. Record of postings.

18. Statement of land held by Head Constable only [Rule No. 14.23(1)].

19.   Progress report on probationary assistant sub-inspector, sub- inspector or inspector of police. [See Form No. 19.25(5)].

20. Medical History Sheet. [See Form No. 12.32(b)].

21. Leave Account. (See F.R. Form No. 9-A. O.S. 113-A in Appendix B to Fundamental Rules).

22. Marking sheet in connection with promotion to the selection grade of constables. [See Form No. 13.5(6)].

FORM No. 12.32 (b)

POLICE DEPARTMENT. __________

DISTRICT MEDICAL HISTORY SHEET

of___________________________

No. _________ in _______ District.

No. _________ in _______ District.

No. _________ in _______ District.

Nature and dates of inoculation, vaccination and re-vaccination.

Signature of Medical Officer.

1.

 

2.

 

3.

 

 

1

2

3

 

DATE OF

Remarks of Medical Officer (Recommendation for leave on medical certificate: report of malingering and the like)

Disease

Admission

Discharge Ist and subsequent admissions

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 12.32 (e)

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT _______ DISTRICT.

 

RECORD OF POSTINGS. HISTORY OF SERVICES OF INSPECTORS, SUB-INSPECTORS AND ASSISTANT SUB- INSPECTORS.

 

Serial No.

Rank and grade

Date

Order Book No.

Nature of duty on which employed

Place

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 12.38 (1)

Personal File Of ________________ of Police

PART I

1.        Name and Provincial No. _________________________________________
 

2.        Father’s name and profession ______________________________________

3.        Religion and Caste ______________________________________________ ? Village _________________________________________ .

4.        Residence ? Police Station ____________________________________ ? District _________________________________________

5.        Date of birth _____________________________________________________

6.        Height and chest measurement ____________________________________

7.        Where educated, with name of school or schools, statement of educational qualifications and examinations passed_______________________________________

8.        Any other qualifications ? Did the officer belong to his School Cricket Eleven or Football or Hockey Team ? ___________________________________________

9.        Name and degree of relationship of, and appointment held by, relatives in Government or other employ ________________________________________________

10.     Home of family ________________________________________________

11.     Full particulars of family, including a brief statement of special services
rendered to Government, if any ________________________________________________
 

Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Dated the ___________ 19__ _______________________Range.

 

FORM No. 12.38 (1) Concld.

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT _____________ RANGE ROLL OF

 

1

2

3

4

Appointed, promoted, re- duced, discharged or dis- missed

To what grade and rate of pay

Date

Signature of Deputy Inspector General

 

 

 

 

 

TRANSFERS

 

1

2

3

4

Date

From

To

Authority for transfer

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 12.39 (3)

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT _____ ______ DISTRICT INDEX TO FAUJI MISALS.

INDEX TO FAUJI MISAL OF _____________________________ RANK ___________ No. _____________________________

Abstract of papers attached

Date of order

Remarks

 

 

 

 

(In Vernacular).

 

FORM No. 12.41 (1)

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT ________ DISTRICT LONG ROLL OF THE POLICE FORCE OF THE ABOVE DISTRICT

 

(HALF SHEET OF INDIAN PAPER).

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Con- stabulary Number

Name and parentage

Date of enlistment

Caste

Age on enlistment

HEIGHT

RESIDENCE

 

 

 

 

 

(a)   Feet

(b)   Inches

(a)      Village

(b)      Police Station

(c)      District

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

9

10

11

12

 

Particular marks

Detail of past service prior to entering constabulary

Promotions and reductions

Date and cause of leaving police

Remarks giving reference to the serial No. in the Punishment Register of any punishment awarded

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER 13 PROMOTIONS

 

13.1. Promotion from one rank to another. –

 

(1)     Promotion from one rank to another, and from one grade to another in the same rank shall be made by selection tempered by seniority. Efficiency and honesty shall be the main factors governing selection. Specific qualifications, whether in the nature of training courses passed or practical experience, shall be carefully considered in each case. When the qualifications of two officers are otherwise equal, the senior shall be promoted. This rule does not affect increments within a time-scale.

(2)     Under the present constitution of the police force no lower subordinate will ordinarily be entrusted with the independent conduct of investigations or the independent charge of a police station or similar unit. It is necessary, therefore, that well-educated constables, having the attributes necessary for bearing the responsibilities of upper subordinate rank, should receive accelerated promotion so as to reach that rank as soon as they have passed the courses prescribed for, and been tested and given practical training in, the ranks of constable and head constable.

(3)     For the purposes of regulating promotion amongst enrolled police officers six promotion lists - A, B, C, D, E, and F will be maintained.

Lists A, B, C and D shall be maintained in each district as prescribed in rules 13.6, 13.7, 13.8 and 13.9 and will regulate promotion to the selection grade of constables and to the ranks of head constables and Assistant Sub- Inspector. List E shall be maintained in the office of Deputy Inspector- General as prescribed in sub-rule 13.10(1) and will regulate promotion to the rank of Sub-Inspector. List F shall be maintained in the office of the Inspector-General as prescribed in sub-rule 13.15(1) and will regulate promotion to the rank of Inspector.

 

Entry in or removal from A, B, C, D or E lists shall be recorded in the order book and in the character roll of the police officer concerned. These lists are nominal rolls of those officers whose admission to them has been authorised. No actual selection shall be made without careful examination of character rolls.

[Provided that five per cent of such promotions may be made from amongst the members of the Police Force, who achieve outstanding distinction in sports field at All India level or International level if they are otherwise eligible for promotion but for seniority.][29]

 

13.2. Power to grant increments. –

Increments of pay of all upper and lower subordinates shall be granted, when due, by Superintendents, provided that an increment may be withheld as a formal punishment in accordance with the rules contained in Chapter XVI. The withholding of increments shall be entered in the order book in the case of constables and head constables, and in the case of Inspector, Sergeants, Sub-Inspectors, and Assistant Sub- Inspectors published in the Police Gazette. In the case of members of the clerical cadre, increments shall be granted or withheld, by a formal order in each case, by the head of the office concerned. When an efficiency bar is placed at any stage or stages in a time-scale, it shall be passed only on the authority of a specific order by an officer competent to withhold an increment in the time-scale concerned. In the case of Sergeants and Sub- Inspectors the sanction of the Inspector- General and Deputy Inspector-General, respectively, is required. Rule 13.2-A

 

13.2-A. Power to grant local rank. –

 

(1)     Notwithstanding anything contained in these rules, if the Inspector General of Police considers it necessary so to do in the interest of better functioning of the force, he may, for reasons to be recorded, grant to an enrolled police officer next higher rank as a local rank;

 

Provided that the grant of only a non-gazetted rank shall be permissible under this rule.

(2)     The local rank referred to in sub-rule (1) shall, in the first instance be granted for a period not exceeding six months which may from time to time be extended for a like period after recording reasons for each such extension.

(3)     An officer of the force holding a local rank –

(a)      shall exercise the command and be vested with the powers of an enrolled police officer holding that rank;

(b)      shall not be entitled to any extra pay and allowances for holding such rank; (c) shall not be entitled to claim any seniority over other enrolled police officers by virtue of having held such a local rank.][30]

 

13.3. Power to make promotions among gazetted and enrolled police officers.

 

(1)     The power to make promotions among gazetted officers and from non-gazetted to gazetted rank vests in the local Government with the concurrence of His Excellency the Governor.

(2)     Deputy Inspector-General and the Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police, shall make promotions to the rank of Inspector. The Inspector-General, who maintains promotion list ‘‘F’’. - vide Police Rule 13.15, of Sub-Inspectors and Sergeants, will notify the Deputy Inspector- General of a Range or the Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police, when a substantive vacancy in the rank of Inspector is to be filled by an officer under his control.

Substantive promotions to the rank of Sub-Inspector and Assistant Sub- Inspector shall be made by Superintendents of Police and the Assistant Superintendent, Government Railway Police, Deputy Inspectors-General of Ranges, who maintain promotion lists ‘D’ and ‘E’ for these two ranks in the case of District Police, will notify the Superintendent of Police of a district when a vacancy in either rank is to be filled by an officer in his district.

 

Promotions to the rank of Head Constables shall be made by Superintendents of Police and the Assistant Superintendent, Government Railway Police.

 

(3)     The seniority of Inspectors, Sergeants, Sub-Inspectors and Assistant Sub- Inspectors is shown in the list printed annually under the orders of the Inspector-General. Seniority of Head Constables in districts will be recorded in form 10.88(1). Rule 13.4

 

13.4. Power to make officiating promotions. –

 

(1)     Officiating promotions to the rank of Inspector shall be made by Deputy Inspectors-General of ranges and the Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police. If the flow of promotion is unevenly distributed amongst ranges, the Inspector-General of Police shall make suitable transfers of Sub-Inspectors on the promotion list from one range to another.

(2)     Officiating promotions to the rank of Sub-Inspector and Assistant Sub- Inspector shall be made by Superintendents of Police and Assistant Superintendent, Government Railway Police. If the flow of promotion is unevenly distributed among districts, the Deputy Inspector-General shall make suitable transfers of Assistant Sub-Inspectors, and Head-Constables on the promotion lists from one district to another.

(3)     All promotions concerning upper subordinates made under this rule shall be published in the Police Gazette, and notifications by Superintendents shall be sent in through the Deputy Inspectors-General, who shall have the power to revise such orders on recording reasons in each case. If any Superintendent has not enough men on lists D and E in his district to fill temporary appointments in either rank, which he is required to make, he shall apply to the Deputy Inspector- General for a man from another district.

 

13.5. Promotion to the selection grade of Constables. –

 

(1)     No Constable shall be promoted to the selection grade of constables unless he is (a) physically upto the required standard (sub-rule 12.16(1)), (b) can read and write simple Urdu sentences and English numerals, and (c) has a character roll clear of any entry carrying a moral stigma. Condition (a) can be relaxed by Superintendents of Police for good reasons to be recorded and conditions (b) and (c) can be relaxed by Deputy Inspectors-General and the Assistant Inspector- General, Government Railway Police.

(2)     Men who possess the essential qualifications prescribed in sub-rule (1) shall be promoted as vacancies occur according to their order of marking on the following system :-

 

(a)      Education - F.A. or higher ...5 marks. Matriculation ...3 marks. Non-matriculation but above primary ...2 marks.

(b)      Courses passed –

(i)       Lower School ... 5 marks.

(ii)      Drill at Police Training School ... 3 marks.

(iii)     Traffic (by an approved standard) ... 2 marks.

(iv)    Finger Print ... 2 marks.

(v)      1st or 2nd in recruits’ examination ... 1 mark.

(vi)    St. John’s Ambulance 1st Aid Course ... 1 mark.
 

(vii)   Armourer’s Course ....2 marks.

(c)      Professional ability - Up to a maximum of 12 marks.

(d)      Character - Up to maximum of 10 marks

(3)     Full marks under (c) and (d) in sub-rule (2) shall not be given to a constable with less than ten years’ service. Marking under (c) shall be estimated by commendation certificates and another proofs of special ability in detective work, disguising, intelligence duty and the like.

Illustration. - A, who has passed the First Arts Examination, is 1st in his recruits course, has passed traffic and finger print courses, has three years’ service and has learnt the work of assistant police station clerk, might have 16 marks. B, a semi-illiterate constable of 24 years’ service with 18 commendation certificate, a clear roll, and established reliability in shadowing work, might have 22 marks gained under (c) and (d) only.

 

(4)     Notwithstanding the marking system described in sub-rule (2), men posted to onerous and responsible duty, such as instructors, permanent traffic staff, clerical appointments at police stations and headquarters, secret service and central investigating agency duty, may be given temporary promotion to the selection grade. Men promoted solely on these grounds shall be reverted to the time-scale at any time if they fail to give satisfaction on the duty for which they have been promoted or are removed from such duty for a period exceeding three months.

(5)     Constables of and above the Matriculation standard of education and having exceptional family claims may be promoted to the selection grade immediately on passing their recruits course with credit, notwithstanding the marking system described in sub-rule (2). Direct appointments to this grade are made in accordance with rule 12.10-A.

(6)     A sheet in Form 13.5(6) shall be attached to the character roll of every constable for maintaining the marking system prescribed in this rule.

(7)     Promotion to the selection grade shall be on probation for three years and constables so promoted may be reverted without formal departmental proceedings during or on the expiry of three years of their such promotion if they fail to maintain an exemplary standard of conduct and efficiency. Such reversions shall be freely made.

[Provided that the cometent authority may, if it so thinks fit in any case, extend the period of probation by one year in the aggrigate an pass such orders at any time during or on the expiry of the extended period of probation as it could have passed during or on the expiry of original period of probation][31]

(8)     Removal from the selection grade after once being confirmed in it involves formal proceedings. In the case of a selection grade constable who, on being sentenced judicially to a punishment of fine or simple imprisonment, or both, or to rigorous imprisonment not exceeding one month, is not dismissed under Police Rule 16.2(2), the normal minimum departmental punishment shall be reduction to the time-scale. Similarly, in the case of a selection grade constable found guilty of inefficiency, whether in general or in respect of the special qualifications for which promotion has been given, the normal minimum punishment shall be reduction to the time-scale.

 

13.6 List A. Promotion to the selection grade of constables. –

 

List A (in Form 13.6) shall be maintained by each Superintendent of Police, under his own personal supervision, of constables eligible under rule 13.5 for promotion to the selection grade of constables. The number of names in the list shall not exceed 10 per cent of the establishment of the grade in the district.

 

[32][13.7. List ‘B’. Selection for admission to Promotion Course for Constables at the Police Training College. –

 

(1)     List ‘B’ in (Form 13.7) shall be maintained by each Superintendent of Police. It will include the names of all Constables selected for admission to the Promotion Course for Constables at the Police Training College. Selection will be made in the month of January, each year and will be limited to the number of seats allotted to district for the year with a twenty per cent reserve. Names will be entered in the list in order of merit determined by the Departmental Promotion Committee constituted by the Inspector-General of Police on the basis of tests in parade, general law (Indian Penal Code, Criminal Procedure Code, Indian Evidence Act and Local and Special Laws) interview and examination of records.

(2)     All Constables –

(a)      who are middle pass and have put in more than four years of service ;

(b)      who are at least matriculates and have put in more than three years of service; or

(c)      who obtain first class with credit in the Recruits Course specified in rule 19.2; will be eligible to have their names entered in the aforesaid list, if they are not above thirty years of age on the first day of July in the year in which the selection is made;

Provided that no Constable who has been awarded a major punishment within a period of three years preceding the first day of January of the year in which selection is made will be eligible for admission to this list and if any Constable whose name has been brought on this list is not sent to the Police Training College in the year he will be required to compete again with the new candidates, if he is still eligible for admission to the said list under the rules.

 

(3)     Temporary Constables brought on List ‘B’ shall be absorbed in the regular establishment in preference to others.

(4)     No Constable who has failed to qualify in the promotion course for Constables shall be readmitted to List ‘B’, unless the Principal, Police Training College, for the reasons to be recorded in writing considers him deserving of another chance and he is still eligible. The reasons are to be communicated to the Superintendent of Police concerned.]

 

13.8. List C. Promotion to Head Constables. –

 

(1)     In each district a list shall be maintained in card index form (form 13.8(1)) of all constables who have passed the Lower School Course at Phillaur and are considered eligible for promotion to Head Constable. A card shall be prepared for each constable admitted to the list and shall contain his marking under sub-rule 13.5(2) and notes by the Superintendent himself, or furnished by Gazetted Officers under whom the Constable has worked, on his qualifications and character. The list shall be kept confidentially by the Superintendent and shall be scrutinized and approved by the Deputy Inspector-General of Police at his annual inspection.

(2)     Promotions to Head Constable shall be made in accordance with the principle described in sub-rules 13.1(1) and (2). The date of admission to List C shall not be material, but the order of merit in which examinations have been passed shall be taken into consideration in comparing qualifications. In cases where other qualifications are equal, seniority in the police force shall be the deciding factor. Selection grade constables who have not passed the Lower School Course at the Police Training School but are otherwise considered suitable may, with the approval of the Deputy Inspector- General, be promoted to Head Constable up to a maximum of ten per cent of vacancies.

 

13.8-A. Disqualification for admission to or retention in Lists A, B or C. –

 

(1)     the infliction of any major punishment shall be a bar to admission to or retention in lists A, B or C, provided that (a) for special reasons to be recorded by the Superintendent in each case, and subject to confirmation by the Deputy Inspector-General, this disqualification may be waived, and (b) after six months’ continuous good conduct in the case of censure or confinement to quarters or on expiry of the period of reduction in the case of reduction for a specified period, a constable may be readmitted at the discretion of the Superintendent.

(2)     Gazetted Officers shall look out for, and encourage their Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors to bring to notice, Constables who, by reason of their general character and ability or of special acts, are suited for inclusion in lists A, B or C, and shall, after satisfying themselves by necessary enquiries, make suitable recommendations to the Superintendent.

 

[13.9. List D. Selection of candidates for promotion course for Head Constables. Promotion to the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector.

 

(1)     List ‘D’ shall be maintained in two parts for Head Constables in card Index Form No. 13.9 in each District. Selection for admission to the promotion course for Head Constable at the Police Training College, will be made from amongst all the confirmed Head Constables. No Head Constable shall be eligible for admission to the promotion course for Head Constable at the Police Training College, unless;

(1)     He has passed Middle Standard Examination.

(2)     He is below the age of forty years on the day of commencement of the next course.

 

(2)     The names of the Head Constables who qualify at Police Training College in the Promotion Course for Head Constables will be entered in Part-I of List ‘D’ as soon as they qualify the same. While entering the names in this part they will maintain their seniority inter se. The names of the outstanidng Head Constables who have not passed the Promotion Course for Head Constables at Police Training College due to being over-age but otherwise are of exceptional merit and are considered suitable may, with the approval of Inspector-General of Police, be entered in Part II of List ‘D’. No more than 10 per cent of the posts of Assistant Sub-Inspectors both permanent and temporary will be filled from the names of Part II of List ‘D’. This part will not at any time contain names more than two per cent of the cadre strength of Assistant Sub-Inspectors in a range, both temporary and permanent. (3) Annual Confidential Reports of all the Head Constables in Parts I and II of List ‘D’ shall be furnished to the Deputy Inspector-General of Police by the 15th day of April, each year in Form No. 13.9(3). (4) Promotion to the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector shall be made in accordance with the seniority of the Head Constables on List ‘D’, which may be ignored by the Superintendent of Police in exceptional circumstances only for reasons to be recorded in writing with the approval of the Deputy Inspector- General of Police.]

 

 

1[13.9. List D. Selection of candidates for promotion course for Head Constables. Promotion to the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector.

 

(1)     List ‘D’ shall be maintained in two parts for Head Constables in card Index Form No. 13.9 in each District. Selection for admission to the promotion course for Head Constable at the Police Training College, will be made from amongst all the confirmed Head Constables. No Head Constable shall be eligible for admission to the promotion course for Head Constable at the Police Train- ing College, unless;

 

(1)     He has passed Middle Standard Examination.

(2)     He is below the age of forty years on the day of commencement of the next course.

(2)     The names of the Head Constables who qualify at Police Training College in the Promotion Course for Head Constables will be entered in Part-I of List ‘D’ as soon as they qualify the same. While entering the names in this part they will maintain their seniority inter se. The names of the outstanidng Head Constables who have not passed the Promotion Course for Head Constables at Police Train- ing College due to being over-age but otherwise are of exceptional merit and are considered suitable may, with the approval of Inspector-General of Police, be entered in Part II of List ‘D’. No more than 10 per cent of the posts of Assistant Sub-Inspectors both permanent and temporary will be filled from the names of Part II of List ‘D’. This part will not at any time contain names more than two per cent of the cadre strength of Assistant Sub-Inspectors in a range, both tem- porary and permanent.

(3)     Annual Confidential Reports of all the Head Constables in Parts I and II of List ‘D’ shall be furnished to the Deputy Inspector-General of Police by the 15th day of April, each year in Form No. 13.9(3).

(4)     Promotion to the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector shall be made in accordance with the seniority of the Head Constables on List ‘D’, which may be ignored by the Superintendent of Police in exceptional circumstances only for reasons to be recorded in writing with the approval of the Deputy Inspector- General of Po- lice.]

 

[33][13.10 List ‘E’. Selection for promotion course for A.S.Is. Promotion to the rank of Sub- Inspectors. –

 

(1)     List ‘E’ shall be maintained for promotion to the rank of Sub- Inspector in two parts in Form No. 13.10 in each range. The names of Assistant Sub-Inspectors who qualify the promotion course for Assistant Sub- Inspectors at Police Training College shall be entered in Part-I of the said List ‘E’. While entering the names in this list they shall maintain their seniority inter-se. The names of the outstanding As- sistant Sub-Inspectors who have not qualified the course mentioned above, but otherwise are of exceptional merit and are considered suitable, may, with the approval of the Inspec- tor-General of Police, be entered in Part-II of List ‘E’ provided they are not below the age of forty-five years.

Provided further that not more than ten per cent of the posts of Sub- Inspectors (in- clusive of temporary and permanent posts) shall not any time contain more than two per cent of cadre strength of the Sub-Inspectors in the range.

(2)     No Assistant Sub-Inspector shall be eligible for admission to the promotion course of Assistant Sub-Inspectors at the Police Training College, unless -

(i)       he has been confirmed as Assistant Sub-Inspector;

(ii)      he is below forty-five years on the date of commencement of the next course; and

(iii)     he, in the case of promotee has completed four years’ service after passing the promotion course for Head Constables and in the case of direct recruit has com- pleted five years of service after passing Assistant Sub- Inspectors initial course.

 

(3)     Promotion to the rank of Sub-Inspector shall be made strictly in accordance with the seniority on List ‘E’.

Provided that the seniority may be ignored in exceptional circumstances for reasons to be recorded in writing by the Deputy Inspector- General and with the ap- proval of the Inspector-General of Police.

 

(4)     Omitted vide Punjab Govt. Notification No. G.S.R. 104/CA 5/Amd, dated 3.12.1981.

 

13.11. Publication of List E in the Police Gazette. –

 

List E of each range shall be pub- lished annually in the Police Gazette. Additions to the list may be made at any time by Deputy Inspectors-General but all such additions and the removal of all names under sub- rule 13.12(2) shall be published in the Gazette by special notification. Names shall be entered in the list in order according to the date of admission, length of police service de- ciding the relative position of Assistant Sub-Inspectors admitted on the same date.

 

13.12. Method of filling temporary vacancies in the rank of Sub-Inspector. –

 

(1)     In filling temporary vacancies in the rank of Sub-Inspector the object shall be to test all men on list E as fully as possible in independent charges. The order in which names occur in the list should be disregarded, the opportunities of officiating in the higher rank being dis- tributed as evenly as possible. An Assistant Sub-Inspector officiating as a Sub-Inspector should ordinarily continue so to officiate for the duration of the vacancy, and should not be reverted merely because another Assistant Sub- Inspector senior to him is not offici- ating. This principle may, however, be modified if in any case its observance would result in a thoroughly competent man being deprived by a man markedly his junior of an officiating appointment of more than 8 months’ duration.

(2)     The conduct and efficiency of men on lists D and E shall be at all times watched with special care. Any officer, who, whether in his substantive rank or while officiating as an Assistant Sub-Inspector or Sub-Inspector, is guilty of grave misconduct of a nature re- flecting upon his character or fitness for responsibility, or who shows either by specific acts or by his record as a whole, that he is unfit for promotion to higher rank shall be re- ported to the Deputy Inspector-General for removal from list D or list E, as the case may be. In interpreting this rule discrimination shall be shown between faults which are ca- pable of elimination by experience and further training, and those which indicate definite incompetence and defects of character. Officers whose names have been removed from either list D or list E may be restored by order of the Deputy Inspector-General in recog- nition of subsequent work or conduct of outstanding merit.

 

13.13. Control by Deputy Inspectors-General. –

 

Apart from the special requirements of the foregoing rules regarding the confirmation or revision of orders, Deputy Inspec- tors-General are required to pay special attention at their inspections to the working of list A, B, C and D by Superintendents; they have authority to remove any name which they consider has been improperly admitted, and to give such orders as may be expedient in re- spect of the methods of selection and the tests applied.

 

13.14. Promotions to and in the selection grades of Sub-Inspectors. –

 

(1)     Promotion to the various selection grades of Sub-Inspectors shall be made by Superintendents of Po- lice and the Assistant Superintendent, Government Railway Police, as vacancies in the sanctioned establishment of such appointments occur in accordance with the principle laid down in Rule 13.1.

(2)     No Sub-Inspector shall be considered eligible for promotion to a selection grade un- less he has at least eight years’ approved service as an upper subordinate, of which at least five shall have been in the rank of Sub- Inspector, and unless he is thoroughly efficient and  competent to hold charge of a police station of first class importance. No Sub-Inspector who has been punished by reduction, stoppage of increment, or forfeiture of approved service for increment, shall be eligible for promotion to a selection grade. Exceptions to this rule may be made only with the sanction of the Inspector- General in recognition of distinguished service and exemplary conduct.

(3)     Sub-Inspectors promoted to the 4th selection grade shall be on probation for one year and may be reverted without formal departmental proceedings during or on the expiry of the period of their probation if they fail to maintain an exemplary standard of conduct and efficiency.

[Provided that the cometent authority may, if it so thinks fit in any case, extend the period of probation by one year in the aggrigate an pass such orders at any time during or on the expiry of the extended period of probation as it could have passed during or on the expiry of original period of probation][34]

 

13.15. List F - Promotion to Inspectors. –

 

(1)     Recommendations on behalf of Ser- geants and Sub-Inspectors considered fit for promotion to the rank of Inspector shall be submitted with their annual confidential reports on the 15th April each year to Deputy In- spector-General by Superintendents of Police in Form 13.15(1). Recommendations on behalf of Sergeants and Sub-Inspectors employed in the Government Railway Police will be sent direct to the Inspector-General of Police by the Assistant Inspector-General, Gov- ernment Railway Police, in the same form and not later than October each year. The Deputy Inspector-General shall decide, after seeing the officers recommended, and in consideration of their records, and his own knowledge of them, whether to endorse the recommendations of Superintendents of Police and forwarded them to the Inspector-Gen- eral. He will keep a copy of any recommendation so forwarded in the personal file of the officer; if he decides not to endorse a recommendation, he shall retain the original in the officer’s personal file and send a copy of his own order on it to the Superintendent con- cerned. Deputy Inspector-General shall finally submit recommendations to the Inspector-General as soon as they are satisfied as to the fitness of officers recommended, but in no case later than October each year.

(2)     Such of the officers recommended as the Inspector-General may consider suitable shall be admitted to promotion list ‘F’ (form 13.15(2) which will, however, not be pub- lished. Deputy Inspectors-General shall be informed, and shall in turn inform the Superintendents concerned, of the names of those who have been admitted to the List; similar information will be sent to the Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police.

The original personal files of Sub-Inspectors admitted to the list shall be transferred to the Inspector-General after duplicates have been prepared for retention in the office of the Deputy Inspector-General or the Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Po- lice, as required by Rule 13.38(1). Copies of all subsequent annual confidential reports prepared in form 13.17 in respect both of Sergeants and Sub-Inspectors admitted to the list will, on return by the Inspector-General in accordance with rule 13.17(1), be recorded by Deputy Inspectors-General or the Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police, with the duplicate personal files of the officers concerned. Copies of all entries or- dered to be made in personal files other than annual confidential reports will be forwarded to the Inspector-General as soon as made for record with the original personal files; all such copies shall be attested by the Deputy Inspector-General or the Assistant Inspector- General, Government Railway Police, personally.

 

(3)     When submitting recommendations for the entry of fresh names in List F, Deputy Inspectors-General and the Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police, will at the same time submit specific recommendations (which need not be accompanied by detailed confidential reports) as to the retention or removal of officers already admitted to the list. On receipt of these recommendations, the Inspector-General will review the Provincial List, and pass orders regarding the retention or exclusion of names, at the same time communicating his decision to the Deputy Inspector-General and the Assistant In- spector-General, Government Railway Police.

(4)     Sub-Inspectors admitted to List ‘F’ will be placed in that list in order according to their date of permanent promotion to selection grade, and, if the date of permanent pro- motion to selection grade is the same in the case of two or more Sub-Inspectors admitted to list ‘F’ on one and the same date, then according to date of permanent promotion to the time-scale. Sergeants will be shown in list ‘F’ according to the date of entry in the list. When, however, two or more Sergeants are admitted to list ‘F’ on the same date, their names will be shown in order of seniority among themselves.

 

13.16. Promotion to the rank of Inspector. –

 

(1)     Substantive vacancies in the rank of Inspector, save those which are specially designated for the appointment of probationers shall be filled by promotion of officers from list F selected according to the principles laid down in rule 13.1. Sergeants are eligible for promotion in the appointments reserved for European Inspectors.

(2)     Temporary vacancies in the rank of Inspector shall be filled by the officiating pro- motion of officers on F list by the authorities empowered by rule 13.4 to make the appointment. Such officiating promotions shall be made in accordance with the princi- ples laid down in sub-rule 13.12(1) in the case of E list, and the second part of that rule shall, mutatis mutandis, govern the scrutiny of the work of F list officers and the removal from that list of the names of those who are found unfit for the rank of inspector.

(3)     No officer whose name is not on F list shall be appointed to officiate as Inspector without the special sanction of the Inspector-General. When no officer on F list is avail- able in the range for a vacancy which the Deputy Inspector-General is required to fill, application shall be made to the Inspector-General to appoint a man from another range.

 

13.17. Annual Confidential Reports. –

 

(1)     Superintendents shall prepare and submit annually to the Deputy Inspector-General, after obtaining the District Magistrate’s re- marks thereon, reports in form 13.17 on the working of all Upper Subordinates serving under them. These reports shall be submitted to reach the Deputy Inspector-General on or before 15th April.

 

Deputy Inspectors-General and Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Po- lice, will add their own remarks and retain reports on Assistant Sub- Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors who are not on list ‘F’ in their own offices. Reports on all Inspectors, Sub- Inspectors on list ‘F’ and Sergeants will be forwarded by Deputy Inspectors-General and Assistant Inspector- General, Government Railway Police, so as to reach the Inspector- General on or before the 15th May. In the cases of Indian Inspectors of the General Line, Sub- Inspectors on list ‘F’ and all Sergeants, Deputy Inspectors-General and Assistant In- spectors-General, Government Railway Police, will attach with each report so submitted a duplicate copy thereof. Any remarks recorded by the Inspector-General on the original report will be copied in his office on the duplicate prior to the return of the latter report for record with the duplicate personal file maintained in accordance with rule 12.38(1).

 

(2)     Reports shall be of three kinds, A, B and C, and shall be marked as such :-

 

A.      reports. - Reports in which for special reasons it is recommended that promotion be given irrespective of seniority.

 

B.     reports. - Reports in which it is recommended that promotion be given in the or- dinary course of seniority.

 

C.      reports. - Reports in which it is recommended that the officer be passed over for promotion or that the taking of departmental action on general grounds of inef- ficiency or unsatisfactory conduct be considered.

 

In ‘A’ and ‘C’ reports detailed reasons must be given for the recommendations made.

 

The purport of all ‘C’ reports shall be communicated to the officer concerned at a per- sonal interview or, if this is not possible, in writing. Written acknowledgements shall be taken and attached to their personal files. In communicating such reports, the instructions contained in paragraph 7 of Punjab Government Consolidated Circular No. 1 shall be fol- lowed. Ordinarily, the submission of two successive ‘C’ reports regarding an officer will result automatically in the institution of departmental proceedings against him on such charge as the contents of the reports may justify.

(3)     Superintendents shall submit annually to the Deputy Inspector-General by the 15th April, confidential reports in form 13.17 on the working of all Gazetted Officers serving under them. Deputy Inspector-General will add their own remarks and forward the re- ports to reach the Inspector-General, on or before the 15th May.

The gist of adverse reports shall be communicated in writing to the officers concerned subject to the conditions specified in paragraph 7 of the Punjab Government Consolidated Circular No. 1 and their acknowledgement shall be taken and attached to their personal files.

 

(4)     The names and designation of the officers writing reports shall invariably be typed or written in block letters below their signatures.

(5)     Reporting officers shall comment generally on the way in which the officer has car- ried out his various duties during the year and shall give an estimate of his personality, character and abilities, including detective powers and ability to conduct prosecutions. The reports shall contain an opinion on any point specially required at any particular time, e.g., fitness to pass an efficiency bar. Particular mention shall be made of the officer’s re- lations with his fellow officers and general public and his honesty.

 

[35][13.18 Probation :-

 

(1)     A person appointed to any post in the service shall remain on probation for a period of two years, if recruited by direct appointment and one year it ap- pointed otherwise :

Provided that, -

(a)      any period, after such appointment, spent on deputation on a corresponding or a higher post shall count towards the period of probation ;

(b)      in the case of an appointment by transfer, any period of work on a equivalent or higher rank, prior to appointment to the Service, may in the discretion of the ap- pointing authority, be allowed to count towards the period of probation ;

(c)      any period of officiating appointment to the service shall be reckoned as period spent on probation ; and

(d)      any kind of leave not exceeding six months during or at the end of period of pro- bation, shall be counted towards the period of probation.

(2)     If, in the opinion of the appointing authority, the work or conduct of a person during the period of probation is not satisfactory or if he has failed to pass the departmental ex- amination, if any prescribed in service Rules within a period not exceeding two and a half year, from the date of appointment, it may :-

(a)      If such person is recruited by direct appointment, dispense with his services, or revert him, to a post on which he held lien prior to his appointment to the service by direct appointment ; and

(b)      If such person in appointed otherwise ,-

(i)       revert him to his former post ; or

(ii)      deal with him in such other manner as the terms and conditions of the pre- vious appointment permit.

(3)     On the completion of the period of probation of a person, the appointing authority may, -

(a)      If his work and conduct has, in its opinion been satisfactory, -

(i)       confirm such person, from the date of his appointment or from the date he completes his period of probation satisfactorily if he is not already con- firmed ; or

(ii)      declare that he has competed his probation satisfactorily, if he is already confirmed ; or

(b)      If his work or conduct has not been, in its opinion, satisfactory, or if he has failed to pass the departmental examination, if any specified in the Service Rules, -

(i)       dispense with his service, if appointed by direct appointment or if appointed otherwise revert him to his former post, or deal with him in such other man- ner as the terms and conditions of his previous appointment may permit; or

(ii)      extend his period of probation and thereafter pass such order as it could have passed on the expiry of the period of probation as specified in sub-rule(1) ;

Provided that the total period of probation including extension, if any, shall not ex- ceed three years.]

 

13.19. Special promotion to recipients of the President’s Police and Fire Services Medal and the Police Medal.

 

(1)     A constable receiving the award of the President’s Po- lice and Fire Services Medal shall be promoted in the first substantive vacancy of head constable which occurs in the district in which he is serving subsequent to the award of the medal being gazetted.

(2)     A Constable awarded the Police Medal shall, if not already in the selection grade, be promoted to that grade on probation as prescribed in rule 13.5(7).

 

[36][13.20. Departmental Promotion Committee. –

 

In order to ensure that selection and promotion are made in accordance with the rules, Departmental Promotion Committees shall be set up at various levels. Such Committees shall arrange to put all eligible persons through a written test and parade. Thereafter those persons who secure the qualifying marks will be interviewed by the said Committee. The Committee will assess the merit of such persons on the basis of their service records as well as performance in the test. The syllabus for various tests, qualifying percentage of marks, the composition of Departmen- tal Promotion Committees shall be prescribed by the Inspector-General of Police in the form of a Standing Order.]

 

1[13.21. Power of relaxation. –

 

Where the Inspector-General of Police is of the opin- ion that it is necessary or expedient so to do, he may, by order for reasons to be recorded in writing relax any of the provisions of this Chapter with respect of any class or category of persons.]

 

FORM No. 13.5(6).

 

Sheet for maintenance of marking system.

 

DISTRICT POLICE DEPARTMENT Constable No. Name  Date of enrolment

 

A.        EDUCATION :-

 

B.        COURSES PASSED :-

 

C.        PROFESSIONAL ABILITY :-

         

D.       CHARACTER :-

Total
         

Initials of gazetted officer and date 
         

Onerous and responsible duties to which posted (vide sub-rule 13.5(4))

 

Note. - Marks allotted under heads C and D according to the principles described in sub-rule 13.5(3) shall be added to or reduced as occasion arises, each change being initialled and dated by a gazetted officer.

FORM No. 13.6.

 

DISTRICT POLICE DEPARTMENT PROMOTION LIST A.

 

1.        Rule 13.21 added vide Punjab Government Notification dated 9-3-1972

 

LIST OF CONSTABLES ELIGIBLE FOR PROMOTION TO THE SELEC- TION GRADE

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

Serial No.

Name

Constaulary No.

Date of enrolment

Date of entry

Order book reference and signature of Superintendent of Police ordering entry or removal of name

 

 

 

 

 

 

In order for the titles to be visible, they must be typed within 1?4’’ above perforation-as close to the perforation as possible.

 

Form No. 13.7

DISTRICT POLICE DEPARTMENT

 

PROMOTION LIST B.

 

PART I (YELLOW). -      LIST OF SELECTION GRADE CONSTABLES FIT TO UNDERGO THE LOWER SCHOOL COURSE AT THE POLICE TRAINING SCHOOL.

 

PART II (BLUE). -          LIST OF CONSTABLES FIT TO UNDERGO SPECIAL COURSE AT THE POLICE TRAINING SCHOOL

 

Date of enrolment                                                                    Order Book reference ordering entry                                                                         

 

REMARKS

 

Name                                             No.                                  

In order for the titles to be visible, they must be typed within 1?4" above perforation - as close to the preforation as possible.

 

FORM No. 13.8 (1)

List C. Marks according to Rule 13.5

 

Date

A.

B.

C.

D.

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes by Superintendent Deputy Inspector?General of Police.

 

Name  No.    

 

FORM No. 13.9 (1).

 

List D. Promotion to Assistant Sub-Inspector.

 

Date of enrolment Date of passing Lower School

 

Date of passing "D" class. Date of promotion to Head Constable Notes by Superintendent of Police and Deputy Inspector General of Police Name No. Date of entry                    

 

FORM No. 13.9(3)

 

Head Constables on           List ‘D’

 

Half-yearly Reports on the working of Head Constables on List ‘D’ for the half year

Assistant Sub?Inspectors on List ‘E’ ending on   

 

(Note : - Delete whichever is not applicable)

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Name and Rank

Range of Constabulary No.

Distt. where employed

Distt. in which Home is situated

Date of enrolment

Date of last substantive promotion

Present age

Date of passing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8(a)

8(b)

8(c)

8(d)

9

10

11

12

Lower School Ex- amination

Intermediate School Examination

Upper School Examination

Date of Exemption from passing Upper School

Duties on which employed since last report with dates

Is this officer in your opinion honest

Report by Superintende nt (Give name and date)

Remarks by the Dy.

Inspector General of Police

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


FORM No. 13.14 (1)

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT DISTRICT

 

RECOMMENDATION ROLL OF SUB-INSPECTORS OF POLICE ON TIME- SCALE RECOMMENDED FOR PROMOTION TO SELECTION GRADE

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Serial No.

Name

Range No.

Date of appointment as Sub- Inspector

Total service as Sub-Inspector (including officiating and probationary service)

Present pay under time- scale

Remarks by Superintendent giving full reasons in support of the recommendation

Order of Deputy Inspector- General

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 13.15 (1)

 

CONFIDENTIAL RECOMMENDATION ROLL OF SERGEANT OR SUB-IN- SPECTOR           GRADE NO.                                              SERVING IN THE

DISTRICT CONSIDERED FIT FOR PROMOTION TO INSPECTOR

 

1.        Does he possess a good knowledge of English, and, if not, is he well educated in the Vernacular ?

      

Does he know either Persian or Pashtu ?

 

2.        Is he physically fit and of active habits ? Can he ride well ?

 

3.      Is he well set up generally a ‘‘smart’’ officer ? Is he good at drill ?

 

4.      Has he a good knowledge of the Police Rules, especially Chapters XXI to XXVIII and of Law and Police Procedure generally ?

 

5.      Is he capable of inspecting a Police Station thoroughly ?

 

6.      Is he a man of good and strong character who can enforce discipline ?

 

7.     Is he to your knowledge addicted to any bad habits such as drugs, gambling, women, etc. ?

 

8.      Does he possess the confidence and respect of his subordinates and the public ?

 

9.      Does he possess good common sense and tact ?

 

10.     Is he intelligent and capable of conducting or supervising an investigation effi- ciently ?

 

11.     Does he possess a reputation for honesty and fair dealing ?

 

12.     Is he a keen officer generally who takes an interest in his work ?

 

13.     Does he possess your confidence generally ?

 

14.    Has he any experience as an Officer in charge of a police station or as an Inspector?

 

15.    What do you consider him fit for - District, City, Cantonment, Reserve or Prosecut- ing Inspector ?

 

GENERAL REMARKS

 

Superintendent of Police

 

REMARKS AND OPINION OF DEPUTY INSPECTOR-GENERAL

 

Deputy Inspector-General

 

(Confidential)

 

FORM No. 13.15(2)

PROMOTION LIST F.

 

LIST SHOWING THE NAMES OF SERGEANTS AND SUB-INSPECTORS, WHO ARE CONSIDERED FIT FOR PROMOTION TO THE RANK OF INSPEC- TOR

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Serial No.

Name

Grade

Range No.

Date of entry into servuce

District in which serving

District of which resident

Notes by Inspector- General

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 13.17

POLICE DEPARTMENT                                  DISTRICT

Report on the work and character of :- Name                Rank  

For the period from                                        How employed during the year under report.

Class of report ‘A’, ‘B’ or ‘C’ Remarks :-

(1)      Honesty.

 

(2)      Moral Character.

(3)      Moral courage and readiness to expose the malpractices of subordinates.

(4)      Reputation for fair dealing with the public and accessibility to the public.

(5)      Communal impartiality.

(6)      Loyalty to the Government in power without regard to political and party feelings.

(7)      Attitude towards subordinates and relations with fellow officers.

(8)      General power of control and organising ability.

(9)      Personality and initiative.

(10)   Power of Command.

(11)   Interest in modern methods of investigation and in modern police methods gener- ally.

(12)   Preventive and detective ability.

(13)   Working experience of Criminal Law and Procedure.

(14)   Reliability.

(15)   Efficiency on parade.

 

CHAPTER 14 DISCIPLINE AND CONDUCT

 

Note. - In this chapter certain rules of conduct are reproduced from the Government Servant, Con- duct Rules and Punjab Government. Consolidated Circulars for facility of reference. Police Officers, like other Government servants, are bound by, and are required to be acquainted with, those rules, whether reproduced in Police Rules or not.

 

 

14.1. Command and precedence. –

 

(1)     Command and Precedence amongst police of- ficers shall be :-

(a)      by seniority of rank.

(b)      by seniority of grade.

(2)     Officers holding officiating appointments take the rank and seniority of such ap- pointment for the time that they hold it only; on reversion they take seniority in accordance with their position in their substantive rank, Officers in a selection grade take seniority above all officers in a time- scale of the same rank and among themselves in the order of their seniority in such grade. The seniority of officers appointed or promoted on probation to any rank is finally determined by the date of confirmation in that rank; during the period of probation such officers will take seniority in the order in which they are ga- zetted, and, in the case of several being gazetted on the same date, promoted officers will be placed first in order according to their length of service, and officers appointed direct will follow according to age.

For purposes of discipline on officer on a higher rate of pay shall rank senior to an of- ficer on a lower rate in the same time-scale; provided that no officer on probation in his rank shall take seniority above an officer who is confirmed in that rank, even though, on account of length of officiating service he may be drawing a higher rate of pay.

 

14.2. Salutes. –

 

Saluting by police officers shall be in accordance with the instructions contained in Chapter IV, Police Drill Manual, Punjab, 1929, and the following special in- structions :-

(a)      All police officers above the rank of head constable are entitled to be saluted by other police officers junior to them in rank.

(b)      Police officers of all ranks, when in uniform, shall salute His Excellency the Viceroy; His Excellency the Commander-in-Chief; his Excellency the Gover- nor of the Punjab; and Ministers of the Punjab Government, on all occasions save as expected in sub-rules (c) and (d) below. The Presidents and Deputy Presidents of Legislative bodies shall receive the same compliments when such Legislative bodies are in session and upon official occasions. Gazetted police officers in uniform shall salute high civil officials and officers of the Navy, Army and Air Force who are superior to them in rank when addressing or ad- dressed by them. Non- gazetted police officers in uniform shall salute as or- dered above and shall also salute all officers in uniform of the Navy, Army or Air Force superior to them in rank, and all civil officials of and above the rank of Extra Assistant Commissioner, or equivalent rank, when addressing or ad- dressed by them. Head Constables and Constables shall salute as above and shall also salute all civil officials of gazetted rank when addressing or addressed by them. Every police officer entering a Court of law in uniform, while such Court is in session, shall salute the Court, irrespective of the rank or status of the judicial officer presiding in such a Court for the time being. Magistrates in- charge of ilaqas shall be entitled to be saluted within the boundaries of their ilaqa, as well as in their Courts, by non-gazetted police officers addressing or addressed by them.


 

(c)      Police of all ranks when on parade, or posted in line on public occasions, shall stand to attention only, and shall not salute when persons entitled to a salute pass them; provided that a police officer on duty shall salute when addressing or ad- dressed individually by a person entitled to a salute from him.

(d)      Notwithstanding anything contained in the foregoing instructions, police offi- cers of whatever rank employed on traffic and other duties requiring their con- centrated attention shall give no salutes unless actually addressed by, or called upon to address in the course of such duty, a person entitled to a salute.

 

14.2. (A) Salutes. –

 

A member of the Royal Family, His Excellency the Viceroy, His Excellency the Governor, the Commissioner of a Division, the Deputy Commissioner and no other person, may be invited to take the salute at ceremonial police parades (for exam- ple at parades held on the anniversary of His Majesty the King Emperor’s Birthday or on Proclamation Day).

 

14.3. Official calls and attendance on high officials. –

 

Police Officers of gazetted rank shall observe the orders contained in paragraph 16, Punjab Government Consoli- dated Circular No. 1, regarding attendance on high officials and official calls; provided that no police officers shall abandon urgent police duty for the sake of mere ceremonial attendance. Upper subordinates shall, unless prevented by urgent duty or physical inca- pacity, meet the District Magistrate or higher civil official on his entering the jurisdictions, but shall not remain in attendance to the detriment of their duties, unless spe- cially ordered to do so. All upper subordinates shall take early occasion to pay their respects officially to a District Magistrate on his first appointment to a district. Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors in charge of police stations should be ready to avail themselves of every opportunity to interview the District Magistrate and furnish him with information regarding the state of their jurisdictions. The heavy claims upon the time of both District Magistrate and police officers make it impossible to prescribe general rules as to the oc- casions for such interviews, but each Superintendent of Police should arrange, in consultation with the District Magistrate so that such time as the latter is able to give may be taken advantage of by police officers visiting headquarters.

 

14.4. Conduct in public. –

 

(1)      Every police officer keep his temper thoroughly under control, shall act with courtesy on all occasions and shall not allow his composure to be disturbed by the behaviors of others towards him.

(2)      A police officer defending himself, or lawfully enforcing his authority, shall act with calmness and shall use as little violence as possible.

(3)      Police officers usually act individually in the execution of their duty. They should remember, therefore, that on the behaviour of each individual depends the reputation of the force and the degree to which the law-abiding section of the public will be willing to co-operate against law- breakers.

 

14.5. Channel of communication. –

 

The usual channel of communication between en- rolled and gazetted officers is through their immediate and intermediate superiors.

 

14.6. Requests and representations by lower subordinates. –

 

(1)     A lower subordinate at headquarters who wishes to make a request, or representation, to the Superintendent, shall obtain leave from his immediate superior officer to attend orderly room and shall there make such request or representation verbally.

Police officers at headquarters are forbidden to make written petitions.

(2)     Urgent requests may be preferred at any time, but a lower subordinate preferring such request shall be brought before the Superintendent by his immediate superior offi- cers or by the reserve Inspector or Lines Officer and such officer shall be responsible that the matter is really an urgent one.

(3)     Lower subordinates at police stations and posts may submit written petitions to the Superintendent through the usual channel.

(4)     Upper subordinates and Head Constables shall place no improper obstacles in the way of a Constable who wishes to prefer a reasonable request under these rules.

 

14.7. Comments on remarks of superior officer. –

 

A police officer shall not record comments on the remarks made by a superior officer.

If a police officer considers that an erroneous view has been taken of his conduct or of any matter affecting his administration he may refer the question in a temperate manner through the proper channel.

 

14.8. Unsubstantiated complaint. –

 

A subordinate officer making complaints against his superior officer which he cannot substantiate or prove shall be severely dealt with.

 

14.9. Submission of memorials. –

 

The regulations regarding the submission of memo- rials of His Majesty the King-Emperor of India, or to the Right Honourable the Secretary of State for India, or to the Government of India are contained in Government of India, Home Department Notification No. F/6/733-I, dated the 19th June, 1933, copies of which were supplied to all police officers with the Inspector-General’s endorsement No. 3987- B/17-3124-A, dated the 16th August, 1933.

 

14.10. Orderly room. –

 

(1)     In every district orderly room shall be held once a week or often if necessary, by the Superintendent, if possible, otherwise by a gazetted officer ap- pointed by him.

(2)     Gazetted officers presiding in orderly room, are required to hear and pass orders on requests put forward by subordinates in accordance with discipline and through the pre- scribed channel. Similarly, defaulters at headquarters shall be produced in the first instance before the officer holding orderly room, who shall dispose of such cases forth- with as far as possible, making such record of his proceedings as may be required by rule in the circumstances of each case. When the complaint against a defaulter necessitates formal proceedings too long to be completed forthwith, the officer holding orderly room shall pass orders for the conduct of such proceedings. Every effort shall be made to dis- pose of disciplinary matters direct and in the presence of the men and to reduce to a minimum the volume of such matters dealt with by means of written reports through the office. A register will be maintained in Form 14.10(2) for all personnel appearing in or- derly room.

 

14.11. Resignation of appointment. –

 

(1)      Resignations of police officers may only be accepted by the officers empowered to appoint them.

(2)      An enrolled police officer who intends to resign from the police service shall give notice to that effect in writing and ordinarily shall not be permitted to withdraw himself from duty until two months have elapsed from the date on which his resignation was ten- dered :-

Provided that the Superintendent may, at his discretion, allow a Head- Constable or Constable to credit to Government two months’ pay in lieu of notice.

(3)      Ordinarily a Head Constable or Constable who has agreed to serve for three years shall not be permitted to resign within that period.

 

(4)      Probationary Inspectors, Sergeants, Sub-Inspectors and Assistant Sub- Inspectors of Police, whose appointments involve training at the Police Training School, Phillaur, shall not be permitted to resign within three years of the date of their appointment.

 

14.11-A. Procedure for action against an absconding police officer. –

 

If an enrolled police officer withdraws from the duties of his office without permission or without hav- ing given two months’ previous notice as prescribed in rule 14.11(2) or, being absent on leave, fails, without reasonable cause to report himself for duty on the expiration of such leave, he shall be prosecuted under Section 29 of the Police Act, 1861, and a warrant for his arrest shall be applied for. If the officer absconds or conceals himself so that the war- rant cannot be executed, an application shall be made to the Court for the publication of a written proclamation under Section 87 of the Code of Criminal Procedure. If the proc- lamation is made and the police officer so proclaimed fails to appear within the statutory period of thirty days, he may be dismissed or otherwise dealt with at the discretion of the police officer empowered to appoint him, under rule 16.2(2).

 

14.12. Discharge of police officers. –

 

(1)     A police officer due for discharge shall be called into headquarters at least a week before the date on which he will be discharged. He shall surrender his certificate of appointment, arms, equipment, uniform and all other Government property in his possession. He shall also render a true account of all Gov- ernment monies and property for which he may be responsible. The property and monies surrendered by him shall be surveyed and his accounts finally settled up before he leaves the force. The orders regarding final disbursements in such cases are contained in rule 10.72.

(2)     Every enrolled police officer on quitting the service shall be given a discharge cer- tificate in Form 14.12(2). The certificate shall invariably be signed, after careful verification by a gazetted officer, and column 8 thereof shall be filled in and signed by the Superintendent personally.

The following terms are authorised for describing ‘‘Character’’ in column 8 of the form viz., Exemplary; Very Good; Fair; Indifferent; Bad. An ‘‘exemplary’’ character shall be recorded only in the case of police officers retiring with not less than six years’ approved service free from any major punishment. In the case of officers of longer service the ex- istence of more than one major punishment for each ten years of completed service shall be a bar to the award of an ‘‘exemplary’’ character.

 

14.13. Discharge and transfers - normal dates of. –

 

Discharge on resignation and other discharges and reductions shall, unless there are reasons to the contrary, take effect from the afternoon of the last day of the month, in order to simplify accounts and records. Except for emergent reasons transfers and reliefs shall not be carried out between the dates of preparation of acquittance rolls and disbursement of salaries.

 

14.14. Transfer of gazetted officers. –

 

Whenever a gazetted officer relinquishes or as- sumes charge of a police appointment he shall, as soon as possible, report the time and date to the Inspector-General, sending copies to the Deputy Inspector-General and to the Accountant-General, Punjab, in the prescribed form.

 

14.15. Postings and transfers - liability to and authority for. –

 

(1)      All enrolled police officers are, under Section 22 of the Police Act, liable for service in any part of the general district.

(2)      The authorities empowered to post and transfer police officers are shown in the fol- lowing table :-

 

Authority for transfer

Rank of officer

Restrictions

1. Governor

Superintendents

 

2. Inspector-General

(1)              Assistant, and Deputy Superintendents.

(2)              Inspectors and all officers of lower rank

 

3. Deputy Inspectors-General

(1)               Inspectors

(2)               Sergeants

(3)               Sub- Inspectors and all lower ranks

(1) Except European Inspectors, prosecuting inspectors and inspectors in charge of Lahore, Amritsar and Rawalpindi cities and of Anarkali

4. Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police

(1)               Inspectors

(2)               Sergeants

(3)               Sub-Inspectors and all lower ranks

 

5. Superintendent

(1)              Sub-Inspectors

(2)              Assistant Sub-Inspectors and all lower ranks

(1) In the case of officers in charge of police stations with the approval of the District Magistrate

6. Additional Superintendents of Police

Transfer of such lower subordinates as the Superintendent of Police may, with the approval of the Deputy Inspector- General depute to him.

 

(3)      After holding charge of a police station for three years a Sub- Inspector shall ordi- narily be transferred, either to another police station or to another post in the district. When the District Magistrate and the Superintendent of Police are in agreement that it is clearly in the interest of the public service that a particular Sub-Inspector should continue to hold charge of one police station for a longer period, a recommendation may be made accordingly to the Deputy Inspector-General, who is empowered freely to grant exten- sions up to a maximum of five years. The normal period of posting to a police station in the case of assistant sub- inspectors is also three years, but this period may be extended to a maximum of five by the Superintendent of Police on similar grounds as in the case of Sub-Inspectors.


(4)      Whenever an Inspector, Sergeant, Sub-Inspector or Assistant Sub- Inspector relin- quishes or assumes charge of an appointment the Superintendent of the district concerned shall, as soon as possible, submit a report to the Inspector-General or Deputy Inspector- General as the case may be, in Form 14.15(4). This order does not apply to changes within the district.


(5)      No police officer against whom criminal proceedings have been instituted shall be transferred to another district until the final order is passed in respect of such proceedings.

(6)      Deputy Inspectors-General may, by mutual agreement, arrange the exchange of Sub-Inspectors of the same ranks.

 

14.16. Postings, transfers, rotation of, within districts. –

(1)      A register of postings of all enrolled police officers shall be maintained in English in each district in Form 14.16(1).

(2)      Standing orders shall be issued in each district regarding the rotation of duty to be observed in the case of lower subordinates.

(3)      Ordinarily the following rotation of duty will be observed :-

(a)      General duty in Lines and standing guards.

(b)      Duty in municipal towns and cantonments.

(c)      Duty at police stations and posts subordinate to police stations. The normal pe- riod of posting at a police station shall be three years.


 

14.17. Medical Certificate. –

(1)      The rules relating to the grant of medical certificates by medical officers to Government servants are contained in Appendix XXVIII of the Punjab Medical Manual.

(2)      Police officers on leave who, while at a station other than that from which they pro- ceeded on leave, are desirous of obtaining an extension of leave on medical certificate should apply to the Civil Surgeon of the district in which they happen to be. In every such case it shall be the duty of the medical officer, before he grants a certificate to ascertain direct from the head of the applicant’s department or office particulars regarding the ap- plicant’s previous medical history, as well as whether he is really on leave, and the district to which he belongs, and the fact that this has been done shall be mentioned in the medical certificate. Pending this enquiry the applicant will be placed on the sick list. (Rule VII of Appendix XXVIII to the Punjab Medical Manual).

(3)      Medical officers are prohibited from granting certificates recommending transfers of police officers from one station to another on the ground of ill-health, or unsuitability of climate. Should the immediate superior officer of any applicant for a certificate re- quire any information as to the likelihood of any locality proving detrimental to the applicant’s health, or beneficial as compared with another locality, the information may be furnished, but separately from the certificate. (Rule XIV of Appendix XXVIII of the Punjab Medical Manual).

(4)      Whenever particulars of a police officer’s illness are required in the interest of Gov- ernment by his official superiors, the Government medical officer who has dealt with his case in his official capacity may be required to supply them without infringing the rela- tions which ordinarily exist between a patient and his medical adviser. This procedure, however, should rarely be necessary, and ordinarily the medical statement of his case should be demanded from the police officer himself, who can obtain it from his medical attendant in the way in which the somewhat analogous statements, required to support an application for leave on medical certificate, are obtained. (Rule XVI of Appendix XXVIII of the Punjab Medical Manual).

(5)      Medical officers are required to confine themselves to recommending leave to such policemen as are not likely to benefit by a further stay in hospital and should not certify that a policeman is incapacitated for further service unless they are officially requested to report upon his capacity for further service. (Article 450, Civil Service Regulations).

 

14.18. Duty slips. –

A vernacular duty slip in Form 14.18 shall be maintained by every enrolled police officer who shall be personally responsible that all transfers involving a change of duty, all leave (including casual leave) and all duties involving an absence of 24 hours or more from lines are duly entered in such slip and intialled by the Lines officer, the officer in charge of the police station or clerk head constable.

 

14.19. Orderlies. –

(1)     The Inspector-General shall be entitled to two orderlies, one of whom may be head-constable. A Deputy Inspector-General shall be entitled to two con- stable orderlies.

A Superintendent, an Assistant Superintendent, a Deputy Superintendent and an Inspec- tor are entitled to one Constable orderly each.

(2)     Except with the permission of the Inspector-General, lower subordinates shall not be employed as personal orderlies for more than three years at a time, and shall revert to other duties for three years before being again so employed.

(3)     The transfer of orderlies from district to district is prohibited without the sanction of the Inspector-General of Police.

 

14.20. Subordinates not to follow their superiors from district to district. –

No po- lice officer shall be transferred with his superior from one district to another. Deputy Inspectors-General are required to pay attention to the due observance of the spirit as well as the letter of this order, and to check any tendency for favourite subordinates to resign and re- enrol themselves in the district to which a particular superior officer has been transferred.

 

14.21. Powers to enter jails. –

 

(1)      Gazetted police officers may enter jails at any time for any purpose connected with the discharge of their duty.

(2)      Subordinate police officers may enter jails only for the purpose of conducting op- erations for the identification of prisoners.

When entering jails such officers shall be in proper uniform.

(3)      No police officer is allowed to interrogate a prisoner without an order in writing from the District Magistrate addressed to the Superintendent of the Jail.

Officers deputed for this purpose shall not be below the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector.

 

14.22. Privately-owned fire-arms. –

 

(1)     Police officers below the rank of Sub-Inspec- tor should not ordinarily be recommended for licences to possess private fire-arms :-

Provided that officers below such rank, who may be of superior social status in their private capacity or who may possess considerable landed property, may be so recommended.

(2)     The use of privately-owned arms on duty by non-gazetted police officers is forbid- den. (See also rule 6.34).

 

14.23. Control over property held or acquired by police officers. –

 

(1)     Subject to the conditions which follow, any police officer may possess or acquire land and other prop- erty. This includes a mortgage of a permanent nature (Punjab Government Endorsement No. 4111/1276-S.G.-36/24038, dated the 5th August, 1936):-

(a)      Every police officer of rank above that of constable shall report to the Superin- tendent full particulars in universal form 76-A regarding any immovable prop- erty in India held by him or by his wife, or wives, sons, father, brothers or nephews, at the time of first appointment to such rank, or which he, or the said members of his family, may subsequently acquire. Any interest held by the po- lice officer in a joint Hindu Family should also be shown by him in the decla- ration. Particulars in regard to family holdings need not be recorded in the declaration form but should be indicated separately.

In January of each year every police officer of rank above that of constable shall write up a fresh declaration form giving particulars of any additions or alterations in the immov- able property held by him or by the members of his family referred to above, during the previous year; or, if there have been no such additions or alterations, he shall record a cer- tificate to that effect.

Gazetted officers shall on first appointment and in subsequent years, send their decla- ration forms through Superintendents of Police to the Deputy Inspector-General who shall attach them with the annual Confidential Report on each officer and forward both documents to the Inspector-General so as to reach him by the 15th February. The Inspec- tor-General will forward the declaration forms to Government for information and, on their return, will attach them to the personal files of officers concerned.

Note. - The previous sanction of the Inspector-General of Police should be obtained, through the usual channel in all cases of the acquisition or disposal, wholly or partially, of immovable property by Police Officers, whether for residential or other purposes.

 

(b)      When a police officer is allowed to purchase or to take mortgage on land situated in the district in which he is serving he shall be transferred to another district.

(c)      Police officers serving in canal colonies are prohibited from acquiring land either by tender or auction in the area in which they are employed.

(2)     As regards possessions, other than landed property, Government reserves to itself the right to demand from any police officer, should the public interests require that such a demand should be made, an account of investments made or movable property acquired by him or by any of the near relatives specified in condition (1)(a) above.

(3)     A record shall be kept, confidentially, in the personal files of all officers of and above the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector, showing the extent and nature of the sources of in- come of each officer in addition to his pay. This record is maintained in the interests of officers themselves and it is important that they should ensure its correctness by reporting all such sources of income, and all additions as acquired, confidentially, to the Superin- tendent of Police under whom they are serving.

(4)     All information supplied by police officers regarding movable or immovable prop- erty held or acquired by them, or by their relatives, will be treated as strictly confidential.

 

14.24. Orders regarding the collection of supplies. –

 

(1)      The police are , as a general rule, forbidden to collect carriage or supplies and shall ordinarily confine their action in such matters to pointing out to the applicant where he can obtain what he requires.

(2)      The acceptance of presents, free carriage, or entertainment from subordinates, is strictly forbidden. Both superior and subordinate officers must understand that this rule is dictated by the necessity of allowing no custom to exist which may lead to abuses or be liable to misrepresentation, and that these considerations must override purely personal ones, however laudable or natural the latter may be.

(3)      Touring officers are required to be scrupulous in ensuring by personal attention that all expenses incurred in connection with their tours are paid for, and their payment reaches those to whom it is due. Attention must be paid in this respect not only to the proper payment for supplies required by the officer himself, but to the debts incurred by servants and tour establishment generally. Whenever possible all supplies should be ob- tained through the contractor appointed by Government for the purpose; when there is no such contractor and supplies have to be collected through lambardars, particular care shall be taken that payments are properly made and distributed.

(4)      Apart from the specific examples dealt with in sub-rules (1) and (2) above, police of- ficers of all ranks are strictly enjoined to refrain from placing themselves under any sort of obligation either to a subordinate or to any member of the public, who is or is likely to be within their official jurisdiction, or with whom they are liable to have official relations.

(5)      The collection or purchase of supplies, whether on tour or in headquarters, through subordinates of the police, or any other Government department, is strictly prohibited. No police officer shall employ a Government servant in any private matter in which the receipt or expenditure of money in the transaction or bargain is involved.

 

14.25. Regarding pecuniary transactions. –

 

(1)      Police officers are forbidden to have banking transactions of any kind with accountants in police offices.

(2)      No police officer shall borrow money from, or become indebted either directly or in- directly, to any other police officer or to any agent, connection, dependent, relation or surety of any other police officer.

Similarly, no police officer shall borrow money from or become indebted to any native of India residing or carrying on business in the district in which such police officer may be serving; provided that this rule shall not apply to ordinary shop debts.

 

(3)      No police officer shall, either directly or indirectly, lend money to any other police officer, and all police officers are prohibited from lending money at interest, whether di- rectly or through relatives or other agents, to land-holders, with or without security, within the province in which they are employed.

(4)      Voluntary subscriptions shall not be collected from Head Constables or Constables for any purpose without the sanction of the Inspector-General.

(5)      Police officers shall report to their immediate superiors any case of insolvency or hopeless indebtedness amongst their subordinates.

(6)      Gazetted officers are forbidden under pain of dismissal from taking loans from or placing themselves under pecuniary obligations to persons subject to their official author- ity or influence or residing, possessing property, or carrying on business within the local limits within which such gazetted officers are appointed.

 

14.26. Regarding presents. –

 

(1)     In accordance with the principle stated in rule 14.24 police officers are prohibited from accepting presents of any description whatever from their subordinates. The giving and receiving of dalis by police officers is absolutely pro- hibited. The orders of the Punjab Government regarding dalis are contained in paragraphs 11 and 12 of Punjab Government Consolidated Circular No. 1 as amended up to 1st March, 1928. The acceptance by police officers or members of their families of pre- sents or dalis from non-officials is prohibited by rule 2 of the Government Servants Conduct Rules which states :-

‘‘2.  Any Government servant may accept from any Indian a complimentary present of flowers or fruits or similar articles of trifling value, but all Government ser- vants shall use their best endeavours to discourage the tender of such gifts.’’

(2)     Enrolled police officers are prohibited from accepting or giving marriage present (tambol) except from or to immediate neighbours at their homes or relatives.

(3)     Police officers are prohibited from accepting the loan of carriages, horses, etc., be- longing to Indian Chiefs except in cases of emergency.

(4)     No police officers shall attend any farewell entertainment held as a mark of regard for himself on the occasion of his retirement from the service or his departure from a dis- trict or station or any other entertainment held in his honour, unless it be of a purely informal and private nature and genuinely confined to personal friends. Sanction to de- part from this rule can be given by the Inspector-General only.[37]

 

14.27. Extra departmental influence not to be solicited. –

 

(1)     Police officers of all ranks are forbidden to approach officials of other departments or non-official gentlemen for support in pressing individual claims in the matter of promotions, transfers, punish- ments and appeals, &c. Promotions are made in accordance with the principles and methods set forth in Chapter XIII. Attempts to influence the minds of promoting officers by applications or recommendations direct or indirect outside the officially prescribed promotion reports, character rolls and personal files will be treated as serious breaches of discipline. Transfers are made in the interest of the service and not for the convenience of individuals. Reasonable representations, with a view to obtaining the modification of orders of transfers can be made through the proper channel and in the manner prescribed by rule 14.6 but, officers may be proceeded against departmentally for breaches of disci- pline if such applications are frivolous or submitted merely to avoid service in unpleasant areas. In the matter of punishments and appeals, the procedure is laid down in Chapter XVI, and any attempt to influence appellate or revision authorities either directly, through superior officers or through outsiders, will be treated as serious breaches of discipline. Police officers are also not permitted to interview the Inspector-General or the Deputy In- spector-General regarding their transfers, promotions, punishments, &c., without previously obtaining their sanction through the proper channel.

(2)     Police officers are similarly forbidden to approach Members of the Legislatures with a view to having their individual grievances made the subject of interpellations in the Chambers.

(3)     The prohibition in sub-rule (1) above includes the acquisition of certificates or letters of recommendation other than certificates granted under rule 15.3 or formal letters ad- dressed to the Superintendent of Police concerned, bringing to his notice specific services rendered to the writer, or under the official cognizance of the writer.

(4)     Police officers are strictly prohibited from obtaining interviews with Members or Secretaries to Government without the prior sanction of the Inspector-General.

 

14.28. Regarding speculations. –

 

(1)      No police officer shall habitually buy and sell any share, stock, scrip, certificate, schedule, coupon, debenture or other security pertaining to public funds or companies whose value notoriously fluctuates from time to time.

(2)      No police officer shall take advantage of information received by him as a police of- ficer to speculate in any such funds.

(3)      Police officers shall not engage in trade, but may hold shares in mining and other companies having for their object the development of the resources of the country. No police officer, however, shall take part in the management of any such institution without the sanction of the Inspector- General, nor shall a police officer who holds a share in any such company be employed in any district in which it carries on its operations.

Note. - The Model Town Society, Limited, Lahore, is regarded as a trading concern. While police officers may become members of this or any similar society, they must obtain sanction to serving on the managing committees of such societies in accordance with sub-rule (3) above.[38]

 

[39][14.29 Shaheed Avtar Singh Atwal Memorial Fund. –

 

Shaheed Avtar Singh Atwal Memorial Fund is founded in memory of the late Shri Avtar Singh Atwal, IPS, DIG/Jalandhar Range who laid down his life for the integrity of the nation on 25th April, 1983 at Amritsar. The Fund is supported by :-

(i)       10% of reward money of police personnel.

(ii)      Voluntary contribution received from or through police officers. The fund is administered by a committee composed as follows :-

President           Director General of Police.

Honorary Secretary and Treasurer     Assistant Inspector General of Police, Welfare. Member             All Addl. Director Generals of Police in Punjab.

Inspector General of Police, Hqrs., Punjab.

All Range Deputy Inspector Generals of Police. Establishment Officer, Central Police Office, Punjab.

The object of the fund is :-

(1)      to provide scholarships for the education of the families of police officers who die or are killed while in service leaving their families in destitute;

(2)      to assist the dependents of officers killed on duty in cases where Government had not made suitable or adequate provisions;

(3)      to assist by the grant of subsistence allowance to the dependents of officers who die in service; and

(4)      to make a compassionate grant to a widow or family for the purpose of mainte- nance in any case.

The existing amount of the Handyside memorial fund stands transferred to Sheheed Avtar Singh Atwal Memorial Fund.]

 

14.30. Participation in politics. –

 

(1)     No police officer shall take part in or subscribe in aid of any political movement in India or relating to Indian affairs. Where there is room for doubt whether action, which a police officer proposes to take, contravenes this rule the orders of the Inspector- General shall be obtained.

(2)     A police officer shall not canvass or otherwise interfere or use his influence in con- nection with, or take part in, any election to a Legislative body, but may, if qualified, record his own vote.[40]

 

14.31. Irregular applications and recommendations - Prohibition of. –

 

Police offi- cers of all ranks are prohibited from applying either directly on through superior officers for promotion, when vacancies occur, and officers are prohibited from recommending subordinates for particular posts otherwise than as provided for in Chapter XIII, or if or- dered to do so by the authority empowered to fill such posts.

 

14.32. Action if bribe is offered. –

 

Every police officer, if at any time he should be of- fered a bribe, is required to make an immediate report of the fact to his official superior. Failure to comply with this order will in itself be a breach of discipline. The offer of a bribe is a criminal offence, and all possible steps should be immediately taken to ensure that the offence may be brought home to the bribe-giver in a criminal trial in cases where circumstances indicate that such a course of action is feasible.

 

14.33. Police officers not to take up other employment. –

 

Section 10 of Act V of 1861 absolutely forbids any police officer from taking up any employment whatever other than his duties under that Act, save with the express and written permission of the Inspector- General. Such permission has been given generally so as not to debar police officers from engaging in casual literary work, to the extent allowed under the Government Servants Conduct Rules, from serving as examiners, or from engaging in an honorary capacity in the work of charitable, religious, or social organizations. The Inspector-General has the right, however, to withdraw his permission in any case in which , in his opinion, the in- terests of Government are prejudiced. The restrictions imposed by Section 10 of the Police Act are binding on police officers throughout their service, whether on leave or duty.

14.34. Regarding arbitration. –

 

A police officer shall not act as an arbitrator for the settlement of a dispute except under the following rules :-

(i)       He shall not act as arbitrator in any case without the sanction of his immediate su- perior officer and unless he is directed so to act by a court or officer having authority to appoint an arbitrator.

(ii)      He shall not act as arbitrator in any case which is likely to come before him in any shape in virtue of his executive office.

(iii)     If he acts as arbitrator at the private request of disputants he shall accept no fees.

(iv)     If he acts as arbitrator by appointment of a Court of law he may accept such fees as the court may fix.

 

14.35. Orders regarding cases against officers. –

 

(1)     Any gazetted officer who be- comes involved in a case affecting his private honour shall report the matter confidentially to the Inspector-General through his Deputy Inspector- General.

(2)     The orders of Government are that no suit on behalf of Government or a public of- ficer shall be instituted nor shall the defence of such a suit be entered upon without the sanction of the proper controlling authority. In all such cases, therefore, Superintendents of Police shall report the facts at the earliest stage possible to the Deputy Inspector-Gen- eral of their range, who shall be guided in the action he takes by the rules published in Part III, Punjab Law Department Manual, 6th Edition, 1929. Officers directly concerned with such cases must exercise the utmost caution lest they may by their written or spoken word prejudice the eventual issue.

 

14.36. Rules for official conduct. –

Those portions of Financial Commissioner’s Standing Order No. 44 (3rd reprint, dated 9th February, 1927), which are of the general application are, except where they are in conflict with a specific Police Rule, binding on all police officers in respect of their official conduct. Copies of this Circular are on record in all police offices and should be referred to when necessary.

 

14.37. Orders regarding membership of Auxiliary Forces and Army Reserves. –

(1)      Police officers may join units of the Auxiliary Force, India, if qualified to do so, on the understanding that their connection with such corps, whether in times of peace or emergency can in no circumstances be allowed to interfere with their police duties. Ex- cept with the permission of the local Government no police officer may be a commissioned or non- commissioned officer in the Auxiliary Force, India.

(2)      Gazetted officers and European upper subordinates who may be qualified for ap- pointment to the Army in India Reserve of Officers, as officers or officers designate respectively, may apply, through the usual channel, to the Inspector-General of Police, for such appointment. Each application will be considered on its merits and in relation to the general orders of Government bearing on the subject from time to time and to the exigen- cies of police services.

 

14.38. Police officers entitled to seats in Durbar and privilege of a chair. –

All po- lice officers drawing salary of Rs. 50 per mensem or over and being above the rank of Head-Constable are entitled to a chair when paying an official visit.

Sub-Inspectors of Police on the time-scale of pay are ex-officio District Durbaris. All Inspectors of police and selection grade Sub-Inspectors are ex-officio Divisional Dur- baris. Gazetted police officers whether substantive or officiating are ex-officio Provincial Durbaris.

Pensioned officers are entitled to precisely the same privileges in respect of Durbars and the grant of a chair as they enjoyed while in active service.

 

14.39. Privileges and duties of selection grade Constables on list C. –

 

(1)     Selection grade Constables on list C shall be exempted from sentry duty, and may be employed as second in command of guards, in command of escorts where the number of Constables composing the escort is not more than three, and as squad commanders on parades and other occasions, such as alarms, fairs, fires, street lining duty, etc., when police are de- tailed for duty in such units. Constables shall be so employed only when no Head Constable or officiating Head Constable is available.

(2)     A Constable called upon to perform the duties of a Head Constable under the con- ditions of the preceding sub-rule shall have the disciplinary powers and authority of a Head Constable over those men actually placed under his command, and for the duration of the specific duty only.

 

14.40. Courtesy titles. –

 

(1)     Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors may, with the sanction of the Inspector-General, assume any one of the following courtesy titles :-

Hindus. - Pandit (for Brahmins only), Bhai, Lala, Malik, Mehta, Bakshi, Sodhi, Misar, Sardar and Chaudhri.

Baba or Bawa, Bedi and Giani (for Sikhs only).

Muhammadans. - Kazi, Maulvi, Khan (as an affix only), Hafiz, Haji, Arbab, Mir, Munshi, Mirza, Malik, Mufti, Khawaja, Sheikh, Sardar, Pir, Sayed, Chaudhri, Mian. (If this has been recognised by Government as having been customary for some generations in the family).

Sanction, when accorded, will be published in the Police Gazette.

(2)     They are not, however, allowed to assume such titles as are ordinarily conferred by Government, or are recognized hereditary titles, such as Mian in the case of Hindus, un- less these have been recognised by Government as having been customary for some generations of the family.

(3)     Permanently-appointed Sikh officers not below the rank of Inspector, may, as a mat- ter of courtesy, and if they themselves desire it, be addressed in correspondence as Sardar.

Note. - The Sub-rules (1) and (2) above apply also to the assumption of courtesy titles by gazetted police officers, doubtful cases being referred to Government.

 

14.41. Wearing of uniform after retirement. –

 

(1)     Retired officers of the police de- partment not below the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector, who have rendered approved service of not less than 15 years in the department, may be permitted to wear, on ceremo- nial occasions, or when calling on Government officials, the uniform of the rank which they held in the force at the time of retirement.

(2)     Application for such permission shall be made through the Deputy Inspector-Gen- eral to the Inspector-General and, in the case of upper subordinates, shall be accompanied by the character roll of the officer on whose behalf the application is submitted.

 

14.42. Medical attendance. –

 

(1)     Inspectors, Sub-Inspectors and Assistant Sub-In- spectors, who live in the police lines and not at a distance from the police hospital, are, when sick, entitled to medical attendance at their residence. Detailed orders on the sub- ject are contained in the Punjab Medical Manual.

(2)     Under Punjab Government letter No. 25744 (Medical), dated the 3rd September, 1930, all officers of the Imperial Police Service are entitled to free medical, surgical and nursing charges if treated in hospital in India.

 

14.43. Regarding the keeping of horses, etc. by lower subordinates. –

 

Head Consta- bles and foot Constables shall not keep any horse, pony or mule without the special sanction of the Deputy Inspector-General and such sanction may only be given when the police officer seeking it can show that he has private means out of which he can afford to maintain such animal.

 

14.44. Communication of official information to the press. –

 

It is desirable that the services of the newspaper press should be utilized for securing publicity in regard to po- lice regulations and orders affecting the public, and for disseminating information through which public assistance may be enlisted in the detection of crime and the arrest of criminals, or public anxiety may be allayed. The authority and discretion to commu- nicate official information with these objects is confined, however, solely to Superintendents of Police personally. In the exercise of this authority, moreover, Super- intendents are restricted to matters of exclusively local significance, and they are forbidden from giving publicity to any information which affects directly or indirectly questions of general policy. Police officers subordinate to the Superintendent of Police of a district are absolutely prohibited from communicating official information of any sort on their own responsibility to representatives of the press.

 

14.45. Regarding the grant of passports. –

 

No police officer shall give a transport pass or a certificate or other document of the nature of a passport to a person travelling or in- tending to travel from one part of India to another, whether such journey is to be performed in British or in foreign territory or in both.

 

14.46. Superintendents leaving their districts - sanction for. –

 

When a Superinten- dent of Police wishes to proceed beyond the boundaries of his district on duty, which will entail his absence for one or more nights, he shall, whenever possible, obtain the approval of the District Magistrate and the sanction of the Deputy Inspector-General in advance. If the urgency of the occasion prevents this, he shall inform the District Magistrate of his departure, reasons for it, and probable duration of absence, as promptly as possible, and shall send similar information to the Deputy Inspector General by telegram.

Gazetted officers subordinate to the Superintendent of Police shall not leave the district for one or more nights without the sanction of the latter, who should mention such ab- sences, for the information of the District Magistrate and Deputy Inspector General in his weekly diary.

 

14.47. Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors not to serve in their homes districts. –

 

Except for special reasons, and with the approval of the Inspector-General in each case, no Sub- Inspector shall be posted to a permanent appointment in the district in which his home is situated. The same rule will govern the postings of Inspectors. The rule will not, how- ever, apply to appointments to clerical posts or posts of Lines Officer or reserve Inspector, nor will it affect the postings of European Inspector or Sergeants.

 

14.48. Communication of confidential reports and confidential nature of recom- mendation. –

 

(1)     The following principles in regard to the communication to police officers of unfavorable remarks made by their superiors in annual or other reports of a pe- riodical nature should be carefully observed :-

(a)      When a report is built up on the individual opinions as noted of different depart- mental superiors in gradation, it is only the opinion as accepted by the highest authority which need be considered from the point of view of communication;

(b)      as a general rule in no case should an officer be kept in total ignorance for any length of time that his superiors, after sufficient experience of his work, are dis- satisfied with him; in cases where a warning might eradicate, or help to eradi- cate, a particular fault the advantages of prompt communication are obvious; where criticism is to be withheld the final authority to consider the report should record instructions with reasons, according to the nature of the defect discussed as to the period for which communication is to be kept back;

(c)      only those defects need be pointed out which can be remedied, since it would serve no useful purpose to communicate such criticisms as lack of ability or in- telligence;

(d)      the reporting officer should specifically state whether the defects reported have been already brought in any other connection to the notice of the officer con- cerned.

(e)      remarks in cases in which the local Government or head of the department or other officer suspends judgment should not be communicated;

(f)       great attention should be paid to the manner and method of communication in or- der to ensure that the advice given and the warning of censure administered, whether orally or in writing, shall, having regard to the temperament of the of- ficer concerned, be most beneficial to him.

(2)     Recommendations for appointments, promotions, increases of pay and the like should not be mentioned to the parties concerned. Police officers should, therefore, be careful not merely to abstain from communicating but also to guard against the disclosure of information in cases of the kind, which should always be treated as confidential in of- ficial correspondence. (See also rule 15.22).

 

14.49. Joining associations. –

 

Government is prepared to grant official recognition to associations representing distinct ranks of police officers, provided such association con- form to conditions which have been laid down. Copies of the rules embodying these conditions can be obtained by associations or proposed associations on application through the proper official channel. The formation of associations otherwise than in ac- cordance with these rules, and the joining of any association or trade union other than a recognised police association by individual police officers, is absolutely prohibited.

 

14.50. Reports of death or injuries to police officers. –

 

(1)      When any gazetted officer or upper subordinate is killed or wounded in the execution of his duty, or in circumstances arising from his duties, or meets with sudden and violent death in any very exceptional circumstances, a telegraphic report shall be submitted by the Superintendent under whom he is serving direct to the Inspector-General. In the case of wounds the telegram shall state whether they are dangerous, severe or slight. Such telegraphic reports shall be sup- plemented with the least possible delay by a detailed report in Form 14.50(1).

(2)      Deaths, other than those covered by sub-rule (1), shall be reported telegraphically to the Inspector-General in the case of gazetted officers and European upper subordinates in order that he may inform their next of kin without delay, and by post to the Inspector-Gen- eral in the case of Indian Inspectors and to the Deputy Inspector-General concerned in the case of Sub- Inspectors and Assistant Sub-Inspectors.

(3)      On receipt of reports under sub-rules (1) and (2) the Inspector- General shall, in ad- dition to communicating with the next of kin of the deceased or wounded officer, report the facts to the local Government. In the case of deaths of Europeans the particulars re- quired for completion of the return of deaths of Europeans officials shall be added.

 

14.51. Procedure to be adopted in connection with anti-rabic treatment. –

 

Police officers proceeding for anti-rabic treatment at the public expense should, when the jour- ney to Lahore is cheaper than that to Kasauli, be sent to Lahore and not to Kasauli, unless the Inspector-General of Civil Hospitals, Punjab, intimates at any time that fresh patients cannot be treated at the Punjab Bacteriological Laboratory, Lahore. Concessions will be granted to Government servants proceeding to Lahore for treatment on the lines (mutatis mutandis) of the concessions granted under the rules in force from time to time for pa- tients proceeding for treatment to the Pasteur Institute at Kasauli.

The following officers are authorised to sanction proceeding to a Pasteur Institute :-

(a)        Deputy Inspector-General.For Superintendents of Police (sanction may be obtained by telegram or telephone).




(b)        Superintendent of Police or Senior gazetted officer present .For headquarters establishment

 

(c)         Any gazetted officer or Inspector .For police officers away from headquarters.

 

14.52. Nature of arms to be carried. –

 

The arms to be borne by police on different du- ties are not prescribed by general order. In each district the Superintendent of Police shall lay down by standing order rules suited to local circumstances prescribing the normal ar- mament for different duties. In cases not covered by such orders the officer responsible for detailing men for a particular duty shall prescribe the arms they shall carry. Escorts which are, in the opinion of the officer detailing them, liable to attack by superior numbers shall always be armed with muskets.

 

14.53. Disbursement of pay. –

 

On receipt of cash for the disbursement of salaries, im- mediate payment shall be made to all recipients who may be present. Each man, both upper and lower subordinate, shall be called up in turn, and the particulars of pay, allow- ances, deductions and balance payable as shown in the acquittance roll shall be read out to him. He shall then be required to receive and sign the receipt for the money shown as due to him, any complaint being noted at the time and submitted, if it appears reasonable, to the Superintendent of Police without delay. In headquarters, the Lines Officer shall personally disburse pay on the day it is received and shall daily check the acquittance rolls and daily entries regarding disbursements made by the lines clerk on subsequent days to men, who were not present on the first day. In police stations and posts pay shall be dis- bursed immediately on receipt by the officer-in-charge personally, if present, and in his absence by the senior officer present, the same procedure being observed as is laid down for disbursements in Lines.

When unable personally to make disbursements the officer-in-charge of the police sta- tion shall at the earliest opportunity, check the disbursements made by his subordinates, calling up recipients, and satisfying himself that they have been duly paid, and he shall re- cord the fact of his having done this in the daily diary.

Gazetted officers shall, whenever possible, personally supervise the disbursement of pay and shall take every opportunity, both at headquarters and on tour, of testing the cor- rect receipt of their dues by individual police officers.

Special care is necessary in respect of the disbursement of pay drawn on arrears bills and of travelling allowance; the system prescribed in this rule shall apply to such disburse- ments, and a personal check by Lines officers, officers-in-charge of police stations and supervising officers must be insisted upon.

 

14.53. Order Book. –

 

(1)     The order book shall be maintained and written up daily by the reader of the Superintendent of Police, or, in his absence from headquarters, the reader of the senior gazetted officer present. Entries shall be numbered serially throughout the year and each day’s orders shall be arranged in sections as follows :-

(i)       Training and Inspection. - Including all orders regarding parades, inspections and duties.

 

(ii)      Establishments.- Including all orders regarding enrolments, discharges, trans- fers, increases and decreased of strength, promotions, reductions, leave and pensions.

(iii)     Discipline. - Including orders regarding punishments, rewards and all orders of a disciplinary nature.

(iv)    Accounts. - Including all orders for receipt and payments of money, grant of al- lowances, realisation of deductions, over-payments, etc., from salaries.

(v)      Miscellaneous.

(2)     The order book shall be closed for the day at noon all orders received for entry after that hour being entered on the following day. In the right hand margin shall be entered the section headings and the serial number of each order. A margin shall be left on the left of the page also, and in it a gazetted officer shall enter in English a brief abstract of every order relating to a reduction, promotion or enrolment or creating a vacancy.

(3)     When the orders for the day are completed they shall be presented to the Superin- tendent, or, in his absence, the gazetted officer acting for him, for signature at the foot; the signing officer shall at the same time initial any corrections or interpolations in the body of the orders, and sign all English abstracts made in accordance with sub-rule (3) above.

(4)     The original orders shall be written according to the system described in sub-para- graph 1 above in a bound register of 100 pages in half foolscap size [Police Rules form 14.54(4)]. Three further copies shall be made by inserting sheets of paper and carbon pa- per of the same size below the original sheet and these copies. They shall be despatched to the Lines officer, accountant and orderly Head Constable, respectively, each of whom shall keep a yearly file of these orders for use and action in his office. These yearly files will be destroyed after two years.

(5)     The Reader, Lines Officer, Accountant and orderly Head Constable shall be respon- sible for the issue of all subsidiary letters and directions concerning their own branch of the office. Such correspondence shall be prepared in the branches concerned and issued through the despatch branch.

 

Note. - The Superintendent of Police may, if he wishes, require the Order Book to be maintained in English instead of Vernacular.

14.55. Standing Order File. –

(1)      An English file of all standing orders issued by the Superintendent of Police shall be maintained by the reader. A vernacular translation of each such order shall be kept in a duplicate file, and each such file shall be indexed. These files shall be continuous for five years, after which all orders not previously cancelled, and which it is necessary to keep in force, shall be re-issued, and fresh files shall be started. As soon as possible after the 1st January in each year the reader shall send to the lines and each police station a list, prepared from his file index, of all current standing orders which should be on record (vide rule 22.53), and shall be responsible for supplying duplicate copies of any which may then found deficient. The repeal of a standing order shall be noted in the index and communicated by the reader to all concerned. Modifications shall be notified to all concerned when ordered and the original order shall be corrected accord- ingly.

(2)      All general orders of a permanent character affecting the duties, procedure and prac- tice of the police, explaining the rules of the department, the effect of the decisions of the courts, or of the law, as affecting offences, offenders and the police, shall be recorded in these files. Standing orders for permanent guards, additional police posts, etc., shall not be included.

(3)      Every standing order shall be submitted to the Deputy Inspector-General for ap- proval before issue. If the order is one affecting departmental procedure on a point of general application and is approved by the Deputy Inspector-General, a copy shall be sent by him to the Inspector-General.

(4)      Deputy Inspectors-General shall check files of district standing orders and those is- sued by themselves (vide rule 1.6) at their inspections.

 

14.56. Use of force against crowds. –

(1)     Instructions regarding the use of force by the police against crowds are as follows :-

The use of force by the Police is regulated entirely by the provisions of the law. Those provisions are contained in Chapter V (especially Sections 46 and 50), and Chapter IX (especially Sections 127 and 128) of the Criminal Procedure Code.

(a)      The main principle to be observed is that the degree of force employed shall be regu- lated according to the circumstances of each case. The object of the use of force is to quell a disturbance of the peace, or to disperse an assembly which threatens such disturbance and has either refused to disperse or shows a determination not to disperse; no ulterior ob- jects, such as punitive or repressive effect, shall be taken into consideration.

(b)      Any officer in charge of a police station or police officer of higher rank has power, independently of the authority of a Magistrate, to call upon an unlawful assembly to dis- perse and to use force to disperse it. (See Section 127, Criminal Procedure Code). When a Magistrate (other than an honorary Magistrate) is present or can be communicated with- out such delay as would prejudice the situation, an assembly shall not be called upon to disperse nor shall force be used to disperse it without orders of such Magistrate, provided that, if a gazetted police officer is present, and no Magistrate having first class or higher powers is present, such police officer shall act independently in ordering an assembly to disperse. In other circumstances the senior police officer present, having the powers of an officer-in-charge of a police station, shall act on his own responsibility, but shall com- municate with and report his action to the senior Magistrate, who may be accessible, as soon as possible. Whether acting under the orders of a Magistrate or not, once the order to disperse a crowd has been given, the method by which force shall be applied and the degree of force to be used shall be decided by the senior police officer present; provided that, if the District Magistrate is himself present, he, as head of the police force of the dis- trict, shall be recognised to be the senior police officer present. For the purposes of this rule a Sub-Divisional Magistrate within his sub-division shall have the status of a District Magistrate, i.e., he shall be recognised by all police officers of the sub-division as the sen- ior police officer, and shall have power to decide the method and degree of force to be used.

(c)      All attempts to disperse a crowd by warnings, exhortation, etc., shall be made before it is declared an unlawful assembly and, as such, ordered to disperse. Once an order to disperse has been defied, or when the attitude of a crowd is obviously defiant, force shall be used without hesitation. The degree of force used shall be the minimum which the re- sponsible officer, with the exercise of due care and attention, decides to be necessary for the effective dispersal of the crowd and the making of such arrests as may be desired. The degree and duration of the use of force shall be limited as much as possible, and the least deadly weapon which the circumstances permit shall be used.

(d)      The effectiveness of force depends mainly upon the determination with which it is applied; its direction against the most defiant section of the crowd to be dispersed and its absolute control. Failure to act on this principle results inevitably in more force being ap- plied and more dangerous weapons being used than would otherwise have been necessary. It is not possible to lay down any more definite rule as to when different meth- ods or different weapons shall be used. The officer responsible is required to decide this in each case on consideration of the strength and attitude of the crowd to be dispersed, and the strength of the force available for its dispersal.

 

(e)      When the responsible police officer, whether acting under the orders of a Magistrate or independently, considers that the use of firearms is necessary, he shall, unless circum- stances make such action impossible, warn the crowd that if they do not immediately disperse, fire with live ammunition will be opened upon them. If the District Magistrate or, in a sub-division, the sub- divisional officer is present, his orders shall invariably be obtained immediately the necessity of opening fire becomes immnient. If the senior po- lice officer present is of non- gazetted rank, he shall at such stage obtain the orders of the senior Magistrate present (other than an honorary Magistrate).

(f)       In order that the decision to open fire may be promptly acted upon without loss of control or confusion, the responsible police officer shall, as soon as it appears likely that the use of firearms will be necessary, tell off a detachment of armed police to be held in readiness. When fire is to be opened, the responsible police officer shall decide the mini- mum volume necessary to be effective in the circumstances and shall give precise orders accordingly, as to the particular men or files who are to fire and the number of rounds to be fired; and whether volleys or independent aimed shots are to be fired, and shall ensure that his orders are not exceeded and that no firing contrary to or without orders takes place. Whatever volume of fire is ordered, it shall be applied with the maximum of effect; the aim shall be kept low and directed at the most threatening parts of the crowd; in no cir- cumstances shall firing over the heads of or at the fringes of the crowd be allowed. Since buckshot is not an effective charge at any range at which it is safe to use it, Government has directed that the use of buckshot ammunition against crowds should be prohibited.

(g)      When no Magistrate is present, the police officer in command, as is contemplated in the Criminal Procedure Code, shall be responsible for the opening of fire. Invariably, whether the order to use firearms has been given by a Magistrate, or by a police officer, the order to cease fire shall be given as soon as the unlawful assembly shows a disposition to retire or disperse.

(h)      While the disposition of the police must be left to the police officer in command, every precaution should be taken that a force armed with firearms is not brought so close to a dangerous crowd, as to risk its either being overwhelmed by numbers or being forced to inflict heavy casualties. If the use of firearms cannot be avoided, firing should be car- ried out from a distance sufficient to obviate the risk of the force being rushed and to enable strict fire-control to be maintained.

(i)       On occasions of religious festivals police carrying firearms should ordinarily not be employed to escort processions. They should be posted in front or in the rear of the pro- cession where they are in least danger of being thrown into confusion by the mob and can be kept under the control of the officer in command and their petty officers.

(j)       On occasions when firearms have been used against unlawful assemblies it should be the duty of the Magistrate, if one is present, to make adequate arrangements for the care of the wounded persons and for their removal to hospital and also for the disposal of the dead, if any. He should also, then and there, draw up a full report in consultation with the senior police officer present, stating all the circumstances and noting the number of rounds of ammunition issued and expended. If no Magistrate is present, this report shall be prepared by the senior police officer who shall also take all possible action with regard to wounded and dead.

(2)     The following instructions govern the action of the police when the use of military force becomes necessary :-

(a)      A police officer, of whatever rank, has no authority to require any officer, com- missioned or non-commissioned, in command of a military detachment to use force in dispersing a crowd. Any Magistrate may make such a requisition (Sec- tion 130, Criminal Procedure Code) and, in emergencies when no Magistrate can be communicated with, a commissioned officer of the regular army may himself order military force to be used. When no Magistrate is available and troops are present, and their intervention is, in the opinion of the senior police officer present, necessary, that officer shall inform the senior commissioned regular army officer present of the situation, requesting his assistance in support of the police if necessary. The military officer receiving such report will decide whether to act on it.

(b)      When military force has been set in motion for the dispersal of a crowd, any po- lice force previously employed in contact with such crowd shall be withdrawn to prevent confusion. The senior police officer present and the officer com- manding the troops shall confer as to the method and exact time of such with- drawal, and as to the subsequent employment of the police; provided that, if the District Magistrate is present, his instructions shall be obtained and acted upon. While no rule can be laid down absolutely, the normal procedure should be for the police to be so withdrawn as to leave a free field of action to the troops, and to be used thereafter (a) in support of the troops for making arrests and pursuing a broken mob, (b) for guarding the flanks and rear of the troops from attack and preventing the outbreak of disturbances in other areas.

(c)      It must be noted that, when the order to disperse an unlawful assembly by military force has been given, the senior police officer on the spot and all police at the time within the area where military force is being employed come under the or- ders of the senior military officer present, who is in charge of the operation of dispersal, and remain under his orders to this extent and for the period neces- sary, but the latter must consult the senior police officer present in any action he thinks it necessary to take. When control of the situation is definitely handed over by the senior civil officer to the military authorities, the police force come fully under military control.

[(Note. - These instructions are in conformity with the secret instructions on the subject issued by the Government of India, Army Department].

(3)     Only an officer-in-charge of a police station (and police officers superior in rank of virtue of Section 551, Criminal Procedure Code) can act under Section 127, Criminal Pro- cedure Code. When any other police officer encounters an unlawful assembly, he should immediately send for a Magistrate or a police officer empowered to act under Section 127, Criminal Procedure Code. Should the unlawful assembly commit any overt act of vio- lence before the arrival of such Magistrate or police officer, the senior police officer on the spot, in virtue of other powers conferred by the law, should take such action as is nec- essary to deal with the situation. Section 149, Criminal Procedure Code, empowers every police officer to interpose for the purpose of preventing, and requires that every police of- ficer shall, to the best of his ability, prevent the commission of any cognizable offence. Section 152, Criminal Procedure Code, empowers a police officer of his own authority to interpose to prevent any injury attempted to be committed in his view to any public prop- erty. In addition, all police officers have the same right of private defence which is granted to every person. Every police officer should be fully acquainted with this right which is laid down in Sections 96 to 106, Indian Penal Code. Section 97, Indian Penal Code, makes it clear that every person, and therefore, every police officer, has a right to defend the body of any person, as well as his own body, against any offence affecting the human body and the property of any other person as well as of himself, against any act which is an offence falling under the definition of theft, robbery, mischief or criminal tres- pass, or which is an attempt to commit theft, robbery, mischief, or criminal trespass. The extent to which the right of private defence may be exercised is laid down in Sections 99, 100, 101 and 103, and the period during which the right exists is explained in Sections 102 and 105.

 

14.57. Government family quarters. Clealiness or damage to. –

 

Police officers oc- cupying Government family quarters shall be held strictly responsible for the cleanliness of such quarters and shall be required to make good any damage other than that due to fair wear and tear to the quarters themselves or to any Government property contained therein.

An officer will be held responsible for all damage to a building, even if caused by the previous occupier, if he enters into occupation without reporting immediately to the Su- perintendent of Police, through the usual channel, the extent of the existing damage to the building.

 

Superintendents of Police shall hold regular inspections to see that this rule is obeyed. See also rule 3.32.

 

14.58. Measures against small-pox. –

 

All police officers and their families and other occupants of Government quarters, or quarters for which rent is paid by Government, shall be vaccinated and re-vaccinated for small-pox at the following intervals :-

(a)      When there is no epidemic -

(i)       Infants should, if healthy, be vaccinated in the first three months after birth; in all cases within 12 months.

 

(ii)      Children should be re-vaccinated by the time they attain the age of 7 years and again on reaching the age of 16 years.

 

(iii)     Adults should be re-vaccinated every seven years.

(b)      when there is an epidemic.

 

All persons who have not been vaccinated within the last 12 months should be vacci- nated.

 

All police officers are enjoined to take the same precautions and they may be called on to do so by executive order.

 

14.59. Liability of police officers to pay ‘‘haisiyat’’ or professional taxes. –

 

(1)      The local Government in their letter No. 252922 (L.S.-G. - Bds.), dated the 1st September, 1928, has intimated that district boards may, with the sanction of Government, impose ‘‘haisiyat’’ taxes. The rates leviable are laid down in the above letter. It is also laid down that no tax shall be leviable in any year from the first day of April to the thirty-first day of March next following from any person who is resident in the area subject to the author- ity of the district board for less than one hundred and eighty days in such year.

 

(2)      Police officers resident in certain municipalities and notified areas are also liable to pay ‘‘haisiyat’’ tax. In this case the tax is only leviable on the income of such officers which they may have received while actually stationed within the municipality or notified area. - (Vide Memo No. 21943 (Bds. & Comts. - Comts.), dated 11th September, 1920).

 

(3)      Superintendents of Police shall not collect such taxes from the officers concerned, but shall furnish such lists as may be called for by the local bodies concerned in this con- nection.

 

FORM 14.10(2)

ORDERLY ROOM REGISTER

 

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Serial No.

Date

Rank No. and name

Posting and/or designation

Nature of application plea or representation

Order passed in brief

Signature No. Rank and designation Orderly room Officer

Reference Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 14.12(2)

POLICE DEPARTMENT. DISCHARGE CERTIFICATE                     DISTRICT. DESCRIPTIVE ROLL OF

(1)      Provincial, Range or Constabulary No.

 

(2)      Name and parentage.

 

(3)      Caste.

 

(4)      Village, police station and district.

 

(5)      Height.

 

(6)      Age on date of discharge.

 

(7)      Distinctive marks.

 

(8)      Character.

 

(9)      Cause of discharge and date (Note also medals and decorations held).

 

Dated the      19      

Superintendent of Police

 

TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN

 

(REVERSE)

 

Certified that                                    has been discharged from the Police Force from the                                                     having served as follows :-

 

Text Box: Police service	Years	Months	Days	Previous service in other Government departments

As ..
As ..
As ..
As ..					
As ..
As ..
As ..
As ..
.	Total				.	Total

Text Box: Years	Months	Days

 

Grand Total service    ..        ..                          .. ..    ..        ..

 

Paid on account of clothing money Rs.

 

He has received a true and just account of his pay and arrears of pay from his first en- rolment up to this date and all claims against him by Government have been settled in full.

 

Dated          19           Superintendent of Police

 

I acknowledge to have received in full all pay and arrears of pay from my first enrol- ment up to this date my discharge.

 

Signature of witness.

Signature of party

 

FORM No. 14.15 (4).

CHARGE REPORT OF UPPER SUBORDINATES.

 

(1)      Gazette order of transfer, leave, etc.

 

(2)      Name of officer relinquishing charge, with date and hour.

 

(3)      Name of officer assuming charge, with date and hour.

 

Dated         19           Superintendent of Police.

FORM NO. 14.16(1).

REGISTER OF POSTINGS OF ALL ENROLLED POLICE OFFICERS.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

Sr.

No.

Constab ulary No.

Name

Date of enrolment

Residen ce

Education

Date of return from last rural duty

Police Station from which last

transferred

Reasons for transfer (column 8)

Police Station, etc., to which now posted

Date of present posting

Remarks (including reference to last previous entry in this Register)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note. - In this register separate pages shall be assigned to each rank, and the register shall be di- vided into the following parts :-

(1)        Office Staff of Superintendent, Lines Establishment, Orderlies and others permanently at- tached to headquarters and not included in any of the following parts :-

(2)        Men posted in Municipal towns (each town to be shown separately).

(3)        Men posted in Cantonments.

(4)        Men posted at Police Stations and subordinate posts.

(5)        Men posted in Lines, which includes all standing and personal guards, at the Police Training School and on special duty in other districts.

 

FORM No. 14.18.

DUTY SLIP OF                    No.                               

 

1

2

3

4

Nature of duty, leave, etc.

PERIOD

Signature of Lines Officer, Officer in charge of Police Station or Clerk Head Constable.

From

To

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 14.50(1)

DEATH REPORT.

Return of deaths of European Police Officers and Pensioners in the Punjab.

Column 1.- Name.

2.- Date of death.

3.- Place of death.

4.- Occupation at the time of death.

5.- Age at the time of death - Years. Months.


Days
.

6.- Place of birth.

7.- Particulars as to family connections.

8.- Particulars as to property (if any).

9.- Length of service.

10. Cause of death.

11. Remarks. Dated  

The 19        

 

FORM No. 14.54 (4)

Order Book

Superintendent of Police.




Serial No.

Section Head

Details of order

 

 

 

CHAPTER 15 REWARDS

 

15.1. Rewards to be given freely. –

 

(1)     To encourage members of the public to perform the duties required of them by law and assist the Criminal Administration, rewards shall be given freely. Care must be taken not to prejudice the issue of a case by granting re- wards before its conclusion. In some instances, however, rewards can be given before the case is over. - vide rule 15.6.

(2)     Rewards to subordinate police officers should not be given for the proper perform- ance of ordinary routine duties, but for special merit in any branch of police activities. The qualifications for reward are detailed in rule 15.7(1).

 

15.2. Rewards, dealt with in other rules. –

 

The instructions regarding the grant of re- wards in the following cases are contained in the rules specified against each :-

(i)       For passing the Pashtu Examination, rule 19.46.

(ii)      To zaildars, inamdars, and headmen, rule 21.3(2).

(iii)     To officers of the Criminal Investigation Department, rule 21.28(4).

(iv)     For killing wild animals and snakes, rule 22.33.

(v)      To arresting officers in Excise cases, rule 24.19(13). With regard to unauthorised rewards, see rule 10.71.

 

15.3. Commendation certificates. –

 

When an enrolled police officer or any person other than a police officer renders ready and efficient assistance in the investigation of a criminal case, the arrest of a criminal or the preservation of law and order, or gives valu- able information, the Superintendent or other police officer superior in rank to such Superintendent may, in addition to or in lieu of any other reward, grant such police officer or other person a commendation certificate.

Such commendation certificates shall be in one of the forms prescribed below and shall be signed by the officer granting them. The amount or nature of any reward granted with the certificate shall be entered in it, and a copy of the certificate shall be entered in the character roll of the recipient, if a police officer -

(a)      Class I certificate, granted by the Inspector-General to police officers and mem- bers of the public for actions of outstanding merit (Form 15.3-A).

(b)      Class II certificate, granted by a Deputy Inspector-General for actions of such special merit as to deserve a higher form of recognition than a Superintendent is empowered to give, but not so exceptional as to deserve a Class I certificate (Form 15.3-B).

(c)      Class III certificate, granted by a Superintendent in recognition of specific in- stances of good work or assistance to the police in connection with the preven- tion or detention of crime or the preservation of law and order (Form 15.3-C).

 

15.4. Special commendation certificate. –

 

Any upper subordinate who has done con- spicuously good work throughout the year ending 31st March shall be recommended to the Deputy Inspector-General for the grant of a Class II commendation certificate.

 

15. 5. Powers to sanction rewards. –

 

(1)     The following police officers may offer and give rewards in criminal cases, or for good service rendered, within the limits stated :-

(a)

Superintendent, and the Principal, Police Training School, Phillaur, not exceeding Rs. 100.

 

 

(b)

Deputy Inspector-General, and Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police, not exceeding Rs. 400

 

In any one case or on any one occasion.

 

(c)

Inspector-General, within budget limits

 

 

 

(2)     The total rewards offered for the arrest of any one man in a case or series of cases by Superintendents and Deputy Inspectors-General acting separately or collectively shall not exceed the sum of Rs. 100 and Rs. 400 respectively, without the sanction of the Dep- uty Inspector-General or the Inspector-General, as the case may be.

Note. - The provisions of this rule do not apply to the Criminal Investigation Department.

 

15.6. Payment of rewards. –

 

When possible all rewards shall be paid by the Superin- tendent in person or by some other gazetted police officer. Payment shall be made as promptly as possible. When a reward has been offered or is given for specific information or for a particular action, such as the arrest of an absconder, it is unnecessary to wait till the case, with which the action is connected, has been decided, and payment should be made immediately.

 

15.7. Rewards to Police Officers. –

 

(1)      Subject to the limits in rule 15.5 rewards in cash or of articles of value may be granted to police officers for exceptionally good work done in connection with the administration of the law, the maintenance of peace, safety and good order and for conduct displaying exceptional address, acuteness, industry, fidelity or courage.


(2)      If a Superintendent in any case considers that a large rewards should be given than he is empowered to give he shall submit a recommendation to the Deputy Inspector-Gen- eral for such reward as he may think necessary stating the circumstances of the case in Form 15.7(2).

(3)      The grant of every reward under these rules shall be accompanied by the grant of a commendation certificate, and an entry shall be made in the character roll of the recipient as required by rule 15.3.

(4)      The minimum monetary reward that shall ordinarily be granted to Inspector is Rs. 50 and to Sergeants and Sub-Inspectors Rs. 25 and to Assistant Sub- Inspectors Rs. 15. Such officers shall ordinarily be rewarded for good service by an entry in their character rolls.

(5)      All certificates granted under this or other rules in this chapter shall be shown at kit inspections; no other certificates or testimonials shall be so shown or entered in character rolls.

 

15.8. Rewards payable by law. –

 

Under Section 41 of the Police Act, 1861, rewards payable by law to informers shall, when the information is laid by a police officer, be cred- ited to the General Police Fund, but rewards payable by law for arrests shall, when the arrest is made by a police officer, be paid to such officer.

 

15.9. Rewards and Parman Patras to the public. –

 

(1)      Subject to the limits imposed by rule 15.5 rewards may be given to persons who are not police officers for assistance or information given to the police.

(2)      An allotment for rewards to the public is made every year to each district, and is at the joint disposal of the District Magistrate and Superintendent of Police. The Superin- tendent of Police may sanction and distribute rewards up to the limit of Rs. 25 at any one time or in any one case without previously consulting the District Magistrate, provided that the latter is informed as soon as possible of the action taken. Where the reward pro- posed exceeds Rs. 25 at any one time or in any one case the District Magistrate should first be consulted. It is of great importance that rewards should be disbursed with the least pos- sible delay, for which reason consultation between the District Magistrate and the Superintendent of Police should ordinarily take the form of verbal communication. When this is not possible communication should be by demi-official letter. Where the re- ward to be paid exceeds Rs. 100 the Superintendent of Police shall submit the case for orders to the Deputy Inspector-General of Police under rule 15.5(1).

(3)      Parman Patras up to a fixed maximum for each district, and of three classes, viz., Punjab Government, Commissioners, and Deputy Commissioner’ Parman Partras - are granted annually to persons who have given valuable assistance to the administration. Prominent services rendered to the criminal administration by influential residents of a district may suitably be recognised in this form to the extent which the limit to the number of Parman Patras and the claims of other departments admit. Superintendents of Police shall send their recommendations for Parman Patras direct to their Deputy Commission- ers once a year also as to reach them by the end of April, when the latter will decide what Parman Patras of the third class shall be given on account of services rendered to the Po- lice and what names shall be submitted to the Commissioner with recommendations for Parman Patras of the two former classes.

 

15.10. Publication of rewards. –

 

In cases where rewards have been granted to police officers, or members of the public, or officers of other departments in recognition of work of an exceptionally meritorious or dangerous nature, or in circumstances which are of in- terest to the public or to the police force as whole, a report in Form 15.10 shall be furnished, through the Deputy Inspector-General of the range, for publication in the Criminal Intelligence Gazette and for such other publicity as the Inspector-General may think desirable. Such report shall contain the names of and particulars of the persons re- warded and a brief precis of the circumstances showing clearly the nature of the services rendered by each of the persons concerned.

 

15.11. Expenditure incurred in investigation of cases. –

 

Necessary expenditure in- curred in the investigation of cases, which cannot, under existing rules, be recovered from the Courts may be paid from the Superintendent’s grant for rewards. When on account of the needed of secrecy such expenditure cannot be supported by the formal vouchers in Form 10.33(1) details and payees’ names shall be entered by the Superintendent in a con- fidential register to be maintained in Form 15.11.

 

15.12. Rewards offered by private persons. –

 

(1)      Police officers of all ranks are ab- solutely prohibited from accepting monetary or other rewards preferred to them by private persons : provided that the whole or any part of a reward offered in the circum- stances covered by sub-rule (2) below may be paid, with the sanction of the Deputy Inspector-General in each case, to such police officers as may have earned it.

(2)      When rewards are offered by private persons, the Superintendent of the district con- cerned shall require that the sum offered shall be made over to him for deposit with the Imperial Bank of India or in the Post Office Saving Bank and for disbursement according to his own judgment and in his public capacity. Superintendents may accept and disburse rewards so offered up to the maximum sum which they are themselves empowered under rule 15.5 to offer. The sanction of higher authority is necessary both as regards the accep- tance of offers and the disbursement of larger amounts, and for payment of any sum so offered to a police officer.

(3)      When the amount of a reward so offered is not deposited in advance, and when prop- erty for the recovery of which such reward was offered comes into the hands of the police, the Superintendent concerned shall, if the reward offered is not paid, apply to the Mag- istrate having jurisdiction to retain such property under Section 168 of the Indian Contract Act until such reward is paid.

 

15.13. Advertisement of rewards offered. –

 

When the offer of rewards, whether by Government or by private persons, is published by a police officer, care must be taken, in drafting the announcement, to particularise the type of assistance, - e.g., arrest, assistance in arrest, or information leading to arrest - for which the reward is offered, and in every case the announcement shall specifically reserve to the authority making it the right to de- cide finally by whom the reward offered has been earned, or in what proportions it shall be divided among several claimants: provided the conditions of the announcement are, in the opinion of the authority making it, fulfilled, the whole amount of reward offered shall invariably be disbursed.

All offers of rewards shall be in force for one year only, and at the end of that time the offer shall be reviewed and, if considered necessary, renewed.

Note. - No advertisement of a reward offered by a private person shall be published by a police of- ficer, unless the amount has first been deposited under rule 15.12(2).

 

15.14. Rewards offered by officers of other departments. –

(1)      Deputy Commission- ers are authorised to pay rewards up to Rs. 200 in value to police officers of and below the rank of Sub-Inspector for good work done in connection with the prevention and de- tention of offences against the excise laws. Rewards of higher value and rewards to Inspectors may be given on the authority of the Financial Commissioner. Such rewards and commendation certificates issued by the excise administration shall be forwarded through the Superintendent of Police under whom the police officer rewarded is serving, and entries shall be made in such officer’s character roll, as directed in rule 15.7.

(2)      Rewards or commendation certificates offered by other Government departments to enrolled police officers for special services rendered in the public service shall be simi- larly forwarded through the Superintendent concerned. Such rewards may ordinarily be accepted by the police offices concerned, but gratuities offered by officials of other de- partments for services of a personal nature rendered by individual police officers may not be accepted. The acceptance of personal testimonials from Government officials or members of the public is prohibited.

(3)      Cases in which the Superintendent is in doubt whether a reward offered may or may not be accepted under this rule, shall be referred to the Deputy Inspector-General for de- cision.

 

15.15.

 

(1)     Any person who apprehends an individual of the following classes who is in a state of desertion, or absent without leave from his unit (other than an individual who voluntarily surrenders himself) :-

Combatants (including reservists); Transport followers;

Men of the Indian Hospital Corps; will be granted a reward of Rs. 5.

Such rewards will be paid by the unit to which the deserter belongs.

(2)     A note of such rewards shall be made in the character roll of the police officer to whom they are paid, but a commendation certificate shall not be given unless the Super- intendent considers that the circumstances of the particular arrest merit it.

 

15.16. Rewards payable for recovery of dead bodies. –

 

(1)     The following rules re- garding rewards payable for the recovery of the corpses from canals and rivers have been sanctioned by the Provincial Government :-

(a)      Any person, not being a police officer of or above the rank of Sub- Inspector, who takes a corpse out of a canal or river, or causes it to be so taken out, and who thereupon makes it over to the headman of the village, within the area of which the place of removal is situated, or to the police, shall be entitled to a reward of Rs. 10. Steps should be taken to give wide publicity to this order.

(b)      It shall be the duty of all canal officials on observing a corpse in any canal with which they are concerned to take it out of the canal or to cause it to be so taken out, and to make it over to the headman of the village within the area of which the place of removal is situated, or to the police. Such canal officials will be eli- gible for the reward of Rs. 10 above mentioned.

(c)      A similar obligation lies upon all lambardars, chaukidars, patwaris, all owners or occupiers of land, all agents of such owners or occupiers, and all officers em- ployed in the collection of the revenue, as well as upon all police officers, and this obligation should be brought to the special notice of such persons residing on or near the banks of rivers or canals, and they should be directed to act in such cases as if there were grounds for suspecting foul play. Such persons, excepting police officers of or above the rank of Sub-Inspector, will be eligible for the re- ward of Rs. 10.

(2)     Such rewards shall be paid at once by Superintendents from their contingent grant for ‘‘Rewards’’.

 

15.17. Arrest of members of criminal tribes. –

 

A police officer, or any person instru- mental in the arrest of a person registered under the Criminal Tribes Act, who is found absent from his village without a pass, shall be entitled to a reward of Rs. 10 upon the con- viction of the offender. Expenditure on such rewards shall be made from district allotments.

 

15.18. For the arrest of a proclaimed offender. –

 

Liberal rewards shall be offered and promptly disbursed for the arrest of proclaimed offenders. The fullest publicity shall be given to offers of such rewards, the amount of which shall be fixed in relation to the im- portance of each case.

 

15.19. The Royal Humane Society’s Medal. –

 

When a police officer acts with con- spicuous courage in saving or attempting to save a person from drowning, application may be made, through the ordinary channel, on behalf of such officer, for the grant of the Royal Humane Society’s Medal. The necessary from for any such application may be ob- tained from the office of the Inspector-General.

 

15.20. President’s Police and Fire Services Medal and Police Medal. –

 

(1)     The rules regarding the ‘‘President’s Police and Fire Services Medal’’ are given in Appendix 15.20(1). Recipients of the medal or bar to the medal shall, where the decoration is awarded for an act of gallantry be entitled to monetary allowances subject to the condi- tions and rates laid down in the above appendix.

Recommendations, accompanied in the case of non-Gazetted officers by the Character Roll, should be submitted (in form 15.21) through Deputy Inspector- General, those for gallantry being despatched as soon as possible after the occurrence in respect of which the recommendation is made, except in cases where the facts establishing the conduct of the nominee are not free from doubt or where the conduct of the police has given rise to con- siderable public criticism. When such doubts or criticism exist officers should scrutinize the facts with particular care before deciding to make a recommendation. It must be clearly stated whether the occurrence in respect of which a recommendation is made is likely to be the subject of judicial proceedings. Recommendations for distinguished serv- ice should reach the Inspector-General of Police by the 15th May and 15th December in each year.

It should invariably be stated whether the officer recommended for the decoration has ever incurred censure or been concerned in proceedings that have been censured by a Court of law.

(2)     The rules regarding the ‘‘Police Medal’’ are contained in Appendix 15.20(2). The particular acts of services for which recommendations are made should be described in the same detail and form as in the case of recommendations for the ‘‘President’s Police and Fire Services Medal’’. Recommendations for the grant of the medal should reach the Inspector-General through the Deputy Inspector-General not later than 15th May and 15th December, each year.


(3)     Awards of ‘‘President’s Police and Fire Services Medal’’ and the ‘‘Police Medal’’ shall be recorded in their history of services in the case of Gazetted Officers : the names of all recipients of the medal are published in the Punjab Civil List.

(4)     All awards of the ‘‘President’s Police and Fire Services Medal’’ and of the ‘‘Police Medal’’ to enrolled officers shall be announced publicly at a muster parade at the head- quarters of the district in which the officer receiving the award is serving. The number, rank and name of every recipient of the ‘‘President’s Police and Fire Services Medal’’ shall be immediately after the publication of the award, be inscribed in gold letters on the ‘‘President’s Police and Fire Services Medal Roll’’ board (as prescribed in Punjab Police Gazette Memo. No. 694, dated the 11th March, 1927, for the previous King’s Police Medal). Particulars of the award as published in the Government Gazette, shall be copied into the Character Roll of the recipient and the words ‘‘President’s Police and Fire Serv- ices Medal List’’ shall be endorsed in block capitals on the front outer cover thereof. Further instructions regarding the special recognition of awards of the ‘‘President’s Po- lice and Fire Services Medal’’ are contained in rule 13.19.

 

15.21. Conferment of Titles and Orders. –

Deputy Inspectors-General and Superin- tendents of Police have been supplied confidentially with instructions regarding the submission of recommendations for Titles and Orders (Confidential Memo. S.-860, dated 15th October, 1931). All recommendations shall be submitted (in Form 15.21) through Deputy Inspectors-General so as to reach the Inspector-General not later than the 15th of July and the 15th December in each year.

The dates prescribed allow of no margin for delay; consequently recommendations re- ceived late or in incomplete or incorrect form will inevitably be passed over.

 

15.22. Certain recommendations to be kept confidential. –

The fact that a recom- mendation has been or is about to be made under rules 15.19 and 15.21 inclusive shall be kept strictly confidential, and shall not be communicated to the person recommended. Enquiries necessary for the filling up of recommendation rolls shall be made by indirect means by the Superintendent himself or another gazetted officer.

 

15.23. Special rewards and grant of land or jagirs in recognition of exceptional services. –

 

(1)      The grant of land by way of reward is regulated by questions of policy, the availability of land for the purpose and orders issued by Government from time to time. Conditions of such grants are, therefore, liable to be varied at any time and the practice of making them may be discontinued altogether.

(2)      A limited area of Crown agricultural land in the Nili Bar Colony is still available for sale at fixed rates as a special case to serving and retired civil officials with outstanding service on the following conditions :-

(i)       Retired officials and serving officials, who are within three years of retirement, are eligible.

(ii)      Only those officials are eligible a substantial period of whose service has been under the Punjab Government.

(iii)     Every applicant for a grant either serving or retired must state whether he holds land in any colony either by succession or otherwise.

(iv)     (a) The maximum size of grants for officers of the All-India services and officers of the Provincial Services Class I or holding listed posts, or who were holding such posts at the time of retirement, is five rectangles.

(b) For other officers of the Provincial Services the limit is four rectangles.

(c) For officer of the Subordinate Services the maximum limit is two rectangles.

(v)      The price, payable by the grantee, will be the estimated market value at the time, as estimated by Government. The estimated value is broadly based on the av- erage price of the most recent public auction.

(vi)     The purchaser is required to pay the full purchase price in the treasury within four months of the date of receipt of Government orders by him otherwise the offer to sell the land lapses.

(vii)   After Government sanction has been accorded to the sale and communicated to the grantee the offer remains open for a period of four months.

(viii)  The land is selected by the Colonization Officer, Nili Bar Colony, whose se- lection is final.

(ix)     The deed of conveyance is executed, stamped and registered by and at the ex- pense of the grantee in the form reproduced at pages 74 to 79 of the Punjab Col- ony Manual, Volume II (1942 Edition), as soon as the land is available for immediate possession.

(x)      Possession of the land is granted with effect from the harvest determined by the Colonization Officer.

(3)      Land set aside by Government for grant as police rewards may be given:

(A)     To non-officials -

(i)       In recognition of services involving exceptional risk, where a non- official has ac- tually endangered his life in combating crime;

(ii)      in recognition of definite services of ‘a specially distinguished nature in the sup- pression of particular forms of crime, or in co-operating with the police in meas- ures for the suppression of crime extending beyond the general and cordial support, which zaildars, inamdars, headmen, etc., are bound to give to the police administration;

(iii)     to the dependents of non-officials who lose their lives in helping the police and because of their help to the police.

(B)     To Police Officers -

(i)       Who have actually endangered their lives in combing crime;

(ii)      to the dependents of police officers who lose their lives on duty either instead of extraordinary pensions or to supplement such pensions.

All grants under sub-rule (3) may be free or on peasant terms, each case being decided on its merits.

(4)      Serving police officers may, within three years of retirement, apply through the usual channel and retired police officers may apply direct to the Inspector-General of Po- lice for the grant of land at concessionary rates of purchase. Every applicant must state whether he holds land in any colony either by succession or otherwise. No action will be taken on any application that does not contain this information. Superintendents of Police and Deputy Inspectors-General may reject applications from officers who cannot afford to make the necessary payments or whose services are clearly not outstanding.

Recommendations under sub-rule (3) (A) may be initiated by Superintendents of Police and should be forwarded through the District Magistrate, the Commissioner and the Range Deputy Inspector-General to the Inspector-General by the 15th January each year. Recommendations under sub-rule (3)(B) may be initiated by Superintendents of Police and forwarded through the Range Deputy Inspector-General to the Inspector-General by the 15th January, each year.

No special form is prescribed for recommendations under this rule, but all the informa- tion must be included which is necessary to assist Government in reaching a decision. The circumstances must be clearly stated, and the suitability of the reward recommended, in view both of the services rendered and of the position and existing resources of the pro- posed recipient, must be explained. In each case it must be clearly stated whether the proposed recipient has already received, direct, or by inheritance or is in expectation of receiving by inheritance any grant of land. In no case should the fact that a recommen- dation has been made be communicated to the person recommended.

(5)      Government has power to create jagirs on condition of continued good conduct and steadfast loyalty to His Majesty the King Emperor and active good service to the public or to the Government established by law in British India, rendered to the best of the Jagir- dar’s ability and power. Proposals in respect of the police under this sub-rule shall be initiated officially by the Inspector-General of Police.

 

15.24. Return of rewards. –

 

Every Superintendent shall, on or about the 5th of each month, prepare and despatch to the Deputy Inspector-General a return in Form 15.24 of all rewards given to police officers and others, which have been debited to the police budget grant. Such return shall be filed after due examination in the Deputy Inspector- General’s office.

In such return shall be recorded all rewards charged to the police budget by whom so- ever given.

 

APPENDIX No. 15.20(1)

 

The ‘‘President’s Police and Fire Services Medal’’

 

The President is pleased to institute the following award to be conferred on members of the Police Forces and organised Fire Services throughout the Indian Union in considera- tion of meritorious services or gallantry and outstanding devotion to duty to be designated ‘‘President’s Police and Fire Services Medal’’ and to make, ordain and establish the fol- lowing statutes governing the medal, which shall be deemed to have effect from the twenty-sixth day of January in the year one thousand nine hundred and fifty :-

Firstly. - The award shall be in the form of a medal and styled and designated the ‘‘Presi- dent’s Police and Fire Services Medal’’ (hereinafter referred to as Medal).

Secondly. - The medal shall be circular in shape, made of silver, one-and- three-eighth inches in diameter, and shall have embossed on the obverse the design of the President’s flag on a shield in the centre and words ‘‘President’s Police and Fire Services Medal’’ above and ‘‘India’’ below the shield along with the edge of the Medal separated by two five pointed heraldic stars. On the reverse, it shall have embossed the State Emblem in the Centre and the words ‘‘FOR GALLANTRY’’, or ‘‘FOR DISTINGUISHED SERV- ICE’’ as the case may be, along the lower edge and a wreath joined by a plain clasp at the top along the upper edge. On the rim the name of the person to whom the medal has been awarded shall be inscribed.

Thirdly. - The medal shall only be awarded to those who have either performed acts of exceptional courage and skill or exhibited conspicuous devotion to duty as members of a recognised Police Force or Fire Service within the territory of India.

Fourthly. - The names of the those to whom this medal may be awarded shall be pub- lished in the Gazette of India and a Register of such names shall be kept in the Ministry of Home Affairs by such person as the President may direct.

Fifthly. - Each medal shall be suspended from the left breast and the briband, of an inch and three-eighth in width shall in the case of distinguished service, be half blue and half silver while, and in the case of awards for acts of exceptional courage and gallantry the riband will be half blue and half silver while, the two colours being separated by a vertical red line 1?8 inch in width.

Sixthly. - Any act of gallantry which is worthy of recognition by the award of the PRESIDENT’S POLICE AND FIRE SERVICES MEDAL but is performed by one upon whom the decoration has already been conferred, may be recorded by a Bar attached to the riband by which the medal is suspended. For every such additional act an additional Bar may be added and for each Bar awarded a small silver rose shall be added to the riband when worn alone.

Seventhly. - It shall be competent for the President to cancel and annul the award to any person of the above decoration and that thereupon his name in the Register shall be erased. It shall, however, be competent for the President to restore any Decoration which may have been so forfeited. Every person to whom the said Decoration is awarded shall, before receiving the same, enter into an agreement to return the medal if his name is erased as aforesaid. Notice of cancellation or restoration in every case shall be published in the Ga- zette of India.

Eightly. - It shall be competent for the President to make rules to carry out the purpose of these statutes.

Rules governing the award of President’s Police and Fire Services Medal

(1)      Recommendations for awards on the ground of conspicuous gallantry shall be made as soon as possible after the occasion on which the conspicuous gallantry was shown; and in special circumstances recommendations for awards on other grounds may be made at any time for an immediate award.

 

(2)      All recommendations shall state the name and rank of the person recommended, the name of the Police or Fire Services of which he is or was a member and particulars of the gallantry or service for which the grant of the medal is recommended.

(3)      The number of medals awarded in any one year shall not exceed forty- five unless the President is of opinion that special circumstances in any year justify the award of med- als in excess of that number.

(4)      The medal shall be awarded :-

(i)       For conspicuous gallantry in saving life and property, or in preventing crime or arresting criminals, the risks incurred being estimated with due regard to the ob- ligations and duties of the officer concerned.

(ii)      A special distinguished record in police service.

(iii)    Success in organising Police or Fire Services, or in maintaining their organiza- tions under special difficulties.

(iv)    Special service in dealing with serious or widespread outbreaks of crime or pub- lic disorder, or fire.

(v)     Prolonged service but only when distinguished by very exceptional ability and merit.

(5)      When awarded for gallantry the medal will carry a monetary allowance at the rates and subject to the conditions set forth below. The charges thereof shall be borne by the revenues of the State concerned.

(a)      The allowance should be granted only to officers of and below the rank of Inspec- tor of Police.

(b)      The amount of the allowance should depend on the rank of the recipient at the time when the act of gallantry is performed and it should continue to be paid at that rate on promotion to higher ranks (including ranks above that of Inspector).

(c)      In the case of an officer already in receipt of an allowance, an addition should be made to the allowance on the award of a Bar to the Medal, according to the rank of the recipient at the time when the services for which the Bar is awarded are rendered : provided that if at the time of the award of the Bar the recipient is of higher rank than when he was awarded the Medal, he shall be entitled to substi- tute for the original allowance plus the additional allowance, the amount of al- lowance he would be entitled to draw had he been awarded the Medal in his present rank.

(cc) Where an officer who has already been awarded either the King’s Police and Fire Services Medal or that Medal and a Bar or Bars thereto for gallantry is sub- sequently awarded the President’s Police and Fire Services Medal for a further act of gallantry, he shall be paid a monetary allowance attached to the Bar to the latter Medal in addition to the original allowance and not the full allowance at- tached to the Medal itself. Where an officer has already been awarded the In- dian Police Medal for gallantry, is subsequently awarded the President’s Police and Fire Services Medal for a further act of gallantry, he shall be paid the full allowance attached to latter Medal in addition to the original allowance.

(d)      The allowance should be granted from the date of the act for which the award is given, and unless it is forfeited for misconduct, will continue until death.

Where an individual is in receipt of the allowance at the time of his death, it shall be con- tinued for life or till remarriage to his widow (the first married wife having the preference).

The rates of the allowance for the different ranks will be as follows :-

Rank

Allowance for medal or for Bar Awarded to an officer not already in receipt of an allowance

Allowance for Bar awarded to an officer already in receipt of an allowance

Inspector

Rs. 25

Rs. 12

Deputy Inspector, Sub-Inspector and Sergeant

Rs. 15

Rs. 7

Assistant Sub-Inspector

Rs. 10

Rs. 5

Head Constable

Rs. 7-8-0

Rs. 3-8-0

Constable

Rs. 5

Rs. 2-8-0

 

 


(6)      The medal is liable to be forfeited when the holder is guilty of disloyalty, cowardice in action or such conduct as in the opinion of the President, bring the force into disrepute.

(7)      Recommendations for the announcement of awards for distinguished service on the 26th January (Republic Day) and the 15th August (Independence Day), should be for- warded so as to reach the Secretary to the Government of India, Ministry of Home Affairs, not later than the 1st August, and the 1st March, respectively, each year.

 

APPENDIX 15.20(2)

Police Medal

The President is pleaded to institute the following award to be conferred on members of the Police Force throughout the Indian Union in consideration of meritorious services or gallantry and outstanding devotion to duty to be designated ‘‘Police Medal’’ and to make, ordain and establish the following statute governing the medal, which shall be deemed to have effect from the twenty-sixth day of January in the year one thousand nine hundred and fifty :-

Firstly. - The award shall be in the form of a medal and styled and designated POLICE MEDAL (hereinafter referred to as the Medal).

Secondly. - The medal shall be circular in shape, made of bronze, one-and- three-eighth inches in diameter, and shall have embossed on the obverse the State Emblem in the Cen- tre, and the words ‘‘Police Medal’’ above and the State motto ‘‘Satyameva Jayate’’ in Devnagri script at the bottom of the State along the edge of the medal separated by two five-pointed heraldic stars. On the reverse, it shall have embossed the words ‘‘FOR MERITORIOUS SERVICE’’ or ‘‘FOR GALLANTRY’’ as the case may be, exactly at the centre enclosed between two parallel straight lines connected at either end to each other by a concave line and the words ‘‘INDIAN’’ above and ‘‘POLICE’’ below, the whole being encircled by a Wreath joined by lain clasp at the bottom. On the rim the name of the person to whom the medal has been awarded shall be inscribed.

Thirdly. - The medal shall be awarded to only those members of a recognized Police Force or of a properly organised Fire Service within the territory of India who have per- formed service of conspicuous merit and gallantry.

Fourthly. - The names of those to whom this medal may be awarded shall be published in the Gazette of India and a Register of such names shall be kept in the Ministry of Home Affairs by such person as the President may direct.

Fifthly. - Each medal shall be suspended from the left breast, and the riband of an inch and three-eighth in width, shall be dark blue with a narrow silver stripe on either side and a crimson stripe in the centre, and in the case of awards for acts of conspicuous gallantry, each of the blue portions of the riband shall contain a silver line down the middle.

 

Sixthly. - Any distinguished conduct or act of gallantry which is worthy of recognition by the award of POLICE MEDAL, but is performed by one upon whom the Decoration has already been conferred may be recorded by a Bar attached to the riband by which the medal is suspended. For every such additional act an additional Bar may be added and for each Bar awarded a small silver rose shall be added to the riband when worn alone.

Seventhly. - It shall be competent for the President to cancel and annul the award to any person of the above Medal and that thereupon his name in the Register shall be erased. It shall, however, be competent for the President to restore any Medal which may have been so forfeited. Every person to whom the said Decoration is awarded shall, before receiving the same, enter into an agreement to return the medal if his name is erased as aforesaid. Notice of cancellation or restoration in every case shall be published in the Gazette of In- dia.

Eighthly. - It shall be competent for the President to make rules to carry out the purposes of these statutes.

Rules governing the award of Police Medal

(1)      Recommendations for awards on the ground of conspicuous gallantry shall be made as soon as possible after the occasion on which the conspicuous gallantry was shown; and in special circumstances recommendations for awards on other grounds may be made at any time for an immediate award.

(2)      Each recommendation will state the name and rank of the person recommended, the Police Force or Fire Service of which he is or was a member and particulars of the action or service for which the grant of the Medal is recommended.

(3)      The number of medals awarded in one year (excluding Bars) shall not exceed one hundred and seventy-five but if the President considers that special circumstances in any one year justify the award of medals in excess of one hundred and seventy-five the num- ber shall not exceed two hundred.

(4)      The medal will be awarded :-

(i)       for conspicuous gallantry, awards for gallantry will be made as soon as possible after the event occasioning the grant;

(ii)      the valuable services characterized by resource and devotion to duty including prolonged service of ability and merit.

(5)      (a) When awarded for gallantry the Medal will carry subject to the conditions set forth for the President’s Medal a monetary allowance at half the rates sanctioned for the award of the PRESIDENT’S MEDAL for gallantry. The charges thereof shall be borne by the revenues of the State concerned.

(b) Where an officer who has already been awarded either the Indian Police Medal for that Medal and a Bar or Bars thereto for gallantry is subsequently awarded the Police Medal for a further act of gallantry, he shall be paid a monetary allowance attached to the Bar to the latter Medal in addition to the original allowance and not the full allowance at- tached the Medal itself. Where an officer, who has already been awarded the King’s Police and Fire Services Medal for gallantry, is subsequently awarded the Police Medal for a further act of gallantry, he should be paid the full allowance attached to the latter Medal in addition to the original allowance.

(6)      The medal for gallantry shall be worn next to and immediately after the PRESI- DENT’S MEDAL for distinguished service.

(7)      The award of the medal will not be a bar to the subsequent award of the PRESI- DENT’S MEDAL.

(8)      The medal is liable to be forfeited when the holder is guilty of disloyalty, cowardice in action or such conduct as in the opinion of the President, brings the force into disrepute.

 

(9)      Recommendations for the announcement of awards for meritorious service on the 26th January (Republic Day) and the 15th August (Independence Day) should be for- warded so as to reach the Secretary to the Government of India, Ministry of Home Affairs, not later than the 1st August and 1st March, respectively, each year.

 

FORM No. 15.3-A

PUNJAB POLICE SEAL

Commendation Certificate (Class I)

 

Dated 

 

The -------------------19  -------------------------  

 

Inspector-General of Police, Punjab

 

FORM No. 15.3-B

 

PUNJAB POLICE

 

SEAL

 

Commendation Certificate (Class II)

 

Dated 

 

The------------------19  -------------------- 

 

 

Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Range

 

FORM No. 15.3-C

PUNJAB POLICE

SEAL

Commendation Certificate (Class III)

 

Granted to , son of , resident of Village, Police Station, District, in recognition of                

Dated          

 

The-----------------19 --------------------

 

Superintendent of Police
         

Note (i) - If a police officer, add rank and number in line I.

Note (ii) - Cash rewards, if any, to be specified.

FORM No. 15.7 (2)

POLICE DEPARTMENT

 

DISTRICT

APPLICATION FOR SANCTION TO PAYMENT OF A REWARD

 

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

 

AMOUNT OF PROPERTY

 

No.

Name of person recommended if (a Police Officer, give Rank and Number)

Amount of Reward

recommend ed

Particulars of offence in which reward is offered, giving date of offence with date of offer of reward and of recovery of

property

Stolen

Recovered

Details of service rendered

If the reward is offered by a private person, his name and status, etc., together with a copy or translation, if in vernacular of original letter

offering the reward

Remarks by forwarding authority

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


Dated 
         

The----------------19 -------------   

 

Superintendent of Police

 

Sanctioned. Deputy Inspector-General of  Range

 

Assistant Inspector-General of Police, Punjab, (Standard Form)

FORM No. 15.10

(For publication in Police Gazette)

REWARDS SANCTIONED FOR SPECIAL GOOD WORK

 

1

2

3

4

District

Name and rank of officer rewarded

Amount

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

FORM NO. 15.11

CONFIDENTIAL

ACCOUNT SHOWING DETAILS OF CONTINGENT EXPENDITURE IN- CURRRED FROM HEAD ‘REWARDS’

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Month and date

First Information Report, No. and date

Brief description of the cases

Amount paid

Name of person to whom paid

Nature of expenditure

Reference to contingent

Voucher No.

Initial of Superintende nt and Deputy Inspector General

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

FORM NO. 15.21

 

DISTRICT POLICE DEPARTMENT

 

RECOMMENDATION FOR THE GRANT OF ORDER, INIDAN TITLE OR MEDAL

 

 

Serial No.

Name and designation of officer recommended

Head under which Order, title or medal is recommended

Ground of recommendation

 

 

 

 

 


FORM NO. 15.24

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT  DISTRICT REWARDS RETURN FOR THE MONTH OF

 

Dated 19

 

REWARDS TO GOVERNMENT SERVANTS

 

1

2

3

4

5

TO WHOM AWARDED

Total

Service for which awarded

Name

Constabulary No.

Length of service

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TO GOVERNMENT SERVANTS

1

2

3

4

5

6

Constabulary No.

ON WHOM CONFERRED

Amount

Service for which and by whom given

Name

Rank

Grade

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total            ..

 

 

TOTAL BUDGET GRANT

..

 

Amount spent up to date Balance available

..

..

 

TO PRIVATE PERSONS - MONEY REWARDS - PAID FROM POLICE GRANT

 

1

2

3

4

5

Serial No.

Name

Profession or calling

Amount

Service for which given

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

TOTAL BUDGET GRANT

Amount spent up to date .. Balance available

 

TO PRIVATE PERSONS - MONEY RE WARDS - PAIDS DEPUTY COMMIS- SIONERS’ GRANT

 

1

2

3

4

5

Serial No.

Name

Profession or calling

Amount

Service for which given

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

TOTAL BUDGET GRANT

Amount spent up to date Balance available

 


(Standard Form)

 

Dated ----------------Superintendent of Police-------------------- 19     


CHAPTER 16 PUNISHMENTS

16. 1. Authorised punishments. –

(1)      No police officer shall be departmentally pun- ished otherwise than as provided in these rules.

 

(2)      The departmental punishments mentioned in the second column of the subjoined ta- ble may be inflicted on officers of the various ranks shown in the heading Nos. 3 to 6, by the officers named below each heading in each case, or by any officer of higher rank :-

TABLE

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

Sr.

No.

Departmental punishment

Inspectors

Sergeants, Sub- Inspectors and

Assistant Sub- Inspectors

Head Constables

Constables

1

Dismissal

Deputy Inspectors- General, Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police, the Assistant Inspector- General, Provincial Additional Police, designated as Commandant, Provincial Additional Police, and the Assistant Inspector-General of Police (Traffic)

Superintendents of Police and Deputy Superintendent (Administrative), Government Railway Police

Superintendents of Police; Deputy Superintendent (Administrative), Government Railway Police; Deputy Superintendents incharge of Railway Police Sub- Divisions, Senior Assistant Superintendent of Police, Lahore; Officers-in- charge of Police Constables Training Centres *. Deputy Supritendent

of Police, Lahaul and Spiti

Superintendents of Police, Deputy Superintendent (Administrative), Government Railway Police; Deputy Superintendents in- charge of Railway Police Sub-Divisions; Senior Assistant Superintendent of Police, Lahore; Officer-in-charge of Recruits Training Centres. *Deputy Supritendent of Police, Lahaul and Spiti

2

Reduction

Assistant Inspector- General, Government Railway Police; Superintendents of Police; Assistant Inspector-General of Police (Traffic)

Superintendents of Police. Also Deputy Superintendent (Administrative), Government Railway Police, and (as regards Sub- Inspectors and Assistant Sub- Inspectors only), Deputy Superintendent in- Charge of Railway Police Sub- Division and Officer-in-charge of the Police Recruits Training Centres,

Amritsar

Superintendent of Police, also Senior Assistant Superintendent of Police, Lahore, Deputy Superintendent (Administrative), Government Railway Police, Deputy Superintendent in- charge of Railway Police Sub-Division and Officer-in-charge of the Police Recruits Training Centre, Amritsar

Superintendent of Police; Deputy Superintendent (Administrative) Government Railway Police, Deputy Superintendents- incharge of Railway Police Sub- Divisions, Senior Assistant Superintendent of Police, Lahore; Officers-in- charge of Recruits Training Centres.

3

Stoppage of increment or forfeiture of approved service for increment

Ditto

Ditto

Ditto

Ditto


 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

7

 

 

8

 

 

9

Entry of censure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Confinement to quarters for a period not exceeding 15 days

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Extra guard, fatigue or other duty

Punishment drill not exceeding 15 days

Punishment drill not exceeding 10 days

Punishment drill not exceeding 6 days

Superintendent of Police and Deputy Superintendent (Administrative), Government Railway Police

Superintendent of Police; Deputy Superintendent (Administrative), Government Railway Police, and (as regards Sub- Inspectors only) Deputy Superintendents in- charge of Railway Police Sub- Divisions and Officer-in-charge of the Police Recruits Training Centre, Amritsar.

Superintendent of Police, also Senior Assistant Superintendent of Police, Lahore, Deputy Superintendent (Administrative), Government Railway Police, Deputy Superintendent-in- charge of Railway Police Sub-Division and Officer-in-charge of the Police Recruits Training Centre, Amritsar

Superintendent of Police, also Senior Assistant Superintendent of Police Lahore, Deputy Superintendent (Administrative), Government Railway Police, Deputy Superintendent-in- charge of Railway Police Sub-Division and Officer-in-charge of the Police Recruits Training Centre, Amritsar, and subject to confirmation by the Superintendent of Police, any Assistant Superintendent of Police or Deputy Superintendent of Police of over three years’ gazetted service

Superintendent of Police, also Senior Assistant Superintendent of Police, Lahore, Deputy Superintendent (Administrative), Railway Police, Deputy Superintendent-in- charge of Railway Police Sub-Division and Officer-in-charge of the Police Recruits Training Centre, Amritsar, and subject to confirmation by the Superintendent of Police, any Assistant Superintendent of Police and Deputy Superintendent of Police of over three years’ gazetted service

Ditto

 

 

Ditto

 

 

Assistant and Deputy Superintendent Inspectors

 

Inspectors


 

10

Punishment drill not exceeding 3 days

 

 

 

Sub-Inspectors

 

See Punjab Government Notification No G.S.R. 43/C.A. 5/1861/57/Amd, dated 4-4-1988.

 

A Deputy Inspector-General may prohibit by special order a Superintendent officiating in a vacancy of less than six months’ duration from carrying out an award made by him of dismissal, reduction, stoppage of increment, or forfeiture of approved service for incre- ment unless the until such award has been confirmed by him.

 

The Assistant Superintendent, Government Railway Police, and (except in cases where the offenders are sargents) Deputy Superintendents-in-charge of the Railway Police Sub- Divisions excercise the full diciplinary powers of a Superintendent of Poilce in respect of the provisions of this chapter, within the limits prescribed in the table.

 

(3)      For the purposes of these rules, the term ‘major punishment’ shall be held to mean any authorised punishment of reduction in rank, withholding of increments, forfeiture of approved service, dismissal and every judicial conviction on criminal charge.

The term ‘minor punishment’ shall mean all other authorized punishments.

 

16.1-A. –

 

Special Provision with regard to impose the punishment of dismissal or re- moval from service on any such Government servant unless he could be awarded those punishments by the Deputy Superintendent of Police, Lahaul and Spiti or the Assistant Superintendent of Police, Lahaul and Spiti, as the case may be.

(b) Where the District Magistrate has started departmental proceedings against any such Government servant he shall not be departmentally proceeded against on the same alle- gations by any other authority posted in Lahaul and Spiti district.

(2) Where an order imposing any punishment mentioned in rule 16.1 has been pased by the Deputy Superintendent of Police, Lahaul and Spiti or the Assistant Superintendent of Police, Lahaul and Spiti, as the case may be, on any Government servant referred to in sub-rule (1), an appeal against such order shall lie to the District Magistrate, Lahaul and Spiti.

 

16.2. Dismissal. –

 

(1)     Dismissal shall be awarded only for the gravest acts of miscon- duct or as the cumulative effect of continued misconduct proving incorrigibility and complete unfitness for police service. In making such an award regard shall be had to the length of service of the offender and his claim to pension.

(2)     [If the conduct of an enrolled police officer leads to his conviction on a criminal charge and he is sentenced to imprisonment, he shall be dismissed :

Provided that a punishing authority may, in an exceptional case involving mani- festly extenuating circumstances for reasons to be recorded and with the prior approval of the next higher authority impose any punishment other than that of dismissal :

Provided further that in case the conviction of an enrolled police officer is set aside in appeal or revision, the officer empowered to appoint him shall review his case keeping in view the instructions issued by the Government from time to time in this behalf.][41]

(3)     When a police officer is convicted judicially and dismissed, or dismissed as a result of a departmental enquiry, in consequence of corrupt practices, the conviction and dis- missal and its cause shall be published in the Police Gazette. In other cases of dismissal when it is desired to ensure that the officer dismissed shall not be re-employed elsewhere, a full descriptive roll, with particulars of the punishments, shall be sent for publication in the Police Gazette.

 

16. 3. Action following on a judicial acquittal. –

 

(1)     When a Police Officer has been tried and acquitted by a criminal court he shall be not be punished departmentally on the same charge or on a different charge upon the evidence cited in the criminal case, whether actually led or not, unless:

(a)      the criminal charge has failed on technical grounds; or

(b)      in the opinion of the Court or of the Superintendent of Police, the prosecution witnesses have been won over; or

(c)      the Court has held in its judgment that an offence was actually committed and that suspicion rests upon the police officer concerned; or

(d)      the evidence cited in the criminal case discloses facts unconnected with the charge before the court which justify departmental proceedings on a different charge; or

(e)      additional evidence admissible under rule 16.25(1) in departmental proceedings is available.

(2)     Departmental proceedings admissible under sub-rule (1) may be instituted against Lower Subordinates by the order of the Superintendent of Police but may be taken against Upper Subordinates only with the sanction of Deputy Inspector-General of Police, and a police officer against whom such action is admissible shall not be deemed to have been honorably acquitted for the purpose of rule 7.3 of the Civil Services Rules (Punjab), Vol- ume I, Part I.

 

16.4. Reduction. –

 

(1)      A police officer may be reduced (a) to a lower rank (except in the case of Sergeants and of Constables on the time-scale); (b) from the selection grade of a rank to the time-scale of the same rank; (c) if in a graded rank, to a lower position in the seniority list of his grade or to a lower grade in his rank. A police officer so reduced shall be placed in the time-scale to which he is reduced, whether from higher rank or from the selection grade of the same rank, at the point to which his approved service entitles him, but below the efficiency bar, if any. An officer reduced in rank shall not be placed in the selection grade of the rank to which he is reduced.

(2)      An upper subordinate shall not ordinarily be reduced to the rank of Head Constable, unless he has been promoted from that rank and is capable of performing the duties of a Head Constable. If he is absolutely unfitted for his position or for that of a Head Consta- ble, he shall be dismissed, and not reduced in rank.

(3)      A Head Constable reduced to the rank of Constable shall ordinarily occupy a posi- tion in the gradation list of Constables according to the length of his approved service.

 

16.5. Stoppage of increments- or Forfeiture of approved service for increment.

 

(1)      The increment of a police officer on a time-scale may be withheld as a punishment. The order must state definitely the period for which the increment is withheld, and whether the postponement shall have the effect of postponing future increments. The detailed orders regarding the grant and stoppage of increments are contained in rule 13.2.

(2)      Approved service for increment may be forfeited, either temporarily or perma- nently, and such forfeiture may entail the deferment of an increment or increments or a reduction in pay. The order must state whether the forfeiture of approved service is to be permanent; or, if not, the period for which it has been forfeited.

 

(3)      Reinstatement on the expiry of a period fixed under sub-rule (1) or (2) above shall be conditional upon good conduct in the interval, but, if it is desired under this rule not to reinstated an officer, a separate order shall be recorded after the officer concerned has been given opportunity to show cause why his reinstatement should not be deferred, and the period for which such order shall have effect, shall be stated. Rules regarding the method of recording punishments under this rule in seniority rolls are contained in Chap- ter X.

 

16.6. Confinement to quarters. –

A Constable confined to quarters shall be confined in the lock-up attached to the police quarter guard. While so confined he shall perform punishment drill or may be employed instead on any authorised fatigue duty. He shall not leave the lock-up during the period of his confinement, except under escort of one or more Constables in uniform, and in accordance with the order, general or specific, of an officer of status not less than that of Lines Officer.

 

16.7 Punishment drill. –

(1)     Punishment drill shall consist of drill with a musket and rolled great-coat for not more than six or less than four hours in any one day, with an in- terval of at least 30 minutes between each hour. Only such days shall be counted towards the completion of an award of punishment drill on which such drill is actually carried out.

(2)     An officer rewarding punishment drill may direct that the constable so punished, if attached to the reserve, shall not leave the lines, except on duty, during the days on which such punishment is to be carried out.

 

16.8. Censures. –

A censure shall be recorded in the character roll of a police officer only under the following conditions :-

(i)       Censures shall be supported by a formal order in the order book.

(ii)      No censure shall be recorded by an Assistant or Deputy Superintendent of Po- lice, without the prior approval of the Superintendent, in the character roll of any officer whom he is not empowered under rule 16.1(2) to punish.

(iii)     A District Magistrate is authorised, subject to the limitations prescribed in clause

(iv)     below, to record a censure in the character roll of any enrolled police officer.

(v)      A censure, whether recorded by a District Magistrate or a police officer, is re- quired to be confined to facts and deductions from such facts. Statements or ex- pressions of opinion amounting to charges of a kind which, if proved, would involve a major punishment shall not be so recorded. Such statements should form the basis of a formal enquiry at which the officer against whom they are made has the opportunity of making his defence. Their record in character rolls ex parte is prohibited.

 

16.9. Maintenance of discipline. –

 

Discipline shall be maintained by patient and con- tinuous instruction, combined with firm, vigorous and sustained control. Superintendents and officers subordinate to them having power to punish shall endeavour to check neglect and misconduct in their subordinates, which appear to be due to igno- rance or inattention and not to wilful disobedience, by clear instruction and careful explanation. They shall, as far as possible, avoid the constant infliction of minor punish- ments, and shall, in all cases in which they inflict punishment, pass their orders after full consideration of the facts and circumstances of the case and of the character and position of the officer punished. If the previous record of an officer, against whom charges have been proved, indicates continued misconduct proving incorrigibility and complete unfit- ness for police service, the punishment awarded will ordinarily be dismissal from service.

 

When complete unfitness for police service is not, but unfitness for a particular rank is, established, the punishment will normally be reduction.

 

16.10. Punishment of officers officiating in higher ranks. –

 

The misconduct of a po- lice officer must be judged in relation to the position he was occupying at the time when such misconduct is alleged to have taken place. For purposes of punishment, therefore, an officer officiating in a higher rank shall be treated as belonging to that rank. This rule shall not prevent an officer being reverted to his substantive rank on being placed under suspension.

 

16.11. Prosecution under Section 29, Act V of 1861. –

 

When a disciplinary offence on the part of a police officer can be adequately punished departmentally, such officer shall not be prosecuted under section 29 of the Police Act, and no upper subordinate shall be prosecuted under that section without the sanction of the Deputy Inspector General.

 

16.12. Judicial prosecutions. –

 

When a police officer is departmentally punished for an offence committed in his public capacity for which he is liable to be prosecuted crimi- nally, the Deputy Inspector General is required to satisfy himself that the course adopted was expedient in the interests of the administration, and may order a criminal prosecution if he considers it desirable.

 

16.13. Magisterial procedure. –

 

(1)     All cases against police officers are required by standing instructions of the High Court to be tried by Magistrates of the Ist class. Petty charges in which there is no probability of the District Magistrate, who is the appellate authority, having been required to advise in his executive capacity, may, however, be tried by any Magistrate who can most conveniently take them up. Police officers are never to be tried summarily.

(2)     Magistrates are required to exercise care in making entries of censure on police of- ficers in their judgments, and it is undesirable that they should make remarks in criminal cases censuring the action of police officers, unless such remarks are strictly relevant to the case and the officers concerned have had an opportunity of explaining their action - (vide Chief Court Circular No. 7-3482-G, dated 19th September, 1903, reproduced in Po- lice Rule Appendix No. 1.19). If remarks to which exception can be taken come to notice, they shall be referred in the first instance by the Superintendent to the District Magistrate.

 

16.14. Punishment Register. –

 

(1)      A punishment register in Form 16.14(1) shall be maintained in each district.

(2)      Every award of departmental punishment, except awards of punishment drill not exceeding 10 days, shall be entered therein.

(3)      All punishments inflicted by criminal courts upon police officers shall be entered at the reverse end of the punishment register.

 

(4)      An award of dismissal in consequence of a criminal conviction shall not be shown separately as a departmental punishment.

 

(5)      If the award is one of punishment drill not exceeding 10 days, the entry made in the Order Book shall be the only record of such punishment.

 

(6)      All punishments required to be entered in the punishment register shall also be en- tered in character and service rolls. Entries of punishment, against which an appeal lies, shall not be made in character or service rolls until the lapse of the period of appeal or until the appeal has been decided.

 

16.15. Monthly punishment returns. –

 

(1)      Every Superintendent shall, on or about the 5th day of each month, prepare and despatch to the Deputy Inspector-General a return in Form 16.15(1) of all punishments, departmental and judicial, inflicted during the pre- ceding month and required under rule 16.14(6) to be entered in character rolls. Such return shall after due examination by the Deputy Inspector-General be filed in his office.

(2)      Sufficient particulars shall be given in column 3 to enable the Deputy Inspector- General to judge of the fitness of the award.

(3)      All entries shall bear the annual serial numbers of the punishment register, and cop- ies of all bad entries made in the character rolls of upper subordinates during the last preceding month shall be submitted with the return.

(4)      When an award is quashed or altered by an authority empowered to do so, the entry in the return and in the punishment register shall be cancelled or amended accordingly, and a fresh order shall be entered in the Order Book cancelling or amending the original order of punishment.

 

16.16. Annual return of punishments for corruption. –

 

Every Superintendent shall submit to the Deputy Inspector-General of Police, on or before the 15th January in each year, a statement in Form 16.16, showing all punishments inflicted in consequence of cor- ruption. Deputy Inspectors- General and the Supritendent of Police, Railway[42], shall submit to the Inspector-General a consolidated statement on or before the 10th January, in each year together with an annual review discussing the progress of anti-corruption measures, etc., as required by Punjab Government letters Nos. 8957-G-38/10003(H- Gaz.) and 2124-G.39/18878(H.-Gaz.), dated the 15th March, 1939, and 25th May, 1939, respectively.

 

16.17. Power to suspend an officer. –

 

Any police officer above the rank of Head Con- stable may suspend, pending inquiry or investigation, any enrolled police officer junior to him in rank, who is guilty or is reasonably suspected of misconduct. An officer may be released from suspension only by the gazetted officer empowered to punish him. The suspension of an upper subordinate shall be reported immediately to the Deputy Inspec- tor-General in Form 16.17. The release of such officer and the reason therefor shall also be reported to the Deputy Inspector-General.

 

16.18. Suspension in departmental case. –

 

A police officer, whose conduct is under departmental enquiry, shall ordinarily be placed under suspension, when it appears likely that a charge will be framed which, if proved, would render him liable to reduction or dis- missal, or when the nature of the accusations against him is such, that his remaining on duty is prejudicial to the public interests, or to the investigation into those accusations. Unnecessary suspensions should be avoided, as they increase the number of non-effec- tives, and also, unless the officer suspended is acquitted, involve under Fundamental Rule 43 the additional penalty, over and above the punishment awarded, of the substitution for pay of a subsistence grant.

 

16.19. Suspension in judicial cases. –

 

A police officer charged with a criminal offence shall, unless the Deputy Inspector-General of Police or the Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police for special reasons to be recorded in writing otherwise di- rects, be placed under suspension from the date on which he is sent for trial, if such action has not already been taken under the provisions of rule 16.17. Suspension is compulsory during any period in which a police officer is committed to prison. A police officer, who may be arrested by order of a civil court in execution of a decree or otherwise shall be con- sidered as under suspension from the date of arrest till his release from custody is ordered by the Court.

 

16.20. Subsistence grants. –

 

(1)     A police officer under suspension shall be given a sub- sistence grant. If, as the result of an enquiry, a police officer under suspension is punished, his subsistence grant for the time spent under suspension may not exceed one- fourth of his pay (Fundamental Rule 53); if he is acquitted either as the result of an original enquiry or on appeal, the assessment of the subsistence grant is governed by Fundamental Rule 54.

(2)     The following officers are empowered to make subsistence grants to police officers under suspension :-

 

 

(a)                  Deputy Inspector-General, the Assistant In- spector-General, Railway Police, and Super- intendents of Police

 

To all non-Gazetted officers subordinate to them

(b)                  The Assistant Superintendent, Government Railway Police, and (except as regards Ser- geants) Deputy Superintendents in charge of Railway Police Sub-Divisions, subject to confirmation by the Assistant Inspector- General, Railway Police

 

Ditto

 


 

 


16.21. Status and treatment of officers under suspension. –

 

(1)     A police officer shall not by reason of being suspended from office cease to be a police officer.

During the term of such suspension the powers, functions and privileges vested in him as a police officer shall be in abeyance, but he shall continue subject to the same respon- sibilities, discipline and penalties and to the same authorities, as if he had not been suspended.

(2)     A police officer under suspension shall be transferred to the lines, if not already posted there. He shall attend all roll calls and shall be required to perform such duties and to attend such parades as the Superintendent may direct; provided that he shall not per- form guard duty or any other duty entailing the exercise of the powers or functions of a police officer; shall not be placed on any duty involving the exercise of responsibility, and shall not be issued with ammunition. A police officer under suspension shall ordinarily be confined to lines when off duty, but shall be allowed reasonable facilities for the prepa- ration of his defence. When transferred to the lines under this rule Lower Subordinates shall deposit their belts and Upper Subordinates their revolvers, belts and swords with the Lines Officer.

(3)     Mounted police officers placed under suspension shall cease to draw horse, pony or camel allowance, as the case may be, and hand over their mounts to the Lines Officer who shall be responsible for the feeding and keeping of such animals under the supervision of a gazetted officer. The actual expenditure incurred on this account shall be debited to contingencies under the head "Feeding and keeping of animals of mounted police officers under suspension".

 

16.22. Records in departmental cases. –

 

(1)     In all departmental cases in which the al- leged offence is such as to merit a major punishment, if proved, a record shall be kept, which shall contain :-

(a)      the charge;

(b)      the evidence supporting the charge;

(c)      the defence of the accused officer;

(d)      the statements of the defence witnesses, if any;

(e)      the finding of the officer conducting the case;

(f)       the final order.

(2)     In all cases against upper subordinates the record shall be in English throughout. In cases against lower subordinates evidence may be recorded in vernacular, but the state- ment of the accused officer in his defence, the finding, and the final order shall be in English.

(3)     The record shall be paged like an ordinary file, and an index in Form 16.22(3) shall be attached to the first page.

(4)     The record, together with any orders passed in revision or appeal, shall, after the necessary entry has been made in the character roll, be filed with the vernacular personal file of the officer concerned. If the record concerns more than one officer, an attested copy of the final order in the case shall be attached to the vernacular personal file of each officer concerned.

(5)     Each record shall bear the annual serial number of the entry in the punishment reg- ister relating to the case, and a reference to this number shall be made in the remarks column of the Long Roll.

 

16.23. Prompt record of complaints. –

 

Whenever a definite complaint is made by a member of the general public of misconduct on the part of a police officer, the officer to whom such complaint is made shall, provided he is senior in rank to the officer com- plained against, immediately record it, together with such statements in support of the complaint as may be immediately available. This record shall be forwarded without de- lay through the usual channel to the Superintendent of Police or other gazetted officer under whose immediate control the officer who has recorded the complaint is serving. If such officer is of opinion that the allegations in the record constitute a prima facie case for enquiry, he shall proceed as in rule 16.24 post. The record referred to above shall be attached to the record of the enquiry and may be used as the basis of the charge, but the statements recorded shall not be regarded as evidence; the persons making such statement shall ordinarily be called as witnesses and examined in the presence of, and be tendered for cross-examination by, the accused police officer.

 

16.24. Procedure in departmental enquiries. –

 

(1)     The following procedure shall be followed in departmental enquiries :-

(i)       The police officer accused of misconduct shall be brought before an officer em- powered to punish him, or such superior officer as the Superintendent may di- rect to conduct the enquiry. That officer shall record and read out to the accused officer a statement summarizing the alleged misconduct in such a way as to give full notice of the circumstances in regard to which evidence is to be recorded. A copy of the statement will also be supplied to the accused officer free of charge.

 

(ii)      If the accused police officer at this stage admits the misconduct alleged against him, the officer conducting the enquiry may proceed forthwith to frame a charge, record the accused officer’s plea and any statement he may wish to make in extenuation and to record final order, if it is within his power to do so, or a finding to be forwarded to an officer empowered to decide the case. When the allegations are such as can form the basis of a criminal charge, the Superinten- dent shall decide at this stage, whether the accused shall be tried departmentally first and judicially thereafter.

 

(iii)     If the accused police officer does not admit the misconduct, the officer conduct- ing the enquiry shall proceed to record such evidence, oral and documentary, in proof of the accusation, as is available and necessary to support the charge. Whenever possible, witnesses shall be examined direct, and in the presence of the accused, who shall be given opportunity to take notes of their statements and cross-examine them. The officer conducting the enquiry is empowered, how- ever, to bring on to the record the statement of any witness whose presence can- not, in the opinion of such officer, be procured without undue delay and expense or inconvenience, if he considers such statement necessary, and provided that it has been recorded and attested by a police officer superior in rank to the accused officer or by a Magistrate, and is signed by the person making it. This statement shall also be read out to the accused officer and he shall be given an opportunity to take notes. The accused shall be bound to answer any questions which the en- quiring officer may see fit to put to him with a view to elucidating the facts re- ferred to in statements or documents brought on the record as herein provided.

 

(iv)     When the evidence in support of the allegations has been recorded the enquiring officer shall, (a) if he considers that such allegations are not substantiated, either discharge the accused himself, if he is empowered to punish him, or recommend his discharge to the Superintendent, or other officer, who may be so empow- ered, or (b) proceed to frame a formal charge or charges in writing, explain them to the accused officer and call upon him to answer them.

 

(v)      The accused officer shall be required to state the defence witnesses whom he wishes to call and may be given time, in no case exceeding forty-eight hours, to prepare a list of such witnesses, together with a summary of the facts as to which they will testify. The enquiring officer shall be empowered to refuse to hear any witnesses whose evidence he considers will be irrelevant or unnecessary in re- gard to the specific charge framed. He shall record the statements of those de- fence witnesses whom he decides to admit in the presence of the accused, who shall be allowed to address questions to them, the answers to which shall be re- corded; provided that the enquiring officer may cause to be recorded by any other police officer superior in rank to the accused the statement of any such wit- ness whose presence cannot be secured without undue delay or inconvenience, and may bring such statement on to the record. The accused may file documen- tary evidence and may for this purpose be allowed access to such files and pa- pers, except such as form part of the record of the confidential office of the Superintendent of Police, as the enquiring officer deems fit. The supply of cop- ies of documents to the accused shall be subject to the ordinary rules regarding copying fees.

 

(vi)     At the conclusion of the defence evidence or, if the enquiring officer so directs, at any earlier stage following the framing of a charge, the accused shall be re- quired to state his own answer to the charge. He may be permitted to file a writ- ten statement and may be given time, not exceeding one week, for its preparation, but shall be bound to make an oral statement in answer to all ques- tions which the enquiring officer may see fit to put to him, arising out of the charge, the recorded evidence, or his own written statement.

 

(vii)   The enquiring officer shall be proceed to pass orders of acquittal or punish- ment, if empowered to do so, or to forward the case with his finding and recom- mendations to an officer having the necessary powers. Whenever the officer passing the orders of punishment proposes to take into consideration the adverse entries on the previous record of the accused police officer, he shall provide rea- sonable opportunity to the defaulter to defend himself; and a copy or at least a gist of those entries shall be conveyed to the defaulter and he shall be asked to give such explanation as he may deem fit. The explanation furnished by the de- faulter shall be taken into account by the officer before passing orders in the case.

 

(viii)  Nothing in the foregoing rule shall debar a Superintendent of Police from making or causing to be made a preliminary investigation into the conduct of a suspected officer. Such an enquiry is not infrequently necessary to ascertain the nature and degree of misconduct which is to be formally enquired into. The sus- pected police officer may or may not be present at such preliminary enquiry, as ordered by the Superintendent of Police or other gazetted officer initiating the investigation, but shall not cross-examine witnesses. The file of such a prelimi- nary investigation shall form no part of the formal departmental record, but statements therefrom may be brought to the formal record when the witnesses are no longer available in the circumstances detailed in clause (iii) above. All statements recorded during a preliminary investigation should be signed by the person making them and attested by the officer recording them.

 

(ix)     No order of dismissal or reduction in rank shall be passed by an officer empow- ered to dismiss a police officer or reduce him in rank until that officer has been given a reasonable opportunity of showing cause against the action proposed to be taken in regard to him, provided that this shall not apply -

(a)      where a police officer is dismissed or reduced in rank on the ground of conduct which led to his conviction on a criminal charge; or

(b)      where the officer empowered to dismiss him or reduce him in rank is sat- isfied that for some reason to be recorded by that officer in writing, it is not reasonably practicable to give to that police officer an opportunity of show- ing cause.

Before an order of dismissal or reduction in rank is passed, the officer to be punished shall be produced before the officer empowered to punish him, and shall be informed of the charges proved against him, and called upon to show- cause why an order of dismissal or reduction in rank should not be passed. Any representation that he may make shall be recorded, shall form part of the record of the case, and shall be taken into consideration by the officer empowered to punish him before the final order is passed :

Provided that if, owing to the complicated nature of the case or other sufficient rea- son to be recorded, the officer empowered to impose the punishment considers this procedure inappropriate, he may inform the officer to be punished in writ- ing of the charges proved against him, and call upon him to show-cause in writ- ing why an order of dismissal or reduction in rank should not be passed. Any written representation received shall be placed on the record of the case and taken into consideration before the final order is passed.

(2)     (i) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (1) a Superintendent of Police or any officer of rank higher than Superintendent, may institute, or cause to be instituted, ex parte proceedings in any case in which he is satisfied that the defaulter cannot be found or that in spite of notice to attend the defaulter is deliberately evading service or refusing to attend without due cause.

(ii) The procedure in such ex parte proceedings shall, as far as possible, conform to the procedure laid down in sub-rule (1) :

Provided that the defaulter shall be deemed.

(a)      not to have admitted the allegations contained in the summary of misconduct, and

(b)      to have entered a plea of not guilty of the charge;

Provided further that the defaulter, if he subsequently appears at any stage during the course of the proceedings shall not be entitled to claim de novo proceedings or to recall for cross-examination any witness whose evidence has already been re- corded. He shall, however, be fully informed of the evidence which has been led against him and shall be permitted to take notes thereof. He shall also be fur- nished with a copy of the summary of misconduct and of the charge or charges framed.

 

16.25. Standards of evidence and nature of charges. –

 

(1)     A police officer called upon to answer a charge of misconduct must be given every reasonable opportunity of proving his innocence; officers conducting departmental enquiries are, however, not bound to follow the provisions of the Criminal Procedure Code or Indian Evidence Act. They may admit any evidence which they consider relevant, and should exclude evidence which is irrelevant to the specific charge under enquiry, or which is introduced merely to prejudice the opposite party or to cloud the issue. They require only that standard of proof which is necessary to satisfy themselves whether the charge is established or not. Disci- pline must also be maintained in relation to the proceedings of departmental enquiries. Refusal by an accused police officer to plead or answer questions; inordinate delay in pro- ducing his defence; insubordinate behaviour before the enquiring officer, and the intemperate or impertinent questioning of officers by accused officers who are their in- feriors in official status, are, in addition to being contrary to the spirit of the rules for the conduct of departmental enquiries, entirely contrary to the requirements of discipline, and shall be treated accordingly.

(2)     Charges need not be framed in relation only to a specific incident or act of miscon- duct. When reports received against an officer or a preliminary enquiry show that his general behaviour has been such as to be unfitting to his position, or that he has failed to reach or maintain a reasonable standard of efficiency he may and should be charged ac- cordingly, and a finding of guilty on such a charge will be valid ground for the infliction of any authorised departmental punishment which may be considered suitable in the cir- cumstances of the case.

 

16.26. Payments to witnesses. –

Witnesses summoned in departmental enquiries shall be entitled to journey expenses and, if detained for more than twelve hours, to suitable de- tention allowance. Such expenditure shall be paid out of the allotment for "Rewards to private persons".

 

16.27. Panel officers. –

When it appears that allegations of misconduct on the part of a police officer in respect of his relations with the public are of such a nature as to involve a lengthy and complicated investigation, or when in any district important enquiries of this nature are so numerous as seriously to hamper the fulfilment by superior officers of the district staff of their normal duties the Superintendent may apply through the Deputy Inspector-General to the Inspector-General for the services of a special officer to conduct such enquiry or enquiries. If the Inspector-General decides to support the request, he will apply to the Chief Secretary to Government for the services of a member of the panel of selected retired officers. If a panel officer is deputed, he will hold his investigation and record all available evidence under the general supervision of the immediate superior of the officer under suspicion, who will normally be the Superintendent of Police, and for this purpose he will be given access to all documents and should be put in touch with any person who may be in a position to give evidence. He shall have no powers of punishment and on the conclusion of investigation he will submit his report and the record of the evi- dence to the Superintendent of Police with a recommendation as to the charges which, in his opinion, can be established. The prescribed procedure for final orders, appeals, etc., shall then apply. Panel officers will be remunerated by the Inspector-General at the rates authorised by the Local Government.[43]

 

16.28. Powers to review proceedings. –

 

(1)      The Inspector-General, a Deputy Inspec- tor-General, and a Superintendent of Police may call for the records of awards made by their subordinates and confirm, enhance, modify or annul the same, or make further in- vestigation or direct such to be made before passing orders.[ The State Government may also call for the records and review the awards made by the inspector General of Police Punjab or by any other authority subordinate to him.][44]

(2)      If an award of dismissal is annulled, the officer annulling it shall state whether it is to be regarded as suspension followed by reinstatement, or not. The order should also state whether service previous to dismissal should count for pension or not.

(3)      In all cases in which officers propose to enhance an award they shall, before passing final orders, give the defaulter concerned an opportunity of showing cause, either person- ally or in writing, why his punishment should not be enhanced.

 

16.29. Right of appeal. –

 

(1)      Appeals shall lie only against orders of dismissal or re- duction or stoppage of increment or forfeiture of approved service for increment.

 

(2)      There shall be one appeal only from the original order, and the order of the appellate authority shall be final.

 

 

(3)      A copy of the original order appealable shall be supplied to the person concerned free of cost.

 

(4)      Any person wishing to appeal under sub-rule (1) may apply to the Superintendent for a copy of the complete record, or any portion thereof. Such copies shall not be given during the pendency of the original proceedings for the facilitating of cross-examination or the preparation of the defence. Copies of the record of preliminary enquiries [rule 16.24 (viii)] shall not be given for purposes of appeal.

Such application shall bear a court-fee stamp of the value of two annas, unless the ap- plicant is in Jail, and shall be accompanied by a deposit of the copying fees chargeable under the scale in force in the civil courts of the district.

 

(5)      The copy of such record shall be given with as little delay as possible, and the Su- perintendent shall certify to its correctness and to the date on which it was given to the applicant.

(6)      The appellate authority in cases of reduction and dismissal is as indicated in the fol- lowing table :-

Officer by whom original order is punishment in framed

Appellate authority

Deputy Superintendent (Administrative), Government Railway Police, Deputy Superintendent, in charge of Railway Police Sub-Division.

Superintendent of Police, Senior Assistant Superintendent of Police, Lahore, [45][Officer-in-charge of Police Constables Training Centre], Deputy Superintendent of Police, Punjab Armed Police, Lahaul and Spiti.

Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Assistant Inspector- General Government Railway Police, Assistant Inspector-General, Provincial Additional Police, (designated as Commandant Provincial Additional Police), Assistant Inspector-General of Police (Traffic)

Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police

 

Deputy Inspector-General of Police and Assistant Inspector-General, Provincial Additional Police (designated as Commandant, Provincial Additional Police)

 

Inspector-General of Police.

 

(7)      Appeals against reduction shall be presented through the Superintendent of Police of the district in which the appellant is serving; but in the case of officers serving directly under a Deputy Inspector-General of Police appeals shall be forwarded through such Deputy Inspector-General of Police. Appeals against dismissal shall be forwarded direct to the appellate authority.

 

16.30. Rules regarding appeals. –

 

(1)     Every appeal to the Deputy Inspector- General or Inspector-General shall be in English. It shall set forth the grounds of appeal, and shall be accompanied by a copy of the order made in the case.

(2)     An appeal which is not filed within a month of the date of the original order, exclu- sive of the time taken to obtain a copy of the order or record, shall be barred by limitation. The appellate authority may, however, accept an appeal filed out of time, if he sees fit to do so.

 

16.31. Orders on appeals. –

 

Every order passed in appeal shall contain the reasons therefor. A copy of every appellate order and the reason therefor shall be given free of cost to the appellant.

 

[16.32. Revision. –

 

An officer whose appeal has been rejected is prohibited from apply- ing for a fresh scrutiny of the evidence. Such officer may, however, apply, within a month of the date of despatch of appellate orders to him, to the authority next above the pre- scribed appellate authority for revision on grounds of material irregularity in the proceedings or on production of fresh evidence, and may submit to the same authority a plea for mercy : provided that no application for the revision of an order by the Inspec- tor-General will be entertained. An officer whose appeal has been heard by the Inspector-General may, however, submit to the Inspector-General a plea for mercy or may apply to the Inspector-General for a review of his appellate order only on the ground that fresh evidence has become available since the appellate order has been pronounced. This rule does not affect the provisions of rule 16.28. Such application or plea must be in English.][46]

 

16.33. Removal from promotion lists. –

 

Removal of a name from a promotion list may follow from the award of punishment for a specific offence, or be ordered on general grounds. In neither case shall a formal charge be framed nor evidence recorded, but an order shall be recorded in writing and given effect to through an entry in the Order Book. The original order of the authority ordering removal shall be read out to the officer con- cerned, but a copy thereof shall not be given to him and no appeal shall lie against it.

 

16.34. Suspension of officer immediately responsible. –

 

If a prisoner escapes or is rescued from police custody, the enrolled police officer immediately responsible shall forthwith be suspended from duty. A searching departmental inquiry shall at once be held by or under the orders of the Superintendent. The object of this inquiry shall be the elu- cidation of all the circumstances connected with the escape or rescue and the determination of the issue whether the escape or rescue could have been prevented by the exercise of such vigilance and courage on the part of the enrolled police officer immedi- ately responsible as might reasonably have been expected, and whether it was rendered possible or facilitated by any neglect or omission of duty on the part of any superior en- rolled police officer.

 

16.35. Re-instatement after suspension. –

 

On the conclusion of the enquiry, if the Su- perintendent finds that no misconduct attaches to the police officer or officers suspended, he shall reinstate them. In order to guard against any laxity in enforcing the responsibility for escapes, Deputy Inspectors-General should freely exercise their powers under rule 16.28 in respect of such cases.

 

16.36. Action when negligence is established. –

 

If the enquiry establishes negligence or connivance in an escape, thereby creating a presumption that an offence under Section 221, 222 or 223, Indian Penal Code, has been committed, the police officer concerned shall be prosecuted criminally, unless the District Magistrate on a reference by the Super- intendent of Police decides, for reasons to be recorded, that the case shall be dealt with departmentally. If the enquiry establishes a breach of discipline or misconduct not amounting to an offence under any of the sections of the Indian Penal Code mentioned above, the case shall ordinarily be dealt with departmentally. The criminal prosecution under this rule of an upper subordinate shall not be undertaken without the sanction of the Deputy Inspector-General of Police.

 

16.37. Dismissal the normal punishment in escape cases. –

 

(1)     Dismissal shall nor- mally follow a judicial or departmental conviction for negligence resulting in the escape of the prisoner and may, with the approval of the Deputy Inspector-General, follow a ju- dicial discharge or acquittal under the conditions described in rule 16.3. Where extenuating circumstances exist, and a punishment other than dismissal is awarded, the file shall be submitted to the Deputy Inspector-General for review of the orders passed. The Deputy Inspector-General, will, however, pass no orders until the period of appeal has expired. If an appeal is lodged, the punishment will be examined in the ordinary way, if there is no appeal, the Deputy Inspector-General will proceed to review the punishment if he considers it necessary. If the Deputy Inspector-General decides to enhance the pun- ishment awarded, an appeal will then lie against such order to the Inspector-General. If an appeal does not lie against the original punishment awarded, the Deputy Inspector- General will proceed to review the case as soon as he receives it.

(2)     The authority to retain in the service an enrolled police officer, who has been con- victed of neglect either judicially or departmentally in connection with an escape, shall rest with the Deputy Inspector-General, or, in the case of Inspectors, with the Inspector- General. If extenuating circumstances exist, they shall be clearly stated and application made to or through the Deputy Inspector-General to award any authorized punishment other than dismissal.

 

16.38. Criminal offences by police officers and strictures by Courts - Procedure regarding. –

 

(1)      Immediate information shall be given to the District Magistrate of any complaint received by the Superintendent of Police, which indicates the commission by a police officer of a criminal offence in connection with his official relations with the pub- lic. The District Magistrate will decide whether the investigation of the complaint shall be conducted by a police officer, or made over to a selected [Executive Magistrate][47]

(2)      When investigation of such a complaint establishes a prima facie case, a judicial prosecution shall normally follow; the matter shall be disposed of departmentally only if the District Magistrate so orders for reasons to be recorded. When it is decided to proceed departmentally the procedure prescribed in rule 16.24 shall be followed. An officer found guilty on a charge of the nature referred to in this rule shall ordinarily be dismissed.

 

(3)      Ordinarily a Magistrate before whom a complaint against a police officer is laid pro- ceeds at once to judicial enquiry. He is, however, required to report details of the case to the District Magistrate, who will forward a copy of this report to the Superintendent of Po- lice. The District Magistrate himself will similarly send a report to the Superintendent of Police in cases of which he himself takes cognizance.

 

(4)      The Local Government has prescribed the following supplementary procedure to be adopted in the case of complaints against police officers in those districts where abuses of the law with the object of victimising such officers or hampering investigation is rife. The District Magistrate will order that all petitions against police officers shall be pre- sented to him personally. If he considers that these petitions are of a frivolous or factious nature, it is within his discretion to take no action on them. When he considers an enquiry to be necessary he will use his discretion whether to send the papers to the Superintendent of Police or to a Magistrate for judicial enquiry.

In the case of formal criminal complaints, the District Magistrate will arrange for all cases to be transferred from other courts to his own.

(5)      Orders have been issued by the Hon’ble Judges of the High Court making it obliga- tory on all civil and criminal courts, whenever they make strictures on the personal character or professional conduct of a police officer, to send a copy of the judgment to the executive authorities. In the case of the High Court itself the copies will be forwarded to the Local Government. In the case of all other courts (including Courts of Sessions), the copies will be sent by the Judges and Magistrates concerned to the District Magistrate.

(6)      In cases in which strictures are passed on the conduct of the police by a Sessions Court or by a Magistrate’s Court and no specific recommendation is made by the Court making such strictures that an enquiry should be made, the District Magistrate will decide whether an investigation into the matter is necessary, and if so, whether it shall be con- ducted by a police officer or by a selected [48][Executive Magistrate]. If he decides that an investigation shall be made, the procedure subsequent to such investigation shall be that laid down in sub-rule (2) above. In cases in which the court passing strictures on the con- duct of the police suggests that an enquiry should be made, the District Magistrate will comply with such request in accordance with the procedure prescribed in paragraphs (1) and (2) above.

When strictures on the conduct of the police are made by the High Court and commu- nicated to the Local Government direct in accordance with paragraph (5) above, the instructions of Government as to the action to be taken by the local authorities will be communicated to them through the ordinary channels. In cases in which the High Court suggests that an enquiry should be made the Local Government will give orders accord- ingly.

(7)      Rules 24.14 and 24.15 provide for reports of all serious charges against the police being communicated to the Local Government by a special report. In cases where such serious charges arise from strictures passed by criminal courts, the Superintendent of Po- lice and the District Magistrate should communicate, either in the report itself or in a covering letter, the procedure which they propose to adopt and any information or notes in connection with the case which they consider should be brought to the notice of Gov- ernment. Rule 24.15 provides the opportunity for Deputy Inspectors- General and Commissioners similarly to communicate their comments to the local Government.

 

16.39. Rules regarding proceedings against police officers reported to be habitu-ally corrupt. –

In all cases in which a report imputing corruption to a police officer is brought on to his personal file, character roll or fauji misal, an attested copy of the report shall be furnished, under the orders of the officer maintaining the record in question, to the police officer concerned, and his receipt therefor shall be filed with the report in ques- tion.

 

16.40. Method of dealing with charges of corruption. –

 

Charges of corruption shall be enquired into in the manner prescribed in this chapter for departmental enquiries gen- erally. Charges of specific acts of corruption shall be thoroughly investigated by a competent officer, the provisions of rule 16.27 being utilised, if necessary, and the pre- liminary investigation shall be followed by a judicial prosecution or a departmental charge according to the circumstances of each case. Departmental charges based on a general record of dishonesty may also be entertained in accordance with rule 16.25(2).

It is further ordered that, if five reputable persons join in making a written complaint re- garding corruption, otherwise than in regard to a case in which they are personally interested directly or indirectly, concerning any police official, the departmental superior of the officer in question shall be bound to make full investigation and to inform the com- plainants of the result.

 

16.41. Special rules for testing suspicions of corruption in cases of upper subordi- nates. –

 

When an upper subordinate is suspected of being generally corrupt, but definite charges cannot be framed under rule 16.40 ante, such upper subordinate shall ordinarily be transferred to another district. If the Superintendent of that district arrives at a consid- ered conclusion that the officer concerned is corrupt, the officer shall be called on to show-cause why his increment of pay and promotion should not be stopped until he had satisfied his superiors that he has reformed his habits.

 

FORM No. 16.14(1).

 

PUNISHMENT REGISTER.

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

 

OFFENDER

 

Annual Serial No.

Date

Rank and No.

Name

By whom punished

Nature of misconduct

Punishment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The reverse end of the register shall be used for entry of judicial punishments.

 


FORM No. 16.15(1)

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT        DISTRICT


Punishment Return for the month of       19         .

Punishments. - By the Criminal Courts.     No.               Dated          19       

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

 

OFFENDER

 

Serial No.

Nature of offence

Name

Rank

By what Court punished

Sentence passed

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


By Police Officers

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

 

POLICE OFFICER PUNISHED

 

Serial No.

Date

Nature of misconduct

Name

Rank

Designation of officer making award

Punishment awarded

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Superintendent of Police

 

FORM No. 16.16

 

 

 
POLICE DEPARTMENT

STATEMENT SHOWING PUNISHMENTS INFLICTED ON POLICE OFFICERS


 

 
IN CONSEQUENCE OF CORRUPTION IN THE YEAR ENDING 31ST MARCH, 19

DURING THE


 

1

2

3

4

5

6

Head of De- partment or of- fice

Rank and designation of official punished

Charge

Punishment awarded, with the names of the officers who -

(a)   conducted the enquiry and

(b)   passed the (original) punishment order

Orders passed in appeal or revision

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The form should be completed in four parts as follows :-

 

A.           Departmental cases on charges involving bribery or some other form of corruption-

 

I.             Decided

 

II.          Pending

 

B.           Cases in which an official has been dismissed on a charge not itself involving corruption, but in which his general corrupt record has been taken into account in deciding what punishment should be given.

 

C.           Cases in which an officer is required to retire on completion of twenty- five years’ service under note 1 to Article 465 of the Civil Service Regulations, on the basis of a reputation for cor- ruption.

 

D.           Cases in which the pension of a retiring official has been reduced by order under Section 470(b) of the Civil Service Regulations, on account of a reputation for corruption.

 

1.            Where any case has been made the subject of proceedings in a criminal court, the fact should be indicated in the remarks column, with particulars.

 

2.            Statements will continue to be compiled by the financial year. The returns, with the accompa- nying reviews, should reach Government not later than the 15th May.

 

FORM No. 16.17

REPORT OF SUSPENSION

 

RE-INSTATEMENT FROM SUSPENSION.

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT        DISTRICT

 

Name of officer

Rank and No.

Date of suspension and re-instatement

Appointment held when suspended

Brief reasons of Superintendent of Police for order passed

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Dated                             

 

Superintendent of Police the 19.

 

 

FORM No. 16.22(3)

ANNUAL SERIAL NO. IN PUNISHMENT REGISTER

19                                                                                                         DISTRICT

DATE.

Statement summarising alleged misconduct    ..            at Page

Prosecution witness

1            ..            ..

at Page

Ditto

2            ..            ..

at Page

Ditto

3            ..            ..

at Page

Ditto

4            ..            ..

at Page

Ditto

5            ..            ..

at Page

Ditto

6            ..            ..

at Page

Ditto

7            ..            ..

at Page

Ditto

8            ..            ..

at Page

Formal charge

..            ..

at Page

Statement of accused

..            ..

at Page

Defence witness

1            ..            ..

at Page

Ditto

2            ..            ..

at Page

Ditto

3            ..            ..

at Page

Ditto

4            ..            ..

at Page

Ditto

5            ..            ..

at Page

Ditto

6            ..            ..

at Page

Ditto

7            ..            ..

at Page

Ditto

8            ..            ..

at Page

Finding by

..            ..

at Page

Order by       ..        ..        at Page


CHAPTER 17 HEADQUARTERS ESTABLISHMENTS AND RESERVES.

 

17. 1. Lines establishment. –

 

(1)     The Lines establishment shall include the following:-

 

Reserve Inspector

Inspector

 

Lines Officer

Sub-Inspector

 

School Master

Assistant Sub-Inspector

Lines Clerk

Head Constable

 

Kot Head Constable

Ditto

 

Clothing and equipment clerk

Ditto

 

Drill and Gymnastic Instructor

Ditto

 

Assistant Clothing and Equipment Clerk

Constable

 

Assistant Kot Head Constable

Ditto

Assistant Drill Instructor

Ditto

Armourer

Ditto

Bugler

Ditto

                                                                              

Barbers and washermen shall be given a monopoly of work in police lines on contract on proper agreements in which it shall be laid down both the obligations by which they are bound and the fees that they might charge. In each police line a properly fitted bar- ber’s shop shall be provided and a suitable Dhobi Ghat.

 

Strength of the Lines establishment. –

 

(2)     The strength of the Lines establishment shall be fixed by the Inspector-General for each district, according to its special circum- stances and requirements, and shall be shown in the distribution statement, Form 2.1

(3)     Such number of menial servants shall be maintained in each district as may, from time to time, be sanctioned by the Inspector-General.

 

17.2. Duties of reserve Inspector. –

 

In districts where a reserve Inspector is sanctioned the following shall be his duties :-

(i)       The reserve Inspector is responsible under the control of the gazetted officer in charge of the Lines to the Superintendent for the discipline, good conduct and training of the men stationed in the lines and at all standing and other guards at headquarters.

He shall supervise and control the work of the Lines establishment and be responsible for the correctness of the accounts. He shall also be in charge of all the clothing, equip- ment, arms, ammunition, tents, stores, horses and other animals in the custody of the police at headquarters, shall satisfy himself that the registers maintained therefor are cor- rect, and shall superintend all additions to and issues from the stock of Government property. As storekeeper the reserve Inspector is required every half year to take stock of all Government property in possession of the police throughout the district and to report deficiencies to the Superintendent.

He is responsible that the authorised number of copies of Police Rules, and other official manuals, is kept in proper order and up-to-date; that all standing orders issued by compe- tent authority for the regulation of headquarters’ duties are properly recorded, and that his subordinates are thoroughly acquainted with such portion of such rules, manuals and or- ders as relates to their respective duties. He is, further, responsible for reporting to the Superintendent of Police any deficiency or need or revision in respect of local standing orders.

He shall also be in charge of the buildings and lands in the occupation of the police at headquarters and be responsible for their good order and general condition. He shall fre- quently visit the police or other hospital and ensure that all patients of the police department are receiving proper attention.

He shall exercise a general supervision over the working of constabulary messes.

(ii)      He shall be responsible for the training of recruits, for the instruction and exer- cise of the whole force in drill, shall supervise musketry instruction and range practices prescribed in Chapter XIX unless relieved by a superior officer, and shall take care that the general duties of the reserve, the furnishing of guards, es- corts, patrols, etc., are efficiently performed, and that men detailed for duty are properly equipped and smartly turned out, and that the registers and reports maintained therefor are correct. He shall at intervals to be prescribed by the Su- perintendent of Police visit by day and night all guards at headquarters checking the patrolling duties of the officer in charge of the Lines.

He is responsible for keeping the Superintendent and gazetted officer in charge of the Lines fully and correctly informed of all matters connected with the headquarters force, its discipline, duties and equipment.

He may be employed in command of escorts and guards when his presence is desirable on account of danger of a disturbance, or the importance of the duty, or, where necessary, for ceremonial purposes, and he should be employed, if a European, where action has to be taken against Europeans.

He shall submit a weekly note in Form 17.2(2) which shall be attached to the Superin- tendent’s weekly diary.

 

17.3. Duties of Lines Officer. –

 

(1)      In districts for which a reserve Inspector is sanc- tioned the Lines Officer is the subordinate and assistant of the reserve Inspector. He is required to be fully acquainted with all the details connected with the internal economy, discipline and training of the force and management of the lines and shall constantly in- spect barracks, guard rooms, the hospital, stables and other buildings at headquarters, and be responsible that they are clean, tidy and properly kept; that no police officer sleeps out of lines without proper sanction; that unauthorised strangers are removed from police lim- its; that punishments ordered are fully carried out; that all Government stores are correct and safely kept in proper order, and that the headquarter lines school functions regularly according to orders.

(2)      He shall attend all formal parades in lines and be responsible that all roll-calls are properly held. He shall personally inspect as many escorts and parties going on and off duty as possible and, if unable to inspect any party, shall so arrange that it should not fail to be inspected by a responsible officer. Entries of such inspections with the name of the inspecting officer shall be made invariably in the daily diary. He shall visit all guards at headquarters at intervals to be prescribed by the Superintendent of Police - (See also rule 18.4).

The keys of the armoury and the Lines cash chest shall always be in the personal custody of the Lines officer.

(3)      In districts for which no reserve Inspector is sanctioned the Lines officer shall have, in addition to those detailed in this rule, all the responsibilities and duties of a reserve In- spector.

 

17.4. Duties of kot head constables. –

 

Subject to the orders and responsibility of the Lines officer, the kot head constable shall be in charge of all Government property, and armoury, tents and other store rooms and the registers connected therewith, except as pro- vided in rule 17.6

 

17.5. Duties of the clothing and equipment clerk. –

Subject to the orders and respon- sibility of the Lines officer, the Clerk Head Constables sanctioned for duties in Lines, connected with clothing and equipment, shall maintain all registers connected with cloth- ing and equipment and shall be responsible for the order and good management of the clothing and equipment store rooms.

 

17.6. Duties of Lines Clerk. –

 

Under the orders and responsibility of the Lines officer, the Lines Clerk deals with ordinary correspondence and is required to maintain all the Lines registers except those dealing with property which are in the charge of the kot Head Constable and the clothing and equipment clerk. In these duties he will be assisted by such other clerks as are sanctioned by competent authority from time to time.

 

17.7. Lines registers. –

 

The following bilingual registers shall be maintained in Lines:-

 

(1)      List of officers attached to headquarters in Form 17.7(1) for all enrolled officers attached to headquarters.

The register will be divided into the following parts, separate pages being assigned to each rank :-

Part I. - To include all officers attached to the office of the Superintendent and on court duties and those attached to the headquarters of the district other than those included under Parts II to V. A note regarding officers proceeding on leave shall be made in the column of remarks and their names shall not be struck out.

Part II. - Officers under training from police stations.

Part III. - Officers temporarily withdrawn from rural duties on occasions such as the mobilization of the 2nd or 3rd Reserve (rules 17.10, 17.11, etc.)

Part IV. - Menial servants attached to headquarters.

Part V. - Officers posted to the 1st Armed Reserve.

Vernacular acquittance rolls ordered in rule 10.90 shall be prepared from this register.

(2)      Duty register in Form 17.7(2) for all duties performed by entrolled officers attached to headquarters.

The register shall be kept in the following parts and sub-parts :-

Part I. - Fixed duties. –

 

(a)      Police office, including Court duties (description of the duty on which employed shall be given in the column of remarks).

(b)      Treasury Guard.

 

(c)      Magazine Guard.

 

(d)      Personal Guards (separate pages shall be assigned for each).

 

(e)      Lines establishment (rule 17.1) (description of the duty on which employed shall be given in column of remarks).

 

(f)       Orderlies at headquarters (designation of each officer with whom serving shall be quoted in column of remarks).

 

(g)      Judicial Lock-up (if any) at headquarters.

 

(h)      Order fixed duties (separate pages being assigned for each class).

 

N.B. - Police officers employed on duties not sanctioned by the Inspector- General (i.e., in the printed Provincial Distribution Statement) shall not be shown in this part, but they shall come under sub-part ‘‘(m) of Part II - Miscellaneous fluctuating duties’’. /

 

Part II. - Fluctuating duties. –

 

(i)       Training School in the Lines (i.e., men actually un- dergoing instruction).

 

(j)       Recruits (description shall be given in column of remarks).

(k)      Escorts of all descriptions (description shall be given in column of remarks).

(l)       Special duty (description shall be given in column of remarks).

(m)    Other fluctuating miscellaneous duties, including men at Phillaur (description shall be given in column in remarks).

Part III. - Absentee. –

 

(n)      Sick in hospital.

(o)      (a) under suspension or in Quarter Guard.

(b) In transit to police stations, etc.

(p)      Casual leave (amount to be given in column of remarks).

(q)      Absent without leave.

(r)      Absent on privilege leave from headquarters or absent on long leave. If neces- sary, each part may be bound in a separate volume. Duties of a few hours’ du- ration (such as sentries over barracks and escorting prisoners to and from courts) need not be entered in this register, but only in the Lines diary register No. 18.

(3)      Duty roster to be maintained in Form 17.7(3) of all enrolled officers off duty in the Lines.

This register shall be divided into two parts, separate pages being assigned when nec- essary for (a) Mounted men, (b) Head Constables, and (c) Constables :-

Part I. - All lower subordinates included in Register I, but not included in Register II, i.e., men off duty.

Part II. - Arrivals from out-stations or district (staying over the night).

Columns 5 and 6 will be filled in whenever a man leaves headquarters, his transfer being recorded in appropriate part of Register 14.16(1) and references given in columns 7 and 8 or is transferred to one of the duties included in Register II, reference again being given in columns 7 and 8 to the new entries to this register, but shall not be filled in when a man is merely detailed on some temporary duty involving an absence from the Lines of less than 12 hours (such as escorting under-trial prisoners to and from jail, etc.) or on some Lines duty of a few hours’ duration. In such cases an entry need only be made in the Lines Diary.

For the purposes of the Roll-Call provided by Rule 17.8 a list shall be made out as often as may be necessary on a blank sheet of paper of all lower subordinates included in Reg- isters II and III who have not been specially excused from attending Roll-Calls. Names and numbers need only be entered and separate columns may be allowed for head consta- bles, sowars, office staff, recruits, men under training from outstations, etc.

Officers shall, as far possible, be detailed for duty in the order in which their names stand on this register, due regard being paid to the nature of the duty. On the return of an officer from duty his name shall be entered at the bottom.

(4)      Vernacular Stock Account of clothing and equipment in Form 4.35.

(5)      Equipment Stock Register in Form 5.12(1).

 

(6)      Arms Distribution Register in Form 6.8.

 

(7)      Register of rifles issued in From 6.9(1).

 

(8)      Magazine Register in From 6.16(4).

 

(9)      Stock Book of component parts in Form 6.20(2).

 

(10)   District Register of miscellaneous stores in Form 5.16(1).

 

(11)   Distribution Register of miscellaneous stores in From 5.17.

 

(12)   Lines Miscellaneous Stores Register in From 5.16(1).

 

(13)   This register should show all miscellaneous Government property, including live-stock, for which no special register has been prescribed.

 

(14)   Range Practices Registers to be maintained in the form and parts prescribed in Chapter XIX.

 

(15)   Temporary Issue and Receipt Register in Form 5.19 showing miscellaneous prop- erty issued or received temporarily.

 

(16)   Cash Book in Forms 10.52(a) and (b) in accordance with rules 10.52 and 10.108. It shall be kept separately in two parts as follows :-

 

(a)      Other monies such as undisbursed pay, travelling allowance, etc.

(b)      Permanent advance.

The Lines clerk shall personally maintain the cash-book, and his duties and responsibili- ties in this connection, and as accountant, shall not be delegated to any other officer.

The Lines officer is responsible for the correct maintenance of the Lines Cash Book, and shall cause to be entered therein particulars of all sums recovered in connection with equipment, clothing, ordnance stores, etc., before they are remitted to the accounts offi- cer. The latter shall on receipt of such monies issue a receipt in Form 10.14(1).

(17)   Road Certificate Register in Form 10.17.

(18)   Receipt Book Register in From 10.14(1).

(19)   Lines Diary, in duplicate, in Form 22.48(1).

It shall contain a brief record of duties performed by officers present in the Lines, receipt and despatch of property or cash, such particulars ordered in rules 22.48 and 22.49 as are applicable to the Lines and such other matters specially ordered by the Superintendent.

(20)   Files of Standing orders.

To be revised by Superintendent yearly.

(21)   Minute Book for gazetted officers.

All matters regarding stores, registers, buildings, training, etc., requiring the attention of the reserve inspector or Lines officer, and the result of any inspections or checking done by gazetted officers, shall be entered herein. This register shall be a permanent record and shall not be removed from Lines.

(22)   Correspondence Register in Form 22.55.

(2) The Lines Registers shall destroyed after the periods noted against each :-

Years

(1) Rules 17.9(3) and (18)

2

(2) Rules 17.7(2), (13) and (16)

3

(3) Rules 17.7(4) to (9)

5

(4) Rules 17.7(5) and (17)

6

(5) Rules 17.7(1), (11) (12) and (14)

7

17.8. Night roll-calls. –

Roll-call shall be held every night at the time fixed by the Su- perintendent. Roll-calls shall be attended by all officers quartered in the Lines and such other officers as the Superintendent may by special order direct. After roll-call, orders for the next day, and any new orders of a general nature issued by the Superintendent of Po- lice, shall be read out.

 

17.9. First armed reserve. –

 

(1)      The first armed reserve for each district shall always be maintained at full strength. The armed reserve is shown separately in the distribution statement form 2.1, and shall remain permanently mobilized at headquarters, ready to proceed immediately anywhere within or outside the district. This reserve is the provin- cial police reserve which is distributed to districts in normal times, but it is absolutely at the disposal of the range Deputy Inspector-General and the Inspector-General as de- scribed in sub-rule (5) below.

 

(2)      The first armed reserve shall be selected by the Superintendent of Police personally. Not less a than third of the mean of reserve shall be experienced Constables of at least five years’ experience; the remainder shall ordinarily by men who have just passed their re- cruits’ course. Men shall remain posted to the reserve for six months, shall not be employed on ordinary duties and shall continue their education in the headquarters Lines School. Suitable smart Head Constables shall be posted to the reserve for six months and a suitable Sub-Inspector shall be posted in charge for at least one year. Under the super- vision of the Lines officer the reserve Sub-Inspector shall be responsible for the training and discipline of his men.

 

(3)      On the completion of six months in the reserve, Constables shall be transferred to other duties. Men who have recently passed through the first reserve should, however, or- dinarily be collected to form the second reserve when orders for its mobilization are received, or when the first reserve leaves the district. Such men can readily be traced by reference to Lines Register No. 1, but for facility of reference in emergencies a separate list showing their whereabouts may be kept in the Lines office.

 

(4)      All officers and men of the first armed reserve shall be trained in the use of H.V. ri- fles and shall undergo musketry training and range practice with these weapons as laid down in the Police Drill Manual and the Police Training School Manual. They shall be maintained in a high state of efficiency and physical fitness, and shall be trained in bayo- nets and lathi fighting and in riot tactics and tactical schemes of a simple nature, and shall frequently be exercised in marching and turning out quickly on alarm.

 

(5)      The Deputy Inspector-General is empowered, for good and sufficient reasons, to despatch, for temporary purposes, the whole or any part of the armed reserve of a district to another district or place within his range and in so doing shall report the circumstances to the Inspector-General. In an emergency when it is not possible to communicate imme- diately with the Deputy Inspector-General, a Superintendent of Police may apply for assistance direct to the Superintendent of Police of a neighbouring district. The Superin- tendent of Police so addressed or, in his absence, the Senior Police Officer at headquarters should, if the local situation permits, send his armed reserve in anticipation of the orders of the Deputy Inspector-General, informing the Deputy Inspector-General, however, im- mediately of his action.

The Inspector-General may despatch the whole or any part of the armed reserve of a dis- trict to any other district or place in the province.

 

17.10. Mobilization of the second reserve. –

 

The second reserve shall be mobilized only under the orders of the Inspector General. When mobilized its strength shall be the same as that of the armed reserve. The men shall be mobilized by drafts from cities, can- tonments, and personal guards, by calling men from leave, calling in orderlies and substituting recruits for men on standing guard duties. (See also rule 17.9(3)).

 

17.11. Mobilization of third reserve. –

 

(1)     The third reserve shall be mobilized only under the orders of the Local Government.

It shall be mobilized by the withdrawal of one-third of the sanctioned strength of lower subordinates from police stations or in such manner as the Inspector-General may other- wise direct.

(2)     When considered necessary, and this procedure is sanctioned by Government, chaukidars shall be appointed as special constables to fill the place of the regular police thus transferred from police stations. Chaukidars so employed at police stations may be granted the extra remuneration (if any) specially sanctioned by Government.

 

17.12. Equipment on mobilization. –

 

In all orders for mobilization, detailed instruc- tions shall be issued as to the number of tents required, the description of arms and ammunition to be carried, whether horses are to be taken, and all other necessary details regarding equipment and clothing.

 

17.13. Practice parades. –

 

For purposes of training, Superintendents shall hold, not less than once in three months, practice parades on alarms for fire, outbreaks in jails, etc., and shall take such steps as circumstances may require to render such parades instructive to the police.

 

17.14. Outbreaks in jails. –

 

Detailed orders regarding the action to be taken on the oc- casion of an outbreak in the jail have been prepared and are required to be maintained and periodically revised in all districts, and Superintendents will be held responsible that these orders are known to the officers chiefly concerned. These orders after being approved and countersigned by the District Magistrate and the Deputy Inspector-General shall be printed.

 

17.15. Plans for police dispositions. –

 

Superintendents of Police are required to main- tain among their confidential records copies of approved plans for police dispositions in the event of various kinds of serious disorder, general or local. It is essential that these plans should be kept thoroughly up-to-date and that all gazetted officers and Inspectors at headquarters should be fully conversant with them. In addition, all other officers at headquarters must be fully instructed in the action to be taken by them immediately on the occurrence of an emergency in anticipation of orders from a gazetted officer or In- spector. Deputy Inspectors-General are required to satisfy themselves at their inspections, both formal and casual, that this rule is strictly observed.

 

17.16. The ordinary reserve. –

 

For each district a reserve, known as the ordinary re- serve, equal to 16.5 per cent to the total number of constables sanctioned for fixed duties, is provided under the orders of Government to replace causalties, i.e. men on leave other than casual leave, sick, under training as recruits and vacancies. This reserve shall be util- ized to its fullest extent.

Illustration. - If the number of constables sanctioned for fixed duties is 500, the reserve will be 83 men. If there are 10 vacancies, 15 recruits and 5 sick in hospital, the number of men available for leave is 53. The fewer vacancies, recruits and sick, the larger the number of men available for leave.

The ordinary reserve shall be shown separately in the distribution statement Form 2.1. All available men of this reserve shall be located in lines.

 

17.17. Constabulary messes. –

 

(1)      Superintendents of Police shall make every effort to establish and maintain messes in Lines and in large police stations, particularly in cities and cantonments. These shall be on a co- operative basis. The object of such messes shall be the provision of meals for lower subordinates at a rate cheaper than that obtaining out- side the Lines, etc.

(2)      As far as possible such messes shall be managed by the men themselves. Detailed rules, schedules of meals and price lists shall be prepared and hung up in all messes. The rules shall provide for the appointment of managing staff from among the members. Ga- zetted officers shall take a close personal interest in messes both to encourage their development, to prevent irregularities and keep down prices and shall insist on the main- tenance of the highest standard of cleanliness in mess buildings and utensils.

(3)      The following accounts forms shall be maintained in Lines messes :

(a)      Order book in foil and counterfoil, in Form 17.17(3) A. by the Manager who shall order and issue all stores.

 

(b)      Daily attendance register of Police Mess at     in Form 17.17(3) B. by the Mess Orderlies.

 

(c)      Cash Book of Mess Accounts in Form 17.17(3) C. by the Accountant.

 

(d)      Stock account of articles purchased for Messes in Form 17.17(3) D. by the Ac- countant.

 

(e)      Monthly balance sheet showing cost per meal in Form 17.17(3) E. by the Ac- countant.

The departmental receipt and voucher form shall be used in connection with these ac- counts.

 

17.18. Vegetable gardens. –

 

Vacant lands attached to Lines may be utilized for the growing of vegetables for constabulary messes. The vegetables shall be sold to messes at a reasonable rate and the proceeds credited to the Lands Fund.

 

17.19. Bed-head tickets. –

 

(1)     The Superintendent shall supply for the use of the medi- cal officer in charge of police hospital bed-head tickets in Form 17.19(1).

(2)     Every police officer on discharge from hospital shall report himself for duty and make over his bed-head ticket to the Lines officer or, in the case of a police officer treated at a hospital, other than the police hospital, to the officer in charge of the police station concerned. Such officer shall send it to the office of the Superintendent for entry in the hospital sheet.

The bed-head ticket will then be filed in the hospital.

 

17.20. Cases of infectious and contagious diseases. –

 

Cases of infectious and conta- gious diseases will not be accommodated in Government tents, but in serviceable grass or reed huts erected at a distance from other buildings.

 

17.21. Supply of bedding. –

 

Bedding, hospital clothing, mosquito nets, utensils and comforts required for use in police hospitals are supplied by the medical department. If it shall appear to the Superintendent that the supply of such articles is insufficient or un- serviceable he shall note the fact in the hospital minute book and bring it to the notice of the Civil Surgeon.

 

17.22. Payment for special diet. –

 

When a Head Constable, or Constable in the inter- ests of his health, is ordered special diet by the Civil Surgeon or other medical officer in charge of the hospital, in Form 17.22, which he cannot reasonably be expected to provide at his own expense, the Lines officer shall supply the necessary diet and pay for it out of his permanent advance, keeping a daily account of the expenditure incurred.

 

The Lines officer shall submit the account, together with all receipts, through the re- serve inspector in districts where such an officer is appointed, to the Superintendent periodically.

Superintendents are authorized to pay such account from the contingent grant under sub-head "Miscellaneous". (Punjab Government letter No. 466 (Home), dated 1st Feb- ruary, 1915).

An English and vernacular copy of this order shall be hung up in every police hospital.

 

FORM No. 17.2(2)

DISTRICT

RESERVE INSPECTOR’S NOTE FOR WEEK ENDING                   19 .

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Si.

No.

Details

Inspectors

Sergeants

Sub- Inspectors

Assistant Sub- Inspectors

Head Constables Mtd. and Ft.

Constables, Mounted and Foot

REMARK S

1

2

3

4

5

 

 

6.

 

 

7

 

8

 

 

9

10

11

Vacancies Recruits

On long leave

On Privilege leave Sick in hospital

Total (serial Nos. 1 to 5)

On duty in other districts (Give details in column 9 or on reverse)

Under training at

P.T. School

Other non- effectives*(Give details in column 8 or on reverse)

Total non-effective

Resignations pending Sanctioned strength

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To include absent without leave, on causal leave, under suspension, in quarter guard, etc.


Dated the               S.P.’s initials.  Reserve Inspector

 

(Reverse)

 

WEEKLY MUSKETRY RETURN


 

 

.410

MUSKET

.22

RIFLE

.303

RIFLE

REVOLVER

Head Constables

Constables

Head Constables

Constables

Head Constables

Constables

Gazetted Officers

Upper subordinates

Practised dur- ing the week under report

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Practised dur- ing the year up to beginning of week under re- port

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 17.7(1)

LINES REGISTER No. 1.

 

LIST OF POLICE OFFICERS ATTACHED TO THE HEADQUARTERS OF THE

DISTRICT

 

Sr.

No.

Badge No.

Name

Grade

Date of enlistment

Date of posting at headquar ters

Educatio n

From where transferred

Date of transferre d from Headqua rters

Two where transferre d

Reasons of transfer

REMAR KS

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Bilingual)

 

FORM No. 17.7(2)

 

LINES REGISTER No. II DUTY REGISTER

DUTIES PERFORMED BY OFFICERS ATTACHED TO THE HEADQUARTERS OF THE          DISTRICT

Sr. No.

Constabulary No.

Name

Rank

DATE OF

REMARKS

Posting

Return to Lines (Register No.

III)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Billingual)

 

FORM No. 17.7(3)

REGISTER No. III

DUTY ROSTER OF LOWER SUBORDINATES "OFF DUTY" AND ROLL CALL REGISTER

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Constabulary No.

Name

Date of arrival

From what duty

Date of departure

To what duty

Register No.

Entry serial No.

REMARK S

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


FORM No. 17.17(3)-A

 

FORM No. 17.17 (3)-B.

POLICE                                                                            DEPARTMENT.

DAILY ATTENDANCE REGISTERS OF POLICE MESS AT

 

DISTRICT.

 

1

2

3

4

 

 

 

Se- rial No.

 

 

 

Con stab ular y No.

 

 

 

Nam e

of mem ber

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

DAILY ATTENDANCE FOR

Mor ning

Eve ning

Mor ning

Eve ning

Mor ning

Eve ning

Mor ning

Eve ning

Mor ning

Eve ning

Mor ning

Eve ning

Mor ning

Eve ning

Mor ning

Eve ning

Mor ning

Eve ning

Mor ning

even ing

 


 

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

 

Mo rn- ing

Eve nin g

Mo rnin g

Eve nin g

Mo rnin g

Eve nin g

Mo rnin g

Eve nin g

Mo rnin g

Eve nin g

Mo rnin g

Eve nin g

Mo rnin g

Eve nin g

Mo rnin g

Eve nin g

Mo rnin g

Eve nin g

Mo rnin g

Eve nin g

Mo rnin g

Eve nin g

Mo rnin g

Eve nin g

Mo rnin g

Eve nin g

 

 

FORM No. 17.17(3)-C

CASH BOOK OF MESS ACCOUNT

District                                                                                                                           Month

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Serial No.

Date

Name of receipt and expenditur e

Receipt

Expenditu re

Balance

Number of receipts issued

Reference to item No. in

the stock register

Reference to item No. in

the Daily Attendanc e

Register

REMARK S

 

 

 

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

Rs. A.P.

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 17.17(3)-D

DISTRICT                                                                                                          

Stock Account of Articles Purchased for Messes

of                                 for the month of

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Serial No.

Date

Order Book

QUANTITY RECEIVED

Total quantity in stock [column (7+4)]

Quantity issued

Balance

REMARKS

Maundage

Rate

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mds. Srs. Chs.

Mds. Srs. Chs.

Mds. Srs. Chs.

 


FORM NO. 17.17(3) – E

District                              Month

 



MONTHLY BALANCE SHEET SHOWING COST PER MEAL

 

1.            Total expenditure during the month (Column No. 5 of Cash Book).

 

2.            Add value of the balance of store on the first day of this month

 

3.            Total

 

4.            Deduct - Cost of the balance of stores on the last day of this month

 

5.            Balance

 

6.            Deduct - Cash recovered during the month from –

 

(1)        Members, and


(2)        Private sales, if any

7.            Net expenditure during the month

8.            Number of meals

9.            Cost per meal

 

FOOT NOTE No. 1. - The value against item No. 2 above should be arrived at the rates at which the stores were purchased last and of which the balance of stores in hand make a part.

FOOT NOTE No. 2. - The value against item No. 4 above should be arrived at the rates which the stores were last purchased during the month, and of which the stores in hand make a part.

 

 

FORM NO. 17.19(1)

POLICE DEPARTMENT        DISTRICT

Police Hospital Bed-Head Ticket



Departmental No.                                       

Rank                             

Name                            


Disease                          Date of admission                            Date of discharge   



Age             


years            


Result                                     

 

 

 

 


Date

Daily particulars

Treatment

Diet

 

 

 

 

HEADQUARTERS ESTABLISHMENTS AND RESERVES.

 

 

Date of observation

 

 

 

 

 

 

Days of disease . .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time . .

A.M. P.M.

A.M. P.M.

A.M. P.M.

A.M. P.M.

A.M. P.M.

A.M. P.M.

Temperature . .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

 

Cent.

R F a h r .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

 

 

43

R 1 0 8

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

 

R 1 0 7 R

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

 

42

R 1 0 6

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

 

R 1 0 5 R

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

 

41

R 1 0 4

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

 

40

R 1 0 3

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

 

R 1 0 2 R

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

 

39

R 1 0 1 R

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

 

R 1 0 0 R

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

 

38

R 9 9 R

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........


 

 

R

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

 

37

R 9 8 R

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

 

36

R 9 7 R

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

 

R 9 6 R

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

 

35

R 9 5 R

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

...........

 

Pulse

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

 

Respirations

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

(Standard Form)

 

FORM NO. 17.22 REQUISITION FOR SPECIAL DIET

To

 

THE LINES OFFICER

 

Please supply the following special diet for           days or until further notice, for the undermentioned Police Officer who is sick :-

 

Name                                                   

 

Rank                             No.                    

 

of                                                District

 


Special died :-

Dated               


 

 

? Signature of Civil Surgeon

? .        Or


The               19 .                        ? Senior Medical Officer in charge

 

Note. - Special diet means diet especially prescribed by the medical officer in the interests of a pa- tient’s health which a Head Constable or Constable cannot be reasonably expected to provide at his own expense.

CHAPTER 18 GUARDS AND ESCORTS

 

18.1. Standing guards. –

 

All treasury, tahsil, magazine magisterial lock-up and other sanctioned standing guards shall be furnished from the police lines and shall be relieved at period fixed by the Superintendent.

Policemen shall not ordinarily be kept continuously on standing guard duty for a period exceeding three months without being relieved. The sanctioned strength of each standing guard shall be shown in the distribution statement, Form 2.1.

 

18.2. Supervision of standing guards. –

 

Standing guards of district headquarters shall be under the immediate supervision of the Lines Officer and reserve Inspector. Other standing guards shall be under the supervision of the Officer in charge of the police station within whose jurisdiction they are located.

 

18.3. Guard orders. –

 

Standing orders shall be framed by the Superintendent for each standing guard and a copy of these orders shall be hung up in the guard room.

 

18.4. Inspection. –

 

(1)     All police guards at district headquarters shall be visited in every week, once by day and once by night, between the hours of 10 p.m. and 4 p.m. by a gazetted officer unless special circumstances make this impracticable, and once by day and twice by night, between such hours, by the reserve inspector, and twice by day and once by night by the officer in charge of the Lines. Standing orders to this end shall be framed in each district and approved by the Deputy Inspector-General.

(2)     Officers in charge of police stations shall, from time to time, inspect the police guards in their jurisdiction.

 

18.5. Routine of standing guard. –

 

(1)     The entire guard shall fall in under arms at sun- rise in uniform and be thoroughly inspected by the officer in command. When the latter has found all present, and arms, ammunition and accoutrements complete, the guard shall be dismissed to clean arms and accoutrements and to dress themselves smartly. Three- quarters of an hour later the guard shall be fallen in again, thoroughly inspected, orders read out, duties told off and the guard exercised in arms drill. The whole of the latter pro- cedure shall last a quarter of an hour. After this and up to 6 p.m. in summer and 5 p.m. in winder permission to leave the immediate neighbourhood of the guard for a maximum period of two hours may be given by the officer in charge to not more than one-fourth of the guard at a time. At other hours the entire guard shall be present.

Arms shall be issued at "Retreat," and from that hour till the hours of the morning in- spection of the guard they shall remain with the men of the guard, men off duty sleeping with their arms beside them.

(2)     Sentries and the next relief for duty shall be in uniform and accoutred day and night. During the day the next relief for duty shall sit outside the guard-room near the sentry.

(3)     The officer in command of the guard shall remain in uniform for two hours before dark every day and shall during this time post and relieve all sentries himself. At other hours the sentries shall be relieved by the police officers next for relief without the inter- vention of the officer in command who shall, however, visit his sentries at least four times during the hours between reveille and retreat and once between each relief during the night. When visiting sentries the officer in command shall be in uniform and accoutred.

(4)     When the officer in command is assisted by another officer of or above the rank of head constable each shall be on duty in uniform during half the day and half the night and all sentries shall be posted by one or the other. In addition sentries shall be visited as pre- scribed in sub-rule (3) above.

(5)     When guards are not relieved daily, four constables shall be allowed for each sentry supplied by the guards. Every sentry shall be relieved after three hours on duty and shall do two turns of duty in the twenty-four hours. In places where it is found possible to re- lieve guards daily, three constables shall be allowed for each sentry and sentries shall be relieved after two hours on duty. But in such cases no constables may be posted to stand- ing guard duty on two consecutive days.

Personal guards (rule 18.20(1)) shall ordinarily be relieved daily, and in this case sen- tries shall be relieved after two hours on duty. In cases where personal guards cannot be relieved daily, sentries shall be relieved after three hours on duty - the whole guard being on duty for 9 hours only during the night.

(6)     When the guard turns out at night for rounds only, head constables on duty (if any) and the next relief for duty shall turn out accoutred and in uniform; the rest of the guard shall turn out in undress and with their arms. The inspecting officer shall satisfy himself that the proper number is present and that the police officers are fit for duty.

(7)     A duty roster shall be maintained for each standing guard in which shall be recorded the rotation of duties and the particular hours of duty of each man of the guard. An entry once made in this duty roster will stand so long at the time and rotation of duties remain the same. Any alteration in the time or rotation of duties will necessitate a fresh entry in the duty roster.

(8)     A vernacular copy of these routine orders shall be posted on the order board of every guard governed by them.

 

18.6. Treasury guards. –

 

(1)     The ordinary strength of a police guard over a district treasury shall be two head constables and twelve constables, and it shall furnish three sen- tries. The usual police guard over a tahsil treasury shall be one head constable and four constables, and it shall furnish one sentry.

In districts where the work of treasuries has been taken over by the Imperial Bank of In- dia, the duties of the bank guard are normally to provide a night sentry or sentries but not a day sentry. The guard shall be available, however, to turn out by day on an emergency. See also rule 2.10.

(2)     The Superintendent shall record an order prescribing the position of the sentries, and may also require any additional precautions to be taken such as strengthening of fas- tenings, burning of lights, etc.

(3)     The responsibility for the security of the building and its fixtures at a Government treasury rests with the Executive Engineer, and for the security of chests and other treas- ury furniture, not being part of the building or fixtures, with the officer in charge of the treasury.

(4)     A copy of the Executive Engineer’s certificate and of the Superintendent’s order shall be suspended in a conspicuous place within the strong room.

 

18.7. Responsibilities of the guards. –

 

The police guard shall be responsible that no box containing cash, notes or stamps, is left at night outside the treasury strong-room, and, when the treasury strong-room is secured by windows and doors and there are no solid shutters and doors fastened over them, that bags of coin are firmly secured in the treasure vault or in boxes before the treasury closes for the day. If any such box is left outside the strong-room, or if, in cases where the strong-room is secured by grated windows and doors only, any bags of coin are left out of the vault otherwise than secured in boxes when the treasury closes for the day, the officer commanding the guard shall at once report the fact to the Superintendent, who shall obtain the orders of the District Magistrate thereon without delay. In the case of tahsil treasuries this report shall be made to the tahsildar and to the senior district police officer present in the station.

 

18.8. Admission after business hours. –

 

No one except the officer in charge of the treasury shall be admitted into the treasury after the work of the district or tahsil office has been closed for the day, without a written order from such officer. The police guard is re- sponsible for seeing that this rule is carried out. Whenever any person enters a treasury after it has been closed for the day the fact shall be specially reported to the Superinten- dent and an entry shall be made in the police station diary.

 

18.9. Opening of double locks to be prevented. –

 

The police guard shall at all times prevent the opening of the double locks at tahsil treasuries except in the presence and un- der the authority of the tahsildar or naib-tahsildar, or any officer to whom they are subordinate.

 

18.10. Orders to be pasted. –

 

A vernacular copy of rules 18.6 to 18.9 shall be pasted on a board, with other standing orders, and suspended in a conspicuous place within view of the guard. Orders embodying the same principles, but modified to suit the circum- stances of each case, shall be framed for the guidance of Imperial Bank guards.

 

18.11. Travelling treasure guards. –

 

(1)     With respect to the duties of police guards supplied to canal, railway, and other officers or persons for the protection of treasure, the following regulations shall have effect:-

(a)      So much of the rules for treasury guards as are applicable shall be followed.

 

(b)      The guard shall not be available for any other duty except that of escorting treas- ure.

 

(c)      When treasure is to be escorted, not less than two police officers shall be sent as such escort.

 

(d)      When the sum to be escorted exceeds Rs. 200, a head constable shall be sent with as many constables as may be necessary.

 

(e)      The police shall decline to receive charge of money or notes unless enclosed in a locked box, sealed bag or sealed envelope.

 

(f)       If money or notes are sent in a locked box and no responsible person is sent in charge of the key, the police may receive the key only if it is enclosed in a sealed envelope.

 

(g)      It is the duty of the police to guard and not to carry such sums of money.

(2)     A copy of this rule and of rules 18.6 to 18.10 shall be supplied to the commander of such guard and shall be shown by him, where necessary, to servants of the department or corporation to which the guard has been supplied.

 

18.12. Feeding of persons confined in Magisterial lock-ups. –

 

Except when by order of Government a special exception has been made and the police have charge of a Mag- isterial lock-up, the responsibility of the police guard on such lock-up is limited to the safe custody of persons therein confined and the police shall not have charge of the key, and no police officer may be concerned with the feeding of persons confined in a magisterial lock-up.

 

18.13. Search and confinement of persons in magisterial lock-ups. –

 

The rules re- garding search and confinement of persons in police station lock-ups - (vide rule 26.3 and 26.4) - apply equally to these lock-ups, except that the District Magistrate’s permission shall be obtained to handcuff persons in a magisterial lock-up when it is in an insecure state.

 

18.14. Count of prisoners. –

 

A count is taken every morning and evening by the of- ficial holding the keys, of the prisoners in every magisterial lock- up not located within or attached to a jail. At the evening count the number of prisoners in each ward of the lock-up is entered in a lock-up register; this entry shall be initiated, if correct, by the of- ficer commanding the police guard.

 

18.15. Guards over prisoners in camp. –

 

When, on account of a serious epidemic, over-crowding or otherwise, it becomes necessary to move prisoners into camp, the Su- perintendent of the Jail is authorized to call on the police to provide a guard on the circumference of the camp. All internal watch and ward over the prisoners shall be per- formed by the jail staff. The Superintendent of Police shall confer with the Superintendent of the Jail as to the position, lay-out and fencing of the camp and shall be entitled to refuse to supply a guard until he is satisfied that in these respects the camp is one for the security of which he can accept responsibility. The Superintendent of Police is also authorized to demand such reasonable notice as is necessary to enable him to pro- vide the guard required by the circumstances of each case. No fixed scale of guard is laid down; this must be decided by the Superintendent of Police according to the nature of the camp, the class of the prisoners in it and other factors. When camps of more than 500 pris- oners are to be guarded, the approval of the Deputy Inspector- General to the police arrangements shall be obtained.

 

18.16 Temporary insecurity of jails. –

 

If from any cause a jail becomes temporarily in- secure, it is the duty of the Superintendent of the Jail to call on the Superintendent of Police for the supply of such guard as the latter may consider necessary to provide for the safe custody of the prisoners, until the jail is made secure. In such a case the Superinten- dent shall personally, or by deputy, estimate and supply the guard considered necessary, reporting the matter as soon as possible to the Deputy Inspector-General.

 

18.17. Escorts and guards for tours of the Viceroy and the Governor of the Pun- jab. –

 

(1)      Rules for police arrangements in connection with tours of His Excellency the Viceroy are contained in a confidential pamphlet of instruction issued under the authority of the Central Government, copies of which are in the possession of all Superintendents and other police officers concerned. Confidential instructions of similar scope in regard to the tours of His Excellency the Governor of the Punjab have been issued by the Inspec- tor- General with the approval of the Provincial Government to all police officers concerned.

 

(2)      In the case of tours by His Excellency the Viceroy, the Deputy Inspector-General of the range shall personally control the police arrangements. He shall remain attached to the tour, so long as it is within his range, except during journeys by railway, when the Assistant Inspector- General, Government Railway Police, is responsible. The Deputy Inspector- General is not required to be in personal attendance during the tours of His Ex- cellency the Governor of the Punjab unless his presence is specially ordered, or unless he considers it necessary for particular reasons to take charge of the police arrangements. He shall, however, exercise the supervisory control prescribed in the confidential instructions referred to in sub-rule (1) above, over the arrangements made for such tours by Superin- tendents.

 

(3)      Superintendents of districts through which His Excellency the Viceroy tours shall remain in personal attendance throughout such tours. They shall be in direct command of the police arrangements within their jurisdiction, and shall perform such duties as are required of them by the standing confidential instructions and by such orders as may be issued for particular occasions. The same procedure shall be followed in the case of tours of His Excellency the Governor of the Punjab, provided that personal attendance is not necessary in the case of semi-private tours for which no programme is issued, or when His Excellency merely passes without halting through part of a district in the course of a for- mal tour. If urgent duty requires the presence of the Superintendent of Police elsewhere, he shall arrange, in consultation with the Deputy Inspector-General and the Military Sec- retary to His Excellency, to place another gazetted officer in charge of the tour arrangements.

 

(4)      When a tour programme necessitates police assistance from outside, the Superin- tendent of Police of the district immediately concerned, shall submit promptly a statement of the number of extra police required, with an explanation of their necessity to the Dep- uty Inspector-General of the range.

 

(5)      Except as provided in Part III 1(c) of the confidential instructions regarding police arrangements for the tours and journeys of His Excellency the Governor of the Punjab, the police shall not furnish guards of honour.

 

18.18. Viceroy’s guard at Simla and Governor’s guard at Lahore and Simla. –

 

(1)      His Excellency the Viceroy’s guard at Simla shall consist of 1 Sub- Inspector, 6 Head Constables and 37 Constables, or such greater strength as may from time to time be authorized, furnished from the Simla district. It shall be commanded during the summer months by an European Inspector, who is specially sanctioned for the post. The men of the guard shall be of good character and shall ordinarily have not less than five years’ service and shall measure not less than 5 feet 7 inches in height and 33 inches round the chest.

(2)      The guard for Government House, Lahore and Barnes Court, Simla, shall consist of 1 Sub-Inspector, 3 Head Constables and 26 Constables furnished from the Lahore district. During the summer months this strength shall be divided so as to provide the requisite du- ties at Barnes Court and also a reduced guard at Lahore.

(3)      Standing orders for the above guards, prescribing their duties and providing for their inspection, discipline, training, leave, etc., shall be drawn up by the Superintendents con- cerned.

 

18.19. Public and private arrivals and departures of His Excellency the Governor.

-

 

On all occasions of the public arrival or departure of His Excellency the Governor of the Punjab in or from Lahore, the Deputy Inspector-General, Central Range, Assistant In- spector-General, Government Railway Police and Senior Superintendent of Police, Lahore, shall attend at the station. Private arrivals at Lahore junction station shall be at- tended by the Deputy Inspector-General, Central Range and Assistant Inspector General, Government Railway Police, if present in Lahore, and by the Senior Superintendent of Police, Lahore, or, in his absence, the senior gazetted police officer available, unless they or any of them are informed by the Private Secretary that their presence is unnecessary. Private departures from Lahore junction station shall be attended by the Senior Superin- tendent of Police, Lahore, or in his absence the senior gazetted police officer available, unless he received directions to the contrary from the Private Secretary.

The above orders shall, in so far as they may be applicable, govern procedure on similar occasion elsewhere than at Lahore.

 

18.20. Personal guards. –

 

(1)     Personal guards doing duty by night only shall consist of one Head Constable and three Constables; Personal guards doing duty throughout the 24 hours shall consist of 1 Head Constable and 4 Four Constables. Personal guards at headquarters shall ordinarily be changed daily and elsewhere not less frequently than once a week.

(2)     (i) Personal guards at the headquarters of a district shall ordinarily be provided only for the Inspector-General of Police and for the Deputy Commissioner of the district.

(ii) Personal guards at the headquarters of a district shall not ordinarily be provided for an Additional Deputy Commissioner, for a District and Sessions Judge at his personal headquarters, for a District and Sessions Judge on tour or circuit at the headquarters of a district which is included in his charge but is not his personal headquarters, or for any other official who is not specifically declared by these rules to be entitled to such a guard. Under exceptional circumstances, however, and with the prior sanction of the Deputy In- spector-General of Police concerned on each occasion, personal guard may be provided as a temporary measure for any such official, if the Deputy Commissioner and the Super- intendent of Police are agreed that the provision of a guard is essential to ensure his personal safety or the safety of Government money or property in his immediate charge.

(iii) When a Judge of the High Court, the Inspector-General of Police, a Financial or Di- visional Commissioner, a Deputy Inspector-General of Police, or a District and Sessions Judge is on tour or circuit at any place away from the headquarters of a district, a guard of 1 Head Constable and 4 Constables shall be provided by the Superintendent of police of the district, subject to the receipt of a week’s notice in writing stating the period for which the guard will be required. The provision of a guard shall, however, be dispensed with if any of the said officers expresses such a desire provided that the Deputy Commis- sioner and the Superintendent of Police are agreed that the withdrawal of the guard is consistent with the safety of the official concerned.

(iv) Subject to sub-rule (v) following, a Deputy Commissioner may, if he so desires, take his personal guard with him in camp, but extra men in addition to this guard shall not be provided.

(v) When an officer who is entitled to a personal guard proceeds on duty to the hills, or on leave of any kind including vacation for a period which is likely to exceed 10 days at a time, his guard shall be withdrawn. Personal guards are not intended for the protection of houses or property. For such purposes chaukidars should be entertained.

(3)     (i) The Superintendent of Police shall provide a personal guard of one Head Con- stable and four Foot Constables for Hon’ble Ministers of the Indian Union Council and Hon’ble Ministers of the East Punjab throughout the period of their stay in the district, and shall also make such other arrangements as may be necessary in the light of local condi- tions at the time to ensure their convenience and protection both on the occasion of their arrival, in, and departure from, the district, whether by rail, road or air and throughout their stay.

(ii) If Hon’ble Ministers of the Indian Union or Hon’ble Ministers of the East Punjab reside in special carriages during their halts in the district, the personal guard required to be provided under sub-para (1) above shall be placed over the special carriage.

(iii) The provision of a personal guard shall ordinarily be dispensed with if any Hon’ble Minister so desires, provided that the Deputy Commissioner and the Superintendent of Police are agreed that the withdrawal of the guard is consistent with his safety.

(4)     When a personal guard is provided in accordance with these rules, quarters for the guard shall be provided at Government expense and it will be the duty of the Superinten- dent of Police to satisfy himself that the quarters provided are satisfactory from the point of view of hygiene and of safe custody of arms, ammunition and other Government prop- erty on charge with the guard. It will also be the duty of the Superintendent of Police to ensure that proper standing orders are drawn up for each guard as required by Police Rules 18.3, 18.4 and 18.5.

 

18.21. Command certificate. -

All police sent on duty to other districts shall have a command certificate in Form 18.21 and shall be instructed to report themselves at the po- lice lines, if no place is specially mentioned for their attendance.

As far as may be possible, without unreasonable detention, the services of returning es- corts of other districts shall be utilized for escort duty on the return journey.

 

18.22. Requisition for the supply of escorts. –

Requisition for supply of police escorts shall give one day’s clear notice (excluding Sundays and Holidays) if required for duty within the district and four days’ clear notice if required to proceed beyond the district. This is to enable the Superintendent to make arrangements for supplying the guard and to warn Superintendents of the relieving districts to arrange for relief.

 

18.23. Arrangements for conveyance, etc. –

 

(1)     All arrangements regarding convey- ance, lights, coolies, etc., for conveying prisoners and their baggage, or treasure, shall be made by the department which demands the escort and the police shall not assume the duty of escort unless and until such arrangements have been satisfactorily made. In no circumstances shall police escorts carry jail or prisoner’s baggage.

Explanation. - The expression "prisoner" or "prisoners" as used in this rule and here- inafter in this chapter, means any person or persons under police escort in cus- tody.

(2)     Coolie and transport charges for the baggage of police escorts and other detach- ments travelling in uniform shall be paid for by the Superintendents of Police, and commanders of such parties shall be responsible for engaging such transport as is neces- sary, and that men under their command are not allowed to encumber themselves with articles other than their arms and equipment required to be carried on the person.

 

18.24. Escorts over treasure by rail. –

 

The following rules framed by the Government of India (Government of India, Ministry of Home Affairs letter No. 74/49-Police-I, dated 31st March, 1949) govern the escort of treasure by rail:-

Escort over treasure by rail -

(i)       The Police officer taking charge of a treasure guard travelling by rail will not see the treasure packed at the treasury, but he will see the boxes weighed and satisfy himself that each box is properly secured before it is transferred to the van, and that it is properly placed therein.

(ii)      The guard should be accommodated in a brake-van attached to the treasure van or in the end compartment of the carriage next adjoining the treasure-van; and the doors of the compartment occupied by the guard should never be locked.

(iii)     The escort officer will wire to the receiving officer the number of the train (passen- ger or goods) conveying the remittance and its hour of departure and will also wire again enroute if any change in the train has been made or anything has occurred to delay its ar- rival.

(iv)     An officer relieving such a guard will see that the numbers of the wagons agree with those given in the blank receipt tendered for his signature; that the locks are secure; that the seals are unbroken and bear no sign of having been tampered with; and that the locked doors of the van cannot be opened.

(v)      The officer-in-charge of such a guard should be provided with a latern which will burn all night, and should cause a sentry to alight at every alternate stopping place and as- certain that the locks have not been tampered with. During any long stoppage a guard must remain on duty by the door of the treasure-wagon; if there are several such wagons it will suffice to tell of two men, who may stand, one at each end of the wagons.

 

(vi)     In case of a break-down, separating a convoy, the officer-in-charge should separate his party attaching himself to the disabled portion.

(vii)   On delivering the boxes at the treasury to which they are addressed he will obtain a receipt for........... bags said to contain coin to the value of Rs............. or for......................................................................... boxes with marks and weights detailed in the invoice said to contain coin or notes to the value of Rs.      if any box be short weight or shows signs of having been tampered with, it should be opened in the presence of the escort officer; otherwise, he should be allowed to return at once.

The form of receipt to be used by a relieving guard should run thus :-

‘Received charge from ......... police officer of          District of Railway wagon No.

.......... said to contain ............ boxes aggregating Rs.......... wagon No.          said to con-

tain......... boxes aggregating Rs............. (and so on). The wagons were duly locked and sealed, and one key for each made over;.   receipts to be given by other relieving guards

are also acknowledged. The number and contents of each wagon should be detailed in case of a break-down. The receipts should be in English if the police officer is acquainted with that language otherwise in the language ordinarily used by the officer.’

(viii)  The escort officer will present the command certificate for examination to the re- mitting treasury or Bank Officer before the remittance is handed over to him. He should also present it for examination to the treasury or Bank Officer taking charge of the treas- ure. The latter will satisfy himself that he is taking over the treasure from the officer named in the command certificate and will at the same time check the strength of the es- cort with that stated in the command certificate, noting any difference that he may find. When all is correct he will merely sign the command certificate.

(ix)     Whenever any breach of these rules occurs the officer-in-charge of the guard must insist on the treasure-van being detached from the train and should immediately telegraph the facts to the remitting officer, to his own departmental superior, and to the Traffic Man- ager of the Railway.

(x)      When a potdar accompanies a remittance he is responsible during the whole course of the journey for the contents of the boxes, and the police guard acts as an escort. The potdar will not interfere in any way in the performance by escort of its legitimate duties but he must be permitted to satisfy himself that all necessary precautions are being taken. In the event of damage occurring to a box it is the duty of the potdar to take over any coin that may fall out and to verify the contents and repack the boxes if re-packing becomes necessary. The escort officer must not permit the potdar to be interfered with in the exe- cution of his duties".

Note. (1) The Treasury Officer jointly with the police officer who is to travel in-charge, shall su- perintend personally or by substitute the loading of the vans, and shall hand over to the police officer a memorandum of instructions (in form STR-49), and as many blank receipts as there will be reliefs. The treasury officer shall take a receipt for these documents.

(2) If the seals on a wagon are broken or bear signs of being tampered with or if wagon has not been sealed it is the duty of the relieving escort officer to insist on the wagon being opened and the number of boxes counted before he gives a receipt to the relieved officer. In such cases the fact of the wagon having been opened and the number of the boxes counted should be endorsed on the receipt.

(3) Padlocks for securing treasure-van are supplied by the Treasury Officer despatching the treas- ure.

(4) Loading and unloading the treasure and providing coolies and carts, etc., is not the duty of the police at any period of the journey.

 

18.25. Strength of escort over treasure by railway. –

The following shall be the mini- mum strength of police escorts over treasure by railway :-

 

(a)      For each railway van - two Constables and one Head Constable. When more than one van is used, a Sub-Inspector or Assistant Sub-Inspector shall be sent in command of the escort.

(b)      No police escort is necessary in the case of remittances consisting exclusively of copper, bronze and nickel coin when sent by railway from one treasury to an- other. Remittances partly of silver and partly of copper, bronze or nickel coin will be sent under an escort.

(c)      Two police officers, one of whom shall be a Head Constable, shall be sent as an escort over a consignment of currency notes sent by rail or carriage dak, and if the value exceeds Rs. 50,000 one officer shall be a Sub-Inspector.

 

18.26. Position of the escort. –

 

(1)     Parcels containing notes shall be carefully packed in sealed parcels or boxes.

(2)     Escorts over notes shall occupy one of the end compartments of a third class car- riage, and sit on the end seat. If the notes are packed in a box, such box shall be placed under the seat against the outer planking of the carriage, and the escort shall sit over it. If the box is too large to go under the seat, it shall be placed between the members of the es- cort, and the Superintendent shall pay the usual charge for the space occupied.

 

18.27. Purchase of tickets. –

 

(1)     Government treasure, which term includes species (i.e., gold, silver, copper, bronze and nickel coins), precious articles, bullion, currency notes, current or uncurrent, signed or unsigned, defaced currency notes and Government stamps will be carried by rail as under, subject to the following exception:-

(i) Consignments weighing 54 maunds or less on broad-gauge and those weighing 40 maunds or less on metre or narrow-gauge

In brakevans

(ii) Consignments weighing over 54 maunds on broad-guage and those weighing over 40 maunds on metre or narrow-gauge

In separate vehicle or in a reserved compartment or carriage

 




Exception: Remittances of silver coins and currency notes, and precious articles should always be sent under Police escort. Such remittances weighing between 54 and 81 maunds should be carried in reserved compartments while those weighing over 81 maunds in separate ve- hicles.

(2)     Free conveyance of escorts in 3rd class compartments on the following scale on both outward and return journey will be allowed only when treasure is carried in separate vehicles (other than in reserved passenger compartments or carriages) irrespective of whether the escort returns with or without treasure:-

(a)      One man when the consignment of treasure is over 54 and under 135 mandus.

(b)      Two men when the consignment is from 135 to under 270 maunds.

(c)      Four men when the consignment is 270 maunds or over.

Free tickets in such cases will be issued by the booking clerk immediately after the treas- ure has been weighed. Such tickets will be stamped "FREE" by the railway authorities when issuing them.

If the escort is larger than that for which free conveyance has been provided, tickets for each extra man will be taken to the destination of the treasure by the officer in-charge of the escort.

(3)     When treasure is carried in a reserved compartment or carriage the usual number of fares required for reservation shall be paid for by the officers incharge of the escort as no free tickets are admissible under such circumstances. When the actual number of the es- cort exceeds the number of fares paid for the reserved accommodation, additional fares shall be paid for each man in excess. Tickets for the escort in all cases shall be taken to the destination of the treasure.

(4)     Tickets issued for the outward journey, whether paid for or free, shall be handed on to each relieving escort.

(5)     Members of the escort provided with free tickets for the outward journey are enti- tled to free tickets for the return journey and shall apply for these free return tickets to the Station Master of the Station where the guard is relieved. For other members of the escort the Lines Officers shall make provision for the return journey before the escort sets out by issuing to the officer in charge of the escort either a railway warrant or the necessary expenses for the journey from the prescribed relieving station. If the escort is not relieved at this station, it will continue with the treasure until relieved, and in that case the expenses for the return journey from the station where the escort is actually relieved to the pre- scribed relieving station shall be paid by the Superintendent of Police within whose district the escort is actually relieved.

 

18.28. Escorts over treasure by road. –

(1)     Except within the limits of the Lahore Mu- nicipality the following shall be the minimum scale of police escorts over specie in transit otherwise than by rail :-

 

 

Description of treasure

 

Amount of treasure in rupees

STRENGTH OF GUARD

Sub- Inspectors

Head Constables

Constables

Number of sentries

 

Rs.

 

 

 

 

 

Remittance by usual conveyance up to

 

5,,000

 

..

 

1

 

4

 

1

Ditto

10,000

..

1

8

2

Ditto

20,000

..

1

10

2

Ditto

50,000

..

2

12

3

Ditto

1,00,000

..

3

16

4

Ditto

4,00,000

..     1

3

24

6

(2)     The minimum scale of police escorts over specie in Lahore between the Railway Station, Currency Office and the Imperial Bank of India shall be two foot Constables per cart load of treasure, provided that -

(a)      the total escort shall never be less than one Head Constable and four Constables;

(b)      there shall be one Head Constable for every 4 carts or less;

(c)      there shall be one Sub-Inspector for every 10 carts.

(3)     The foregoing scale of escorts over treasure shall be the minimum escorts sent in charge of the amount specified, but Superintendents shall use their discretion in increas- ing the protection afforded whenever necessary.

(4)     If currency notes are sent by road a sufficient escort shall be sent.

(5)     Treasure shall not be carried under escort by motor bus unless the hiring of a whole bus is justified by the number and weight of boxes and the size of the escort.

The minimum escort per bus shall be one Head Constable and six foot Constables. Su- perintendents of Police shall increase this strength when the value of the treasure to be escorted, local conditions or the nature of the journey are such as to increase the risk of attack.

 

In the case of the escort for specie, which is bulky and weighs heavy, the use of motor transport will seldom be convenient or economical; for the escort of treasure in the form of currency notes, however, motor transport will often be suitable.

Note. - One lakh of full weight rupees weights 311?4 maunds net, and when packed for remittance possibly a little more than 35 maunds.

 

18.29. Receipt and guarding of treasure. –

 

(a)      Treasure to be escorted will be packed by the treasury authorities in bags holding Rs. 2,000 each, and, after being sealed, these bags will be placed in pad-locked iron remittance boxes. Each box shall be weighed in the presence of the officer commanding the escort and the number, weight and contents of each box shall be entered in the invoice.

The officer commanding the escort shall see that the boxes or tumbrils are strongly made and securely fastened, and shall sign the receipt at the foot of each copy of invoice as responsible for           boxes of marks and weights detailed above, said to con- tain        coin to the value of Rs.     . If he is ignorant of English he shall fill up the blanks and sign such receipt in the vernacular and a copy of the invoice shall be made over to him.

(b)      A sentry shall march alongside each cart and shall keep the carts together.

(c)      The remainder of the escort shall march half in front of the leading cart and half in rear of the rear cart.

(d)      At each encamping ground the carts shall be parked in a compact square, leaving a narrow path between each line of carts; the bullocks shall be fastened to the front of each cart.

(e)      It buoys are attached to treasure chests, the officer commanding the escort shall ex- amine them and point out if the ropes appear likely to sink the buoys; before crossing a ferry by boat he shall see that the ropes are not detached, knotted or entangled while the boxes are on board the boat and that they work freely.

(f)       If the treasure is secured by double locks, the officer commanding the escort shall keep the keys of the second lock and the potdar of the first; if there are single locks only the potdar shall keep the keys.

(g)      The officer commanding the escort shall be responsible that no box or tumbril is opened on the journey except in case of damage or accident.

(h)     The officer commanding the escort shall march with his escort, shall see the carts parked and the first sentries posted, and shall visit his sentries once by day and once by night in every twenty-four hours.

(i)       If the remittance arrives at night, it shall remain in the custody of the police guard until next morning.

 

18.30. Use of handcuffs. –

 

The rules relating to the use of handcuffs are given in Chap- ter XXVI. In addition, the following orders shall have effect in regard to escorts over prisoners :-

(a)      The police officer of highest rank present shall be responsible that the handcuffs fit properly.

 

(b)      If the prisoner is violent and is strong and able to offer considerable resistance, the handcuffs may be coupled behind his back instead of in front of his body.

 

(c)      The police officer in command of an escort over unconvicted prisoners, whether in police or judicial custody, shall be held strictly responsible that such prisoners are not allowed to have their hair, beards or moustaches cropped or in any other way to alter their appearance, so as to make identification difficult, and that they are allowed no communication with any member of the public, while under the custody of the escort, except on the written authority of a superior police officer or of a Magistrate.

 

(d)      If it becomes necessary to release one of the prisoner’s hands, the handcuff on the other wrist shall not be opened, and adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent escape. The release of one of the prisoner’s hands, for any purpose whatever, will be on the responsibility of the officer in charge of the prisoner, and any escape from custody as a result of, or facilitated by, such release of one hand will, except under the circumstances provided for in rule 18.35(2), be re- garded as negligence falling within rule 16.37.

(e)      In the case of prisoners despatched by the Jail Department, handcuffs shall be supplied by the Police, but leg-irons shall be supplied by Jail Department.

(f)       The handle of the chain of the handcuffs shall be passed through the belt of the Constable in immediate charge of the prisoner for the time being, and shall re- main so, as long as the prisoner is under escort. When such Constable has to be relieved for any purpose, the prisoner shall be secured in the same manner to the relieving Constable. The practice of fastening the chain to a bed while the es- cort rests or feeds, and all other methods of attachment are absolutely forbidden.

 

18.31. Admission of prisoners to Jails. –

 

Under the rules of the Jail Department pris- oners transferred from one jail to another must be received into jail at any hour.

 

18.32. Escorts over European prisoners. –

 

(1)     On occasions on which an European soldier may have to be conveyed in custody, before or after conviction by the civil power, an application shall invariably be made to the nearest military authorities for a military es- cort, unless there are sufficient European police available for the duty. - (Government of India letter No. 8-4051, dated 17th Feburary, 1881).

(2)     On occasion when Europeans (other than soldiers) have to be conveyed in custody, European police shall ordinarily be utilized, and when necessary may be requisitioned from other districts or the railway for the purpose.

 

18.33. Railway accommodation for prisoners. –

 

When a despatch of prisoners is to be made under the orders of the Jail Department by rail from a headquarter station of a dis- trict, it is the duty of the reserve Inspector or lines officer to ascertain two hours before the departure of the train, that the proper description of carriage has been supplied and that all gratings, door locks, etc., are in order. Padlocks, when considered necessary, shall be provided by the police.

 

18.34. Transfer of prisoners between Jails. –

 

The prisoners shall be made over to the police guard after they have been carefully and thoroughly searched in the presence of the jailor and the officer in charge of the police guard. A nominal roll in the usual form shall be made over with the prisoners. The police guard shall be entirely responsible for the safe custody of the prisoners until they reach their destination and are formally made over to the jail officers and a receipt obtained for them. The officer commanding the escort shall satisfy himself that the handcuffs and fetters are in good order, and that they fit prop- erly before he takes them over. If the prisoners are desperate or dangerous, the officer commanding the escort shall be supplies with a chain with two rings and padlock and shall connect all the handcuffs or leg-irons with it.

 

18.35. Fetters to be dispensed with in certain cases. –

 

(1)     Under jail regulations every male prisoner under sentence for an offence is required to be handcuffed before be- ing removed from a jail for any purpose, and, when on transfer, is required to be fettered as well, unless medically certified as unfit on account of age or infirmity. The rule regard- ing fettering may be relaxed in the case of prisoners classed as "A" or "B" by the convicting court, if the Superintendent of Police is satisfied, after ascertaining the con- vict’s history, that there is no reasonable apprehension of an attempt at escape or rescue. Juvenile offenders are not required to be fettered, but only to be handcuffs when in transit from a jail to the Reformatory School at Delhi.

 

(2)     One handcuff may also be removed from prisoners travelling by rail while eating, drinking or going to the latrine, provided that the number enjoying the concession at any one time shall not exceed half the number of Constables on the escort.

 

18.36. Transfer of prisoners by Rail. –

 

(1)      So far as may be practicable, the railway shall be used for the transit of persons escorted in police custody.

(2)      A responsible police officer shall be present at the railway station to despatch per- sons in custody by rail.

(3)      Prisoners sentenced to transportation, and other dangerous and notable prisoners, should not be sent by mail trains unless there be exceptional and special reasons for doing so, which should be fully stated in writing.

 

18.37. Regulations for transport of prisoners by rail. –

 

With respect to the kind of railway carriage to be used and the strength of escort to be employed in the transit of pris- oners in police custody, the following regulations shall have effect:

(a)      When the prisoners escorted are A and B class convicts and better class under- trial prisoners, normally third class accommodation should be provided, but where suitable third class carriages with proper sanitary arrangements are not available, inter class accommodation shall be allowed. Any A and B class pris- oner or better class under-trial prisoner who desires to travel by a higher class may be allowed to do so on paying the extra fares for himself and escort.

A and B class convicts and better class under-trial prisoners shall, when on transfer be taken to and from the station by motor lorry or such other conveyance as may be available. Instructions regarding the use of handcuffs for such convicts and under-trial prisoners are contained in Police Rule 26.22(1) and (2). [The strength of escort in such cases should be equal in number to the prisoners and when there is only one prisoner, the strength of escort shall be atleast two. The escort shall sit on each side of the prisoner and guard the doors.][49]

(b)      When the prisoners escorted are aged, feeble, sick, crippled, women, children, or are accused of minor offences and are not desperate character, or are harmless lunatics or where the number of persons, including the escort, does not exceed five, they may be conveyed in ordinary third class carriages. The ordinary strength of escorts shall be same as in (a) above.

(c)      Transportation convicts proceeding out of the province and prisoners of excep- tionally dangerous character, who require extra vigilance for their safe custody, shall be conveyed in custody by rail in prison vans. The ordinary strength of es- cort in such cases shall be one Head Constable and six Constables for each car- riage or van, and if more than a single carriage or van is sent a Sub-Inspector shall be sent in command.

When the prisoners are transported by III Class compartment, the strength of escort shall be as under:-

 

Number of Prisoners Strength

 

 

1

S.I.

..

H.C.

..

Constables

2

2

..

..

3

3

..

1

4

4

..

1

5

5

..

1

7

6

..

2

8

7

..

2

9

8

..

2

10

9

..

2

11

10

1

2

14

 

If the number of prisoners is more than 10 but less than 20 escort should be one Head Constable extra per every 4 Constables and 1 Sub-Inspector extra for every 10 Consta- bles.

(d)      All other prisoners shall be conveyed in third class carriages provided with iron gratings for the windows and iron bars or railings between the compartments. The ordinary strength of escorts shall be the same as in (b) above.

(e)      In the case of prisoners on transfer to the jails of districts in which their homes are situated with a view to their release, the police escort need not exceed the fol- lowing strength :-[50]

 

For 1 prisoner

2 Constables

For 2 to 4 prisoners

3 Constables

For 5 to 9 prisoners

One H.C. and 4 Constables

For 10 to 12 prisoners

One H.C. and 6 Constables

 

 

(f)       The escort accompanying prisoners by rail shall occupy the position from which the best possible control over the prisoners can be secured, but shall not take up such share of accommodation as will result in overcrowding among the prison- ers.

18.38. Precautions for safe custody. –

(1)     If it is necessary to allow any of the pris- oners or any of the escort to leave the carriage for purposes of nature, permission shall be given to do so only at stations where the train stops at least ten minutes, and subject to proper arrangements for the safe custody of the prisoners. Whenever it is necessary to re- move the prisoners at a station where a change of trains is to be made, or between stations in case of trans-shipment or accident, a portion of the escort shall alight first, and the pris- oners, as they alight, shall be marshalled in file. Prisoners shall, as far as possible, be kept apart from other passengers, and no access to or intercourse with them by any person, other than a Magistrate or police officer superior in rank to the officer commanding the escort shall be allowed. When waiting for a train the escort shall form a cordon round the prisoners, if the latter number more than four, the members of the escort shall be allowed to leave their posts only in such numbers as will not reduce the guard over the prisoners to such an extent as to facilitate escape.

 

(2)     Except as provided in sub-rule (1) and in case of serious illness, no member of the escort shall leave the carriage except in the performance of his duty.

(3)     When a change of trains necessitates a delay of over an hour at any junction, all pris- oners shall be taken by their escorts to the Railway Police or local District Station and kept there in the lock-up during the period of waiting. The Assistant Inspector-General, Gov- ernment Railway Police and all Superintendents of Police will issue orders to their station house officers to receive such prisoners and to give all necessary help to the escorts. The officer detailed under sub-rule (6) below to explain rules to escort shall inform escorts where to take prisoners during halts at the various junctions on the journey.

(4)     Escorts are strictly prohibited from accepting gifts of any kind including food from any class of prisoner or a prisoner’s friend, relative or sympathizers.

(5)     Section 441 of the "Manual for the Superintendence and Management of Jails" says that no prisoner shall, except on transfer from another jail, be admitted into any jail after the hour of lock-up for the night or before sunrise on any day. This implies that prisoners on transfer may be admitted at any time of the day and night and escorts over prisoners on transfer from one jail to another will proceed immediately on arrival at their destination station to the jail and have the prisoners admitted. Escorts over prisoners other than those transferred from one jail to another will on arrival at the station of destination during the night, when prisoners cannot be produced before the officer before whom they are to be produced, confine them in the railway police or local district police station lock-up, until they can be produced before the officer concerned.

(6)     Police rules laying down the duties of escorts will be carefully explained to all es- corts before they proceed on duty and gazetted officers will select all escorts over special classes of prisoners themselves from among men on whom they can rely to observe orders strictly. Officers in charge of escorts will be particularly instructed not to allow any con- tact between prisoners and outsiders in any circumstances.

Note. - Although this rule deals specifically with the escort of prisoners by rail, it applies mutatis mutandis to escorts by all other means of transport.

 

18.39. Security and health of prisoners. –

 

(1)     When a police escort travels in a prison van or in a separate compartment to that occupied by the prisoners, two Constables shall be placed on sentry duty over the prisoners, being relieved every two hours.

(2)     At every station where the trains stops fifteen or more minutes, the officer com- manding the escort shall personally test the window fastenings, see the prisoners are not suffering in health, and arrange for any necessary cleaning of the carriage and the refilling of water tanks and supply of drinking water to the prisoners.

18.40. Searching prisoners and handing over charge. –

(1)     At each relieving station all the prisoners shall be searched in the presense of the senior officer of both the relieving and relieved police escorts and the officers of the Jail Department.

(2)     In the case of transfer of prisoners within the province, police officers commanding escorts shall be held responsible that they hand over the iron frames, locks and keys of window gratings to the station master at destination, and that they take receipt; but in the case of transfers beyond the province, such responsibility shall rest with the jail warder accompanying the prisoners. If a frame, lock or key is received in an injured state or is injured by the prisoners on the way, the officer commanding the escort or jail warder, as the case may be, shall report the matter at the end of the journey to the nearest Superin- tendent of Police who shall explain it to the Chief Commercial Manager. When padlocks, supplied by the police under rule 18.33, have been used, the officer commanding the es- cort shall hand over the locks in the police lines of destination to be returned to the district of despatch. If the van or carriage goes outside the province, the locks shall be removed and returned in the same way to the district of despatch.

 

18.41. Reservation of rail accommodation. –

 

(1)      If insane persons are sent by railway in police custody, and whenever a party of prisoners and its escort so sent exceeds in num- ber three persons, one or more compartments shall be reserved for such party. - (Government of India letter No. 1424-311-R, dated 8th April 1879).

 

(2)      If the prisoners are accused persons being sent by the police for trial, arrangements shall, if possible, be made either to send them so that compartments need not be reserved, or to occupy fully the compartments reserved.

(3)      If the escort travels in the same compartment as the prisoners, and the compartment is reserved, the number of persons seated therein shall in no case be in excess of its capac- ity.

(4)      Tickets shall be taken by the original district of despatch for the forward journey of the escort to the railway station of destination of prisoners, irrespective of provincial lim- its. On occasions, however, when prisoners are dispatched under one escort to various destinations and this escort has to be relieved on route, tickets shall be taken only as far as the relieving station.

(5)      In the case of a Punjab Police escort proceeding out of the Punjab or an escort from some province entering the Punjab which has not been relieved at the relieving stations laid down in Appendix 18.49(1), the Superintendent of Police of the district in which the escort is eventually relieved shall advance railway fares to take it back to the recognised relieving station and debit the amount to his Contingent grant. This expenditure shall not be recovered from the province providing the escort.

 

18.42. Escorts by road - Responsibility of despatching officer. –

 

(1)     The police of- ficer who despatches an escort over prisoners by road shall be held responsible that a proper and sufficient escort is sent; that, where the escort consists of one or two Consta- bles only, they possess equal or greater physical power to, or than that possessed by the prisoners in their custody, and that proper discretion is used in regard to increasing the es- cort under special circumstances when the country is disturbed or popular feeling is excited in favour of, or against, the prisoners, or in regard to the offence committed. Pris- oners shall not be marched by road in the hot weather between the hours of 10 a.m. and 4 p.m. or in any season when it is raining, or likely to rain, heavily. A and B class convicts and better class under-trial prisoners shall when travelling by road, be taken by motor- lorry or other suitable conveyance.

(2)     Police escorts shall on no account be required to carry any property belonging to prisoners. The officer commanding the escort shall take over from the jail or other dis- patching authority any official documents relating to the transfer, petty cash, whether belonging to prisoners or advanced for the expenses of the journey, keys of fetters, etc., but any property belonging to or necessarily sent with the prisoners shall be transported under arrangements to be made by the despatching authority. The cost of transporting, whether by coolie or otherwise, any such property and the bedding of prisoners shall be recovered from the Jail Department. (See also rule 18.23).

 

18.43. Feeding of prisoners. –

 

(1)      Rules for the feeding of persons under police arrest or remanded in police custody are contained in Chapter XXVI. For prisoners under escort between jails and courts the Jail Manual (paragraph 758) prescribes that, when the court to which prisoners are to be escorted is situated at the same station as the jail, the officer in charge of the jail shall be responsible for the supply of the prisoners’ food ready cooked. When such court is situated at a distance, the money necessary to purchase food at the scale prescribed by the Jail Department, shall be made over to the Police officer commanding the escort by the officer in charge of the jail.

(2)      Prisoners on transfer are required to be given a cooked meal before starting, and, for a journey exceeding twelve hours, but not exceeding eighteen hours in duration, each pris- oner shall receive, before being handed over to the police escort, parched gram and gur, or such other ration as jail regulations may prescribe, to eat on the journey. Police officers commanding escorts shall satisfy themselves that this regulation (paragraph 939, Jail Manual) has been complied with, when taking over prisoners. When the journey on transfer is likely to exceed eighteen hours in duration, money shall be made over to the warder accompanying the prisoners or the officer commanding the escort, as the case may be, by the officer in charge of the jail to enable him to purchase food at the prescribed scale. See also rule 26.27(1).

(3)      The police officer to whom money is made over under sub-rules (1) and (2) above shall acknowledge its receipt and, on conclusion of the escort duty shall submit, together with his duty report, an account of his expenditure, supported by detailed receipts or sat- isfactory explanation of failure to obtain such receipts.

(4)      A jail official shall accompany prisoners on transfer when their number exceeds ten. In this case he shall be responsible for all arrangements for food and water. When the prisoners are less than ten, a jail official should see them off at the railway station and will be responsible for seeing that they start with -

(a)      one zinc pail full of water, if the van does not possess a permanent drinking water tank;

(b)      one lota full of water for each prisoner;

(c)      one zinc pail full of water at the latrine for cleaning purposes.

In cases where no jail official accompanies prisoners the police officer in charge of the escort shall inform station masters of important stations in advance on the route of any re- quirements in the way of water, food etc., that may be needed on the journey.

(5)      It is the duty of the police officer in charge of the escort to see that prisoners who have not been in jail previously have their food before they are taken to the jail if they are likely to arrive there too late for a meal.

 

[51][18.44. Strength of escorts by road. –

 

When the prisoners are escorted by road or foot there shall be at least one Constable per prisoner with 1 Head Constable after every ten Constables and one Sub-Inspector after every 20 Constables. In case of one prisoner there shall be two Constables.

Prisoners shall always sleep under shelter which shall be provided where necessary by the Jail Department before the prisoners are taken over.]

 

18.45. Escort over prisoners by motor bus or passenger lorry. –

 The strength of es- corts over prisoners transported by motor bus or other vehicle not specially constructed as a prison van shall be not less than that prescribed in rule (18.37) for escorts over pris- oners by rail; provided that, if the circumstances of the journey to be performed are such as to entail danger of rescue or to necessitate special precautions, the strength of the escort shall be increased at the discretion of the Superintendent of Police. In cases where it is necessary to march the prisoners by road between the place of departure or destination and the terminus of the journey by motor vehicle, the arrangements prescribed in rule (18.48) for reinforcement shall be followed.

 

18.46. Escort for prison vans. –

 

The strength of escorts over prisoners transported in specially constructed motor prison vans shall be one head constable and three foot con- stables for each such van.

 

18.47. Intimation for the relief of escorts. –

 

(1)     Every Superintendent who furnishes an escort shall send intimation as soon as possible to the Superintendent whose duty it will be to relieve such escort, of -

(a)      the strength of such escort;

 

(b)      the nature of the duty, that is, the number of the prisoners being escorted or the amount and nature of treasure, etc.

 

(c)      the mode of transit, the destination;

 

(d)      the probable date and hour of arrival; and

 

(e)      the number of handcuffs required.

 

(f)       whether prisoners are dangerous.

If a letter by post would not give three clear days’ notice, such intimation shall be tele- graphed, but the strength of the escort need not be telegraphed unless it is abnormal. Intimation shall be in Form 18.47.

(2)     In the case of districts in the United Provinces, the initiation, both postal and tele- graphic, should be addressed not to the Superintendent of Police but to the Reserve Inspector. Telegrams for him should be addressed "Police Lines".

(3)     Reliefs for inter-provincial escorts must always be provided and not refused or withheld on the ground that the men cannot be spared. Compliance with requisitions must be strictly exacted.

 

18.48. Reinforcement of escorts. –

 

As escorts travelling by rail are of reduced strength, an escort of ordinary strength shall escort the persons or property in charge to the railway train, and again from the railway train at the termination of the railway journey. When an escort leaves by train, a telegram shall be despatched by the officer in command of the escort to the Superintendent whose duty it is to provide an escort to guard the persons or property from the railway station where the railway journey terminates, in all cases in which proper arrangements have not been completed before the despatch of such escort.

 

18.49. Regulations as to relief of escorts. –

 

(1)      Escorts over prisoners or treasure sent by railway shall not ordinarily be relieved so long as the journey to destination is not of longer duration than 12 hours and is within the province.

 

(2)      When an escort has to be relieved under the above rule, the transfer shall ordinarily be made at a station which is the headquarters of a district, and if possible at a station where a change of railway or train is effected.

(3)      The relief guard shall assist the relieved guard to watch the prisoners or treasure dur- ing the transfer.

(4)      Escorts over prisoners or treasure sent by railway proceeding out of, or coming into, the Punjab shall be relieved at the places shown in Appendix 18.49(4).

 

18.50. Authorities for provisions of guards. –

 

Police shall not be provided as guards,escorts or for any other duty except as authorized in this chapter or elsewhere in the Police Rules.

APPENDIX No. 18.48(4)[52]

Escorts over V.I.Ps. or prisoners or treasure sent by railway out of or into the Punjab shall be relieved at the following stations:

 

(a)      Escorts proceeding out of the Punjab :-

 

1.

Through Saharanpur to any Railway Station in U.P.

Shall be relieved at Saharanpur if the Punjab escort is proceeding to any Railway Station in the Uttar Pradesh and has not to pass through or to go to Delhi. In case, the Punjab escort is proceeding to any Railway Station in the U.P. through Delhi, it will be relieved at Delhi by the U.P. escort

2.

Through Delhi by the Northern Railway, to any Railway Station in U.P.

The U.P. Police will take over from the Punjab Police at Delhi on the following Northern Railway routes passing through the U.P.

(a)     Delhi- Ghaziabad-Meerut-Saharanpur

(b)    Delhi-Ghaziabad-Aligarh

3.

Through Mathura by the Northern Railway and the Central Railway

On the Central Railway (Delhi-Mathura-Jhansi-Bombay route) the Punjab Police will provide the escort up to Mathura and will be relieved there (Mathura) by the U.P. Police.

4.

Through Mathura by the Northern Railway and the Western Railway

On the Western Railway viz., Delhi-Mathura-Bharatpur-Bombay route, the Punjab Police will provide escort upto Mathura and will be relieved there (at Mathura) by the Rajasthan Police

5.

Through Hissar on the Hissar-Siwani- Sadulpur section to any Railway Station Rajasthan

Punjab Escort shall be relieved at Hissar by the Rajasthan escort, if the Punjab escort is proceeding to any Railway Station in Rajasthan on the Hissar-Siwani-Sadalpur section

6.

Through Hanumangarh to (or via) Rajastan

Rajasthan Police will take over escort at Railway Station Hanumangarh, on the Bhatinda-Hanumangarh section, of the Northern Railway from the Punjab Police

7.

Through Rewari on the Delhi- Ahmedabad line (Meter Gauge)

The Punjab escort would be relieved by the Rajasthan Police escort at Rewari

8.

Through Loharu on the Loharu- Sadalpur-Rattangarh-Bikaner route

Punjab escort would be relieved at Loharu by the Rajasthan escort if the Punjab escort is proceeding to any Railway Station in Rajasthan on the Loharu- Sadalpur-Rattangarh-Bikaner route

9.

Through Loharu on the Loharu- Jhunjhunu-Sika-Reengus-Jaipur route to any Railway Station in Rajasthan

Punjab escort would be relieved at Loharu by the Rajasthan escort if the Punjab escort is proceeding to any Railway Station in Rajasthan on the Loharu-Jhunjhunu-Sika-Reengus-Jaipur route

10.

Through Pathankot to Jammu and Kashmir State

On detraining at Pathankot, the VIP will either have to travel by air or by car. In the former case, the Gurdaspur District Police will escort the VIP by road up to Dhangu airport and in the latter case upto Lakhanpur on Gurdaspur J. & K. border, where the escorts will be relieved by the Jammu and Kashmir Police.

(b)      Escorts coming into the Punjab or passing through the Punjab State :-

 

1.

Through Saharanpur to any Railway Station in the Punjab on the Saharanpur-Ambala route

The U.P. escort will be relieved at Saharanpur by the Punjab escort, if the former is proceeding from any Railway Station in the Uttar Pradesh and has not to pass through or to come to Delhi.

In case, the U.P. escort is proceeding to any Railway Station in the Punjab through Delhi it will be relieved at Delhi by the Punjab escort.

2.

Through Delhi by the Northern Railway to any Railway Station in the Punjab State

The U.P. Police escort will hand over to the Punjab Police at Delhi on the following Northern Railway routes passing through the U.P.

(a)     Delhi- Ghaziabad-Meerut-Saharanpur

(b)    Delhi-Ghaziabad-Aligarh

3.

Through Mathura by the Northern Railway and the Central Railway to any Railway Station in the Punjab

On the Central Railway (Delhi-Mathura- Jhansi- Bombay) route the Punjab Police will take over from the U.P. escort at Mathura

 

 

4.

Through Mathura by the Northern Railway and the Western Railway to any Railway Station in the Punjab State

On the Western Railway (Delhi-Mathura- Jhansi-Bombay) route the Punjab Police will relieve the Rajasthan Police escort at Mathura

5.

Through Hissar on the Sadalpur- Siwani-Hissar Section to any Railway Station in the Punjab State

The Punjab State will take over from the Rajasthan Police escort at Railway Station Hissar on the Hissar-Sadalpur section

6.

Through Hanumangarh (or via Rajasthan) to any Railway Station in the Punjab State

The Punjab Police will take over at Railway Station Hanumangarh on the Bhatinda-Hanumangarh section of the Northern Railway from the Rajasthan Police

7.

Through Rewari on the Delhi- Ahmedabad line (Meter Gauge) to any Railway Station in the Punjab State

The Punjab Police would relieve the Rajasthan Police escort at Rewari

8.

Through Loharu on the Loharu- Sadalpur-Rattangarh-Bikaner route, to any Railway Station in the Punjab

Rajasthan escort would be relieved at Loharu by the Punjab Police escort, if the former is proceeding to any Railway Station in the Punjab on the Loharu-Sadalpur-Rattangarh-Bikaner route.

9.

Through Lohary on the Loharu- Jhunjhunu-Sika-Reengus-Jaipur route to any Railway Station in the Punjab State

The Punjab Escort would relieve Rajasthan escort at loharu, if the latter is proceeding to any Railway Station in the Punjab on the Loharu-Jhunjhunu-Sika-Reengus-Jaipur route

10

Through Pathankot from Jammu and Kashmir State

The VIP will either travel by air or by car to Pathankot. In the former case, the Gurdaspur District Police will escort the VIP by road from Dhangu airport upto Pathankot Railway Station. In the latter case, the Gurdaspur District Police escort will take over from the J. & K. Polie at Lakhanpur

 

FORM NO. 18.21

POLICE DEPARTMENT                                                DISTRICT COMMAND CERTIFICATE OF AN ESCORT O AN ESCORT PROCEEDING IN


CHARGE OF                                                                   TO

 

Strength of Escort

Nos

Name of officer in

command

Nature of duty

Mode of transit and where to be

relieved

Note of special orders

Gazetted Officers     .. Inspectors     ..

Sergeants     ..

Sub-Inspectors         ..

Assistant Sub- Inspectors

? Mounted Head Constables    ?

? Foot

 

? Mounted

Constables    ?

? Foot

 

Total            ..

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(Standard Form)

Reports of arrival and of relief to be noted on reverse.

DISTRICT POLICE OFFICER:

 

The         19 Superintendent of Police

 

FORM NO. 18.47


POLICE 19. DEPARTMENT APPLICATION FOR RELIEF OF ESCORT


FROM

Superintendent of Police,


To

Superintendant of Police,

 


Dated                  

 

Received

 

Informs him that an escort of the following strength -

 

..

..

..

Inspectors

..

..

..

Sergeants

..

..

..

Sub-Inspectors

..

..

..

Assistant Sub-Inspectors

 

..

..

Head Constables

Mounted Foot .. .. ? Mounted

..

..

Constables

Foot .. .. Total

..

..

 

 

will leave this district in charge of                                          to proceed to and travel by  

 


(Standard form.)

 

Superintendent of Police


 

CHAPTER 19 TRAINING AND EXAMINATION

 

19.1. Importance of training. –

 

Successful police work depends very largely on each individual officer acting correctly on his own initiative. The police force of a district or province can be compared to an intricate machine the efficiency of one cog of which may mean in some important instance the inefficiency of the whole. It follows, therefore, that the training of each individual officer to do the work allotted to him is of the highest im- portance.

Superintendents of Police shall give their attention to the training of all officers and men serving under them. The object of such training shall be to inculcate in police officers habit of physical health, activity, discipline, self-reliance, observation, punctuality, sobri- ety, courtesy and straight- forwardness of dealing in the execution of their work as also a knowledge of the technical details of the work required of them. Training shall be a con- tinuous process carried on in the course of work. All gazetted officers and upper subordinates are responsible that junior officers serving under them are given instruction and opportunities of acquiring experience of as many branches of police work as possible. Officers are required to communicate instruction received at the Police Training School and elsewhere to other officers serving under them.

 

19.2. Training of recruits. –

 

(1)      Except in exceptional circumstances, which shall be reported to the Deputy Inspector General of the range, recruits shall not be passed into the ranks until they have undergone six months’ training and instruction.

(2)      The following training and instruction shall be given to recruits :-

(a)      A course of drill and instruction on the lines laid down in Chapter I of the Police Drill Manual, Punjab, 1929. A separate programme and time-table shall be made out for each squad of recruits and shall be kept to throughout the course.

(b)      A course of instruction in the headquarters lines school as laid down in rule 19.10.

 

19.3. Examination of recruits. –

 

(1)     At the completion of the training laid down, re- cruits shall be examined on parade by a gazetted officer or reserve inspector in each of the subjects taught in the course mentioned in rule 19.2.(2)(a) and marks awarded.

(2)     An officer shall be appointed by the Superintendent of Police to examine recruits in each subject taught in the headquarters lines school.

The list of recruits examined according to this rule, together with the marks awarded, shall be forwarded to the Superintendent of Police who shall decide in the case of the first examination whether the men shall be passed, discharged under rule 12.21 or given fur- ther training. As regards the second examination he shall ordinarily discharge a recruit under rule 12.21, grant him a certificate of education of the 1st or 2nd class to be inserted in his character roll or remand him for a further period of instruction.

A certificate of education of the Ist class shall mean that the recruit is sufficiently edu- cated to enable him to learn the duties of an assistant clerk of a police station. A certificate of education of the 2nd class shall mean that the recruit is able (1) to read and write simple Urdu sentences; (2) to tell the time on a clock; (3) to read Roman figures and numerals and to do very simple sums of addition, subtraction and division. In cases in which re- cruits are illiterate or nearly so Superintendents of Police may pass them into the ranks without a certificate of education when they are above the average standard in other re- spects.

 

19.4. Training while in reserve. –

 

On his passing into the ranks under rule 19.3 a re- cruit shall ordinarily be included in the first armed reserve in accordance with rule 17.9(2). During the further six months he remains in the reserve the recruit will be re- quired to continue his education in the headquarters lines school.

 

19.5. Further training of Constables. –

 

(1)     The fact that a recruit has been passed into the ranks under rule 19.3 shall not be taken to mean that he is a fully trained Constable. A Constable under three years’ service is at any time liable to discharge under rule 12.21. During the whole of this period he shall be kept under close supervision and reported on at intervals of six months in Form 19.5(1) by the Sub-Inspector or Inspector under whom he is working through his gazetted officer to the Superintendent of Police.

The orderly Head-Constable shall maintain a list of Constables under three years’ serv- ice. He shall submit the name of each man a month before he is due for confirmation to the Superintendent together with his personal file which shall contain the form 19.5(1) re- ferred to in this rule.

Gazetted officers are expected to make themselves acquainted, as far as possible, with the characters and careers of all Constables under three years’ service and shall be respon- sible that the names of men unlikely to make efficient police officers are brought to the notice of the Superintendent.

(2)     On being transferred from the lines after completion of his training in the first re- serve, a Constable under three years’ service shall be instructed in the practical duties of a Constable by the Inspector or Sub- Inspector under whom he is serving. He shall be sent out of beat, patrol, traffic and other duties with a selected senior Constable who shall be made to feel his responsibility for the instruction of the younger man.

 

19.6. Annual training of Constables. –

 

(1)      Every Constable posted at a police station, or out-post, shall be called into lines annually for one month’s training in drill and instruc- tion in the headquarters school. He shall be examined by a gazetted officer or reserve inspector before returning to his police station. Any Constable failing to satisfy the of- ficer holding this examination shall be retained in lines for a further period of one month, his police station sending no Constable in his place.

(2)      Constables transferred to lines for training under this rule shall not be employed on other duties except in emergencies.

 

(3)      During this course particular attention shall be paid to the following matters :-

(a)      The general smartening up of each Constable by attention given to the manner he wears his uniform and a short course of physical training if he is not over 35 years of age.

(b)      A short course of squad drill and musketry instruction.

(c)      The Constable shall be put through the annual musketry course with the .410 musket laid down in the Police Training School Manual.

(d)      A refresher course of elementary law and procedure at the lines school.

 

19.7. Fatigues by recruits. –

 

(1)      Recruits shall not be employed on fatigue duties in the lines, except general fatigues on which all men off duty are employed, or in emergen- cies, when no other men are available. In this and other respects the greatest importance shall be attached to the recruits’ training not being interfered with and to his getting rea- sonable hours for rest and recreation. But such fatigues shall in no case be permitted to interfere with the attendance of any recruit at the headquarters lines school or his appear- ance on parade.

 

(2)      When necessary, recruits may be posted in turn as unarmed sentries on their barrack rooms.

(3)      The employment of recruits for fatigue purposes at officers’ bungalows or quarters, or as orderlies to officers, is strictly prohibited, and Deputy Inspectors-General at their in- spections shall insist on the strict observance of this rule.

 

19.8. The headquarters lines school. –

In every district a headquarters school shall be established in the lines under the charge of a suitable Assistant Sub-Inspector. This As- sistant Sub-Inspector shall be designated head instructor and shall ordinarily be posted to this duty for not less than one year. He shall be responsible under the general supervision of the Lines officer or reserve inspector that the school functions regularly according to the programmes and time-tables made out by the gazetted officer in charge of the lines or the reserve inspector.

 

19.9. Lines school classes. –

 

The school shall be divided into two main portions for lit- erate and illiterate Constables. If there is a large number of men under instruction these may be further sub-divided into classes according to the educational standards of the men. The highest class of all shall consist of recruits who have studied up to the Entrance Ex- amination of the Punjab University or any higher examination. These recruits shall be employed as assistant instructors and put in charge of classes of illiterate or semi-illetrate Constables for the teaching of reading, writing and arithmetic. The time-tables shall be so arranged that those recruits acting as assistant instructors may receive instruction in professional subjects and general intelligence training. Good work done in the school by recruit assistant instructors may be rewarded according to the discretion of the Superin- tendent of Police.

 

19.10. Lines school syllabus. –

 

The following subjects shall be taught in the headquar- ters school :-

1.        Illiterate Constables and recruits -

(a)      Elementary reading, writing and arithmetic in Urdu;

(b)      Roman letters and numerals;

(c)      Elementary law and procedure as it affects the Constable;

(d)      General duties of the Constable, especially as regards his specific duties on beat, patrol and traffic duty; his relations with the public, the serving of processes; the carrying out of searches; the proper method of describing a person; the various numbers and marks on motor and other vehicles and how to read the clock and distinguish colours;

(e)      Matters of departmental discipline;

(f)       Lessons in "observation" by means of practice in tracking and by methods em- ployed by the Pelman Institute and the Boy Scout Association.

2.        Literate Constable and recruits -

(a)      Elementary law and procedure;

(b)      General duties of the Constable especially as regards his specific duties on beat, patrol and traffic duty, his relations with the public; the serving of processes; the carrying out of searches; the proper method of describing a person; the various numbers and marks on motor and other vehicles and how to read the clock and distinguish colours;

(c)      Police Rules;

 

(d)      Practical police work on the lines of lecturers to the Lower School of the Police Training School, but of a more elementary nature;

(e)      Lessons in "Observation" by means of practice in tracking and by methods em- ployed by the Pelman Institute and the Boy Scout Association.

 

19.11 Participation of officers in instruction. –

 

(1)      As far as possible gazetted and non-gazetted officers at headquarters shall be employed to lecture and teach in the head- quarters school. A programme shall be drawn up by the Superintendent of Police specifying the officers who shall lecture and the days and subjects allotted to them. With the help of this programme the gazetted officer in charge of the lines shall make out pro- grammes and time- tables for the various classes detailed in rule 19.10.

 

(2)      In instructing at the headquarters schools officers shall bear the following principles in mind :-

(a)      All matters taught should be in strict relation to duties which have to be carried out by Constables and Head Constables.

(b)      Recruits will learn most easily by practical illustration and demonstration.

(c)      Until the most elementary matters are mastered it is useless going on to more ad- vanced subjects.

 

19.12. Employment of teachers of the education department. –

 

When circumstances permit teachers at primary schools may be employed in their spare time to teach illiterate Constables and recruits in the headquarters school. These teachers may be suitably remu- nerated from the grants of Superintendents for "Rewards to private persons".

 

19.13. Training of selected Constables. –

 

(1)     With the object of selecting suitable Constables for admission to list A (rule 13.6) Constable with 1st Class certificates of edu- cation shall be given further training as follows, as soon as possible after passing their recruits course:-

(a)      They shall be posted to clerical duty at headquarters under responsible supervi- sion, i.e., they should be posted to either supernumerary or minor posts in the vernacular office, or to work under the orderly Head Constable or the reader, or to the office of a headquarter police station or to clerical duty in the lines. The object of this posting is to test the Constable’s industry and intelligence and his capacity for the work of an office.

(b)      While posted as above, they shall attend the headquarters school for two hours daily, at times to be fixed so as not to interfere with the official office hours. At the school they shall be taught the rudiments of law and police rules and shall receive lectures from selected officers on varied subjects connected with the du- ties of a police Constable.

(2)     The period of training prescribed above shall last from two to three months. At the end of that period the prosecuting Inspector, or other officer under whose supervision an educated Constable has been posted for part (a) above shall report in form 19.5(1) as to his progress, and the estimate which has been formed of his industry, intelligence and character. An examination shall be held by a gazetted officer or, if one is not available, an Inspector, to test the results of the course prescribed under (b) above. This examina- tion shall be partly written and partly oral and shall be aimed at testing the intelligence of the examinees in applying what they have been taught to practical conditions. The officer conducting the examination shall add to the report, submitted on each Constable in re- spect of part (a), his own estimate of the man’s ability. These reports and the results of the examination shall then be submitted to the Superintendent for orders. In making his decision the Superintendent shall be guided by the consideration that the training which will automatically follow from the admission of a Constable to list A has as its object the production of a man fitted for the rank of Head Constable. No man should be held to have passed the tests prescribed in this rule unless, in addition to having given proof of educa- tion sufficient to enable him to take the lower school course at the Training School, he has performed the ordinary duties of a Constable at a police station for at least six months, and is judged likely on general grounds to be fitted, after further training, to command, in- struct and exercise responsibility as a Head Constable.

 

19.14. Preliminary training of candidates for the lower school at Phillaur. –

 

The se- lection of Constables made under rule 13.7 shall be made at least three months before the men are due at the Police Training School. It shall be made after the men competing have been called into lines and put through a short "refresher" course of drill and instruction in the headquarters school, at the end of which they shall be examined in competition. After regard has been had to those candidates nearing the age limit, selection shall be made, as far as expedient, according to the result of this competition. The men selected shall be posted to police stations as Assistant to station clerks or on similar duty until they are due to be sent to the Police Training School.

 

19.15. Cancelled. Rule 19.16

 

19.16. Cancelled.

 

19.17. Training of trackers. –

 

In order to maintain an adequate supply of skilled track- ers in the force, efforts should be made to select police Constables with an aptitude for the work and attach them to a police officer, who is a professional tracker, for practical in- struction. Such of the elements of tracking as can be learnt from text books - such as those used by the Boy Scout Association - should be taught in headquarters school; arrange- ments should be made for practical instruction and tests under the guidance of a professional tracker or of an instructor who has qualified by the methods of the Boy Scout Association or other similar organisation.

 

19.18. Instruction of recruits on first joining. –

 

The chief drill instructor and Lines school-master shall be responsible for instructing all recruits within the first month of their service in the purport of Section 7 of the Police Act, under which they are appointed, the general and special obligations of their service and the penalties to which they are amenable under the Police Act and Police Rules. Especially in the case of uneducated re- cruits this instruction shall be given in general terms and in the simplest language, but it is essential that all newly appointed police officers should have received, prior to the preparation of their character rolls under rule 12.29, sufficient instruction to enable them to appreciate the purport of the agreement which they are then called upon to sign.

 

19.19. Staff of drill instructors. –

 

In each district a competent staff of drill instructors shall be maintained. No Constable or Head Constable shall be employed as a drill instruc- tor for a longer period than two years at a time with an interval of at least one year in between. In districts where two drill instructors are sanctioned for lines there shall be at least four trained instructors in the district and in other districts this proportion shall be maintained.

 

19.20. Training of drill instructors. –

 

(1)      There shall be two courses each year for drill instructors at the Police Training School -

(1)     From 1st April to 15th August.

(2)     From 1st October to 15th March.

Superintendents shall personally select smart literate Head Constables and Constables of good moral character and physique, who possess an aptitude for drill, to attend this course. Constables selected shall be such as are considered by the Superintendent likely to become efficient Head Constables for general police duty purposes. Before deputing men for training in the drill instructors course they shall be tested and certified to have reached the following minimum standard of athletics :-

(a)     100 yards in 13-2/5 seconds.

(b)     High Jump 4 feet.

(c)      Long Jump 15 feet.

Should no men of the above standard be available in any district the Superintendent shall apply to the Deputy Inspector-General for a man to be transferred from another dis- trict either before or after training.

(2)      A refresher course for trained drill instructors is held at the Police Training School from January 3rd to February 16th and from May 1st to June 15th each year.

 

19.21. Physical training instructors. –

 

The Principal of the Police Training School, in returning men of the drill instructors class to their districts, shall indicate in his report men whom he considers likely to make good physical training instructors. Such men may be returned to the Police Training School for the physical training course which shall be held from 1st November to 23rd December each year.

Should any district have no suitable candidates for this course the Superintendent shall apply to the Deputy Inspector-General for a man to be transferred from another district either before or after training.

 

[53][19.22. Drill and Physical training at the Police Training School. –

 

(1)      The Prin- cipal, Police Training College, may retain for service at the College any Head Constable or Constable deputed from districts for training under rule 19.20. Without the approval of the Inspector-General no drill or physical training instructor may be retained for service at the College for more than three years at a time, there being an interval of at least one year before he is again so employed. The Principal, Police Training College, Phillaur, is empowered to admit Drill Instructors, Physical Training Instructors, Riding Instructors [and Driving Instructors][54] posted at the Police Training College, Phillaur, Recruits Train- ing Centre, Jahankhelan and Recruits Training Centre, Bahadurgarh directly into the lower school course, in the Police Training College, Phillaur, after they have served for a minimum period of three years in any one or more of the aforementioned three Police Training Institutions, provided they are sufficiently educated and their service in these in- stitutions has been satisfactory.

 

(2)      All promotions of drill and physical training instructors made at the school shall be temporary and all such men shall revert to their substantive ranks on return to their dis- tricts. Drill Instructors returned from the Phillaur Drill Staff should not be employed, even temporarily, as Drill Instructors in districts without the sanction of Range Deputy In- spectors- General of Police.

(3)      All lower subordinates employed as drill and physical training instructors at the Po- lice Training School shall be shown on the promotion lists A, B or C of their districts as "Seconded to the Police Training School." They shall be considered equally with other men of their districts for promotion. For this purpose the Principal, Police Training School, will furnish an annual report in form 19.22(3) on all drill and physical training in- structors to the Superintendents of the district concerned. In the case of upper subordinates confirmed as such, these reports shall be submitted to the Deputy Inspector- General of the range from which the men were deputed to the Police Training School for inclusion in their personal files.

 

19.23. Selection of drill and physical training instructors for Police Training School. –

 

Drill and physical training instructors trained at the Police Training School will, on passing their courses, be included in a list to be maintained by the Principal, Police Training School. This list will show their qualifications, and remarks as to whether they are considered fit for employment as instructors at the school shall be added by the Prin- cipal.

On vacancies occurring on the staff in consequence of rule 19.22 above, these shall be filled by selection from successful students of the drill instructors class or from the list maintained under this rule.

 

19.24. Training of buglers. –

 

In districts where local arrangements with regiments can- not be made, Superintendents of Police may depute suitable recruits under the age of 19 to the Police Training School for training as buglers. Before sending such recruits for training, however, efforts shall be made to ascertain that they have the makings of a bu- gler.

 

19.25. Training of upper subordinates. –

 

(1)      Inspectors, Sub-Inspectors and Assis- tant Sub-Inspectors, who are directly appointed, shall be deputed to the Police Training School to undergo the course of training laid down for such officers in the Police Training School Manual and are liable to discharge if they fail to pass the prescribed examinations or are badly reported on.

(2)      On successfully completing the course at the school, upper subordinates will be posted to districts for practical training. The following programme of instruction shall be followed :-

COURSE A. - Prosecuting Inspector’s work -

(a)     Maintaining registers.

(b)     Checking challans.

(c)      Making a police brief.

(d)     Working as assistant prosecuting inspector.

(e)     Working as assistant prosecuting inspector in the Sessions Court.

(f)       Personally prosecuting cases.

 

COURSE B. - Police Lines -

(a)      Working as orderly head constable, keeping up files and registers and doing the actual work of the orderly head constable.

(b)      Reserve inspector’s and Lines Officer’s duties, doing the actual work.

COURSE C. - Office of Superintendent -

(a)      Working as assistant clerk in English office.

(b)      Working as record-keeper.

(c)      Working as return-writer.

(d)      Working as assistant reader to Superintendent.

(e)      Working as assistant accountant.

 

COURSE D. - Training at a Police Station -

(a)      Working as station clerk for two months.

(b)      Assisting in the investigation of cases and learning the duties of officer in charge of a police station under the immediate supervision of the officer in charge of such a station for a period of six months.

(c)      Working as additional investigating officer in a police station for one year, or, in the case of an inspector, as additional district, city or reserve inspector.

Officers undergoing courses A, B and C shall attend all parades in lines.

(3)      Ordinarily course A shall last for 3 months, courses B and C and 6 weeks each and course D for the remaining probationary period. Directly appointed upper subordinates will thus be under training for 3 years before they are confirmed.

(4)      On the completion of each course the probationer shall be examined by the Super- intendent, who shall satisfy himself that the officer has obtained efficiency before allowing him to commence another course, and a concise report regarding the progress made shall be submitted to the Deputy Inspector-General in Part IV of form 19.25(5).

(5)      On the termination of the prescribed period of probation the Superintendent shall submit, to the Deputy Inspector-General for final orders the full report required by Form 19.25(5) on the probationer’s working and general conduct, with a recommendation as to whether he should or should not be confirmed in his appointment. In the case of inspec- tors such reports shall be forwarded to the Inspector-General.

The progress and final reports shall be filed with the character rolls of the officers con- cerned.

 

19.26. Training of Prosecuting Sub-Inspectors. –

 

(1)     (i) Directly appointed Prose- cuting Sub-Inspectors shall be on probation for a period of three years. They shall normally be appointed in the end of February or the beginning of March and shall be de- puted to attend the 12 months Prosecuting Sub-Inspectors course at the Training School commencing from the 15th March each year.

(ii) Officiating Prosecuting Sub-Inspectors directly appointed against temporary or deputation vacancies will also be deputed to attend this Prosecuting Sub-Inspectors course at the Training School as soon as possible after appointment.

(iii) With the sanction of the Deputy Inspector-General of Police or Assistant Inspec- tor-General, Government Railway Police, Assistant Sub- Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors with not more than six years’ service in that rank and with a thoroughly good knowledge of English, which must be spoken and written fluently, may be permitted to attend the Prosecuting Sub-Inspectors’ Course at the Training School along with the directly ap- pointed Prosecuting Sub-Inspectors with a view to qualifying for employment as Prosecuting Sub- Inspectors.

No police officer shall be deputed to the Training School for undergoing the Prosecuting Sub-Inspectors’ Course who, apart from possessing the necessary educational qualifica- tion, does not possess a thoroughly good reputation for honesty and general character, and who has not shown himself to be capable investigating officer.

(2)     Training at the School shall be given in -

COURSE OF TRAINING

(a)      Drill (all subjects except Musketry).

 

(b)      Equitation.

 

(c)      Revolver firing.

 

(d)      Delivery of an opening address.

 

(e)      Local and Special Laws.

 

(f)       Medical Jurisprudence.

 

(g)      The Finger Print System.

 

(h)      Police Rules.

 

(i)       Scientific Aids to Investigation.

 

(j)       Plan Drawing.

 

(k)      Preparation of Memoranda, drafting of appeals and revisions, etc.

 

(l)       Evidence Act.

 

(m)    Indian Penal Code and Criminal Procedure Code.

 

(n)      High Court Rules and Orders, Volume III.

 

Practical training of directly appointed Sub-Inspectors. -

 

(3)     On successfully com- pleting the course at the School, directly appointed Prosecuting Sub- Inspectors will be posted to rural police stations for six months’ practical training under experienced se- lected Sub-Inspector, after which they will work for 11?2 years as Prosecuting Sub-Inspectors. On the conclusion of this period, provided they have given satisfaction, they shall be confirmed in their appointments. Their confirmation shall, however, depend on the reports received from the Principal, Police Training School, and from the Super- intendent of Police of the district to which they are posted. The Principal shall make a report on the capacity and character of each officer as evidenced by his conduct while un- der training at the School, and the Superintendent of Police shall submit half-yearly reports showing his progress in practical work.

(4)     In the case of officers who are appointed officiating Prosecuting Sub- Inspectors against temporary or deputation vacancies and are subsequently absorbed in substantive vacancies the Inspector-General of Police may, by special order in each case, permit pe- riods of officiating service as Prosecuting Sub-Inspector to count towards the period of probation provided the courses of training and the examinations prescribed in rule 19.28 have been undergone and passed.

 

19.27. Training of European Inspectors and Sergeants. –

 

(1)     European and Anglo- Indian Sergeants and Inspectors appointed under rule 12.4 shall be on probation for three years. As soon as possible after appointment they shall be deputed for training in the up- per school at the Police Training School and shall go through the six months’ course prescribed in the Police Training School Manual. Any probationary Sergeant or Inspec- tor failing to pass his examination, or who may be adversely reported on by the Principal shall ordinarily be discharged. Reports shall be submitted half-yearly in from 19.25(5) by Superintendents of Police or the Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Po- lice, on all such probationers serving under them, to the Inspector-General who will discharge any officer who proves to be unsatisfactory.

(2)     There shall be a refresher course for three months from the 1st October at the Police Training School for senior sergeants seeking to qualify for the rank of Inspector. The course shall be a practical and specialist one and on the lines of the gazetted officers’ course, the intention being to turn out good investigating and controlling officers, and shall include a sound grounding in the accounts chapter of the Police Rules.

Ordinarily all Sergeants shall pass this course before admission to list F (rule 13.15).

Selections for this course will be made by the Inspector-General of Police about three months before the course is due to begin, to enable selected officers to read their law and rules before proceeding to Phillaur.

 

19.28. Prosecuting Sub-Inspectors’ Examination. –

 

(1)      The Prosecuting Sub- In- spector examination will be held annually at the Police Training School at the end of the normal school year, i.e., in Feburary or March. Officers must satisfy the Principal that they have attained a sufficiently high standard in Drill, Equitation and Revolver Firing in addition to obtaining the requisite percentages in the tests detailed in paragraph (3) below.

(2)      The examination will be conducted by the Board assembled for the examination of the Upper School.

(3)     
The tests prescribed for Prosecuting Sub-Inspectors are given in the following table, which also shows the time allowed and the marks obtainable:-

Sl. No.

Subject

Time allowed     

Marks obtainable

1.

(a) Reading a Police file and challan of a case and preparing notes for an ‘‘opening speech’’ followed by

(b) An opening speech in English of not less than 10 minutes or more than minutes 1?4 hour’s duration before the Examining Board

 

5 hours

100

2.

General Paper No. 1 consisting of ten questions involving a detailed working knowledge of all Acts and Rules normally used in Police work (No books allowed)

 

10-15 minutes

200

3.

General Paper No. 2 similar to General Paper No. 1 but including more intricate questions (Books including, commentaries allowed).

 

3 hours

200

4.

Medical Jurisprudence (8 questions)

21/2 hours

150

5.

Finger Print Bureau Manual, Parts I and II including comparison of finger prints) (10 questions)

3 hours

200

6.

Police Rules, Volumes 1 and 11 (10 questions)

3 hours

200

7.

Police Rules, Volume III (10 questions)

3 hours

200

8.

Scientific Aids to Investigation (5 questions and Practical test)

3 hours

160

9.

Plan Drawing

3 hours

100

10.

Preparation of Memoranda, Drafting of appeals and revision, etc.

Tests during Training

200

 

Tests 1, 2, 3, 6 and 7 will be held by the Board of Examiners. The remaining tests will be held by the Principal.

(4)      Candidates who obtain 50 per cent marks in each subject and 60 per cent in the total aggregate shall be held to be qualified for employment as Prosecuting Sub-Inspectors. Those who obtain 60 per cent in each subject and 70 per cent in the total aggregate shall be considered to have passed with credit. A Prosecuting Sub-Inspector may not be pro- moted to the rank of Prosecuting Inspector unless and until he is certified to have passed the Prosecuting Sub-Inspectors’ Examination with credit. If he fails to achieve this stand- ard in the first instance, he may thereafter be given two further opportunities of doing so.

(5)      The examination papers will be set by selected officers of the department to be nominated by the Inspector-General of Police. These officers will forward their papers in sealed covers to the Principal of the Police Training School at least a fortnight before the date fixed for the examination. The Board shall hear and award marks for the opening speech; the answers of the candidates in other subjects shall be marked under the super- vision of the Board of Examiners. The result of the examination shall be forwarded to the Inspector-General of Police, who will himself decide whether candidates shall be passed or rejected.

 

19.29. Cancelled.

 

19.30. Musketry - Method of instruction. –

 

The method of instruction in musketry shall be as laid down in the Police Drill Manual. Apparatus required such as tripods, aim correctors, black-boards, etc., shall be indented for from arsenals on the scale laid down in Equipment Tables for Police and Jails.

 

19.31. Musketry ranges. –

In each district there shall be a musketry range for the .410 musket, constructed according to the instructions contained in the Police Training School Manual.

 

19.32. Targets. –

The targets used in the musketry courses prescribed in rule 19.33 are described in detail in the Police Training Manual.

 

19.33. Musketry courses. –

 

There shall be two musketry courses fired yearly in dis- tricts as follows :-

Course (A) shall be fired by all recruits during their training and annually by the Mounted Police and the two armed reserves formed in accordance with Rule 17.9, and double the strength of the Government Railway Police emergency re- serve. No men will be required to fire the course if they have already fired it within the past 12 months as recruits.

Course (B) shall be fired annually by not less than 75 per cent of lower subordinates in each district excluding the Mounted Police and the two armed reserves and in the Railway Police double the strength of the emergency reserve. Recruits shall only pass the elementary posts of this course as laid down in the Revised Rules regarding musketry and Revolver Practice of the Police Training School Manual.

 

19.34. Annual course with the .410 musket. –

 

(1)     The annual course (B) shall be con- ducted throughout the year, so that it may be completed by the end of December. It shall be conducted at the headquarters of districts and of the Government Railway Police and shall be superintended by a gazetted officer whenever possible, otherwise by the reserve inspector or other competent upper subordinate selected by the Superintendent of Police or, in the case of the Railway Police, by the Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police.

(2)     The details of this course, the method of scoring, precautions to be taken against ac- cidents, the duties of supervising officers and the registers of range practices are all contained in the Police Training School Manual. All instructions contained therein shall be carefully noted and complied with. Gazetted officers, reserve inspectors and Lines of- ficers shall make themselves thoroughly acquainted with these instructions.

 

19.35. Musketry Returns. –

 

(1)     Each Superintendent shall submit an annual target practice return on the 15th January, in Form 19.35(1), to the Deputy Inspector-General. The Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police, shall prepare a similar re- turn. The target practice of trained police officers and recruits shall be exhibited separately on such returns. In column 5 of the return shall be entered the "Figure of Merit" of trained men and recruits, separately. The figure of merit shall be calculated according to the following formula :-

Numbers of points obtained x 100 Figure of merit Number of points obtained X 100      -

Highest possible score per men X Number of men firing

Example. - Number of points obtained ...3,150 Highest possible score per man ... 36

Number of men firing ... 150


X 150

 
Figure of merit equal to 3150 X 100 36= 58.33


 

Note. - In determining the district figure of merit in the case of police officers firing the course more than once their first scores only shall count.

(2)     Deputy Inspectors-General, after communicating to Superintendents such instructions in re- gard to these returns as may seem to them to be necessary, shall record in their own offices.

(3)     On receipt of all such returns for the range, the Deputy Inspector-General shall forward an ab- stract, showing the figure of merit for each district in the range, to the Inspector-General for information and for publication in the Police Gazette. the Assistant Inspector-General, Gov- ernment Railway Police, shall submit a similar abstract to the Inspector- General. No district, in which the number of men exercised during the year is less than 75 per cent of the sanctioned strength, shall be entitled to show a figure of merit.

 

19.38. Cancelled.

 

19.37. Annual course with .303 Rifle. -

 

The detail of the annual musketry course (A) and the method of scoring are given in the Police Training School Manual.

Note. - A course for recruits with the 22 miniature rifle with instructions as to the miniature range and targets is prescribed in the Police Training School Manual. Whenever possible recruits should be put through the miniature course before being taken on the long range.

 

19.38. Rewards for shooting. -

 

In districts and the Government Railway Police, re- wards to the aggregate value of Rs. 25 may be given to the three best shots in the district. Such prizes shall be of the following values and may be charged in the General Contingent Bill under "Rewards" :-

Rs. 1st prize .. 12 2nd prize .. 8 3rd prize .. 5

 

19.39. Marksman’s badges. –

 

All police officers qualifying as marksmen shall be awarded a marksman’s badge. For the course with the smooth-bore musket the badge shall be a badge of crossed rifles; for the course with the H.V. Rifle the badge shall be a badge of crossed rifles and staff. The senior badge alone shall be worn by any police of- ficer who may have earned both. All musketry badges will be worn on the left arm.

The award of such badges shall be entered in character rolls, the year of award being shown.

Any officer in possession of a badge who fails at the next annual course to maintain his standard of shooting shall forfeit his badge.

 

19.40. Classification of shooting. –

 

The classification of shooting shall be as of fol- lows:-

 

Course

Marksman

Ist class shot

2nd class shot

303 H.V. Rifle

68

54

40

410 Musket

70

66

55

 

19.41. Training in firing on mobs. –

 

At the conclusion of the annual musketry course (B) each lower subordinate shall be put through the drill prescribed in Chapter VIII of the Drill Manual and shall fire 20 rounds of blank and 5 round of ball in accordance with Chapter VIII of the Drill Manual. All upper subordinates and officers present at head- quarters shall be given practice in using the words of command prescribed for this drill.

 

19.42. Revolver practice. –

 

(1)        All gazetted officers and upper subordinates shall be taught to become efficient in the use of their revolvers. Instruction shall be in accordance with the orders contained in Chapter VI, Police Drill Manual, 1929.

(2)        The annual target practice, which shall be under the personal supervision of a ga- zetted officer, shall take place at the same time as the meetings of non-gazetted officers prescribed in rule 20.19.

(3)        The course to be fired and the method of scoring are contained in the Police Training School Manual.

 

19.43. Training of Probationary Assistant Superintendents of Police. –

The training of probationary Assistant Superintendents of Police shall extend over two years, divided into the following four periods :-

First period (1st November to 31st May)

This period of seven months will be spent at the Police Training School, Phillaur, where probationary gazetted officers will be trained in accordance with the instructions con- tained in the Police Training School Manual.

Probationary gazetted officers recruited in England will join the School for this course as soon as they arrive in the Punjab from England. Probationary gazetted officers re- cruited in India will ordinarily be posted to the School immediately on their appointment to the service.

Note. - Between the date of their appointment and the commencement of this School Course, pro- bationary gazetted officers recruited in India will be posted to selected districts for practical training on the lines laid down below for the fourth period.

Second period (1st June to 30th September)

For this period of four months probationary gazetted officers will be posted to selected districts where they will continue systematically their study of Urdu, Criminal Law, De- partmental Rules, Police Accounts and Medical Jurisprudence, under the supervision of the Superintendent of the district and the Deputy Inspector-General of the range. During this period, the Superintendent of Police will also arrange for these officers to study closely the whole working of a police station, two police stations at least being thoroughly inspected under his guidance with detailed reference to Chapter XIX to XXVIII inclusive of the Police Rules. Facilities will also be arranged during these months for a practical study of the rules and regulations relating to district police accounts.

Third period (1st October to about the middle of December)

This period will be spent at the Police Training School, Phillaur, where they will go through the courses laid down in the Police Training School Manual.

Fourth period (December to the 1st November of the following year)

For this period, officers will be posted to selected districts for practical instruction. In addition to the practical study of all branches of the working of the district police, proba- tionary gazetted officers shall devote at least two hours daily to the study of Punjabi (or Pushtu, if posted to the North-West Frontier Province) under the guidance of a competent instructor, until they have qualified in this language.

For the guidance of Superintendents to whom the training of probationary gazetted of- ficers has been entrusted, the following specimen courses of training are given. It is not intended that these courses shall be strictly adhered to but that Superintendents make out similar courses suited to the individual officers concerned, the circumstances of the dis- trict and the stage of training already reached by the probationers.

 

For the first 4 months of his training

A.        (1) He should attend morning parade at least 3 times a week and recruits parades at any time during the day at least twice during each week.

(2) He should also supervise the work of the headquarters school and visit the latter dur- ing school hours at least twice during the week.

(3) He should visit all guards at headquarters once by night and once by day during each week.

(4) He should personally distribute the pay of the headquarters at least once.

(5) Once personally check all arms, ammunition and stores with the registers concerned under the direction of the Superintendent of Police.

(6) Attend throughout at the hearing of at least two Sessions cases of importance and submit a daily report to the Superintendent of Police of the proceedings of the Court.

(7) Check the cash book referring to Chapter X of these rules.

For the second 4 months of his training

B.        (1) Attend for one week while the Superintendent is dealing with his morning post, noting the action taken on each letter and referring to Police rules where necessary.

(2) He will once inspect, under the supervision of the Superintendent of Police, and re- ferring to police rules, the English and Vernacular offices and will submit a report.

(3) He will check, under the supervision of the head of the prosecuting agency, four challans in important cases and take them to the Superintendent of Police for criticism.

(4) He will accompany a selected inspector or sub-inspector during the investigation of at least three cognizable cases, and should prepare, in English, diaries and forms in the cases, not for use in the cases, but to be submitted to the Superintendent of Police and to be commented on by him.

For the third 4 months of his training

He should be put in charge of four continuous police stations of the district. At his first inspection of each of these police stations the Superintendent of Police shall be present and shall tour with him, visiting villages and instructing him in the duties of a gazetted of- ficer on tour, as detailed in rule 20.7.

During this period, when at headquarters, he will interest himself in the work of the Cen- tral Investigating Agency.

Superintendents of Police to whom the training of probationary gazetted officers is en- trusted will be held personally responsible for so controlling and directing their training that the text-book and theoretical training received at the Training School shall be ad- justed and applied to the practical work of a gazetted officer.

It is further the personal duty of the Superintendent to give to probationers serving under him that help and guidance in matters of personal conduct, behaviour towards superiors and subordinates and the acquisition of sound judgment and tact, without which few young officers can fully develop their powers to the best advantage of the service.

 

19.44. Course of training and examination for Deputy Superintendents. –

Proba- tionary Deputy Superintendents of Police who have received direct appointments will undergo the same course of training and be required to pass the same examinations as pro- bationary Assistant Superintendents.

 

19.45. Language examinations for Probationary Assistant Superintendent of Po- lice. –

(1)     Each probationary Assistant Superintendent of Police is required to pass, within two years of his appointment, the same examination in Urdu, and, within 3 years of his appointment, the same examination in Punjabi (including the written test) as that pre- scribed for Assistant Commissioners. The dates and times of these examinations, which are held twice annually in Lahore, will be notified in advance in the Punjab Gazette.

Assistant posted to the North-West Frontier Province shall pass in Pashtu (by the Higher Standard) within -

(a)      three years of their appointment, if posted to the North-West Frontier Province, during the first 2 years of their service.

(b)      one year of their being posted to the North-West Frontier Province, should such posting take place, when they have completed more than 2 years’ service.

It shall not be compulsory for any Assistant Superintendent of Police while posted to the North-West Frontier Province to qualify in Punjabi.

(2)     No Assistant Superintendent of Police will be allowed to draw his second increment of pay until he has passed his departmental examinations in Law, Police Rules, the Finger Print system, drill, musketry, revolver practice, equitation and First Aid to the injured, and the prescribed examination in Urdu. No Assistant Superintendent of Police will be al- lowed to draw his third increment of pay until he has passed these examinations and, in addition, the prescribed examination in Punjabi, or, should he have been posted to the North-West Frontier Province within two years of his first appointment, the prescribed examination in Pashtu. But this rule may be suspended by the local Government in any special circumstances. Increments of pay in the abovementioned cases shall be granted with effect from the date following that on which the examination ends.

(3)     An Assistant Superintendent of Police posted to the North-West Frontier Province when he has more than 2 years’ service will be entitled to draw his next increment of pay, provided that he is not under stoppage under sub-rule (2) above, when it becomes due to him. The drawal of further increments will thereafter be dependent on his having quali- fied in Pashtu. An Assistant Superintendent of Police who has not qualified in Punjabi, reverting for any reason to the Punjab, will be required to qualify in that language.

19.46. Other examinations in oriental languages. –

(1)      He shall take the second ex- amination in Punjabi held after his return. Shoud he fail to qualify he shall be allowed two further chances, but on failing in the fourth examination after his reversion he will cease to draw further increments of pay until he qualifies.

(2)      With the special permission of the Punjab Government, a limited number of officers of the Punjab Police who are either quartered in the Dera Ghazi Khan, Mianwali and At- tock Districts or likely to be so quartered, may appear at the examination by the higher standard in Pashtu. Such officers will, on passing the examination, be entitled to a reward of Rs. 500. The examinations are held at Peshawar, Dera Ismail Khan and Lahore on the first Monday in April and the last Monday in October and following days. Applications to appear shall be forwarded to the Inspector-General not later than the 1st March and 1st October.

Other officers, including European and Anglo-Indian Deputy Superintendents of Po- lice, may appear for the examination with the sanction of the Inspector- General, but will not draw any reward on passing. Any officer who has passed the examination will, on ap- pointment to the North-West Frontier Province, be entitled to draw language pay at the rate of Rs. 100 per mensem, except when serving in the Hazara District; provided that an officer who has already received a cash reward for passing the examination will not be al- lowed to draw language pay until he has refunded the whole amount of such reward.


 

Note. - Detailed instructions regarding examination in Pashtu are contained in Government of In- dia, Foreign and Political Department, Notification No. 2321-Est. B of 23rd October, 1918.

(3)      Officers of the Imperial branch of the Indian Police are eligible to appear at and re- ceive the nonoraria authorized for passing any of the following examinations in oriental languages :-

 

1

2

3

Standard

Languages

Donations

 

 

Rs.

1. Preliminary

Persian and Arabic

300

2. Higher Standard

Sanskrit

500

3. Interpretership, 2nd Class

Punjabi

750

 

Urdu

750

 

Persian and Arabic

900

4. Interpretership, Ist Class

Punjabi

1,500

 

Urdu

1,500

 

Persian and Arabic

1,800

5. Degree of Honours

Urdu

3,000

 

Sanskrit

5,000

 

Persian and Arabic

5,000

Officers who are natives of India are not eligible for reward for passing in the vernacular of the district in which they were born or educated. The local Government shall deter- mine in each case what languages come within this definition. No officer will be permitted to earn a reward for passing an examination by the higher standard or the pro- ficiency standard after the completion of fifteen years’ service. In the case of an examination for the degree of honours standard, there shall be no limit of time, and an of- ficer will be permitted to earn a reward by passing this examination at any time within the period of his service.

 

Examinations are held in Lahore, Lucknow and Calcutta twice annually in March and September or October, except in the case of the proficiency standard in Punjabi for which the examination is arranged by the Director of Public Instruction, Punjab, in Lahore only twice yearly in the last week of April and first week of November. Dates and particulars can be ascertained on application to the Secretary to the Board of Examiners, Calcutta. The full regulations governing these examinations are contained in notification No. 36440, dated 19th December, 1934, published in Punjab Government Gazette of 21st De- cember, 1934.

 

19.47. Oriental language test for European and Anglo-Indian subordinates. –

 

European and Anglo-Indian subordinates are required to pass, as part of their final exami- nation at the Training School an examination in Urdu of a standard, which will ensure that they can converse with reasonable fluency and grammatical correctness, and can under- stand reports read to them in vernacular. Such officers will receive instruction in Urdu from members of the school staff, under the directions of the Principal.

 

FORM No. 19.5(1)

SIX-MONTHLY REPORT ON TRAINING OF CONSTABLES

 

Report on the working of Constable No.                              (name)

 

1.

On what duties employed during the period under report ?

..

 

2.

Has he acquired a working knowledge of those portions of the law and police rules required of constables ?

..

 

3.

Is he always alert on duty ?

..

 

4.

Mention any occasions on which he has had to be admonished by officers under whom he has been working ?

..

 

5.

Is he of good moral character ?

..

 

6.

Has he made serious efforts to assimilate instructions, given to him ?

..

 

7.

Is he keen and smart in appearance ?

..

 

8.

How does he conduct himself with the public; i.e., is he polite with them, and helpful; or impolite, overbearing and unhelpful

..

 

9.

Defects, if any

..

 

10.

Remarks

..

 

 

FORM No. 19.20(2)

 

POLICE TRAINING SCHOOL, PHILLAUR

 

CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY IN DRILL AND PHYSICAL TRAINING.

 

Term ending              19

PART I

 

Certified that              , has undergone the prescribed course of instruction and is qualified for the post of a Drill Instructor and P.T. Instructor.

                 Class.

Note. - This Certificate qualifies the holder to be employed as a Drill Instructor and P.T. Instructor for three years only from the date of issue, unless for holder passes a refresher course, the passing of which will re- validate this certificate for a further period of three years, Phillaur,


The                 19

 

Principal, Police Training School, Phillaur.


PART II

Subject 2nd class 1st class Special

Drill                                                                                            Physical Training                                                                                                      Musketry                                                                                                               Lathi fighting            Physical Efficiency                                                                       


Remarks :-

PART III

REFRESHER COURSE

 


Date From From From To To               To

Classification Physical Efficiency Physical Training Drill Remarks :-

Principal Principal Principal

P.T.S.                        P.T.S.              P.T.S.




Date               


Date                      


Date               


 

FORM No. 19.22(3)

ANNUAL REPORT ON DRILL AND PHYSICAL TRAINING INSTRUCTORS.

Annual Report on*              No.                (name)              of the of the

                district, forwarded under police rule 19.22(3) for information.

 

 
The above*              has been seconded for service as a        drill        instructor in

training

the Police Training School, since                 

He is   fit   for promotion for the reasons given below :-

not fit (Rank).

Principal, Police Training School, Phillaur.

 

FORM No. 19.25(5)

PROGRESS REPORT OF A PROBATIONARY ASSISTANT SUB-INSPECTOR, SUB- INSPECTOR OR INSPECTOR OF POLICE

PART I

1.        Name and Provincial/Range No.                        

2.        Father’s name and profession                            

3.        Religion and caste                                           

 

 

?

Village                               

. 4.

Residende

?

Police Station                     

 

 

?

District                             

5.        Date of birth                                               

6.        Height and chest measurement                       

7.        Where educated, with name of school or schools, statement of educational qualifi- cations and examinations passed                                

 

8.        Other qualifications (Mention Territorial Force or Boy Scout qualifications, athletic distinctions, ability to ride and any other special attainments)   

9.        Names and degree of relationship of, and appointments held by, relatives in Govern- ment or other employ                                                

10.     Home of family                                             

11.     Full particulars of family, including a brief statement of claims, if any,       

 

Deputy Inspector-General of Police.


Dated the       19 . ,           Range


 

FORWARDED to the Principal of the Police Training School, Phillaur, together with the Character Roll, Service-Book and Certificate of Appointment of the Probationer.

It is requested that the Principal will complete the Character Roll and Service-Book by entering a personal description of the Probationer, his next- of-kin, etc., and by obtaining his finger impressions wherever required.

A Health Certificate will be produced by the Probationer on his joining at Phillaur. An attested copy of this certificate should be attached to the Character Roll.

Deputy Inspector-General of Police.

Dated the     19 .                                         Range

 

PART II

1.        Appointed as Probationary Inspector/Sub-Inspector/Assistant Sub-Inspector of Po- lice with effect from       , vide Order Book No. , dated .

2.        Half-yearly progress report by the Principal of the School :-

(a)      First half-year :-

Dated the    19                                          . ‘    Principal

(b)      Second half-year :- Final Report :-

Result of training                   Order of passing     

General remarks as to character, qualifications, etc. :-

Dated the                                                   19   .        Principal


 

FORWARDED to the Deputy Inspector-General of Police,    gether with the Character Roll and Service book.

 

Range, to-

Dated the                                                  19   , Principal

 

PART III

1.         is transferred for further training to the        district with effect from                 

2.         is discharged from the Police force with effect from                 on the ground of        

 

Note. - Whichever of the above entries is inapplicable should be erased.

3.        Special instructors, if any                                                     Deputy Inspector-General of Police

Dated the        19, Range

 

FORWARDED to the Superintendent of Police,          District, together with the
Character Roll and the Service-Book of the Probationer
.

Deputy Inspector-General of Police

Dated the        19, Range

 

PART IV

FORWARDED together with the Character Roll and the Service-Book to the Deputy

Inspector-General of Police,                  Range [vide Police Rule 19.25(5)].

 

Course "A"

Report by the Superintendent of Police.

Orders by the Deputy Inspector-General,    Range.

Superintendent of Police                    Deputy Inspector General of Police.

               District.                                               Range

Dated            19 ,                          Dated           19

 

Course "B"

Report by the Superintendent of Police.

Orders by the Deputy Inspector-General,

                                                                Range

Superintendent of Police Deputy Inspector-General,

                  District.                          Range

Dated            19 ,Dated                  19

 

Course "C"

 

Report by the Superintendent of Police.

Orders by the Deputy Inspector-General,

                           Range

Superintendent of Police, Deputy Inspector-General,

                  District.                          Range

Dated            19 , Dated                 19

 

Course "D"

 

Report by the Superintendent of Police.

Orders by the Deputy Inspector-General,

                                                                Range

 

Superintendent of Police,                   Deputy Inspector-General,

                  District                                            Range

Dated            19 ,                          Dated           19

 

Full report by the Superintendent of Police        District, on termination of the prescribed period of probation [vide Police Rule 19.25(4)].

 

Superintendent of Police,

Dated            19                             ,            District.

 

Final orders of the Inspector-General of Police in the case of Inspectors, and of the Dep- uty Inspector-General of Police, in the case of Sub-Inspectors and Assistant Sub-Inspectors as to confirmation in his appointment or otherwise, of the Probationer [vide Police Rule 19.25(5)].

 

Deputy Inspector-General of Police,

Dated            19   . ,                                   Range,


Dated            19                             Inspector-General of Police, Punjab.

Returned, together withthe Character Roll and Service Book, to the Superintendent of Police,                               District (through the Deputy Inspector-General of Police, in the case of Inspectors).

 

NOTES. - 1. The Character Roll and Service Book and the Certificate of Appointment under the Police Act will be prepared in the office of the Deputy Inspector-General by whom all entries in Part I of this form will be made. (The form of application and other original papers regard- ing the probationer’s appointment will remain in the Deputy Inspector-General’s Office).

 

2. The entries in Part II will be made by the Principal of the School. (The date of the probationer’s appointment will be the date on which he reports his arrival at the School, after the com- mencement of the term; and this date will be entered in the Certificate of Appointment before delivery to the probationer).

 

3. The entries in No. 2(a) of Part II will consist of brief remarks concerning the probationer’s pro- gress generally, and will be made at the end of the first half-year (b) will be filled up after the final examination.

 

4. Part III will be filled up in the office of the Deputy Inspector- General.

 

5. In Part IV, the Superintendent of Police, when recording his remarks about the probationer, should give reference to any report or correspondence concerning him which may have taken place during the period of training.

 

6. This form will remain permanently attached to the Character Roll of the officer concerned. In the case of men rejected all papers will be returned to the Deputy Inspector-General for re- cord in his office.

 


 

FORM No. 19.35(1)

POLICE DEPARTMENT        DISTRICT

MUSKETRY RETURN YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31ST, 19

1

2

3

4

5

6

 

Total actual strength on 31st December, ex- cluding the Mounted Police and reserves who fire the 303 course

 

No.

 

Numb er

of men firing

 

Percentag e of column

2 on column 1

NUMBER OF MEN CONPLETING FULL COURSE

 

REMARK S

Marks men

1st class shots

2nd class shots

Efficien ts

Total

Total number of points obtained by men in column 2

Figure of merits

Trained Lower Sub-ordinates

 

Head Constables Constables

Recruits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(Standard Form)

N.B.H.Ps. for trained men    .. 65

H.Ps. for recruits        .. 85


Dated                                                              Superintendent of Police


 

CHAPTER 20 INSPECTION AND SUPERVISION

 

20.1 Cold weather inspection by Deputy Inspectors-General. –

 

Deputy Inspectors- General shall carry out formal and informal inspections in alternate years of each district in their jurisdiction. For the formal inspection Form 20.1 should be taken as a guide. The informal inspections should comprise a stay of few days at the headquarters of the district and should include an examination of the action taken on order passed in the last formal inspection report, and of any matters of interest which have arisen since the last visit to the district by the Deputy Inspector-General. Reports of both formal and informal inspec- tions should be submitted to the Inspector- General without delay.

 

20.2. Cancelled.

 

20.3. Stay of Deputy Inspectors-General at hill stations. –

 

(1)     In the hot weather, i.e., the period between the 15th April and the 15th October, Deputy Inspectors-General are permitted to spend 31?2 months at a hill station within their ranges, on the understanding that the remaining 21?2 months must be spent at their headquarters or on tour in the plains. The period prescribed should not be extended on any account, and if between the 15th April and the 15th October officers are in the hills away from their headquarters in broken periods, such absences (being other than absences on leave duly sanctioned by Govern- ment under the Fundamental Rules) should be added together in computing the whole period during which a stay in the hills is permissible.

(2)     A Deputy Inspector-General may choose his own date of arrival at, and departure from, the hill station; but if he leaves for the hills earlier than the 15th May, or stays in the hills later than the 15th October, he should report the reasons for this arrangement to the Inspector-General for the information of Government. He should keep the Inspector- General and the Commissioner informed of his movements.

 

20.4. Routine of headquarters. –

 

(1)      In districts where a gazetted officer is posted in charge of Lines he shall ordinarily attend all morning parades and shall visit the parade ground frequently at hours when recruits’ parades should take place according to pro- gramme. In districts where there are only two gazetted officers the one at headquarters shall ordinarily attend morning parade in Lines at least twice every week.

(2)      Kit inspections by a gazetted officer shall be held once a month in Lines and at all police stations, standing guards, and posts at headquarters.

On these occasions a careful inspection shall be made of all arms in the possession of the police.

(3)      Officers are expected to pay frequent visits to the police lines with a view to super- vising (a) the work going on in the headquarters lines school, (b) the training of recruits, the welfare of sick men in hospital, (d) the training of the 1st Reserve and other men in musketry, etc., (e) the organization of games and sports, and (f) also for holding orderly room and checking work of the lines staff and Government stores. They are also respon- sible that the lines present a generally smart and well-ordered appearance.

(4)      In the districts of Lahore, Amritsar, Rawalpindi, Multan and Ambala a Lines Daily Report Register shall be maintained by the reserve inspector in Form 20.4(4). This reg- ister will be submitted to the Superintendent of Police or gazetted officer in charge of lines for his perusal, signature and any orders he may wish to pass regarding the routine or dis- cipline of the lines.


 

(5)      The report will show, as far as possible, the duties performed by officers and men in po- lice lines the day before and the number of officers and men present in lines. It should act as a check on the wastage of man-power.

 

20.5. Inspection of police stations. –

 

(1)     Every police station and post in a district shall be thoroughly inspected by a gazetted officer twice in each year.

At least one such inspection shall be carried out by the Superintendent.

At such inspections of police stations a return for each quarter’s working since the last inspection shall be made out and submitted with an inspection report in Form 20.5(1) to the Deputy Inspector-General, attached to the weekly diary of the Superintendent.

In discussing crime, offences against the person and against property shall be com- mented on separately, and theft of, and illicit traffic in, cattle and other animals, shall be dealt with separately from offences against other classes of property. Attention shall be paid to the technical efficiency of the investigating staff and co-operation wight neigh- bouring police stations and the district central Investigating agency. In commenting on the working of police officers in such inspection reports care shall be exercised to avoid basing an opinion merely upon statistical results, percentages of convictions and similar data which are apt to be misleading.

Reports of inspecting officers should be written with a view to conveying instruction and guidance for the future to the officer, whose work has been inspected. Such reports should invariably be shown to the officers inspected, either at once or on their return from higher authority, and should be translated into the vernacular if the officer inspected is un- able to understand English. It is especially important that inspection reports on police stations and notes in the gazetted officers’ Minute Book should be helpful and construc- tive and that these reports and notes should be carefully studied and acted upon by the officer in charge of the police station.

Two results of an inspection should be :-
 

(1)      that the inspecting officer should have come to a definite conclusion as to the state of crime (satisfactory or unsatisfactory) and the chief causes of such crime; (2) that the officer in charge of the police station should have received active assistance, facilities and suggestions from the inspecting officer to- wards the improvement of the state of crime.

(2)      Informal inspections of police stations and posts shall be made as frequently as the Superintendent may consider necessary and desirable, having regard to the circumstances of each particular police station and post. At such inspections, officers shall not spend more time than is necessary in examining registers, but shall try to make themselves ac- quainted with the personnel of the police station or post as the case may be and shall enquire into the discuss matters concerning current crime, cases and procedure with the officers in charge.

They shall assist such officer with advice, direction, encouragement or warning as may be required, and shall listen to and deal with any requests he or his subordinates may have to make.

(3)      Except for purposes of investigation, or other special reason, a police station or post shall not ordinarily be visited by a gazetted officer more than once in the same month.

(4)      At the end of every quarter each Superintendent shall submit, through the District Magistrate, to the Deputy Inspector-General, an inspection return in Form 20.5(4) show- ing the inspection duty performed during the quarter by the gazetted officers in the district.

 

20.6. Check list of inspections. –

 

A check list of inspections in Form 20.6 shall be com- piled and maintained in the office of the Deputy Inspector- General from such quarterly returns.

 

20. 7. Cold weather touring. –

 

(1)     In a district where there are two or more gazetted officers one such officer shall ordinarily be away from headquarters on tour between 15th October and 15th April. In a district where there is only one gazetted officer he shall or- dinarily spend 100 days on tour between these dates.

Great value is attached by Government to the touring of gazetted officers and, in dis- tricts where conditions allow, Superintendents of Police shall make out tour programmes for themselves and their gazetted officers. These programmes shall cater for tours of about six weeks duration and shall provide for halts of two or three days at places not nec- essarily the headquarters of police stations. They shall be so arranged that as many villages as possible in the district will be visited by a gazetted officer during the course of the year. Should it be necessary for a gazetted officer on tour to return to headquarters for any reason, this must be regarded as only a temporary break in the tour and the pro- gramme shall be resumed as soon as possible.

(2)     The work of a gazetted police officer in tour in addition to the inspection of police stations shall include -

(a)      The acquiring of a knowledge of the people, their factions, criminals, villages and geography so as to be able to check the work of subordinates.

(b)      The encouragement of the local people to take advantage of his accessibility and give him information.

(c)      The enquiring in the presence of headmen into the character of persons under surveillance and of persons whose history sheets are maintained by the police.

(d)      The check of investigations made by the police by occasionally visiting the scenes of old cases, interviewing complaints and witnesses and referring to case diaries.

(e)      The enquiring into rumours or complaints of police malpractices or corruption.

(f)       The brining up-to-date of confidential note books.

(g)      The checking of the Criminal Tribes Registers and the interviewing of members of criminal tribes.

(h)      The inspection of additional police posts and the checking of patrolling done from them. Also enquiring into the desirability of the establishment of such posts in disturbed and abnormally criminal areas.

(i)       The checking of "tikri pahra" where this is in force and its institution where de- sirable.

(j)       The inspection of premises licensed under the Arms Act.

 

20.8. City and Cantonment Inspectors. - Duties of. –

 

(1)     City and cantonment inspec- tors are not only supervising and inspecting officers, but have the same responsibilities as officers in charge of police stations and are bound by the orders laid down in rule 22.1.

(2)     In addition to the duties, etc., defined in the rule quoted, they shall inspect once in every quarter, or as frequently as prescribed by law or special order of the Superintendent, the shops, premises and stocks of all licence-holders carrying on business within their ju- risdictions under the Arms, Explosives, Petroleum and Poisons Acts and shall report such inspections to the Superintendent.

 

20.9. City and Cantonment Inspectors - Records to be maintained by. –

 

They shall maintain and keep in their personal custody the following books in English :-

 

(a)      Daily Diary, in which shall be entered their movements and proceedings. The entries of each day shall bear a serial number.

(b)      Permanent Note Book in which shall be entered matters which are of use to themselves or their successors, particulars regarding noted bad characters, any special class of crime prevalent, special preventive measures adopted and politi- cal and seditious movements. A separate page or pages shall be given to each subject, and an index to the contents shall be given on the first page.

The permanent note book shall contain matters of more than passing interest and form a more or less permanent record of information as well as a history of local conditions.

 

20.10. District Inspectors. –

(1)      District Inspectors are allotted to districts in order, firstly, to assist the Superintendent in the control of preventive and detective operations, secondly to learn, and be tested in the duties and responsibilities of supervising officers, in view of the fact that the rank of Inspector forms the chief field of recruitment to the ga- zetted ranks.

(2)      District Inspectors shall be employed to supervise, under the direct control of the Superintendent, the work of the police in particular areas or, if local conditions at any time make it desirable, in connection with specially prevalent classes of crime. Normally a district Inspector should be placed in charge of a selected group of police stations, and his responsibility for exercising control in this area should be the same at that of a Deputy Superintendent attached to a district.

(3)      While the control of crime is the first duty of a district inspector, it is essential that his professional efficiency should be general and should approach the standards required of a gazetted officer. He must, therefore, attend parades whenever possible and render himself efficient in drill and musketry, and in imparting instruction on those subjects to his subordinates. He is also required to familiarise himself with the work of the different branches of the office of the Superintendent and to assist, when at headquarters, in super- vising the work of the accountant and orderly head constable.

 

20.11. Special duties of District Inspectors. –

(1)      A district inspector will read and pass orders on all first information and final reports, case diaries, daily diaries and other papers connected with the control of the crime in the police stations in his charge. He shall forward to the Superintendent such of these papers as that Officer may by general or special order require, and shall keep a running note book of offences as prescribed for gazetted officers in rule 25.17(3).

(2)      The following matters shall receive the inspector’s special attention:-

(a)      The collection of material for proceedings against bad characters, and the prepa- ration and check of history sheets.

(b)      The comprehensive survey and classification of crime throughout the area in his charge, and the comparison of such crime with crime in adjacent areas including the jurisdiction of the railway police, with a view to bringing to light the opera- tions of gangs and mobile criminals.

(c)      The supervision of important investigations and, where necessary, the taking over from the local sub-inspector of the investigation of special cases.

(d)      The direction of energetic action against absconders and proclaimed offenders.

(e)      The detailed scrutiny of all chalans, including those in cases of preventive se- curity, from the area in his charge, and close co-operation with the prosecuting branch to ensure the best possible presentation of police cases.

(f)       The collection of material for applications for the location of additional police posts, and the organization and control of all such posts located in the area in his charge.

(g)      Reporting and enquiring into complaints of corruption, high- handedness and other malpractices by police officers subordinate to him, and conducting, ac- cording to the prescribed procedure, such departmental enquiries as may be en- trusted to him by the Superintendent.

(h)      Inspection of licences or licensees’ premises as required by law and as ordered by the Superintendent. Premises licensed under the Excise, Opium and Danger- ous Drugs Act should not be inspected by police officers, the Excise Staff being responsible for such inspections.

(i)       Reporting on the state of public feeling and on political and confidential matters.

(3)      District inspectors shall frequently visit the police stations in their charge and tour in the jurisdictions of those police stations. They shall submit reports, as a result of these tours, on the general condition of crime in the police stations, but shall not prepare statis- tical returns or formal inspection reports. Formal inspections of such police stations shall be made by the Superintendent, who may use the inspector to assist him by making a de- tailed check of the less important registers. It shall be the duty of inspectors to ensure that all orders given by the Superintendent in the course of his inspections are understood and promptly carried out.

 

20.12. District Inspectors-Limitation of powers of. –

 

(1)      The Superintendent of Po- lice shall not delegate as much power to a district inspector as to a gazetted officer but on the other hand shall exercise a much closer supervision over police stations in charge of an officer of this rank, who shall ordinarily work directly under the Superintendent rather than under a junior gazetted officer.

(2)      Correspondence concerning the internal administration of the police force and pe- titions on personal matters will not ordinarily pass through the district inspector, but the Superintendent may require that officer to enquire and report on any such matters. As a general principle it should be understood that correspondence on the subject dealt with in Volumes I and II of these rules will not be sent to the inspector either by the Superinten- dent or by sub-inspectors unless his comments on a specific reference are specially required. He will ordinarily deal direct with correspondence on subjects included in Vol- ume III, forwarding to the Superintendent all cases which it is beyond his power to decide.

(3)      The orders in the above sub-rule do not relieve the inspector of responsibility for in- sisting on the efficiency, discipline and smartness of the police subordinate to him in all branches of their work. While it is not desirable to detract in any way from the direct con- trol of the Superintendent in matters of administration and discipline, full support must be given to the inspector in maintaining his authority with his subordinates.

 

20.13. Records to be kept by District Inspectors. –

 

The district inspector shall submit a weekly diary to the Superintendent on plain paper of foolscap size; in it the inspector’s daily movements and activities, with brief reference to important work done in respect of the control of crime, together with notes on matters of a political or confidential nature other than those relating to crime, shall be entered. The diary shall be duplicated with carbon paper, the duplicate copy being retained by the inspector in an annual file, to be destroyed one year after the last entry. Each district inspector shall also make entries, as circumstances may require, in the confidential note-books which shall be maintained at the headquarters of each district or sub-division separately for each police station. Such note-books shall be permanent records, kept by the gazetted officer or inspector in super- visory charge of the police station concerned for the time being, and containing matter of the kind which is required by Rule 21.8 to find a place in the confidential note-book main- tained by the Superintendent for the district as a whole.


 

20.14. Inspection of licensed premises under the Arms Act. –

 

(1)     Under Rule V of Rules made by the local Government under the Indian Arms Act, 1978, the shops, prem- ises and socks of all licensed manufacturers and dealers shall be inspected once in every quarter by a police officer not below the rank of Deputy Superintendent. At least one in- spection in each year shall be performed by the Superintendent of Police.

In district in which there is no Assistant or Deputy Superintendent of Police quarterly inspections may be carried out by an inspector.

The full rules under the Arms Act are printed as Appendix 20.14 of this chapter.

(2)     Under these rules registers in Forms E, F, G, H and I are required to be kept up in the office of Superintendents of Police and information from these registers supplied to police stations for inclusion in register No. 17 (rule 22.68).

 

20.15. Proposals for the improvement of police organization. –

 

It is the duty of Dep- uty Inspectors-General to the initiate proposals for the improvement of the police organization in their ranges and to co-ordinate such proposals so that, as funds become available, they may be distributed to the best advantage and in accordance with the rela- tive urgency of requirements. Deputy Inspectors-General should furnish the Inspector-General, in advance of the season for the preparation of budgets and supple- mentary demands, with proposals affecting establishments; buildings and land, clothing and equipment or the provision of technical aids to the police, and funds for rewards and similar expenditure in combating crime. The Inspector-General will decide whether to accept and recommend such proposals, but it is for Deputy Inspectors-General to put them forward. Each separate proposal should be submitted to the Inspector-General in a self- contained form, after all necessary details have been worked out and the opinions of those concerned obtained. To save unnecessary labour on cases which have little chance of ob- taining early sanction, it is usually desirable that an outline of proposals, which are important but not of extreme urgency, should be put before the Inspector-General unof- ficially in the first instance. The Inspector-General can then, if he approves of the proposal on its merits, indicate whether, in view of the requirements of the province as a whole and of the financial position, it should be put forward officially or held in abeyance.

 

20.16. Provincial Police Conference. –

Ordinarily a provincial conference of police officers will be held in alternate years during the cold weather. The Inspector-General will preside at such conferences and such subjects will be discussed as he may decide.

Gazetted officers who may be particularly interested in particular subjects or branches of police work may volunteer or be invited to prepare papers which will form the bases of discussions at the conference. Such papers and the result of discussions will be pub- lished in the Punjab Criminal Intelligence Gazette for the information of all police officers.

 

20.17. Range Conferences. –

 

Deputy Inspectors-General may arrange from time to time to hold conferences of gazetted officer within their ranges and may also arrange with other Deputy Inspectors-General for inter-range conferences. Such conferences, how- ever, shall be held only in order to discuss definite matters of common concern, where a definite improvement in co-operation or methods of prevention and detection of crime can be anticipated as an outcome.

 

20.18. Meetings of gazetted officers. –

 

Superintendents of adjoining districts shall meet to discuss measures of co-operation as often as may be necessary in the interest of efficient working.

The proceedings of such meetings shall be briefly recorded in a minute book to be main- tained for the purpose in each district, and a copy shall be attached to the weekly diary of the Superintendents concerned. At the reverse end of the minute book a record of meet- ings between inspectors and officers in charge of police stations shall be maintained in Form 20.18.

 

20. 19. Meetings of non-gazetted officers. –

 

Superintendents shall also arrange for half-yearly meetings at headquarters of all officers in charge of police stations. At these meetings officers will be examined in riding and revolver shooting and all new rules and orders will be discussed and explained to them.

 

APPENDIX No. 20.14

 

Notification No. 8408 Home/General, dated the 5th March, 1929. –

 

The following re- vised rules which have been made by the Governor in Council under the Indian Arms Act, 1878 (Act XI of 1878) are hereby published for general information, in superression of the rules published with Punjab Government notification No. 943, dated the 10th July, 1907, No. 15486, dated 10th May, 1922 and No. 23576, dated the 9th October, 1923 :-

RULES

Powers.

I.         The Governor in Council is pleased to empower all Magistrates and all police officers not below the rank of officer in charge of a station to detain arms, ammunition or military stores under Section 6.

II.       The Governor in Council is pleased to empower all police officers not below the rank of officer in charge of a station to conduct searches under Section 25.

III.     All police officers of rank not below that of officer in charge of a station are ap- pointed, in virtue of their office, to conduct searches under Section 30.

Stock and account books to be kept by licensed manufacturers and dealers

IV.      All persons holding licences to manufacture, convert, sell or keep for sale arms, am- munition or military stores shall maintain stock books and accounts of receipts and issues in Forms A and B of the Appendix to these rules and all persons holding licences to sell or keep for sale arms, ammunition or military stores shall maintain stock and account books in Forms C and D.

The pages of these books shall be numbered and before any entries are made the books shall be exhibited, together with the manufacturer’s or dealer’s licence, to the District Magistrate or to a subordinate Magistrate.

Such Magistrate will sign the first and last pages of each book and seal them with his official seal.

V.        The shops, premises and stocks of all licensed manufacturers and dealers shall be in- spected once in every quarter by a Police Officer not below the rank of Deputy Superintendent. In a district in which there is no Assistant or Deputy Superintendent of Police quarterly inspections may be carried out by an Inspector. At least one inspection in each year shall be performed by the Superintendent of Police.

At the time of inspection the books shall be initialled by the inspecting officer.

Any irregularity or breach of the rules which may be noticed shall be at once reported to the District Magistrate.

VI.      (1) Whenever a licensee makes a sale of arms, ammunition or military stores he shall within 48 hours make a report thereof to the Superintendent of Police of the district in which the licensee has his place of business, factory or shop and shall in such report state -

(a)      the name, description and residence of the person who takes delivery of the ar- ticle sold;

(b)      the nature and quantity of the articles sold;

(c)      the date of sale;

and such report shall be signed by the licensee.

(2) Similar details of purchases of arms made by Indian Chiefs and Notables of Indian States shall be communicated by the Arms Dealer immediately after the transaction direct to the political officer in charge of the State to which the purchaser belongs. Copies of the list of Independent and Native States showing the designation and address of the po- litical officers in charge of them are supplied to the District Magistrates and each vendor of arms should be provided with a copy.

VII.    Under proviso (a) to sub-rule (3) of rule 42 of the Indian Arms Rules, 1924, the Governor in Council is pleased to direct that licences in Form XI and Form XII of Sched- ule VII of the said rules, may be renewed by the Commissioner of the division in which the licensee resides or carries on business.

VIII.  On receiving notice of sale under clause 2, section 5, by a person lawfully possess- ing arms to any person not prohibited from possessing the same, the Magistrate or police officer may make inquiries as to the correctness of the purchaser’s name and address, and if necessary obtain a report from the Superintendent of Police of the district in which the purchaser lives.

Deposit of Arms

IX.      When any arms, ammunition or military stores have been deposited at a police sta- tion under Section 16 of the Act, the officer in charge of the station shall affix to each weapon or article a ticket showing the name of depositor and the date of deposit, and shall give the depositor a duplicate or copy of the same.

After seven days if the owner has not obtained a licence authorizing him to possess them, the arms, ammunition or military stores shall be forwarded to the headquarters of the district and kept in the malkhana of the District Magistrate or in the Police Magazine.

The Sheriff or other ministerial officer to whom they are entrusted shall keep a register in which the articles so deposited shall be described and entered under serial numbers, and fresh tickets shall be affixed showing the owner’s name and the corresponding number of the register.

X.        (i) Arms and ammunition, the possession of which has become unlawful, may be de- posited with such licenced dealers only as possess a supplementary licence from the local Government in Form M attached to these rules.

(ii) Such licences may be granted by the District Magistrate of the district in which the applicant resides to the holder of a licence in Forms IX, X, XI or XII in Schedule VII at- tached to the Indian Arms Rules, 1924.

XI.      The depositor shall, within a week of deposit, deliver to the District Magistrate of the district in which he resides a receipt obtained from the licensed dealer for the articles deposited.

XII.    (1) Arms, ammunition or military stores deposited under Section 16(1) of the In- dian Arms Act, 1878, with an officer in charge of a Police Station shall be forfeited to His Majesty on the termination of one year from the date of deposit.

(2) Arms, ammunition or military stores deposited under Section 16(1) of the Indian Arms Act, 1878, with a licensed dealer shall be forfeited to His Majesty on the termination of three years from the date of deposit:

Provided that the District Magistrate of the district in which articles are deposited may for special reasons extend the periods mentioned in sub-rule (1) or sub-rule (2) by not more than six months, or, where the articles are deposited in consequence of the decease of the owner and the articles are inherited by a minor, until the termination of the latter’s minority.

Arms and Military Stores seized

XIII.  Arms, ammunition or military stores seized under Sections 11, 25 or 26 shall be dealt with according to the procedure laid down in rule IX.

Disposal of Confiscated Arms

XIV.   Arms ammunition or military stores that have become forfeited to His Majesty under rule XII or that have been confiscated under Section 24, shall be disposed of as fol- lows :-

(1)      Arms, ammunition and stores which can be utilized by the police or by any de- partment under Government may be retained and brought into use with the sanc- tion of the local Government. Arms, ammunition and stores not so retained may be shold to licensed dealers or other persons entitled to possess them.

(2)      Any rifled firearms or rifle barrels not so disposed of shall be sent to the nearest ordnance officer to be broken up. Other arms shall be broken up locally and the materials sold.

(3)      Any ammunition or stores not disposed of under the provisions of sub-rule (1) shall be destroyed.

Rewards to Informers

XV.     When any arms or other articles are confiscated under Section 24, the convicting Magistrate shall, immediately upon conviction, pay a reward of not less than half the value of the confiscated articles to the person or persons who may have given information which led to the detection of the offence, or who may have assisted in the arrest of the of- fenders and seizure of the arms or other articles.

Magistrates should arrange for such payments by recommendation to the Police Depart- ment, at whose disposal there is a provision for such rewards under head 20-B - Police.

XVI.   Any Magistrate convicting an offender of any offence under the Act may at his discretion, grant a reward not exceeding the amount of fine imposed, in such proportions as he may think fit, to any person or persons who have contributed to the arrest of the of- fenders or the seizure of the arms or other articles. Arrangements for payment should be made as in rule XV.

Registers of Licences.

XVII. Every District Magistrate shall keep up in Form E of the Appendix to these rules a register of all licences to manufacture, convert, sell or keep for sale any arms, ammu- nition or military stores granted by him or by the local Government under rule 38 of the Indian Arms Rules, 1924, and shall keep up in From F a register of all licences to sell or keep for sale granted by him or by the local Government under the same rule.

All Superintendents of Police shall keep up similar registers in English. Magistrates of districts will supply to their Superintendents of Police copies of all such licenses issued by them or by the local Government.

The Superintendents of Police will furnish to each officer in charge of a police station copies of extracts, column Nos. (1) to (6), giving the names, etc., of persons licensed within his jurisdiction.

 

XVIII.   All inspections of the shop, premises and stocks of licensed manufacturers and vendors by Inspectors of Police or superior officers shall be reported to the District Mag- istrate, and shall be entered in the registers.

 

XIX.   Registers of licences granted by the District Magistrate or by any Sub Divisional Magistrate specially empowered by the Local Government in that behalf, under rules 31, 33, 35 and 36 of the Indian Arms Rules, 1924, shall be kept up by him in Forms G, H and I, respectively.

 

Similar registers will be kept up in English, by the Superintendent of Police, to whom the District Magistrate or the sub Divisional Magistrate specially empowered by the local Government will furnish copies of all such licenses granted by him.

 

The Superintendent of Police will supply each officer in charge of a station with an ex- tract giving the parts of each register which concern his jurisdiction.

 

XX.     Licensing authorities who receive reports of permanent changes in the address of licence-holders, under condition 11 of the conditions attaching to a licence in Form XVI of Schedule VII of the Indian Arms Rules, 1924, shall cancel the relevant entry in the reg- isters prescribed by rule XIX above, and inform the licensing authority of the district to which the licence-holder changes his residence accordingly. The latter shall register the licence in the manner shown below :-

"Transferred from the district".

If subsequent changes of permanent address are intimated to the issuing authority, he shall transmit the report to the authority with whom he arranged the transfer of the licence.

 

XXI.   All persons enjoying exemption under schedule 1 of the Indian Arms Rules, 1924, shall furnish to the District Magistrate of the district in which they reside, within three months from the date of order of exemption, a list showing the number and descrip- tion of arms in their possession, and shall thereafter inform the District Magistrate in writing of any increase or decrease in such number within one month from the date on which such increase or decrease takes place. Failure on the part of an exemptee to comply with this rule will render him liable to the cancellation of his exemption. No fee shall be payable in respect of any communication made by an exemptee in accordance with the provisions of this rule.

 

Every District Magistrate shall maintain a register of such arms in the possession of ex- emptees.

 

XXII. With reference to sub-rule (3) of rule 33 of the Indian Arms Rules, 1924, the Governor in Council is pleased to direct that holders of licences in Form XVI, granted in other provinces, and having effect in the Punjab, shall, upon entering any district in the Punjab, send their licences to be endorsed by the District Magistrate, and shall inform him of the probable period of their stay in his district; provided that when the period spent in any district does not exceed fourteen days, no endorsement shall be necessary. No fee shall be paid in respect of any endorsement made in accordance with this order.

 

XXIII.   Returns in Forms K and L shall be prepared for each calendar year and submit- ted by District Magistrates through Commissioners to the Inspector- General of Police.

 

HOME DEPARTMENT. FORM A-1.

STOCK BOOK FOR ARMS ONLY OF                        SON OF               CASTE

RESIDENT OF          LICENSED TO MANUFACTURE, CONVERT, SELL OR KEEP FOR SALE, ARMS, AMMUNITION AND MILITARY STORES.

 

 

Date

 

Name and designation of purchaser

FIRE ARMS

Prohibited bore weapons

Other Breach Loading weapons

Muzzzle-Loading weapons

Revo lvers

Pisto ls

Rifle s

S.B.

Guns

D.B.

Guns

S.B.

Rifle s

D.B.

Rifle s

Revo lvers

Pisto ls

S.B.

Guns

D.B.

Guns

S.B.

Rifle s

D.B.

Rifle s

Revo lvers

Pisto ls

Any other type of fire arm

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

1.1.1932

In stock .. Received Manufacture d ..

Disposed of ..

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.1.1932

In stock.. Received.. Manufacture d..

Disposed of . .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIR WEAPONS

OTHER WEAPONS

Air Guns

Air Rifles

Air Pistols

Swords

Sword stick

Bayonets

Daggers

Kukris

Hunting Knives

Any other weapons other than fire- arms

Initials of the licence- holder of his Agent or

Manager

REMA RKS

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM A-2.

 

STOCK BOOK FOR AMMUNITION AND MILITARY STORES ONLY OF

SON OF       CASTE                             RESIDENT OF

LICENSED TO MANUFACTURE CONVERT, SELL, OR KEEP FOR SALE, ARMS, AMMUNITION AND MILITARY STORES

 

 

 

Date

 

 

-----

PROHIBITED BORE CARTRIDGES

FOR

Shot gun

cartridges of larger than No. 1 pellet

LOADED CARTRIDGES FOR

 

EMPTY CASE FOR

Revolver s and pistols

Rifles

Shot guns

Rifles

Revolver s amd pistols

Shot Guns

Rifles

Revolver s and pistols

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

 

1.1.1932

In stock

..

Received

..

Manufact ured Disposed of ..

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.1.1932

In stock

..

Received

..

Manufact ured ..

Disposed of ..

 

Gun powder (lbs.)

Shot (lbs.)

Percussi n caps

oBullets

Wade

Fuses

Slugs

Sulphur

Lead

Other types of

ammunit ion or military stores

Initials of the licence

-holder or of his Agent or

Manager

REMAR

KS

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM B.

 

DAILY SALE BOOK OF              SON OF                                -- CASTE

RESIDENT OF          LICENSED TO MANUFACTURE, CONVERT, SELL OR KEEP FOR SALE, ARMS, AMMUNITION AND MILI- TARY STORES.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

GUN POWDER

 

 

 

 

Gun Caps

REVOLVER AND PISTOL CARTRIDGES

SHOT GUN CARTRIDGES

 

RIFLE CARTRIDGES

Nitro

Black

 

Lbs.

Oz.

Lbs.

Oz.

.410

to

.455

bore

Others

Loaded

Empty

.303

M.H

.

Other

.450

Loaded

Empty

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rifle and Le- thal bul- lets

LEAD SHOT AND BULLETS

 

 

B.L.

Guns

 

 

M.L.

Guns

 

 

 

Revolv ers

 

 

Pistols

 

 

Rifles

 

 

 

Air Rifles

 

 

 

Sword s

 

 

 

Bayon ets

 

 

Spears

 

 

 

Dagge rs

and other weapo ns

 

 

 

REMA RKS

Bags off 28

lbs.

Lbs.

Oz.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM C

Is the same as Form A, except that in heading for the words "licenced to manufacture," etc., read "licenced to sell, or keep for sale," etc., and in column 2 omit the word "manu- facture".

FORM D

Is the same as Form B, except that in heading for the words "licenced to manufacture," etc., read "licenced to sell or keep for sale," etc.

FORM E

REGISTER OF LICENCES TO MANUFACTURE, CONVERT, SELL OR KEEP FOR SALE ARMS, AMMUNITION OR MILITARY STORES IN DIS-

TRICT          -

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Tahsil

No.

Name of licencee

Father’s name and caste and residences

Place of business

Date

INSPECTIONS BY

By Magistrate of district or Superintende nt of Police

REMARK S

Assistant or Deputy Superintendent or

Inspector of Police

1st

2nd

3rd

4th

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM F

Is the same as Form E, except that in heading for "licences to manufacture," etc., read "licences to sell or keep for sale," etc.

FORM G

REGISTER OF LICENCES TO POSSESS ARMS, AMMUNITION OR MILI- TARY STORES GRANTED UNDER RULE 31.

DISTRICT                                

-------

8

9

10

The first seven columns as in Form H

Place where arms are to be kept

Terms for which licence is valid

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

FORM H

REGISTER OF LICENCES GRANTED UNDER RULE 33 TO POSSESS ARMS OR AMMUNITION, AND TO GO ARMED FOR THE PURPOSES OF SPORT, PROTECTION OR DISPLAY IN  DISTRICT.

 

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Tehsil

No.

Date

Name of licence- holder

Father’s name, caste, etc.

Residence

Number and description of weapons

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM I

REGISTER OF LICENCES GRANTED UNDER RULES 35 AND 36 TO POS- SESS ARMS AND AMMUNITION AND TO GO ARMED FOR THE PURPOSE OF DESTROYING WILD ANIMALS WHICH DO INJURY TO HUMAN BEING, CATTLE OR CROPS IN          DISTRICT

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Tehsil

Form and No.

Date

Name of license- holder

Father’s name and caste

Residence

Place for which license is valid

Weapon

Date of expiry of license

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

INSPECTION BY MAGISTRATE OF WEAPON AND LICENSE

11

1st year

2nd year

3rd year

4th year

5th year

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM K

RETURN OF LICENSES GRANTED UNDER ACT XI OF 1878 IN THE DIS- TRICT OF         FOR THE YEAR

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

 

 

DETAIL OF LICENSES

Number of licenses in force last year

OPERATIONS OF THE YEAR

Number in force at end of present year

Remarks by Deputy Commissi oner

Remarks by Commissi oner

New licenses

Renewed licenses

Revoked or suspended

1.   In form VIII to transport arms, ammunition or military stores.

2.   In form IX to manufacture, convert, sell or keep.

3.   In form X to keep and sell

4.   In form XIV for the possession of arms

5.   In form XV for the possession and use for target practice

6.   In form XVI to possess arms or ammunition and to go armed for purposes of sport protection or display.

7.   In form XVIII for the destruction of wild animals which do injury to human being and cattle.

8.   In form XIX for the destruction of wild animals doing injury to crops and cattles

9.   In form XX for going armed on a journey in or through any Province.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM L

ANNUAL STATEMENT OF THE OPERATION OF THE ARMS ACT, XI OF 1878, IN THE DISTRICT OF                                                                           FOR THE YEAR                           .

 

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

NUMBER OF PERSONS PUNISHED UNDER

Section 19, for offence under

 

Section 20, for secret breaches.

 

Section 21, for breach of license.

 

Section 22, for knowingly purchasing from an unlicensed person or delivering to person not authorised to possess.

 

Section 28, for failure to give

informatio n as required in

section 28.

Clause

a.

Claus e b.

Clause c.

Clause

d.

Claus e e.

Claus e f.

Claus e g.

Claus e h.

Claus e i.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

NUMBER AND DESCRIPTION OF WEAPONS CONFISCATED

 

Value of fines imposed and realized.

 

Amount paid as rewards to informer s, etc.

 

 

REMAR KS

Total punished (columns 1 to 13)

Rifles‘

Smooth bore guns.

Pistols.

Swords.

Bayonets

.

Daggers or knives.

Spears.

Others.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

This return will be submitted yearly through Commissioners to the Inspector- General of Police.

Deputy Commissioner.


FORM M

[See rule (X)]

FREE OF ALL FEE

LICENSE FOR THE POSSESSION BY LICENSED DEALERS OF ARMS OR AMMUNITION DEPOSITED BY THEIR OWNERS UNDER SECTION 16 OF THE INDIAN ARMS ACT, 1878, AS AMENDED BY ACT XX OF 1919

 

 

Name, description and residence of licensee

Description of arms or ammunition

Place (with description), where articles are to be kept

Period for which the licensee is valid

1

2

3

4

 

 

 

 

 


(Signature)

 

The               of            19

 

CONDITIONS

 

District Magistrate of the District

 


1.        This licence is granted subject to all the provisions of the Indian Arms Act, 1878, and of the Indian Arms Rules, 1924.

2.        It covers arms of the description given in column 2 only so long as they are kept, in the place described in column 3, but does not authorise the licensee -

(i)       to go armed.

(ii)      to keep arms to ammunition which are the property of Goverment.

3.        The licensee shall maintain a register of all arms or ammunition in his possession un- der this licence showing the name, description and residence of the licensee, the description of the arms or ammunition, and the date of deposit.

4.        To every depositor the licensee shall give a receipt in duplicate containing the par- ticulars mentioned in condition 3, and shall himself send a copy of the entry in his register to the officer in charge of the nearest police station.

5.        He shall exhibit such arms and his register on the demand of any Magistrate or any police officer of a rank not below that of Inspector.

 

6.        The licensee shall forthwith give information at the nearest police station of the loss or theft of any arms covered by the license.

 

7.        On the termination of one year from the date of deposit, if the arms or ammunition have neither been returned nor disposed of under section 16(2) of the Indian Arms Act, 1878, the licensee shall inform the District Magistrate of that fact, and shall deal with the arms or ammunition according to his order.

FORMS OF CHAPTER XX

FORM No. 20.1.

Opening sheet for Deputy Inspector-General’s Inspector Report

Inspection report by                                                       District     Date of inspection     19 No. of Police Stations              

Sanctioned strength :-


Inspectors                      


Mounted                      


 

Sergeants                     Sub-Inspectors          


Head Constables ..   

Foot                      

Mounted                 

Constables ...


Assistant Sub-Inspectors     


Foot                            


 

I.         Notes should follow, on half-margin foolscap, on the following matters:-

 

(1)      Accounts.

 

(2)      Condition and upkeep of clothing and equipment funds.

 

(3)         Chanda fund.

 

(4)         English office and registers.

 

(5)     Character rolls; standard and classes of recruits.

 

(6)          Departmental punishments; postings, transfers and leave.

 

(7)          Seniority and promotion lists.

 

(8)          Training of probationary officers.

 

(9)         Crime and police working, with a statement showing fluctuations in the total and main classes of crime in the past ten years.

 

(10)   Pro- claimed offenders and absconders.

 

(11)   Surveillance and preventive measures.

 

(12)     Additional police and their management.

 

(13)     Prosecuting Inspector’s Office and Malk- hana; working of the Prosecuting branch.

 

(14)     Distribution of work among Gazetted Officers and Inspectors; control exercised by the and touring done by those officers.

 

(15)     Opinion of the District Magistrate on the working of the police.

 

(16)     Confidential office of the Superintendent –

(a)      condition of records,

(b)      possession of cipher code and obser- vation of rules,

(c)      whether riot, alarm and internal security schemes are correct and up to date.

(17)   Miscellaneous remarks.

II.       Separate reports on (a) Headquarter Lines, including school and headquarter guards, Police Hospital, (c) each Police Station inspected by the Deputy Inspector-General, should be attached to the main report.

FORM No. 20.4(4)

LINES DAILY REPORT REGISTER

 

 

Number present in lines

 

1st

NUMBER OF PARADES

 

Number employed on fatigues and nature of fatigue

 

Number on duty with reasons

 

Sick and on leave

2nd

3rd

4th

I. - Re- cruits

 

 

 

 

 

II.- Consta- bles on general duty

III.- Head constables on general duty

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number on escort duty

Number on special duty with nature of duties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IV. Upper Subordinates on general duty

Name of officer

Nature of duties on which employed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

V. Patrolling performed with time and guards visited

Reserve Inspector

Lines Officer

Other Officers

VI. - Headquarters Lines School

Number of recruits present

Number of men from thanas present

Number of men on general duty

Names of officers who lectured

 

 

 

VII.   Escorts arriving from other districts

 

VIII.   Names of officers and men under sus- pension.

 

IX.   Duties performed by mounted police

 

X.   Any special matter such as shortage of men, transfers ordered but not carried out, etc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of Reserve Officer Lines Officer


 

 

FORM No. 20.5(1)

POLICE DEPARTMENT. INSPECTION REPORT              DISTRICT


 

Inspection report on the           Police Station.

 

Statement of crime for quarter ending       

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

 

CASES

 

Section of Code

Offence

Reported

Admitted

Not investigated

Sent for trial

Convicted

Pending in court

 

Total of corresponding quarter of previous

year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

PERSONS

PROPERTY

 

 

Value

 

Arrested

Convicted

Discharged

Pending

Stolen

Recovered

Remarks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

When and by whom last inspected                          Dates of present inspec- tion and names of Inspecting Officer                                                              

 

Remarks below on the following matters quoting the corresponding serial No. :-

 

(i)       State of crime generally and working of Police. (2) Preventive measure under secu- rity sections and Habitual Offenders’ Act. (3) General Headings known or suspected Criminals Sub-heading (a) Surveillance of bad characters and bad character Rolls, (b) History Sheets, (c) Bad Character Rolls and Information Sheets, (d) Proclaimed offenders and absconders, (e) Registered Criminal Tribes. (4) Village Crime Register. (5) Office books. (6) Condition of buildings. (7) Arms and Ammunition. (8) Clothing. (9) Equip- ment. (10) Horses and bicycles. (11) Other Government Property. (12) Drill and Discipline. (13) Name of officer in charge, with date of assuming charge. (14) Persons in receipt of aid from Police Charities. (15) General Remarks.

 

Serial No

Subject

Remarks

 

 

 

 


 

FORM No. 20.5(4)


 

POLICE DEPARTMENT         DISTRICT




Inspection duty performed during the                     quarter of 19



Police Sta- tions in the dis- trict. Out posts Posts

Number

 

 

 

Statio ns

Outpo sts

Road and other posts

Villages

Number of days spent in the interior

Numbe r of miles travelle d

Number of cases personally investigate d by officers

in column

I. See note at foot of page.

Explanatio n of Supdt.

of any insufficien t inspection with names of any

Police Stations not inspected within past six months

Remarks by Deputy Commissi oner

Remarks by Deputy Inspector General

Rank of of- fice

Name, Date of Joining district

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

S. Police.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A.S. Police

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A.S. Police

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dy. Supdt. of Po- lice

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note . - In columns 2 to 8 opposite names of each officer and total just above the figures relating to the quarter, the total from 1st January in each year shall be entered in red ink.

Note. - Only these cases will be entered in column 8 in which the officer referred to in column 1 has visited the locality and reported the enquiries made by him in his weekly Diary No. 1 and given orders for the guidance of the officers in direct charge of the investigation.

 

Names of places inspected and visited by Police Officers during the quarter as shown in column 2 and 4 of obverse.

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

BY SUPERINTENDENT

BY ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENT

BY ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENT

BY DEPUTY SUPERINTENDENT

Stations

Outposts

Road and other posts

Stations

Outposts

Road and other posts

Stations

Outposts

Road and other posts

Stations

Outposts

Road and other posts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated

The     19 Superintendent of Police

 

FORM No. 20.6

DISTRICT RANGE

CHECK LIST OF INSPECTION DUTY FOR THE YEAR 19

(To be prepared by hand)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

 

Quarter ending 31st March

Quarter ending 30th June

Quarter ending 30th September

Quarter ending 31st December

 

Classi- fica- tions

Serial No.

Names of stations, outposts and posts.

[55]

Name of

inspectin g

officer

[56]

Name of

inspectio ng officer

[57]

Name of

inspectin g

officer

[58]

Name of inspecgi ng officer

Remarks

Police Stations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Out- posts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Posts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOTE. - Places not inspected should be marked off with a dash ( - ).

 

FORM No. 20.18

 

RECORD OF MEETINGS BETWEEN NON-GAZETTED OFFICERS

 

1

2

3

4

Date

Place of meeting

Officers present at the meeting

Report received

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER 21 PREVENTIVE AND DETECTIVE ORGANIZATION

 

21.1. Principles of the Criminal Law and Police Organization. –

 

The Criminal law of India and the Police organization, which is based upon it, are both founded on the principle that public order depends essentially upon the responsibility of every member of the community within the law to prevent offences and to arrest offenders. The magisterial and police organization is set up to enforce, control and assist this general responsibility. This fundamental principle must be thoroughly understood and borne constantly in mind by police officers of all ranks, but more especially by gazetted officers and upper subordinates.

Instructions as to the general relations between police officers and Magistrates are contained in Chapter I of these Rules and some further detailed instructions are placed in this chapter. The ideal to be aimed at in respect of relations with the public is that every police officer, of whatever rank, should be regarded by every law-abiding person as a wise and impartial friend and a protector against injury to his person and property. In proportion as this ideal is approached, the police will receive the information and assistance which they need, in order to combat crime successfully. When confidence and co-operation are lacking, private persons and village officials resort to connivance at crime and to seeking redress for their own losses through treaty with criminals; the police are isolated in their efforts to prevent and detect offences, and can hope for but a small measure of success.

The proper relations between the police and the public in a district depend primarily upon the personal attitude of the Superintendent, and the example set by him and enforced upon his subordinates. The most important duties of a Superintendent are to know the people of his district and to know what his subordinates are doing. Such knowledge can only be gained by the fullest personal accessibility, activity in touring, thorough and intelligent supervision and a sympathetic interest in the life of the district and the facts and difficulties of the work of his own men. He must inspire confidence in his subordinates, as well as in the public. While alert to check tyranny, dishonesty and other abuses by his subordinates, he must be as accessible to them as to non-officials, and ready at all times to help them in their difficulties and support them against the evil influences, which they have to face. This should be the attitude of all supervising officers. They should ensure direct access to themselves unimpeded by their subordinates, and must be ready to give a patient hearing to all complaints and grievances, but must avoid creating any impression of spying which would destroy the confidence and undermine the authority of their officers.

 

21.2. Ilaqa Magistrate Relations with. –

The relations between the Ilaqa Magistrate and the police officers with whom he has to deal should be both cordial and intimate, and every opportunity shall be taken to keep him informed of the state of crime in his ilaqa. Conferences between magistrates and police officers, at which difficulties on either side can be discussed and remedies devised, should be encouraged; police officers coming in with chalans should take the opportunity of obtaining an interview with the Ilaqa magistrate and discussing with him the state of crime in their jurisdictions; and prosecuting officers, who form a valuable link between the investigating officer and the magistracy, should be instructed to pass on to magistrates any information of interest or importance regarding criminal matters on which they may be aware. When a magistrate visits the local area of a police station, the sub-inspector should make an effort to attend at his camp and should offer his assistance as well as discuss with him all matters concerning crime. It is, however, not intended that, in such cases, the SubInspector should leave important duties in order to remain in attendance throughout the tour.

 

21.3. Zaildars, Inamdars, Headmen and village watchmen. –

 

(1)     The conditions of appointment and removal, and the duties and remuneration of zaildars, inamdars, and headmen are set forth in the Land Revenue Rules (see Land Revenue Rule 9) with which gazetted and upper subordinate police officers should be familiar. While these village officials have many duties besides those connected with the suppression of crime, capacity to assist the criminal administration is one of the factors considered in making appointments, and failure in this duty is a ground for removal from office or forfeiture of emoluments. In the case of headmen, definite duties in respect of reporting and preventing offences are prescribed by the Criminal Procedure Code, and the Land Revenue Rules (see Land Revenue Rules 16 and 20) require them to attend the summons of all officers having jurisdiction in the estate in which they are appointed; to assist all Government officials in the execution of their public duties; to supply information; to assist, if so ordered by the Collector, in the provision on payment of supplies or transport to Government officers on duty, and generally to represent the people of their estates in their relations with Government. Zaildars and inamdars are required by the Land Revenue Rules to report to the police heinous crime and the presence in the zail of bad characters; to assist in prevention, investigations and arrests; see to that headmen perform their duties properly; to notify all orders of Government in their zails and to obey all such orders as require their personal obedience to exert their influence to secure within their zails prompt obedience to all orders of Government; to abstain from interference in litigation, except under orders of Government; to assist all Government officers in the execution of their duties, to supply them with information and to attend them when they visit their zails.

(2)     It is the duty of gazetted police officers and inspectors to take particular note of the work of zaildars, inamdars and headmen. These officials should be encouraged in the performance of their duties and suitably rewarded when they do well; serious or persistent neglect of duty should be brought to the notice of the Superintendent, and by him to that of the District Magistrate. In the periodical inspections of police stations mention shall always be made of the degree of assistance received by the police from the zaildars and other village officials of the jurisdiction, and of particularly meritorious work or noteworthy dereliction of duty on the part of individuals.

(3)     Gazetted officers should, from time to time, record remarks in the books kept for the purpose by zaildars and inamdars regarding the extent to which such officials fulfil the purpose of their appointment in so far as the police are concerned. Notes may also appropriately be made by gazetted officers in the police station minute book (Register No. 13) and in Part IV of Village Crime Books regarding particular zaildars, inamdars and headmen.

(4)     The village watchman, or chaukidar, is a village servant whose chief duty is the watch and ward of the village. He is required to carry reports for the headman, to assist him in tracing offenders and to make arrests as authorized by law. He is responsible to the District Magistrate for the due performance of his duties.

Chaukidars are also the agency for the reporting of births and deaths occurring in the rural tracts. For the purpose of recording vital statistics they attend at the police station within the jurisdiction of which their villages are situated at certain appointed times, and these occasions are made use of to disseminate items of news and orders connected with the preventive and detective duties of the village officers.

The rules regarding the appointment, dismissal, powers, duties and responsibilities of watchmen are framed by Government under Section 39-A of the Punjab Laws Act of 1872.

 

21.4 Duties of Police under local and special laws. –

 

Many of the most important and most frequently exercised functions of the police derive from local and special laws. In some case powers so derived have been specially referred to in different chapters of these rules, but, irrespective of such references, a knowledge of the provisions of all local and special laws, more or less comprehensive according to the duties of his rank, is required to every trained police officer.

The constitution of the Police Force itself rests on a special law, the Police Act (V of 1861). The administration of the Excise Act, in co-operation with officials of the Excise Department, is one of the most important of the duties of the police. Under this Act, all police officers of and above the rank of head constable are invested with the powers of excise officers Ist class, and all constables with those of excise officers, 3rd class. The control of crime, especially in rural areas, depends largely upon the Punjab Laws Act, the Registration of Habitual Offenders Act and the Criminal Tribes Act. The Arms Act contains cognizable offences of first class importance, and imposes on the police important duties in connection with the inspection of licences. The Cantonment and Municipal Act impose very extensive and varied duties upon police officers serving in areas to which they apply in relation to the enforcement of bye-laws of all sorts. The powers and duties of the police in relation to fires also emanate from the Municipal Act. The same Act, together with the Hackney Carriage Act, Indian Motor Vehicles Act, Prevention of Cruelty to Animals Act and certain sections of the Indian Penal Code give to the police all their powers in relation to the control of traffic. The Indian Extradition Act governs the dealings of the police in respect of criminals with Indian States. Many other Acts give powers or impose duties in respect of arrests, custody, search and inspection in relation to particular classes of offence.

 

21.5. Absconders and Harbourers. –

 

(1)     A vital factor in both the detection and prevention of crime is the execution of the law in respect of absconding and harbouring. The provisions of the law are adequate to prevent both these offences but their proper and comprehensive administration demands the constant attention of Magistrates and supervising police officers. The absence or prevalence of absconding and harbouring are among the acid tests of the efficiency of the criminal administration. Instructions as to the taking out and execution of warrants when persons, whose arrest is required, are not immediately found, are contained in rule 26.5. This is the first essential. Under Section 87, Code of Criminal Procedure, any Court may at any time issue a proclamation against a person for whose arrest that court has issued a warrant. All that is necessary is that the court should be satisfied, not necessarily by evidence, that the said person ‘‘has absconded or is concealing himself so that such warrant cannot be executed’’. The court may further at any time after proclamation ‘‘order the attachment of any property, moveable or immovable, or both, belonging to the proclaimed person’’. The period of thirty days mentioned in Section 87, Code of Criminal Procedure, is that within which the absconder is called upon to surrender, it imposes no delay on the issue of attachment orders. The issue of a proclamation under Section 87, Code of Criminal Procedure, renders liable to the penalties of Section 216, Indian Penal Code, any one who gives to the person proclaimed any assistance of the nature described in Section 52-A, Indian Penal Code.

(2)     The action prescribed in rule 26.5 for obtaining a warrant of arrest shall be taken by the police immediately they have grounds for making such arrest. Every reasonable efforts to execute such warrant shall then be taken. If such efforts fail, the court which issued the warrant must be satisfied that the warrant cannot be executed; evidence of the guilt of the wanted man in the offence under investigation is not required. When a proclamation order has been obtained, the police are bound to publish that order as required by Section 87(2), Code of Criminal Procedure. Immediately this has been done the requirements of Section 87(3), Code of Criminal Procedure, shall be complied with. Thereupon, the person wanted becomes a ‘‘proclaimed offender’’ and the rules in Chapter XXIII regarding the entry of such person’s name in the surveillance register, list of proclaimed offenders, notices to village headmen and watchmen of all places where he has connections or which he is likely to visit etcetera shall be forthwith complied with.

(3)     The procedure of search under warrant and proclamation shall be carried out in every case in which a wanted person cannot be immediately arrested without warrant by the investigating officer. Discretion may be exercised by both the police and magistrates whether to proceed with attachment of property under Section 88, Code of Civil Procedure. In every case, where there is danger of more crime resulting from an absconder remaining at large an attachment order shall be immediately applied for. The police are not authorized to carry out attachment, but it is the duty of the prosecuting branch to see that the necessary orders issued from the court without any delay, and of the officer conducting the investigation to take steps to prevent the improper alienation of attachable property by fictitious mortgage or sale. For this purpose lists of such property should be made, as part of the investigation, and attached to the police file of the case, and the village headman concerned should be directed to report any attempt at alienation or removal pending the issue of attachment orders. The lists of property prepared by the investigating officer, attested by competent witnesses, should be put into court with the application for an attachment order.

(4)     To prevent harbouring, without which no absconder can remain at large, thorough publicity in regard to the issue of a warrant and subsequent proclamation order is essential. If this receives proper attention, the defence of ignorance is denied to the person who can be proved to have rendered any sort of assistance to an absconder.

 

21.6. Reports and records. –

 

In order that continuity in the method of administration outlined in rule 21.1 may not be lost owing to changes of personnel, the proper maintenance of those reports, records and notes which review the history of the criminal administration of a district, or from which information regarding individuals and past events may be obtained, is essential. Apart from personal records of police officers, police station records and inspection notes, referred to in other chapters of these rules, such records comprise:-

(i)       Transfer of charge memoranda (rule 21.7).

(ii)      Confidential note books (rule 21.8).

(iii)     Weekly diaries I and II (rule 21.9 et. seq.).

(iv)    Monthly crime reports (rule 21.15).

(v)      Annual Police Administration reports (rule 21.16).

(vi)    Annual reports on the administration of the Criminal Tribes Act (rule 21.18).

(vii)   Reports on political events or meetings (rule 21.19).

(viii)  Reports on important fares and festivals (rule 21.20).

 

21.7. Transfer of charge memoranda. –

 

(1)     Every Superintendent and Deputy Inspector-General shall, before leaving a district or range on transfer, or otherwise record a memorandum containing all necessary information for the guidance of his successor and for the preparation of the annual administration report.

 

(2)     The following are some of the matters to be attended to in taking over charge of a district and in preparing the memorandum mentioned in sub-rule (1) above :-

(a)      State of contingent allotments, and adequacy or inadequacy under different heads of the budget;

(b)      Additional police, existing and proposed;

(c)      New buildings or repairs required;

(d)      Pending cases of importance;

(e)      Confidential records and correspondence;

(f)       General state of crime;

(g)      Organization of preventive and detective operations including special mention of the duties of the Central Investigating Agency and modus operandi office, and current measures of co-operation between the police and public for the prevention of offences;

(h)     Proclaimed offenders and dangerous and active gangs;

(i)       Matters noted at the Deputy Inspectors-General’s inspection as requiring attention;

(j)       Custody of keys of cash chest, confidential box, etc.;

(k)      Notes on the character and capabilities of officers;

(l)       Note of three men in the rank of head constable, selection grade constables and time scale constables ear-marked for the next ensuing officiating or substantive promotion vacancies;

(m)    Punishment files pending;

(n)     Vacancies and suggestions regarding recruiting.

 

21.8. Confidential note-book. –

 

There being many matters connected with the police administration of a district which find no place in office registers, and a period of which is necessary, both for the Superintendent’s own information and for the benefit of succeeding officers, every Superintendent shall maintain a ‘‘confidential note-book’’. The details given below shall, among others, find a place in this note-book, each successive Superintendent adding to and revising, in his own notes, the information on record; and Deputy Inspectors-General shall, at their inspections, examine the books and comment on the adequacy or otherwise of the notes recorded. The book shall be in two parts as follows :-

PART I

(a)      Villages specially notorious for the bad character of their inhabitants.

(b)      Names of zaildars, safedposhes, lambardars, etc., good or bad, who have come prominently to notice, with brief notes regarding them.

(c)      Names and brief accounts of noted or professional political agitators or reference to their files.

(d)      Names and brief accounts regarding specially notorious bad characters and, in cattle thieving districts, of the chief ‘‘Rassagirs’’.

(e)      Notes on matters connected with the administration of the Criminal Tribes Act.

(f)       Notes of fairs, periodical religious processions and other local gatherings with reference to the file explaining the police arrangements necessary at each.

(g)      A list of capable detectives and intelligence agents among lower subordinates with reference to the special qualifications of each.

 

(h)     Other matters of permanent interest.

An index to the contents in Part I shall be maintained on the first page, as many pages as may be considered necessary being allotted to each subject. Subject to the above rules the information may be recorded by Superintendents in any form they deem most convenient. It should be as concise as possible, a reference being given to other files or previous papers for more detailed information.

PART II

Part II shall be in the form of a permanent file containing the making over charge memoranda referred to in rule 21.7.

 

21.9. Superintendent’s weekly diary No. 1. –

 

(1)     Superintendents shall submit a weekly diary on Saturdays in Form 21.9(1) through the District Magistrate to the Deputy Inspector-General. Unless the diary contains matter which the Deputy Inspector-General considers it expedient to bring to the notice of the Commissioner or Inspector-General, it shall be returned direct to the Superintendent of Police.

(2)     If the District Magistrate is absent from duty the diary shall be submitted direct by the Superintendent of Police to the Deputy Inspector General.

(3)     Every Assistant or Deputy Superintendent on tour or inspection duty, and every Probationary Assistant Superintendent shall submit a diary in this form to the Superintendent. Such diaries shall not be forwarded to the District Magistrate or Deputy Inspector-General unless the Superintendent has special reasons to do so.

(4)     Diaries shall be regarded as confidential communications, and shall not be sent into offices, and shall be forwarded by District Magistrates and Deputy Inspectors-General without delay.

 

21.10. Weekly Diary No. 1 Contents of. –

 

Diaries shall be paragraphed. Each paragraph shall bear a weekly serial number, and the following matters shall be entered in them :-

(a)      All matters of importance connected with the police administration of the district.

(b)      Comments on the state of crime in the district and importance cases under investigation or trial.

(c)      Matters of special interest connected with the discipline and conduct of the force.

(d)      Inspection and touring work performed by gazetted officers.

 

21.11 Weekly Diary No. I Check list of. –

 

A check register of weekly diaries shall be kept by each range Deputy Inspector-General.

 

21.12. Weekly Diary No. II Channel of submission. –

 

(1)     Five copies of confidential diary No. II in form 221.12(1) shall be prepared each week by Superintendents of Police. These copies shall be despatched punctually on Saturday evenings [vide serial No. 3 of Appendix No. 11.39(1)(A)] and should be marked ‘Immediate’. The first copy will be retained for record, the second copy will be sent direct to the Deputy Inspector-General of Police of the range, the third and fourth copies will be sent direct to the Assistant to the Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Criminal Investigation Department, and the fifth copy will be sent through the District Magistrate to the Commissioner. If the Commissioner or the District Magistrate have recorded any comments on the fifth copy, the Commissioner will forward it to the Deputy Inspector-General of Police of the range, who will add his own comments, if any, and transmit the diary to the Assistant of the Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Criminal Investigation Department. If neither the Commissioner nor the District Magistrate have any comments to record the diary shall be destroyed by the Commissioner. Action, if any, taken on the advance (Second) copy of the diary by the Deputy Inspector-Gerneral should normally be confined to addressing the Superintendent of Police concerned. If it is desired to record remarks for the information of higher officers, this may be done either on the copy received from the District Magistrate and the Commissioner, or by means of a separate reference. The Assistant InspectorGeneral, Government Railway Police, shall submit a diary, in duplicate, in the same form direct to the Assistant to the Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Criminal Investigation Department.

(2)     Office copies of confidential diaries shall be kept for three years, or for such longer period as the Superintendent of Police considers desirable.

(3)     The advance (second) copy of the confidential diary should be kept by the Deputy Inspector-General of Police of the Range concerned for three years.

 

21.13. Weekly Diary No. II Contents of. –

 

The following are among the matters which shall be mentioned in the confidential diary :-

(i)       Information regarding political movements, parties, leaders, publications, and the like.

(ii)      Information regarding religious sects, changes in doctrine and practice having a political significance, proselytism, or preaching of a provocative nature.

(iii)     Information regarding foreigners and others, the reporting of whose movements and activities has been ordered or is considered necessary.

(iv)    Information regarding current rumours or topics of interest, which are causing or are likely to cause animosity between classes or disturbance of public tranquillity.

(v)      Public opinion regarding the legislative or executive measures of Government.

(vi)    Noteworthy movements of population, whether emigration or immigration.

(vii)   Political or religious meetings and celebrations which are important either intrinsically or by reason of public speeches, propaganda and the like associated with them.

(viii)  The effect of public opinion of current discussions in the press.

 

21.14. Weekly Diary No. II Miscellaneous order regarding. –

 

(1)     Every confidential diary shall be written on half margin, and every separate subject shall be entered in a separate paragraph, and each paragraph shall be numbered seriatim.

(2)     To ascertain and to report correctly the prevailing temper of the people is one of the most important duties a Superintendent has to perform.

(3)     When an entry in a gazetted police officer’s diary, or in the confidential diary, concerns the police of a district, other than the one from which it is submitted, the Superintendent by or through whom it is submitted, shall state whether he has, or has not, communicated the facts direct to the Superintendent concerned.

 

21.15 Monthly Crime Report. –

 

(1)     The monthly crime statement in Form 21.15(1) shall be prepared in every district, on the first of each month. On receipt of this statement together with such further statistical information as may be prescribed from time to time, the Superintendent shall personally compose a brief review of the state of crime in the district, both in regard to its main divisions and generally. Noteworthy features in the monthly statistics shall be commented upon, and references shall be made to the progress and development of any special measures for combating crime. The review with the full statement by police stations shall be attached to the first weekly diary submitted in the month, and a copy, with an extract from the statement showing district totals only, shall be sent direct to the Deputy Inspector-General to reach him by the 5th of the month without fail.

(2)     On receipt of the extracts mentioned in sub-rule (1) above each Deputy InspectorGeneral shall prepare on similar lines to the district reports a consolidated range report, and submit it on or before the 15th to the Deputy Inspector-General Criminal Investigation Department. Copies of the range report shall also be sent to Commissioners of Divisions included in the range, who will forward their copies, with their comments, if any, to the Inspector-General of Police, and to all Superintendents of Police in the range, who will show their copies to District Magistrates.

 

21.16. Annual Police Administration Reports. –

 

(1)     Every Superintendent shall prepare and despatch to the District Magistrate an Annual Administration Report in January of each year for the previous calendar year. The Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police, shall also submit his Annual Administration Report in January to the Inspector-General, through the Agent, North-Western Railway.

(2)     Each district report shall be forwarded as follows :-

by the Superintendent to the District Magistrate on or before the 20th January;

by the District Magistrate to the District Inspector-General on or before the 31st January.

The district reports (without the returns) shall, as they are received, be forwarded by Deputy Inspectors-General, accompanied by any marginal remarks considered necessary, to Commissioners by whom they will be returned to Deputy Inspectors-General on or before the 20th February.

They will then be forwarded by Deputy Inspectors-General to the Inspector General with a covering letter containing comments on any improvements in methods of working, outbreaks of crime affecting more than one district, or other matters of interest not specifically mentioned in any district and the returns prescribed for the whole range on or before 1st April.

(3)     Every Superintendent and the Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police shall also submit direct to the Inspector-General an advance copy of the annual report and the returns appended to it, on or before the 20th January.

 

21.17. Annual Report Form of. –

 

(1)     The report should consist of concise and intelligent criticism of facts and of the figures given in the prescribed returns. No mere paraphrasing and reproduction of statistics should be allowed in the body of the report. Variations in the figures, which are not unusual or important, should not be commented on. The briefer a report is the better, if it includes all that is necessary to show an intelligent comprehension of the meaning of the facts and figures and of the salient features of the year’s work. The object of the report is to state what has been done rather than to suggest what should be done. Matters of the latter nature should be reported in separate official latter. Any such comment or suggestion which is considered necessary in the annual report should be as brief as possible, especially where the matter is complicated or controversial.

(2)     Lists of subjects to be reported on, the returns to be submitted, and detailed instructions for their preparation are printed and issued every year by the Central Police Office. No alternation in, or additions to, the printed forms shall be made without a reference to the Inspector-General.

 

21.18. Criminal Tribe Report. –

 

(1)     Each Superintendent of a district shall prepare an annual report on the working of the Criminal Tribes Act in his district for the calendar year. The subjects to be reviewed are given in Appendix 21.18(1) and blank forms for the printed statements required to accompany the report supplied by the Deputy Commissioner, Criminal Tribes. Rule 21.17(1) shall apply to the preparation of this report also.

(2)     The latest date for submission of the Criminal Tribes Report shall be:-

(a)      by the Superintendent to the District Magistrate; 1st March.

(b)      by the District Magistrate to the Deputy Inspector-General; 15 March.

(c)      by the Deputy Inspector-General to the Commissioner; 1st April.

(d)      by the Commissioner to the Deputy Commissioner, Criminal Tribes; 15 April.

(3)     Each Superintendent shall forward a copy of his annual Criminal Tribes Report to the Assistant to the Inspector-General of Police for Criminal Tribes to reach that officer by the 1st March, each year.

(4)     The Deputy Commissioner, Criminal Tribes, is required to prepare a consolidated report for the province, which is due with Press not later than June 15th. The report, when printed, is due to reach Government through the Inspector-General of Police by August 15th.

 

21.19. Public Meetings. –

 

It is the duty of Superintendent of Police to arrange for the accurate reporting of the proceedings of all political and other public meetings held to discuss matters which are likely to disturb the public transquillity. To this end they shall encourage officers to learn Urdu shorthand. If the meetings to be reported are of provincial importance, Superintendent of Police may request the assistance of the Superintendent of Police, Political, Criminal Investigation Department, who will depute stenographers from the Criminal Investigation Department, or if none are available, will arrange with the Deputy Inspector-General of the Range for the deputation of a stenographer from another district in his Range. At meetings at which inflammatory speeches are considered likely, arrangements shall also be made to have official and non-official witnesses present who may be available in the event of the prosecution of any of the speakers being undertaken.

When meetings are obviously of importance in connection with a particular form of agitation or when the speeches at them appear to be actionable, a detailed report shall be sent immediately to the Assistant to the Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Criminal Investigation Department, with a list of the official and non-official witnesses present. Reports in such cases shall not be delayed for inclusion in the weekly confidential diary, but copies shall be forwarded with the confidential weekly diary to the Deputy inspector General of the range for information. Superintendents of Police are responsible that the reports of all meetings are written in clear and intelligible English. Reports should show the classes present at the meetings and estimate the effect of the speeches on the audience.

The police have the right to attend public meetings with view to (i) preventing any infringement of the law of, (ii) taking evidence with a view to the possible prosecution of law breakers. All public meetings can, therefore, be attended by police reporters, but as the right of entry may at times be questioned or even forcibly resisted by the organizers. It is important, when such tactics are apprehended, that a sufficient body of police in uniform should be deputed to discourage opposition. Recourse may also be had to the procedure enacted in Chapter III of the Punjab Criminal Law (Amendment) Act III of 1932.

 

21.20 Reports of fairs and festivals. –

 

(1)     Every Superintendent in whose district any fairs or public assemblies of importance are to take place shall, on the 1st December in each year, submit a list of such fairs and assemblies for the year next ensuing, with the date or dates on which they will be held, to the Inspector-General for publication in the Police Gazette.

(2)     On the termination of important fairs and festivals, Superintendents shall submit a report in Form 21.20(2) dealing briefly with the prominent features of the fair; crime occurring in connection with it; conduct of the police; accidents or fatalities occurring, if any, and the existence of any excitement of a political or religious nature etc. Such reports shall be submitted through the District Magistrate to the Deputy Inspector-General of the range, who will at his discretion forward them through the Commissioner to the Inspector-General of Police. Events of immediate importance shall also be reported promptly and by telegram if necessary, by the Superintendent direct to the Deputy Inspector-General of the range and the Deputy inspector General, Criminal Investigation Department.

 

21.21. Political and communal activities in relation to law and order. –

 

Rule 21.19 lays upon Superintendents of Police the duty of watching and reporting on political or communal movements as such. As part of his general duty to maintain touch with the progress of activities, which may have consequences likely to disturb public tranquility, it is incumbent upon every officer in charge of a police station and office superior thereto, to keep himself fully informed of all developments or offshoots of such movements in his jurisdiction. To this end such officers must know the persons who take the lead in such matters, and the attitude towards them of men of influence. As soon as any such movements shows signs of developing on lines which are likely to cause animosity between sections of the people and breaches of the peace, or to be otherwise clearly subversive of law and order, the Superintendent, in consultation with the District Magistrate, shall take such action as may be most appropriate to the occasion; but when the activity is political rather than communal and no orders of Government cover the case, ordinarily, a reference should be made to Government before measures to check it are set in motion. Police officers of all ranks are required to refrain absolutely from personal participation in political or communal affairs; they are not concerned with the merits of such controversies, but solely with the maintenance of the public peace. In the category of personal participation, however, acquaintance and maintenance of touch with communal leaders is not included. Relations of this kind may help Superintendents and other gazetted police officers to prevent the development of communal trouble and the occurrence of open disputes, and may enable them on occasions to bring leaders together with salutary results for the settlement of minor causes of friction, with which the District Magistrate need not to troubled in their initial stages.

 

21.22. Religious processions. –

 

(1)     Periodical public religious processions shall not be permitted to proceed along any routes without the written sanction of the District Magistrate.

(2)     When a periodical public religious procession is about to take place the Superintendent shall acquaint himself with the police arrangements made in past years and shall make the necessary arrangements in consultation with the District Magistrate, following, as far as may be, the procedure previously adopted.

(3)     In each district a separate file shall be kept of each periodical public religious procession showing the strength and disposition of the police force employed and the average number of persons attending the procession.

(4)     Whenever a licence is granted for a procession there shall, if possible, be a plan of the route on the back of licence. All licences granted shall be in Form 21.22(4).

(5)     The Superintendent shall not grant a licence for an important public religious procession of a novel character or on an occasion when public feeling is excited, without taking the orders of the District Magistrate.

(6)     When a procession other than one of regularly exercised custom is allowed to take place any sums necessary to defray the cost of barriers, additional police and the carriage of such police shall the deposited with the Superintendent by the managers of such processions before the licence is granted.

 

21.23. Press advertisements. –

 

(1)     The newspapers press shall be used as a medium both for advertising police regulations affecting the public and for enlisting the assistance of the public in the investigation of crime.

Examples :-

(i)       Traffic regulations and directions for festivals and official functions.

(ii)      Descriptions of wanted offenders or lost property, especially when a reward is offered.

In both classes of publicity referred to in this rule, press advertising shall be supplemented, when considered advisable, by posters for affixing to notice boards and leaflets for wholesale distribution. Advertising shall be in English or vernacular or both, as may be most appropriate in each case.

(2)     The charges for the publication of Government advertisements in newspapers shall be met from police contract contingencies. With regard to the printing of posters and leaflets the instruction contained in rule 11.57(3) should be followed.

 

21.24. Criminal Intelligence Gazette Notice for. –

 

Notices of novel or professional offences and memoranda embodying the shifts and artifices of criminals shall be sent for publication in the Criminal Intelligence Gazette for general information. Such notices shall be sent direct to the Assistant Inspector-General, Crime and Criminal Tribes, Criminal Investigation Department, and shall be in narrative or other form, as far as possible, ready for the press.

 

21.25. Appointments to Criminal Investigation Department. –

 

(1)     Upper and lower subordinate posts other than those of inspectors in the Criminal Investigation Department shall be filled by the deputation of suitable men from districts for periods of three years extendible by not more than two years at a time at the discretion of the Deputy Inspector General, Criminal Investigation Department.

(2)     A police officer on deputation to the Criminal Investigation Department will retain his original position in the cadre of his district or range. While in the Criminal Investigation Department he will be eligible for officiating promotion in that branch; on reversion from the Criminal Investigation Department he will assume his place in his original cadre. Officiating promotion may be given in the district or range in the place of an officer deputed to the Criminal Investigation Department, such officiating post lapsing on the officer’s reversion.

(3)     When an officer borne on the rolls of a district or range reaches a place in seniority which would entitle him to be considered for substantive promotion if he were serving in the establishment to which he belongs permanently, he shall be informed and given the opportunity of returning to district police work. No officer on deputation to the Criminal Investigation Department shall be substantively promoted to head constable or higher rank unless both the Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation Department and the Deputy Inspector-General of the range to which he belongs agree that he is qualified for such promotion by all the prescribed standards.

(4)     The Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal investigation Department, may make recommendation on behalf of sub-inspectors serving under him to the Deputy Inspector General of the range and the Inspector-General of Police, respectively for promotion to the selection grade or admission to List F. A sub-inspector who becomes eligible while serving in the Criminal Investigation Department for grade promotion in the selection grade, shall receive such promotion, if the Deputy Inspector General of the range and Criminal Investigation Department agree that he is fit for it.

(5)     Annual reports on upper subordinates serving on deputation in the Criminal Investigation Department shall be sent by the Deputy inspectorGeneral, Criminal Investigation Department, to the range Deputy InspectorGeneral concerned for record and other necessary action.

(6)     In very exceptional cases and for the political branch only and with the written sanction of the Deputy Inspector-General personally, direct enrolment as constable or in higher ranks, may be made to the Criminal Investigation Department. Specialists shall, however, when possible, be entertained on contract terms, so that their services may be dispensed with when their utility ceases or deteriorates.

 

21.25-(A). Discipline in the Criminal Investigation Department. –

 

The Deputy Inspector General, Criminal Investigation Department, shall have complete disciplinary control over all police officers while serving in the Criminal Investigation Department.

 

21.26. Duties of Criminal Investigation Department. –

 

The following are the chief duties of the Criminal Investigation Department in so far as they affect the district police:-

(i)       To promote co-operation between the police of different districts and different provinces.

(ii)      To undertake or assist in the investigation of cases or classes of crime which have provincial or inter-provincial ramifications if the Inspector-General or Deputy inspector-General, Criminal Investigation Department, considers that such action is in the interests of the criminal administration.

(iii)     To watch and report on all communal, political and subversive movements affecting the province and India as a whole; to maintain close cooperation with district authorities in all such matters and to direct investigations connected with them.

(iv)    Through the medium of the Criminal Intelligence Gazette :-

(a)      to check crime by the prompt publication of information of the prevalence of a particular class of crime and of the absence from their homes of dangerous criminals;

(b)      to secure the detection and arrest of persons wanted for offences committed;

(c)      to trace property stolen and recovered;

(d)      to act generally as an agency for disseminating intelligence likely to aid the police in their work.

(v)      To collect, co-ordinate and disseminate political and criminal intelligence.

(vi)    The Criminal Tribes Branch to deal with all aspects of the control of Criminal Tribes which fall within the sphere of the Inspector General of Police as prescribed from time to time by the Provincial Government.

 

21.27. Requests for services of officers of Criminal Investigation Department. –

 

The services of investigating officers of the Criminal Investigation Department may be asked for by Superintendents of Police in any case of the following nature:

 

(a)      Note forgery, counterfeit coining or professional poisoning cases where the conspiracy appears to extend to other provinces and there is not a suitable staff to deal with them in the district.

(b)      Theft of Government arms and ammunition and illicit trade in arms.

(c)      Extensive frauds and bogus company promoting.

(d)      Cases of dacoity concerning more than one district.

(e)      Organised traffic in women.

(f)       Cases of such a technical nature as, in the opinion of the District Superintendent of Police, appear to call for the services of an officer of the Criminal Investigation Department.

The Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Criminal Investigation Department, shall decide in each such case whether he can comply with the request of the Superintendent of Police.

 

21.28. Status of Criminal Investigation Department Officers in investigations. -

 

(1)     The Criminal Investigation Department has no separate jurisdiction and can only investigate under the cover of a First Information Report registered at a police station having jurisdiction. The Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Criminal Investigation Department, may decide to take over the control of any particular investigation himself or to depute one or more of his officers to work directly under the control of the Superintendent of Police of the district concerned. In either case the latter officer has the right to be kept fully informed of the progress of the investigation. All case diaries written by officers of the Criminal Investigation Department shall be forwarded to the gazetted officer of the Criminal Investigation Department under whom they are working through the Superintendent of Police, advance copies being sent direct if so ordered.

(2)     When dealing with cases in conjunction with the district police, officers of the Criminal Investigation Department must bear in mind that it is indispensable to gain the confidence and goodwill of the local police and to avoid giving cause for jealousy.

(3)     When good results are obtained full credit must be given to district police officers for any share they may have had in the work and, when results are unsatisfactory, care must be taken not to criticise the local police unfairly.

(4)     All recommendations, made by officers of the Criminal Investigation Department for rewards for exceptionally good work done in cases wholly or partly investigated by officers of the Criminal Investigation Department shall invariably be submitted to the Deputy Inspector-General through the Superintendent of the district concerned who may add any recommendation or remarks he may consider necessary.

 

21.29. Criminal Investigation Department no control over district police. –

 

Officers of the Criminal Investigation Department shall have no control or executive authority over the district police except in an emergency and within the powers vested in them by their rank in the provincial police force.

All matters affecting the discipline of or rewards to, and complaints against, the district police, shall be referred by the Deputy InspectorGeneral of Police, Criminal Investigation Department, to the Deputy Inspector-General of Police of the range concerned.

 

21.30. Prosecution of cases investigated by the Criminal Investigation Department -

 

The consent of the Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation Department, shall be obtained before an officer of the department is presented as a witness in court. Criminal Investigation Department officers shall advise and assist the district investigating and prosecuting officers in the conduct in court of cases in the investigation of which they have shared.

 

21.31. Rules of the Criminal Investigation Department. –

 

The full rules of the Criminal Investigation Department are contained in the Manual of that department.

 

21.32. Circumstances in which Criminal Investigation Department can assist investigating officers. –

 

The Criminal Investigation Department is in possession of special apparatus and its officers include those accustomed to the handling of certain branches of police technique. Investigating district police officers and Superintendents of Police should remember, therefore that the Criminal Investigation Department is in a position to give assistance in circumstances such as are described below :-

(a)      the reconstruction of faded writing;

(b)      the examination of arms and bullets used in crime;

(c)      the examination of minutioe such as hairs, pieces of skin, dust, etc.;

(d)      the solution of ciphers;

(e)      the examination of forged documents, counterfeit coins and moulds;

(f)       the photographing of important documents;

(g)      the interrogation of suspects from other provinces;

(h)     the connection of local suspects with suspects of other districts or provinces;

(i)       when an opinion on handwriting is required to assist the investigation;

(j)       where invisible inks are suspected to have been used.

Such matters shall only be referred to the Criminal Investigation Department in important cases when other evidence sufficient for the purpose of the case concerned is not forthcoming. In important cases the Criminal Investigation Department will enlist the aid of scientific persons outside the police department.

The department is also ready, when circumstances permit, to assist district police officers with technical advices on the spot as to the discovery and preservation of clues at the scene of crimes and can sometimes loan apparatus and qualified operators thereof for these and similar purposes.

 

21.33. Officers of Criminal Investigation Department to report to Superintendent of Police. –

 

Ordinarily, when an officer of the Criminal Investigation Department is sent to a district to take up enquiries, and invariably, when he is sent to investigate a case, he will take within him a letter addressed to the Superintendent of Police, or senior officer present at headquarters, describing the nature of the work on which he is sent and, when necessary, asking for his assistance. When directed to do so he will also call on the District Magistrate.

 

21.34. Organization of police in towns and cities. –

 

(1)     In each district the Superintendent of Police shall issue standing orders regulating the point and beat duty to be carried out in each town and cantonment for which police establishment is provided. These orders shall be in accordance with the principles set forth in rule 2.2(2) and shall be revised as often as may be necessary to meet variations in the local incidence of crime, development of new residential or commercial areas, increase in establishment and the like. The division between the investigation and clerical staff and the watch and ward staff shall be maintained as far as is practicable, though inter-change of duties should be made. Men, even though qualified, should not be employed on the investigation staff while posted to the watch and ward staff, except in cases of emergency, as such employment must detract from the efficiency of the watch and ward system.

(2)     The success of a system of watch and ward in a town or city will depend on -

(a)      the discipline of the men on beat the patrol duties;

(b)      the extent to which the men have been instructed in their duties;

(c)      the amount of supervision exercised by supervisor officers. Superintendents of Police must therefore arrange that, in addition to the standing orders referred to in the above rule, head constables and constables are frequently questioned so as to ensure that the training they have received in the lines school and at the Police Training School is not forgotten but put into practice. Each constable on beat or patrol duty should continually have in mind the specific duties required of him.

 

21.35. Central Investigating Agencies. –

 

(1)     In order to assist the Superintendent of Police and his Supervising staff in co-ordinating the preventive and detective work of the District Police and in order to act as clearing house for criminal intelligence for the use of investigating officers in the district and in other districts a Central Intelligence Agency shall be established in each district. This body shall be formed from the establishment sanctioned for the district for the prevention and detection of crime. Officers of different ranks shall be selected for service in the C.I.A. in the light of their intelligence, efficiency and practical experience of preventive and detective work in a police station. In order to promote co-operation and the inter-change of ideas between the C.I.A. and police station staff no officer shall ordinarily remain more than two years at a time in the C.I.A. No officer shall be appointed to the C.I.A. who is not well educated and who has not an unblemished reputation for honesty.

The functions of the Central Investigation Agency are :-

(a)      The preparation of crime maps relating to offences against property classified under the methods employed by the criminals.

(b)      The receipt, consideration and filing according to classification, of information received from investigating officers.

(c)      The comparing of the data collected under (a) and (b) and the communication of any deduction therefrom to the investigation officers concerned.

(d)      The preparation of a crime index of cases from the materials collected under (a) and (b) classified according to: (1) methods employed by the criminals, and (2) various clues provided by the criminals such as nick-names used; special clothing worn; peculiarities of the culprits noticed by witnesses; special weapons used; special signals used etc. etc.

(e)      The preparation of a crime index of criminals. This shall normally be in two parts-

(i)       an index of names of known criminals classified according to their methods of operating;

(ii)      an index of known criminals classified according to their peculiarities of appearance, gait, speech, nicknames, etc.

(f)       The provision of information by means of which the Superintendent of Police may be assisted in controlling the crime of his district, forestalling outbreaks of crime and directing preventive operations.

(g)      The publication of weekly Criminal Intelligence Gazette.

(h)     To co-ordinate and guide the efforts of police station staff throughout the district in securing the arrest of absconders and proclaimed offenders and in locating absentee bad characters, criminal tribesmen and other untraced persons and to maintain close co-operations with the C.I.As of other districts in this work.

(i)       When information received from records or otherwise indicates that a series of cases, whether in the jurisdictions of one or of several police stations, is the work of the same criminal or of a gang to coordinate or, under the orders of the Superintendent of Police, direct the investigation of such cases.

The primary function of a Central Intelligence Agency is to assist station house officers and their staffs. The A.C.I.A. can only afford assistance effectively, if it is continuously supplied by Station House Officers with detailed information about the movements of bad characters and peculiar features of cases. Information so received shall be examined, compared, and classified by the C.I.A. Information of general use of Station House Officers and neighbouring districts and deductions from it shall be disseminated as speedily as possible through the C.I. Gazette or, in case of urgency, by special circular. Information which is of value to a particular police station only or clues in local cases shall be communicated immediately to the particular officers or officer concerned, who shall be held responsible for making proper use of it.

The C.I.A. shall be in charge of one of the District Inspectors. A room shall be provided for it in the office of the Superintendent of Police which is conveniently situated in relation to the rooms of the Superintendent of Police and Gazetted Officers. These officers and their readers and officers of the prosecuting branch and all Station House Officers and investigating officers visiting headquarters shall make a practice of visiting the C.I.A. room regularly, studying the records of crime and criminals which are concerting measures for the better control of criminals through the agency of the records and machinery of the district Police.

All investigating officers in the district shall be encouraged to visit the room where the Central Investigating Agency functions when they visit headquarters and to discuss their cases with the personnel of the Central Investigating Agency.

(2)     [The instructions concerning the examination of scenes of all criminal cases and the particulars required to be submitted in the case of all such offences to the Central Investigation Agency are given in Appendix 21.35(2) and the various forms to be used are detailed below. One copy shall be submitted to the District Crime Records Bureau of the District concerned for record :-

(1)     Crime Details Forms;

(2)     Arrest/Court Surrender Form;

(3)     Property Search and Seizure Form.][59]

 

21.36. Range mobile traffic patrols. Duties of. –

 

For each range of the province at least one mobile traffic patrol, consisting of an inspector, a sub-inspector and two constables, has been sanctioned for the control and checking of traffic on the roads of the range. These patrols shall be under the direct control of Deputy Inspectors-General who shall be responsible for so directing their movements and activities as to obtain the maximum effect.

 

The duties of these patrols shall be :-

(a)      The checking at irregular intervals on different roads of all motor-licences to drive and to ply for hire. At these inspections of licences the officer in-charge of the patrol shall satisfy himself that all licences are uptodate and that all vehicles have paid the taxes imposed under the Punjab Motor Vehicles Rules, 1916, the Punjab Heavy Motor Vehicles Rules, 1931 and the Punjab Motor Vehicles Plying for Hire Rules, 1922.

(b)      The reporting in Form 21.36(b) of offences under the above mentioned ruled and under the Indian Penal Code to the prosecuting agency of the district concerned with a view to the prosecution of the offenders.

(c)      The checking at irregular intervals and on different roads of dangerous driving at specific places on the roads where furious or dangerous driving is likely to result in accidents. This shall be done by the watching of specific points on dangerous portions of the roads and the checking of the speed of cars passing and their manner of negotiating such places. Motor vehicles moving recklessly, furiously or in a manner against the rules of the road shall be stopped, their numbers and the names of the drivers with other particulars noted and the cases reported for prosecution.

(d)      The checking of motor vehicles plying for hire on the occasions mentioned in (a) and (c) above, with a view to ensuring that the conditions of their licences with regard to the safety and comfort of passengers have been complied with.

(e)      The rendering of first aid to the injured and all possible assistance in serious motoring accidents and the noting of all particulars in such cases when the patrol should happen to be in the vicinity.

(f)       The giving of assistance in the instruction of traffic police of smaller districts.

(g)      The continuous warning and advising of drivers of all kinds of vehicles who may be observed infringing the rules of the road.

(h)     The reporting of offences against Municipal or District Board bye-laws in connection with the overloading of horse-drawn vehicles plying for hire, etc.

(i)       The reporting of cases of cruelty to animals when Section 34 of Act V of 1861 applies.

(j)       The organisation, in conjunction with owners, drivers and any of their associations of methods for the improvement to traffic control and the prevention of offences.

(k)      the acquisition of knowledge on all matters connected with traffic and motor vehicle transport sufficient to enable them to keep in touch with and report on any innovations, developments or unusual situations within their jurisdiction.

For this purpose it will be necessary for them to maintain a confidential register by districts containing notes on the following:-

(1)     Routes carrying motor vehicle transport.

(2)     The number of public motor vehicles on each route and their relation to the public demand.

(3)     Unions and their working.

(4)     Lorry stands.

(5)     Regular bus services and their working.

(6)     The working of any system of monopolies that may be in force.

 

21.37. Traffic patrols Duties of inspectors of. –

 

(1)     Inspectors in charge of mobile traffic patrols are required to have a working knowledge of motor mechanics and shall have received training in traffic control. They shall report all cases noticed by them of bad work on the part of constables on traffic control to the Superintendent of the district concerned.

 

(2)     They shall submit a daily diary to the Deputy Inspector-General of Police in form 21.37(2)(A) and shall maintain a ‘working account’ in Form 21.37(2)(B) on each motor vehicle showing the mileage done and the petrol and oil consumed with, in each case, a reference to the entry in the daily diary of Inspector. The repairs carried out to the vehicle shall be shown in the ‘Remarks’ column.

(3)     All bills for petrol, oil and repairs shall be submitted separately for each vehicle to the Superintendent of Police of the district on which the patrol is based and, in the case of the Central Range Patrol, to the Assistant Inspector-General, Traffic. The Superintendents of Police concerned and the Assistant Inspector-General, Traffic, will check the bills with the ‘working account’ and the speedometer of the patrol vehicles before sanctioning payment.

 

21.38. Range mobile patrols Co-operation of District Police. –

 

Each district in which range mobile patrols operate shall place two constables from the traffic staff at headquarters at the disposal of the inspector while the latter is within the district. These men may be taken by the patrol to the headquarters of the next district when necessary, but shall be returned at once with a note from the officer-in-charge giving the duties performed by them and the date and time of their release. They shall return to their headquarters by rail or road as convenient. These men shall be used as far as possible for giving evidence in cases so as to obviate the necessity of the regular members of the patrol being taken off the road to attend courts.

 

APPENDIX No. 21.18(1)

SUBJECTS TO BE DISCUSSED IN THE DISTRICT CRIMINAL TRIBES REPORTS

 

Serial No.

Subject

 

 

 

1.        Mention the tribes registered in your district under the Criminal Tribes Act (Act III of 1911).

2.        Remarks on the general behaviour during the past year of each such tribe and state whether any of the members are settling down to an honest livelihood. Note if there are any signs of improvement or the reverse.

3.        With regard to the absentees shown in column 19 of Statement I

4.        Mention the number of members of notified criminal tribes whether exempted or registered who were convicted of offences under Chapter XVII

Note. Information under Serial Nos. 2 to 4 above to be given separately for each tribe in the order given on column 1 of Statement 1.

5.        Mention the amount paid during the past year for rewards for the arrest of absentees under Rule 15.17.

6.        Mention any special measures taken to enforce responsibility of lambardars and chaukidars in connection with reporting the presence or absence of members of criminal tribes.

7.        Mention in sufficient detail any cases in which inadequate punishments appear to have been inflicted.

8.        Remarks on the Finger Print System as applied to members of criminal tribes and the results obtained therefrom.

9.        Remarks on the procedure followed in connection with the control of wandering gangs and others not yet registered under the Act.

10.     Mention any other matter deserving the notice

 

 

 

APPENDIX No. 21.35(2)

INSTRUCTIONS CONCERNING THE EXAMINATIONS OF SCENES OF THEFTS AND BURGLARIES AND PARTICULARS REQUIRED TO BE SUBMITTED IN THE CASE OF ALL SUCH OFFENCES TO THE CENTRAL INVESTIGATION AGENCY.

The scenes of all offences under Chapter 17, Indian Penal Code shall be most carefully examined as soon as possible, by the investigating officer who, in cases of theft (except cattle theft) and burglary, shall attach a separate site inspection report with the first case diary irrespective of the fact whether the accused are known, unknown, arrested or at large. This site inspection report on arrival at headquarters shall be passed on without delay to the Central Investigating Agency.

 

In the case of offences against property, other than theft and burglary, no site inspection report need be prepared unless the scene of the offence presents such peculiarities as make such a report desirable or unless a report is called for by the officer in charge of the Central Investigating Agency.

 

The object of a site inspection report is (a) to enable other officers who have not been to the spot to visualise the scene, (b) to permit of an intelligent study of the ways and methods of the particular criminal by the Central Investigating Agency, (c) to enable the Central Investigating Agency from their records of individual criminals to suggest identity of the accused responsible for the particular case under investigation. Obviously, therefore, every site inspection report must be intelligently and carefully compiled after a deliberate study of the scene. A list of points that should find mention in site inspection reports is given below, but the list is by no means exhaustive and is entered merely as a guide.

 

A. Burglaries of all kinds

1.        Number of the First Information Report; date; section of the offence; police station and district.

2.        Time and date of (a) occurrence, (b) report to the police.

3.        Special circumstances, if any, concerning the time and date of occurrence (e.g., fair, festival, or evening meals, etc., etc.).

4.        Place of occurrence, with distance and direction from (a) police station, (b) railway station, and (c) main road.

5.        Nature of locality (i.e., dwelling house, office, mosque shop, etc., etc.) and its relation to the rest of the village or town.

6.        Name, address, profession and status of the complainant.

7.        Class of property attached.

8.        Class of property removed.

9.        Number of rooms entered by the accused and whether or not they were occupied at the time.

10.     Whether or not property was removed from the particular rooms to which the accused first gained admittance.

11.     Any clue left to indicate whether the accused worked in the dark or by means of a light.

12.     Particulars of any belongings of the accused left by him on the spot.

13.     Any boxes, safes, almirahs, etc., etc. containing articles of value overlooked by the accused and not touched by him and if so their locality.

14.     Precautions, if any, adopted by the accused during the commission of the offence to guard against surprise (such as chaining of door, etc.).

15.     When property removed was last seen at the place from which it was stolen.

16.     Finger-prints. Description of traces of finger-prints found, their exact position and steps taken for their preservation, development, photograph, transfer, identification, etc.

17.     Foot-prints. (1) Number of foot-prints found, (a) leading to the spot, (b) on the spot, (c) leading from the spot and deduction therefrom as to the number of culprits involved, (2) Direction from which the accused came and direction in which they went, (3) Distance to which tracks leading (a) to and (b) from the scene were followed, (4) Measurements (in inches) of individual foot-prints, Precautions, if any, adopted by the accused to conceal their foot-prints, (6) Whether moulds, etc., taken or not and, in latter case reason for failure to do so.

18.     Opinion as to whether accused were expert or amateurs and class of society to which they belonged and reasons, in support thereof.

19.     Means of transport, if any, employed by the accused for the removal of property.

20.     Any other clues or matters of importance requiring mention.

IF ADMITTANCE OF THE HOUSE OBTAINED BY MEANS OF A HOLE IN THE WALL.

21.     Condition of the wall (kacha, pacca, burnt bricks, stone, etc.)

22.     The exact situation of the hold and its relative position, with regard to doors, windows, ventilators, etc.

23.     Shape of the hole (illustrate by diagram).

 

24.     Height of the base of the hold from the ground (a) outside, and (b) inside.

25.     Exact measurements (in inches and not in ungals or other such unauthorised measurements) of the hole (a) outside, and (b) inside, Thickness of the wall where hole made.

26.     Side to which excavated earth was thrown.

27.     Details of marks left by instrument used and inference drawn therefrom as to the nature of the instrument.

28.     Whether room in which hole was made was occupied or not at the time.

IF ADMITTANCE WAS OBTAINED BY LOCK BREAKING OR LOCK OPENING

29.     Type of lock broken.

30.     If opened by key any indication as to whether key used was (a) the original one and if so how accused obtained possession of it, (b) duplicate, (c) skeleton or false.

31.     If lock forced (a) give particulars of marks on it and inference drawn therefrom as to the instrument used, and (b) state if lock is still in working order.

32.     If lock intact and hasp or chain wrenched out, state the type of instrument that appears to have been used.

IF ADMITTANCE OBTAINED BY MEANS OF A HOLE IN ROOF.

33.     The construction of the roof (whether kacha, pacca, thatched, etc., etc.).

34.     Any indication as to how the accused ascended the roof.

35.     Position of hole (whether of adjoining beam, in one corner, etc., etc.).

36.     Whether room beneath was occupied or not.

37.     Whether property was removed from the room in which hole was made.

38.     Means employed by the accused to descend into the room below.

39.     How earth removed was disposed of and precautions adopted by the accused to prevent earth from falling into the room below.

40.     Any other matters of importance requiring special mention.

IF ADMITTANCE OBTAINED BY ANY WAY OTHER THAN THOSE MENTIONED ABOVE

41.     How admittance was gained.

42.     If admittance gained by closed windows or ventilators, give particulars to indicate how bars were forced or glasses broken and means adopted by accused for preventing noise.

43.     If culprit scaled the wall (a) state means employed (i.e., rope, leather, bamboo, water pipe, etc.; (b) give particulars of marks, if any, left on the wall.

44.     If admittance gained through a drain give dimensions and position with respect to the rest of the house.

45.     If admittance gained through a chimney give similar particulars.

46.     In case of admittance obtained by deceitful means, threat, force, etc., give details of story told by suspect.

IN THE CASE OF DAY LIGHT BURGLARIES

47.     State whereabouts of the owner of the time of the commission of offence.

48.     Precautions, if any, taken, by the accused or his associates to divert the attention of neighbours away from the house attacked.

 

B. Thefts of all kinds

The same particulars as for burglaries, where applicable, together with a brief report of the facts.

IN CASE OF PICK-POCKETING

1.        Means employed by culprit (i.e., razor, blade, knife etc.)

2.        The position of the picked pocket (waist-coat, inner pocket of coat, etc.) and its contents.

3.        Position of other pockets and contents which were not touched.

4.        Reasons, if any, for believing that the accused had associates.

5.        Means adopted to distract the attention of the victim.

 

 

FORM No. 21.9(1)

PUNJAB POLICE

 

WEEKLY DIARY No. 1.

 

   DISTRICT

 

For week ending Saturday._____19

Despatched by Superintendent on________
    

Despatched by Deputy Commissioner on__________
    

Despatched by Deputy Inspector-General on___________
    

Returned by Commissioner________  

STATEMENT OF CRIME REPORTED BY "F.I.R." UP TO WEEK ENDING SATURDAY 19.

 

CASES REPORTED UP TO DATE

DIFFERENCE

 

Serial No.

Police Stations

Cases reported during past week

19    .

19 .

More

Less

REMARK S

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPARATIVE STATEMENT OF HEINOUS OFFENCES REPORTED.

 

Murders  ..

Riots .. Dakaities .. Burglaries ..

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DISPOSAL OF POLICE CASES IN WEEK ENDING 19

 

SENT FOR TRIAL

DECIDED IN COURT

Cases and persons

During the week

Pending from last week

Total

Convicted

Discharged or acquitted

Pending

Pending over one month

Cases ..

Persons ..

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Serial No.

Subject

REMARKS

 

 

Details of working of preventive sections during the past week

Persons

106, 107, C.P.C

109, C.P.C

110, C.P.C

Total

Sent for security Convicted Discharged

Pending at end of week

Convicted during the year up to date

Convicted on corresponding date of previous year

Number of persons on security on date

Numberof persons on security on corresponding date of previous year

 

 

 

 

 


FORM No. 21.12(1)

POLICE DEPARTMENT

  DISTRICT

 

CONFIDENTIAL


Weekly Diary No. II for week ending 19 .


Acknowledgement of Secret Abstract -1 Certificate regarding Cypher Code and Key word -2


Dated 19


 

 

(REVERSE)


 

Superintendent of Police


POLICE______19

DEPARTMENT

Weekly Diary No. II

   DISTRICT

For the week ending Received by Inspector-General on the   


FORM No. 21.15(1)

COMPARATIVE STATEMENT OF REPORTED CRIME DURING THE MONTH AND FROM THE 1ST JANUARY 19 TO THE END OF 19

(To be attached to Superintendent’s first weekly diary in each month.)

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

 

Murders

Dakaities

Burglaries

Serial No.

District or police station

Period (A or B)

19

19

19

19

19

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

11

12

13

14

15

ALL REPORTED CRIME EXCLUSIVE OF

Security Cases

 

19

19

Plus or minus

Number of Persons on security under Section 110, C.P.C.

Number of cases pending in court for over one month exclusive of security cases

Percentage column 14 bears to total Police cases reported during past month

 

 

 

 

 

 

A.            The figures for the past month.

B.            The figures for the year upto date, to be written in red ink


Dated   

Superintendent or Deputy Inspector-General

The  

FORM No. 21.20(2)

POLICE DEPARTMENT

  DISTRICT


Report of a fair held at District.

(1)      Local name of fair or assembly  

(2)      Object of fair or assembly  

(3)      Average daily attendance  

(4)      Number of days the fair lasts  

(5)      Notworthy particulars :-

(6)      Remarks by District Magistrate and Deputy Inspector-General to follow:

Dated the 19

Countersigned

Superintendent

Magistrate of the District

(Bilingual Standard Form)

 


FORM No. 21.22(4)


POLICE DEPARTMENT

 

   DISTRICT


License No.

Free of a fee.


   DISTRICT


WHEREAS have applied for a licence under Section 30, Act V of 1861, the following licence is granted.

License for On the occasion of at On

   under Section 30 of Act V of 1861 (Police Act).

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Names and description of licensecs

Period for which the licence is valid

Place or area for which the licence

is granted

Place and time of

commence ment

Place and time of

concusion

Route to be

followed (to be given

in detai)

Places and periods of halts, if any

Kind of music allowed and the places (if any), where it would not be played

Officer in charge of the procession

REMARK S

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* If there are more licensees, their names, should be entered.

In the remarks column shall be entered all particulars which it is necessary to prescribe, but for which a special column is not provided e.g., height of tazias in Moharram processions.

Dated the 19

Seal.

Suptd. of Police

1.        This license is granted subject to all the provisions of the Police act (No. V of 1861) and subject to strict observance of all terms and conditions of the licence.

2.        The licensees and the processionists generally, shall comply with any orders issued by the Magistrate or other Officer in charge of the procession with regard to -

(a)      the speed of the procession;

(b)      any changes of route decided on by the Magistrate or the Officer-in-charge of the procession; and

(c)      any orders deemed necessary such as stopping of music, speeches, or songs etc., at specified places.

3.     The licence shall be promptly shown or surrendered on demand by the Magistrate or Police Officer of and above the rank of Officer-in-charge of the Police Station.

4.        It shall be subject to cancellation by the Officer who granted it.

5.        The licensees severally and individually shall be present throughout and shall be responsible for rendering all assistance in their power to the Police in maintaining order at the place of the meeting or on the route of the procession and for compliance by the members of the meeting or procession with all the conditions of the licence or any order issued in accordance with these conditions of the licence or any order issued in accordance with these conditions. This responsibility rests upon the licensees whether they happen to be present or not at any particular time or place during the course of the procession.

6.        Special conditions (if any).

Certificate of receipt from licensees.

I/We the undersigned have received this licence and undertake to abide by the conditions therein inserted.

 

Signature

 

FORM No. 21.35(2)(a)

CASE INDEX CARD

Head Sub-head Index No. Police Stn. F.I.R. No.

   Date Law and Sec.  

Facts in brief particularly those showing method..

 

 

(Reverse)                      (Reference)


Name and aliase     Parentage and address    Caste and trade or occupation    Description    Deformaties and Peculiarities   


Name Index Card No.   Photo album No. page   

P.R. No.    Index Card No.    Index Card No.  


 

FORM No. 21.35(2)(b)

CRIMINAL INDEX CARD

 

NAME

Aliases or Nicknames

No.

Parentage

Residence

Caste occupation

 

HEIGHT

 

Date of birth

Ft. In

Build

Eyes

Hair

Complexio n

Hair on face

Descriptive Index No. Deformity Index No.

Marks and peculiarities  

ASSOCIATES

1. C.I. No.  

2. C.I. No.  

3. C.I. No.  

4. C.I. No.  

5. C.I. No.  

6. C.I. No.  

7. C.I. No.  

8. C.I. No.  

P.R. No. Photo Vol. Page  

(Reverse)

Method

CRIMINAL HISTORY

 


FORM No. 21.35(2)(c)

 

 

DESCRIPTIVE INDEX CARD


 

 

No.  


(To be indexed by height and where this is identical by age and so on) Height Date of birth  

Build  Eyes  Hair on head  Hair on face   Complexion   

Identification marks (scars, etc.) 

Gait, speech and manner  Deformity Card No. (if any)   Dress  

Deformities    Name    Parentage    Criminal Index Card No.    Deformity Index Card No.    

 

FORM No. 21.35(2) (d)

DEFORMITY INDEX CARD

 

Class    Sub-Class    Nature of deformity    Name Parentage   Residence    Criminal Index Card No.    

 

FORM No. 21.35(2)(e)

(To be completed by Investigating Officers and sent to the Criminal Investigation Agency immediately and arrest is made for offences under Chapter 12 or 17, Indian Penal Code).

1.        Police Station  

2.        F.I.R. No. and date  

3.        Section  

4.        Name of accused and aliases  

5.        Parentage  

6.        Caste  

7.        Trade or profession  

8.        Residence (Original/Present)  

 

9.        Description  Height      Date of birth  Build      Eyes  Hair       Complexion   Hair on face     Particular identification marks       Gait, speech and manner         Dress         Deformities and peculiarities       Habits and weaknesses       

10.     Female acquaintances  

11.     Associates in crime  

12.     Position occupied in the gang and importance generally as a criminal  

13.     Receivers with whom he deals  

14.     Relatives  

15.     Persons likely to afford him shelter  

16.     Convictions  

17.     Suspicions since last arrested  

18.     Grounds for arrest  

19.     Remarks regarding his criminal activities and method  

Signature of Investigating Officer

Date of submission of report  

FORM No. 21.35(2)(f)

 

Lost/Stolen

 

PROPERTY CARD

Name of article     Local or Punjabi name     Marks of identity    Date of loss from whose possession and place    Owner’s name and address     Persons suspected (if any), his mode of disposal     Under what circumstances lost (Report at Police Station)  



 

FORM No. 21.35(2)(g)

 

Recovered

Method PROPERTY CARD


Name of article     Local or Punjabi name     Marks of identity    Date of recovery from whose possession and place Action taken against possessor      Circumstances under which recovered     Method of disposal    


FORM No. 21.36(b)

REPORT OF OFFENCE UNDER THE MOTOR VEHICLES ACT

Counterfoil  Date  

 

Serial number   Police Station or Post  

Cross reference to Intimation Book  

District   Police Report or Complaint to a Magistrate for action

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

 

10

Name and posting of the officer making the complaint or report

Tempora ry address of accused

Permane nt address of accused

Whether the accused is in custody, on bail or

recognizan ce or has been otherwise intimated

Date on which the accused is required to attend court

Number of driving licence sent with challan or the driver’s number in the case of tongas

Registere d number of vehicle

Section and rule

Brief description of the charge and the circumstances under which the offence was committed

 

Names and address of any witnesses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Fordwarded to  

 

(Incharge of the Traffic Staff)

 

(Signature)  

Forwarded to  


(Station House Officer)

Magistrate  

Prosecuting Deputy Superintendent of Police


 

Prosecuting Inspector of Police

Class through the----------------------------------------------------------------

Prosecuting Sub-Inspector of Police

The accused has has the following convictions on record  

Signature  


 

(Officer-in-charge of the Traffic Staff)

Foil      Serial No.     Cross reference to form L. Tem (Police)   Name and posting of officer making the complaint or report     Name of accused    Temporary address of the accused   Permanent address of the accused       No. of any driving licence impounded      Registered number of vehicle      

Number of original permit and Regional Transport Authority by which it was issued


 

Particulars of the offence with section and rule   Date of forwarding of report   Name of any witnesses   

REPORT OF OFFENCE UNDER THE MOTOR VEHICLES ACT

Conviction slip    Serial number Date   

Result of Trial

Name of accused    Temporary address of accused   Offence charged    

Order of the Court  

Signature  

(Magistrate)

Where the driving licence has been suspended, if so, for what period

 

Whether details of section or Act and Rule have been enforsed on driving licence

Returned to .

?In charge of the Traffic Staff

Signature  

Prosecuting Deputy Superintendent of Police

 

Prosecuting Inspector of Police Prosecuting Sub-Inspector of Police

 

Returned to . The necessary entries have been made in the Traffic Office records.

Signature  

(Officer-in-charge of the Traffic Staff)

 

No.  

 

Name and address of accused      Registration number of vehicle Section and rule    Brief particulars of offence     Regional Transport Authority by which original permit was issued   Brief particulars of Magistrate’s order with date   

Forwarded to the Regional Transport Authority  

  for information Superintendnet of Police,

(To be used in the case of conviction only).

FORM No. 21.37(2)(A)

Daily Diary of Inspector in charge of Range Mobile Patrol

Text Box: 1.	Journeys performed by motor vehicle of patrol
2.	Cases reported to district police
3.	Cases decided with results
4.	Cases in which inadequate sentences have been imposed or which have been inordinately delayed
5.	Warnings given to motorists
6.	Other duties performed under rule 21.37 including attendance at court

Signature of Inspector

FORM NO. 21.37(2)(B)

Driver’s name :

Lorry No.

Motor Lorry Working Account


Date of purchase of lorry :-

 

Particulars of orders (if any) sanctioning the Journey

Date and purpose of Journey

WORK DONE

*RECOVERIES FROM INDIVIDUAL WHEN THE LORRY IS EMPLOYED

FOR PRIVATE USE

Journey

Time

Distance

No. of miles

travelle d

Date

Name of the person from whom

recoverabl e

Amount recoverabl e

Amount recovered

Numbe r and date

of receipt issued in acknow ledgem ent

From

to

Away

Back

Milimeter reading

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

Before trip

After trip

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MATERIALS

AVERAGE CONSUMPTION

 

 

REMAR KS

Material issued to driver

Material consumed by driver

Balance with the driver

Petrol miles per gallon

Mobile oil miles per gallon

Grease

 

Petrol

 

Mobile Oil

 

Grease

 

Petrol

 

Mobile oil

 

Grease

 

Petrol

 

Mobile oil

 

Grease

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*N.B. Columns 10 13 may be left blank unless the lorry is employed for private use.


CHAPTER 22 THE POLICE STATION

 

22.1. Officer in charge of police station. –

 

(1)     The officer in charge of a police station is ordinarily a sub-inspector. Within the limits of the police station jurisdiction the subinspector is primarily responsible for the effective working, management, good conduct and discipline of the local police, for the preservation of peace and the prevention and detection of crime. The due performance of all police duties, the exercise by the police of the powers granted them by law, the correctness of all registers, records and reports prepared by them, and the direction, instruction and efficiency of all police subordinates in the station jurisdiction are matters for which the officer in charge of a police station is essentially answerable.

(2)     It is the duty of the officer in charge of a police station to acquire detailed and accurate local knowledge, to secure the whole-hearted cooperation of his zaildars, inamdars, village headmen and chaukidars, encouraging them to give him information, to assist him in this work and to range themselves loyally on the side of the administration. Through them and his own subordinates he is required to keep a strict watch over all known bad characters, and he shall communicate all intelligence of moment to his superiors and to other police stations without delay.

(3)     Within the limits of his charge he is the chief investigating officer, and as such he shall conduct all investigations in person, so far as circumstances permit. His responsibility in this matter must be carefully maintained. Should it be necessary, owing to the absence of the subinspector or any other cause, for a subordinate to undertake an investigation, the sub-inspector shall satisfy himself by perusing the case diary and questioning the investigating officer that the investigation has been fully and properly conducted, shall remedy what is defective, and take over the investigation as soon as he is free to do, so except in a case originally investigated by an assistant sub-inspector where he will be guided by rule.

(4)     When present at the police station, he shall personally supervise the routine work of the station house, and shall be careful to see that there are no arrears of correspondence and that the accounts are correct.

 

22.2. Assistant sub-inspectors. –

 

(1)     One or more assistant sub-inspectors are attached to each police station, in proportion to the normal amount of crime registered, as subordinate investigating officers. An assistant subinspector may be a directly appointed probationer under training, in which case his duties will be as prescribed in Chapter XIX. In other cases an assistant sub-inspector is the assistant and deputy of the officer in charge of the police station, who, without detracting from his own authority or ultimate responsibilities as described in rule 22.1, may delegate powers and duties generally or specifically to one or other of his assistants, on the same principles as the Superintendent of Police delegates authority and duties to gazetted officers subordinate to him.

 

(2)     An assistant sub-inspector is required to have approximately the same standard of efficiency in all branches of police station work, detective, preventive and administrative, as a sub-inspector, but his responsibilities are less, in that he is not in independent charge, and his powers are subject to the detailed control and supervision of the sub-inspector. In respect of investigations, the sub-inspector is required to exercise careful supervision over the work of his assistant sub-inspector, as laid down in rule 22.1, but need not, and should not, normally take into his own hands an investigation started by an assistant subinspector, except when he finds the latter’s investigation gravely defective.

 

22.3. The station clerk. –

 

The police station clerk is a literate head constable, who under the control and supervision of the officer in charge of the police station, acts as clerk, accountant, record-keeper and custodian of Government and other property at a police station. He may be assisted by one or more assistant clerks.

 

22.4. Duties as a clerk. –

 

As clerk of the police station, the station clerk performs the following duties:-

(a)      He opens, registers and hands over all correspondence to the officer in charge of the police station or senior officer present and takes his orders for the disposal of papers. He writes all reports and returns called for by competent authorities and is responsible that all pending papers are promptly disposed of.

(b)      Every morning he brings to the notice of the officer in charge of the station (that is, senior officer present) all postponed orders and pending papers awaiting execution and reply. At morning roll call he records the orders of the same officer as to the distribution of duties for the day.

(c)      he writes up the daily diary and other station house registers. He sees that the file of the Police Gazette is kept up to date, and that all orders and notices contained in it, which concern the staff or the work of the staff, are carefully noted and explained to all concerned. He registers all births and deaths reported at the station by the village watchmen.

 

22.5. Duties as an accountant. –

 

As accountant, the station clerk is responsible for the correctness of the cash book, of the cash balance in hand, and for all accounts of receipts or expenditure rendered to his superiors. He must, without fail, bring every item of receipt or expenditure promptly and fully to account. If any appropriation of public money to purposes for which it was not intended occurs, or if money shown as expended is not expended, or is expended in a different way from that shown, he is bound to report the matter at once to the Superintendent. He will not be allowed to shield himself by pleading the orders of a superior officer, but will be held responsible for malversations which would not have been possible if his accounts had accurately represented the facts. He writes out invoices, and checks and files receipts and other vouchers for payments made. He prepares the monthly acquittance rolls and accounts of deductions and stoppages from pay and all travelling allowance and other claims of the officers and men of the station concerned, and sees that acquittance rolls are duly signed and forwarded. The duties and responsibilities of the station clerk under this rule shall not be delegated to any other member of the police station staff.

 

22.6. Duties as a record-keeper. –

 

As a record-keeper, the station clerk is responsible that all registers and other records are safely kept and that they do not suffer injury from damp, vermin or other cause. He periodically eliminates and sends to headquarters the records which are no longer required to be maintained according to rule.

 

22.7. Duties as a custodian of property. –

 

As custodian, the station clerk is responsible for all Government property, including arms, ammunition, bicycles, articles of clothing and equipment other than such as are in the personal charge of individual officers, and all unclaimed property connected with cases, including cattle in the pound. He is in direct charge of the store-room and shall keep the keys thereof and personally superintend all receipts and issues therefrom. He shall also be responsible for the safe custody and dieting of persons in the lock-up and shall personally keep the keys thereof.

 

22.8. Continuous presence at police station. –

 

The station clerk’s duties necessitate his continuous presence at the police station; accordingly he shall not be employed on investigation work or any other duty involving his absence from the police station for any long period. If he leaves the station house for any purpose which is likely to prevent his return within a few minutes on an urgent summons, or under the provisions of rule 22.42, he shall formally make over charge to the assistant clerk and shall make an entry in the daily diary. Similarly, on return to duty, he shall again enter the fact in the daily diary and both entries shall be signed by the assistant clerk as evidence of his responsibility during the absence of the station clerk. Under no circumstances shall the station clerk and the assistant clerk be both absent from the police station at the same time.

 

22.9. Literate police officers. –

 

Other literate police officers shall be employed under the general direction of the officer in charge of the police station to assist the clerk in the up-keep of criminal records, and to assist in the investigation of cases and the collection, recording and dissemination of intelligence.

 

22.10. Watch of police stations. –

 

(1)     A standing sentry at police stations shall ordinarily not be posted, but at night one of the constables sleeping at the station shall be told off by the station clerk or senior officer present to sleep in front of the door of the police station which shall be securely fastened.

(2)     In cases where the lock-up contains prisoners, or there is valuable property in the store-room [vide rule 22.18(1)] or animals in the cattlepound, there shall be a constable on watch, who shall be posted with special regard to the protection of lock-up, the storeroom or the cattle pound, as the case may be, and he shall be responsible for its safe custody. Standing orders describing the duties of the sentry in regard to the protection of each of these three places shall be framed by the Superintendent of Police and hung up in the police station office. The officer in charge of the police station shall read out the appropriate part or parts of this standing order when allocating duties at roll call (vide rule 22.11). If the subsequent arrival of prisoners, valuable property or cattle necessitates an extension of the duties detailed at roll call, the station clerk shall inform the constables concerned, shall read out to them the standing order applicable and shall obtain their signatures or thumb-impressions in the station diary.

(3)     Ordinarily there shall be a police officer, who shall usually be the senior police officer present at the station house, available and ready in proper uniform to receive information and complaints and to afford such assistance as may be lawful and necessary; and at every post there shall be at all times one police officer in uniform in charge of the building and property, but such police officer shall not be expected to do more than keep on the alert.

 

22.11. Roll Calls. –

 

At sunrise and at sunset the officer in charge of the police station, i.e., the senior officer present, shall fall in all the police present at the station and hold a roll call. At this roll call instruction shall be given in respect of all general and special orders which may have been received from superior authority or which the officer in charge of the police station may see fit to promulgate, and duties shall be allocated. The police detailed for watch duty shall be under the orders of the station clerk who shall allot particular hours of duty to each man and note the times alloted in the daily diary immediately after the roll call, taking the signature or thumb-impression of each man in the diary in token of his having been informed.

 

22.12. Inspection before proceeding on duty. –

 

All officers proceeding on duty shall appear before the senior officer present at the station, who shall satisfy himself that they are correctly turned out and understand the duties alloted to them and who shall record in the daily diary an entry to the effect that he has done so, giving particulars as to the men, the duties and the time of inspection. This rule is binding on men posted on watch duty and the entry in the daily diary in their case shall be in addition to the entry required under rule 22.11 above.

 

 

22.13. Parades. –

 

The officer in charge of the police station is responsible for keeping his staff proficient in drill and to secure this end must hold parades as frequently as possible. The small number of men available for parade in a police station is no bar to the giving of much useful instruction.

The following portions of the Police Drill Manual, 1929, shall be taught at police stations:-

Chapter I, lecture 6 (traffic control).

Chapter IV, Sections 3, 5 to 7, 9, 12 to 21, 24 to 34, 36 to 57, 65 to 69, 74, 75, 86 to

90.

Chapter VII, physical training.

Table Card (a few exercises on each occasion). When a parade is held, a record must be made in the daily diary in which will be incorporated a parade statement and a note of the instruction given.

 

22.14. The police station lock-up. –

 

The rules of Chapter XXVI for the control of lockups and the custody and care of prisoners shall apply strictly to all police stations and posts.

 

22.15. Public property. –

 

Subject to the orders and responsiblity of the officer in charge of the police station, the station clerk shall be considered to be in charge of all public property including money and case property in his station house. Every officer in charge of the station shall examine the property at least twice a month and shall report in the following Monday’s diary that he has done so. If property is found to be incomplete or to be in any way damaged he shall add to his report the names of the persons responsible for the loss or damage.

He shall also see that the property in connection with a case is expeditiously disposed of according to magisterial orders on the conclusion of the case.

All property shall be examined by officers in charge of police stations on receiving and handing over charge and by station clerks on relief. All damages and shortages must then the carefully noted and reported to the Superintendent of Police.

 

22.16. Case property. –

 

(1)     The police shall seize weapons, articles and property in connection with criminal cases and take charge of property which may be unclaimed:-

(a)      under the implied authority of Section 170, Code of Criminal Procedure ;

(b)      in the course of searches made in police investigations under Sections 51, 165 and 166, Code of Criminal Procedure ;

(c)      under Section 153, Code of Criminal Procedure, as regards weights, measures, or instruments for weighing that are false;

(d)      under Section 550, Code of Criminal Procedure, as regards property alleged or suspected to have been stolen : provided that if the property consists of an animal or animals belonging to Government or to persons of good status it may be made over to them or to a commissioned or a gazetted officer, under the orders of a Magistrate, who is empowered to make such an order under Section 523, Criminal Procedure Code.

(e)      under Section 550, Code of Criminal Procedure, as regards property found under circumstances which create suspicion of the commission of an offence; when an offence in respect of an animal is committed and such animal is not stolen property such animal shall be seized and sent with the case to the magistrate having jurisdiction;

 

 

(f)       under Section 25 of the Police Act, as regards unclaimed property; Ordinarily the police shall not take possession of movable property as unclaimed when it is in the possession of an innocent finder; but in cities and in cantonments the police may, in compliance with an order issued under Section 26 or 27 of the Police Act, take possession and dispose of unclaimed property made over to them by innocent finders.

Such property shall be entered in the store-room register, unless a special register is prescribed for the purpose by the District Magistrate.

(g)      under the provisions of Local and Special Laws.

(2)     Each weapon, or article of property not being cattle, seized under the above rule, shall be marked or labelled with the name of the person from whom, or the place where, it was seized, and a reference to the case diary or other report submitted from the police station.

If articles are made up into a parcel,the parcel shall be secured with sealing wax bearing the seal impression of the responsible officer, and shall be similarly marked or labelled. Such articles or parcels shall be placed in safe custody, pending disposal as provided by law or rule.

Cattle shall be placed in the pound and shall be carefully described in the case diary or other report regarding their seizure from the police station.

All expenses for feeding and watering cattle kept in the pound in connection with cases shall invariably be recovered from the District Magistrate and not from the complainant.

(3)     The police shall send to headquarters or to magisterial outposts -

(a)      all weapons, articles and property connected with cases sent for trial;

(b)      suspicious, unclaimed and other property, when ordered to do so by a competent magistrate.

(4)     Motor vehicles detained or seized by the police in connection with cases or accidents shall be produced before a magistrate after rapid investigation or by means of incomplete challan. The evidence relating to the identity or condition of the vehicle should be led and disposed of at an early date, and the magistrate should then be invited to exercise the discretion vested in him by section 516-A, Code of Criminal Procedure, to order that the vehicle be made cover to the owner pending conclusion of the case or security to be produced whenever demanded by the Court.

 

22.17. Custody of money. –

 

All Government money received in the police station and not disbursed forthwith shall be kept in a locked box in the store-room.

Whenever the pound receipts at a police station amount for Rs. 50 or over they shall be forwarded to the sadar or tahsil treasury, whichever may be nearer.

If large sums are taken under the Cattle Trespass Act, and it is impossible to pay in such sums immediately to the sadar or tahsil treasury, they shall be placed in the locked box in the store-room.

 

22.18. Custody of property. –

 

(1)     Property exceeding in value of Rs. 500, whether appertaining to cases, or seized on suspicion, or taken as unclaimed, shall be forwarded as soon as possible to district headquarters for deposit in the treasury in accordance with Police Rule 27.18(2) or, in the case of property connected with a case to be tried at an outstation or tahsil, to the tahsil treasury, where it shall be placed in the tahsil store-room under charge of the tahsildar.

Large sums of money or valuable property of any description shall not be entrusted to police officers below the rank of head constable.

 

When property is brought from outstations to headquarters at a time when the prosecuting inspector and sub-inspectors are engaged in court duties, the bearer shall hand it over to the head constable acting as assistant to the prosecuting inspector under rule 27.14(4) and obtain his receipt in acknowledgement on the road certificate. When a prosecuting officer is free, the bearer of the property shall have the road certificate countersigned by him before his return to his police station.

 

(2)     All case property and unclaimed property, other than cattle, of which the police have taken possession shall, if capable of being so treated, be kept in the store-room. Otherwise the officer in charge of the police station shall make other suitable arrangements for its safe custody until such time as it can be dealt with under sub-rule (1) above.

Each article shall be entered in the store-room register and labelled. The label shall contain a reference to the entry in the store-room register and a description of the article itself and, in the case of articles of case property, a reference to the case number. If several articles are contained in a parcel, a detail of the articles shall be given on the label and in the store-room register.

The officer in charge of the police station shall examine Government and other property in the store-room at least twice a month and shall make an entry in the station diary on the Money following the examination to the effect that he has done so.

 

22.19. Post Office cash safe. –

 

Police office cash safes may be embedded in safe positions in police stations by arrangement between the Superintendent of Police and the Superintendent of Post Office.

The police department accepts no responsibility for the safe custody of such safes and Superintendents shall not permit them to be embedded at places where no safe accommodation exists.

The work of embedding shall be carried out by the postal department.

 

22.20. Cattle Pounds Management of. –

 

(1)     The management of cattle pounds situated at police stations shall be undertaken by the police, when the District magistrate so requires, provided that the pay of a herdsman and an allowance of not less than two rupees per mensem for the pound-keeper be paid by the local body, which is responsible for the up-keep of such pounds.

(2)     For each cattle-pound in charge of the police, an officer on the establishment of the police station concerned shall be appointed poundedkeeper ex-officio. Such officer shall ordinarily be the assistant clerk, but, in police stations where the receipts of the pound normally exceed rupees fifty per mensem, he shall be the station clerk.

(3)     The pound-keeper shall be required to have a through knowledge of the Cattle Trespass Act (I of 1871); the rules relating to cattle pounds contained in the District Board Account Code (Appendix 22.20), or corresponding rules in force in respect of Municipal and Cantonment Cattle pounds; Sections 69 and 70 of the Indian Forest Act (VII of 1878); Section 125 of the Indian Railway Act (IX of 1890) and of these rules. He shall maintain accounts in the forms prescribed in the rules referred to above, which are obtainable from the local body concerned, and shall observe those rules in all matters connected with the management of the pound.

(4)     The pound accounts shall be under the close and constant supervision of the station clerk (where he is not himself the pound-keeper) and shall be checked at least once a month by the officer in charge of the police station, who shall certify accordingly in the station diary and shall countersign the monthly balance of the accounts in token of his having satisfied himself (1) that the balance in hand has been checked; (2) that the accounts are on the face of them being properly kept; and (3) that the signature or initials of the pound-keeper are in their required places. Net receipts shall be credited at least once a month in the nearest subtreasury.

(5)     Bills for miscellaneous expenses incurred by the police in connection with cattle pounds, e.g., emergent repairs, cost of locks, ropes, etc., shall be submitted, as the charges are incurred, to the Superintendent of Police, in form 10.33(1) to be dealt with by him as prescribed in Rule 10.109(2).

(6)     The lists of fines and of the rates authorized to be charged for feeding and watering impounded animals are required to be displayed conspicuously at every pound. Failure to keep this notice so displayed and legible, and neglect to water and feed impounded animals to the full extent which the sanctioned rates permit, are offences, under Section 27 of the Cattle Trespass Act and render the pound-keeper liable, in addition to any other penalty under any other law or under police rules, to a fine of fifty rupees. This liability falls upon the pound-keeper and not upon the herdsman.

 

22.21. Cattle in the custody of the police. –

 

(1)     Cattle seized as suspicious or stolen property, held by the police by order of a Court under Section 88, Criminal Procedure Code, or otherwise received into police custody under competent authority, may be placed in the pound, and shall be fed at the rates prescribed for impounded cattle. Keepers of pounds which are not in charge of the police are bound to receive such cattle.

 

When there is any risk of an attempt being made unlawfully to remove or to rescue such cattle, a police guard shall be posted on the pound, or the cattle shall be removed to such place within or in the immediate vicinity of the police station precincts as the officer in charge considers most suitable for their adequate protection.

(2)     Entries in respect of cattle placed in the pound under this rule shall be made in red ink and any expenses incurred shall be recovered by means of judicial bills in form 10.109(1) through the prosecuting inspector, and shall not be included in the totals of the pound accounts.

 

22.22. Miscellaneous provisions regarding pounds. –

 

(1)     A brief note of the circumstances under which a seizure was made and animals impounded shall be entered in the ‘‘remarks’’ column of the register. If any seizure appears to have been illegally made, the pound-keeper shall take the orders of the officer in charge of the police station before impounding the animal or animals concerned.

(2)     Pound registers shall be destroyed three years after the date of last entry in them.

(3)     Special attention of all police officers is drawn to Section 19 of the Cattle Trespass Act, forbidding any purchase by them, directly or indirectly, at a sale held under the Act.

 

22.23. Special procedure in regard to animals of value. –

 

(1)     When an animal which is clearly of more than ordinary value is impounded and the owner cannot be immediately ascertained, the officer in charge of the police station shall issue special notices, in the form of a copy of columns 1 to 7 of the pound register, (a) to the Superintendent of Police, (b) to all adjacent police stations, whether within or without the district, (c) to the owners or managers of important farms or breeding establishments, and the officers in charge of veterinary establishments, remount depots, etc., in the neighbourhood, and take all other reasonable measures, which the circumstances of the case may suggest, to give the owner an opportunity of reclaiming his animal. If the animal in question is branded, the department or private owner, to whom the brand is believed to belong, shall be informed.

(2)     Animals in respect of which notices as above have been issued shall not be sold till at least twelve days after the issue of such notices.

 

 

22.24. Supervision by superior officers. –

 

Officers in charge of police stations shall be held strictly responsible, in so far as their other duties permit, for ensuring that the sums recovered on account of feeding charges are actually spent by the pound-keeper on watering and feeding impounded animals. No exact account of such expenditure is prescribed, as the conditions for obtaining suitable fodder vary according to localities and the various kinds of animals. Superintendents and all inspecting officers are, however, specially enjoined to pay particular attention to ensuring (a) that rates suitable to the prevailing prices in each locality are sanctioned; (b) that animals are properly cared for while in the pound, and that misappropriation by the pound-keeper and herdsman of the charges levied is prevented. All cases of neglect of animals in the pound shall be severely punished departmentally, apart from any action which may be taken under Section 127 of the Act.

 

22.25. Beat and patrolling duties. –

 

The orders in connection with beat and patrolling duties are contained in Rule 21.34.

 

22.26. Troops and encamping grounds. –

 

(1)     The memorandum of instructions for Collectors and Deputy Commissioners with regard to troops marching through districts under their jurisdictions is given in Appendix 22.26

(2)     The reports made under paragraph 1(iv) of the memorandum shall, if made by a police officer, be made through the Superintendent of Police, and the District Magistrate of the district concerned.

(3)     If, under the terms of the memorandum, a police officer is not appointed for duty, the Superintendent of Police may, if he considers it desirable, appoint a police officer of suitable rank to accompany the troops. His duties shall, however, be strictly confined to co-operation with the local police in the prevention and detection of crime. He shall report to the officer in command of the troops and keep him informed of the measures adopted.

(4)     Officers in charge of police stations or, in the absence of the officer in charge, the senior officer available shall also pay their respects to officers commanding troops on the march through their jurisdiction.

(5)     Officers is charge of police stations, and the headmen and watchmen of villages in the neighbourhood, shall be held responsible that all possible measures are taken to render camping grounds safe and free from thieves. Bad characters found in suspicious circumstances in the vicinity shall be dealt with under the preventive sections of the Code of Criminal Procedure.

(6)     Officers in charge of police stations within the jurisdiction of which troops are encamped for training shall report to the officer commanding. They shall make all necessary arrangements to keep the camp free from thieves but they need not remain in attendance.

 

22.27. Field firing by troops. –

 

When, under arrangements approved by the Deputy Commissioner concerned, the military authorities conduct field firing or artillery practices, they are required by military orders, approved by Government, to provide troops to clear and keep the ground. Police shall not be supplied for this duty. The police are further forbidden to take any part in securing the evacuation of villages or confinement of people to their houses in connection with such practices. Such action, when ordered by the Deputy Commissioner, shall be carried out by revenue officers and village officials. (Police Gazette Memo. No. 5932-23-31.25 of 29th June, 1925).

 

22.28. Duties at ferries. –

 

(1)     Police officers stationed at ferries shall afford such lawful assistance as may be necessary to secure obedience to the rules framed under Act XVII of 1878 for the regulation of traffic and shall prevent the overloading and overcrowding of ferry boats.

(2)     Superior police officers shall, from time to time, visit ferries and ensure that the police understand the rules and their duties in relation to them.

 

22.29. Religious processions. –

 

The orders relating to periodical religious processions are contained in Rule 21.22.

 

22.30. Dramatic performance and cinematograph displays. –

 

(1)     Whenever a dramatic performance is about to take place the officer in charge of the local police station shall be responsible that all tents, booths and other temporary structures erected for public performances are inspected before they are opened to the public.

Such structures must have proper facilities for rapid egress and for the prevention and extinction of fire, and must be so placed that there is no danger of fire from adjacent buildings.

(2)     If the arrangements appear to be insufficient, immediate report shall be made to the senior magistrate present at the place in question, or in whose jurisdiction the structures have been erected.

(3)     The Superintendent shall report to the District Magistrate any defects in buildings commonly used for public performances which are likely to endanger human life.

(4)     The rules made by the Punjab Government under Section 8(2)(a) and (c) of the Cinematograph Act, 11 of 1918, include the following :-

(i)       No building shall be used for cinematograph or other exhibition unless it be provided with sufficient exits of at least 7 x 5 size.

(ii)      Space for accommodation shall be not less than 100 square feet per 25 persons.

(iii)     Fire appliances shall be provided.

(iv)    The cinematograph apparatus shall be in an enclosure of substantial construction made of, or lined internally with fire resisting material. In the case of buildings used habitually for cinematograph or other similar exhibition this enclosure shall be outside the auditorium.

(v)      The license and plan (of the building) and description or any of them shall be produced on demand to a police officer of or above the rank of sub-inspector.

(vi)    The Superintendent of Police or an officer deputed in this behalf by him may, at any time, inspect the films which it is proposed to exhibit.

The exhibition of any film which has not been licensed for exhibition, or which has been banned by the local Government, and any breach of the rules above referred to, shall be brought to the notice of the District Magistrate for action under Section 6 of the Act.

 

23.31. Foundlings. –

 

If a child deserted by his parents or guardian is found by a police officer or brought to a police station by a person who is under no legal obligation to maintain it, and who is unwilling to take care of it, such child shall be cared for at the police station and brought before the local Magistrate as soon as possible. The orders of such Magistrate shall be taken as to the disposal of the child, and any reasonable expenditure, not exceeding four annas per diem incurred from the permanent advance of the police station for the maintenance of the child, shall be recovered from the Court. Should the delay in bringing in child before the local Magistrate amount to more than a few hours, advantage shall be taken of the existence of any orphanage or other charitable institution which may be willing to shelter the child until it is finally disposed of by the magistrate’s order.

 

22.32. Soldiers on shooting permit. –

 

Rules relating to game shooting by British soldiers and to the grant of shooting passes are contained in Appendix XXXV, Army Regulations, India, Volume II and are also issued in pamphlet form to all units of the British Army in India.

 

Under these rules, (1) no soldier is permitted to carry firearms for shooting purposes or join a shooting party without being in possession of an arms licence and a shooting pass (Indian Army Form L-1181); (2) on the pass granted to a shooting party will be endorsed the localities where shooting is forbidden; (3) all soldiers have received instructions (a) not to shoot within 500 yards of any village, house, temple or enclosure, (b) not to shoot hinds, does, monkeys, dogs, peafowl or pig (except by special permission); (c) not to enter any village, speak to any Indian woman or child, use any bucket for drawing water from wells or shoot birds alighting on pipal or other sacred trees.

The following are the orders of the Government of India to the civil and political authorities in connection with the foregoing rules:-

(i)       The civil authorities will periodically explain the substance of the rules and orders in simple language to the inhabitants of all villages and tracts where British soldiers are in the habit of shooting, warning them that soldiers are on no account to be attacked or molested, and that any such offences will be severely punished. The inhabitants, therefore, will have no excuse for interfering unwarrantably with members of a shooting party.

(ii)      The district or political officer will impress on zemindars, headmen, landlords and police, that they must use their endeavours to prevent disputes with, or the molestation of, any members of a shooting party, and that complaints are to be reported to the proper authorities by the villagers, who must not take the law into their own hands.

(iii)     When the district or political officer receives notice, under Rule 17 of the probable visit of a shooting party, he will at once inform the head men and village police.

(iv)    The district or political officer will, on the arrival of troops in a civil district or Indian State, at once inform the officer commanding such troops of the prohibited localities, animals and birds and of any special civil rules pertaining to the district.

(v)      When a complaint is made by a villager against any member of a shooting party the district or political officer will at once report the matter to the officer commanding of the soldiers concerned.

(vi)    If possible, disputes between members of a shooting party and villagers will be investigated by a European Magistrate or police officer not below the rank of Superintendent, and such cases will be tried by a district or joint Magistrate. The officer commanding concerned will be informed by the district officer of cases not cognizable by the police or where prosecution is not undertaken by the civil authorities. The officer commanding will thereupon take such action as may be necessary.

(vii)   The rules for soldiers provide for the punishment of a corps or detachment, or district in the event of the offenders, not being discovered. A similar responsibility may be enforced upon villages where affray with British soldiers have occurred, if the villagers generally, or a considerable number of them, have made an unwarranted attack upon a shooting party, but the actual offenders have not been brought to justice. The villagers will be warned that in all such cases they are liable by law to have extra police quartered upon them at their own expense.

 

22.33. Destruction of snakes and wild animals. –

 

(1)     Under the orders contained in Punjab Government Consolidated Circular 39 allotments as permanent advances are made by District Boards to all police stations to enable the officer in charge to pay the prescribed rewards for killing snakes. These advances will be re-couped on the submission, through the Superintendent of Police, to the District Board, of statements of accounts showing the name, caste and residence of payees, the amount paid and the number and description of dead snakes brought in.

(2)     The amounts authorised as rewards are Re. 0-4-0 for a cobra and Re. 0-2-0 for a karait. In the absence of a special local orders no reward is payable for the killing of any other kind of snake. Officers in charge of police stations are required to satisfy themselves before making disbursements, that the snake killed is of a species for which a reward is authorised. To assist in this every police station has been supplied with a book of coloured plates of the poisonous snakes common in Punjab; application for the replacement of these plates should be made, where necessary to the District Board. Inspecting officers shall check the proper carrying out of these orders.

(3)     The payment of rewards for killing certain wild animals is also authorised. Claimants should be required to present themselves with the heads and skins of the animal on account of which a claim is made at the office of the Deputy Commissioner.

 

22.34. Destruction of ownerless dogs. –

 

Under section 109 of the Punjab Municipal Act (III of 1911) municipal committees have power to order the destruction of any dog or other animal suffering, or reasonably suspected to be suffering, from rabies. They also have power to issue a standing order for the destruction of all dogs without collars found wondering about streets. The police shall not act as agents for the destruction of such dogs but shall support the authority of any agents appointed for the purpose by the municipal committees.

 

22.35. Recovery of dead bodies from canals. –

 

Under rule 15.16 any person taking a corpse out of a canal or river, or causing it to be taken out and delivering it to a headman of a village, is entitled to a reward of Rs. 10. Such sums shall be paid at once by officers in charge of police station from the permanent advance and recovered at once on simple bills from the Superintendent of Police.

 

22.36. Duties in connection with epidemic diseases. –

 

(1)     On the appearance of cholera, plague, small-pox or any other disease in epidemic form, or unusual mortality amongst rats in any police station jurisdiction, the officer in charge of the police station shall at once inform the Superintendent of Police, the District Medical Officer of Health and the Medical Officer of the nearest dispensary.

(2)     After the first report regarding the out-break of cholera, plague, small-pox or other infectious disease has been made, the watchmen of infected villages shall continue to make, as long as the villages remain infected, weekly reports at the police station of the number of cases and deaths; and the officer in charge of the police station shall transmit this information weekly to the District medical Officer of Health.

(3)     If and when an alternative reporting agency has been established, these weekly reports shall be discontinued, but where required they shall be submitted on stamped addressed postcards supplied by the Districts Medical Officers of Health for the purpose.

(4)     On receipt of information as in sub-rule (1) the Superintendent of Police shall also notify the District Medical Officer of Health (or in his absence, the Civil Surgeon) and shall inform the Inspector General of Police by telegram.

 

 

22.37. Additions and alterations to buildings. –

 

(1)     Officers in charge of police stations shall not permit any additions or alterations to existing buildings without the previous sanction of the Superintendent of Police.

(2)     Orders relating to the construction of prayer platforms at police stations are contained in Chapter III.

 

22.38. Diet of accused person. –

 

The rules for the provision of diet at police stations to accused persons and for the recovery of expenses in this connection are contained in rules 26.27 and 10.109(1).

 

22.39. Advance of diet money to witnesses. –

 

The rules for the advance at police stations of diet money to witnesses, and for the recovery of such advances are contained in rule 27.28.

 

22.40. Charges of animals connected with cases. –

 

Complainants in cattle theft cases, or sureties to whom cattle have been made over for safe custody and production if and when required during police investigation, shall receive the cost of maintaining animals connected with the cases. The rate sanctioned for each day and for each day’s journey are fixed by the Deputy Commissioner, with the approval of the Provincial Government, subject to the proviso that the complainant has travelled, or has been detained in the interests of the case at a place, more than five miles from his home.

 

Superintendents of Police shall provide lists showing the rates for each animal and these lists shall be hung up in the police station office.

 

Claims for payment of these charges shall be made in Form 22.40. The amount due to a complainant or to a surety shall be entered in the form and submitted to district headquarters with the chalan or final report in the case. Money shall be recovered from the allotment for ‘‘Rewards to private persons’’ and remitted to the police station concerned for prompt payment.

 

22.41. Kits of men on casual leave. –

 

When an officer proceeds on casual leave from the police station he shall hand over the Government property in his possession to the station clerk who shall at once prepare a list of all articles. The kit will be folded and kept in the store-room. The station clerk is responsible for its safe custody. When the officer in charge of the police station himself proceeds on casual leave he shall hand over all Government property for which he is responsible to the officer appointed to act for him, such property as is not required by the latter for current use being placed in the store-room.

 

See also rule 6.11(3) regarding the disposal of revolvers by officers proceeding on leave.

 

22.42. Married police officers. –

 

(1)     Married quarters are provided in most police stations in accordance with rule 3.19. Officers to whom these quarters are allotted may sleep in them, provided that they are not on watch or sentry duty or required to be in the police station building for any reason.

(2)     At police stations where family quarters are provided up to the maximum scale laid down in rule 3.19 no other police officers shall be allowed to have rented accommodation elsewhere.

At police stations where family quarters have not been provided up to the maximum scale laid down in rule 3.19 the number of officers permitted to occupy quarters outside the police station shall not exceed such scale.

 

(3)     A list of married police officers attached to each police station and its subordinate posts shall be maintained in the police station.

 

22.43. Despatch of money, property and prisoners. –

 

(1)     Police escorts incharge of money, property or prisoners, and police officers performing other duties shall ordinarily travel by rail. For journeys, however, both within and beyond the sphere of duty between places not connected by rail, or between places connected by road and rail, where the road journey is the shorter, or the rail journey although shorter in distance would cause inordinate delay, police officers below the rank of Inspector may, in cases to be certified as necessary by the Superintendents of Police, travel by motor omnibus or other road conveyance.

(2)     The cost of such journeys shall be met under the provisions of the Travelling Allowance Rules. In the case of constables the amount shall be drawn on a contingent bill and met from the head Carriage of Constabulary. In the case of other officers it shall be drawn on an abstract travelling allowance bill, to be supported subsequently by a detailed bill. The drawing officer shall record on each bill a certificate to the effect that the journeys were performed in the public interest and that travelling allowance was admissible in accordance with note I of Exception V in Appendix E(5) of the Punjab Financial Hand Book No. 2 (Volume III Travelling Allowance Rules).

All such bills relating to journeys within the sphere of duty (except those for Carriage of Constabulary) shall be countersigned by the Deputy InspectorGeneral of Police, who shall among other things satisfy himself that the drawing officer has not given his certificate as a mere matter of form, but that the saving of time or other considerations actually justified the performance of the journey by road in the public interest.

Travelling allowance bills for journeys beyond the sphere of duty will be countersigned by Superintendents of Police.

(3)     Police officers up to and including the rank of Sub Inspector who travel by motor omnibus shall be provided with a lorry voucher in form 22.43(3) which shall be handed over to the owner or conductor. The owner of the motor omnibus will submit all such vouchers to the Superintendent of Police for payment. Separate vouchers stations are provided with books of voucher forms, adapted for the carbon copying process. Three copies shall be prepared one being made over to the officer who is to travel, one being submitted to the Superintendent of Police and the third being retained for record at the police station. The Superintendent of Police will make payment after checking the vouchers with the daily diary of the police station concerned and comparing the dates.

(4)     Ordinarily only the number of seats actually required for the escort and their charges shall be engaged. Only in the most urgent circumstances shall a whole vehicle be chartered by any police officer.

(5)     Where under-trial prisoners are conveyed by motor omnibus separate sets of vouchers shall be prepared for the police escort and for the prisoners. The cost of the latter will be met from judicial funds on its presentation by the Prosecuting Inspector to the court concerned.

(6)     The rates to be charged by motor transport companies or private omnibus owners shall be standardized as far as possible. Wherever possible contracts for the carriage of constabulary shall be entered into.

Note. The rules as revised will have effect from 25th July, 1933.

(7)     The lorry voucher books on receipt from the Controller, Printing and Stationery Department, Punjab, shall be entered in the stock register of printed forms as required by Police Rule 11.49, and made over to the Head Clerk who shall be responsible for their safe custody. He shall keep them in a locked almirah, the keys of which shall, in no case, be transferred to any other person, and shall invariably certify the balance in hand when issues are made. In Police Lines the voucher books shall be kept in the personal custody of the Lines Officer who shall be responsible for the issue of vouchers to Police Officers. In Police Stations the voucher books shall be kept in the personal custody of the Station Clerk, but vouchers shall issue only under the instructions of the officer in charge of the Police Station.

 

22.44. Notices and notice-boards. –

 

(1)     Only such notices as are required by rule or by special order of the Superintendent of Police to be hung at police stations are to be so displayed.

(2)     Notice-boards at police stations shall be used solely for the display of police and other official notices. Public notices by local bodies may displayed on such boards with the permission of the officer in charge of the police station, but their use for private or trade announcements and advertisements is strictly prohibited.

 

22.45. Registers. –

 

The following books shall be maintained at each police station in accordance with the rules hereinafter prescribed or referred to :-

 

(1)     The first Information Report Register and, in certain stations the Register of Petty Offences.

(2)     The Station Diary.

(3)     Part I. Standing Order Book

Part II. Circular and others orders.

(4)     Register of Absconders and Deserters.

(5)     Register of Correspondence.

(6)     Miscellaneous Register.

(7)     Cattle Pound Register.

(8)     Criminal Tribes Register.

(9)     The Village Crime Register.

(10)   The Surveillance Register.

(11)   (A) Bad Character Rolls despatched.

(1)     (10) (B) Bad Character Rolls received.

(12)   Index to History Sheets and Personal Files.

(13)   Register of information sheets despatched.

(A)     Copies of Information sheets received.

(14)   Minute Book for Gazetted Officers.

(15)   File Book of Inspection Reports.

(16)   The Register of Births and Deaths.

(17)   Register of Government Officials and Property.

(18)   Register of Licenses.

(19)   Receipts Books of Arms, Ammunition and military stores.

(20)   The Store Room Register.

(21)   Cash Accounts.

(22)   File Book of Road Certificates.

(23)   Printed Receipt Books.

(23)(A) Police Gazette.

(23)(B) Criminal Intelligence Gazette.

 

(24)   Police Rules.

(25)   Charge notes of officers in charge of police stations.

 

22.46. General orders regarding station registers. –

 

(1)     No alteration in the form or method of keeping the books and no addition to their number may be made without the sanction of the Inspector General being previously obtained.

(2)     Every station register shall be paged in English. In the case of all registers except Parts I, II, III and IV of register No. (9) and registers 10(B), II and 12(A) this shall be done in the office of the Superintendent before issue to a police station. No page may be torn out of the station registers. Any correction which it may be necessary to make shall be made by drawing a line through the mistake so as to leave the words erased legible and by writing in the corrected words afterwards or in the margin. A piece of paper shall not be pasted over a mistake.

(3)     All entries shall be neatly and clearly written and all corrections shall be attested by the signature of the officer making them. If words or lines are omitted form any entry, or if any entry is omitted altogether, no interpolation shall be made. The omission shall be supplied by a fresh entry in the regular course. English figures alone shall be used in all official papers and registers.

Note. Seals of a uniform pattern have been provided for each police station and for the offices of Superintendents and Deputy Inspectors-General and no deviations shall be allowed from the sanctioned design when seals are renewed from contingencies, or new seals are procured for additional stations.

 

22.47. Register No. I. –

 

The orders regarding the First Information Report Register are contained in rule 24.5 and regarding the Petty Offences Register in rule 24.9.

 

22.48. Register No. II. –

 

(1)     The Daily Diary shall be maintained in accordance with section 44 of the Police Act. It shall be in Form 22.48(1) and shall be maintained by means of carbon copying process. There shall be two copies. One will remain in the police station register and the other shall be despatched to a Gazetted Officer to be designated by the Superintendent of Police or to the Superintendent of Police himself every day at the hour fixed in this behalf.

Shortly before the close of each quarter, books containing the proper number of pages for the ensuing three months shall be issued to police stations by the Superintendent. The Superintendent shall fix the hours at which station diaries shall be daily closed with reference to the hour of despatch of the post or messenger.

(2)     All entries in the station diary shall be made by the officer in charge of the police station or by the station clerk. Literate officers making a report shall read the report recorded and append their signatures. Every matter recorded in such diary shall be so recorded as soon as possible; each separate entry shall be numbered and the hour at which it was made shall commence each such entry. If the hour at which the information, or otherwise, containing such entries reaches the police station differs from the hour at which such entry was made, both hours shall be stated. As soon as entry has been made in the diary, a line shall be drawn across the page immediately below it.

(3)     The opening entry each day shall give the name of each person in custody, the offence of which he is accused, and the date and hour of his arrest, the name of each accused person at large on bail or recognizance and the date of his release on such security.

(4)     The last entry each day shall show (a) the balance of cash in hand as shown in the cash account, and (b) the balance of the cattle-pound account.

 

 

22.49. Matters to be entered in Register No. II –

 

The following matters shall, amongst others, be entered :-

(a)      The number and description of cattle seized in connection with cases or on suspicion with a reference to the case or report.

(b)      The day, hour and purpose of visits to the police station of persons registered under the Criminal Tribes Act and of convicts released under the Remission Rules or under section 565, Code of Criminal Procedure, together with the names of such persons.

(c)      The hour of arrival and departure on duty at or from a police station of all enrolled police officers of whatever rank, whether posted at the police station or elsewhere, with a statement of the nature of their duty. This entry shall be made immediately on arrival or prior to the departure of the officer concerned and shall be attested by the latter personally by signature or seal.

Note. The term Police Station will include all places such as Police Lines and Police Posts where Register No. II is maintained.

(d)      Every police officer of or above the rank of head constable, when returning from duty other than an investigation in which case diaries are submitted, shall have an entry made in the daily diary by the station clerk or his assistant showing the places he has visited and the duties performed by him during his absence from the police station.

(e)      All admission to and releases from the cattle pound with the amounts of fines realised.

(f)       The hour of receipt and despatch of all communications, property, cash, etc., giving reference to the number in the correspondence register.

Note. The word ‘‘communications’’ shall be taken to include the reports required by Police Rule 25.57(2)(ii) and Police Rule 27.1(1)(ii), to be sent to Panchayats.

(g)      Information of the commission of non-cognizable offences (rule 24.3) including reports of enmities likely to lead to a breach of the peace (rule 23.32); visits of chaukidars to police stations [rule 21.3(4)] and demands by the police of one jurisdiction for assistance in extradition cases from the police of another jurisdiction [rule 26.10(7)].

(h)     All arrivals at, and dispatches from, the police station of persons in custody, and all admissions to, and removals from, the police station lock-ups, whether temporary or otherwise, the exact hour being given in every case.

(i)       The hour and date of receipt and (separately) or service or execution of each process; and hour and date of return made to such process.

(j)       The report regarding property in the store-room required by rules 22.15 and 22.18(2).

(k)      The report regarding excess of expenditure over the permanent advance as required by rule 22.71.

(l)       The entrance of persons, by permission, into a tahsil treasury after office hours.

(m)    The deposit in, or removal from, the post office safe in the Police Station of any article whatsoever the exact hour being given in every case.

Note. Every such entry shall contain detail of the article deposited or removed and shall be signed by the Sub or Branch Postmaster effecting the deposit or removal.

(n)     A reference to every information relating to the commission of a cognizable offence, and action is taken under section 157, Code of Criminal Procedure, the number and date of the first information report submitted.

Note. In case where the information relates to the commission of cognizable offence triable by a Panchayat, mention shall also be made in the Daily Diary of the measures taken to send a copy of the first information report to the Panchayat concerned as required by Police Rule 24.5(2).

(o)      In Monday’s diary a list shall be given of all papers pending for over a week.

 

22.50 Punishment for making false entry. –

 

Any police officer who enters or causes to be entered in the daily diary a report which he knows, or has reason to believe, to be untrue, whether he has or has not been directed to make such entry by a superior officer, shall ordinarily be dismissed from service.

A copy of this rule and also a copy of the following certificate shall be affixed to the cover of the daily diary in every police station or post and in lines.

‘‘Certified that this register contains leaves in duplicate. No page should be removed from it. Wrong entries, if any, should be scored out by means of single line and initialed by a Senior Police Officer, in no case should any such entry be mutilated or rendered illegible nor should paper be pasted over it.’’

 

22.51. Destruction of daily diaries. –

 

Daily diaries may be destroyed two years after the date of the last entry.

 

22.52. Copies of certain entries to be sent to orderly head constable. –

 

(1)     A copy of extract of the relevant portions of every entry in the daily diary relating to the arrival or departure report of any police officer posted to, or transferred from, the police station or a post subordinate thereto, shall be sent without delay to the orderly head constable. Copies of the reports of the deaths, admission to and discharge from hospital of police officer attached to the police station, or its subordinate posts, shall be similarly sent.

(2)     All copies required to be made of entries in the daily diary by this or any other rule shall be made at the time of original entry by means of the carbon copying process, as many sheets of paper being inserted under carbon paper as may be required.

 

22.53. Register No. III. –

 

Part I. – All standing orders by the InspectorGeneral, Deputy Inspector-General or Superintendent shall be entered in a file book which shall be of the size of a quarter sheet of country paper. These standing orders shall be continuous for five years and the file shall be indexed. These orders will be checked annually in accordance with rule 14.55.

Part II. In each police station an annual file shall be maintained of all circular and other orders issued for the instruction and guidance of the police and not being standing orders or orders on which a reply is returned in original. Each paper before being placed on this file shall receive a registration number in the correspondence register, where the subject and the fact of its being placed in the file shall be noted. These files shall be destroyed after two years.

 

22.54. Register No. IV. Absconders and deserters. –

 

In addition to the list of all proclaimed offenders to be hung up in the office and on the notice-board of police stations in accordance with rule 23.25, the register of absconders shall be maintained in the following parts:-

Part I. In Form 22.54(a) containing the names of all absconders in cases registered in the home police station.

Part II. In Form 22.54(a) containing the names of absconders in cases registered in other police stations, but resident of or likely to visit the home police station.

Note. All entries regarding residents of the home police station shall be made in red ink.

Part III. List of deserters from the army, in Form 26.16(6)

 

Part IV. A list in Form 22.54(b) of all absconding members of registered criminal tribes resident of the police station or who were originally registered at the police station. In this connection see rule 23.24(3).

As soon as an absconder has been proclaimed under section 87, Code of Criminal Procedure, his name shall also be entered among the proclaimed offenders in Part I of Register No. X.

 

22.55. Register No. V. –

 

The correspondence register shall be maintained in two parts in Form 22.55. Each part shall contain 400 pages.

(1)     In Part I shall be entered a brief abstract of all reports and orders received at the police station and of all letters and replies despatched which are not entered in any other book.

(2)     When any entry is made in the receipt columns the corresponding despatch column shall be left blank for the reply and vice versa.

This register is a receipt and despatch register and is not meant as a record of the full correspondence. Correspondence received and not meant to be forwarded or returned shall be filed in monthly files. These shall be destroyed after two years.

(3)     In Part II the receipt and return of processes shall be entered. Processes include-

(a)      Summonses to appear or to produce.

(b)      Warrants of arrests.

(c)      Search warrants.

(d)      Orders of proclamation, attachment, injunction or otherwise under sections 87, 88, 95, 99, 133, 140, 143, 144 and 145, Code of Criminal Procedure.

(4)     Warrants in all non-cognizable criminal cases and summonses in non-cognizable criminal cases in which Government is the complainant are served through the police.

On the last day in each month a statement giving the following information shall be entered in the daily diary and sidelined in red ink:-

(a)      The number of warrants remaining un-executed at the end of the previous month, received and executed during the current month and remaining unexecuted at the end of it.

(b)      Similar information regarding summonses in cognizable and noncognizable cases.

(c)      Similar information regarding other processes.

(d)      At the end of the year any statistics required shall be compiled from such entries in the daily diary.

 

22.56. Register No. VI. –

 

This register shall be divided into four parts :-

Part I. List of character rolls of applicants for Government service verified by the police in Form 22.56(1).

Part II. List of persons on security in form 27.16(6).

Note. Particulars of arrest under section 109, Code of Criminal Procedure, of persons who are residents of another police station shall be entered in red ink and given a separate serial number, the form being completed when the result of the case is intimated by the persecuting agency.

Part III. Carbon copies of all reports submitted for action under the Indian Penal Code and Criminal Procedure Code or local and special laws such as prosecutions under section 182, Indian Penal Code, preventive security under the Criminal Procedure Code or action against village officials under the Punjab Laws Act when no first information report or charge-sheet is submitted.

Part IV. Carbon copies of reports of investigation into accidental deaths of human beings in which forms 25.35(1) A, B and C, are submitted. A yearly index will be maintained for this part.

This register may be destroyed seven years after the date of the last entry.

 

22.57. Register No. VII. –

 

(1)     The cattle-pound register is printed and supplied by the local bodies concerned and is divided into two parts:-

Part I. The register of impounded cattle.

Part II. The cash account.

(2)     A book of receipts is also supplied to the pound-keeper who shall give a receipt to ever seizure or to his agent who brings cattle to the pound.

The instructions contained in rule 22.20 and in the extracts from the District Board Account Code, 1926, Appendix 22.20, shall be strictly followed in maintaining these registers.

 

22.58. Register Nos. VIII(A) and (B). Register VIII(A) –

 

Adult Criminal Tribes Register. This register shall be maintained in Form 22.58(A) for all adult members of criminal tribes whose registration has been ordered under section 4 of Act VI of 1924. In the cases of those members concerning whom a further notification has issued under section 10 of the Act, a note to this effect will be entered in column 10 of the form. Column 7 will be left blank except in the case of those persons whose restriction has been ordered under section 11 of the Act. As history sheets are not usually maintained for registered members of criminal tribes it is essential that as much information as possible concerning each member should be mentioned in column 10.

The register shall be maintained in as many parts as there are tribes and further sub-divided into sub-parts according to residence under rule 23.28. Care must be taken to allow a sufficient number of blank sheets at the end of each sub-part for persons whose registration may have to be effected after the preparation of the register has been completed.

Register VIII-B Register of male children of members of criminal tribes. This register shall be maintained by tribes in Form 22.58(B) for male children under 12 years in the case of wandering tribes and under 18 years in the case of settled tribes notified as criminal under section 3 of Act VI of 1924. Sons of both exempted and registered members of criminal tribes shall be entered in this register as soon as their birth is reported and intimation sent to the Superintendent of Police at headquarters to enable an entry also to be made in the make juveniles register maintained in English in Form 22.58(C), in the District Police Office.

Officers in charge of the police stations will report to the Superintendent particulars of male children who attain the age of 12 years in the case of wandering tribes and 18 years in the case of settled tribes with a view to their registration and entry in the Adult Criminal Tribes Register. Such registration shall not, however, be carried out in the case of privileged persons as defined in rule 4 of the rules made under the Criminal Tribes Act (VI of 1924).

 

22.59. Register No. IX, the Village Crime Register. –

 

(1)     This register shall be maintained in five parts as follows :-

 

Part I. Notes on the village community containing the particulars required by Form 22.59(1)A.

Part II. The crime register, in Form 22.59(1)(B). Cognizable cases decided by Panchayats shall be entered in Parts II and IV of this register as cases dealt with direct by magistrates.

Part III. Cases tracted to the village in Form 22.59(1)C.

The term ‘‘cases tracted to the village,’’ as used above, shall be held to include only cognizable cases under Chapter XVII, Indian Penal Code, in which strong suspicion rested on any resident of the village whether the case occurred in the village itself or not. When a case under Chapter XVII remains untraced or fails in court the necessary entry in this register should never be omitted. Information Sheets, Book XII-A [Form 23.17(3)] will also provide valuable material for making this important register complete. In combination with the conviction register it should be used as an index to the criminals of the ilaqa. A separate entry shall be made for each suspect with a separate serial number. When a person is again suspected, the fresh entry shall bear the same serial number as the previous suspicion and the number of suspicion shall be entered below it, in the form of a fraction similar to the system of numbering used in Part V of Register No. IX.

Part III-A. Visits to the village of persons of doubtful character, i.e. -

(i)       persons whose history sheets are on record on Bundle A;

(ii)      persons established through information sheets (strangers’ roll) to be of doubtful character either by reason of having been suspected or convicted of offences in respect of which entries are required to be made in Part III or Part V of their home police station or for other adequate reasons;

(iii)     persons arrested in the village under section 55/109, C.P.C. Provided that no entry shall be made unless the persons concerned are placed on security.

Note. This provision will not apply in cases where particulars of the person concerned would otherwise normally be entered by virtue of (i) and (ii) above.

Part IV. Notes on crime in the village (confidential) in Form 22.59(1)D.

Part V. The Conviction Register, in Form 22.59(1)E.

Note. Before proceeding to the scene of an offence Investigating Officers should take down in a note-book all the information from parts II, III and III-A of the Village Crime Register which is likely to be of assistance to them in their investigation.

(2)     Parts I, II, III and III-A shall be loosely bound together in a cover of standard pattern for each village or group of villages. When a group of closely allied villages is combined in one volume, separate pages in each part shall be allotted to each village. The prescribed cover for the village crime note-book is obtainable from the Controller, Printing and Stationery Department, Punjab.

(3)     An alphabetical list of all convicts belonging to any town or village shall be bound up with Parts I to III of the village crime register concerned and shall be kept up-to-date from the conviction register.

(4)     Each part in each volume shall be paged. The cover shall bear clearly on the outside the name of the village or villages to which it relates.

The binding edges of the pages and of the cover shall be punched with two eyelet holes before issue from the office of the Superintendent of Police and tape shall be provided, so that the volumes may be neatly kept at all times, but may be easily opened for the insertion of extra pages where necessary. Additional pages shall be given the same number as the page they follow and distinguished by consecutive letters of the alphabet.

(5)     Part IV shall be kept in separate volumes corresponding to the volumes of Parts I to III, but shall be treated as confidential and shall remain in the personal custody of the officer in charge of the police station.

Matters to be entered are detailed in rule 23.15.

 

(6)     The whole of the Village Crime Register Parts I to V, is an unpublished official record relating to affairs of State and is privileged under section 123, Indian Evidence Act. No part of the register may be shown to, nor may any copy or extract therefrom or any information derived therefrom be given to any person not entitled by his official position to obtain such information.

 

22.60. The conviction register. –

 

(1)     Part V of the Village Crime Register shall be maintained as a separate register, in volumes of not more than 100 pages each, known as the Conviction Register. Entries shall be made by the officer in charge of the police station personally or, under his special or general orders, by such one of his subordinates as writes the best hand. Entries in this register shall be confined to the offences mentioned in rule 27.29.

(2)     The conviction register is a permanent record of the crime and criminals of each village and of previous convictions, and is to a great extent the basis for the preparation of history sheets and other measures of surveillance.

(3)     On the first page of each volume of the register shall be entered in alphabetical order a list of the towns and villages of the jurisdiction, the conviction records of which are contained in such volume. The serial number of each town and village shall be entered to the left and a reference to the pages allotted to it to the right. At the end of the last volume of the register pages shall be allotted for the names of convicts, whose residence cannot be traced or who are residents of places outside British India, but who commonly frequent the jurisdiction of the police station. So far as may be possible every conviction required to be entered in the register shall be entered in the pages allotted to the town or village in which the convict ordinarily resides.

In all cases of conviction in an offence on the railway the letter ‘‘R’’ in red ink shall be entered in the remarks column of the entry in the conviction register. Information regarding the conviction shall also be sent by the Superintendent of Police to the Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police, for the use of the railway police Central Investigation Agency. All subsequent convictions of the offender shall also be communicated to the Agency which will in turn communicate the information to the railway police sub-inspector charged with surveillance work and the maintenance of the original history sheet of the criminal.

(4)     When two or more offenders are jointly convicted of committing one and the same offence and when there is reason to believe that they acted in concert, cross references shall be inserted in the remarks column of the register, drawing attention to the fact.

(5)     When a convict has been classed ‘‘P.R.’’ under the rules in the Police Finger Print Bureau Manual the letters ‘‘P.R.’’ and a general description of the convict, giving age, colour of hair and eyes, marks, scars, peculiarities of speech and gait, as endorsed on his ‘‘P.R.’’ slip, shall be entered in column 3.

(6)     When a person is reconvicted, the fresh entry shall bear the same serial number in column 1 as the previous conviction, and the number of the conviction shall be entered below it, in the form of a fraction, e.g., 16/3 signifies the third conviction of the person originally entered at serial number 16. The serial number allotted to a convict shall be a permanent one, just as a constabulary number is permanent. In the remarks column (column 11) of each re-conviction entry shall be entered references to the number, offence and page of entry of previous convictions.

Illustration

When the reconviction of a person having six previous convictions is made, the entry in column 11 shall be of the following nature ‘‘3791?3; 4573 and 6; 110 Code of Criminal Procedure 2 and 4 9 ? 5". Here the first figure refers to the nature of the offence the numerator to the serial number of the conviction, and the denominator to the page of the register.

(7)     Each entry shall be signed by the officer in charge of the police station personally, the conviction stip being retained till this has been done. At every inspection of a police station by a gazetted officer, the conviction register shall be produced and the inspecting officer shall attest every entry made since the last inspection, recording orders in column 11 regarding any action, such as the opening history sheet, which he may require to be taken. The inspecting officer shall also assure himself that orders given at previous inspections have been complied with, and shall erase or transfer the names of convicts, who are shown to his satisfaction to have died or permanently changed their residence. When the name of a deceased convicted is erased, a reference shall, if possible, be given to the entry regarding his death in register No. XV.

 

22.61 Register Nos. X, X(A) and X(B). –

 

The surveillance register shall be maintained in accordance with the orders contained in rules 23.4, 23.5 and 23.16. Register Nos. X(A), and (B) shall be destroyed two years after the dates of last entries.

 

22.62. Register No. XI. –

 

An index to history sheets and personal files will be maintained in forms 23.14(1)-A and 23.14(1)-B.

 

22.63. Register Nos. XII and XII(A). –

 

The registers of information sheets shall be maintained in the form and subject to the orders contained in rule 23.17.

 

These registers shall be destroyed seven years after the despatch or receipt of the last sheet.

 

22.64. Register No. XIII Minute book for gazetted officers. –

 

(1)     This is a blank book of foolscap size in which shall be entered the dates of all inspections and any matters requiring the attention of the officer in charge of the police station which have not been entered in the inspection report. Inspecting officers shall satisfy themselves that old volumes, of this register, which form a valuable record of the past history of the police station, are intact.

(2)     Notes should be made in this register of matters permanently affecting the conditions of the police station, e.g., changes in police station or jail boundaries; imposition and removal of additional police posts; construction of new buildings, etc.

(3)     The register is a confidential and privileged record; with the exception of gazetted police officers, no one except the District Magistrate, and a Sub-Divisional Officer specifically authorised under rule 1.20, may enter remarks in it or examine it.

 

22.65. No XIV-File Book of inspection reports. –

 

A file book shall be maintained for the record of gazetted officers’ inspection reports, Covers of standard pattern, in which reports can be kept without risk of damage, are obtainable through the annual indent for departmental forms (vide rule 11.42). An index of inspection reports shall be maintained on the inside of the front cover.

 

22.66. Register No. XV. Vital Statistics. –

 

(1)     These registers are provided by District Boards and Municipal Committees and are compiled from the figures recorded in the registers of vital statistics which are supplied to village watchmen who bring their reg-isters for inspection to the police station at prescribed intervals. The registers supplied to village watchmen are also provided by local bodies on application by the police.

(2)     Copies of the death register and abstracts of the information contained in the birth register shall be submitted fortnightly in prescribed form by each police station to the Superintendent who shall counter-sign such copies of abstracts and forward them to the Civil Surgeon.

(3)     All entries in the registers and in such copies and abstract relating to deaths from cholera or plague shall be made in red ink.

(4)     The vital statistics of each town containing 3,000 or more inhabitants shall be recorded and report separately under the name of the town.

(5)     Birth and death registers shall be retained at the police station for one year after the date of the last entry and shall then be sent to the Civil Surgeon for record.

Village registers of vital statistics shall be retained by village watchmen for two years after the date of the last entry and shall then be sent to the police station for transmission to the Civil Surgeon for record.

(6)     Police station clerks, who maintain the registers of vital statistics, shall be granted an allowance of Re. 10 per mensem.

(7)     If there is reason to believe that a village watchman is neglecting to report the births and deaths of his village correctly, the officer in charge of the police station shall take steps to find out if he has been guilty of negligence and, if so, shall report the matter to the District Magistrate through the Superintendent.

(8)     Further instructions regarding vital statistics are contained in the Punjab Medical Manual.

 

22. 67. Register No. XVI. –

 

This register shall contain 200 pages which will be divided into four parts as follows :-

 

Part I. List of village watchmen in the station jurisdiction, with the days fixed for their attendance at the police station, in the Form No. 22.67(a).

 

Part II. List of police officers attached to the police station with the dates of their appointment and transfer, in the Form No 22.67(b).

 

Part III. Register of all Government property in use at the police station in form 5.16(1). A printed list of the various kinds of articles supplied to police stations will be sent out to all police stations before the 15th March and 15th September. This list will be completed (as regards the numbers of each article on charge) from the balances in Part III of this register and will be submitted every halfyear to the reserve inspector or Lines officer before the 31st March and 30th September. A note will be attached explaining all changes from the list last submitted quoting the dates of and the authority for all receipts, transfers, destruction or other disposal of property.

 

Part IV. List of all land in the police station jurisdiction which is Government property in the possession of the police in accordance with rule 3.3(2). The dimensions, area, locality, boundaries and boundary pillars of any place of worship or praying platform situated on police land shall be entered in this register. Such entries must correspond with the permanent record maintained at headquarters under rule 3.3(2).

 

22.68. Register No. XVII. –

 

(1)     This register shall be maintained in separate pars as follows :-

 

Part I. List of Arms Act Licenses; sub-divided into five parts, in Forms 22.68(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(4) and (a)(5); in the Kangra District, a sixth part in form 22.68 (a)(6) shall also be maintained.

 

Part II. List of licenses under the Excise Laws in Form 22.68(b). Part III. List of licenses under the Explosives Act in Form 22.68(c). Part IV. List of licenses under the Petroleum Act in Form 22.68(d). Parv V. List of licenses under the Pensions Act, in Form 22.68(e).

 

Part VI. List of sarais registered under the Sarais Act, in Form 26.68(f).

 

Parts I to V, except Form 22.68(a)(4), may be destroyed one year after the expiration of the period for which the licenses were granted.

 

When the existing Part VI is filled up, all uncancelled entries shall be transcribed in a new register and the old one destroyed.

 

(2)     Powers and duties of police officers under the Acts mentioned in sub-rule (1) are given in Appendix 22.68(2).

 

22.69. Register No. XVIII. –

 

A receipt book in Form 22.69 shall be maintained in which shall be entered a descriptive list in triplicate of all arms, ammunition or military stores deposited in, or seized and brought to, the police station when such seizure is not otherwise reported. The form shall be made out by the carbon copying process. One copy shall be affixed to the weapon or articles, and the duplicate shall be given to the depositor.

 

This book shall be destroyed five years after the date of the last entry.

 

22.70. Register No. XIX. –

 

This register shall be maintained in Form 22.70.

With the exception of articles already included in register No. XVI every article placed in the store-room shall be entered in this register and the removal of any such article shall be noted in the appropriate column.

 

The register may be destroyed three years after the date of the last entry.

 

22.71. Register No. XX. Accounts. –

 

This register shall be maintained in forms 10.52(a) and (b).

(1)     A cash account shall be kept of all receipts and expenditure other than those in connection with the cattle-pound. This account shall be kept separately in two parts as follows :-

(a)      Other moneys, such as receipt and disbursement of pay, travelling allowance, etc.

(b)      Permanent advance.

(2)     The account shall be balanced daily at the time fixed for the daily diary to close.

(3)     At the end of the month any expenditure from (sic) been pending for over a month, shall be specially the permanent advance, the recovery of which has detailed.

(4)     If the permanent advance becomes exhausted and further expenditure has to be incurred, the minus balance shall be shown in red ink. Such minus balance shall be shown also in the daily diary. Gazetted officers shall ensure that such entries in diaries are specially brought to their notice so that prompt measures may be taken to place the account in credit and to deal with those responsible for delay in the refund of advances.

(5)     The purpose and principles of permanent advances are detailed in rule 10.105.

 

The method of recovery of expenditure on account of diet money, etc., is given in rules 26.27 and 27.28.

(6)     The officer-in-charge of the police station shall personally check the correctness of the cash account once a month and certify over his own signature in the register that he has done so.

 

22.72. Register No. XXI. –

 

A bound book of road certificates in Form 10.17 containing sufficient certificates in duplicate to last for three months, shall be issued to each police station as required.

 

Each certificate, both office copy and duplicate, shall be given an annual serial number for each police station and, when returned receipted, the copy issued or the receipt in lieu thereof shall be pasted on to the place from which the copy issued was taken.

 

Each book shall be destroyed when the last certificate therein is three years old.

 

22.73. Register No. XXII. –

(1)     Printed receipt books in Form 10.14(1) each containing 100 receipt forms in duplicate shall be issued to each police station.

(2)     The pages of such books shall have printed serial numbers office copies and duplicates having the same numbers and only one such book shall be in use at a time.

(3)     It shall be the duty of the station clerk to count and stamp with station seal the receipts in the book before bringing it into use. Any receipt missing or bearing a wrong printed page number shall, before the book is brought into use, be brought to the notice of the officer in charge of the police station and a report entered in the daily diary.

(4)     For all sums of money received in a police station, whether in cash or otherwise on any account whatever, a receipt from this book shall be issued to the remitting party under the signature of the officer in charge of the police station or the station clerk. The officer signing the receipt shall satisfy himself that necessary entry has been made in the cash account which shall be duly attested under his initials at the same time.

(5)     The road certificate, if any, received with the money, shall be pasted in place of the receipt issued in the receiving police station. The receipt issued in lieu thereof shall be pasted in the remitting office in place of the road certificate issued.

Note. A road certificate is only an acknowledgement and not a receipt (Rule 10.14(4)).

 

22.74. Register No. XXIII. –

 

The Police Gazette and the Criminal Intelligence Gazette will be neatly filed in cardboard covers immediately on receipt. All orders contained in the Gazette, affecting the officers of the police station as a whole or any individual officer, shall be announced at the first roll-call held after the receipt of the Gazette. vide rule 22.11.

 

Gazetted officers will see at inspections that these rules are carefully followed and that all orders, etc. in the Gazette are properly dealt with.

 

22.75. Register No. XXIV. –

 

All copies of Police Rules must be kept up-todate and gazetted officers shall see that this is done as soon as correction slips are received from the press.

 

22.76. Register No. XXV. –

 

A blank register of foolscap size shall be maintained in every police station, in which the officer in charge of the police station, on handing over charge on permanent transfer, shall record a confidential charge note for the assistance of his successor. This note should not recapitulate matter which is already on record in Part IV of the village crime register or in other registers of the police station, but should deal with miscellaneous local information, which the outgoing officer has gathered during his stay in the jurisdiction, and which would be lost to his successor if not recorded.

 

Matters which may suitably be mentioned in these charge notes are –

 

(a)      the character and capacity of members of the staff of the police station, including notes of constables who are specially useful for particular types of work;

(b)      residents of the jurisdiction who are useful to the police as informers or helpers and others who are particularly to be guarded against;

(c)      directions in which co-operation with other police stations is specially necessary owing to the habits of the criminals of one or the other jurisdiction;

(d)      special factors affecting crime such as seasonal immigrations of labour, local customs or superstitions, etc.;

(e)      matters of temporary importance, such as serious cases under investigation, preventive action pending, or important orders under compliance.

This list is not intended to be exhaustive, the object of confidential charge notes is that miscellaneous information, which the experience of successive officers accumulates, and which would not otherwise come on to record, should be available to new comers.

 

22.77. Station clerk as officer in charge of police station. –

 

In the absence of senior officers, the station clerk is frequently called upon to act as officer in charge of the police station. He must, therefore, be fully acquainted with all the powers, responsibilities and duties of that officer as laid down in the law and in Police Rules. The most important of these and the most important of the other duties devolving on the station clerk and not already detailed in this chapter are –

 

(1)     registration of cognizable cases and action subsequent to registration Rule 24.1;

 

(2)     recording of complaints in non-cognizable cases Rule 24.3;

(3)     despatch of special reports Rule 24.12;

(4)     disposal and completion of case files and completion of registers on the passing of orders in cases Rule 27.29;

(5)     carrying out arrests Rule 26.8;

(6)     granting of bail Rule 26.21;

(7)     submitting applications for remands to police custody Rule 26.25(2);

(8)     patrolling at rural stations Rule 23.1;

(9)     issuing orders on the use of handcuffs Rule 26.23.

In all these matters the station clerk will be guided by the rules referred to and connected law.

 

22.78. Visit of chaukidars to police station. –

 

(1)     The visit of village watchmen to police stations mentioned in rule 21.3(4) shall be so arranged that while no inconvenience is caused to the watchmen concerned they shall arrive at the police station on different days as far as possible. Opportunity shall be taken of these visits by the police station staff to obtain local information of occurrences in villages, to disseminate intelligence relating to crime, absconders, etc., and to impart instruction as to the action required by village officials on the occurrence of crime, etc.

(2)     Officers in charge of police station will be held responsible that village watchmen on their periodical visits to the police station are not detained, and that their services are not utilised in improper ways. Any disobedience of these orders must be severely dealt with and gazetted officers should, by personal enquiry when on tour, ensure that these instructions are strictly complied with.

 

22.79. Orders regarding notices. –

 

(1)     When it is considered necessary to record or communicate to other police stations information regarding unidentified corpses, missing persons, unclaimed, lost or stolen cattle or other property, notices in the forms given below shall be prepared by the carbon copying process and despatched to the Central Investigating Agency at headquarters and to such police stations as the officer in charge of the police station thinks fit, care being taken that only property easy of identification is included :-

(a)      Unidentified corposes Form 22.79(1)(a).

(b)      Missing persons Form 22.79(1)(b).

(c)      Unclaimed property, including cattle Form 22.79(1)(c).

(d)      Property lost or stolen including cattle Form 22.79(1)(d).

(2)     If the matter is urgent the necessary copies shall be made at and despatched direct from the police station, otherwise notices shall be submitted to the Central Investigating Agency at headquarters where the required number of copies shall be made by means of duplicating process and despatched without delay to such police station or posts as the submitting officer may recommend, and also, in exceptional cases where such a course is likely to prove effective, to the office of the Assistant Inspector General, Crime and Criminal Tribes, for publication in the Criminal Intelligence Gazette. In addition, in all important cases, the information should be communicated to the chaukidars visiting the police station with a view to its circulation throughout the jurisdiction of the police station.

(3)     Office copies of the notices referred to shall be kept and these, as well as the notices received from other police stations, shall, respectively, be given an annual serial number under each class separately and filed for seven years in two bundles, one containing notices of the home police station and the other those received from other police stations.

(4)     Notices shall be compared with a view to tracing missing persons, owners of unclaimed property, establishing identity of unidentified corpses, etc., and results noted in the column of remarks.

(5)     In the case of similar notices received from other districts or provinces, Superintendents shall exercise their discretion as to the police stations to which they should be circulated and the necessary number of copies shall be made in their own offices if duplicate copies are not received from the forwarding district.

APPENDIX 20.20

EXTRACTS FROM THE DISTRICT BOARD ACCOUNT CODE, 1926

 

60. Pound Registers to be maintained. –

 

(1)     On the admission of an animal to a pound, the pound-keeper shall fill up columns 1 to 8 of a Pound Register to be maintained in Form 42, taking the signature or thumb mark of the person impounding the animal in column 7, and shall then issue a receipt for the impounded animal in Form 43.

(2)     If more than one animal is admitted at a time, each animal shall be entered on a separate line in the Pound Register.

 

61. Procedure of release of animals from pound. –

 

(1)     When the owner of an impounded animal or his agent appears to demand the release of his animal the pound-keeper shall make the necessary entries in columns 9 to 16 of the Pound Register (Form 42) and fill up a Release Pass, with its counterfoil in Form 44; he shall then demand the fines and charges due on account of the impounded animal, and on their receipt shall take the signature or thumb mark of the owner or his agent in column 20 of the Pound Register and the signature or thumb mark of some person who can identify the person claiming the animal as the owner thereof or his agent in column 21 and shall then release the impounded animal.

(2)     The progressive total of the sums received shall be entered at the foot of each counterfoil of the Release Passes at the time when the counterfoil is filled up and the pass issued, and the entering of the totals shall not be deferred till the end of the day.

 

62. Sales to be conducted under supervision. –

 

When a pound is directly managed by the Board, every sale of impounded animals shall be conducted under the direct supervision of the Secretary or of a member of the Board, or such other person as the Board may appoint in this behalf or, with the consent of the District Magistrate, a responsible Government official.

 

63. Pound-keeper to attend sales unless exempted. –

 

The pound-keeper shall attend every sale of impounded animals, unless exempt from such attendance by general or special order of the Board on the ground that this absence would prejudice his other duties; he shall take with him Pound Register and his counterfoil book of receipts for the purchasers of impounded animals sold to be kept in Form 45.

 

64. Memorandum to be sent to pound-keeper if not present at sale. –

 

When under the provisions of rule 63 if the pound-keeper does not attend a sale, the officer conducting the sale shall send the sale-proceeds to the poundkeeper with a memorandum showing:-

(a)      number and description of animals sold;

(b)      date on which sold;

(c)      name and address of the purchaser;

(d)      amount for which sold; and

(e)      number of animals, if any, returned unsold.

 

65. Receipt to be issued to purchaser of animals. –

 

When impounded animals are sold, the pound-keeper shall enter the details of the sale in the Pound Register and give to the purchaser of such animals a receipt in form 45; if the sale is one that the poundkeeper has not attended, he shall immediately, on the arrival of the memorandum referred to in rule 64 from the officer conducting the sale, send the receipt (Form 45) to the purchaser by registered post, and paste the post-office receipt for the letter on to the counterfoil.

 

66. Memorandum showing disposal of proceeds of sales. –

 

When impounded animals have been sold under the authority of section 14 or section 16 of the Cattle Trespass Act, 1871, the account to be delivered to the owner as required by that section, shall be drawn up by the pound-keeper in the form of a memorandum in Form 46, and the receipt prescribed by the final clause of the section shall be taken in the last column of the counterfoil.

 

67. Net sale-proceeds to be sent to Court. –

 

When animals impounded otherwise than under Chapter III of the Cattle Trespass Act, 1871, have been sold, the pound-keeper shall fill up a memorandum in the same manner as prescribed in rule 66; but the sale-proceeds, after deduction of the fines leviable, the expenses of feeding and watering, and the expenses of sale, if any, shall be made over to the court or officer under whose authority the sale was ordered, the words ‘‘authorising officer or his agent’’ being substituted for ‘‘owner’’ wherever the latter occurs in the memorandum in Form 46.

 

68. Sums received on behalf of Board to be entered on Counterfoil of Release passes. –

 

The pound-keeper shall, immediately on receipt, add to the last progressive total entered in the counterfoils of release passes (Form 44) all sums received by him on behalf of the Board on account of impounded cattle sold.

 

Explanation. Charges for feeding and watering appropriated by the pound-keeper, the ‘‘balance of the purchase money’’ under section 16 of the Cattle Trespass Act, and the net sale proceeds under rule 67 are not received on behalf of the Board.

 

Note. (1) See section 17 of the Indian Cattle Trespass Act, 1871.

 

Note. (2) The balance of the purchase money should be noted separately in red ink below the progressive total and carried forward till the collections are remitted to the treasury.

 

69. Remittance of pound collections to treasury. –

 

(1)     At such times as may be fixed by the Board, but at least once a month, the pound-keeper shall remit his collections to the Treasury, with a chalan in Form 8; of the two foils of the chalan received back from the Treasury duly signed, one shall be returned to the pound-keeper, who shall paste it in his Release Pass Book as evidence of the remittance having been made, and the other shall be sent to the Secretary to enable him to enter the amount in his General Cash-book.

(2)     The challan submitted under sub-rule (1) shall specify -

(1)     net sale-proceeds of unclaimed cattle,

(2)     other receipts.

Explanation. The amount shown under head (1) shall be the sums entered in column 18, Form 42, as ‘‘Surplus credited to account.’’

(3)     The Board shall arrange for the remittance of the collections by money order in cases where this course is necessary in order to avoid interruption in the poundkeeper’s duties.

 

70. Claims for sale-proceeds of sale of unclaimed animals. –

 

(1)     When a claim is preferred under section 17 of the Cattle Trespass Act, 1871 to any sum credited as the net sale-proceeds of unclaimed cattle, the original credit shall be treated in the Pound Register, and, if on investigation the claim is established, the amount repayable shall be paid under the written orders of the Chairman, and the payment shall be brought to account direct in the General Cash-book (Form 2); the fact of the payment, and the number and date of the payment vouchers shall be noted in the remarks column of the Pound Register against the entry of the original credit.

(2)     No claim for refund of the net sale-proceeds of unclaimed animals shall be entertained if it is made after the expiry of three months from the date of the sale.

(3)     When an investigation into a claim cannot be undertaken by the Board, it may, at the request of the Board, be made through the District Magistrate.

 

71. Feeding and watering of animals. –

 

(1)     The Board may give an advance, not exceeding ten rupees, to the pound-keeper for the purpose of feeding impounded animals.

(2)     The charge for feeding and watering different classes of animals shall be fixed by the Board, from time to time, at such rates that the receipts from this source do not exceed the actual cost of feeding and watering, provided that half the daily charges for feeding shall be recovered when an animal has been in the pound for less than eight hours.

 

72. Inspection of pounds. –

 

A pound directly managed by the board shall be open to inspection by any member of the Board or of the District or Audit Staff, and so far as possible, it shall be inspected once a quarter and the results of the inspection shall be recorded in an inspection book, to be kept up at the pound, and any irregularity in its accounts shall at once be brought to the notice of the Chairman.

 

73. Pounds Ledger to be maintained. –

 

A Pound Ledger shall be maintained in the accounts office of the board in Form 47, a separate page being assigned to each pound, in which shall be shown all expenditure on each pound and all income received from each pound, and at the end of the year a statement shall be complied by the Secretary and laid before the Board showing the net loss or gain to the Board during the year from each pound.

 

APPENDIX 22.26

 

MEMORANDUM OF INSTRUCTIONS FOR COLLECTORS AND DEPUTY COMMISSIONERS WITH REGARD TO TROOPS MARCHING THROUGH DISTRICTS UNDER THEIR JURISDICTION.

 

PART I

 

1.        (i) On receipt of information that troops are to march through the district under his jurisdiction, the Collector or Deputy Commissioner concerned will detail a police officer or other official to accompany them and take steps to prevent the irregular sale of liquor or fruits to the troops on or near the route, and exclude from the camp or its vicinity all women of loose character.

(ii) The official will report himself to the officer commanding the troops the day before the troops enter the limits of his jurisdiction and remain with them until they leave it.

(iii) He will be the medium of communication in his district between the officer commanding the troops and the subordinate civil officials and inhabitants generally and will give all the assistance in his power to the officer commanding the troops.

(iv) He will settle, in communication with the officer commanding, all disputes with the inhabitants, or with any transport establishments engaged by the civil authorities within his powers, and be responsible for reporting cases beyond his powers to his superiors.

(v) He will be provided with written instructions by the Collector or Deputy Commissioner defining his duties and powers, which he will show to the officer commanding the troops.

(vi) If irregularities committed by the troops are not discovered until they have proceeded outside the limits of the jurisdiction of the Collector or Deputy Commissioner, he will send a full report of the occurrence to the Officer Commanding the Brigade Area in which it occurred, who will investigate the matter and take all action necessary for its disposal.

2.        (i) Rationing arrangements of the troops, and animals are made by the Indian Army Service Corps under the orders of the General Officer Commanding concerned. A suitable detachment of supply personnel will be in supply charge of the units whilst on the march. The civil authorities may be called upon to provide supplies of the kind mentioned on Indian Army Form S-1526, and such articles as are not ordinarily kept in stock (e.g., sheep, fowl and eggs) or which are rapidly perishable (e.g., milk); other ration articles will not be demanded from the civil authorities.

 

 

(ii) When the assistance of the civil authorities is necessary, if any in the case of prearranged marches, i.e., when marches are not due to a sudden emergency, the General Officer Commanding concerned will detail an advance party consisting of personnel of the supply service, or of the unit marching, to go ahead of the troops and associate themselves with the civil officials in the purchase of supplies. The Civil authorities should be informed that an advance party is being sent to assist in the necessary purchases.

(iii) All indents on the civil authorities, for the class and quantity of articles which they are required to supply, should be preferred on them a fortnight before they are actually required. Any charges in dates, routes or quantities of supplies must be communicated at once to all concerned. Losses due to these circumstances will only borne by the State when the competent financial authority is satisfied that they were unavoidably due to circumstances beyond the control of the responsible authority or unit. Losses due to excessive estimates will be borne by the unit responsible.

(iv) To enable the civil officials to purchase supplies, the military authorities, when submitting their indents for supplies will arrange to pay in advance to the responsible civil authorities a sum to cover the cost of the supplies requisitioned. This advance will be obtained from the Controller of Military Accounts concerned. If time does not permit of an advance being obtained from the Controller of Military Accounts, it should be obtained from the civil treasury on the authority of a station order as provided for in paragraph 16(viii) or Pay and Allowance Regulations, Part II.

(v) The advance party is responsible for the actual acceptance of supplies, the passing on of which should be done in the presence of the civil official. The military authorities will then be responsible for the payment of the demand made by the civil official for the above accepted supplies. Rejections should only be made when the articles tendered are unfit for consumption owing to their being below the standard usually consumed by the persons or animals for whom they are intended. Supplies which have been accepted by the advance party will not be subject to further passing in the decision of the officer commanding the advance party being final. If the supplies become unfit for consumption owing to the late arrival of the unit or to causes outside the control of the supplier, a receipt for the supplies must be granted by the officer commanding the troops to the civil official concerned.

(vi) The military officer who takes over supplies from the civil official will furnish the latter with a receipt for the supplies actually received and will send a duplicate of this receipt to the military authority responsible for the submission of the original indent.

(vii) When supplies of a quality inferior to that which might reasonably have been expected are provided, a report to this effect will be made by the officer commanding the troops to the district civil officer.

(viii) If shops are, or can be established on or near the camping around, articles such as sheep, fowls, eggs, milk, etc., will be retailed by the shop-keeper; if shops neither exist nor can be arranged for, these articles will be supplied in the usual way and arrangements made for their retail issue and the subsequent disposal of any surplus.

(ix) In the case of marches due to sudden emergencies when sufficient notice of the arrival of a unit in a district cannot be given, or an advance party sent ahead of the troops, and the supplies have consequently to be arranged by the civil authorities in a hurry, the Indian Army Service Corps officer or, in his absence, the officer commanding the troops should bear in mind the following factors before rejecting supplies arranged for by the civil authorities :-

(a)      The notice given and the circumstances in which the supplies were purchased.

(b)      The quality which might reasonably be expected in the district traversed.

(c)      Whether the supplies are fit for consumption though below the usual standard. If it is necessary to reject supplies on account of unfitness for consumption, the officer commanding the troops will furnish the civil official concerned with a statement showing the nature and quantity of supplies so rejected, and will furnish a duplicate copy of this statement to the military authority originally responsible for making the demand, who will arrange with the Controller of Military Accounts concerned to obtain a refund from the civil authorities in respect of such supplies.

(x) The officer commanding will be responsible that whenever any article is taken without payment, or when dasturi is enacted, the responsible person is severely dealt with. He will cause the officer of the day to visit the bazaar frequently to see that the guard or military police, which should be posted thereon, are doing their duty and that no irregularities are permitted. The officer commanding will ensure that he is readily accessible to any civil official or inhabitant who may be desirous of lodging a complaint.

 

(xi) The civil supply official should report to the officer commanding each evening whether any claims remain unsettled, and, if so, the latter will personally see to their immediate settlement. The civil official should endorse all receipts given for payments made, and the officer commanding should not accept receipts unless so endorsed.

 

(xii) Individuals or small parties will ordinarily purchase their own supplies from bazaars. If any assistance is required, they will apply to the local police officer.

 

3.        (i) The Collector or Deputy Commissioner is responsible (except in the case of Baluchistan where the Military Engineer Services authorities will be responsible), for the maintenance in good order of all established camping grounds outside cantonments within his jurisdiction.

 

(ii) He will be responsible that they are not cultivated, and that jungle growth is removed, also that boundary pillars are kept in repairs, that the wells are in good order, and also incinerators are provided.

 

(iii) When troops are to march through his district, the officer commanding the unit concerned has orders to send him a copy of the itinerary in good time to enable him to make all arrangements for the wells to be cleaned out if they have not been in regular use.

 

4.        When any special arrangements for troops are required at ferries, the Brigade Commander concerned has orders to give the civil authorities concerned ample notice.

 

5.        Unless prevented by urgent business in another part of the district, the Collector or Deputy Commissioner should make a point of being present at his headquarters to receive the troops with due honours.

 

6.        The higher officers of the several departments serving in the district or present on tour in it should be informed of the coming of the troops so that they may have an opportunity of participating in their reception.

 

7.        The President and Councillors of the local municipality should be invited to meet the troops at the entrance to the town.

 

8.        The educational authorities should be directed to turn out schools on the line of march.

 

9.        The instructions in paragraphs 5, 6, 7 and 8 apply only in the case of those routes which are infrequently used by troops and to occasions when the special object of the march is to impress people with the strength and importance of the Military arm of Government.

 

PART II

 

RULES FOR THE SUPPLY OF CARRIAGE BY THE CIVIL AUTHORITIES

 

1.        Indents. Indents on the civil authorities for hired carriage required for the movements of troops or stores will be prepared on India Army Form S-1675, giving full details of requirements and sent so as to reach the district or political officer concerned if possible not less than 15 days (one month in Gwalior State and 21 days in cases of marches through the desert talukas of the Thar Parkar District of Sind) before the carriage is required.

2.        Collection and payments. Hired carriage will not ordinarily be required to proceed beyond the limits of the next civil district on the route, but will be exchanged, if possible, at such stations as may be fixed by the local civil authorities.

It will be paid for a at authorized local rates from the date on which it is engaged for the march to the date of its discharge, both inclusive. Half hire will be paid for the return journey from the exchanging station to the place where the carriage was engaged. If the carriage is taken beyond the exchanging station, full hire will be paid for the return journey, from the place where the carriage is released to the place where it was engaged without any allowance for halts. If the carriage has to be collected before the date on which it is required, the civil authorities will inform the indenting officer of the time required for collection before the start, and the probable extra expense that will be incurred. Carriage which ordinarily plies for hire, and is on the list to be kept by the district officer, will first be called upon and the balance will be made up by impressment. Carriage indented for in excess of requirements, and discharged, will be paid for at the full hire rate for reach day or part of a day for which it is retained. If carriage is declared unserviceable through deliberate fault or culpable negligence of the cartman by a committee of officers (which will include the civil officer), it will not be paid for. When chaudhries are engaged to collect carriage, their fees, at the local rates, will be paid for by the Army Department.

3.        Advances and handing over of carriage. On engagement of the carriage, the civil or political officer will advance to the owners half the estimated hire for the full journey, and obtain a receipt for the same. To enable the civil official to make these advances, the indenting officer when submitting his requisition for carriage will remit to the civil officers concerned a sum sufficient to cover the amount which the latter will be required to advance. A receipt will be obtained for this advance which will be subject to adjustment.

The carriage will be sent to the place required in charge of a tahsil or durbar official who will hand to the indenting officer a detail of the composition of the carriage, authorized loads, owner’s name, amount advanced and the receipt for the same, and intimation as to the station at which the carriage should be exchanged (See India Army Forms S-1675). The advance remitted to the civil officials will then be adjusted at once.

4.        Exchanging station. The civil officer supplying the carriage will at the same time warn the civil officer at the first exchanging station of the transport requiring exchange, and the date and place at which it will be required. A copy of this should be furnished to the indenting officer to enable an advance to be remitted. The civil officer at the first exchanging station will then proceed as in paragraph 3 and warn the next exchanging station. Similar action will be taken at each exchanging station on the route.

5.        Change in original transport requirements. If any change is required en route in the original quantity and description of transport supplied, the officer commanding the troops will give the civil officer at the exchanging station concerned as much notice as possible.

6.        Unserviceable carriage. Carriage breaking down between exchanging stations should be replaced on the spot in communication with the local civil officials and paid off. If the advance received has not been liquidated, the owner must refund the amount then due.

7.        Discharge of carriage. On arrival at an exchanging station or at destination the carriage will be at once released and paid off by the Indian Army Service Corps Officer, if there is one, otherwise by a British officer of the marching unit in the presence of the civil official attached to the troops, the acquittance roll being signed by both and countersigned by the Officer Commanding. Any disputes will be referred to, and settled by, the district civil officer at the place at which the transport is released.

8.        Detention of transport. If carts are brought from a distance and detained at a camp of exercise, etc., the full hire will be paid for each day of such detention. Carriage will not, however, be detained at a camp which lasts for five days or over, except in every special circumstances.

9.        Protection certificate. When a carriage is discharged, a certificate in English and the vernacular should be given by the civil officer at the exchanging station, or by the civil officer accompanying the troops, to each person in charge thereof, to protect the carriage from being taken for the use of troops while on its return journey unless such troops are marching in the direction of the owner’s home. If so employed, the full hire rate will be paid.

APPENDIX 22.68(2)

Powers and duties of Police Officers under the Indian Arms Act, Excise Laws, Explosives Act, Petroleum Act, Poisions Act and Sarais Act.

I THE INDIAN ARMS ACT, NO. XI OF 1878.

1.        Since section 5 of the Act requires a person who sells arms or ammunition lawfully possessed by him for his private use, to a person other than a person exempted under Section 27 of the Act, to give, without unnecessary delay, notice of sale with name and address of the purchaser, to the officer in charge of the nearest Police Station, it shall be the duty of such Police Officer to record such notice.

On receipt of such notice the Police Officer may make enquiries as to the correctness of the purchaser’s name and address, if necessary obtain a report from the Superintendent of Police of the district in which the purchaser lives, vide Rule VIII of the Rules promulgated with Punjab Government notification No. 8408, dated the 5th March, 1929 (reproduced in Appendix No. 20.14).

2.        All police officers not below the rank of an officer in charge of a police station are empowered to detain arms, ammunition or military stores under section 6 of the Act. vide rule 1 of the Rules promulgated with Punjab Government notification No. 8408, dated the 5th March, 1929 (reproduced in Appendix No. 20.14).

3.        Under section 12 of the Act, any police officer may apprehend without warrant any person found carrying or conveying any arms, ammunition or military stores, whether covered by a licence or not in such manner or under such circumstances as to afford just grounds of suspicion that the same are being carried by him with intent to use them, or that the same may be used, for any unlawful purpose, and also take such arms, ammunition or military stores from him.

All persons so apprehended by, or persons apprehended (under section 12) by a person not being a magistrate or a police officer and delivered to, a police officer, and all arms and ammunition seized by or delivered to any such officer under this section, shall be taken without unnecessary delay before a magistrate.

4.        Under section 13 of the Act, any police officer may disarm any person who is found going armed with any arms except under a licence and to the extent and in the manner permitted thereby.

5.        An officer in charge of police station shall receive any arms, ammunition or military stores deposited by any person under the provisions of section 16 of the Act and will as laid down in paragraph 22.69, Police Rules, and after seven days, if the owner has not obtained a licence authorizing him to possess them, the arms, ammunition and military stores shall be forwarded to the Headquarters of the district and kept in the Malkhana of the District Magistrate or in the Police Magazine.

6.        Under section 17 of the Act, the powers and duties of the police officers as regards inspections of licenced premises and maintenance of registers under the Arms Act have been detailed in paragraph 20.14 of the Police Rules.

7.        Under section 19 of the Act, the Police has powers to arrest, without a warrant, those persons who commit breach of sections 5, 6, 10, 13, 14, 16 or 17 as given in the said section.

8.        Under section 20 of the Act, the Police has powers to arrest, without a warrant, those persons who commit secret breaches of sections 5, 6, 10, 14 and 15 as mentioned in clauses (a), (c), (d) and (f) of section 19 of the Act.

9.        Under section 25 of the Act, all police officers not below the rank of officer-incharge of a police station have been empowered (subject to the orders of a Magistrate) to conduct searches by themselves or in their presence.

10.     Under section 30 of the Act read with rule III of the Rules promulgated with Punjab Government notification No. 8408, dated the 5th March, 1929 (reproduced in Appendix No. 20.14), all police officers of rank not below that of officer-in-charge of a police station have been appointed by virtue of their office to conduct searches for offences punishable under section 19(f) of the Act.

II EXCISE LAWS

(1)     The Punjab Excise Act No. 1 of 1914.

Under section 11, read with notification No. 5708-E. &S., dated the 27th October, 1932, the following officers of Police have been invested with the powers of an Excise Officer of the Ist Class:-

(i)       All Superintendents, Assistant Superintendents and Deputy Superintendents of Police.

(ii)      All Inspectors, Sub-Inspectors and Assistant Sub-Inspectors of Police.

(iii)     All Head Constables.

All constables of Police have been invested with the powers of the Excise Officer, 3rd Class.

Under section 10(b) of this Act, the powers of Excise Officers of the classes specified below have been declared to be as follows :-

A Powers of an Excise Officer of the 3rd Class -

(i)       Powers under section 47 to arrest without a warrant any person found committing an offence under section 61(1)(a) or (c) or section 61(2) (a), (c) or(e).

(ii)      Powers under section 47 to seize and detain excisable or other articles liable to confiscation in connection with any of the aforesaid offences and to detain and search persons upon whom and any vessel, raft, vehicle, animal package, receptacle or covering in or upon which he may have reasonable cause to suspect any such article to be.

B Powers of an Excise Officer of the 2nd Class -

(i)       All the powers of an Excise Officer of the 3rd Class.

 

 

(ii)      All powers not included in the foregoing and conferrable under section 47.

(iii)     Power to enter and inspect places of manufacture and sale, and to examine and seize accounts and registers, test measures, weight and seize any materials, stills, utensils, implements, apparatus or excisable article as provided in section 45.

C Powers of an Excise Officer of the 1st Class -

(i)       Power to investigate under section 46.

(ii)      Power to search without warrant as provided in section 49(1) and to seize, detain, search and arrest as provided in section 49(2).

(iii)     Power to grant bail under section 73.

(iv)    Under section 50 of this Act, any offence under this Act may be investigated by an officer empowered under section 46.

Whenever any police officer makes any arrest, seizure or search, he shall within 24 hours thereafter make a full report of all the particulars of the arrest, seizure or search to his immediate official superior and shall unless bail be accepted under section 73, take or send the person arrested or the articles seized, with all convenient despatch to a Magistrate for trial or adjudication.

Under section 51 all Police Officers are required to aid the Excise Officers in the due execution of this Act, upon a request made by such Excise Officers.

Under section 53 every officer in charge of a Police Station shall take charge of and keep in safe custody, pending the orders of a Magistrate or of the Collector or an officer empowered under section 46(1) to investigate the case, all aticles seized under this Act which may be delivered to him, and shall allow any Excise Officer who may accompany such articles to the Police Station, or may be deputed for the purpose by his superior officer to affix his seal to the articles and to take samples of and from them. All samples so taken shall also be sealed with the seal of the Officer-in-charge of the Police Station.

Offences under sections 61 and 63 are cognizable by the Police as also their attempts and abetments. The powers of arrest have been detailed above.

Under section 73, the Police Officers not empowered to take security (i.e., constables), should take or forward the person arrested under this Act, otherwise than on a warrant, to the officer empowered under section 10(b) or to the Officer-in-charge of a Police Station whoever is nearer.

(2)     The Opium Act, I of 1878. Under section 9, read with section 14 of and notification No. 5708-E. & S., dated the 27th October, 1932, a Police Officer of and above the rank of Head Constable may, if he thinks proper, arrest any person whom he has reason to believe to be guilty of any offence relating to opium under this or any other law for the time being in force.

Under the same section read with section 15, any Police Officer may detain and search any person whom he has reason to believe to be guilty of any offence against this or any other such law, and if such person has opium in his possession, arrest him and any other person in his company.

Since Section 11 requires that in any case in which an offence under section 9 has been committed:-

(a)      the opium in respect of which any offence under the same section has been committed,

(b)      where in the case of an offence under clause (b) or (c) of the same section, the offender is transporting, importing or exporting any opium exceeding the quantity which he is permitted to transport, import or export, as the case may be, the whole of the opium which he is transporting, importing a exporting.

 

 

(c)      where in the case of an offender under clause (d) of the same section, the offender has in his possession any opium other than the opium in respect of which the offence has been committed, the whole of such other opium, and

(d)      the vessels, packages and coverings in which any opium liable to confiscation under this section is found and the other contents (if any) of the vessel or package in which such opium may be concealed, and the animal and conveyances used in carrying it, are lible to confiscation, it shall be the duty of the Police to take all these articles into possession.

Under Section 14, read with Government notification No. 5708-E. & S., dated the 27th October, 1932, any Police Officer above the rank of Constable, who has reason to believe, from personal knwledge or from information given by any person and taken down in writing, that opium liable to confiscation under this Act, is kept or concealed in any building, vessel or enclosed place may, between sunrise and sunset -

(a)      enter into any such building, vessel or place;

(b)      in case of resistance, break open any door and remove any other obstacle to such entry;

(c)      seize such opium and any other thing which he has reason to believe to be liable for confiscation under section 11 or any other law for the time being in force relating to opium; and

(d)      detain and search, and if he thinks proper, arrest, any person whom he has reason to believe to be guilty of any offence relating to such opium under this or any other law for the time being in force.

Under Section 5 of the Act, any Police Officer may :-

(a)      seize in any open place or in transit, any opium or other thing which he has reason to believe to be liable to confiscation under Section 11 or any other law for the time being in force relating to opium;

(b)      detain and search any person whom he has reason to believe to be guilty of any offence against this or any other such law, and, if such person has opium in his possession, arrest him and any other person in his company.

Under Section 16, all searches under Sections 14 and 15 shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Criminal Procedure Code.

Under Section 17, it is the duty of all Police Officers, upon a notice given or a request made, to assist all officers mentioned in Section 14 in carrying out provisions of this Act.

Under Section 20, every person arrested and thing seized, by a Police Officer under section 14 or Section 15 shall, if he is not an Officer-in-charge of the Police Station, be forwarded without delay, to the Officer-in-charge of the nearest Police Station; and every person arrested and thing seized under Section 19 shall be forwarded without delay by the Police Officer to the Officer by whom the warrant has issued.

The Officer-in-charge of Police Station to whom any person or thing is forwarded under this section shall, with all convenient despatch, take such measures as may be necessary for the disposal, according to law, of such person or thing.

Under Section 21 of the Act, when any arrest or seizure is made under this Act by any Police Officer, he shall within 48 hours next after such arrest or seizure, make a full report of all the particulars of such arrest or seizure, to his immediate official superior.

(3)     The Punjab Opium Smoking Act, No. VI of 1923. Under Section 14, every officer of the Police shall be bound to give reasonable aid to any Excise Officer in carrying out the provisions of this Act upon notice given and request made.

(4)     The Dangerous Drugs Act No. II of 1930. Offences under Sections 10 to 15, the attempts and abetments thereof described in Sections 20 and 21 are cognizable by Police, Section 23 and Government orders thereunder empower all Police Officers of and above the rank of Head Constables to arrest, if they think proper, any person whom they have reason to believe to have committed an offence punishable under Chapter III, relating to a dangerous drug, whereas section 24 empowers any Police Officer to arrest any person who is found to be in unlawful possession of a dangerous drug.

Under Section 18, the Police can recommend, for the persons sent up under Sections 10, 12, 13 and 14 that security for abstaining from the commission of offences punishable under those sections be taken from them.

Under Section 23 any Police Officer above the rank of constable, who has reason to believe, from personal knowledge or from information given by any person and taken down in writing, that any dangerous drug in respect of which an offence punishable under Chapter III of this Act has been committed is kept or concealed in any building, vessel or enclosed place may, between sunrise and sunset -

(a)      enter into any such building, vessel or place;

(b)      in case of resistance, break open any door and remove any other obstacle to such entry;

(c)      seize such drug and all materials used in the manufacture thereof and any other article which he has reason to believe to be liable to confiscation under Section 33 and any document or other article which he has reason to believe may furnish evidence of the commission of an offence punishable under Chapter III relating to such drug; and

(d)      detain and search, and, if he thinks proper, arrest any person whom he has reason to believe to have committed an offence punishable under Chapter III relating to such drug.

 

Provided that if such officer has reason to believe that a search warrant cannot be obtained without affording opportunity for the concealment of evidence or facility for the escape of an offender, he may enter and search such building, vessel or enclosed place at any time between sunset and sunrise, after recording the ground of his belief.

Under sub-clause 2 of this section, such officer, where he has recorded information under sub-section 1, or recorded grounds of his belief under the proviso thereto, shall forthwith send a copy thereof to his immediate official superior.

Under section 24, any Police Officer may -

(a)      seize in any public place or in transit any dangerous drug in respect of which he has reason to believe an offence punishable under Chapter III has been committed, and along with such drug, any other article liable to confiscation under section 33, and any document or other article which he has reason to believe may furnish evidence of the commission of an offence punishable under Chapter III relating to such drug;

(b)      detain and search any person whom he has reason to believe to have committed an offence punishable under Chapter III, and, if any such person has any dangerous drug in his possession and such possession appears to him unlawful, arrest him and any other person in his company.

Under Section 26, it is the duty of all Police Officers upon a notice given or a request made to assist all officers mentioned in section 23 in carrying out the provisions of this Act.

Under Section 27, whenever any Police Officer makes any arrest or seizure under this Act, he shall, within 48 hours next after such arrest or seizure make a full report of all the particulars of such arrest or seizure to his immediate official superior.

Under Section 29, every person arrested and article seized under a warrant issued under

 

 

Section 22 shall be forwarded without delay to the authority by whom the warrant was issued; persons arrested and articles seized under Sections 23 and 24 shall be forwarded without delay to the officer-in-charge of the nearest Police Station to the nearest officer of the Excise Department empowered under Section 30.

The officer-in-charge of the Police Station to whom any person or article is forwarded under this section shall, with all convenient despatch, take such measure as may be necessary for the disposal according to law of such person or article.

Since Section 33 requires that whenever any offence has been committed which is punishable under Chapter III, the dangerous drug materials, apparatus and utensils in respect of which or by means of which such offence has been committed, shall be liable to confiscation and also any dangerous drug lawfully imported, transported manufactured, possessed or sold along with, or in addition to, any dangerous drug which is liable to confiscation under subsection 1 of that section, and the receptacles, packages and coverings in which any dangerous drug, materials, apparatus or utensils lible to confiscation under sub-secion 1 of that section is found, and the other contents, if any, of such receptacles or packages and the animals, vehicles, vessels and and other conveyance used in carrying the same, shall be liable for confiscation, it shall be the duty of every Police Officer acting under the provisions of this Act, to tkae into possession all the things enumerated above.

III THE INDIAN EXPLOSIVES ACT, IV OF 1884.

1.        Under rule 106 of the rules made under Section 7 of the Indian Explosives Act, IV of 1884, promulgated by the Government of India notification No. M1217, dated the 30th November, 1940, all Police Officers of the rank not below that of Sub-Inspector are authorized within their respective areas to enter, inspect and examine the licensee’s premises, check the stores with the Stock and Sale Register and report the result of such inspection to the District Magistrate through the Superintendent of Police.

2.        They are also authorized to search any place in which an explosive has been or is being manufactured, possessed, used or sold illegally and to seize, detain and remove any such explosive found theirin. All such searches and seizures shall forthwith the reported to the District Magistrate through the Superintendent of Police, by telegram, if necessary.

3.        They may take samples of the explosive found therein on payment of the value thereof, if such payment is demanded at the time.

4.        The shops, premises, and stocks of all licensed manufacturers and dealers shall be inspected once a month by the Sub-Inspectors of Police and once in every quarter by the Inspectors and Gazetted Officers in supervisory charge of the Illaqa in which the premises are situated. At least one inspection in each year shall be performed by the Superintendent of Police.

Surprise visits to these places shall also be made by the Police officers especially on the eve of festivals when stocks of fire-works are likely to exceed the limit prescribed in the license.

5.        Section 13 of the Act empowers any Police Officer to arrest, without a warrant, any person who is found committing any act punishable under the Act, or the Rules under the Act, which tends to cause explosion or fire in or about any place where explosive is manufactured or stored, etc.

IV THE PETROLEUM ACT, XXX OF 1934.

Under Section 13, read with Central Government notification No. M-826(1), dated the 22nd March, 1937, as amended by notification No. M-826(4), dated the 15th September, 1936, all Police officers of or bove the rank of Inspector of Police have been authorized by virtue of their office to enter any place where petroleum is being imported, stored, produced, refined or blended, or is under transport and inspect all receptacles, plant and appliances used in connection with petroleum in order to ascertain if they are in accordance with the provisions of Chapter I of this Act and the Rules made thereunder; within the respective areas over which their authority extends.

Under Section 14, read with Central Government notification No. M-826(2), dated the 22nd March, 1937, as amended by notifications Nos. M-826, dated the 26th August, 1937, and M-826(5), dated th 15th September, 1937, all Police Officers mentioned in the above paragrpah may enter any place where petroleum is being imported, transported, stored, produced, refined or belended and inspect and take samples for testing of any petroleum found therein, within the respective areas over which their authority extends.

Under Section 26, read with Central Government notification No. M-826(3), dated the 22nd March, 1937, as amended by notification Nos. M-826(7), dated the 15th September, 1937, all Police Officers of rank not below that of Sub-Inspector in the respective areas over which their authority extends have been authorized by virtue of their office to enter and search any place where he has reason to believe that any pertroleum is being imported, transported, stored, produced, refined or blended otherwise than in accordance with the provisions of this Act and the rules made thereunder, and to seize, detain or remove any or all of the petroleum in respect of which in his opinion an offence under this Act has been committed. The searches under this Act shall be made according to the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898, so far as they are applicable.

V THE POISONS ACT, XII OF 1919

Under rule XII of the Rules framed under Section 2 of the Act a Police Officer of or above the rank of Sub-Inspector may at any time visit and inspect the premises of a licence-holder where poison is kept for sale and may inspect all poisons found therein and the registers of sale of poisons and stock of poisons maintained under rules X and XI.

VI THE SARAIS ACT, XXII OF 1867.

Since under rule 2 of the Rules framed under section 13 of the Act, vide Government notification No. 177, dated the 15th February, 1911, the District Magistrate may refuse to accept as the keeper of a Sarai any person who does not produce a certificate signed by the Officer-in-charge of the Police Station in whose jurisdiction the Sarai is situated, to the effect that, to the best of his belief, the applicant’s character is not such as to preclude his being permitted to keep a Sarai, it shall be the duty of the Officer-incharge of the Police Station to verify and furnish a certificate accordingly.

On being authorized by the District Magistrate under section 7(2) of the Act, any Police officer not less in rank than a Sub-Inspector may visit and inspect at any time of the day or night any Sarai so registered or any part thereof.


FORM No. 22.40

CHARGES FOR MAINTENANCE OF ANIMALS


POLICE STATION  

 

F.I.R. No.  


DISTRICT  

 

Date  


 

Number of animals

*Kind of animal

Rate per day

Number of days

Total

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grant Total

complainant.

The above charges are due to  

surety

(1)     *Buffalo.

(2)     Bullock or cow.

(3)     Horse.

(4)     Pony.

(5)     Camel.

(6)     Donkey.

(7)     Sheep or goat

 

FORM No. 22.43(3)

No.  

 

Date  


VOUCHER ENGAGING ACCOMMODATION BY MOTOR-VEHICLE

Certified that seats (s) has/have been engaged for the journey from to on motor omnibus owned/driven by on account of prisoners/constables.

Purpose of journey    No. and date of entry in Police Station Daily Diary   Amount of fare due for payment Rs.    Signature of Police Officer engaging accommodation

(Signature)  

Rank  

Date of payment and signature of gazetted officer signing the bill

(Signature)  


 

FORM No. 22.48(1)

REGISTER No. II. –

THE STATION DAILY DIARY.

STATION  

DISTRICT

The following officers were present at morning roll-call Sub-

Inspector Assistant Sub-Inspectors head

constables constables mounted head constables    mounted constables. The remaining staff were   on duty sick. The station is under/.over sanctioned strength.

Remarks   Diary of the above station station commencing at o’clock on the  and ending o’clock on the  

 

Serial No.

Name of reporter

Substabce of report

 

 

 

Signature of officer incharge of police station.

 


FORM No. 22.54(a) Part I

POLICE DEPARTMENT

DISTRICT

PART I Absconders in cases registered in the home police station (Residents of the home police station to be written in red ink)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Serial No.

Name, parentage, caste and description of absconders.

Residence

, i.e., village, police station and district

Offence, F.I.R.

No. and date, places and date of offence

Reward offered

Clues to probable whereabo uts

Action taken to procure arrest, details to be given as to :

(a)             Police Station of the home district to which notices sent.

(b)             Police Station of other district to which notices sent.

(c)              Date on which notices sent for publication in "C.I. Gazette".

(d)             If a P.R. convict, date of intimation of F.P. Bureau.

(e)              Action taken under Sections 512/87/88, Code of Criminal Procedure with dates.

(f)               Details of any other action taken, with dates and name of court.

(g)             Has History Sheet been opened in home district and name entered in Register No. X ?

Signature of gazetted officer

Date of arrest, death, cancellatio n or removal

to proclaime d offender’s list

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  


Note . This register is to be printed on foolscape folio size ruled paper


FORM No. 22.54(a) Part II

POLICE DEPARTMENT

 

   DISTRICT


PART II. Absconders in cases registered in other police stations, but residents of, or likely to visit, this police station.

(Residents of the home police station to be written in red ink)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Serial No.

Police station or district

submitting notice, Name of absconder

Parentag e, caste and descripti on

Residenc e, i.e., village, police stations and district

Offence, F.I.R.

No. & date, place and date of offence.

Reward offered.

Clues to

probable whereabouts

Action taken to procure arrest, details to be given as to :-

(a)   Action taken under Sections 512, 87/88, Code of Criminal Procedure, with date.

(b)   Details of any other action taken, with dates and name of Court.

Signature of gazetted officer

Date of arrest, death, cancellatio n or removal

to proclaime d offender’s list.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note. This Register is to be printed on foolscape folio size ruled paper.

 

FORM No. 22.54(b)

ABSCONDING MEMBERS OF REGISTERED CRIMINAL TRIBES

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Serial No

Name, parentage and full description

If proclaimed under section 87, Code of Criminal Procedure, number and date of court

Tribe or caste

Residence or where last settled

Reference to police station register No. 8

Associates

Places he is likely to visit.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(To be drawn by hand)

 

FORM No. 22.55

REGISTER No. V. –

REGISTER OF CORRESPONDENCE

STATION     

DISTRICT

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

No.

Date of order, etc.

By whom issued

Substance of order or letter received

No.

Date of report

Substance of report or letter despatched

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note. To be drawn by hand. The heading to be written on the first page only.

 

FORM No. 22.56(1)

CHARACTER ROLLS OF GOVERNMENT SERVANTS OR APPLICANTS FOR GOVERNMENT EMPLOY, VERIFIED BY THE POLICE

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Annual Serial No.

Date of receipt of roll

From whom received

Where employed or service for which applying, i.e., Railway, Police, Military, & c.

Name and parentage of applicant

Village of which resident

How, when, and by whom character tested, and result of enquiries

Date of return of roll

REMARK S

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 22.58(a)

 

 
Register of adult criminal tribes residing in    

District

Settlement

(Prepared in accordance with sections 4, 5, 7 and 8 of Act VI of 1924)

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Serial No.

Name with aliases and father’s name

Caste and subcaste

Residence at time of registration with

Police Station and District and date of

registration

Date of birth, height, distinctiv e physical features

Number and date of

notification under Section

11 or 12 of Act under which restricted, with No. of Governme nt

notification

Area to which movemen ts are restricted or place in

which settled

Signature of officer preparing register under section or making an entry or erasure under Section 7

or 8 and date

Conviction s giving sections

of law, places and dates and sentences (entries after

registration to be shown in red ink)

Subsequent orders, date of transfer, Cancellat ion of registrati on, death, remarks, etc.

Left thumbimpression of person registred with District serial No. of Finger Print slip and signature of recorder with date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 22.58(b)

POLICE DEPARTMENT    

 

DISTRICT

Register of male children of members of Criminal Tribes

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

 

AREA TO WHICH THE

GANG OR TRIBE IS RESTRICTED

 

Serial No.

Name

Father’s name

Tribe

Date of birth

Village

Police Station

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 



FORM No. 22.58(c)

POLICE DEPARTMENT

 

   DISTRICT




REGISTER OF BOYS OF CRIMINAL TRIBES TO BE MAINTAINED AT THE DISTRICT POLICE OFFICE

(Entries to be made strictly by date of birth, irrespective of caste and residence)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

Serial No.

Police Station

Village of birth or present residence

Name of boys

Name of his father and grandfather

Date of birth according to Christian Era

Tribe

Date on which

registrat ion

will become due

Date of father’ s death, if orphan

Whether he is complyin g with Rule 42

Date of exemption under Rule

4(b)

with reference to District

Magistrate ’s order

Subsequen t

remarks regarding orders of registratio n or change

of residence, & c.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 22.59(1) A

VILLAGE CRIME NOTE BOOK OF VILLAGE     

POLICE DEPARTMENT    

____DISTRICT

PART I

Female

 
Population by census of 19. Male

No. of houses  

Names of outlying hamlets with number of houses in each Revenue

Market days, fair and festivals Principal castes and tribes

 

Headmen

Other leading men

Village watchmen

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B PART II

FORM No. 22.59(1) B.

PART II Crime Register

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Serial No. in First Information Report Register

Date of occurence and name of complainant

Section of law, nature of offence and class of property attached

Name, parentage, caste and residence of accused or suspect

Place where property was recovered and where criminals were found

Name’s and particulars of persons suspected of having helped to conceal property or the criminals by furnishing ball or otherwise.

Result of case

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Note. This register is to be printed in duplicate on foolscap folio size ruled paper and to be written by carbon copying process, duplicate copy being perforated.

 

FORM No. 22.59(1)-C

Part III Cases traced to the village during the year 19

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

Serial No.

Police Station, village and district, Number of First Information Report, with date

Section of law, nature of offence and class of property attached

Name parentage and caste of accused

Name parentage, caste and address of all criminals implicated in the case whether convicted, acquitted or suspected of committing the offence, and of harbourers, receivers or other helpers of the accused

Results of the cases against each man mentioned in column 5

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note. This Register is to be printed in duplicate on foolscap folio size ruled paper and to be written by carbon copying process, duplicate copy being perforated.

 

FORM No. 22.59(1)(C)

Part III-A Visits to the Village

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Serial No.

Name, parentage, caste and relationship, if any, of person visited

Name, parentage, caste and address of visitor

Brief reasons for suspecting visitor

Object and dates of visit

Number and date of bad character roll or information sheet received

REMA RKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note. This form shall be maintained -

(1)      for the visits to villages of (a) history sheeters in bundles (a) and (b) persons established through information sheets (Strangers roll) to be of doubtful character; and

(2)      for persons arrested in villages under sections 55/109, Criminal Procedure Code, provided that they are places on security.

In the case of persons in class (2) the names of their sureties and the reason for standing surety should be entered in the "Remarks" column.

 

Note. This register is to be printed in duplicate on fullscape folio size ruled paper and to be written by carbon copying process, duplicate copy being perforated.

 

 

FORM No. 22.59(1)(D)

PART IV

Notes on crime in the village with special reference to factions, land or water disputes, presence of criminal tribes or gangs, occurrence of obstructions on or damage to railway lines within the village, special outbreaks of crime in the village, etc., in accordance with Rule 23.15.

 

FORM No. 22.59(1)(E)

REGISTER IX

POLICE STATION (NAME) NAME OR TOWN OR VILLAGE

PART V. Names of residents who have been convicted of certain offences

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Serial No.

Name of convicted persons and age on date stated in column 5

Parentage, caste and occupation with description, particular marks and

P.R. No., if any

Section and Act under which convicted and nature

of the offence

Name of Court, district, sentence and date of

convictio n

Date of release

Whether entered in Book X

(Surveillan ce Register) with No. of

History sheet, if any

Signature of

Police officer making the entry and date of making it

Place of crime, if

committ ed outside the village

REMARKS

(Names, parentage, caste and address of convicts and cosuspects, places where arrested and property recovered and residences of persons who stood bail)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note. This register is to be printed on foolscap size ruled paper with the heading on first page only.

FORM No. 22.59(1) E

PART V

POLICE STATION (NAME) NAME OR TOWN OR VILLAGE

NAMES OF RESIDENTS WHO HAVE BEEN CONVICTED OF CERTAIN OFFENCES

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Serial No.

Name of

convicted persons and age on date stated

in column 6

Parentage and

caste with descriptio n and particular marks, and

P.R.

No., if any

Occupat ion

Section and Act under which

convicte d

Name of court convicting, with name of the presiding officer of such court, district in which the trial was held, the powers exercised by the court and whether the case was tried summarily or otherwise, sentence and date of conviction

Date of release

Whether entered in Book X,

surveillan ce register, with number of History Sheet, if any

Signatur e of Police Officer making the entry and

date of making it

Place of crime, if

committ ed outside the village

REMARK S

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

FORM No. 22.67(a)

Police Station Register, No. XVI. Part I

LIST OF VILLAGE WATCHMEN

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Serial No. of vil-

Name of village

Distance and

Number of

Name,

Residence

Date of

lage according to the Index to Register No. IX

 

direction from police station

watchmen sanctioned

parentage and caste of watchmen

 

appointment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

9

10

11

12

13

Age when appointed

Rate of pay

Population of village

Number of houses

Date of week fixed for attendance at Police Station (vide Rule 22.67, Police Rule)

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 22.67(b)

Police Station Register No. XVI. Part II

LIST OF POLICE OFFICERS ATTACHED TO THE POLICE STATION

(Officers, head constables and constables to be shown on separate pages)

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

 

RESIDENCE

 

Serial No.

Constabulary No.

Name

Village

Police Station

District

Date of enlistment

Date of posting to the Police Station

Literate or illiterate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

9

10

11

12

DATES OF BEING SENT TO HEADQUARTERS FOR TRAINING

 

For the Ist time

For the 2nd time

For the 3rd time

Date of transfer

Where transferred to

Reason of transfer

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


FORM No. 22.68(a)(1)

(FORM E)

  DISTRICT

REGISTER OF LICENSES TO MANUFACTURE, CONVERT, SELL OR KEEP FOR SALE ARMS, AMMUNITION OR MILITARY STORES

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

 

INSPECTIONS BY

 

 

 

 

By Magistra te of District, or Superinte ndent

of Police

 

 

 

 

REMAR KS

 

Assistant or Deputy Superintendent of Inspector of Police

Tehsil

Number

Name of licensee

Father’s name, caste and residence

Place of

business

Date

Ist

2nd.

3rd.

4th.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 22.68(a)(2)

(FORM F)

Is the same as Form E., except that in heading for "licensed to manufacture,"& c., read "licenses to keep and sell."

 

FORM No. 22.68(a)(3)

(FORM G)

REGISTER OF LICENSES TO POSSESS ARMS, AMMUNITION OR MILITARY STORES GRANTED UNDER RULES 31.

DISTRICT  

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Tehsil

No.

Date

Name of licenseholder

Father’s name, caste, etc.

Residence

Number and description of weapons

Place where arms are to be kept

Terms for which license is valid

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

FORM No. 22.68(a)(4)

(FORM H)

REGISTER OF LICENSES TO POSSESS ARMS AND AMMUNITION AND TO GO ARMED FOR THE PURPOSES OF SPORT, PROTECTION OR DISPLAY. (A SEPARATE PART OF REGISTER TO BE RESERVED FOR EACH DESCRIPTION OF WEAPON, i.e., SHOT GUN, RIFLES, REVOLVERS, SWORDS, ETC.), THE REGISTER TO BE PERMANENT

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Serial No.

Tehsil

Number and description of weapons

Name of licenseholder

Father’s name, caste, etc.

Residence

Number and date of license

Period for which license is available

Date of renewal of license

REMARKS :-

Action taken when license expires, loss of weapon licenced, sale etc., etc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 22.68(a)(5)

(FORM I)

REGISTER OF LICENSES GRANTED UNDER RULES 35 AND 36 TO POSSESS ARMS AND AMMUNITION AND TO GO ARMED FOR THE PURPOSE OF DESTROYING WILD ANIMALS WHICH DO INJURY TO HUMAN BEINGS, CATTLE OR CROPS

IN DISTRICT

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Tehsil

Form and No.

Date

Name of licenseholder

Father’s name and caste

Residence

Place for which license is valid

Weapon

Date of expiry of license

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

11

INSPECTION BY MAGISTRATE OF WEAPON AND LICENSE

 

1st year

2nd year

3rd yar

4th year

5the year

REMARKS

 

FORM No. 22.68(A) (6)

(FORM J)

  DISTRICT

REGISTER OF LICENSES TO POSSESS ARMS AND AMMUNITION OR MILITARY STORES, IN A DISTRICT WHICH HAS NOT BEEN DISARMED

Columns 1 7. The first seven columns as in Form.

Columns 8. Place where the arms are to kept.

Columns 9. Term for which license is valid. Columns 10. Remarks.

FORM No. 22.68(b)

POLICE DEPARTMENT

   DISTRICT


Register of linces granted under Excise and Opium Acts for vend in the Police Station

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

 

Period Withing Which License is Valid

 

Serial No.

No. of license

Name and address of licenseholder

Locality of shop

Articles which the licensee is authorised to stock and sell

Whether licensed to sell wholesale or by retail

Amount of license fee for the year

From

To

REMARK S

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 22.68(c)

POLICE DEPARTMENT

   DISTRICT


Register of licenses to manufacture, possess and sell explosives in the District/Police Station  

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

 

PERIOD FOR WHICH LICENSE IS VALID

 

Serial No.

Name, parentage and

place of residence of licensee

Place of business, factory or shop

Maximum quantity of explosives to be possessed at any

one time

Descriptio n and quantity of explosives to be manufactu red

during the year

Description and quantity of explosives to be possessed and sold during the year

From

To

Date of inspection made by police officers of and above the rank of SubInspector

REMARK S

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


FORM No. 22.68(d)

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT

 

   DISTRICT


Register of Licences to possess petroleum under the Petroleum Act

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

 

PERIOD FOR WHICH LICENCE IS VALID

INSPECTION

 

No. of license

Object of license

Name and address of licensee

Description and quantity of petroleum to be possessed

Place and full details of storage shed

From

To

Date

By whom

REMARK S

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 


FORM No. 22.68(e)

POLICE DEPARTMENT

 

   DISTRICT


Register of licenses under the Poisons Act, No. 1 of 1904

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

No. of license

Name and address of licensee

Place of business

Description of poisons to be possessed

PERIOD FOR WHICH LICENSE IS VALID

INSPECTION

REMARKS

From

To

From

To

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 


FORM No. 22.68(f)

POLICE DEPARTMENT


 

   DISTRICT




Register of sarais registered under Act XII of 1867

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Serial No.

Name and parentage of keeper of Sarai

Residence

Name of Sarai

Situation of Sarai

Date of Registration

Date of entry in this Register

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

FORM No. 22.69

 

POLICE STATION

 

   DISTRICT

 

 

Police Register No. XVIII

Receipts for arms, ammunition or military stores deposited in the above Police Station under the Indian Arms Act, XI of 1878

Serial No.  Date  

Nature of arms, ammution or military stores and condition in which received   Name, father’s name address of depositor   

I certify that I have received the above-mentioned articles and have deposited them in  the station store room after labelling them. The articles will be forwarded to headquarters if the owner has not obtained a license to possess them within seven days from date.

(Sig.) 

Station Clerk

 


FORM No. 22.70

POLICE STATION  

   DISTRIST




Register No. XIX. Store-Room Register (Part I).

 

Column 1. Serial No

2. No. of first information report (if any), from whom taken (if taken from a person), and from what place.

3. Date of deposit and name of depositor.

4. Description of property.

5. Reference to report asking for order regarding disposal of property.

6. How disposed of and date.

7. Signature of recipient (including person by whom despatched.

8. Remarks.

(To be prepared on a quarter sheet of native paper).


FORM No. 22.79(1)(a)

POLICE DEPARTMENT

   DISTRICT


DESCRIPTIVE ROLLS OF UNIDENTIFIED PERSONS FOUND DEAD

 

1

2

3

4

5

 

PLACE WHERE FOUND

Annual Serial No.

District

Name, parentage and residence of informant

Date on which found

Village

Police Station

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

7

8

9

DESCRIPTION

 

 

Circumstances under which found and particulars likely to afford a clue to be identity of the deceased

 

Sex

Apparentag e

Height

Complexion

Particular marks

Detail of property found

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

(Standard Form)

Dated   

 

Superintendent of Police

 

The 19. ?

 


FORM No. 22.79(1)(b)

POLICE DEPARTMENT

   DISTRICT


LIST OF PERSONS LOST OR MISSING

 

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

RESIDENCE

Annual Serial No.

District

Name of informant and his relation to the person missing

Name of Police Station and village of person missing

Apparentag e

Cast

Village Name

Railway Station

District

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

9

10

11

12

13

Date of disappearance

Place from which missing

Description

Circumstances of disappearance

Detail of property which the missing person took with him or which was worn by him when last seen

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(Standard form)

 

Dated  ?


? Superintendent of Police

The 19. ?

 

FORM No. 22.79(1)(c)

POLICE DEPARTMENT

 

   DISTRICT

CATTLE

 
LIST OF UNCLAIMEDPROPERTY

 

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Annual Serial No.

District

Name, parentage and residence of person from whom recovered or by whom deposited

PLACE OF RECOVERY

Village

Date of recovery

Circumstances under which recovered and particulars likely to afford clue to the owner

List of

articles cattle with full

description

and value

REMARK S

Village

Police Station

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


FORM No. 22.79(1)(d)

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT

   DISTRICT

 


LIST OF PROPERTY LOST OR STOLEN

CATTLE STRAYED


 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Annual Serial No.

District

Name of Police Station and No. and date of first information repot,, if any,, with description of offence

Date of loss of theft

Name,, parentage and residence of

complainant/ owner

Description and value of property lost/cattle strayed or stolen

Brief particulars of the case and circumstances likely in any way to afford a clue to the property/cattle or the thief

Reward offered

REMAR KS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(Standard Form)


Dated  ?




? Superintendent of Police


The 19. ?

CHAPTER 23 PREVENTION OF OFFENCES

 

23.1 Patrolling at rural stations. –

 

(1)     The officers in charge of police stations and assistant sub-inspectors at those stations shall move about in their jurisdictions freely. They shall pay special attention to villages where crime has occurred, or where registered bad characters and suspects whose history sheets are on record live, but shall visit every village occasionally, for the purpose of adding to their local knowledge, becoming known to the people, collecting information, and checking the proper performance of their duties in relation to crime by zaildars, inamkhors, lambardars and chaukidars.

 

(2)     Information regarding the mode of livelihood of bad characters shall be obtained mainly by personal visits and enquiry, but head constables and constables shall, from time to time, be sent to village with definite orders to ascertain whether certain specified bad characters are present or not, and trace and whereabouts of proclaimed offenders or absconders.

Except to carry out definite orders constables shall not be deputed to visit villages, but they may be deputed to visit serais, ferries, camping-grounds, motor vehicles stands and other places of public resort for the purpose of collecting information, maintaining order or other police purposes.

 

23.2.   Co-operations with railway police at stations. –

 

(1)     Where possible, a constable in plain clothes shall be deputed from the police station to each railway station within its jurisdiction to meet all trains which halt there and to keep to look-out for bad characters and suspicious persons.

Constables who have special knowledge of local bad characters shall be selected for this duty.

(2)     Particulars regarding the mode of livelihood of bad character observed taking a ticket or travelling in a train shall be reported to the railway police, if any are on the platform and also to the travelling constables.

(3)     Any information received from the railway police regarding bad characters or suspicious persons alighting from a train shall be communicated to the officer in charge of the police station.

 

23.3.   Patrolling by villagers. –

 

The organization of thikri pahra and nakabandi, whether under the provisions of the Village Patrol Act (VIII of 1918) or on a voluntary basis, is one of the most important duties of the officer in charge of a police station. Such an organization should be carefully planned, with the object of providing the best protection against criminals and securing that duties are allotted fairly and with as little inconvenience to the individual as possible. Areas or locations of patrols and picquets should be carefully selected and the available strength of police should be disposed to the best advantage for assisting and supervising parties of villagers. Zaildars and other village official should be encouraged to participate actively in this duty; their responsibilities should be insisted upon, and energy and co-operation should be promptly rewarded. Gazzeted officers and Inspectors are required to take a close personal interest in this branch of preventive action.

Thikri Pahra and nakabandi shall on no account be regarded as a matter of routine. The former can be enforced under the Act if necessary, but both systems are better worked on a voluntary basis, through the goodwill of the communities concerned. These services should be demanded temporarily and for special purposes only during epidemics of crime.

 

23.4.   Surveillance Register No.X. –

 

(1)     In every police station, other than those of the railway police, a Surveillance Register shall be maintained in Form 23.4(1).

(2)     In part I of such register shall be entered the names of persons commonly resident within or commonly frequenting the local jurisdiction of the police station concerned, who belong to one or more of the following classes:-

(a)      All persons who have been proclaimed under section 87, Code of Criminal Procedure.

(b)      All released convicts in regard to whom an order under section 565, Criminal Procedure Code, has been made.

(c)      All convicts the execution of whose sentence is suspended in the whole, or any part of whose punishment has been remitted conditionally under section 401, Criminal Procedure Code.

(d)      All persons restricted under Rules of Government made under section 16 of the Restriction of Habitual Offenders (Punjab) Act, 1918.

(3)     In Part II of such register may be entered at the discretion of the Superintendent -

(a)      persons who have been convicted twice, or more than twice, of offences mentioned in rule 27.29;

(b)      persons who are reasonably believed to be habitual offenders or receivers of stole property whether they have been convicted or not;

(c)      persons under security under sections 109 or 110, Code of Criminal Procedure;

(d)      convicts released before the expiration of their sentences under the Prisons Act and Remission Rules without the imposition of any conditions.

Note. This rule must be strictly construed, and entries must be confined to the names of persons falling in the four classes named therein.

23.5.   Entries in and cancellations from surveillance register. –

 

(1)     The surveillance register shall be written up by the officer in charge of the police station personally or by an assistant sub-inspector in a clear and neat script. No entry shall be maid in Part II except by the orders of the Superintendent, who is strictly prohibited from delegating this authority. No entry shall be make in part I except by the order of gazetted officer. Entries shall be made either under the personal direction of, or on receipt of a written order from, an officer authorized by this rule to make them. In the latter case, original orders shall be attached to the register until the entry has been attested and dated by a gazetted officer.

(2)     Ordinarily, before the name of any person is entered in Part II of the surveillance register, a history sheet shall be opened for such person.

If, from the entries in the history sheet, the Superintendent of opinion that such person should be subjected to surveillance he shall enter his name in Part II of the surveillance register; provided that the names of persons who have never been convicted or placed on security for good behaviour shall not be entered until the Superintendent has recorded definite reasons for doing so.

The record of such reasons shall be treated as confidential and the person concerned shall not be entitled to a copy thereof.

 

23.6 Notice to headmen. –

 

(1)     When the name of any person has been entered in the surveillance register a confidential notice in Form 23.6(1) shall be issued to the headman of the village in which the surveille resides and the headman’s receipt shall be taken on the foil.

When a name is removed from the register intimation shall be sent to the headman concerned and a similar receipt obtained.

 

(2)     It is most important that the notices referred to in this rule should be issued promptly in respect of every person whose name is entered in the surveillance register in either Part I or II, and that intimation of cancellation should similarly be sent. On the proof of issue of such notices the enforcement of the responsibility of headman, both for ascertaining the whereabouts and assisting in the capture of proclaimed offenders and for reporting the movements of persons restricted or under surveillance, mainly depends.

 

23.7. Mode of surveillance. –

 

(1)     Police surveillance shall comprise such close watch over the movements of the person under surveillance, by police officers, village headmen and village watchmen as may be practicable without any illegal interference.

(2)     Care shall be taken not to have under surveillance in any police station more person than the police station staff can reasonably be expected to watch efficiently.

 

23.8 preparation of history sheets. –

 

The initial preparation of a history sheet requires great care, and should invariably be done by the officer in charge of the police station himself or by a thoroughly experienced assistant sub-inspector under specific orders.

(1)     The description of the criminal should be such as will enable the person reading it to form for himself a picture of the individual described, special attention being given to peculiarities of appearance, gait, speech, etc., by means of which the man may be distinguished.

(2)     The space for ‘‘relations and connections’’ should be filled in with a view to affording clues to those persons with whom the criminal is likely to harbour when wanted by the police, including relations or friends loving at distances from his home, and his associates in crime, abettors and receivers. The particular nature of each person’s connection should be noted against each, and, when persons shown as connections themselves have history sheets, a cross reference with those sheets should be given.

(3)     Under property, and mode of earning livelihood, such particulars should be entered as will facilitate a judgment as to whether the criminal is at any time living beyond his means; whether he is capable of furnishing a personal recognisance of any value; whether he is an owner of property, a tenant or a wageearner, and so on.

(4)     The ‘‘description of crime to which addicted’’ should be in some detail, showing not merely the class of crime, but the particular type of that crime, methods followed, localities chiefly frequented, weapons or instruments, used etc.

When these particulars have been carefully and concisely entered, the initial entry on the reverse side of the form should be made in the form of a summary of the individual’s criminal career up to the date of his history sheet being prepared, and should include the particular reasons and authority for its being prepared. Copies of history sheets prepared and published by the Criminal Investigation Department and published in the Criminal Intelligence Gazette shall be filed with the history sheets of the persons concerned in their home police stations. The police station history sheets in all such cases will be endorsed wit the letters C.I.D. and the criminal’s provincial numbers in red ink. The activities of all such criminals subsequent to the publication of their provincial history sheets must be communicated promptly to the Criminal Investigation Department though the District Central Investigating Agency. Duplicate of the sheets of criminal known or suspected to operate on the railway shall be supplied to the nearest railway police station and the originals of such sheets shall be endorsed with the letter ‘R’ in red ink. The District Police shall also supply the Railway Police Station with copies of all subsequent entries made in such History Sheets, so that the Railway Police copies may be kept strictly up to date.

 

23.9.   History sheets when opened. –

 

(1)     A history sheet, if one does not already exist, shall be opened in Form 23.9 for every person whose name is entered in the surveillance register, except conditionally released convicts.

(2)     A history sheet may be opened by, or under the written orders, of, a police officer not below the rank of inspector for any person not entered in the surveillance register who is reasonably believed to be habitually addicted to crime or to be an aider or abetor of such persons.

(3)     The Government Railway Police will maintain the history sheets of criminals known or suspected to operate on the railway in accordance with Police Rule 23.8. They will open history sheets themselves for criminals living in railway premises, who have been absent from their original homes so long that the railway premises may be regarded as their permanent residence. They may also open history sheets for wandering strangers reasonably believed to be habitually addicted to crime on the railway, whose original homes cannot be traced.

 

23.10. Custody of history sheets. –

 

(1)     The history sheets at each police station shall be kept in three separate bundles as follows :-

(a)      Bundle containing the history sheets of persons whose names are entered in the surveillance register.

(b)      Bundle containing the history sheets of persons whose names are not entered in the surveillance register and which have not been removed to personal files under rule 23.12. In this bundle should be recorded the history sheets of persons who (1) have been removed from surveillance on probation owing to there being no recent complaints against them, but who cannot be said definitely to be no longer addicted to crime, (2) have been the subject of action under rule 23.30, but have not yet been placed on security for good behaviour or under surveillance.

(c)      Bundle containing he history sheets of bad characters undergoing sentences of imprisonment sufficiently long to justify the removal of their names from the surveillance register until their release. These history sheets shall be put up by he officer in charge of the police station before a gazetted officer for orders six months before the nominal date of the release of the bad character concerned.

(2)     In each bundle, the history sheets of each village shall be kept in a separate cover on the inside of which a list of the history sheets pertaining to the village with their index serial numbers shall be maintained. The prescribed covers for history sheets are obtainable from the Superintendent, Government Printing, Punjab.

 

23.11. Checking of history sheets. –

 

Gazetted officers on tour and Inspectors shall personally check the entries in history sheets by local enquiry, in the presence of the persons concerned and their Zaildars and lambardars, and so far as possible, at their homes. Such officers shall also carefully scrutinize the conviction register [rule 22.59(e)], in order to see that history sheets are opened or properly kept up, as the case may be, for all convicts, whose record justifies such action.

In checking history sheets of proclaimed offenders they shall make sure that constant and recent enquiries have been made to ascertain the proclaimed offenders whereabouts and to effect his capture, whether he be in the jurisdiction or elsewhere, and that all necessary information about the proclaimed offender and his associates has been obtained from or communicated to other districts and police stations.

 

23.12. Treatment of history sheets and personal files. –

 

(1)     the history sheet of a person who is no longer addicted to crime shall be transferred to his personal file. Under no circumstances shall the history sheet of a person who is undergoing sentence be relegated to his personal file.

(2)     The history sheet and personal file of a person who takes up his residence permanently in another police station jurisdiction shall be transferred to such police station.

(3)     The history sheet and personal file of a person who dies shall be destroyed.

(4)     All disposal action referred to in this rule shall be taken in accordance with the orders of gazetted officer.

 

23.13. Personal files Maintenance and disposal of. –

 

(1)     The starting of a personal file should always be the first stage in compiling the record of suspect. As soon as suspicions have come into record regarding an individual to an extent which indicates that he is addicted to crime or is the associated of criminals, such record should be tabulated to from the foundation of a personal life. Subsequently, all information obtained about such persons, whether in his favour or against him, shall be added to his file. The personal file shall form the main material by which superior officers will be guided as to whether to open a history sheet or not. It follows that a personal file must be maintained for every person of whom a history sheet exists. On such file, bad character rolls, papers relating to information sheets, etc., shall be recorded. See rule 23.7(B) in this connection.

(2)     All personal files shall be pages and indexed.

(a) the personal files of persons for whom history sheets have been opened shall be given the same serial number as the history sheet and kept separately in a bundle.

(b) The personal files of persons for whom no history sheet exists shall be kept in a separate bundle. These files shall not be numbered, but a list of them shall be kept in the bundle and they shall be arranged according to villages.

(3)     To prevent the undue accumulation of useless personal files, the Superintendent may, at his discretion, order the destruction of the personal file of any person of whom a history sheet does not exist when such person has been of good behaviour continuously for seven years and the up-keep of his personal file appears unnecessary.

 

23.14. Index to history sheets and personal files. –

 

(1)     A register containing a general index to history sheets and personal files shall be maintained in two parts.

Part I shall consists of a list in Form 23.14(1)(A) of the history sheets and personal files in serial order as they are opened.

Part II shall be an alphabetical index in Form 23.14(1)(B).

(2)     when a history sheet is opened it shall be given a permanent serial number and entered in the general index. Such number shall not be altered when the history sheet is transferred from one bundle to another, and shall not be re-allotted until the history sheet is destroyed or transferred to another police station.

 

23.15. Part IV-Village Crime Register No. IX. –

 

To ensure that the confidential notes on village crime are kept up methodically and that information contained in them can be readily referred, to, all entries should be classified under headings as follows :-

(i)       Notes regarding influential individuals resident in or connected with the village, who habitually abet or share in the proceeds of crime or shelter criminals.

(ii)      Special types of lawlessness or crime to which inhabitants of the village are addicted.

(iii)     Notes on gangs, with cross references in the books of other villages to which members of the same gangs belong, and particulars of the associates and methods of such gangs.

(iv)    Notes on personal, land, communal and other fueds, which are liable to cause breaches of the peace or to affect evidence in investigations.

(v)      Notes on fair and similar occasions requiring the special attention of the officer in charge of the police station.

(vi)    Notes on individual criminal which supplement and facilitate reference to history sheets for instance : lists of habitual railway thieves, cattle thieves, etc., with the localities they chiefly separate in; lists of criminals of other villages or jurisdictions who commit crime in the village.

(vii)   A list of convicts released under the Good Conduct Prisoners Probational Release Act (Punjab Act X of 1926), vide rule 23.35.

(viii)  A list of respectable inhabitants of the village who have migrated to colony areas and who can provide important information regarding proclaimed offenders and absconders.

(ix)    Convictions under sections 124-A and 153-A Indian Penal Code.

 

23.16. Bad character rolls. –

 

(1)     When a person who is under surveillance leaves his home or residence, the village headman is, under sections 18 and 19 of the rules made by Government under section 39-A of Act IV of 1872, required to send immediate information to the officer in charge of the police station regarding the departure and alleged destination of such person. Under the same rules village headmen are required to report immediately any information obtained by them regarding the whereabouts of proclaimed offenders, whose names are entered in Part I (a) of register X, or regarding the absence from the limits to which they are restricted of persons entered in Part I(b), (c) or (d) of the same register, and the surveillance of these persons, and the verification of their whereabouts, shall, thereafter, be effected in the manner prescribed in the following subrules.

(2)     Upon receipt of such information the officer in charge of the police station shall send a bad character roll prepared by the carbon copying process in form 23.16(2) (Police station register X-A), to the officer in charge of the police station to whose jurisdiction such person is believed to have gone. A roll shall similarly be sent when credible information is received of the presence of a proclaimed offender in another police station.

(3)     The officer receiving the bad character roll shall acknowledge its receipt and shall take steps to ascertain whether the bad character has arrived within his jurisdiction, and, if so, shall arrange to have his movements watched, or , in the case of proclaimed offender arrest him and take suitable action regarding his harbourers.

A note of the movements and doings of the bad character shall be made in the roll and, if he moves on the another police station, the roll shall be forwarded to such police station and the same procedure followed. An entry regarding each such roll received shall be made in police station register X-B, Form 23.16(3).

(4)     When the roll is received back in the police station from which it was originally despatched, a note of any useful information recorded therein shall be made in the history sheet and the roll filed with the personal file, the acknowledgement referred to above being attached to the foil of the bad character roll the date and time of the bad character’s return to his home shall be verified and noted on the back of the roll before it is finally filed.

(5)     If a notorious bad character or a convict, who has been classed P.R.T. under the rules in the Police Finger Print Bureau Manual, absents himself and is likely to visit two or more districts, a copy of his bad character roll shall be sent to the office of the Superintendent and Form 23.16(5) completed and submitted to the Assistant InspectorGeneral, Crime and Criminal Tribes, for publication in the Criminal Intelligence Gazette.

When necessary, information regarding the movements of such persons may be communicated by telegraph.

(6)     The district police shall send information by the quickest means to the Railway Police Station concerned about the absence of a bad character for home the Railway Police maintains a history sheet. Message should be sent by telephone or telegram where possible and bad character rolls should be forwarded without delay. Information should also be given to the Superintendent of Police who will pass it on as quickly as possible to the Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police.

 

23.17 Information sheets. –

 

(1)     Information sheets in Form 23.17(1) shall be used by an officer for the double purpose of obtaining and communicating information about residents of other police station jurisdictions who are known or believed to have visited his police station jurisdiction with criminal intent.

(2)     Information sheets shall be issued by an officer in charge of a police station as means of ascertaining the antecedents of persons :-

(a)      who are genuinely believed to have committed an offence whether or not they have been or are to be arrested;

(b)      who have been arrested under section 55, Criminal Procedure Code;

(c)      who are genuinely believed to be of suspicious character.

The officer in charge of police station shall send an information sheet in Form 23.17(1) as soon as possible to the officer in charge of the police station of which such person claims to be a resident, giving :-

(i)       an account of the circumstances in which such person came to notice.

(ii)      an account of the offence if any with which such person is believed to be connected.

(iii)     the names and a statement of the characters of the persons with whom such person has been associating, and

(iv)    any statement made by such person about his own reputation and status and associates in his own jurisdiction, and enter its despatch in Police Station Register No. XII, Form 23.17(2).

(3)     Continuation information sheets shall be issued whenever necessary as a means of communicating information obtained or genuine suspicions formed after the issue of the original information sheet.

(4)     Final information sheets shall be issued as soon as possible after the conclusion of the police investigation, or of the judicial trial, or of the magisterial proceedings. Such final reports shall as far as possible be drafted by the officer in charge of the police station himself and shall be summary of the whole matter, giving in detail the result of the investigation or trial or proceedings, the names of co-accused or associates, if any, the names of sureties and of discredited defence witnesses, if any, the places if any where property was recovered or absconders found, and any other facts that may be of value for criminal intelligence records.

(5)     Information sheets, original continuation and final, shall be issued in triplicate. The officer in charge of the police station shall send one copy to the Superintendent of Police of his own district to enable the Criminal investigation Agency to extract any information of value, and shall send the other two copies to the officer in charge of the police station addressed.

 

(6)     The officer in charge of a police station receiving an information sheet in duplicate shall cause an entry to be made to register XII-A [Form No. 23.17(6)], the index of information sheets received. He shall then record on the back of the copies all the information about the person, such as his antecedents, relations and associates as may help the enquiring officer in his investigation or in his search for absconders or for co-accused or for stolen property. One copy shall then be returned to the enquiring officer and the other copy shall be filed in the police station receiving the information sheet.

(7)     (a) In the police station issuing the sheet, information sheets of persons finally considered to be of criminal suspect character shall be filed in bundles according to the village visited by such persons, and within such village bundle according to the type of crime to which they are suspected of addition.

(b) In the police station receiving the sheet, information sheets of persons finally considered to be of criminal or suspect character shall be filed with their personal files, if any, if there is no personal file, and if none is started on receipt of the information sheet, it shall be filed according to the village of residence and within the bundle relating to such village according to the type of crime of which the person is suspected.

(c) In both issuing and receiving police stations informations sheets of persons finally considered to be of good character shall be destroyed.

 

23.18. Hue and cry notices. –

 

(1)     Whenever it is required to have a search made for an absconding suspect, or to issue warnings for precautions to be taken against a particular type of offence or particular individuals, the officer in charge of the police station or the investigating officer shall, in addition to such action as may be taken in accordance with rule 26.5, issue a hue and cry notice in Form 23.18(1). The officer who decides to issue such a notice shall personally complete the original form, recording all descriptive and other information, which may assist the recipient of the Form to take effective action, paying particular attention to the specification of the routes and places to be watched. He shall cause the original form to be conveyed as speedily as possibly to the police station, with precise instructions as to where copies are to be sent after the necessary entry has been made in Register No. IV. Hue and cry notices shall not be broadcasted indiscriminately, but shall be sent with the utmost despatch to those places, whether within or outside the jurisdiction of issue, where special action is required. In all cases, when an absconder is likely to travel by railway, copies of hue and cry notices shall be sent to the railway police stations and outposts concerned.

(2)     A copy of every hue and cry notice of an absconder shall also be sent to the office of the Superintendent of Police, in order that an entry may be made in the district register of absconders (rule 23.20) and that, if the Superintendent of Police or head of the prosecuting branch thinks it fit, copies may be sent to other districts or to the Criminal Investigation Department.

(3)     In cases where the absconder is known to have associates, relatives, or resorts in two or more districts and when the offender is not immediately arrested, a notice is Form 23.18(1) in English shall be sent to the Assistant Inspector-General, Crime and Criminal Tribes, for publication in the Criminal Intelligence Gazette. In cases where a reward is offered the amount should be stated on the form.

(4)     Officers in charge of police stations receiving hue and cry notices shall take immediate action, as the circumstances of each case may indicate to be necessary.

(5)     Care shall be taken that, whenever the necessity for action asked for in a hue and cry notice ceases to operate, a notice of cancellation shall be issued to all to whom the original notice was sent.

 

23.19 Dissemination of intelligence of serious offences. –

 

(1)     In cases of murder by dacoits or robbers, drugging with intent to rob, dacoity, serious robbery and serious offences involving interference with the working of the railway, when the culprits are not immediately apprehended, the officer in charge of the police station shall send written notices or telephone or telegraph messages, to neighbouring police stations and to such other police stations as are concerned, whether in the same district or not,giving all particulars likely to afford a clue to the offenders. He shall also arrange for the dissemination of such intelligence throughout his jurisdiction.

(2)     In order that this rule, and rule 23.18 above, shall be promptly complied with, officers in charge of police stations shall have ready a system by which intelligence can be quickly disseminated. They shall use for this purpose any telephone and telegraph system existing, the visits of chaukidars and other persons to police station, the post office and any other existing local means.

 

23.20. District register of absconders. –

 

(1)     In each district a register of absconders in Form 23.20(1) shall be maintained by the head of the prosecuting agency. The register shall be divided into two parts :-

Part I will contain the names of all absconders in cases of the home district, irrespective of their residence, about whom information in Form 22.54(a), or otherwise, has been received.

Part II will contain the names of absconders in cases of other districts who are resident of the home district or likely to visit it. All entries regarding residents of the home districts shall be made in red ink.

The names in both parts shall be entered, as far as possible, according to the police stations of which the absconder is resident or from which he is absconding.

(2)     As soon as an absconder has been proclaimed under section 87, Code of Criminal Procedure, his name shall be entered in the Proclaimed Offenders register prescribed in rule 22.22(1), a note being made in the column for remarks to this effect.

(3)     Should action under section 87, Code of Criminal Procedure, not be taken against an absconder for any reason, such a lack of evidence, etc., his name shall be struck out and a remark added giving reasons in the column of remarks.

(4)     When a person whose finger impression slip is on record absconds, information of the fact shall be sent to the Finger Print Bureau. All rearrests of such absconders shall be communicated to the Finger Print Bureau.

(5)     When a criminal tribesmen restricted under section 11 of the Criminal Tribes Act absconds, information to the fact together with as many particulars of the individual as possible, shall be communicated promptly to the Assistant to the Inspector General, Criminal Tribes. All re-arrests of such absconders shall be communicated to that officer in a monthly return to be submitted in the first week of each month.

Note (1). The term absconder shall be held to mean a person of a cognizable offence against the officer incharge of the police station concerned considers that there is sufficient evidence to justify his arrest, but whose whereabouts are unknown.

Note (2). A separate register shall be maintained for absconding member of criminal tribes wanted in connection with offences under the Criminal Tribes Act.

 

23.21. Register showing progress of action against absconders and proclaimed offenders. –

 

In order that a proper check may be kept on the progress of action prescribed in rule 21.5 and 26.5, the head of the persecuting agency, shall maintain a register in Form 23.21. The register shall be examined at frequent intervals by the Superintendent of Police, gazetted officers and inspectors in supervisory change of police stations and by prosecuting officers, and the latter shall be held responsible that no delay in proclamation and attachment of property or perfunctory action in regard thereto, whether on the part of police office or the court, is allowed to occur.

 

23. 22. Register of proclaimed offenders. –

 

(1)     A register of proclaimed offenders in Form 23.22(1) shall be maintained in each district by the head of the prosecuting agency. The register shall being in two parts:-

Part I. shall contain the names of all residents of the home district irrespective of the district in which proclaimed. The names shall be entered according to the police station of which the proclaimed offenders are resident.

Part II shall contain the names of all offenders proclaimed in but not resident of the district. These will be entered, as far as possible according to the district of which they are said to be resident, residents of independent territory being shown separately.

(2)     In January of each year a statement in English in form 23.22(2) shall be submitted to the Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation Department, showing the result of action taken against proclaimed offenders during the past year. An abstract of such a statement shall be prepared in the office of the Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation Department, and published in the Police Gazette. The figures relating to proclaimed offenders, who are registered members of the criminal tribes, shall be given separately.

 

23.23. Revision of lists of proclaimed offenders. –

 

(1)     Every Superintendent shall carefully revise his list of proclaimed offenders periodically and omit therefrom after consultation with the District Magistrate and the Superintendent of the district in which such person was proclaimed, the names of persons accused of trivial offences or concerned in cases where from lapse of time, no sufficient evidence is on record or is procurable.

(2)     Due intimation of such omission shall be sent to the officer-in-charge of the police station concerned; intimation shall also be sent to the Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation Department, in those cases in which intimation of proclamation was given, or in which a notice issued in the Criminal Intelligence Gazette.

(3)     A separate revised list shall be submitted for proclaimed offenders who are registered members of criminal tribes.

 

23.24. Procedure when person is proclaimed an offender. –

 

(1)     Immediately proceedings under section 87, Criminal procedure Code have been taken, intimation shall be sent by the prosecuting agency to the police station initiating such proceedings and to the police station of which the proclaimed offender is believed to be a resident. Such intimation shall be sent through the Superintendent of Police concerned, if the person proclaimed is a resident of another district. The primary responsibility for security the arrest of such offender rests with the police of the station in which he is a resident. Immediately on receipt of intimation of proclamation of a resident of the police station jurisdiction a history sheet shall be opened , particulars being ascertained from the police station, which has instituted proclamation proceedings, if necessary, and the offender’s name shall be entered in Part I of the surveillance register.

(2)     Thereupon intimation in Form 23.24(2) shall be sent to the headmen and watchmen of the village of which the proclaimed offender is a resident, and intimation in the same form shall be sent separately, and through the police stations concerned, to the headmen and watchmen of all villages where the proclaimed offender is known to have relatives or friends whom he is likely to visit. When the offender is a resident of a police station other than that in which he is proclaimed, the officer-charge of the latter police station shall im-mediately furnish the police station of the offender’s resident with all available information for the completion of his history sheet and issue of notices.

(3)     In the case of members of registered criminal tribes proclaimed solely for absconding from their area of restriction, intimation in form 23.24(2) shall be issued to places where there is a likelihood of the offender being found, but names shall not be entered in the surveillance register or shall history sheets be prepared unless specially ordered by the Superintendent of Police.

(4)     Whenever a proclaimed offender is arrested, intimation shall be sent direct to the district and police station of which he was a resident. On receipt of such intimation a note shall be made in the surveillance register of the date and place of arrest, and his name shall be struck off and register, and intimation issued respecting him shall be withdrawn and his history sheet submitted for orders of disposal.

 

23.25. List of Proclaimed offenders at police station. –

 

(1)     A list shall be hung up in the office of each police station, and a duplicate thereof in a conspicuous place in the police station notice board, of all proclaimed offenders whose names have been entered under rule 23.5 above in the surveillance register. Lists shall be similarly posted of all proclaimed members of criminal tribes whose names have not been entered in the surveillance register.

(2)     Every police officer shall be instructed, as soon as possible after joining a police station, in the names, descriptions and likely resorts of all proclaimed offenders included in the lists prescribed above. Police officers shall be frequently tested by officers in charge of police stations and inspecting officers in their knowledge of proclaimed offenders and shall be required at all times, when moving about the jurisdiction, themselves to obtain all possible information which may facilitate the arrest of such offenders and to inform the public of the proclamation of arrest, and of any reward offered, and warn them of the penalties of harboring.

 

23.26. Proposals regarding criminal tribes or classes. –

 

(1)     When there are indications that two or more persons are associated in the systematic commission of non-bailable offences a proposal shall be submitted for their notification as a criminal tribe under section 3 of the Criminal Tribes Act (VI of 1924) and for such further action as may be considered desirable under sections 10, 11 and 12 of the Act. Such proposal shall not be made until preventive action under section 110, Criminal Procedure Code, and the Habitual Offenders Act has failed, and shall in the first instance, be prepared by the Superintendent of Police and the Deputy Commissioner in consultation with the Assistant Inspector-General of Police, Crime and Criminal Tribes. The proposals shall be framed on the lines prescribed in Chapter IX, section 4 of the Punjab Reclamation Manual, 1932 and shall be forwarded, through the Deputy Inspector-General of the Range, to the Commissioner for scrutiny and submission to Government through the InspectorGeneral of Police.

(2)     Before the submission of the case by the Superintendent of Police, a gazetted police officer shall personally see every individual whom it is proposed to notify under section 3 and shall enquire into his or her means of subsistence and mode of livelihood.

 

23.27. Criminal Tribes Act, VI of 1924. –

 

The rules made by the local Government under the Act and the more important circulars dealing generally with the administration of criminal tribes are contained in the Punjab Reclamation Manual, 1932, a copy of which has been supplied to all district police officers. Gazetted officers and all upper subordinates are required to make themselves thoroughly acquainted with the provisions of the Act and the rules made thereunder.

 

23.28. District criminal tribes register. –

 

The form of the English register to be maintained by Superintendents of Police is given as Form A in the Rules made under the Criminal Tribes Act and corresponds with Police Rule Form 22.58-A. As may register shall be maintained as there are police stations in which criminal tribesmen reside or are restricted. Each register shall be further sub-divided into parts according to tribes. Entries in column 7 when made shall be in red ink. A vernacular copy of each register shall be supplied to the police station concerned which copies shall constitute police station register No. VIII.

The Criminal Tribes register shall contain the names of all male children of members of registered criminal tribes over the age of 12 years in the case of wandering criminal tribes, and over the age of 18 years in the case of settled criminal tribes, unless exempted by the District Magistrate under rule 4 of the rules made under the Act.

 

23. 29. Criminal tribes-Supervision by gazetted officers. –

 

Gazetted officers on tour shall take with them those parts of the register which concern the police stations they intend visiting, shall interview individual members of criminal tribes as frequently as possible and shall satisfy themselves that the subordinate police are not abusing their powers of granting leave to members of criminal tribes, and that the conditions of passes are being strictly complied with. They shall enquire into the means of livelihood of the criminal tribes and satisfy themselves that rule 42 of the rules made under the Act is being enforced. They shall also enquire into the past conduct of members of criminal tribes and make recommendations under past conduct of members of criminal tribes and make recommendations under rule 24 to the District Magistrate for the cancellation of the registration of men who have reformed and for the registration of other who may have reverted to crime.

 

23.30. Proceedings under section 110, Criminal Procedure Code or Act V of 1918.

 

 

(1)     When the history sheet of a bad character furnishes sufficient material, as report shall be prepared in Form 23.30(1) which a view to his being called upon to furnish security under section 110, Code of Criminal Procedure, or restricted under the provisions of the Habitual Offenders Act (V of 1918). The preparation of such reports shall not be undertaken without the orders of a gazetted officers or inspector. When possible a number of such cases shall be prepared and collected for presentation to the magistrate of the ilaqa on tour at some place near the home of the accused persons and witnesses.

 

(2)     Proceedings under section 110, Criminal Procedure Code, against Zaildars, Lambardars and Inamdars require the special order of the District Magistrate (Chapter 3, paragraph 19 of High Court Rules and Orders, Volume III).

 

23.31. Surveillance records confidential. –

 

All records connected with police surveillance are confidential; nothing contained in them may be communicated to any person nor may inspection be allowed or copies given, save as provided in Police Rules. The rights of district and ilaqa magistrates to examine such records are governed by rules 1.15 and 1.21, and rules regarding their production in court are contained in Chapter XXVII.

 

23.32. Preventive action under sections 151 and 107, Code of Criminal Procedure. –

 

Section 151, Code of Criminal Procedure, empowers a police officer knowing of a design to commit any cognizable offence to arrest the person so designing, if it appears to such officer that the commission of the offence cannot otherwise be prevented.

These are the only circumstances under which the law empowers police officers to interfere in disputes between individuals have interested parties, or the zail of village officials, complain of apprehension of beach of the peace.

 

Police officers have no power to investigate formal/complaints under section 107, Code of Criminal Procedure, except as provided in section 23, Act V of 1861. They shall, however, be on the constant look out for genuine information of disputes likely to lead to a breach of the peace. Such information, whether collected direct or received by complaint at the police station, shall be recorded in the daily diary, and a copy of the complaint forwarded without delay to the magistrate of the ilaqa, unless an immediate breach of the peace is anticipated, when the officer in charge of the police station shall act under section 151, Code of Criminal Procedure, on his own responsibility. Government has held that it is important that magistrates receiving such reports from the police should give immediately to them their close and personal attention and take suitable action on the merits of each report.

Complaints of this nature made to superior police officers shall not be endorsed for enquiry by officers in charge of police stations unless it is anticipated that action under section 151, Code of Criminal Procedure, will be required and in no case shall endorsed complaints be despatched to officers in charge of police stations by hands of the complaints or informants or otherwise than through a strictly official agency. Complainants in cases in which no action under section 151, Code of Criminal Procedure, appears necessary shall be referred to the Magistrate of the ilaqa.

 

23.33. Convicts released before expiration of sentences under the Prisons Act and remission rules. –

 

The Government of India have decided that all remissions earned under the remission rules by prisoners of any class in jail are to be considered absolute and not to be made subject to the imposition of any conditions.

At it is desirable, however, for the police to be apprised of the release of such convicts, a descriptive-roll in Form 23.33 of the all such convicts will be sent by the Superintendent of Police of the Jail to the Superintendent of the district, of which the convict is a resident. The Superintendent of Police shall, in an examination of all the relevant circumstances, exercise his discretion as to whether any such convict shall be subjected to police surveillance or not or whether preventive action is to be taken by the preparation of a history sheet or a personal file.

 

23.34. Convicts conditionally released under section 401, Criminal Procedure Code. –

 

(1)     When a convict is to be conditionally released under section 401, Criminal Procedure Code, the Superintendent of Police will be supplied by the local government through the District Magistrate with –

 

(a)      A certificate copy of the order of conditional release with the date of release endorsed on it, and

(b)      A descriptive roll of the convict.

(3)     If release is subject to conditions of police surveillance, the rules contained in Appendix 23.39(1) shall be applied.


If release is subject to other conditions and the police are required to take measures to secure the observance of those conditions, the Superintendent of Police shall issue suitable orders and instructions to subordinate officers concerned.

 

23.35. Conditional release under the Good Conduct Prisoners Probational Release Act (Punjab Act, X of 1926). –

 

(1)     Under the terms of the Good Conduct Prisoners Probational Release Act, convicts, other than those specially excepted by rules made under the Act, may be selected to serve the concluding period of their sentences outside jails limits in licensed and paid employment. Such employment may be either under individual employers or in settlements managed by Government.

(2)     The license under which convicts may be so employed is in a form prescribed under the Act; it provides for the fixing of the residence of the convict, the reporting of his movements, the restriction of such movements, and for his good behaviour, and may be revoked for breach of these conditions. A convict whose license is revoked is required to return to jail for the rest of the period of his sentence, and, if he absconds he becomes liable to additional imprisonment up to two years.

(3)     The selection of convicts for probational release and their control in accordance with the terms of the Act and of the license is vested in a Reclamation Officer and Probation Officers appointed by Government. The police have no powers or duties in this respect. The Reclamation Officer is required, prior to the release of a prisoner, to inform the Superintendent of Police of the district where he is to be employed. A list of such convicts shall be maintained by the officers in charge of police stations concerned in their confidential note-books (rule 21.28). No surveillance shall be exercised by the police over such persons who should be given every opportunity to take their places as respectable members of society, but officers in charge of police stations shall report, through the Superintendent of Police, to the nearest Probation Officer, any reliable information received regarding the commission of crime, absence or other breach of the conditions of release by them.

(4)     The Reclamation Officer or Probation Officers may call upon the Superintendent of Police to enquiry into the conduct of convicts released on probation and to render assistance in tracing, arresting and escorting to jail, persons who have contravened the conditions of their license. Such requests shall be complied with.

(5)     The release on probation and probable date of final release of P.R. convicts is required to be intimated by the Superintendent of the Jail to the Superintendent of Police of the district in which such prisoner ordinarily resides.

(6)     Offences under section 7 of the Act, viz., absconding from supervision or failing to return to a jail on the revocation of a license are cognizable by the police.

 

23.36. Release notice of prisoners. –

 

The following instructions regarding the disposal of release notice shall be observed :-

 

(1)     The release notices of prisoners classed P.R.T. shall be forwarded by the Superintendent of the Jail direct to the Assistant to the Inspector-General of Police Crime and Criminal Tribes, Punjab, at least two months before the date of release.

(2)     The release notices of prisoners classed P.R. shall be made over by the Superintendent of the Jail from which such prisoners are to be released to an officer to be specially deputed for the purpose by the local Superintendent of Police. In the case of persons to be released from the jail of the district in which they were convicted, the release notices shall be made over to the police on the Saturday preceding the dates of release. In the case of persons to be released in a district other than that in which they are convicted, the release notices shall be made over to the police at least one month prior to the dates of release.

 

23.37. Procedure when release notices are received. –

 

(1)     P.R.T. Convicts. (a) On receipt of the release notices of P.R.T. convicts, the Assistant to the Inspector-General of Police, Crime and Criminal Tribes, Punjab, shall take such action as may be necessary in his office and shall then forward the notices in original, by registered post, to the Superintendent of Police of the district of which the criminal is a resident. The latter officer, on its receipt, shall cause it to be entered to once in the district Finger Print Register prescribed in rule 34(1) of the Police Finger Print Bureau Manual and shall cause translations in Form 23.37(1) to be despatched to the police station of conviction, if the convict was convicted in his district, and to the police station of residence as in accordance with rules all convicts classed R.T. are required to be released from the jails of their home districts.

 

 

(b) If the convict is a resident of another province or an Indian State, an extract of the release notice shall be forwarded by the Assistant to the Inspector-General of Police, Crime and Criminal Tribes, Punjab, to the Criminal Investigation Department of the Province or Head of the State Police concerned.

(c) If the criminal is a resident of the Punjab, but of a district other than that in which he was convicted, the Assistant to the Inspector-General of Police, Crime and Criminal Tribes, Punjab, shall also forward a copy of the release notice to the district of conviction.

P.R. Convicts. On receipt under rule 23.36(2) of release notices of prisoners classed as P.R., the following procedure shall be observed :-

(a)      In the case of a person to be released in the district, of which he is a resident and in which he was convicted, necessary entries shall be made in the District Finger Print Register, information in Form 23.37(1) shall be sent to the Police Station of residence without delay, and the release notice shall be filed.

(b)      In the case of a person to be released in the district, of he is a resident on expiry of a sentence inflicted in another district, the police station of residence shall be informed in Form 23.37(1), a duplicate copy of the release notice shall be prepared and forwarded without delay to the district of conviction for completion of the District Finger Print Register, and the original release notice shall be filed.

(c)      In the case of a person to be released in the district in which he was convicted, but who is a resident of another district in the Province, or of Delhi, the NorthWest Frontier Province or any of the Indian States referred to in Section 1(10), Police Finger Print Bureau Manual, Part I, a duplicate copy of the release notice shall be prepared, necessaries shall be made in the Finger Print Register, and the original release notice sent to the district or State of residence to be filed. If the convict is a resident of a Province other than that of the Punjab, Delhi, or the North-West Frontier Province, or of an Indian State other than those mentioned in Section 1(10), Police Finger Print Bureau Manual, or is of unknown residence, or has no fixed residence, the original release notice shall be retained and filed. All such notices shall be kept together in a separate file.

The release notice of a prisoner who has died shall be forwarded by the Superintendent of Police of the district of which the prisoner was a resident to the Finger Print Bureau for disposal and the name of such person shall be erased from the conviction register.

 

23.38 Surveillance over released prisoners. –

 

(1)     Within ten days of a prisoner’s release the officer in charge of the police station of residence shall report whether or not he has returned to his home.

(2)     If the release notice refers to a convict classed ‘P.R.T.’ the Superintendent shall take suitable measures to have such convict shadowed and shall note the substance of any orders issued in this connection in Form 23.37(1) sent to the police station.

(3)     Should a release notice refer to a person convicted of an offence on the Railway, an extract shall be sent by the Superintendent of the district of which such criminal is a resident to the Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police.

 

23.39. Released convicts with regard to whom order under section 565, Code of Criminal Procedure, has been made. –

 

(1)     The mode of surveillance over released convicts in regard to whom an order under section 565, Code of Criminal Procedure, has been made is described in Appendix 23.39(2).

(2)     Changes of residence of such convicts shall be entered in their history sheets and reports thereof made in Form 23.39(2).

(3)     On the expiration of the period for which the surveillance of a released convict is ordered the Superintendent shall exercise his discretion as to whether such prisoner’s name shall be transferred to part II of the Surveillance Register or not.

 

23.40. Control of professional criminals. –

 

(1)     Files of important cases of a special type shall be maintained in the Crime Branch of the Criminal Investigation Department, together with History Sheets of important provincial criminals, and a brief account of the offences for which convicted. The class of offences in which such records are to be maintained are :-

(a)      Administering stupefying drugs with intent to rob;

(b)      Offences relating to coin, counterfeiting coin and the forgery of Government Currency Notes;

(c)      Professional cheating;

(d)      Dacoities and offences committed by professionals, such as gang burglaries;

(e)      Theft of arms and ammunition;

(f)       Offences committed by criminal tribes;

(g)      Offences indicating a special technique.

(2)     Reports of such cases, containing all important particulars shall be forwarded by Superintendents of Police to the Assistant Inspector-General, Crime and Criminal Tribes as they occur.

 

23.41. Distribution of professional criminals. –

 

On the conviction of a gang of professional criminals the Superintendent shall, if he considers such a course advisable, forward to the Superintendent of the Jail or submission to the Inspector-General of Prisons a recommendation giving the names of members of the gang who should be separated and confined in different jails.

A copy of such recommendation shall be forwarded to the Deputy InspectorGeneral, Criminal Investigation Department.

 

23.42. Pathan immigrants. –

 

Certain sections of Pathan immigrants to the Punjab are addicted to crime; and such immigrants, whether nomadic or settled in towns and villages, should therefore, be observed, and either through the agency of their own headmen, or the headmen of villages, where they are settled, enquiry should be made with a view to ascertaining their antecedents. Should any such immigrants be suspected of criminal propensities, information should be sent, as early as possible, to the Assistant to the InspectorGeneral of Police, Crime and Criminal Tribes, who is in a position to supply the district police with the services of an experienced officer.

Extracts from a note on Pathan immigrants, prepared in 1926, are printed as Appendix 23.42 for the guidance of district police officers.

 

23.43. Control of traffic in police station jurisdictions. –

 

Police officers attached to police stations shall pay attention to the control of traffic on the roads of their jurisdiction. It is part of the duty of officers present at police stations to take legal action in respect of traffic offences committed by traffic passing the station house and similarly themselves to take cognisance of or report all such offences, which may come to their notice while travelling in their jurisdiction.

 

By constant warnings and prosecutions under the appropriate sections of the Indian Penal Code, or special laws, in flagrant or recalcitrant cases, the amenities of traffic can and shall be ensured. The keeping of slow-moving traffic to the side of the road; the prevention of obstructions of the road by gross overloading of carts; the prevention of cruelty to animals and overloading of tongas; the enforcement of the rules under which public motor vehicles are allowed to ply, especially in respect of authorized loads, display of the required particulars on vehicles, validity of permits and driving licenses, and legibility and correct position of registration plates are all parts of the duties of the staffs of police stations. Supervising officers shall insist on the proper performance of these duties.

 

23.44. Conditions of colony tenancies. –

 

Superintendents and other gazetted officers serving in colony areas should acquaint themselves with the conditions regulating the tenure of land in such areas. Under these conditions Government usually demands active loyalty from all occupiers of land, and reserves powers of forfeiture of tenancies or restriction of rights as a punishment to individuals or communities, which fail to render assistance in the suppression of crime. Details instructions on this subject are contained in notifications published from time to time in the Punjab Government Gazette, or in orders issued by the Financial Commissioners which are available in the offices of Deputy Commissioners.

APPENDIX No. 23.39(1)

 

No. 7336 (H-Jails) dated Lahore, the 6th March, 1931

 

From The Home Secretary to Government, Punjab.

 

To All Commissioners of Divisions and Deputy Commissioners in Punjab.

 

Police surveillance over released convicts in regard to whom an order has been made under Section 565 of the Code of Criminal Procedure.

I am directed to forward the accompanying rules framed by the Governor in Council under the provisions of sub-section 3 of section 565 of the Code of Criminal procedure, 1898.

2. The following instructions are issued with a view to explain the procedure more fully:-

(1)     In every case in which a criminal court makes an order under section 565 of the Code, directing that the person sentenced to imprisonment shall notify his residence and any change of residence after release, a copy of such order will be transmitted by the court passing the sentence and order, with the warrant of commitment issued under section 384 of the Code, to the officer-in-charge of the jail or other place in which the prisoner is, or is to be confined. The Honourable Judges of the High Court have been asked to issue instructions regarding this.

(2)     Not less than fourteen days before any prisoner, in regard to whom an order under section 565 of the Code has been made, is to be released, the officer-incharge of the jail or other place in which such prisoner is then confined shall explain to the prisoner the nature of the order and the requirements of the rules, and shall call upon him to state the place at which he intends, after his release, to reside. The officer-in-charge of the jail or other place of confinement will thereupon inform the Superintendent of Police of the district in which such jail or other place of confinement is situated of the name and other particulars necessary for the identification of the prisoner and also of the place at which such prisoner intends, after his release, to reside.

(3)     The District Superintendent of Police will cause intimation to be given-

(a)      if the place at which the prisoner intends to reside is situate within his district, to the officer-in-charge of the police station within the local limits of which such place is situate; and

(b)      if such place is situated in any other district, to the Superintendent of Police of that district, who will take action as in clause (a).

 

(4)     The rules provide that every released prisoner to whom they relate shall give not less than one day’s notice of any intended change of residence to the officer-incharge of the police station within the local limits of which the place, at which he is then residing, is situated. Within twenty-four hours of his arrival at his destination the prisoner is further required to notify the fact of his arrival to the officer-in-charge of the police station within the local limits of which the new place of residence is situated.

(5)     The intimations required to be given by rules II, III and IV are ordinarily to be made personally by the released convict, at the proper police station. If any such convict is for any sufficient reason at any time unable to do this, or if the District Magistrate exempts a prisoner from personal attendance for this purpose, the intimation may be made in writing or in such other manner as the District Magistrate may prescribe in this behalf.

(6)     Breaches of the rules are punishable under section 176 of the Indian Penal Code.

(7)     The Inspector-General of Police will issue detailed instructions for giving effect to the rules in the Police Department.

3. This cancels Punjab Government circular No. 5-396, dated the 13th March, 1901.

Notification

 

The 6th March, 1931.

No. 7335. In exercise of the powers conferred by sub-section (3) of section 565 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898, the Governor in Council is pleased to make the following rules regulating to notification of residence or change of or absence from residence by released convicts in regard to whom an order has been made under sub-section (1) section 565 of the said Code.

Punjab Government notification No. 395 (H-Judicial), dated the 13th March, 1901, is hereby cancelled.

Rules

Released convicts to observe rules. I. –

 

When, at the time of passing sentence of transportation or imprisonment on any person the Court or Magistrate also orders that his residence and any change of residence after release be notified for the term specified in such order, such persons shall comply with and be subject to the rules next following. In these rules a person released subject to an order of the nature hereinbefore described is called a ‘‘released convict’’.

Released convict to notify, at the time of release, intended place of residence to releasing officer. II. –

 

Every convict in regard to whom an order has been made under section 565 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898, shall, not less than fourteen days before the date on which he is entitled to be released, notify the officer-in-charge of the jail, or other place in which he may for the time being be confined, of the place at which he intends to reside after his release.

Released convict to notify intention to change first residence at local police station. III. –

 

Whenever any released convict intends to change his place of residence from the place which be specified at the time of his release as the place at which he intended to reside to any other place, he shall notify the fact of such intention and the place at which he hereafter intends to reside, not less than twenty-four hours before he so changes his residence, to the officer-in-charge of the police station within the jurisdiction of which he resides at the time when he notifies his intention to change his residence.

Released convict to similarly notify all subsequent intentions to change residence.IV. –

 

Whenever any released convict intends to change his place of residence from any place at which he may, at any time, be residing, under the provisions of rule III, he shall notify any intended change of residence in the manner in that rule provided.

Period to be appointed for making up residence. In default the convict to notify his actual residence. V. –

 

The officer recording a notification under rule II, rule III or rule IV, shall appoint such period as may be reasonably necessary to enable the convict to take up his residence in the place notified. If the convict does not take up his residence in such place within the period so appointed he shall, not later than the day following the expiry of such period, notify in person his actual place of residence to the officer-incharge of the police station within the limits of which he is residing.

 

Released convict to notify the fact of his having actually taken up his residence at the place specified under preceding rules. VI. –

 

Every released convict shall, within twenty-four hours of his arrival at the place of residence notified under rule II or rule III or rule IV, notify the fact of such arrival to the officer-in-charge of the station within the jurisdiction of which such place of residence is situated.

 

Particulars of place of residence to be supplied. VII. –

 

In notifying places of residence under these rules released convicts shall –

 

(a)      if the place of residence is in a rural tract specify the name of the village, hamlet, or locality of such place, and the zail, thana, tahsil and district within the limits of which such place is situated;

(b)      if the place of residence is in a town or city specify the name of the town or city and the street, quarter and sub-division of the town or city within the limits of which such place is situated.

Manner of notifying changes of residence. VIII. –

 

Every notification to be made by a released convict under rules III, IV and VI, respectively, shall be made by such convict personally at the proper police station:

 

Provided that –

 

(a)      the District Magistrate may, by order in writing, exempt any released convict from the operation of this rule and may permit such convict to make such notifications in writing or in such other manner as the District Magistrate may, in such order, prescribe in that behalf.

(b)      if from illness or other unavoidable cause, any released convict is prevented from making any notification required by these rules personally at the proper police station, he may do so by written communication addressed to the officerin-charge of the proper Police Station. Such communication shall state the cause of his inability to attend in person at the police station, and shall before it is transmitted to the proper police officer, be attested by a village headman or other village officer.

Note. These rules will also be applicable to special orders of police surveillance issued by the local Government in the cases of prisoners conditionally released before the expiry of the term of their sentence.

 

Subsidiary Rules issued in the Police Department.

1.        In the case of wandering individuals with no fixed ‘‘abode’’, an absence of one night or more will be considered to constitute a change of residence, except when the absence is due to a summons issued by a Civil, Criminal or Revenue Court, or to an order issued by a competent Civil authority. All other cases must be decided on their merits and no hard-andfast rule can be laid down. It will be necessary to show that the change of residence is of a permanent or quasipermanent nature. Mere absence from home for day or two does not constitute a change of residence is of a permanent or quasi-permanent nature. Mere absence from home for day or two does not constitute a change of residence.

 

2.        In cases in which at the time of notifying ‘‘change of residence’’, the released convict reports his intention to return to the existing residence already notified under Rule II, III or IV within a period of one month such change shall be called ‘‘temporary change of residence’’.

3.        When the Superintendent of Police receives an intimation from the officer-incharge of the jail of an intended place of residence notified to the latter under Rule II, he shall at once forward a copy thereof to the officer-in-charge of the police station within the jurisdiction of which such place is situated. This officer will, immediately upon the arrival of the released convict, report the date thereof to the Superintendent of Police.

4.        When a released convict notifies a change of residence or a temporary change or residence to the officer-in-charge of the police station, the particulars required by Rule VII shall be entered in Form 23.39(2). The officer-in-charge of the police station will deliver a copy thereof to the released convict and will forward the original to the officerin-charge of the police station within the jurisdiction of which the released convict has intimated his intention to reside. The latter officer, on arrival of the released convict, will fill up column 6, and, in the case of the residence being of a permanent character, will at once return the form to the police station from which he received it. It case the residence is to be of a temporary character, he will retain the form until the convict reports his departure, when column 7 will be filled up and the form returned to the police station of issue.

5.        On arrival at the police station within the jurisdiction of which his new residence is situated, the released convict will produce his copy of the form and get the date of his arrival entered in column 6. In the case of a permanent change of residence his copy will be returned to him at once. In the case of temporary change of residence, it will be kept until the date of departure is verbally reported. Column 7 will then be filled up, and the copy will be returned to the released convict to make over to the officer from whom he originally received it.

6.        The names of such released convicts will be entered in the surveillance register (Police Station Register No. X).

APPENDIX No. 23.42

NOTE ON THE CONTROL OF PATHAN IMMIGRANTS TO THE PUNJAB.

I.         The temporary sojourn in the Punjab of large number of nomad or seminomad Pathans results annually in crime, the importance of which is disproportionate to its actual amount. Such crime, if it remains unpunished, is bound to have a demoralising effect on the criminal administration of the districts concerned.

II.       The extent of the Pathan immigration. The first step towards controlling the criminal propensities of Pathan immigrants is to appreciate to extent and main components of the annual influx. Exact figures are not available, but, from what is known of the numbers of Afghan subjects entering British India by various Passes, it is safe to take 1,00,000 as a conservating estimate of the extent of this immigration alone. The whole of this number does not come East of the Indus. The majority of families remain for the winter in the districts or the North-West Frontier Province and a proportion of the able bodied males also find employment in that Province. On the other hand a large number of Pathans, not included in the estimate given, enter or pass through the Punjab every year from the independent tribal territory and the settled districts of the North West Frontier Province. The number in this latter category probably fully equals that proportion of Afghan nomads which remain west of the Indus; so 100,000 is a reasonable figure at which to place the total of those with whom the Punjab is concerned.

It has been suggested, from time to time, that all these immigrants should be registered by some means or another or entering British India. Such a measure could be put into force at the cost of considerable special expenditure and special organisation on the part of Government, and of wholesale interfere with the normal movements of the seasonal migration. A study of the subject shows that registration would not lead to the desired results and is not necessary.

 

III The composition of the immigration. –

 

The main division of Pathans who habitually visit India may be briefly described as follows :-

A. Afghan subjects and residents of Independent Tribal Territory.

1.        Northern Ghilzais, Ningraharis, & c., who enter India via Khyber Pass and Kurram Valley. These are mainly camel drivers or labourers, and the vast majority of them give no trouble. Occasionally a gang of bad characters from this class is formed, and, the crimes committed by such a gang are often of a particularly violent nature.

2.        The Southern Ghilzais or ‘‘Powindahs’’, who enter India mainly by the Tochi and Gumal Valleys. These tribes usually leave their families in the Derajat, while the men disperse over the length and breadth of India, trading in cloth or other goods and, with their camels, acting as carriers on the large scale. From the point of view of general public security in the Punjab, this very large class may be classified as non-criminal. They dabble in the arms and forged note traffic and are said occasionally to be addicted to misappropriation of goods entrusted to them as hired carriers. On rare occasions parties which have made their permanent winter encampments in the Mianwali district instead of in the Derajat, may be concerned in a dacoity. the control of such parties, however, is a purely local problem, which the lines stereotyped by long unaged in the neighbouring trans-indus districts.

3.        Tribal contingents from Khost and other parts of the Afghan Province of ‘‘Simat-iJanubi’’. On the basis of information at present available this division of immigrants appear to be one of the main causes of concerned from the point of view of crime. It includes various tribes, but the Jadrans (or Zadras) come in the greatest numbers to the Punjab. These tribes have in the past given but nebulous allegiance to Kabul and have been a perpetual source of trouble both to their own Government against which they were in open rebellion in 1924 and to the Frontier Province Administration. They are, for the most part exceedingly poor and, compared with most Pathans, degenerate, but hardy. those who come to the Punjab in the winter scatter all over the Province, but chiefly in the North-Western Districts, in small parties, often with their families, and include a high proportion of criminals. The nature of their activities and proposals for their control will be discussed later.

4.        Immigrants from among the Baluchistan Tribes. There is record of occasional crime by this class, and their habits and composition require study.

5.        Immigrants from North-West Frontier Province Tribal Territory. This class is distinct from the various categories of Afghan subjects, in that their influx into India is in no sense tribal. Adult males from almost all the trans-border tribes come to or through the Punjab in numbers which vary according to the characteristics of the various tribes and to locally prevailing conditions, but they all come in their individual capacity in search of a temporary livelihood. In the Punjab this class usually finds its way to the scene of work on big contracts. The class includes many habitual criminals, whose control demands special measures.

B. British subjects from the Districts of the North-West Frontier Province.

 

This second main division should, for purposes of applying suitable control be subdivided into various categories, but it will suffice here to consider it as one, especially as the greater number of immigrants belonging to it come from the Northern districts of Hazara and Peshawar.

 

The main feature of this class is that it includes a large number or habitual offenders of two kinds; (a) men who desire to escape the attention of the Police at their homes, (b) men who, to ensure immunity in a deliberately criminal career in the Punjab and other Provinces, are scrupulously careful of their reputation at their homes.

 

There is one more category of Pathans which must not be overlooked in considering this subject. In many of the large towns of the Punjab there is a considerable number of Pathans permanently settled. Their status varies from that of substantial contractors to tea-shopkeepers or tonga drivers. Their importance lies in their position as ‘‘contracts’’ between wandering Pathans and local people or local knowledge.

 

IV. The nature of crime attributed to Pathans.

 

The classes of crime committed by Pathans may be summarised as follows :-

 

(1)     Raids by gangs formed in independent territory and descending to commit a specific offence, retiring thereafter back to independent territory. On the grounds of the history of such cases it is an absolutely fair statement to say that, if there are no Punjabi outlaws in tribal territory, there will be no raids of this nature. Between 1915 and 1923, Mahsud gangs harried in the Isa Khel tahsil, led by Kulu, an Isa Khel outlaw. The Attock district has suffered when its own outlaws have been living with Kohat Pass Afridis and have led gangs from there. Attock and Rawalpindi suffered inthe years before the War, when Sultan, a Rawalpindi outlaw, was in the Black mountain and when Fazlo and his gang were with the Gaduns. The recent Hassanabdal raid is a partial exception, but the local ‘‘razdari’’ without which no raid is ever committed was provided in that case by the employment of a Pathan (in fact an Afghan Shinwari) as chowkidar a form of imbecility which might well be prohibited. The prevention of raids in the Frontier Province is mainly a matter of sustained activity against outlaws. In the less complicated conditions in this respect in the Punjab, similar action should provide an absolute preventive.

 

(2)     Dacoities by gangs of Pathans residing temporarily in the Punjab. This is one of the two classes of crime by Pathans, which most requires special measures of prevention. The first stage in evolving such measures is to ascertain the circumstances in which and by whom this class of crime is committed and so to concentrate preventive action where it can be effective.

(3)     House breaking, animal theft and cognate offences committed by Pathans. Crime of this type is usually due to large concentration of Pathan labour or to the formation of a particular gang of expert criminals.

(4)     Specialised crime carried on by Pathans alone or by Pathans and Punjabis in combination. This now exists to a serious and dangerous extent, especially in respect of the smuggling of excisable commodities and the traffic in arms, and undoubtedly requires special measures of prevention.

V. Organisation. –

 

The foregoing summary shows that the types of crime committed by Pathans and the criminal element among the immigrants are readily defined. Control can be obtained through concentration within these limits rather than by sweeping restrictions.

The primary need is to make generally available to the police in districts as much information as possible in regard to this class of crime and to coordinate their methods of dealing with it. The organisation to this end should be suited to the requirements of all India and all that is needed is the development of existing machinery. Bombay and Calcutta already have ‘‘Pathan Sections’’ in the Crime Branch of their Criminal Investigation Departments. The Punjab has the embryo of a similar section. The NorthWestern Frontier Provinces have a section which devotes intensive attention to the arms trade.

It has been mentioned that there is a class of criminals, having their homes in the NorthWest Frontier Province Districts,who have clean records at their homes, but make profession of crime in other Provinces. the record was published a few years ago of one such individual against whom nothing was known at his home, though, when finally arrested in the Central Provinces, some thirty serious crimes with violence were traced against him; special attention is needed to ensure that, by the proper use of History Sheets, Bad Character Rolls and Intimation Sheets, such cases are brought under strict surveillance at their homes, and are treated precisely as if they were locally troublesome. The not unnatural tendency, in the absence of special supervision is for the local police to turn the blind eye to such cases.

So far as residents of the administered districts of the Frontier Province are concerned effective control of wandering criminals is quite practicable, provided the normal police machinery for the interchange of information is efficiently worked and followed by action in the ‘‘home’’ Police Station under the security sections of the Criminal Procedure Code, and for restriction of movement under the Habitual Offenders Act (which is in force in the North-West Frontier Province) or under section 36 of the Frontier Crimes Regulation. The control of these British subjects covers quite half the danger field.

Where Afghan subjects and independent tribesmen are concerned direct control is not easy, and wholesale scrutiny is almost impracticable in view of the fact that the migration in the autumn and spring is compressed into a few weeks, during which, literally, a torrent of humanity flows through the Passes. Friendly contact can be made with the Maliks and leading men of the vast majority of well behaved immigrants, and,through them, as much valuable information and assistance in controlling lawless elements can be obtained. The Pathan is peculiarly amenable to friendly co-operation of this nature, and nothing is likely to be so effective in isolating the criminals from the well behaved and bringing them under effective control, as the provision of a sufficiency of officers in the Punjab, who understand enough about Pathans to gain some measure of the confidence of the well conducted, and to inspire some wholesome dread in the ill-disposed.

It appears essential that the Punjab Criminal Investigation Department should have a Pathan section consisting of at least 1 inspector, 1 subinspector and 4 or 5 head constables, obtained on deputation from the Frontier Province with perhaps an element from Baluchistan. Although the Pathan immigration is a matter of the winter months only, it will be shown that the staff suggested could be most usefully and fully employed throughout the year. This section of the Punjab Criminal Investigation Department (and similar sections in other Provinces which suffer from pathan criminality should work in the completest co-operation with the Peshawar Criminal Investigation Department, by exchanging information, by seeing that information is both made available to and used by districts, and in devising and operating methods to meet different varieties of crime. It is noticeable at present, both that ridiculously little information is generally available on the subject of Pathan crime, and that what little has been made available is not acted upon. The Criminal Intelligence Gazette should be much more freely used both or the publication of particulars of individual suspects, for general information regarding the habits and modus operandi of different gangs or classes of Pathans and for instruction in regard to methods of prevention and detection. The Pathan experts in the Criminal Investigation Department should also be used, especially during the winter, in touring areas where Pathans are settled either in villages or on big contracts, with the object of bringing the local police into touch with the settlers, marking down and initiating action in respect of bad characters among them, and assisting in the investigation of cases in which Pathans are suspected to have been concerned.

To supplement this small body of experts it is suggested that selected subinspectors of the Punjab Police might be sent in batches of 5 or 5 every year for a period of 3 months attachments to the North-West Frontier Province. In this period they should cover as many of the Frontier Districts as possible with the object of acquiring an elementary acquaintance with the many different types of Pathans, and with their country and language. Such selections would naturally be made chiefly from the North-Western Districts of the Province, as these are most closely concerned. It would be advantageous that these Punjab officers should be attached definitely to an experienced inspector in each Frontier District which they visit, so that one individual may be responsible for giving them the most comprehensive instruction and hints. In some instances in the past, districts such as Sargodha have obtained the loan for one or more Pathan Non-commissioned Officers direct from one of the Frontier Province District; this is a useful supplement to other measures suggested. the object of the deputation to Frontier Districts is to meet to some extent the present practical difficulty in Pathan cases. There is often no single police official in a district who knows enough about Pathans to make even the simplest inquires from them or to distinguish between a Powndah and Peshawari. With the machinery improved on the lines suggested it would become possible systematically to tackle the various classes of crime and professional criminals which have been described.

VI. Preventive measures. –

 

Dacoities other than raids, are committed by two main classes of Pathans, the poverty-striken labourers from Khost, who have been already described, and bad characters mainly from the Peshawar or Hazara Districts. All such cases should be regarded as requiring Criminal Investigation Department assistance in their investigation, in order that all the resources of ‘‘Intelligence’’ on the subject may be brought to bear and that gang ramifications may be thoroughly sifted with a view not only to convictions in isolated cases, but comprehensive preventive action. Investigations now proceedings the Western Range afford instances both of the benefit of Coordinated and the defects of isolated action. From the pooling investigations in several districts it is now clear and there are good ground for hope that the case can be proved that for years past dacoities of a particular types have been committed, to the number of about a dozen annually, by the ‘‘badmash’’ element of one or two small sections of the Jadran tribe from Khost. The culprits probably amount to not more than 60 or 70 in all, from which total, gangs 5 to 20 in number have been habitually formed for committing specific dacoities at places previously spied out by individual members of the faternity. More than 40 arrests have been made of persons suspected to belong to this criminal group, but, before co-operation could be fully set going, several of these suspects had been released by individual districts, because in their own particular cases, evidence for prosecution was lacking. The investigation is now being controlled by the Criminal investigation Department, and special assistance has been obtained from peshawar. It is premature to recommended any particular action, but apart from the possibilities of individual or gang prosecutions, it seems probably that it will be possible to put forward a strong case for excluding the particular Afghan-tribes concerned from India for a term of years, or for registering it as a ‘‘Criminal Tribe’’ in the Punjab.

This investigation affords a clear indication of the process by which special staff of export should be able , by investigations into the habits of all classes of Pathan immigrants, to eliminate the well behaved and concentrate on the genuine criminals. the action to be taken where dacoities are being committed by Pathans of British territory is, as had already been indicated, merely the thorough application of normal police procedure.

The use of the provisions of section 109, Criminal Procedure Code and of the Foreigners Act have repeatedly been advocated for controlling suspected Pathans. The former is not a very valuable weapon when almost every Pathan around in the Punjab is able and willing to earn his living by honest labour and can always produce evidence to that effect. The use of the Foreigners Act is confined to Afghan subjects and independent tribesmen and their deportation to the Frontier is of no avail if they return immediately to another part of the Punjab, where the chances of their suffering the penalty of violation of the expulsion order are negligible. Where the Foreigners Act is used to seems advisable that photographs, finger prints and descriptive rolls of the deportee should be widely circulated. There appears to be no legal method of deporting from the Punjab, merely on suspicion, a resident of one of the administered districts of the Frontier Province, but, whenever a conviction,even under section 109, Criminal Procedure Code, or in a trivial offence, has been obtained against such an individual, it is possible to get him back to his home by classifying him for transfer to his home jail for release (i.e. P.R.T.). The Regulations might will be amended, if necessary, to permit of this being done. Police co-operation would ensure that a habitual criminal so transferred would be restricted on release from jail.

The next category requiring attention is the gang labour under contractors. This branch of the subject requires detailed study by the expert staff. It appears that these labour gangs are on the whole well behaved though if memory serves, Pathan labour gave considerable trouble when the Upper Jhelum Canal was being dug. Lately they have come chiefly to notice in connection with fairly petty thefts of cattle, contractor’s donkeys and so on. there is no doubt, however, that dangerous criminals are likely to be found among such gatherings. both men who will commit skilled or violence crime and men who desire to disappear from a serious hue and cry elsewhere. Labour contractors-  often themselves Pathans or ‘Jemadars’ should be made to assist the police in shifting the antecedents of their men, reporting suspicious absences, etc. Police activity of this sort requires to be conducted with considerations for the requirements of the Public Works Department or other authority responsible for the work; it would be as well for general instructions, which would meet police requirements in the matter, to be worked out inc consultation with the Public Works Department.

 

Sepcialised crime, in which pathans are prominently concerned, consists mainly of traffic in arms and in Afghan opium and similar excisable commodities. Each such branch of crime obviously requires special attention,for bestowing which the suggested Pathan section of the Criminal Investigation Department is the most suitable agency. It is impossible to discuss the details of this class of crime within the scope of this note, but two special features of it may be noted. It exists because there is the Frontier a source of supply to meet a Punjab demand,and there is a close association which does not exist in other classes of ‘Pathan crime’ between Punjabis and Pathans to the extent that Punjabi frequently visit the Frontier Province to make their illicit purchases. It is clear, therefore, that while the co-operation of the Frontier Province Administration in controlling such enterpots of illicit raid as the village of Jam in the Khyber Agency is called for, it is equally necessary in the Punjab at attack the local traders in and purchasers of the goods obtainable from these sources. A further point worth recording is that the extension of this class of smuggling is natural consequences of the permanent location of Punjabi troops in a large number of outposts and Cantonments beyond the Administrative Frontier. Before 1915 all these areas were garrisoned solely by local irregular corps. troops were all in Cantonments in British territory where any illicit traffic between Punjabi soldiers and local residents was bound to come to the notice of the district police before it developed to any serious extent. Now-a-days there is absolutely no effective check on the doings of the thousands of Punjabis cantoned in Wazirisan and the Khyber. They are in continuous contract with local residents, who have access to camps and cantonments on a hundred legitimate excuses; it is little more difficult for the sepoy to buy a revolver or a seer of opium than it is for him to buy a seer of milk. The police are helpless; they cannot except on the strongest of grounds and with the permission of the military authorities, search sepoys going on leave through Bannu, Dera Ismail Khan, or Peshawar.

 

An important aid to the control of Pathan criminals generally is that the police (both the special staff and the district police) should acquire as full a knowledge as possible of Pathans who carry on permanent occupations in the Punjab and should cultivate such relations, as will ensure access to all information of importance, with such local residents as have special contract with Pathans. In many Punjab towns there are a considerable number of Pathans settled both in respectable commercial positions and as tonga drivers, tea-shopkeepers and so on; there are also numerous traders, both Hindu and Muhammadans who have a regular Pathan clientele. It is not the houses or shops of the more respectable of such persons that Pathans seeking work or passing through a town habitually resort for help, for news of their friends and for lodging. Respectable people of this sort, and keepers of tea-shops or lodging houses are frequently used as accommodation addresses for correspondence between Pathans including those who are criminally associated.

 

While friendly relations with the better class resident Pathan, and other ‘contracts’ such as those mentioned, would open up many sources of valuable informations, the less respectable resident Pathan community requires more direct supervision, both regard personal character and associates and visitors. Some of these residence Pathan doubtless commit crime themselves, but it is maintainly in connection with the disposal of property stolen by ‘‘immigrants’ and harbouring the latter before the and after commission of offences, that they are important.

 

Though the foregoing review shows that the criminal activities of Pathans in the Punjab are not amenable to control by such a method, it is worthwhile to consider briefly the available experience of wholesaleregistration. Afghan Passport Regulations have been in existence for some years, including a special from of passport for nomads and drivers of wheeled or animal transport only. Theoretically, every emigrant from Afghanistan who comes within these categories is bound to provide himself annually with such a passport, which should contain his full description and other particulars and a record of the dependents accompanying him. the fee is Rs. 2 and the passport includes the usual request to the officials of friendly Governments to afford the bearer assistance and protection. A considerable proportion of Afghan subjects entering India now-a-days possess these passport. Such persons, when asked, never mention the sum of Rs. 2 as the fee; it is always from Rs. 3 to Rs. 5. The passports are signed by petty ‘Moharrirs’ they are but little guarantee of identity and none whatever of character. The revenue which they bring in may be of some value to the Afghan Government and to its servants. this aspect of the matter is the only incentive to force them upon as many travellers as possible, but whole classes, which do not pass the headquarters of a ‘Hakim’ on their way to India, never receive a passport. On the other hand evidence is already appearing of a tendency on the part of subordinate police, village headmen and even magistrates to regard these Afghan passports as guarantees at lest of bona fides, if not of good character. when the criminal elements among the immigrants wakes up to this state of affairs, they will take good care to provide themselves with insurance policies against molestation, even though the issuing Moharrir may raise the premium immoderately. Instructions might well be issued that these Afghan passports are of no value whatever as a guide to the character of the holder and confer absolutely no immunity. In point of fact the issue of a passport is in itself of no value without the visa of the country to be traversed. No British Indian visa is granted on the Afghan ‘Nomads passport’ and it is understood that the Government of India have definitely decided to exclude nomads entirely from any system of passport control which may be enforced on the Indian side of the Afghan border.

 

J.M. EWART,

Superintendent of Police, on Special Duty.


 

FORM No. 23.4(1)

 

POLICE STATION

 

   DISTRICT


 

SURVEILLANCE REGISTER No. X

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Serial No.

Name

Parentage and caste

Name and serial No. of village

Number of History Sheet in a bundle

Date of entry

Brief reasons for entry and signature of officer

Date

NAME STRUCK OFF

---------------

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brief reasons for striking off, with signature of officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(To be drawn by hand on both sides of a fool scape-size register, columns 1 to 6 being on the right hand page and columns 7 to 9 on the left hand. the heading to be in big type.

 

FORM No. 23.6(1)

 

CONFIDENTIAL

CONFIDENTIAL

POLICE STATION DISTRICT

POLICE STATION   DISTRICT

Notice to headmen and Watchmen of village of their duties under sections 18 and 19 of the rules of Government made under Section 39-A of Act IV of 1872 with regard to , son

  , caste , a resident of their village.

Signature of Headmen and watchmen

 

 

Signature of Officer in charge of Station

 

 

Dated 19 .

To the Headmen and Watchmen of village    Be informed that the person named on the reverse of this notice who is a resident of your villave, is a bad character and suspicious person within the meaning of s-ections 18 and 19 of the Rules of Government made under Section 39-A of At IV of 1872, and has been entered, by order of the Superintendent of Police, in the Surveillance Register of this Police Station. Under the said sections you are bound to keep a watch on such person and his associates, and to report to the Police his movements or his associating with individuals of bad repute or ceasing to obtain a livelihood by honest means. You are further required to report forthwith the absence of such bad character at night, and you are liable under Sections 43 and 44 of the said rules of Government, if headmen, to imprisonment with or without hard labour for a term not exceeding three months or fine note exceeding Rs. 300, or with both; and if watchmen, to imprisonment with or without hard labour for a period not exceeding three months or with fine not exceeding three months’ pay, or with both, on conviction for wilful neglect of these duties.

 

(By Order)

   Sub-Inspector

In charge of Police Station.

 

(To be printed in vernacular and bound in books of 100 pages)

FORM No. 23.9

POLICE STATION,

 

   DISTRICT

History Sheet

Name alias son of caste resident of age   

Number of F.P. Slip (if prepared)

1

2

3

4

Serial Index No. in Register

Date of entry

Description

Property and mode of earning livelihood

 

 

 

Property (Houses, shops, land, etc.) Means of livelihood (Trade,, shopkeeping, labour, cultivation, etc.)

Names and addresses of relations and connections dependent on him    .

Names and addresses of associates.


In case the name has not been entered in Register No. X, column I will remain bank

 

Description of the crime to which believed to be addicted.

CONVICTIONS

 

Serial No.

Name and residence of the complainant

Reference to F.I.R. and name of Police Station

Law or

Section of Law

Details of the convictions,, with the dates convictions and the names of courts deciding the cases

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of the officer preparing the sheet with date

PART I

Written or oral suspicions.

Serial No.

Name and residence of the complainant

Law and Section of the Law

Reference to F.I.R. with date and name of the Police State of F.I.R. of any other case

Brief details of reasons leading to the suspicion of house search, e.g., track evidence, decision of panchayat, enmity with complainant, demand of illegal gratification or any other reason to be entered in full.

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART II

Particulars of movements.

Every entry should be attested and dated by the officer making it.

Serial No.

Suspicion whether written or oral

Information regarding the particulars of movements or general notes as given by the Station House Officer

Remarks or orders by gazetted officers or other officers duly authorized

 

 

 

 


 

FORM No. 23.14(1) A

 

Index to history sheets and personal files, Part I

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Serial No. of History Sheet and Personal File

Name and father’s name

Village

Date on which History Sheet was opened

Whether History Sheet is in A or B Bundle or on Personal File

Date on which History Sheet and Personal File were transferred to another Police Station or destroyed

Initials of gazetted officer ordering transfer or destruction of History Sheet and remarks

 

FORM No. 23.14(1) B

Index to history sheets and personal files, Part II

1

2

3

Name and father’s name

Village

Serial No. of History Sheet and Personal File.

 

 

 


FORM No. 23.16(2)

POLICE STATION BOOK No. X-A. ROLL OF ABSENT BAD

CHARACTERS

Annual Serial No.

 

REPORT OF ABSENCE OR DEPARTURE OF A BAD CHARACTER UNDER SURVEILLANCE IN No. X.

 

POLICE STATION........ DISTRICT

1

2

3

4

Serial No.

Points to be reported on

Serial No.

Points reported on

1.

 

 

2

 

 

3

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

Name, parentage, caste and descriptive marks of bad character.

No. in Surveillance Register and number and description of previous convictions

Class of offences he commits

Place to which alleged to have gone and for what purpose, with information as to his relations and associates in such places

Date and hour at which he left his village and source of information, i.e., whether the absence was reported by a Lambardar, & c., or ascertained by a police officer

Date and hour of despatch of this report and whether sent by hand or by post.

 

 

Signature

Designation

Date

REVERSE OF FOIL

 

Reference to subsequent reports received regarding this absence

 

 

POLICE STATION BOOK No. X-A. ROLL OF ABSENT BAD

CHARACTERS

Annual Serial No.

REPORT OF ABSENCE OR DEPARTURE OF A BAD CHARACTER UNDER SURVEILLANCE IN No. X.

 

POLICE STATION......... DISTRICT

1

2

 

3

4

Serial No.

Points to be reported on

Serial No.

Points report ed on

1

 

 

2

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

Name, parentage, caste and descriptive marks of bad character.

No. in Surveillance Register and number and description of previous convictions

 

Class of offences he commits Place to which alleged to have gone and for what purpose, with information as to his relations and associates in such places

 

 

Date and hour at which he left his village and source of information, i.e., whether the absence was reported by a Lambardar, & c., or ascertained by a police officer

 

Date and hour of despatch of this report and whether sent by hand or by post.

 

 

Signature with designation and date.

Acknowledge of receipt.

(To be torn off and returned immediately on receipt of report)

Bad character No. X absence report No.

           of Police Station       District

           was received by me at        A.M., P.M., on the 19 Inquiries are being made.

Signature, designation and date.

REVERSE OF COUNTERFOIL

                   DISTRICT

Report on conduct and movements of the bad character during his absence, specifying dates and hours of arrival at and departure from places visited, names and character of persons visited and object of visit.

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 23.16(3)

POLICE STATION REGISTER NO. X-B BAD CHARACTER ROLLS RECEIVED

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

No.

Number of bad

Police

Name,

Details

Date of

Action taken, if

character roll and

Station from

parentage and

contained in

return of roll

any, such as entry

 

 

date of receipt

which received

residence of suspect

roll received as to visit

with precis of reply

in history sheets or personal files of confederates, & c.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 23.16(5)

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT

 

  DISTRICT

BAD CHARACTER ROLL FOR PUBLICATION IN CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE GAZETTE

The bad character/Conditionally released convict whose description is given below has been absent from his home since.

He is under police surveillance and it is likely that he will commit crime during his absence :-

I.              Description

Name   , father’s name   , caste  , village  , police station . Date of birth  , Height feet  inches  Build  complexion.

II.            Convictions on record (1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

III.          Probable associates, relatives and resorts -

(Names of police stations and districts to be given in large type and underlined). (1) (2)

(3) (4)

(5) (6)

IV.         Fom of crime to which addicted and modus operandi  

Superintendent of Police,

   District

Form No. 23.17(1)[60]

Police Station ................ District ..............

INFORMATION SHEET

No. ,

Dated..........

Information Sheet regarding...................

alias (give second name, if any. ,

son/daughter/wife of. ,

resident of village/Mohalla. ,

Police Station....................., District. ,

Year of birth.......................... Religion...........................................................

Caste..................., Tribe................ Educational qualification.............

Occupation. ,

Descrpitive Particulars :-

1.        Built

2.        Height (in Cms)

3.        Beard

4.        Complexion

5.        Deformities

6.        Eyes

7.        Face

8.        Hair

9.        Moustaches

10.     Nose

11.     Teeth

12.     Location of :

(a)      Burn Mark

(b)      Leucoderma

 

(c)      Mole

(d)      Scar

(e)      Tattoo

13.     Habits

14.     Speech

15.     Dress habits

(Sd/-)..........

Sub-Inspector,

Incharge of Police Station.

Note : The reasons for believing that the person named is a habitual offender or a suspected person, to be given on the lower half of the page and additional sheet to be attached, if necessary.

(This form is to be printed bilingual in triplicate for copying by the carbon process.)

FORM No. 23.17(2)

POLICE STATION   

 

   DISTRICT

 

POLICE STATION REGISTER NO. XII

 

Information Sheets Despatched.

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Date of issue

Date of issue of sheet

Name of Police Station in which issued

Name, parentage, caste and address of suspect

Full discription of suspect

Details communicate d in information sheet

Date of return of sheet

Action taken, such as preparation of personal file or history sheets etc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


FORM No. 23.17(6)

 

POLICE STATION  


 

 

 

 

  DISTRICT

 


POLICE STATION REGISTER No. XII-A INFORMATION SHEETS RECEIVED

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Date of

Date of

Name of

Name,

Full

Details

Date of

Action taken

receipt

sheet

police station

parentage, caste

description

communicat

return of

such as

from which

received

and address of

suspect

of suspect

ed in

information sheet

sheet

preparation of

personal file or history sheet, etc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 23.18(1)

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT    

 

   DISTRICT HUE AND CRY NOTICE

 

The Station House Officer of Police Station gives notice that , son of     , alias  , caste , resident of village , Police Station   , District   , whose description is given below (and whose photograph is attached)is evading arrest in a case under Section    , is absent from his home and is likely to commit offences of  I.P.C.,, F.I.R. No.    of 19  of Police Station   District .

Action under Sections 87/88 C.P.C., is being taken against this man and any person giving information leading to his arrest will be rewarded.

Reward offered  

Description -

Name , age , years build height complexion. Characteristics, Mannerisms, & c.     

District Serial No. of P.R. Slip if on record.

Probable associates and resorts He is reported likely to visit :-

1.  

2.  

3.  

4.  

5.  


 

(Signature) Station House Officer,

   Police Station.

 

 

FORM No. 23.20(1)


 


District Register of Absconders

POLICE DEPARTMENT    

DISTRICT PART I ABSCONDERS IN CASE REGISTERED IN THE HOME DISTRICT

(Residents of the home district to be written in red ink)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Serial No.

Name of absconder

Parentage, caste and descriptive roll

Residence, i.e., village, Police Station and district

Offence

F.I Report No. and date, place and date of offence

Reward offened

Clues to probable whereabo uts

Date of arrest, death, cancellation or removal to proclaimed

offenders’list

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART II. ABSCONDERS IN CASES REGISTERED IN OTHER DISTRICTS BUT RESIDENT OF, OR LIKELY TO VISIT, THE HOME DISTRICT.


 

(Residents of the home district to be written in red ink)

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Serial No.

Police station or district submitting notice

Name of absconder

Parentage, caste and descriptive roll

Residence

, i.e., village, Police Station and district

Offence

F.I.

Report No. and date, place and date of offence

Reward offered

Clues to probable whereabo uts

Date of arrest, death, cancellation or removal to

offenders’list

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 23.21

POLICE DEPARTMENT  

   DISTRICT




REGISTER SHOWING PROGRESS OF ALL ACTION AGAINST ABSCONDERS AND PROCLAIMED OFFENDERS

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Serial No.

Name, parentage, caste and residence of the absconder

F.I.R. No., offence and police station

Date of absconding

A.Date of application for warrant of arrest B-Date of return of warant of arrest unexecuted

Date of publication of proclamation under Section 87, C.P.C.,

with name of court

Date of publication of proclamation under Section 87, C.P.C.

and steps ordered for giving effect to proclamation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

9

10

11

12

13

Date of issue of attachment order under Section 88, C.P.C., and name and designation of officer to whom issued

Detail of attachable property of the absconder and date of attachment

Action of Police

Property attached with date of order of court

Date of removal to proclaimed offenders’register

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 23.22(1)

POLICE DEPARTMENT      DISTRICT REGISTER OF PROCLAIMED OFFENDERS UNDER SECTION 87, CRIMINAL

PROCEDURE CODE

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Serial No.

Descri ption

Description

Residence

Section of offence

F.I.R. No. and date

Police Station property

Detail of stolen property

In the case of conditionally released who has been declared proclaimed offender:(1) Offence in which conditionally released (2) Village in which released (3) Jail from which conditionally released. (4) Date of Release

10

11

Names of Relations whom the

proclaimed offenders is expected to visit or enter in communication

12

13

14

(1) Place which the accused has visited; (2) or is expeted visit

In his own district (1) Names (2) Relations (3) Residence

In outside district :(1) Names (2) Relations (3) Residence

Reward offered for arrest

District Serial No. of P.R. slip

REMARKS



FORM No. 23.22(2)

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT    District

                                             Range

 

Statement showing the result of action taken against Proclaimed Offenders during

                                 the  year 19 .

                                       month of

 

Serial No.

Details

 

1

Class of proclaimed offenders

 

2

Number of proclaimed offenders residents of the district at the commencement of the year/month  

3

No. of persons proclaimed during the year/month .

4

No. of proclaimed offenders residents of the district arrested during the year/month .

5

Percentage item 4 bears to items 2 and 3

6

No. of proclaimed offenders residents of the district struck off under the provisions of rule 23.23.

7

No. of proclaimed offenders still at large at the end of the year/month, i.e., items 2+3-4-

 

6 were proclaimed

 

(a) Within three months of he close of the year/month.

 

(b) Between 3 to 6 months of the close of the year/month.

 

(c) Between 6 to 12 months of the close of the year/month.

 

(d) More than 12 months ago.

8

Rewards paid for the arrest of proclaimed offenders during preceding year/month


Note. Separate sheets will be prepared for proclaimed offenders who are members of registered criminal tribes and others.

FORM No. 23.24(2)


 

Signature of Headmen and Watchmen. Dated  


 

Description of proclaimed offender.

Names and particulars of relatives and others with whom the proclaimed offender is likely to associate.

 


FORM No. 23.30(1)

POLICE REPORT WITH A VIEW TO THE INITIATION OR PROCEEDINGS TO TAKE SECURITY TO BE OF GOOD BEHAVIOUR, SECTIONS 110 TO 118, CRIMINAL PROCEDURE CODE.

PAGE I. Name, parentage, caste, age, occupation and residence of the person reported on -

TABLE I. Former convictions -

Column 1. Serial No.

2. Complainant’s name.

3. No. and date of First Information Report and name of police station.

4. Law and section of law.

5. Particulars of sentence, date of sentence, particulars of the court in which the conviction was obtained.

TABLE 2. Reference to cases in which the person reported about has been suspected or in which his house has been searched -

Column 1. Serial No.

2. Name and residence of complainant.

3. Law and section of law.

4. Reference to the first information report, its date, the station to which belonging, or to other first report in the case.

 
5. Brief particulars of the reason for which suspicion was entertained or house was searched, & c.

TABLE 3. Names of persons of bad character with whom the person reported associates.

PAGES 2 AND 3. Name of witnesses who give evidence of the reputed bad character. An abstract of their statements.

PAGE 4. Report of the officer incharge of the police station.

(The report to include any material information given in the History Sheet prescribed in Rule 23.9).

 

FORM No. 23.33

Descriptive roll of convict released from the Jail on the
 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

 

PERSONAL DESCRIPTION

 

Jail Register No.

Name, sex, age and

previous occupati on

Religion

Caste

Father’s name and trade or occupation

Village, Police Station, Tehsil, District

Crime, section of law with term and date of sentence

(a) Features, complexion and distinguishing marks

(b) Height

  

Ft. Inch.

Conduct in Jail

REMAR KS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM NO. 23.37(1)

REPORT OF ARRIVAL AT HIS HOME OF A.P.R. OR P.R.T. CONVICT ON RELEASE FROM JAIL

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

 

RESIDENCE

 

District Serial No. of

P.R. Slip

Name with

aliases

Father’s name and caste

Village

Police Station

Offence

Date of release and name of jail

Report of officer in charge of police station of convict’s arrival at his home or otherwise (to be submitted within 10 days of date of release)

Final order of Superinted ent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

?

? Signature of F.P. Recorder

Dated the 19 . ?


 

FORM No. 23.39(2)

POLICE DEPARTMENT POLICE STATION DISTRICT  

Report of change of residence of convict subject to surveillance under Section 565, Code of Criminal Procedure

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

 

 

RESIDENCE

CHANGE OR TEMPORARY CHANGE OF RESIDENCE

 

TO BE ENTERED BY OFFICER IN CHARGE OF POLICE STATION

REMARKS

Name and

Caste

Village, Zail,

Village, Zail, Police

Date of

Date of

Date of

Change of

father’s

 

Police Station,

Station, Tehsil,

departure

departure

arrival

residence

name

 

Tehsil, District,

District, or Town,

 

 

 

permanent

or Town, Street, Mohalla, Police Station, District

Street, Mohalla, Police Station, District

 

 

 

or temporary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER 24 INFORMATION TO THE POLICE

 

24.1    First Information how recorded. –

 

(1)     Sections 154 and 155, Code of Criminal Procedure, provide that every information relating to an offence, whether cognizable or non-cognizable, shall be recorded in writing by the officer incharge of a police station.

 

The distinction between the form of reports required by the above-mentioned two sections has been defined as follows by the Punjab Chief Court (now High Court) :-

Every information covered by section 154, Criminal Procedure Code, must be reduced to writing as provided in that section and the substance thereof must be entered in the police station daily diary, which is the book provided for the purpose. It is only information which raises a reasonable suspicion of the commission of a cognizable offence within the jurisdiction of the police officer to whom it is given, which compels action under Section 157, Criminal Procedure Code.

(2)     With the exception of cases mentioned in rule 24.10 below, in every case in which the officer in charge of a police station, from information or otherwise, has reason to suspect the commission of an offence, which he is empowered under section 156, Criminal Procedure Code, to investigate, he shall enter in full such information or other intelligence as soon as practicable in the First Information Report Register, shall have each copy signed, marked or sealed by the information, if present, shall seal each with the station seal, and shall dispose of the copies in accordance with rule 24.5, and if he abstains from investigation under either of the provisos to section 157 of the Code he shall submit the copy intended for the magistrate through the Superintendent. At the same time a reference to such report shall be entered in the Station Diary, register No. II.

(3)     All such entries shall, if possible, be made by the officer in charge himself, and, if not so possible, by the station clerk under his direction. Short lists of property stated to have been transferred by the offence may be entered in the report, as also details of any property recovered without search under section 103, Criminal procedure Code, but detailed lists of property so transferred or recovered on search shall be entered in the first case diary submitted in the case.

(4)     When it is necessary to question a person bringing information of the commission of an offence, special attention shall be paid to the following matters and the results of the inquires shall be clearly recorded in the first information report :-

(a)      The source from which the information was obtained and the circumstances under which the informant ascertained the names of the offenders and witnesses (if any are mentioned).

(b)      Whether the informant was an eye-witness to the offence.

 

24.2    Written reports by village headmen. –

 

(1)     With a view to encouraging written reports, village headmen shall be furnished with a supply of printed copies of Form 24.2(1) for written reports of cognizable offences. The substance of the form shall be explained to them, and they shall be instructed to give a form to every person who requires one for use, and if so requested by the complainant to send the form by post ‘‘service unpaid’’ or by the village watchman to the police station after it has been filled up and signed, sealed or attested by the thumb-impression of the complainant and by the signature or seal of the lambardar. Opportunity shall be taken to bring to the notice of the public, verbally and by means of notices affixed to the police station notice boards, the facilities which exist for making reports of offences in writing. It shall be explained that it is not compulsory on any complainant to make a written report, if he prefers to make a verbal one.

 

(2)     Whenever a written report of a cognizable offence is received at a police station, it shall be attached to the copy of the First Information Report which is retained in the police station and copies shall be attached to the duplicates, provided that only the check receipt prescribed by the form need be sent to the complainant. The original written report shall be detached from the police station copy of the First Information Report and attached to the charge sheet or final report when the investigation is completed. When a case is sent up on an incomplete charge-sheet the original report shall be similarly attached.

(3)     A notice in Urdu shall be prominently displayed in every police station in the province, drawing the attention of the public to the fact that the payment of gratuities by the public to police officials for recording complainants is strongly disapproved by Government. The notice shall state as briefly as possible that police officials are the servants of the public and paid by it, and that acceptance of gratuities is strictly forbidden by the rules of the police department and renders defaulters liable to serious penalties. The notice shall conclude with an admonition that demands for such gratuities should be invariably resisted and reported to the Superintendent of Police.

 

24.3.   Action on report of non-cognizable offence. –

 

Where the information relates to a non-cognizable offence, it shall be briefly but intelligibly recorded in the station diary, shall be signed, sealed or marked by the person making it on both foil and counterfoil, and all particulars required by section 44 of Act V of 1861 shall also be noted. A copy of the entry in the diary made by the carbon copying process and signed and sealed with the station seal by the recording officer, shall be made over to the informant who shall be referred to the Magistrate in accordance with section 155, Code of Criminal Procedure.

 

24.4.   Action when reports are doubtful. –

 

(1)     If the information or other intelligence relating to the alleged commission of a cognizable offence is such that an officer in charge of a police station has reason to suspect that the alleged offence has not been committed, he shall enter the substance of the information or intelligence in the station diary and shall record his reasons for suspecting that the alleged offence has not been committed and shall also notify to the informant, if any, the fact that he will not investigate the case or cause it to be investigated.

(2)     If the Inspector or other superior officer, on receipt of a copy of the station diary, is of opinion that the case should be investigated, he shall pass an order to that effect, and shall, in any case, send on the diary or an extract therefrom to the District Magistrate for his perusal and orders.

(3)     When a counterfeit currency note is found in circumstances which indicate that owing to absence of guilty knowledge no offence under section 489-B, Indian Penal Code, or cognate section has been committed, the information shall be recorded under section 154, Criminal Procedure Code, in the station diary; the special report required by rule 24.16   shall be submitted and enquiry shall be made to trace the point in the movements of the note at which a cognizable offence appears to have been committed. When reasonable suspicion of such commission arises a First Information Report shall be recorded in the police station concerned and investigation under section 157, Criminal Procedure Code, shall be made.

 

24.5.   First Information Report Register. -

 

(1)     The first Information Report Register shall be a printed book in Form 24.5 (1) consisting of 500 pages and shall be completely filled before a new one is commenced. Cases shall bear an annual serial number in each Police Station for each calendar year. Every five pages of the register shall be numbered with the same number and shall be written at the same time by means of the carbon copying process.

 

The original copy shall be a permanent record in the Police Station. The other four copies shall be submitted as follows :-

(a)      One of the Senior Superintendent of Police or any other Gazetted Officer nominated by him.

(b)      One of the Magistrate empowered to take cognizance of the offence as is required by section 157, Criminal Procedure Code. In murder cases, the following procedure shall be followed :-

(i)       The FIR shall be sent to the Magistrate concerned immediately in his court during court hours and at his residence thereafter.

(ii)      In case the Magistrate concerned is out of station, the FIR shall be submitted to the Duty Magistrate.

(iii)     If the Magistrate is not available after court hours, the copy of the FIR shall be left at his house by the messenger noting the date and hour of delivery on the cover with the contents.

(iv)    If on account of difficulties of communication or other cause the delivery is delayed, the reasons and delay shall be noted on the cover.

(v)      As soon as the FIR is received by a Magistrate, he shall affix his initials therefore and note thereon the date and hour at which the report has been received by him. In the case of a delayed FIR, if he disagree with the reasons given by the Police Officer for such delay, he shall also give his own reason for the same, if any.

(vi)    In casess where the Police Station is not situated in the same place where the Magistrate resides or where the Police Station is situated in an out of the way place, the carbon copy of the FIR after it has been recorded, shall be posted at once at the nearest post officer, addressed to the Magistrate by name before the first clearance of the dak. In such cases the Magistrate shall check that the FIR has been dispatched by the earlier post after its registration in the Police Station as shown by the time recorded on it.

(c)      One to the complainant unless a written report in Form 24.2(1) has been received in which case the check receipt prescribed will be sent.

(d)      One legible copy shall be submitted to the District Crime Record Bureau at District Headquarters concerned where necessary codes relating to FIR will be filled in for Computerisation purposes.][61]

(2)     In cases relating to cognizable offences triable by Panchayat one extra copy of the first information report shall be prepared on plain paper bearing the seal of the Police Station, and shall be sent to the Panchayat concerned for information, mention being made in the copy of the F.I.R. that his action is being taken.

Note : The cognizable offence triable by Panchayat are detailed in appendix 24.5.

(3)     In the case of the railway police, the copy intended for the Magistrate empowered to take cognizance of the offence shall be submitted through the Superintendent of the district police; Provided that at railway police stations, other than district headquarter stations, where there is a magistrate having jurisdiction, one copy shall be sent to such magistrate direct, one to the Deputy Superintendent of the railway Police and another to the Superintendent of district police. The extra copy required in such cases will be made by inserting an extra sheet of paper and carbon paper and afterwards filling in the printed headings, etc., by hand.

 

(4)     All information required by the form shall be filled in, and thereafter the serial number of each case diary submitted shall be noted on the reverse of the original copy which is to remain at the police station.

(5)     On the conclusion of the case the particulars contained in the charge sheet slip shall be filled in on the reverse of the original copy and the slip returned to the Superintendent’s office.

 

24.6.   Railway cases. –

 

Every offence shown in the returns of the railway police shall also be shown in the returns of the district police of the district in which it was either reported or tried.

 

24.7.   Cancellation of cases. –

 

Unless the investigation of a case is transferred to another police station or district, no first information report can be cancelled without the orders of a Magistrate of the Ist class.

When information or other intelligence is recorded under section 154, Criminal Procedure Code, and, after investigation, is found to be maliciously false or false owing to mistake of law or fact or to be non-cognizable or matter for a civil suit, the Superintendent shall sent the first information report and any other papers on record in the case with the final report to a Magistrate having jurisdiction and being a Magistrate of the first class, for orders of cancellation. On receipt of such an order the officer in charge of the police station shall cancel the first information report by drawing a red line across the page, noting the name of the magistrate cancelling the case with number and date of order. He shall then return the original order to the Superintendent’s office to be filed with the record of the case.

 

24.8.   Register of Cognizable Offences. –

 

(1)     Each Superintendent shall maintain a register of cognizable offences in Form 24.8(1), styled for English Register of Cognizable Offences. It shall be sent on each working day to the District Magistrate when such officer is at the district headquarters.

(2)     The serial number in column one shall commence and end with the calendar year. Cases cancelled or transferred shall be erased by ruling a red line through them, and shall, at the end of the year, be deducted from the total.

 

24.9.   Register of Petty Offences. –

 

(1)     A book to be called the register of Petty Offences, consisting of one hundred blank pages with printed headings, in Form 24.9 shall be kept up as a permanent record at each police station where there is a resident magistrate having power to entertain complaints of the offences hereinafter mentioned, and whose headquarters is either :-

(i)       a town to which Act III of 1911 (the Punjab Municipal Act) has been extended;

(ii)      a town to which section 34 of Act V of 1861 has been extended;

(iii)     a military cantonment;

(iv)    a place outside the limits of a military cantonment to which any of the rules and regulations for such cantonment have been lawfully extended.

(2)     The register of Petty Offences as mentioned in sub-rule, shall also be kept at each Government Railway Police Station and Out Post.

 

24.10. Register of petty offences-

 

Classes of offences to be entered. The offences which may be recorded in the register mentioned, and which are referred to in the last, preceding rule, are :-

(1)     cognizable offences under municipal bye-laws;

 

 

(2)     offences under section 34 of Act V of 1861, committed in the view of a police officer;

(3)     cognizable offences under cantonment rules and regulations;

(4)     cognizable offences under section 112 of the Railways Act, 1890.

 

24.11. Register of Petty Offences-procedure. –

 

(1)     the Register of Petty Offences shall be sent daily, whenever offences are reported and when the courts are open, to the magistrate, empowered to take cognizance of them, and afterwards, in the case of headquarters police stations, to the Superintendent of Police for scrutiny.

No first information report, case diary or charge sheet shall be submitted in such cases.

(2)     A return shall be submitted from such police stations as maintain the register at the end of each year showing the entries in the register.

Such return shall be recorded by the return-writer in the general crime register.

 

24.12. Special reports from Police stations. –

 

(1)     Every officer in charge of a police station shall, as soon as possible after the receives information of the commission within his jurisdiction of an offence mentioned in the subjoined table, submit a vernacular special report in Form 24.12(1) to the officer, or officers, mentioned in the third column of the table: provided that if a first information report containing the same information is required by law to be sent to any such officer, and is sent with equal despatch, no special report need be sent to the officers who receive first information reports.

(2)     Vernacular special reports and first information reports sent in lieu of them shall be enclosed in red envelopes.

 

Serial No.

Offences

Officers to whom reports are to be made

 

1

 

Administering drugs or poison for hurt or robbery. All offences committed by Europeans or any class.

Unnatural or sudden death of an American or European Counterfeiting coin.

Loss or theft of firearm, whether Government or private property, component parts of such arms, or ammunition; and all recoveries of the same

Dakaiti

Escapes from, and deaths whilst in police custody.

Assault on Police Officers..............................................................

Grievous hurt when the person hurt is a European. Murder.

Attempt to commit murder when the person hurt is a European.

Theft or robbery of government treasure, or of property in the possession of the Post Office, when the property exceeds Rs. 500 in value.

All serious charges against the police.

 

All cases in which an Indian dies, or is reported to have died,, of injuries inflicted by a European of any class or by the police; and the occurrence of all collisions between Europeans of all classes and Indians whether alleged to be accidental or intentional.

 

 Damaging the telegraph with intent to prevent transmission to tap, or to commit mischief within the meaning.

 

Wilful act or omission endangering of section 25 of Act XIII of 1885, person or railway, under section 128 of Act IX of 1890

 

Rioting

 

Offences under Chapter XII and XVII of the Indian Penal Code by members of notified criminal tribes and arrests of nomad gangs irrespective of the Punjab or not.

Arrest of women-whether with or without warrant, bailable or nonbailable,vide Police Rule 26.18-A

 

All cases in which a person in police custody or under police interrogation becomes seriously ill or sustains injury.

 

 

?

?

?

?

?

?

?

?

?

? Superintendent of

? Police

? Superintendent of

? Police

?

?

?

 

?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

]

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nearest Telegraph Master and Superintendent of Police

 

Nearest Station Master and Superintendent of Police

 

Tahsildar

 

]

 

 

 

 

? Superintendent of Police

 

]

2

3

4

5

 

6

7

*7-A

 

8

 

9

10

11

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

15

 

 

16

 

17

 

 

18

 

 

19


                  


*Vide C.S. No. 107.

 

24.3. Despatch of special reports. –

 

Officers in charge of police station shall be held responsible for communicating special reports with the greatest possible despatch to the officers concerned and in serious cases shall make free use of the telegraph and telephone.

 

24.4. Special reports for Superintendents. –

 

(1)     Every Superintendent shall, as soon as possible after he receives information of the occurrence within his jurisdiction of a case mentioned in the table subjoined to rule 24.15, submit special reports in Form 24.14 to :-

(i)       the District Magistrate;

(ii)      the Deputy Inspector-General of the Range;

(iii)     the officer mentioned in the third column of the table; and

(iv)    any neighbouring Superintendent, or police officer, whom he considers should be informed of the occurrence:

Provided that, in the case of the railway police, the copy intended for the District Magistrate shall be sent through the Superintendent of the district concerned.

(2)     The officers to whom special reports are forwarded, in accordance with this rule shall be detailed on each of the report.

(3)     Gazetted officers shall be responsible that special reports are concisely and intelligently written and that developments of the case and important stages in its progress are promptly reported by continuation special report.

 

24.5. Special reports-cases when reported and to whom. –

 

District Magistrates and Deputy Inspectors-General shall at their discretion forward copies of special reports is cases to Commissioners and to the InspectorGeneral, respectively, for information. The Inspector-General shall send copies to Government and heads of departments in any cases which he considers are of sufficient importance to be brought to their notice. Commissioners should only send copies to Government when they have any particular comment to make on the case.

 

Serial No.

Offences

Officers to whom reports are to be made

1

Culpable homicide, or attempt to commit culpable homicide, or

Deputy InspectorGeneral, Criminal Investigation Department.

 

 

Ditto Ditto

Ditto Ditto

Ditto Ditto

Ditto Ditto

 

Nil

.,Nil Deputy InspectorGeneral,

Criminal Investigation Department,

and Assistant InspectorGeneral, Government Railway Police.

Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation Department

Ditto Ditto

Ditto Ditto

Ditto Ditto

Ditto Ditto

 

 

 

 

By telegram whenever there is prima facie evidence or reasonable suspicion of a recent theft,, otherwise by letter:

(a)    When losses are sufficiently serious to be brought to the notice of Government of India

(b)    When the theft appears to be the work of Ut. Khela or other professional thieves,and

(c)    when the loss appears to indicate that standing rules for the custody of arms and ammunition,, either in possession of regiments or individuals or during transit by rail or otherwise are defective and should be amended, telegraphic information should be sent.

 

 

 

 

Deputy Inspector-General,, Criminal investigation Department.

 

Ditto Ditto

 

Ditto Ditto

 

grievous hurt, or attempt to commit grievous hurt, when the

 

offence is committed by a religious fanatic, or and also when the

 

person assaulted is an American or European whether the

 

offender is a fanatic or not.

2

Deaths whilst in police custody

3

Escapes from police custody,

3-A

Assault on Police Officers

4

All serious charges against the police including strictures on the conduct of Police Officers by the Courts

5

Theft or robbery of Government treasure.

6

Serious cases of rioting

7

Administering drug or poison for hurt or robbery

 

8

 

Dakaiti

9

Serious cases of robbery

10

Robbery of European travellers of any class

11

Unnatural or suspicious death of an American or European.

12

Counterfeiting coins or any offence committed in respect of

 

counterfeit coins, forgery of Government currency notes of Rs. 10

 

or more in value and new forgeries of Government currency

 

notes of any value,, forgery of Government stamps, or fraudulent

 

alteration or re-use of the same,, when the circumstances are

 

novel or important.

13

Loss, theft or recovery or arms and important component parts,

 

and ammunition (see Appendix 24.15) falling under the following

 

category :-

 

(a) Machine guns,, Light automatic, Grenades and article of

 

Royal Air Force armaments.

 

(b) Riffles, revolvers and pistols, Government or private property.

 

 

(c) Barrels and bolts of .303 bore

 

 

 

(d) Ammunition for cannons, machine guns and high velocity

 

rifles.

 

(e) High explosives, whether in bulk or in made up charges

 

including fuses and detonators.

14

All serious cases of professional crime, especially when the

 

offenders are believed to be professionals from other provinces

 

and all serious cases in which offenders are believed to be

 

residents of Independent Territory or of the North-West Frontier

 

Province.

15

All Offences of a particularly startling or atrocious nature, or

 

which are likely to attract public interest or to be discussed in the

 

public press

15-A

All crimes of violence against money-lenders where there is

 

reason to suppose that debtors are concerned either in the

 

commission or abetment of the offence.


16

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

18

19

 

20

 

 

21

 

22

 

 

23

 

24

 

25

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

27

 

 

28

 

29

 

30

 

31

Cases in which an Indian dies, or is reported to have died of injuries inflicted by Europeans of all classes or by the police; and the occurrence of all collisions between Europeans of all classes and Indians, whether accidental or intentional, except when there is no confirmation or, when they are of a positively insignificant character.

All offences committed by residents of the Punjab outside the limits of the province of which Superintendents receive information and which, if committed in the Punjab, would be specially reported.

Murder

Damaging the telegraph with intent to prevent transmission, to tap, or to commit mischief within the meaning of section 25 of the XIII of 1885.

Robbery of the mail.

 

 

Maliciously wrecking or attempting to wreck a train, and endangering safety of persons travelling by railway by wilful act or omission (vide sections 126, 127 and 128 of Act IX of 1890)

Any Offence or occurrence resulting from religious or political excitement affecting the peace of a town or of the district.

 

 

All cases of disturbances between the military and the civil population

Robbery of the British mail in foreign territory. Serious Railway accidents

Other serious accidents resulting in the loss of more than three lives. .

 

Cases of defalcations or fraudulent loss of Government money or stores in the Police Department (vide Article 29, Civil Account Code). See also rule 10.172

 

All important cases of smuggling of opium, cocaine and drugs.

 

All cases in which a person in Police custody or under Police interrogation becomes seriously ill or sustains injury.

 

Calamities such as floods or earthquakes, which causes serious damage to life or property.

 

Convictions of all Non-Asiatics for offences which render them liable to have their finger print slips prepared in accordance with paragraph 25 of the Finger Print Manual.

Ditto Ditto

 

 

 

 

Ditto Ditto

 

 

Nil

When no report has issued from the police station, a copy also to be sent nearest Telegraph Master.

The Postmaster-General and in serious cases to the Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation Department.

Where no report has issued from the police station, a copy also to the nearest Station Master.

Commissioner, Deputy InspectorGeneral, Criminal Investigation Department and officer Commanding Station.

Ditto Ditto

 

Commissioner and Deputy Inspector-General,, Criminal Investigation Department.

.Nearest Station master (when report has not been made direct by the officer in charge of the station). Agent or Manager of the Railway, Deputy Inspector-General,, Criminal Investigation Department.

Chief Engineer, Public Works Department, Buildings and Roads Branch and Secretary, Provincial Transport Authority in case of road accidents

Inspector-General of Police, Punjab, Lahore (two copies,, one of which will be forwarded when necessary to the Accountant-General, Punjab).

Financial Commissioners, Punjab, through the Collector of the district

Deputy inspectorGeneral of Police, Criminal Investigation Department.

Commissioner and Deputy Inspector-"General, Criminal Investigation Department.

Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Criminal Investigation Department, Punjab

Note. (i) Matters referred to in Serial Nos. 14, 22 and 23 shall ordinary be reported by letter and telegram to the officers mentioned. The other matters may be reported by letter or telegram at the discretion of the Superintendent.

(ii) A Note of all arms, etc., loss, stolen or recovered,--vide serial No. 13 should be maintained by the Criminal Investigation Department, Punjab, and a return sent in annually to the Director, Intelligence Bureau.

 

24.3. Forgery of currency notes and coining cases. –

 

(1)     In special reports of for-geries of stamps, fraudulent alterations and re-use stamps, full particulars of the case shall be given, and specimens of the fraudulent stamps shall, if possible, be sent with such reports.

(2)     In cases of counterfeiting coin, the reports should contain full information on the following points :-

(i)       The represented value of the coins which are counterfeits, i.e., counterfeits of a rupee, and eight, four or two-annas pieces;

(ii)      The date on the counterfeit coin;

(iii)     Whether cast in a mould; or

(iv)    Struck between dies;

(v)      Good, bad, or indifferent if bad or indifferently, why so considered, i.e., want of sharpness, ring different from that of a true coin, or other cause;

(vi)    Metal of which made and percentage of silver;

(vii)   Is Superintendent of opinion from the facts before him that any person arrested is an habitual dealer in false coin?

Explanation. The information under sub-rule (2)(vi) above will be obtained from personal conservation, a local inquiry from a silver-smith, or otherwise, as may be practicable. In all cases where the coins appear to have been struck from a die and are good imitations, a specimen of the counterfeit coin or coins should, if possible, be sent to the Officer-in-charge, His Majesty’s New Mint at Baghbanpura, Lahore, for report, and when his report is received, a copy should be sent by continuation special report. All coins to be assayed should be sent direct to the Mint Master, Calcutta, and not through the Inspector-General.

(3)     On the appearance in any district of any forged currency note of Rs. 10 or more in value, or of any new forgery of a currency note of any value, the Superintendent shall send a copy of the special report required by the rules above to the Currency Officer, Lahore. Such reports shall state whether the note is process made or hand drawn and give the denomination of the forged note, the circle, the date, the serial letters, the number, and the consecutive number. Continuation and final reports shall be submitted to the Criminal Investigation Department, in duplicate, giving particulars of the notes passed and the modus operandi of the forgers or utterers and of other persons concerned. On the completion of the police enquiry, the note shall be sent to the Currency Officer, Lahore, through the Criminal Investigation Department, together with a report explaining the facts. Special reports of forgeries of currency notes, or of the appearance of forged currency notes, of less than Rs. 10 in value are not required in the case of old forgeries which have come to notice before and have appeared in the lists printed in the Criminal Intelligence Gazette, but a list of the presentation of all such forgeries of notes of less than Rs. 10 in value should be submitted on the first of each month, together with the notes in question, to the Currency Officer, lahore, through the Criminal Investigation Department.

 

24.16 Continuation and final reports. –

 

(1)     Each successive special report in the same case shall bear the same number as the first report and shall be distinguished by the addition of a capital Roman letter in the order of the alphabet.

Illustration. The first special report of the murder of X is No. 20. The next special report shall be numbered 20-A, the next 20-B and so on.

(2)     Successive special reports shall be submitted whenever there is matter of importance to communicate.

(3)     A final report shall be submitted without delay in all cases when (a) the investigation is dropped or (B) the case is finally decided in court.

 

 

24.18. Record of special reports. –

 

(1)     Three general files of special reports shall be maintained as follows :-

(a)      Murders.

(b)      Dacoities.

(c)      Other offences.

(2)     A special file may be opened if necessary for any particular case.

 

24.19. The duties of the Police as Excise Officers. –

 

(1)     Co-operation between the excise and police forces is necessary for the detection and investigation of excise offences. The Inspector-General of Police and the Financial-Commissioner lay stress upon this co-operation as one of the principal secrets of successful working. Any case of jealous or obstructive working will be severely dealt with.

(2)     When an officer in charge of a police station becomes aware of an excise offence, he shall at once register it as a police case and inform the District Excise Officer, who with respect to such cases shall be regarded as the magistrate in charge of the police station. The excise sub-inspector concerned shall also be informed and his co-operation invited, but no delay shall be allowed to occur merely in order to obtain his presence.

(3)     All excise inspectors and sub-inspectors are required to maintain a First Information Report Register for the registration of complaints and reports of excise offences. In all cognizable cases a copy of the First Information Report shall be sent to the police station in whose jurisdiction the offence is reported. In return the excise inspector or sub-inspector will be given a copy of the Police First Information Report as a report.

(4)     An excise inspector or sub-inspector shall not ordinarily attempt a search or make an arrest by himself. He shall always obtain the assistance of the police sub-inspector. If, however, delay is likely to defeat the ends of justice, the excise inspector or sub-Inspector shall make the arrest or search himself, and at the same time send to the police sub-inspector for assistance.

(5)     The prevention of illicit distillation of spirit is one of the most important of the duties of the police. This will not be effected by isolated seizures. It involves careful and sustained enquiry and a complete knowledge of his jurisdiction by the officer in charge of the police station. As a rule the manufacture of elicit spirit is confined to certain castes which are habitual consumers of spirit. The most probable localities of illicit traffic should thus be easily ascertainable by the officer incharge of the police station. It is impossible for an elicit still to be regularly worked in a village without the knowledge of the chaukidars and lambardars. The trade betrays itself by the resulting smell, the accumulation of refuse, and the occurrence of drunkenness, where no means of elicit supply exist. If these things happen and the village officials make no report, it is obvious that they are conniving at the offence. In such cases the officer in charge of the police station must at once take steps, to have these rural officials punished. Where it is notorious that illicit stills are worked, the officer in charge of the police station neglects his duty if he does not arrange to put in operation the provisions for search, seizure, and prosecution contained in the Excise Act.

(6)     If it is found that illicit manufacture of country spirit has been extensively carried on in a police station jurisdiction, and preventive action has not been taken by the police, neglect of duty on the part of the officer in charge of the police station will be presumed.

(7)     Attention must also be paid to the unlicensed sale of spirit in large towns by sodawater sellers and others, and to the smuggling of country spirit in thanas adjoining Indian States.

(8)     Any charas coming into the Punjab by any other routes than those sanctioned should at once be detained under section 61 of the Excise Act, and the orders of the Collector taken. Charas smugglers generally travel by rail and can easily be captured in cooperation with the railway checking staff, who while examining their tickets can also examine their luggage.

(9)     The use of cocaine, except for medical and surgical purposes, is altogether prohibited in the Punjab. The principal places in the Punjab into which it is smuggled are Lahore, Amritsar, Rawalpindi, Ambala and Karnal.

(10)   offences against the opium law vary in their nature with various districts: the most important offences, viz., smuggling and illicit sale of smuggled opium (whether contrived by licensed vendors themselves or by private individuals) being common or uncommon according to the geographical position of districts with reference to Rajputana, Afghanistan and the Hill States, or even railway communication with Nepal.

(11)   No opium can be imported into a district without a pass; and any police officer can, therefore, detain bulk opium if there is no pass. He can also search a person whom he believes to be guilty of having excess quantities of opium in his possession. Any police officer above the rank of head constable may search premises in which he believes smuggled or illicit opium is stored.

The legal limit of possession of opium is two tolas and any person bringing it from any Indian State in excess of this amount is liable to arrest and prosecution under section 9 of the Act.

(12)   the sale of all preparations of opium for smoking of illegal. There is need of continued activity in tracing out and prosecuting proprietors of chandu and madak dens in which sales occur, the object being to make indulgence in opium smoking so difficult and disreputable that the younger generation will be unlikely to acquire it.

Under the Opium Smoking Act, 1923, members of opium smoking assemblies as well as proprietors of houses used for opium smoking are liable to prosecution. Under section 14 of the Act every officer of the police department is required to give reasonable aid to an excise officer making any arrest or search under the Act. The police have no powers of search, seizure or arrest under the Punjab Opium smoking Act; but they have such powers under sections 14 and 15 of the Opium Act, 1978, against any individual in possession of more than the half tola of preparations of admixtures of opium used for smoking which is the limit of legal possession under section 9 of the Act.

(13)   The Financial Commissioner has impressed upon all Deputy Commissioners the necessity of granting liberal rewards both to informers and to arresting officers in all excise cases. Rewards to sub-inspectors and officers of lower rank may be sanctioned by the Deputy Commissioners up to Rs. 200, but the sanction of the Financial Commissioner is required for larger rewards and for rewards to officers of higher rank.

 

APPENDIX No. 24.5(2)

The following cognizable offences are triable by Panchayat :-

Section Offence

269 Negligently doing any act known to be likely to spread infection of any disease dangerous to life.

270 Malignantly doing any act known to be likely to spread infection of any disease dangerous to life.

277 Defiling the water of a public spring or reservoir.

288 Causing danger, obstruction or injury in any public way or line of navigation.

289 Omitting to take order with any animal in possession so as to guard against danger to human life, or of grievous hurt, from such animal.

291 Continuance of nuisance after injunction to discontinue.

294 Doing of obscene acts or singing obscene songs, etc., in a public place to the annoyance of others.

336 Doing any act which endangers human life or the personal safety of others.

341 Wrongfully restraining any person.

379 Theft.

411 Dishonestly receiving stolen property knowing it to be stolen.

Provided, that (1) a Panchayat shall take cognizance of offences under Sections 379 and 411, Indian Penal Code, only where the value of the property stolen does not exceed Rs. 100 and the accused is named in the complaint.

(2) A Panchayat shall not take cognizance of any complaint under Sections 379 or 411, Indian Penal Code, if the accused :-

(i)       has been previously convicted of an offence under Chapter XII or XVII of the Indian Penal Code punishable with imprisonment of either description for a term of three years or upward, or

(ii)      has previously been fined for theft or receiving or possessing stolen property by any Panchayat, or

(iii)     is a registered member of a criminal tribe under section 4 of the Criminal Tribes Act, 1911, or

(iv)    has been bound over to be of good behaviour in proceedings instituted under Section 109 to 110 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898, or

(v)      has had an order of restriction passed against him under the Restriction of Habitual Offenders (Punjab) Act, 1918 -

Section Offence

447 Criminal Trespass.

448 House Trespass.

461 Dishonestly breaking open or unfastening any closed receptacle containing or supposed to contain property

 

APPENDIX No. 24.15

Circular No. 17/A and A/481, dated 25th May, 1949 from Government of India, Intelligence Bureau, Ministry of Home Affairs, New Delhi.

1.        In supersession of the existing orders on the subject, the following instructions regarding the reporting of losses and thefts of Government and private fire-arms and ammunition capable of being used of military purposes are issued with approval of the Government of India.

 

2.        Under Military Regulations, Officers Commanding detachments report the loss or recovery of arms, important components or ammunition to the Superintendent of Police, or, if the loss or recovery takes place in an Indian State or a Union of States, to an appropriate officer of the Government of the State or Union designated in this behalf. The Superintendent of Police or the Officer of the State or Union so designated, as the case may be, is then responsible for all further action for tracing and recovery of the lost or stolen articles.

3.        Reports should be made by the Superintendents of Police or the Officers of the States or Unions, as the case may be, to the Provincial Criminal Investigation Department of the loss, theft or recovery of arms, important components and ammunition coming under the following category, of which they may receive information from any source whether military, civil or private -

(i)       Machine Guns, Light automatics, Grenades and articles of Royal Air Force armaments.

(ii)      Rifles, Revolvers and Pistols, Government or private.

(iii)     Barrels and bolts of .303 bore.

(iv)    Ammunition for cannon, machine guns and high velocity rifles.

(v)      High explosives, whether in bulk or in made-up charges including fuses and detonators.

4.        (a) Reports concerning items of the above category should be made by telegram wherever there is prima facie evidence or reasonable suspicion of a recent theft. In other cases reports should be made by letter. In all cases every effort must be made to include either in the initial report or in a very early continuation report the fullest possible details both for the identification of the missing arms, components or ammunition and as regards the methods and identity of the thieves.

(b) Provincial Criminal Investigation Departments on receipt of reports according to the above instructions will be responsible for the direction of suitable action for detection and recovery. If in any case there may appear grounds for suspecting the agency of professional arms thieves from the North-West Frontier, Telegraphic information giving the fullest available particulars should be sent to the Deputy InspectorGeneral of Police, Criminal Investigation Department, East Punjab (telegraphic address ‘CIDEAST, SIMLA’).

5.        A return of all identification arms, etc., lost or stolen or recovered should be maintained by the Provisional Criminal Investigation Department and should be sent in annually to the Director, Intelligence Bureau.

6.        All reports of losses, thefts and recoveries of arms, etc., should be published by Provincial Criminal Investigation Department in their Criminal Intelligence Gazettes or Confidential Supplements. Such reports must invariably include all details necessary to establish the identity of any particulars weapon, or component part.

7.        When losses are sufficiently serious to be brought to the notice of the Government of India, or to rank as matters of public interest, as well as in the following cases :-

(a)      when the theft appears to be the work of Ut Khels or other professional rifle thieves.

(b)      when the loss appears to indicate that standing rules for the custody of arms and ammunition, either in possession of regiments, or individuals or during transit for rail or otherwise, are defective and should be amended, intimation of such losses should be telegraphed to the Director, Intelligence Bureau, New Delhi, by the Provincial Criminal Investigation Department, and copies of all subsequent reports submitted by the Superintendent of Police should also be sent to him.

 

8.        In the particular case of revolvers, rifles, and pistols, all losses, thefts and recoveries of such weapons as bear the manufacturer’s number should be reported to the Director, Intelligence Bureau, by the Provincial Criminal Investigation Departments. The reports regarding recoveries should include information, if possible, as to where, when and form whom the weapon was obtained by the person from whom it is recovered. All reports should be submitted as soon as convenient after the loss, theft or recovery.

 

9.        No report need be made under these rules in the case of the loss or theft of smooth bore weapons, ammunition for such weapons, swords, bayonets, or accutrements. Converted Martini-Hanries and Sniders are classed as smooth bore weapons.

 

10.     Deliberate attempts to smuggle arms and ammunition into India, by land or sea or air, should promptly be reported to the Director, Intelligence Bureau. Similarly the discovery of fire-arm which appear to have been deliberately smuggled into India should also be reported to the same quarter.

 

In all instances, full particulars of the articles seized, such as the maker’s name, place of manufacture, number, bore and other distinguishing marks in the case of fire-arms, and maker’s name, bore and distinguishing marks in the case of cartridge, should be communicated at the time the report is made or as soon afterwards as possible. Information, if available, obtained from the smugglers or otherwise, as to where, when and from whom the weapons, etc., were obtained should also be given. Whenever a prosecution is initiated with respect to a reported case of smuggling or, or attempt to smuggle, arms and ammunition, the result should also be communicated to the Director, Intelligence Bureau.

‘These instructions do not affect the quarterly returns of arms and ammunition seized by the customs, which should continue to be submitted by the Criminal Investigation Departments of maritime provinces and the provinces having air ports in their jurisdictions’.

FORM No. 24.2(1)

FIRST INFORMATION REPORT BY A COMPLAINANT

 

Name, parentage and residence of complainant or informant

 

Date and time of writing the slip and delivery to Chaukidar.

 

Date and time of receipt of Police Station

 

Substance of complainant or information which shall be attested by the signature, seal or thumb-impression of complainant or informant, and signature or seal of lambardar as witness.

(Check receipt to be sent to the complainant)

Received a written complaint from ___of village ____dated .

First Information Report No. ___under Section  ___I.P.C. has been registered this day.


Name of Police Station  __

? Signature of Officer-in-charge

Date  ____

If a First Information Report has not been registered then these words should be struck out and a brief note given below of the action taken.

FORM No. 24.5(1)

FIRST INFORMATION REPORT

FIRST INFORMATION OF A COGNIZABLE CRIME REPORTED UNDER SECTION 154, CODE OF CRIMINAL PROCEDUREABLES




Police Station  ____


District  

No.  

Date and hour of occurrence

 





1

Date and hour when reported

2

Name and residence of information and complainant

3

Brief description of offence (with section) and of property carried off, if any

4

Place of occurrence and distance and direction from Police Station.

5

Steps taken regarding investigation; explanation of delay in recording information

6

Date and hour of despatch from Police Station

 

Signed ____

Designation  ___

(First information to be recorded below)

Note. The signature, seal or mark of the informant shall be affixed at the foot of the information and shall be attested by the signature of the officer recording the "first information".

 

(REVERSE OF POLICE STATION COPY OF FIRST INFORMATION REPORT) (NOT TO BE PRINTED ON REVERSE OF OTHER COPIES)

INDEX OF CASE DIARIES

(To be filled in immediately on receipt of case diaries)

Serial No.

Date of case diary

Name of investigating officer

Serial No.

Date of case

Name of investigating officer

Serial No.

Date of case diary

Name of investigating officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Information to be filled in when the charge-sheet or final report is submitted

Date and hour of submission of Charge-sheet or final Report and section under which accused are sent for trial

Names of witnesses

Name and residence of accused

A.   Sent in custody for trial

B.   On bail or recognizance

C.   Not sent for trial

Property (including weapons) found

 

 

 

 

Information to be filled in as soon as received

Date of receipt of chalan in Court

Offence according to which convicted or acquitted

Result of the case (In case of conviction or acquital, the name of court, date and details of the order)


 

FORM No. 24.8(1)

POLICE STATION  

   DISTRICT




ENGLISH REGISTER OF COGNIZABLE OFFENCES

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

 

DATE OF

CASES REPORTED ON DATE

Annual Serial number

Entry in this registe

Commiss ion of offence

Police station submittin g report

Place where offence was committe d

Number of first informatio n report

Section of law offended against

Cases not

investigat ion

under section 157, (b),

C.P.C.

PROPERTY

 

Stolen

Recovere d

Persons arrested

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASES DECIDED ON DATE

 

PERSONS

 

 

Serial

Cases

Arrested

Released

Sent for

Discharge

Acquitted

Convicted

Remarks by

Number

can

 

on bail

trial

d

 

or

Superintendent of

of for-

celled

 

or

 

 

 

ordered

Police

mer re-

recogniza

 

 

 

to find

 

 

 

port in

 

 

nce

 

 

 

security

 

this reg-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ister

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

FORM No. 24.9

POLICE DEPARTMENT

  DISTRICT

 

Register of Petty offences


Under Section 154, Cr. P. Code, intimidation under Section 157, Cr. P. Code, diary under Section 172 Cr. P. Code and final report under Section 173, Cr. P. Code of offences against cantonment and municipal bye-laws and under section 34 of Act V of 1861.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

 

NAME, PARENTAGE AND RESIDENCE OF

 

ACCUSED HOW FORWARDED

 

Offence, section and law offended against

Substance of information, date when and place where offence

was committed

Complain ant

Accused

Date and time at which informatio n

reached Police Station

Names of the persons who appear to be acquainted with the circumstances of the case and details of any property sent in the case

On bail

On recognizan ce

In custody and the reasons why

Finding and sentence


FORM No. 24.12(1)

POLICE STATION  ____

   DISTRICT

VERNACULAR SPECIAL REPORT ON AN OFFENCE

No.

of

19

dated

19

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

 

NUMBER OF PERSONS

VALUE OF PROPERTY

 

Offence and section of law offended against; distance and direction of place from Police Station, and name of Sub-Inspector in charge

Supposed to have been concerned

Arrested

Taken

Recovered

Statement of the case, conduct of the Police and steps taken by them

 

 

 

 

 

Date and time of occurrence. Date and time of report to Police

Signature of Officer-in-charge of Police Station

 

 

FORM No. 24.14

POLICE DEPARTMENT

   DISTRICT

SPECIAL REPORT OF AN OFFENCE

No. of 19 Dated 19

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

 

NUMBER OF PERSONS

VALUE OF PROPERTY

 

Descriptin of offence and section of law offended against; also distance and direction of place from Police Station and name of SubInspector in charge

Supposed to have been concerned

Arrested

Taken

Recovered

Statement of the case, conduct of the Police, steps taken by them

 

 

 

 

 

Date and time of occurrence. Date and time of report to Police

Superintendent of Police


 

Copy sent to

(1)      District Magistrate 

(2)      Deputy Inspector-General Range

(3) 

(4) 

CHAPTER 25 INVESTIGATION

 

25.1. Powers to investigate. –

 

(1)     An officer in charge of a police station is empowered by Section 156, Criminal Procedure Code, to investigate any cognizable offence which occurs within the limits of his jurisdiction.

(2)     He is also empowered under Section 157(1), Criminal procedure Code, to depute a subordinate to proceed to the spot to investigate the facts and circumstances of the case, and if necessary, to take measures for the discovery and arrest of the offenders. Any police officer may be so deputed under this section, but where a police officer under the rank of assistant sub-inspector is deputed the investigation shall invariably be taken up and completed by the officer in charge of the police station or an assistant subinspector at the first opportunity.

(3)     An officer in charge of a station shall also render assistance whenever required to all officers of the Criminal Investigation Department working within his jurisdiction.

 

25.2. Powers of investigating officer. –

 

(1)     The powers and privileges of a police officer making an investigation are detailed in Sections 160 to 175, Criminal Procedure Code.

An officer so making an investigation shall invariably issue an order in writing in Form 25.2(1) to any person summoned to attend such investigation and shall endorse on the copy of the order retained by the person so summoned the date and time of his arrival at, and the date ad time of his departure from, the place to which he is summoned. The duplicate of the order shall be attached to the case diary.

(2)     No avoidable trouble shall be given to any person from whom enquiries are made and no person shall be unnecessarily detained.

(3)     It is the duty of an investigating officer to find out the truth of the matter under investigation. His object shall be to discover the actual facts of the case and to arrest the real offender or offenders. He shall not commit himself prematurely to any view of the facts for or against any person.

 

25.3. Action when offence occurring in another police station is reported. –

 

When the occurrence of a cognizable offence in another police station jurisdiction is reported, the fact shall be recorded, in the daily diary and information shall be sent to the officer in charge of the police station in the jurisdiction of which the offence was committed. Meanwhile all possible lawful measures shall be taken to secure the arrest of the offender and the detection of the offence.

 

25.4. Where offence appears to have occurred in other police station. –

 

(1)     If a police officer after registering a case and commencing an investigation discovers that the offence was committed in the jurisdiction of another police station he shall at once send information to the officer in charge of such police station.

(2)     Upon receipt of information such officer shall proceed without delay to the place where the investigation is being held and undertake the investigation.

 

25.5. Disputes as to jurisdiction. –

 

Should the officer who is thus summoned to the spot dispute the jurisdiction, both officers shall jointly carry on the investigation under the orders of the senior officer and neither shall leave until the question of jurisdiction has been settled and acknowledged. The case record shall be kept at the police station where the information was first received until the question of jurisdiction has been decided.

 

25.6. Relieving and relieved officers to sign case diaries. –

 

When a police officer is relieved in the course of an investigation he shall record a report of all that he has done in a case diary and sign it, giving the date and hour of his relief. Such case diary shall be made over to the relieving officer, who shall certify thereon that he acknowledges the case to have occurred within his station limits, or to be one which he is empowered to investigate, as the case may be.

 

25.7. Cancellation of a case in one police station and registration in another. –

 

When a case is transferred from one police station to another, the offence registered in the original police station shall be cancelled by the Superintendent and a first information report shall be submitted from the police station in the jurisdiction of which the case occurred.

 

25.8. Cases which may be lawfully investigated in more local areas than one. –

 

(1)     If the case is one which the officer in charge of the police station may lawfully investigate, but which may also be lawfully and more successfully investigated in another police station, such officer while continuing his investigation, shall refer the matter to the Superintendent, who shall transfer the case or not as he sees fit.

(2)     If it is desired to transfer the case to a police station in another district, the Superintendent shall refer the matter to the District Magistrate and move him to act according to the orders contained in Chapter 26, Volume III, of the Rules and Orders of the High Court.

(3)     When an investigation has been transferred from one district to another the police files with original first information report shall be forwarded to the Superintendent of the district to which the transfer is made.

 

25.9. Optional investigation. –

 

(1)     Section 157(b), Criminal Procedure Code, gives wide powers to an officer in charge of a police station to refrain from investigation in unimportant cases. It is the duty, however, of every officer receiving a report to consider not only the intrinsic importance of the offence alleged and the expressed wishes of the complainant but the bearing which the report has or may have on the detection of other cases or on the prevention of crime and the control of criminals. Very many cases which appears trivial in themselves may, if investigated furnish a clue to the operations of professional criminals or afford valuable material at a later date for preventive action. In practice it is seldom advisable for an officer-in-charge of a police station to avail himself of the power to refuse investigations, which the law gives him.

(2)     When, at the time when a report of a cognizable offence is received, the investigating staff of the police station concerned is already occupied with more important cases, the investigation of which would suffer by being interrupted, such report shall be duly recorded and investigation may be dispensed with. Such action not be held to limit the discretion of the officer-in-charge of the police station to investigate the case at a later date, if he thinks it desirable to do so.

(3)     If the informant is present when the first information report is recorded, he shall be informed forthwith that no investigation will be made, and, after noting this fact in the first information report, his signature or thumb-mark shall be taken to it. If the informant is not present, he shall be informed in writing by post card, or by the delivery of a notice by hand, and the fact that this has been done shall be noted in the first information report.

(4)     When investigation is dispensed with, a note shall be made in the first information report stating whether the complainant desires an investigation or not and full reasons shall be given for abstaining from investigation. All such cases shall be brought to the notice of the Superintendent of Police personally, who shall pass such orders on them as he may think fit in accordance with the principle embodied in this rule.

 

25.10. Immediate despatch of an officer to the spot. –

 

When a report of a cognizable case is recorded and it is decided not to dispense with investigation under Section 157(b), Criminal Procedure Code, a police officer shall proceed to the scene immediately. The officer who first proceeds to the spot shall, if he be not competent to complete the investigation, take all possible steps to preserve the scene of the crime from disturbance, to record particulars of and secure the presence of potential witnesses, obtain information relating to the case and arrest the culprit.

 

25.11. Investigation in non-cognizable cases. –

 

(1)     No police officer shall investigate a non-cognizable offence unless ordered to do so by a competent magistrate under Sections 196-B or 202, Criminal Procedure Code.

(2)     When an investigation in a non-cognizable case is thus ordered and is taken up by the police under Section 155(3), Criminal Procedure Code, it must be carried through in the same manner as if the offence were cognizable, except that no arrest shall be made without a warrant. In every such case a police officer making an investigation shall day by day enter his proceedings in a case diary and submit them daily as prescribed for cognizable cases in Police Rule 25.53. Case diaries shall be submitted through the gazetted officer concerned to the court which has ordered investigation. No copies shall be prepared or kept by the police.

(3)     The High Court has ordered that only serious cases, and cases in which there are special reasons to do so, shall be referred to the police under Section 202, Criminal Procedure Code (Rule 4, Chapter I-B of Rules and Orders of the High Court of Judicature at Lahore, Volume III-1931). Superintendents of Police shall decline to accept for action references in which provisions of Section 202, Criminal procedure Code, itself, and the instructions of the High Court referred to above have not been strictly complied with.

 

25.12. Orders in writing. –

 

All orders in writing made in a case, i.e. order to arrest, to search and to summon, etc., shall be attached to the case diaries, or their absence shall be satisfactorily accounted for.

 

25.13. Plan of scene. –

 

(1)     In all important cases two plans of the scene of the offences shall be prepared by a qualified police officer or other suitable agency one to be submitted with the charge sheet or final report and the other to be retained for departmental use.

(2)     The following rules shall govern the preparation of maps or plans by patwaris or other expert :-

(i)       Pursuant to paragraph 26 of the Patwari Rules, the Financial Commissioner, with the concurrence of the Inspector General of Police, issues the following instructions concerning the preparation by patwaris of maps needed to illustrate police inquiries.

(ii)      In ordinary cases no demands for such maps will be made upon patwaris.

(iii)     In the case of heinous crime, especially in cases of murder or riots connected with land disputes, the police officer investigating he case will, if he considers an accurate map is required, summons to the scene of the crime the patwari of the circle in which it occurred and cause him to prepare two maps, one for production in court as evidence and the other for the use of the police investigating agency. In the former reference relating to facts observed by the police officer should be entered while in the latter references based on the statement of witnesses which are not relevant in evidence may be recorded. He will be careful not to detain the patwaris longer than is necessary for the preparation of maps.

(iv)    It is necessary to define clearly the responsibility of the patwari and police officer in respect of these maps.

(v)      The police officer will indicate to the patwari the limits of the land of which he desires map, and the topographical items to be shown therein. The patwari will then be responsible for drawing the maps correctly, by tracing, if necessary, the second copy, for making accurately on maps all these items and for entering on the maps due distances. He will not write on the map, intended for production as evidence in the court any explanations. The police officer may write any explanations on the traced copy of the map.

(vi)    It is for the police officer himself to add to the second copy of the map such remarks as may be necessary to explain the connection of the map with the case under inquiry. He is also responsible equally with the patwaris for the correctness of all distances, but on the copy of the map drawn by the patwari for presentation, in court he will make no remarks or explanations based on the statements of witnesses.

(vii)   It will be convenient if all the entries made by the patwari are made in black ink, and those added by the police officer in red ink.

(viii)  Patwaris will not in any case be required by a police officer to make a map of an inhabited enclosure or of land inside a town or village site.

 

25.14. Technical assistance in investigation. –

 

(1)     Investigating officers are expected to take steps to secure expert technical assistance and advice, whenever such appears desirable in the course of an investigation for purposes of evidence or for demonstration in court.

(2)     The Criminal Investigation Department is able to obtain expert technical assistance on many subjects and should be freely consulted in that connection by investigating officers through their Superintendents of Police. When such assistance is required a full report shall be sent to the Assistant Inspector General, Crime and Criminal Tribes, so that he may be in a position to decide whether it is essential to send an expert to the scene of the crime or whether the material to be dealt with should be sent to the expert. In making such reports use should be made of telegraphic and telephonic facilities.

(3)     The Criminal Investigation Department, in conjunction with the Finger Print Bureau, undertakes photographic and some other varieties of technical work. In addition it is in contact with technical experts on may subjects, whose services can frequently be obtained for work in connection with criminal investigation. In respect of the examination of handwriting, investigating officers can obtain the services of the Examiner of Questioned Documents with the Government of India, through the Criminal Investigation Department. That department is also the channel for obtaining the services of the Inspector of Explosives for Northern India who, as well as advising on explosives generally, can give expert opinion as to whether a weapon has been recently fired, whether certain matter is gunpowder or not, and all questions generally savouring of chemical analysis.

 

25.15. Hand-writing. –

 

(1)     The above rules do not apply to references to the Finger Print Bureau and the Chemical Examiner to the Punjab Government, to whom, under the rules applicable, Superintendents of Police are required to make references direct. The Criminal Investigation Department is, however, in direct contract with both these technical officers and investigating officers should enlist its co-operation when any specifically intricate work is required of them.

 

(2)     Nothing in the preceding sub-rule shall debar a Superintendent of Police or investigating officer from availing himself of any expert technical assistance, when may be directly available to him, for the purpose of investigation. If expert evidence is to be given in court, however, it should be provided by Government experts only, when such experts exist.

(3)     In connection with the examination of arms and ammunition, arsenal officials should only be required to report, and if absolutely essential, give evidence (i) on technical factory points, e.g., whether a weapon is in serviceable condition; whether a particular part of a weapon is factory or mistri made, and the like; (ii) on the type of ammunition intended to be used (not can be used as experience shows that there is practically no limit in this respect) in a particular weapon; and (iii) whether a cartridge has been reloaded, nature of load, and the like. Arsenal experts shall not be used for elaborate and definite sworn testimony as to whether a particular missile was or was not fired from a particular weapon. Should districts desire opinions of this nature they may apply to the Criminal Investigation Department for assistance but such references should be confined to cases of major importance only.

 

25.16. Cases against Government servants. –

 

When a Government servant is accused or is suspected of the commission of an offence in the course of his official duties his immediate departmental superior shall, as far as may be wise and practicable, be kept informed regarding the course of the police investigation.

 

25.17. Supervision by gazetted officers. –

 

(1)     In all important cases gazetted officers are required personally to supervise the investigation so far as is possible and when necessary to visit the scene of the offence.

(2)     A record of investigations by gazetted officers shall be kept in the prescribed column of the register of cognizable offences and an abstract thereof shall be shown in the quarterly Inspection Statement and in the Annual Provincial Statement.

(3)     Every gazetted officer shall maintain a running note-book of offences, in which he shall enter the salient points of the first information report and case diaries as he hears them. The following are some of the points that should be entered in his note-book :-

First Information Report :

 

(a)      Police station, village, section, date and time of offence;

(b)      Distance of village from police station and date and time of investigation opening;

(c)      Name and rank of investigating officer, who should always be the senior officer available. Reasons for junior officer taking up cases should be most carefully checked; and

(d)      Salient features of the case.

(1)     Case Diaries :

 

(a)      Dates of case diaries;

(b)      By whom written and where; and

(c)      Salient features.

All unnecessary delays in the course of investigation, in chalaning successful cases or in submitting final reports in untraced cases should be carefully observed and stopped. Deputy Inspectors-General shall call for these note-books at their inspections and insist on their being intelligently used for the purpose of efficient supervision of investigations.

(4)     Gazetted officers shall interest themselves in the chalans of cases in their charge as they come in and discuss them with the prosecuting inspector, and if possible, with the officers who investigated them; and shall keep in touch with the proceedings in court.

 

(5)     Every gazetted officer in headquarters should see daily the English register (27.36) of cognizable offences, with special reference to columns 14 to 17 in register to cases in his charge, and he should bring to the notice of the District Magistrate through the proper channel, any unnecessary delays that occur in dealing with cases in courts, instances in which witnesses come up with chalans and are sent back unheard, and delays in framing charges, hearing arguments or pronouncing judgments.

(6)     Gazetted officers should follow closely the progress of cases in their charge through the courts and they should ascertain, as soon as possible, the grounds for all discharges and acquittals. If the grounds for the discharges or acquittals appear to be unreasonable, they should at once bring the cases prominently to the notice of the District Magistrate through the Superintendent of Police.

 

25.18. Statement recorded under Section 161, Code of Criminal Procedure. –

 

Statements recorded by an investigating officer under Section 161, Code of Criminal Procedure shall not form part of the case diary prescribed by Section 172, but shall be recorded separately and attached to the cse diary, the necessary number of copies being made by the carbon copying process on case diary continuation sheets [form 25.54(1)]. The number of statements attached to a particular case diary, and the number of pages in each statement, shall be noted in the case diary. An investigating officer, after examining a person orally or recording a statement under section 161, Code of Criminal Procedure, shall make a brief note of the fact in his case diary.

 

25.18-A. Communications of official documents or information. –

 

(1)     It is a universally recognised and fundamental principle of police procedure that the identity of sources and agents from whom secret information is obtained shall be known only to the officer who employs them and that every precaution shall be taken to protect them from exposure. Except by direction of the Governor, a Police officer shall on no account disclose the identity of a source or agent to any officer or person outside the Force. Within the Force he shall disclose it only to or as ordered by the superior officers mentioned below. In the Criminal Investigating Department this superior officer is the Deputy Inspector General in the case of the whole department and the Superintendent of Police, Political and Assistant to the Inspector-General for Crime and Criminal Tribes as regards the Special and Crime Branches, respectively. In a district it is the Superintendent of Police or the gazetted officer immediately under whom the police officer employing an agent or source is working. When information obtained from an agent has to be transmitted to others, the greatest care shall be exercised to avoid the exposure of such agent. The original report, or an exact copy of the original report, shall not be transmitted but the substance or a paraphrase shall be sent.

(2)     All sources of police information are protected in judicial trails by Sections 124 and 125 of the Indian Evidence Act which provide respectively that no public officer should be compelled to disclose communications made to him in official confidence and that no Magistrate or police officer shall be compelled to say whence he obtained any information as to the commission of any offence. Instructions regarding the production of police records as evidence are contained in Rule 27.24.

(3)     The Governor’s Rules to secure the protection of sources of information under Section 58 of the Government of India Act, 1935 and the InspectorGeneral’s directions framed under those Rules will be found in Appendix 25.18-A.

 

25.19. Medico-legal opinion. –

 

(1)     When a medical opinion is required in police cases, the persons to be examined shall be produced before the highest medical authority available on the medical staff of the district. Persons requiring examination at the headquarters of a district shall be taken to the Civil Hospital and not to a branch dispensary; similarly in rural areas, where a hospital is accessible, medico-legal cases shall be sent there and not to a rural dispensary.

(2)     Medical Offices of the Irrigation Department are prohibited from undertaking medico-legal work and officers in charge of district board dispensaries may only be called upon to do such work, for which they must be qualified in other respects, in cases of emergency. Medical officers may not be called upon to proceed to the scene of an occurrence to examine injured persons except in cases of real urgency and when it is impossible to convey the injured person to the nearest dispensary or hospital.

(3)     Police officers cannot legally compel injured persons to submit to medical examination, and such persons have a right to be examined privately at their own expense by medical practitioners. ‘‘Injury Statements’’ [form 25.39(1)], are intended solely for the use of the Civil Surgeon of the district or any medical officer subordinate to him, on whom the police may call for a report. Such forms must not be given to injured persons for the purposes of examination at their private choice, nor must they be sent with injured persons to Government medical officers of another district.

All medical officers-in-charge of hospitals and dispensaries are required to report to the nearest police station within 24 hours all cases of serious injury or of poisoning admitted by them for treatment, whether such cases have been brought in by the police or not.

(4)     Medical officers of Government, or those employed by local bodies, are entitled to charge fees for medico-legal work performed in their private capacities for parties to cases, but no fees whatsoever are leviable by Government medical officers for work in cases in which the Crown is the complainant, including all post mortem examinations, such work being part of their regular duties. The rules under which medical officers, other than those subordinate to the Civil Surgeon, may charge fees for medico-legal work on behalf of Government are given in the Punjab Medical Manaul; in certain cases fees may also be charged by medical officers employed by district boards. In no case, however, are such fees debitable to the police department; any claim submitted to Superintendents should be passed on, with the necessary information, to the District Magistrate.

(5)     Police officers should refrain from sending persons whose injuries are obviously slight for medico-legal examination, and should exercise their discretion in obtaining a medical opinion as to whether injuries received by complainants constitute a cognizable offence.

(6)     Medico-legal cases not requiring urgent attention should be sent for examination during hospital hours only.

Note : This rule does not entitle the medical officer concerned to refuse to examine a case out of hours because in his opinion it is not an urgent one.

(7)     The unnecessary summoning as witnesses of medical subordinates, to the detriment of their proper activities, shall be avoided as far as possible, and, when the attendance of such an officer is necessary, as much notice as possible shall be given him. When the necessary evidence can be given by the investigating officer or by another medical witness stationed at the place where the case is being prosecuted a medical subordinate should not be summoned from a distance merely to give corroborative evidence.

 

25.20. Wounded complaints and witnesses. –

 

(1)     When a complaint or a witness of importance in an important case is seriously ill or is wounded, but does not appear to be dying, the police officer making the investigation shall prepare a charge-sheet in accordance with Rule 25.56(1) if this has not already been done and shall either -

(a)      with such persons’ consent, send him or her, for medical treatment to the station of the magistrate having jurisdiction and invite such magistrate to take such person’s deposition in the presence of the accused person or,

 

(b)      if such complainant or witness cannot be moved, or refuses to be sent, such officer shall apply for an order of detention in respect of the accused person if he is in custody and such order is necessary, and invite the magistrate having jurisdiction to record the deposition of such complainant or witness in the presence of the accused person at the place where the former is lying.

 

25.21. Dying declarations. –

 

(1)     A dying declaration shall, whenever possible, be recorded by a Magistrate.

(2)     The person making the declaration shall, if possible be examined by a medical officer with a view to ascertaining that he is sufficiently in possession of his reason to make a lucid statement.

(3)     If no magistrate can be obtained, the declaration shall, when a gazetted police officer is not present, be recorded in the presence of two or more reliable witnesses unconnected with the police department and with the parties concerned in the case.

 

(4)     If no such witnesses can be obtained without risk of the injured person dying before his statement can be recorded, it shall be recorded in the presence of two or more police officers.

 

(5)     A dying declaration made to a police officer should, under Section 162, Code of Criminal Procedure, be signed by the person making it.

 

25.22. Medical examination of women. –

 

No examination by a medical officer of a living woman’s person shall be made without her consent and without a written order from a magistrate, addressed to the medical officer, directing him to make such examination.

In all cases in which the police consider such an examination to be necessary, the woman shall be taken a magistrate for order. This rule shall also apply to similar examinations by dhais or any other persons.

The word ‘‘person’’ applies only to those parts of the body, to expose which would violate a woman’s modesty.

Female Assistant or Sub-Assistant Surgeons in Government service shall only be required to do medico-legal work on behalf of Government when the woman or girl concerned refuses to be examined by a male doctor. When a female doctor is summoned by a Court she must attend.

(Punjab Government endorsement No. 558-M-36/9932, dated the 25th March, 1936).

 

25.23. Searches by police officers. –

 

[(1) The rules regarding searches by Police Officers are contained in sections 165 and 166 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973. Notices of search under section 165, summons to persons to witness search under sub-section (4) of section 100 of the said Code and search lists under sub-section (5) of the said section 100 shall be prepared in property search and seizure Form appended to in chapter XXI. One carbon copy of the same shall be submitted for record to the District Crime Record Bureau of the concerned District Head Quarters.][62]

(2)   An officer-in-charge of a police station receiving a requisition to search, under Section 166 of Criminal Procedure or other law applicable, shall comply without unnecessary delay and shall take all necessary precautions to ensure a successful search.

 

 

A police officer making such requisition may attend personally and assist in such search or may send one or more of his subordinates for that purpose.

(3)   Gazetted officers supervising investigations and inspecting officers shall take disciplinary action against investigating officers who carry out searches under Section 165, Code of Criminal Procedure, without sufficient justification.

 

25.24. Records in custody of the post office. –

 

The law regarding the production of documents or things in the custody of the Postal or Telegraph Department is contained in Section 95, Code of Criminal Procedure.

The instructions issued by the Director-General of Post Offices (paragraph 152 of Volume V of the Posts and Telegraphs Manual) regarding production of records in the custody of the post office are as follows :-

 

Records of a post office or mail office should be produced and information available in them should be given on the written order of any police officer who is making investigation under the Code of Criminal Procedure; but only those entries in the records should be disclosed which relate to the person or persons accused of the offence under investigations or which are relevant to that offence. In any other case the official-in-charge of the office should without delay refer for orders to the Postmaster-General, who will decided whether or not under Section 124 of the Indian Evidence Act, I of 1872, the information asked for should be withheld. When the information asked for by a police officer is not available in the records of the post office, the police officer should be informed accordingly, irrespective of the question whether the information, if available, might or might not be given under the foregoing rule.

 

25.25. Track law. –

 

Provisions of law regarding tracking are contained in Sections 41 and 42 of Act IV of 1872 (Punjab Laws Act).

 

25.26. Importance of foot-prints and track evidence. –

 

(1)   Footprints are of the first importance in the investigation of crime. For this reason all officers-in-charge of police stations shall instruct their subordinates as well as all lambardars and chaukidars that, when any crime occurs all footprints and other marks existing on the scene of the crime should be carefully preserved and a watch set to see that as few persons as possible are permitted to visit the scene of the crime.

[63][(2) When it desired to produce evidence of the identity of tracks found at the scene of or in connection with a crime, the procedure for securing the record of such evidence shall be similar to that prescribed in Rule 26.32 for the identification of suspects. The attendance of a Magistrate of the highest available status, shall be secured, but if no Magistrate is available and the case is of great urgency, independent and literate witnesses of reliable character like Sarpanches or Panches or Lambardars, shall be requested to conduct proceedings, but before they hold the parade, the rule regarding the holding of parades shall be explained to them. In the presence of the Magistrate or other persons conducting the test and in conforming with any reasonable directions which they may give, ground shall be prepared for the tests. On this ground the suspect or suspects and not less than five other persons, for each suspect, shall be required to walk. The Magistrate or the person conducting the test shall record the names of all these persons and the order in which they enter the test ground. The suspect shall, of course, be given option to take any place of his choice in the Parade and a note to this effect shall be recorded in the Memo of proceedings which will also indicate whether he has availed of this option. While these preparations are proceeding the tracker of other witness who is to be asked to identify the tracks shall be prevented from approaching the place or seeing any foot-prints of the persons joining the test parade. When all preparations are complete, the tracker or the identifying witness shall be called up and required to examine both the original tracks whether lifted on the moulds or otherwise and those on the test ground and hereafter to make his statement. The Magistrate or the person conducting the test, shall record the statement of the tracker or the identifying witness as to the grounds of his claim to identify the tracks, and shall put such other questions as he may deem proper to test his bona-fides. Neither any Police Officer nor any person connected with the case shall be allowed to take any part in the conduct of the test. The persons other than the Magistrate conducting the test may, however, associate with them one or more independent witnesses of reliable character.

 

If the tracks of culprits found at the scene of crime are shortfooted, the Magistrate or the other person conducting the parade, shall be requested to take the shoes into possession, paste their signed paper slip on the shoes and seal them after the parade. When admitting the accused or suspect whose track parade is to be held, in Jail a request in writing shall be made to the Jail authorities to see that the accused or suspect does not change the soles. At the time of arrest in such cases, the Police Officer making or ordering the arrest will take the shoes of the accused in possession, paste a chit signed by himself and witness on it and seal them. The parcel will be opened by the Magistrate or other person conducting the parade and resealed after the parade as above.

 

If, however, the tracker, for any reason such as inefficiency, carelessness, confusion or adverse influence of the suspect, fails to correctly identify the tracks, the matter should not be left there. It is still open to the Investigator, if another more efficient and reliable tracker is not available, to get the moulds for foot-prints found at the scene of crime and those prepared and duly initialled by the Magistrate or other person holding the parade at the time of the tracks identification parade, compared by the Director, CID, Scientific Laboratory, Phillaur, and obtain his expert opinion as to whether the foot impressions in both the moulds tally.

 

Tracks which it is desired to test by comparison as above, shall be protected immediately on discovery, and their nature, measurements and peculiarities shall be recorded at the time in the case diary of the investigating officer.

 

The details of the preparation of the test ground and the actions required of the suspect and those with whom his tracks are mixed must vary according to the circumstances of the case. The person conducting the test shall so arrange that the identifying witness may be given a fair chance, but under the strictest safeguards, of comparing the original tracks with other track, made on similar ground and in similar conditions.

 

Before inviting person other than the Magistrate to conduct the proceedings, the Police Officer concerned will ensure that he is not interested in or against the suspect or accused.]

 

(3)   The evidence of a tracker or other experts described in the foregoing rule can be substantiated by the preparation of moulds of other footprints of the criminal or criminals found at the scene of the crime. The method of making moulds of footprints by means of plaster of Paris or a composition of two parts of resin to one part of wax or paraffin is taught to all students at the Police Training School but requires practice before an officer can become proficient. The only advantage in the first method (plaster of Paris) is the quickness with which the material sets. Resin and wax are cheap and can be used more than once.

 

In making moulds for production as evidence the following precautions should be observed :-

 

 

(a)      The footprints found on the scene of the crime must be pointed out to police witnesses at the time and these same witnesses must be present during the preparation of the moulds.

(b)      The latter must also be signed or marked by the witnesses and the officer preparing them while still setting.

(c)      After the procedure described in sub-rule (2) above has been completed a mould should be prepared in the presence of the magistrate or witnesses of one of the foot-prints of the suspect made in their presence. This mould should be signed by the Magistrate or witnesses when still setting.

(d)      Both moulds should be carefully preserved for production in court for identification by witnesses and comparison by the Court.

Methods of recording footprints. (1) by tracking through glass footprints found on the ground or other surface, and (2) by taking impressions of feet direct on to paper, as in the case of finger impressions, are taught at the Police Training School. Such records shall utilized in the case of notorious criminals for comparison with footprints found at the scene of offence. They may also be used to check the reliability of local trackers.

 

25.27. Confessions. –

 

The orders of the High Court by which magistrates are bound in respect of the record of statements or confessions are contained in Appendix No. 25.27. All supervising and investigating police officers must familiarise themselves with these instructions and conform strictly to them in producing accused persons for the record of their statements.

 

25.28. Statements recorded by magistrates. –

 

(1)     The circumstances under which police officers may require a statement to be recorded by a magistrate are as follows :-

(a)      The statement, made in the course of an investigation by a witness or an accused person, and not amounting to a confession, may be recorded by a magistrate under Section 164, Code of Criminal Procedure, in order that it may be available as evidence at a later stage. Such statements may be recorded in any of the manners prescribed for recording evidence.

(b)      A confession may be recorded under Section 164, Criminal Procedure Code, irrespective of the tender of a pardon, and of whether it involves more persons than the individual accused making it.

(c)      In the classes of offences specified in Section 337, Criminal Procedure Code, a police officer may, at any stage of the investigation, inquiry or trial, move a magistrate empowered under that section to tender a pardon to an accused person.

(d)      In cases in which a pardon cannot be tendered under Section 337, Criminal Procedure Code, but in which it is desirable to obtain the evidence of a suspect against his accomplices, a police officer may recommend to the District Magistrate that the local Government be moved to give a promise not to prosecute an offender, subject to his fulfilling whatever conditions might be imposed in giving such promise. Action of this nature can only be taken before the case has been sent for trial.

Note. The original orders on which this paragraph is based are contained in Punjab Government Circular 2/117 of 27th April, 1898 as qualified by circular No. 426 of 30th September, 1906, and were reproduced as Appendix 25.41(3) of Punjab Police Rules, Edition, 1915.

(2)     If a professional offender is convicted and sentenced to imprisonment or transportation and it appears that he belongs to a gang of offenders and is willing to do everything in his power to bring the members of such gang to justice, or to give valuable information leading to the discovery of stolen property, the Superintendent may apply to the State Government for suspension or remission of the sentence of such prisoner under Section 401, Criminal Procedure Code. Such application shall be made through the District Magistrate.

 

25.29. Confessing accused and approvers. –

 

(1)     The Criminal Procedure Code supplemented by the High Court instructions quoted in Appendix 25.27 prescribe a number of precautions which are intended to give to a court conducting a trial the maximum assurance that a confessing accused has not been subjected to such pressure or inducements as to invalidate this evidence under Section 24, Indian Evidence Act. All police officers, who exercise any authority in connection with investigations, are required to have a thorough understanding of these provisions. The departmental instructions here given merely supplement and in no sense replace them.

(2)     The main requirements, in so far as the police are concerned, are :-

(a)      No police officer may offer a pardon. An accused person desirous of making a statement with a view to obtaining a pardon, shall be told that no promise whatsoever can be made, but that, if a statement is made and verified and found to be of sufficient importance to merit such action, the facts will be reported to a magistrate, who has power to offer a pardon. No steps may be taken in this connection by subordinate police officers without the previous sanction in writing of a gazetted police officer.

(b)      Statements, whether under Section 164 or 337, Criminal Procedure Code, shall be recorded by the magistrate, other than the District Magistrate, having the highest powers, who can be reached within reasonable time. Save for special reasons, which must be explained by the investigating officer, such statements shall never be recorded by 2nd class magistrates unless they have been specially empowered to record such statements.

(c)      The magistrate is required to make enquiries as to the circumstances leading up to the confession; and police officers shall invariably furnish, so far as is in their power, information required of them in this respect.

(d)      Police officers connected with the investigation shall not be present while the confession is being recorded.

(e)      Magistrates are required to give orders, when remanding to custody persons who have made a confession, that they shall be kept separate from other prisoners.

(f)       Approvers shall remain under arrest until the conclusion of the trial.

(g)      When more than one person confesses or turns approver in a case, their confessions shall, if possible, be recorded by different magistrates and they shall not be allowed to meet one another till their evidence has been recorded in court.

(h)     Magistrates shall be moved to record statements of confessing persons in full detail; in political cases and those in which professional criminals whose activities extend over a large field are suspected, copies (in English) of approvers’ statements and confessions shall be sent to the Deputy Inspector General, Criminal Investigation Department.

(3)     It must be remembered that the prosecution of a gang case, even without an approver, in a Section 30 magistrate’s court, is a very lengthy and difficult task owing to the large number of witnesses and the numerous linked individual cases. If, however, the prosecution relies upon an approver, the length and difficulty of the task is at least doubled as, in accordance with Section 337(2-A), Code of Criminal Procedure, the case has to be committed to the Sessions or High Court. Therefore, before launching a gang case under Section 400 or 401, Indian Penal Code, with an approver, the District Magistrate and Superintendent of Police should first satisfy themselves that it is not possible to secure satisfactory results by proceeding in individual cases without resort to Sections 400 and 401, Indian Penal Code. If, however, it should still appear expedient to conduct a gang case, they should ascertain whether the district resources are equal to the strain of both committal proceedings and trial in the Sessions or High Court without outside assistance. If the district resources appear to be inadequate, the case should then be referred through the Deputy Inspector General of the range to the Deputy Inspector General of Police, Criminal Investigation Department, for decision whether the case should or should not be undertaken.

 

25.30. Place of trial. –

 

With regard to the place of trial of cases falling under Sections 179-183, Code of Criminal Procedure, police officers shall act solely with reference to the public convenience.

 

Ordinarily such cases shall be sent up for trial in the district in which the witnesses can attend with the least inconvenience to themselves.

 

25.31. Inquests. –

 

(1)     An officer in charge of police station shall, upon receipt of information of the sudden or unnatural death of any person, when the body of such person is within the local jurisdiction of his police station, immediately send information to the nearest magistrate authorized to hold inquests and shall proceed to the place where the body is and hold an investigation in the manner prescribed by Section 174, Code of Criminal Procedure. When the Sub-Inpector-in-charge of the Police Station through illness or absence from the station house, is himself unable to carry out the investigation, he shall at the first convenient opportunity proceed to the place where the body of the deceased person was found, and shall personally verify the results of the investigation.

(2)     In cases where the body is not found, or has been buried, there can be no investigation under Section 174, Code of Criminal Procedure.

In such cases, if there are reasonable grounds for suspicion that a cognizable offence has been committed, the police shall register a case and commence investigation :

Provided that the following cases shall be exceptions to this rule :-

(a)      When the death of any person is caused by injuries unlawfully inflicted by a soldier or camp follower, or occurs within the limits of a military cantonment, the inquest shall be conducted by the Cantonment Magistrate, under Section 176, Code of Criminal Procedure, or by the nearest competent Magistrate if the post of Cantonment Magistrate is held by an officer not specially empowered to hold inquests or if the scene of death is outside cantonment limits.

If the magistrate invited to hold the inquest fails to do so, the Superintendent or other gazetted officer shall make an investigation under the combined provisions of Sections 174 and 551, Code of Criminal Procedure, and if no gazetted officer is available such investigation shall be made by the officer in charge of the police station concerned.

Such inquest or investigation under the Code of Criminal Procedure shall be held in addition to any military court of inquest which may be held.

(b)      In the case of the sudden or unnatural death of a European soldier, non-commissioned officer, or officer the inquest shall be held under Section 176, Code of Criminal Procedure, by the nearest magistrate duly authorized to hold inquests.

(c)      In the case of a death by violence occurring within the walls of a military prison or civil jail the police shall not make an investigation into the cause of death when an inquest has been held by a competent magistrate.

(d)      Upon receipt of information of a sudden or unnatural death within the walls of a prison the officer-in-charge of the police station concerned shall send immediate intimation to the senior magistrate present at headquarters and shall proceed to the prison and place a guard over the body and shall allow neither the body nor anything which may have caused the death of the deceased to be moved until the arrival of a magistrate.

 

25.32. Investigations under Section 174, Code of Criminal Procedure.

 

The respectable inhabitants who are required under Section 174, Code of Criminal Procedure, to take part in any investigation into a sudden or unnatural death shall be selected with reference to any special attainments they may possess with are likely to be of use in such investigation.

 

25.33. Investigating Officer action of at scene of death.

 

On arrival at the place where the body of a deceased person is lying, the police officer making the investigation shall act as follows :-

 

(1)     He shall prevent the destruction of evidence as to the cause of death.

(2)     He shall prevent crowding round the body and the obliteration of footsteps.

(3)     He shall prevent unnecessary access to the body until the investigation is concluded.

(4)     He shall cover up footprints with suitable vessels so long as may be necessary.

(5)     He shall draw a correct plan of the scene of death including all features necessary to a right understanding of the case.

(6)     If no surgeon or other officer arrives, he shall, together with the other persons conducting the investigation, carefully examine the body and note all abnormal appearance.

(7)     He shall remove, mark with a seal, and seal up all clothing not adhering to, or required as a covering for, the body, all ornaments, anything which may have caused or been concerned in the death of the deceased and shall make an inventory thereof.

In the inventory shall be described the position in which each thing was found and any blood-stain, mark, rent, injury or other noticeable fact in connection with such thing. The number and dimension of such stains, marks, rents, injuries, etc., shall also be given in the inventory.

A counterpart of the mark and seal attached to such thing or to the parcel in which it has been enclosed shall be entered in, or attached to, the inventory.

Such inventory shall form part of the inquest report.

(8)     He shall take the finger prints of the deceased person if the body is unidentified.

(9)     The photographing of the body in situ and of the scene of the occurrence may prove of great evidential value.

 

25.34. Disinterment of bodies.

 

The following rules relate to the disinterment of bodies :-

 

(1)     An officer in charge of a police station and any superior police officer lawfully making an investigation into the unnatural or sudden death of any person shall, on learning that the body of the deceased person has been formally buried, record in writing the information which has reached him and the grounds on which he considers it necessary that the body should be disinterred.

(2)     He shall forward the information so recorded to the nearest magistrate empowered to hold inquests and ask for an order under Section 176(2), Code of Criminal Procedure, and in the meantime shall guard the grave.

(3)     On receipt of such order, if the magistrate himself does not attend the disinterment, such police officer shall, in the presence of two or more respectable inhabitants of the neighbourhood, cause the body to be disinterred. Such police officer shall then comply with the provisions of Section 174, Code of Criminal Procedure.

 

(4)     Police officers shall invariably examine witnesses to prove the identity of disinterred bodies before commencing their investigation.

(5)     When a body has lain in the grave for a period exceeding three weeks no disinterment shall be made by any police officer until the opinion of the Civil Surgeon has been obtained, and then only with the concurrence of the District Magistrate.

 

25.35. The Inquest Report.

(1)     When the investigation has been completed the investigating officer shall draw up a report, in duplicate by the carbon copying process, in Forms 25.35(1) A, B or C, according as the deceased appears to have died :-

A.        from natural causes.

B.        by violence.

C.        by poisoning.

(2)     Such report shall state the apparent cause of death, give a description of any mark or marks of violence which may be found on the body and describe the manner in which and the weapon or instrument with which such marks appear to have been inflicted.

(3)     The report shall be signed by the police officer conducting the investigation and by so many of the persons assisting in the investigation as concur therein and shall be forwarded without delay through the Superintendent to the District Magistrate or, if the District Magistrate has so directed, to the Sub-Divisional Magistrate.

(4)     The following documents shall form part of such report :-

(a)      The plan of the scene of death.

(b)      The inventory of clothing, etc.

(c)      A list of the articles on and with the body, if the body is sent for medical examination.

(d)      A list of articles sent for medical examination, if any.

(5)     In cases of death by hanging, the report shall give particulars as to the height and sufficiency of the support and the nature of the thing used to bear the weight of the body.

In drowning cases the depth of the water shall be stated.

(6)     The carbon copy of such shall be filed in the police station register No. VI.

(7)     A copy of all reports relating to deaths caused by railway accidents shall, when made by a police officer other than a railway police officer, be forwarded to the Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police.

 

25.36. Post-mortem examination when and by whom held.

 

(1)     The legal requirements in respect of post-mortem examination by a qualified surgeon are contained in Section 174(3), Code of Criminal Procedure. In every case where death appears to have been due to suicidal, homicidal, accidental or suspicious causes and where any doubt exists as to the exact cause of death, or if it appears to the officer conducting the investigation whether under Section 157 or Section 174, Code of Criminal Procedure expedient to do so, the body shall be sent to the nearest medical officer authorized by the Local Government to conduct post-mortem examinations. The sending of bodies for examination may only be dispensed with, where such action is otherwise required when conditions exist, such as advanced putrefaction, which would clearly make examination useless.

(2)     An investigating officer is empowered by law with the discretion to dispense with a surgical examination of the body (a) if he is fully satisfied that the cause of death is established beyond doubt, (b) in the circumstances described at the end of the preceding sub-rule. In regard to the former condition, it must be remembered that the existence of an apparently fatal wound does not necessarily establish the cause of death. In cases where investigation establishes the accidental nature of the event which led to the death and the history of the deceased and of the case suggests no reason to suspect that expert examination of the body will reveal any cause of death other than the apparent one, such examination may be dispensed with. In all cases where suspicion exists that the death was due either to suicide or to an act rendering the perpetrator thereof liable to a criminal charge the body must be examined by a qualified medical officer, if possible.

(3)     The law requires that the body shall be sent to the nearest qualified medical officer, and the orders of the Local Government prohibit the summoning of such officer to conduct his examination at or near the scene of the death save in exceptional cases. These may occur, where, owing to advanced putrefaction or the circumstances in which the corpse was found, movement of corpse may make it impossible for the medical officer to form a correct opinion as to the nature of the injuries or the exact cause of death. In such cases if the investigating officer considers expert post-mortem examination essential in the interests of justice, he shall report the facts by most expeditious means available to the Superintendent of Police or gazetted officer in charge of the case, with a request that a qualified officer shall be sent to the spot. If the officer receiving this report endorses the opinion of the Investigating Officer, he shall request the District Magistrate or the next senior Magistrate in the absence of District Magistrate from headquarters to give orders for the medical examination of the body at the scene of death.

(4)     In cases where it is impossible either to send a body to a qualified medical officer or to have it examined by such officer on the spot, the investigating officer may, at his discretion, request the nearest Government medical officer, even though such officer be not authorized to conduct postmortem examination, to assist him with his anatomical and other expert knowledge in estimating the effects and causes of injuries, etc. Such medical officers are not empowered to perform any operation on the body. Medical Officers of the Irrigation and Public Health Departments and of local bodies cannot be called on in this connection unless they have been specially authorized by the Local Government to undertake the medico-legal work (vide rule 25.19).

 

25.37. Post-mortem examinations action to be taken by police.

 

When corpses are sent for medical examination the following rules shall be observed :-

 

(1)     The result of the investigating officer’s examination of the body shall be carefully recorded in form 25.39(1). Clothing found on the body, foreign matter adhering to it and any instrument likely to have caused death remaining in a wound or on the body shall be secured in the position in which found, if possible, or, otherwise, shall be carefully packed separately, according to the instructions contained in rule 25.41.

(2)     To counteract decomposition as far as possible the body shall be sprinkled with Formalin diluted to 10 per cent and shall also be so used with strong solution of chloride of lime in water. Bodies which have to be carried long distances should be sprinkled with the dry powder of chloride of lime or with carbolic powder sold commercially in tin boxes with a perforated lid specially constructed for sprinkling purposes. The use of powdered charcoal is prohibited, as the stains caused thereby may complicate the task of postmortem examination.

(3)     The body shall be placed on a charpoy or other light litter and protected from the sun, flies and exposure to the weather. The litter shall be transported to the place appointed for the holding of post-mortem examinations by such means as the investigating officer may consider most expedient in the circumstances of weather, distance to be covered and conditions of the body. If necessary and expedient conveyance, including a motor vehicle, may be hired to carry the corpse and those who are required to accompany it as escort or witnesses.

 

(4)     All police officers along the route are required to give immediate assistance to expedite the transportation of dead bodies for medical examination.

(5)     Two police offices who have seen the dead body in the position in which it was first found, and are competent to detect any attempt at substitution or tampering with the body or its coverings, shall accompany the body to the mortuary, and remain in charge of it until examination is complete. If necessary an additional guard shall be supplied by the Lines Officer to place a sentry on the mortuary, but the officers who have accompanied the body from the spot shall hand it over personally to the medical officer conducting that post-mortem examination together with all reports and articles sent by the investigating officer to assist the examination and shall receive and convey to the investigating officer the postmortem report.

(6)     As soon as the Civil Surgeon has intimated that his examination is complete, the police shall, unless they have received orders from a competent authority to the contrary, make over the body to the deceased’s relatives or friends or, if there are no relatives or friends, or they decline to receive it, the police shall cause the body to be buried or burnt according to the rules framed in this behalf by the District Magistrate.

 

25.38. Unidentified bodies.

 

If a body is unidentified, the officer making investigation shall record a careful description of it, giving all marks, peculiarities, deformities and distinctive features, shall take the finger impressions and, in additional to taking all other reasonable steps to secure identification shall, if possible, have it photographed, and, in cases where such action appears desirable, a description published in the Criminal Intelligence Gazette.

Unidentified corpses should be handed over to any charitable society which is willing to accept them, and if no such society comes forward, they should then be buried or burnt.

 

25.39. Form to accompany body or injured person.

 

When an injured person or a body is sent to a medical officer, Form 25.39 shall, in addition to any other report prescribed, be prepared by the carbon copying process and given to the police officer, in duplicate, who accompanies the injured person or goes in charge of the body. The form shall be prepared in English, if possible.

 

25.40. Articles for medical examination how sent.

 

(1)     Articles sent for medical examination, together with a body or injured person, shall be sent under the charge of the escort which accompanies such body or person.

(2)     When no body or injured person is sent, such articles shall be sent in the charge of an escort which shall take them to the Civil Surgeon without relief.

 

25.41. Chemical Examiner Channel of communication with.

 

(1)     Superintendents of Police are authorised to correspond with and submit articles for analysis to the Chemical Examiner direct in all cases other than human poisoning cases. Any references in relation to human poisoning cases shall be made through the Civil Surgeon.

(2)     Articles for chemical examination. With regard to the packing of articles sent for chemical examination, the following rules shall be observed :-

(i)       Liquids, vomit, excrement and the like, shall be placed in clean wide-mouthed bottles or glazed jars, the stoppers or corks of which shall be tied down with bladder, leather or cloth, the knots of the cord being sealed with the seal of the police officer making the investigation.

 

Such bottles or jars shall be tested, by reversing them for a few minutes, to see whether they leak or not.

(ii)      Supposed medicines or poisons, being dry substances, shall be similarly tied down in jars or made up into sealed parcels.

(iii)     All exhibits suspected to contain stains should be thoroughly dry before being packed and despatched for examination. The safest way of drying exhibits is to expose them to the sun. In cases of exhibits that become brittle on drying, they should be carefully packed in cotton wool and then in a wooden box.

(iv)    Blood-stained weapons, articles or cloth, shall be marked with a seal and made up into sealed parcels. The entire article shall be sent.

(v)      Sharp-edged and pointed exhibits like swords, spears, etc., should be packed in boxes and not bound up into cloth packages. In their transit through the post they are liable to cut through the packing material and the exhibit is exposed.

(vi)    On each bottle, jar and parcel and also on each article or set of articles contained therein, the separate identification of which has to be proved, shall be affixed a label describing the contents, giving full particulars and stating where each article was found.

(vii)   On such label shall be impressed a counterpart of the seal used to secure the fastening of the bottle, jar or parcel. A copy of each label, and a counterpart impression of the seal shall be given in the inquest report, and, in the case of cattle poisoning, in the case diary.

(viii)  As far as possible no letters should be glued on to exhibits as they interfere with analysis.

(ix)    Exhibits such as clods of search should be packed carefully in wool and placed in a wooden box.

Notes. (1) Cases in which death is clearly due to natural causes should not be referred to the Chemical Examiner. Medical Officers must accept the responsibility of deciding such cases.

(2) In no case should the Medical Officer attempt to apply tests for himself. Any such procedure is liable to vitiate the subsequent investigation of the case in the laboratory of the Chemical Examiner.

(3) Exhibits in connection with cases of murder by hurt or violence may be sent direct to the Chemical Examiner. This saves time and relieves the office of the Civil Surgeon of the district of unnecessary correspondence.

(4) Endeavour to send all the exhibits in a case of murder by hurt or violence under one covering letter thereby reducing the cost of examination, etc.

(5) Nail clippings are poor exhibits to send for the detection of blood in murder cases. No court of law could be expected to attach much weight to the finding of human blood on the nails of the accused.

(6) Stomach tubes in hospitals are frequently kept in a solution of mercury. They should be carefully washed with water before use. Traces of mercury found along with another poison in stomach contents might produce such complications as would handicap the successful prosecution of a case.

(7) Carbon copies of reports are sometimes very difficult to read and should be prepared clearly.

(8) Articles of which return is required for production in court or otherwise should be distinctly specified in the forwarding letter sent with articles for chemical examination.

(3)     Any document purporting to be a report from the Chemical Examiner or his assistants is admissible as evidence under Section 510, Code of Criminal Procedure. No summons can be issued to the officers of this department in their official capacity without the permission of the Hon’ble Judges of the High Court. Any question or explanation on a certain report should be done by letter or by a personal interview.

 

(4)     Attention is also directed to the further directions for, and precaution to be taken in forwarding articles to the Chemical Examiner for examination report and the rules for preserving and packing exhibits contained in Appendix 25.41(4).

 

25.42. Explosives.

 

(1)     Substances or objects suspected of being explosive shall be sent for examination to the Inspector of Explosives, Northern India Circle, whose address is care of the Chemical Examiner, Punjab, Lahore (telephone number Lahore 2248).

(2)     Instruction for dealing with substances or objects suspected of being explosive are published in Appendix 25.42(2).

 

25.43. Procedure in poisoning cases.

 

(1)     A police officer making an investigation in a case in which poison has been administered shall record in his report all information likely to be of value in assisting the Civil Surgeon or the Chemical Examiner to form an opinion as to the precise poisons employed.

(2)     When treatment has been adopted before the death of the individual, the duration and nature of such treatment shall be communicated to the Civil Surgeon for the information of the Chemical Examiner.

(3)     If the body of the deceased person has been burnt, the ashes of the funeral pyre shall be collected and sent in a closed vessel to the Civil Surgeon, accompanied by a statement of the circumstances which rendered this course of action advisable.

(4)     The ordinary symptoms caused by common poisons are described in Appendix 25.43(4).

 

25.44. Procedure in cases of poisoning of animals.

 

When, in the investigation of a cognizable offence relating to the unlawful killing of an animal, it is necessary to obtain a professional opinion as to the cause of the death of such animal -

(i)       If the animal appear to have been poisoned in the ordinary way and there are no signs of puncture on the carcass the mouth shall be examined and anything abnormal found in it secured and placed in a clean glazed jar or bottle.

(ii)      The carcase shall be opened and the stomach removed.

The stomach shall be cut open, and its appearance observed, as to whether it is congested or not.

A piece of the stomach, the most congested part, about a pound in weight, the reticulum, and a portion of the liver, about two pounds in weight, shall be cut off and placed in a clean glazed jar or bottle.

Rectified spirit shall be poured into the bottle in sufficient quantity to cover the contents completely in whatever position the vessel may be held.

The quantity of spirits shall be at least one-third of the bulk of the object in the bottle.

(iii)     Water shall be gently poured over the remaining portion of the stomach, and any arsenic or any transparent or yellow particles found shall be carefully collected.

The poison particles, or pebbles, so collected or otherwise found, shall be enclosed in a sealed parcel.

(iv)    If the animal appear to have been poisoned by means of needles, the carcase shall be flayed and the flesh near the puncture examined.

If the flesh appears inflamed, a portion near the puncture shall be cut off and secured in the manner prescribed in sub-section 2. Any needle found shall likewise be secured.

(v)      If the animal has been poisoned by being caused to inhale fumes of arsenic, etc.,

 

a portion of the lining membrane of the nostrils and windpipe and in addition, the animal’s lungs shall be secured.

(vi)    Jars or bottles shall be carefully corked or stoppered and the corks or stoppers tied down with bladder, leather, or cloth.

The knots of the cord shall be sealed with the seal of the police officer making the investigation.

Jars and bottles shall be tested, by reversing them for a few minutes, to see whether they leak or not.

(vii)   On each bottle, jar or parcel shall be affixed a label describing the contents and giving full particulars and on such label shall be impressed a counterpart of the seal used to secure the fastening of the bottle, jar or parcel.

A copy of each label and a counterpart impression of the seal shall be given in the case diary accompanying the despatch.

(viii)  The jars, bottles and parcels and any supposed poison found shall be despatched to the Superintendent of Police for transmission to the Chemical Examiner with the information required by form 25.44(viii).

 

25.45. Matter how forwarded to Chemical Examiner.

 

(1)     If the Superintendent of Police considers that there are prima facie grounds for believing that the animal was poisoned, the bottles, jars or parcels shall be enclosed in a soldered tin case with an outer wooden cover and despatched, carriage paid, to the Chemical Examiner. If the box is to be sent by post, or as prepaid freight by rail, the additional precautions described in Appendix 25.41(4) shall be taken. A label bearing a reference to the number and date of the letter intimating despatch shall be placed inside the box. Such letter shall contain an inventory of the jars, bottles and parcels despatched with counterparts of their labels and seals. A thin layer of cotton wood shall be placed on each side of the seal impression to prevent its being broken in the post.

(2)     An English translation of the material parts of the case diary relating to the poisoning of the animal shall be forwarded with the letter intimating the despatch of the box.

(3)     The owner of the carcase of a poisoned animal shall be encouraged to destroy it by cutting up the hide in small pieces, breaking up the horns and bones and buying the whole at considerable depth. Cattle are sometimes poisoned by hide dealers with a view to obtaining their hides at a cheap rate. The destruction of the hide removes this motive.

(4)     Bills for all costs incurred in the transmission of substances for medical examination whether connected with the death of human beings or of animals shall be paid from the budget head ‘‘Carriage of corpses and transmission of substances for medical examination connected with the death of human beings or of animals under ‘‘29-Police-Other Contingencies.’’

 

25.46. Imperial Serologist Calcutta articles sent to.

 

The following rules regulate the circumstances under which articles suspected to bear human blood-stains shall be sent to the Imperial Serologist, Calcutta through the Chemical Examiner :-

(a)      In cases in which the evidence of the blood-stained articles is, relatively to the whole body of the evidence, of small importance, the articles shall be sent direct to the Chemical Examiner, Lahore, for examination.

(b)      In cases in which the establishment of the fact that blood-stains are of human blood, as distinct from the general classification of ‘‘Mammalian’’ is material to the prosecution and has a really important bearing on the case, the bloodstained articles shall be sent direct to the Chemical Examiner, who will determine which of such articles he will forward to the Imperial Serologist with the necessary sketches, etc. In sending articles for the serological test, the Superintendent of Police shall specifically ask for examination to determine the source of the blood. The Imperial Serologist will, after examining the articles sent to him by the Chemical Examiner, return them with a copy of his report direct to the Superintendent of Police concerned.

(c)      When blood-stained clothing is concerned, the stained portion only shall be cut out by the Chemical Examiner and sent. In the case of weapons and other solid articles the entire article may have to be sent.

(d)      All articles shall be accompanied by a complete medico-legal history of the case.

(e)      No article shall be sent direct to the Chemical Examiner except under the express orders of the Superintendent.

 

25.47. Report of medical officer.

 

(1)     The medical officer having completed his examination of the person, body, or article shall record in full the result arrived at, and, in the case of a post-mortem examination, his opinion as to the cause of death. He shall also record a list of any articles which he may intend to send to the Chemical Examiner. The repot shall be written on the back of, or attached to form 25.39(1) and shall contain such reference to the person or object examined as will leave no possible doubt as to which case the remarks apply.

(2)     The report shall be placed with the police file of the case and may be used by the medical officer to refresh his memory when giving evidence.

 

25.48. Maintenance and disposal of stolen cattle during investigation and trial. -

 

(1)     In cases in which cattle or other animals alleged to be stolen are exhibits, the investigating officer shall, if the court of the magistrate having jurisdiction is so distant from the place where the cattle or other animals are kept that evidence of identification is likely to be prejudiced or the cattle are likely to suffer in condition by being driven to and fro, send information to the prosecuting branch that the case is ready for trial, and request that it may be heard at or near the place where the cattle have been seized or found. On receipt of such report the head of the prosecuting branch shall, subject to the orders of the Superintendent of Police, represent the facts to the District Magistrate and move him to arrange for the case to be tried on the spot.

(2)     When a chalan is actually laid before the magistrate, the stolen cattle should properly be in the custody of the police, but as soon as the identification evidence has been completed, the police prosecuting agency should at once approach the magistrate under Section 516-A of the Criminal Procedure Code with a request that the cattle may be made over to an independent surety or to the complainant on security pending the conclusion of the case.

(3)     With the object of mitigating the injury and inconvenience caused to owners of stolen cattle during the investigation and trial of cattle-theft cases, the prosecuting branch shall move courts trying such cases to award punishment of fine as well as imprisonment and direct such fine to be paid to the owner of the cattle concerned in the case in proportion to the loss or injury he may have suffered by reason of his association with the investigation and trial, as provided by Section 545(1)(b) and (c) of the Code of Criminal Procedure.

(4)     Complainants in cattle-theft cases or sureties to whom cattle have been made over for safe custody and production as and when required during the investigation and trial are entitled to receive the cost of maintaining such cattle. Expenses incurred under this rule during the investigation of a case shall be paid from the allotment at the disposal of the Superintendent of Police under ‘‘Rewards to private persons (Supplies and Services)’’, and claims shall be made by officers in charge of police stations in Form 25.48(4). Payment may be made direct to the person entitled to receive it from the permanent advance allotments of police stations, if the Superintendent of Police by general order so directs.

 

Otherwise the sum claimed shall be drawn by contingent bill as expeditiously as possible and sent to the police station concerned for disbursement. Expenses of maintenance during the pendency of the case in court shall be paid from judicial funds, and the prosecuting branch shall be responsible for recovering amounts due on this account together with and in the same manner as diet and journey money.

 

(5)     The rates authorized for payment under sub-rule (4) above will be notified by the District Board in each district from time to time.

 

25.49. Property not required to be returned.

 

On the conclusion of an investigation the investigating officer shall make over to the proper persons all property which he may have taken into his charge in the course of the investigation and which is not further required in connection with the case. A receipt for property so made over shaol be taken on the inquest report.

 

25.50. Seizure of property in extradition cases.

 

In any proceedings against any person under the Extradition Act (XV of 1903) or any treaty for the extradition of offenders, property in the possession of such person or of other persons, and required in connection with the case, may be seized and disposed of under the provisions of the Code of Criminal Procedure relating to the seizure and disposal of property required in case occurring in British India (Government of India Notification No. 362-I of 22nd July, 1925).1

 

25.51. Recognizances from witnesses.

 

(1)     If the facts disclosed by the investigation indicate the commission of a cognizable offence and the person who appears to be guilty of such offence is arrested, the investigating officer shall, when he has completed the investigation, take recognizances from the witnesses as provided by law.

(2)     The charge-sheet and its preparation and submission are dealt with in Chapter XXVII. To facilitate compliance with Rule 27.1(4) investigating officers shall, when possible, intimate to the prosecuting inspector some days in advance the date when the chalan and witnesses will reach headquarters.

 

25.52. Dissemination of intelligence and hue and cry notices.

 

(1)     Every officer proceeding on an investigation shall have with him a supply of blank hue and cry notices (form 23.18) and, shall utilise them as directed in Rule 23.18.

(2)     Nothing in this rule, or in Rule 23.18, shall affect the taking of prompt action under Sections 87 and 88, Code of Criminal Procedure, as required by rule.

 

25.53. Case diaries.

 

(1)     Section 172(i), Code of Criminal Procedure requires that a case diary shall be maintained and submitted daily during an investigation by the investigating officer. In such diary shall be recorded, concisely and clearly, the steps taken by the police, the circumstances ascertained through the investigation and the other information required by Section 172(i), Code of Criminal Procedure.

(2)     Case diaries shall be as brief as possible; shall not be swollen with lengthy explanations and theories, and shall be written either in English or in simple Urdu.

Only such incidents of the investigation shall be included as have a bearing on the case.

(3)     Detailed lists of stolen property, or of property seized in the course of a search, shall 1. Rule 25.50 not printed in 1977 Edition of Punjab Police Rules and all subsequent Rules in chpater 25 renumbered accordingly.

 

be entered in the first case diary submitted after the facts relating to such property were reported to, or discovered by, the investigating officer.

(4)     The fact that copies of the record prepared under the provisions of section 165 or 166, Code of Criminal Procedure, have been sent to the nearest Magistrate empowered to take cognizance of the offence shall also be noted.

 

25.54. Record of case diaries.

 

(1)     Case diaries shall ordinarily be submitted in Form 25.54(1) and each sheet shall be numbered and stamped with the station stamp. Two or more copies, as may be ordered, shall be made by the carbon copying process by the officer conducting the investigation. The officer writing a case diary shall enter in such diary a list of the statements, recorded under section 161, Criminal Procedure Code, which are attached to such diary and the number of pages of which each such statement consists.

(2)     They shall be sent from the scene of investigation to the police station without delay.

(3)     On arrival at the police station the number and date of each case diary shall be recorded on the reverse of the police station copy of the first information report, and the date and hour of receipt shall be entered on each copy of the diary.

(4)     The original shall be despatched with as little delay as possible to the inspector or other superior officer as may be ordered, after the time of despatch has been entered in the space provided in the form on both the original and the copy or copies. Orders for the disposal and record of case diaries in the headquarters office are contained in Rule 11.70. Also see Rule 27.38.

(5)     A copy of every case diary shall be retained at the police station, a separate file being maintained for each case. Such files shall be destroyed in accordance with the periods fixed in sub-rule 27.39(5).

(6)     Copies of all orders received at a police station in connection with case diaries and the replies thereto shall be made on blank sheets of paper and shall be attached to the case diary to which they refer.

 

25.55. Files of case diaries.

 

(1)     When a case is sent for trial the police station file of case diaries shall be forwarded with the chalan to the magistrate, and on completing of the trial shall be returned to the police station for record.

(2)     Such files when received back at the police station also files of other cases in which the final report has been submitted, shall be filed at the police station in an annual bundle A in accordance with the serial number of their first information report.

(3)     Copies of case diaries in pending cases shall be kept in files at the police station in a separate bundle B in accordance with the numbers of their first information reports.

(4)     A list shall be kept in each bundle A and B of all the files contained therein, merely quoting the numbers of their first information reports. Should it be necessary to remove a file from the bundle the fact will be noted in the list.

 

25.56. Incomplete charge sheet.

 

(1)     When an investigating officer requires authority to detain an accused person in police custody beyond the limits prescribed in section 61, of the Code of Criminal Procedure, he shall make an application therefor in accordance with the provisions of section 167, Code of Criminal Procedure, on an incomplete charge sheet in Form 25.56(1) to which he shall attach the case diaries or copies thereof.

The Magistrate will record his order on the incomplete charge sheet which will not be returned to the Police, but will form part of the Magisterial proceedings. Applications for remand on incomplete charge sheets shall be prepared in duplicate by the carbon copying process, and a copy of the Magistrate’s order will be made by the Police Officer on the carbon copy of the application, which will then be attached to the Police file of the case. The copy will be attached to the incomplete charge sheet when the case is finally sent for trial. Case diaries will not form part of the Judicial file. The orders of High Court in connection with the granting of remands to the police custody are contained in Appendix No. 25.56(1).

(2)     No application for remand to police custody shall be made on the ground that an accused person is likely to confess. Grounds for such an application should be of the following nature :-

(a)      That it is necessary to take the accused to a distance that he may be shown to persons likely to identify him as having been seen at or near the scene of the offence.

(b)      That it is necessary to have his footprints compared with those found on or near the scene of offence.

(c)      That the accused has offered to point out stolen property or weapons or other articles connected with the case.

(d)      Any other good and sufficient special reason.

(3)     Provided that in all serious cases, when the accused has been arrested and prima facie evidence has been produced, it shall be incumbent on the investigating officer to send the case for trial without delay, whether the investigation in complete or not. Witness should invariably accompany such chalans, and the Court should be asked to take up the case at the earliest possible moment in accordance with High Court Rules and Orders, Chapter 3(10) Volume IV, in order to record the evidence and thereafter to grant such detention or remand under the provisions of Section 167 or 344, Criminal Procedure Code, as may be found necessary. Evidence obtained subsequently shall be produced before the Court by a subsidiary chalan. Superintendents should call up investigating officers for an explanation in all cases where the provisions of this rule appear to have been disregarded.

 

25.57. Close of investigation and final report.

 

(1)     If on any day, or days, a police officer in charge of the investigation of a case makes no investigation, he shall enter a statement to this effect in the case diary of the day on which he next does something towards the completion of the case.

(2)     [(i) When the police are unsuccessful, after taking all the measures in their power and it is considered advisable to suspend the investigation, a final report in Form 25.57(2) shall be submitted as required by Section 173, of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973. One carbon copy of final report shall be submitted to the District Crime Record Bureau of concerned District Headquarters for record by the concerned Station House Officer.][64]

(ii) In cases in which a final report is submitted under sub-rule (2)(i) above and in which a copy of the first information report has been sent to a Panchayat as required by Police Rule 24.4(2), a final report shall also be sent to the Panchayat containing information on the following points :-

(a)      Whether or not an offence has been proved.

(b)      Whether or not the offence proved is triable by the Panchayat and explaining that the case has not been sent for trial.

(3)     If the informant is present when the final report is prepared, he shall be informed verbally of the result of the investigation and, after noting this fact in the final report, his signature or thumb mark shall be taken on it. If the informant is not present, he shall be informed in writing by postcard or by the deliver of a notice by hand, and the fact that this has been done shall be noted in the final report.

In final (untraced or cancelled) reports the facts of the case which the investigating officer believes to be correct should be summarised, together with the grounds, for his belief. Information so recorded should be utilised for the completion of preventive records.

 

25.58. Provision of Investigation bag to the investigating officer.

 

The investigating officer shall be provided with an investigation bag of approved pattern containing :-

(1)     One bottle of grey powder. ?

(2)     One bottle of graphite powder. ?

(3)     One camel hair brush. ?

(4)     Folien paper. ?

(5)     Finger print forms. ? Finger print material

(6)     Finger print ink. ?

(7)     Appliance for finger printing dead bodies. ?

(8)     One magnifying glass. ?

(9)     One finger print impression pad and roller. ?

(10)   One electric torch.

(11)   One knife.

(12)   One pair of scissors.

(13)   One measuring tape 60’ long.

(14)   One foot-rule 2 feet long.

(15)   Sealing wax and candles.

(16)   Formalin diluted to 10 per cent together with chloride of lime to counteract decomposition of corpses.

(17)   Cotton wool and 1 yards cloth for packing exhibits.

(18)   Case diary book with plate, pencil or pen, carbon paper and the usual forms required in investigation.

 

 

APPENDIX 25.18-A

RULES FOR THE PROTECTION OF SOURCES OF INFORMATION

In exercise of the powers conferred in him by section 58 of the Government of India Act, 1935, the Governor of the Punjab acting in his discretion is pleased to make the following rules :-

1.        Except as hereinafter provided a police officer or other servant of the Crown shall not disclose nor be compelled to disclose the source from which or the channel through which any information with respect to the operations of persons committing, or conspiring, preparing or attempting to commit such crimes as are mentioned in sub-section (1) of section 57 of the Government of India Act, 1935, has been or may be obtained; and a police officer or other servant of the Crown shall not communicate nor be compelled to communicate any matter whether contained in records or otherwise which discloses, or in his opinion might in conjunction with other circumstances or matters result in the disclosure of, or permit to be inferred, the source from which or the channel through which any such information as aforesaid has been or may be obtained.

Note. Section 58 and this rule project also sources of information relating to past acts of commission of such crimes, and to past conspiracies, preparations, and attempts to commit such crimes.

2.        The provisions of rule 1 shall not apply to a disclosure or communication by a police officer to another member of the same force who is authorized by the Inspector-General of Police either by a general or special direction in this behalf to require or receive such disclosure or communication. In giving general or special direction the Inspector-General of Police shall be under the general control of and comply with such instructions as may from time to time be given to him by the Governor in his discretion.

3.        The provisions of rule 1 shall not apply to a disclosure or communication by a police officer to any person (not being a member of the same force) who is authorised by the Governor in his discretion either by a general or special direction in this behalf to receive such disclosure or communication.

4.        The provisions of rule 1 shall not apply to a disclosure or communication by a servant of the Crown (not being a police officer) to any person who is authorized by the Governor in his discretion either by a general or special direction in this behalf to receive such disclosure or communication.

5.        The provisions of rule 1 shall not apply to a disclosure or communication by any servant of the Crown (not being a police officer) of acts ascertained by himself made to a Superintendent of Police or District Magistrate of a district or to an officer of Criminal Investigation Department of or above the rank of Sub-Inspector or to any police officer conducting an investigation under the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898.

6.        The provisions of Rule 1 shall not affect the procedure followed by a police officer making an investigation under Chapter XIV of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898.

7.        The Inspector-General of Police shall, with the previous approval of the Governor in his discretion give directions as to the custody of the records or any other documents containing such information as is referred to in rule (1), and the person or persons in whose custody such records or documents are kept shall not disclose them to any person except in accordance with these directions.

8.        If in the interests of the administration it is considered necessary by any police officer in possession of any such record or information that such record or information should be disclosed or given to any person other than a police officer serving under the Punjab Government, he shall refer the matter to the Governor through the Inspector-General of Police, and the decision of the Governor in his discretion shall be final.

9.        If any person in the service of the Crown in the province other than a police officer considers it necessary in the interests of the administration that such record or information should be disclosed or given to any person, he shall refer the matter to the Governor, and the decision of the Governor in his discretion shall be final.

10.     A servant of the Crown who is in doubt whether in any particular case he is compelled by, or permitted under the provisions of these rules to make a disclosure or communication may before making the disclosure or communication require that the matter be referred for direction by the Inspector General of Police or the Governor in his discretion, as the case may be.

4. The above principles apply equally to Council questions. The great majority of these can be disposed of without reference to local officers. Sometimes when a question consists of several parts, a reference to local officers is necessary only in regard to one or two of these parts. Where a reference is made, it should be stated in regard to which parts information is required. Further, where a question asks for information which will require considerable time and labour for its collection, local officers should not be asked to supply this information, unless the Secretary concerned is satisfied that the information may reasonably be given in spite of the time and labour involved. Where he does not think that this is the case, he should obtain the orders of the Member or Minister concerned before starting inquiries which may later prove unnecessary. When it is decided not to collect information required to answer a council question the proper answer is ‘‘It is not in the public interest to collect this information.’’

5. In order to secure that the above orders are observed, the following procedure is prescribed :-

(i)       Except in purely routine matters, no reference to Commissioners or Deputy Commissioners should be made without the approval of a gazetted officer. Important reference should receive the approval of the Secretary or the Head of the Department concerned, unless they are of an immediate nature and the approval of the Secretary or Head of the Department cannot be obtained without delay.

(ii)      Commissioners of Divisions should bring to the notice of the Chief Secretary by demi-official letter cases in which unnecessary references are made or inadequate time is given for the disposal of unnecessary references. The Chief Secretary will submit the reference of the Commissioner to the Member or Minister concerned, who will no doubt wish to satisfy himself that the orders of Government have been obtained.

6. The above orders relate primarily to references to Commissioners and Deputy Commissioners. They will also apply mutatis mutations to references by the Secretariat and Heads of Departments to another administrative and executive officers, e.g., in the Irrigation Branch of the Public Works Department they will apply to references by the Secretariat to Superintending and Executive Engineers; in the Agriculture Department they will apply to references by the office of the Director of Agriculture to Deputy Directors of Agriculture and to Extra Assistant Directors of Agriculture, and so on.

7. In order that the foregoing instructions are not lost sight of, they should be embodied in departmental Manuals.

 

 

Yours sincerely,

F.H. PUCKLE,

Chief Secretary to Government, Punjab.

To

(i)       All Heads of Departments in the Punjab.

(ii)      The Registrar, High Court of Judicature at Lahore.

(iii)     All Commissioners of Divisions, Deputy Commissioners and District and Sessions Judges in the Punjab.

 

APPENDIX No. 25.27

 

50. Instructions as to statements and confessions of accused persons.

 

The following instructions (contained in Rules and Orders of the High Court, Volume III) on the subject of taking and recording statements and confessions of accused persons should be observed :-

Confessions and statements of accused persons

The provisions of Sections 164, 342 and 364 of the Criminal Procedure Code with regard to the confessions and statements of accused persons should be carefully studied. Section 164 deals with the recording of statements and confessions at any stage before the commencement of an enquiry or trial. Section 342 deals with the examination of accused persons during the course of the enquiry or trial. Section 364 prescribes the manner in which the examination of accused persons is to be recorded.

2. The object of section 164, Criminal Procedure Code, is to provide a method of securing a reliable record of statements or confessions made during the course of the police investigation, which could be used, if necessary, during the enquiry or trial. Under Section 25 of the Indiana Evidence Act, a confession to a police officer is inadmissible in evidence, and hence when an accused person confesses during police investigation the police frequently get it recorded by a Magistrate under Section 164, Criminal Procedure Code, and it can then be used to the extent to which it may be admissible under the Indian Evidence Act.

3. Under section 80 of the Indian Evidence Act, a Court is bound to presume that a statement of confession of an accused person taken in accordance with law and purporting to be signed by any judge or Magistrate is genuine, and that the certificate or note as to the circumstances under which it was taken, purporting to be made by the persons signing it, are true, and that such statement or confession was duly taken. The words ‘‘taken in accordance with law’’ occurring this section are very important and it is essential that in recording a statement or confession under section 164, the provisions of that section should be strictly followed. Some important changes were made in the section in 1923 and the form of the certificate to be attached to the statements and confessions was also altered. The evidential value of a confession depends upon its voluntary character and the precision with which it is reproduced and hence the section provides safeguards to secure this end. These safeguards are of great importance as confessions are often retracted at a later stage and it becomes necessary for the Court to ascertain whether the alleged confession was actually and voluntarily made. The mere fact that a confession is retracted does not render it inadmissible in evidence, but the Court has to scrutinise any such confession with the utmost care and accept it with the greatest caution. Experience and common sense in fact show that in the absence of some material corroboration it is not safe to convict merely on a retracted confession, unless from the peculiar circumstances under which it was made and judging from the reasons, alleged or apparent, of retraction there remains a high degree of certainty that the confession, notwithstanding its having been resiled from, is genuine (cf.30 P.R. 1994 (Cr.)).

4. Some important features of section 164 as it stands now are :-

(a)      Statements or confessions made in the courses of an investigation can be recorded only by a magistrate of the first class or a magistrate of the second class who has been specially empowered by the Local Government.

(b)      Confessions must be recorded and signed in the manner provided in Section 364.

(c)      Before recording any such confession the magistrate shall explain to the person making it that he is not bound to make a confession, and that if he does so it may be used in evidence against him.

(d)      No magistrate shall record any such confession unless upon questioning the person making it, he has reason to believe that it was made voluntarily; failure to question has been held to vitiate the confession (I.L.R. 2 Lah. 325).

(e)      The memorandum set forth in Section 164(3) must be appended at the foot of the record of the confession.

 

(f)       It is not necessary that the magistrate receiving or recording a confession or statement should be a magistrate having jurisdiction in the case.

5. The annexed form for recording confessions taken under section 164 has been prescribed and should invariably be used.

6. Unless there are exceptional reasons to the contrary confessions should be recorded in open court and during court hours, Police officers investigating the case should not be present.

7. An accused person who has been produced for the purpose of making a confession and has declined to do so, or has made a statement which is unsatisfactory from the point of view of the prosecution, should, in no circumstances, be remanded to police custody.

8. Section 342 of the Code empowers to the Court to put questions to the accused at any stage of enquiry or trial to enable him to explain any circumstances appearing in evidence against him. The questions put under this section must be confined to the points brought out in the evidence and should not be in the nature of cross-examination of the accused person. Nor should the power given by the section be used to elicit information from the accused to fill up gaps in the prosecution evidence (cf. I.L.R. 4 Lah. 55). For the conviction of an accused person can only be based on the evidence produced by the prosecution. No oath can be administered to the accused and the answers given by him can only be taken into consideration in explanation of the prosecution evidence.

8-A. The magistrate is allowed by section 342 of the Code of Criminal Procedure to examine the accused at an early stage of the case for the purpose of enabling him to explain any circumstances appearing in the evidence against him. This provision is intended for the benefit of the accused, and must not be used to elicit his defence before the prosecution evidence is complete. Magistrates sometimes question the accused generally on the case as soon as a prima facie case has been made out, but before the prosecution evidence is complete. This is incorrect. According to the second part of clause (1) of section 342, it is only after the completion of the prosecution evidence that the accused can be questioned generally on the case. The necessity for postponing such examination is not avoided by framing a charge at an early stage.

Even when a charge has been framed, the magistrate should wait until the prosecution evidence is concluded before making a general examination of the accused.

9. Section 342 makes it obligatory for Court to examine the accused generally on the case after the witnesses for the prosecution have been examined and before the accused is called for his defence. Even when an accused person has been examined at an earlier stage the Court must examine the accused generally after the close of the prosecution case (i.e., after the examination and cross-examination of prosecution witness and their further cross-examination, if any, after the charge is framed) and before the accused is called upon to produce his defence so as to give him an opportunity to explain any points which were not included in the questions put to him at earlier stages. Failure to examine the accused at the close of the prosecution evidence has been held to be an illegality which vitiates the trial (vide 7 I.L.R. Lah. 564).

10. Under section 256 of the Code, if the accused person puts in a written statement, it should be filed with the record. But a written statement of this kind does not relieve the Court of the duty of examining the accused in Court after the close of the prosecution evidence as laid down in section 342.

11. Section 364 provides the mode in which the examination of an accused person is recorded. The questions put to the accused and the answers given by him should be distinctly and accurately recorded. The examination of the accused should be recorded in the language in which he is examined, and, if that is not practicable, in the language of the Court or in English. In cases in which examination is not recorded by the magistrate or Judge himself he must record a Memo. thereof in the language by the Court or in English

 

if he is sufficiently acquainted with the latter language. The examination must be read over to the accused and made conformable to what he declares to be the truth. The Magistrate or Judge must then certify under his own hand that the examination was taken down in his presence and hearing, and that the record contains a full and true account of what was stated.

12. Under Section 533 of the Code, if any court, before which a confession or other statement of an accused person recorded or purporting to be recorded under section 164, or section 364, is intended, or has been received in evidence, finds that any of the provisions of either of such sections have not been complied with by the magistrate recording the statement it must take evidence that such person duly made the statement recorded and such a statement may then become admissible in evidence notwithstanding the provisions of Section 91 of the Indian Evidence Act, provided the error has not prejudiced the accused as to his defence on merits.

 

 

RECORD OF A CONFESSION MADE BY AN ACCUSED PERSON.

 

(SECTION 264 OF THE CODE OF CRIMINAL PROCEDURE)

Division In the court of  

THE CROWN

 

versus

 

The Confession of taken by me a Magistrate of the

District, this day of 19 .

 

Memorandum of Enquiry

 

(The magistrate shall first, as required by section 164(3), Code of Criminal Procedure, explain to the accused person that he is not bound to make a confession, and that if he does so, it may be used as evidence against him, and shall then put and record answers to the following questions. If the answers are of such a character as to require him to do so, he should put such further questions as may be necessary to enable him to judge whether the accused person is acting voluntarily. In arriving at his conclusion on this point the Magistrate should consider inter alia the period during which the accused person has been in police custody and make sure that the confession is not the result of any undue influence or ill treatment. Special care should be taken when women or children are produced by the police for their confession being recorded) :-

Q. Do your understand that you are not bound to make a confession ?

A. -

Q. Do you understand that your statement is being recorded by a magistrate, and that if you make a confession, it may be used as evidence against you ?

A. -

Q. Understanding these two facts, are you making a statement before me voluntarily ?

 

A. -

 

Statement of accused. (Mark or signature of accused)

Magistrate.

 

I have explained to that he is not bound to make a confession, and that if he does so, any confession he may make may be used as evidence against him and I believe that this confession was voluntarily made. It was taken in my presence and hearing, and was read over to the person making it, and admitted by him to be correct, and, it contains a full and true account of the statement made by him.

Magistrate.

Dated

 

 

Appendix 25.41(4)

DIRECTIONS FOR AND PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN IN FORWARDING ARTICLES TO THE CHEMICAL EXAMINER FOR EXAMINATION AND REPORT

All articles should, as far as possible, be sent by registered parcel post. If this cannot be done and the articles are important, they should be sent by hand. Only very heavy and unimportant articles should be sent by rail.

Human poisoning cases.

I. FATAL -

The following articles should be forwarded in all cases :-

(1)     Stomach with contents. The stomach should be securely tied at both ends.

(2)     A piece of the small intestine (about 3 feet) securely tied at both ends.

(3)     A portion of the liver (not less that 16 ounces), one kidney and a piece of spleen.

(4)     Urine or stomach washing if available.

(5)     A sample of the preservative fluid used.

Note. (I) Rectified spirit should be used in all cases unless alcohol, phosphorus or carbolic acid poisoning is suspected. In such cases normal saline solution should be used.

(II) In suspected coal-gas (charcoal) poisoning, a sample of the blood should be sent in a small bottle properly corked. Add two drops only of formaline to prevent decomposition if available.

(III) Ashes and burnt bones should only be sent where a metallic poison is suspected. Vegetable poisons are destroyed during cremation.

Documents which should be forwarded :-

A.        By post -

(1)     Post-mortem Report.

Note. Information on the following toxicologically important points should invariably be supplied:-

(a) Date and hour of onset of symptoms ; (b) date and hour of death; (c) in cases where the body has been exhumed, dates of burial and of exhumation should be entered in column headed ‘‘Death’’; (d) in cases of suspected irritant poisoning, the condition of the gastro-intestinal tract, as regards emptiness or otherwise as well as any abnormal appearance of the mucous membrances should be specially noted.

The following information should also be given :-

(a)      note of symptoms observed by the Medical Officer if the case has been seen during life by him,

(b)      note of nature and duration of treatment, if any, adopted by the Medical Officer, Police, or friends of deceased.

(2)     Statements of symptoms [Police form 25.35(c)] supplied by the Police to the forwarding Medical Officer. (This form should be carefully filled in by the Police, noting particularly the early or first systems observed).

(3)     Certified copy of the Police Reports (vernacular or otherwise) sent with the case to the forwarding Medical Officer.

(4)     Forwarding memo and invoice list of articles forwarded for examining to the Chemical Examiner.

(5)     Impression or imprint of seal used to seal the packages.

Note. (1) The seal should be a private one, and the same seal should be used throughout. The impression should be attached to the forwarding memo. (No. 4), and should be protected by a thick layer of cotton wool to prevent its being broken in transit.

 

(2) An imprint of the seal on a piece of paper is better than an impression of the seal.

B.       Under cover of the box containing the articles for examination -

(1)     Duplicate copies of forwarding memo., invoice list of articles sent for analysis.

(2)     Duplicate impressibly imprint of seal used in the case.

Note. Make sure that the bottles are properly corked and packed otherwise leakages stain the documents inside.

II. NON-FATAL -

Vomit, stomach washings, purged matter, urine and suspected articles of food should be sent whenever available.

Documents which would be forwarded :-

A. By post -

(1)     Statement of symptoms [Police form 25.35(c)].

(2)     Note of symptoms observed by the Medical Officer.

(3)     Note of treatment, if any, adopted by the Medical Officer, Police, or patient’s friends.

(4)     Forwarding memo. (original) and invoice list of articles forwarded for examination. The nature of the preservative fluid used, if any, should be stated.

(5)     Impression or imprint of seal used to seal the packages.

 

B. Under cover of box containing the articles for examination -

(1)     Duplicate copy of forwarding memo., and invoice list of articles sent for analysis, and of police form No. 25.35(c).

(2)     Duplicate impression or imprint of seal used in the case.

Abortion cases.

I.         Fatal. As in fatal human poisoning cases, but, in addition, the uterus and upper part of the vagina should invariably be sent, along with any foreign bodies found in the genital tract.

II.       Non-fatal. As in non-fatal poisoning cases, but, in addition, any foreign bodies expelled or removed from the vagina or uterus should be sent.

Blood-stain cases.

The entire garments or other articles suspected to be stained with blood should be sent if possible, not portions removed or cut from them. A label with number and description of the articles should be stitched or tied (not gummed or pasted) to each separate article, care being taken that the labels correspond with the invoice list of articles. When the label is tied to the articles the string should be sealed.

Note. (1) Take care that the stains are quite dry before being packed for examination. Wet stains readily decompose.

(2) Do not make a circle with ink or indelible pencil around the suspected stains. In wet weather or during examination such circles run into the stain and interfere with the tests.

(3) Wet blood stains on a culprit’s body should be removed with a clean cotton swab and properly dried before being sent for analysis. Dry blood stains on a culprit’s body may be gently scrapped into an envelope and then despatched for analysis.

Documents which should be forwarded :-

A.        By post -

(1)     Forwarding memo. and invoice list of articles for examination.

(2)     Impression or imprint of seal used in the case.

B.        With the articles -

(1)     Duplicate copy of forwarding memo. and invoice list.

 

 

(2)     Duplicate impression or imprint of seal used in the case.


Semen cases.

This entire garment, etc., should be sent. The cloth should not be folded at the stained portion. The stain should be kept quite flat, and should be protected by a thin layer of cotton wool on each surface.

Note. It is better to send swabs from the vaginal mucus than mounted slides. These swabs should be first dried and then forwarded in a small box or phial carefully labelled.

Rules for preserving and packing exhibits for transmission to the Chemical Examiner.

1.        The suspected organs or other exhibits should be placed in a clean glass bottle or jar having a good fitting stopper or cork. Wide mouthed bottles or jars of sufficient size must be used, otherwise the contents readily decompose. It is also difficult to empty narrow mounted bottles or jars that are tightly packed.

II. Materials that are liable to decompose should be preserved by one of the following methods :-

(1)     In cases of suspected human poisoning other than alcohol, phosphorus, carbolic acid and some of the lesser known volatile poisons, the material sent should be immersed in rectified spirit. The spirit should be sufficient to cover the material immersed in whatever position the vessel containing it may be held. On no account use common bazar spirit. A separate four ounce bottle of the rectified spirit added should be sent for independent analysis as a control.

(2)     In those cases mentioned above where rectified spirit should not be added, the preservative used should be salt solution and the same precautions for immersion of material should be exercised. A salt solution is made by adding a full tablespoonful of salt to about a pint of fresh clean water. A separate four ounce bottle of this salt solution should be sent for independent analysis as a control.

(3)     If two or more examinations have to be made on the same occasion, the medical officer should complete one and label and seal the articles connected with it before commencing a second examination, otherwise there is risk of the viscera, etc., of one case getting mixed with those of another. He should clean his instruments and vessels before commencing the second case.

(4)     In cases of suspected cattle poisoning, the viscera or other material should be preserved in rectified spirit with the same precautions as those exercised in human poisoning cases (item 2).

(5)     It is advisable to keep a sample of the preservative added under lock and key in case the bottle containing the sample sent to the Chemical Examiner should arrive broken.

III. Great care should be taken that the stopper or cork of the bottle or jar fits tightly; especially is this necessary during the hot weather, when rectified spirit is added as a preservative. The stopper may first be candle-waxed and then carefully tied down with leather or water proof and sealed.

IV. To secure identity, the bottles or jars should be properly labelled with a list of the contents.

V. The bottles or jars should then be placed in a strong wooden box with plenty of packing material to ensure against any breakages during transit. Saw dust, cotton wool, and dried grass are suitable for this purpose. Old office papers, etc., should not be used as the copies of the forwarding documents enclosed in the box are liable to be thrown away with this waste paper packing material. Keep these documents well away from the bottles as breakages or leakages are apt to stain them.

VI. The box itself should be covered with common garha cloth properly sewed and sealed. Seals should be at short intervals of three inches along each line of sewing. All the seals must be similar and preferably the wax should be of the same kind. The seal used should be the ordinary office seal and must be kept under lock and key. Current coins, or a series of straight, curved or crossed lines must not be used as seals. The box should be properly addressed and sufficient stamps added to cover postage; the box must also be franked.

VII. Under no circumstances should viscera from different cases be included in the same parcel.

VIII. The despatching officer who is invariably the Civil Surgeon or another medical officer authorised to conduct post-mortem examination, is personally responsible that these instruction are carefully followed.

Note. In order to minimise the chances of parcels being lost in transit between the office of the Chemical Examiner and the Railway Station at Lahore, all articles for medico-legal examination should be sent by post as far as possible or better still by hand.

IX. In cases where the police send a closed parcel through the medical officer and the latter has no occasion to open it in transmission, the parcel should be packed in a second cloth cover and the forwarding memo., should also be enclosed. This procedure is necessary and prevents cases getting mixed up on receipt of the Chemical Examiner’s office.

X. The labelling and numbering of articles should not be in the vernacular but in English.

XI. A declaration of the contents to the Postal authorities is unnecessary.

APPENDIX 25.42(2)

INSTRUCTIONS FOR DEALING WITH SUBSTANCES OR OBJECTS SUSPECTED OF BEING EXPLOSIVE

Introduction.

Explosive substances or objects which may cause explosion may be met within the following forms :-

A.        Liquids. For example nitro-glycerine. These will rarely have to be dealt with. The possession of a liquid explosive is generally illegal.

B.        Solids -

(1)     Blasting explosives. Dynamite, Gelatine Dynamite, Blasting Gelatine, Gelignite, etc. These are usually made up in cylinder form about two inches long in waterproof paper wrappers, stamped with the maker’s name. They vary in consistency, from a tough leathery material to a soft one like ordinarily stiff jelly.

(2)     Gunpowder. May be black, brown or grey and is made up in cylinder form, cubes, pebbles, grains and powder.

(3)     Gun cotton. Is transparent and is supplied in slabs or cylinders or loose like ordinary cotton wool.

(4)     Gun, rifle and shot gun powders. These are generally in cords, tapes or grains, but are found as small cubes or flakes. In colour they may be transparent, pink, yellow, blue or black.

(5)     Fulminates. These are transparent or grey powers. They are extremely dangerous. Their possession is generally illegal.

(6)     Picric acid and picrates. These are crystalline or may be in powder form. They have a brilliant yellow colour if pure. A license is required for their possession.

(7)     (a) Ammonal. This is a mixture of tri-nitro-toluene, ammonium nitrate aluminium powder and charcoal. It is a silvery brown paste.

 

(b) Amatol. Is s mixture of tri-nitro-toluene and ammonium nitrate. In appearance it is a brown paste.

(8)     Chlorate of potash. May be found in clear tabular crystals or as a transparent powder.

(9)     Sulphide of arsenic. Is generally found as a yellow or orange powder.

(10)   Carbide or phosphide of calcium. Under certain circumstances these may cause violent explosion.

(11)   Detonators and caps. These are explosives made up in metal tubes or small metal caps. Military detonators, friction tubes and time fuzes are made in a great variety of forms. All detonation should be handled with the utmost care.

(12)   Fuse. This is slow burning gunpowder rolled up in cloth or paper in the form of long cards. Military fuses are made up in metal bodies in great variety of forms.

(13)   Cartridges. Thee are either commercial, military or sporting and generally contain their own means of ignition in the form of a cap or primer. Cartridges for big guns generally consist of explosives made up in silk cloth or shalloon bags or bundles.

(14)   Bombs. These are explosives contained in receptacles such as bottles, jars, coconut shells, cloth, jute or hemp, balls or bundles, books letters tins, metal shells, bamboo tubes, water cistern floats, chatties, etc., the whole being designed to explode by percussion, fuse, trigger, by being inverted, etc.

(15)   Fireworks. Fireworks are provided with a fuse of touch papers or slow match. Throwdowns, crackers, explosives, corks, or objects designed to explode by percussion, provided they are not detonators, caps or cartridges are not fireworks, but bombs.

(16)   Rockets. Some rockets are not fireworks. Life saving, signal and military rockets are dangerous and should be handled with care.

(17)   Signals. These may be ships-flares, signal lights, etc. They are not fireworks.

C.            Gases. Liquid or compressed gases (ammonia, oxygen, hydrogen, acetylene, carbon-di-oxide) in cylinders, sparklets, etc., may under certain circumstances cause violent explosion.

 

Instructions.

A local police officer should communicate at once with the Superintendent of Police, who will himself proceed, or depute some responsible officer to proceed, to the place to carry out the following instructions :-

(1)     If you have any reason, however slight, to suspect that the substance or object with which you, are dealing is dangerous then regard it as being Highly Explosive until such time as it is proved to be otherwise.

* * * * * * * * * *

(2)     During the removal, guarding or examination of any substances or object suspected of being explosive, all unnecessary persons whether police or otherwise should be sent away.

(3)     If the substance you are examining is -

(4)     Liquid, proceed as in paragraphs 6 or 7. Solid, proceed as in paragraphs 8, 9 or 10. Gas, proceed as in paragraph 11.

(5)     If the object you are examining is a -

 

Detronator or cap.,

?

Fuse,

?

Cartidge,

? proceed as in paragraph 12

Firework,

?

Rocket,

?

Signal light

?


Bomb, proceed as in paragraph 13.

(6)     (1) If the substance is a liquid in an open vessel -

Carefully dip into the liquid a pencil or thin piece of stick and allow one drop to fall on a small piece of blotting paper or tin foil (silver paper). Remove this ten yards or more from the vessel or vessels containing the bulk of the liquid, place it upon a flat surface or iron or stone and strike it a sharp glancing blow with a flat headed hammer. Repeat the test three times with fresh drops and also by burning a fresh drip of the liquid on the blotting paper in the flame of a spirit lamp or candle.

(A)     The substance explodes or burns rapidly. Place about half an ounce of the liquid in a small clean bottle, carefully cork it up (do not use a glass or metal stopper), and after packing in cotton wool in a box or tin, send it by messenger to the Inspector of Explosives, Northern India, with your report. The bulk of the liquid should be locked up in an isolated place until instructions are received from the Inspector of Explosives, Northern India, as to its disposal.

(B)     The substance does not explode or burn rapidly. Place about half an ounce of the liquid in a small clean bottle, cork up and after packing send by post to the Inspector of Explosives, Northern India, with your report, the bulk of the liquid should be locked up in any convenient place until the report of the Inspector of Explosives is received.

(7)     When the substance is a liquid in a closed vessel -

(1)      If the vessel is a bottle and is not suspected of being a bomb and the stopper will not come out when using only moderate power, do not attempt to open but send it by messenger to the nearest Inspector of Explosives together with your report, first having carefully packed the bottle upright in a box with straw, sawdust, or paper, etc.

(2)      If the vessel is a bottle and is not suspected of being a bomb and the stopper will come out, then proceed as in paragraph 6.

(3)      If the vessel is not suspected of being a bomb and is of metal or other hard material and the stopper will not come out when moderate force is used, do not attempt to open but remove the vessel very gently, and in such a manner as to explose it to as little shanking as possible, and without turning it over in any way, to such open place of safety in the vicinity as may be available, where its ignition or explosion would be attended with a minimum of mischief, e.g, a yard or a garden or other open space from which the public are or can be excluded. The two pieces of strong cord to the vessel passing one cord round a hook or tree and from round the corner of a building and after all persons have been removed from within range, pull the cords backward and forward so that the vessel is upset and given as severe a shaking as possible, then leave the vessel alone for twelve hours.

If explosion is not obtained and the vessel is not too large send it by messenger to the Inspector of Explosives with your report.

If the vessel is a large one, try once more to open it using more force. If you cannot open it, remove the vessel to a convenient place where it can be locked up and send a copy of your report and all connected papers to the Inspector of Explosives.


 

(8)     When the substance is a solid in an open vessel -

Carefully take out with a piece of cardboard or flat stick a few grains of the solid and after removing it ten yards, or more away from the vessel or vessels containing the bulk of the substance, place it upon a flat surface or iron or stone and strike it a sharp glancing blow with a flat headed hammer. Repeat the test three times with fresh substance and also try burning a small portion on blotting paper in the flame of a spirit lamp or candle.

(A)    The substance explodes or burns rapidly. Take a very small amount of the substance, add to it a little water and notice what happens. If the substance undergoes no change and there is no sign of any gas being given off, or of heat being generated, place about half an ounce of the substance in a small clean bottle and fill up with clean water. Cork the bottle carefully, taking the precaution not to use a glass or metal stopper, and then pack it in cotton wool in a box or tin and send it by messenger to the Inspector of Explosives with your report.

The bulk of the substance should then be covered with clean water and locked up in a isolated place until instructions are received from the Inspector of Explosives as to its disposal.

(B)    The substance does not explode or burn rapidly. Test a small amount of the substance with water in exactly the same way as detailed in (A). If the substance undergoes no change and there is no sign of any gas being given off, or of heat being generated, place about half an ounce of the substance in a small clean bottle and fill up with water. Cork the bottle carefully, and after packing, send it by post to the Inspector of Explosives with your report.

The bulk of the substance should then be covered with clean water and locked up in any convenient place until the report of the Inspector of Explosives is received.

If you find that the substance under sub-paragraphs (A) and (B) does undergo a change, etc., when water is added proceed exactly as before, except that the sample in all cases should be sent dry, and the bulk also kept dry. Make certain that your bottle is absolutely dry before you put the sample into it.

(9)     When the substance is a solid in a closed vessel -

(1)      If the vessel is a bottle and is not suspected of being a bomb and the stopper will not come out when only moderate power is used. Do not attempt to open it but send it by messenger to the Inspector of Explosives together with your report, first having carefully packed the bottle upright in a box with straw, sawdust, paper, etc.

(2)      If the vessel is a bottle and is not suspected of being a bomb and the stopper will come out then proceed as in 8.

(3)      If the vessel is not suspected of being a bomb and is of metal or other hard material proceed as in 7(2).

(10)   When the substance is calcium carbide or calcium phosphide. If it is desired to destroy calcium carbide or calcium phosphide, this can be done by dropping them into deep water, but not more than half a pound at a time, waiting until no more gas is given off before a fresh portion is destroyed.

(11)   When the substances is a gas. Gases are generally found compressed in cylinders, sparklets, etc. They should be kept cool and away from the direct rays of the sun. If it is desired to know what gas is in any cylinder, the whole cylinder should be even up in the coir matting and sent by train to the Inspector of Explosives together with your report. Small cylinders or sparklets only a few inches long can be sent by post if well packed in cotton wool in a wooden box.

(12)   When the object is a detonator, cap, fuse, cartridge, firework, rocket, light, these should never, under any circumstances, be sent through the post. A few should be care-fully packed separately in cotton wool in a wooden box and be sent by hand to the Inspector of Explosives together with your report. The bulk should be locked up in an isolated place.

(13)   When the object is a bomb -

(1)      These may be met with in the following forms :-

A.        Military grenades.

B.        Copies of military grenades.

C.        Bombs made up in soda bottles, jam tins, water cistern floats, chatties, coconut shells, bundles of jute or hemp, bamboo tubes, etc.

D.       Book bombs.

E.        Letter bombs.

(2)      Any of these may be designed to explode -

(a)      when moved in any way,

(b)      when turned over,

(c)      when placed in water,

(d)      when thrown down,

(e)      by lighting a fuse,

(f)       by clockwork,

(g)      by chemical reaction.

(3)      Before touching the bomb examine it where it lies and see if you can detect the arrangement for firing. See if there is any trigger and, if so, if it is set or not. Do not move the bomb, unless you are satisfied that it is safe to do so. If you are not satisfied, then place a guard over the bomb and report to your senior officer.

A.        Military grenades. The first thing to do, is to see that the safety pin is in position, that it is not broken or corroded and that the ends are well splayed out so that it cannot be jolted out. See that the jaws of the laver are in good condition and support the striker correctly. Being satisfied on these points, the base should be unscrewed and, if the igniter set is present, it should be carefully removed. Pack the igniter set and the bomb in cotton wool in separate wooden boxes and send by hand to the Inspector of Explosives, together with your report.

If the safety pin and level are missing and the striker is inside the bomb, it will probably have to be destroyed in situ. Set a guard over it where it lies and report to your senior officer.

B.        Copies of military grenades. These are generally something like a military grenade but are of cruder finish. They must only be handled by persons who have handled bombs before. It is generally possible to render them harmless by removing an explosive cap or tuft of gun cotton. This should only be done with you are satisfied that the trigger is safe. Do not put this type of bomb in water but, provided the trigger has been made safe, it should be packed in cotton wool in a wooden box and be sent by the hand to the Inspector of Explosives together with your report.

C.        Bombs made up in soda bottles, etc. First arrange a string bag and strong cord over a large bucket of hot water. Carefully remove the bomb keeping it in the same position as found and place it in the bag and from round the corner of a building, first having sent everybody present under cover lower the bomb into the hot water and leave it there for 24 hours. The water will then be cold.

It may then be taken out and be carefully packed in wet straw or cotton wool in a wooden box and be sent by hand to the Inspector of Explosives together with your report.

If the bomb is well made and there is a possibility that the water may not have penetrated inside, it should be given the rough treatment described in paragraph 7(3) before being sent away.

 

D.       Book bombs. These are bombs made up in book form and are generally designed to explode when the book is opened or turned over. Such a bomb should be very carefully taken to an isolated place, keeping it in the original position all the time and be locked up. Send a report on the subject to the Inspector of Explosives.

 

E.        Letter bombs. These are letters containing explosives which are designed to explode when opened. Place the whole letter in a bucket of water. When the letter is quite wet, pack it in a tin in wet cotton wool and send by hand to the Inspector of Explosives, together with your report.

F.        Booby Traps. -

1.        ‘‘Booby Traps’’ are bomb generally designed to explode in the presence of an officer who is engaged in searching suspected premises.

 

2.        They may be designed to explode when the bomb is moved in any way or electric contract is made by some action of the officer or by clock work or chemical means.

 

3.        The most prevalent procedure is to cause one bomb to explode in a house by time fuse, such as a burning candle, leaving a second bomb which will explode when the officer comes to investigate the first explosion, or the officer may be tempted to the house by a message, telephone call etc.

 

4.        Another method is to leave the second bomb with an obvious means of ignition such as a burning candle in the hope that the officer will extinguish the candle and then consider the bomb as safe whereas it is really designed to explode if moved in any way.

 

5.        Never enter a house or room in which you suspect booby traps by the obvious way. First smash a window or knock a hole in the wall with a crowbar opposite the door to se if the door can be safely opened.

 

6.        Enter the house or room very slowly touching nothing until each object has been carefully examined. Make a loop at the end of a long rope and drop the loop over each object which might be a bomb without touching it. These may be such things as tins, trunks, kettles, lamps, buckets, boxes, clocks, etc. From outside the room or house jerk the object about by means of the rope and do not enter the room or house again for some minutes in each case. Open the lids of boxes or trunks by means of the rope from round the corner.

 

7.        If an unexploded bomb is discovered after this treatment proceed as in paragraph C above.

 

APPENDIX No. 25.43(4)

MEMORANDUM OF THE SYMPTOMS PRODUCED BY THE MORE COMMON POISONS

Poisons

 

Usual symptoms

Arsenic

Sammulfar Sankhia

Hartal and Mansil

Vomittings; burning pain in the stomach; great thirst; sometimes cold skin; cramps in the limbs, and sleepiness

Opium

Afiun ..

Afim ..

Sleepiness; pupils contracted; complete insensibility; skin sweating; vomiting seldom occurs.

Aconite

 

 

Dhatura Nux vomica

Bish ..

 

 

Dhatura ..

Kuchila ..

Numbness, and tingling in the mouth and throat, afterwards in the limbs; frothing at the mouth; sleepiness; occasionally convulsions or delirium, or paralysis.

Pupils dilated; delirfum; insensibility; vomiting rare.

Twitching in the limbs, followed by violent spams and often lock-jaw. The spasms cease for a time and then gain returns, often without evident cause; it usually affects the whole body. Shortest time before symptoms 15 minutes. Shortest time before death 1 hour.

Note. Any one of the above symptoms may be absent, though the poison by which they are caused has been administered.

EFFECT OF COMMON POISONS

 

Poison

Ordinary interval between taking the poison and the appearance of symptoms

Ordinary time before death

Arsenic

Half to one hour

6 to 24 hours

Opium

Half to one hour

6 to 12 "

Aconite

15 minutes

1 to 8 "

Dhatura

5 to 10 minutes

6 to 12 "

Nux vomica

Half to one hour

1 to 6 "

 

APPENDIX No. 25.56(1)

REMANDS TO POLICE CUSTODY.

1.        Remands to Police custody when to be granted. Before making an order of remand to police custody under section 67 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, the Magistrate should satisfy himself that -

(1)     there are grounds for believing that the accusation against the person sent up by the police is well founded.

(2)     there are good and sufficient reasons for remanding the accused to police custody instead of detaining him in magisterial custody.

In order to form an opinion as to the necessity or otherwise of the remand applied for by the police, the magistrate should ascertain what previous similar orders (if any) have been made in the case, and the longer an accused person have been in custody the stronger should be the grounds required for a further remand to police custody.

The accused person must always be produced before the Magistrate when a remand is asked for.

2.        The following principles are laid down for the guidance of Magistrates in the matter of granting remands, and District Magistrates are required to see that they are carefully applied :-

(i)       Under no circumstances should an accused person be remanded to police custody unless it is made clear that his presence is actually needed in order to serve some important and specific purpose connected with the completion of the enquiry. A general statement by the officer applying for the remand that the accused may be able to give further information should not be accepted.

(ii)      When an accused person is remanded to police custody the period of the remand should be as short as possible.

(iii)     In all ordinary cases in which time is required by the police to complete the enquiry, the accused person should be detained in magisterial custody.

(iv)    Where the object of the remand is merely the verification of the prisoner’s statement, he should be remanded to magisterial custody.

(v)      A prisoner, who has been produced for the purpose of making a confession and who has declined to do so, or has made a statement which is unsatisfactory from the point of view of the prosecution should in no circumstances be remanded to police custody.

3.        In any case when an accused person is remanded to police custody, the reasons must be recorded in the order of remand, and when the Magistrate ordering a remand is not himself a Sub-Divisional or District magistrate, he must at once send a copy of his order, with his reasons for making it, to the Sub-Divisional or District Magistrate to whom he is immediately subordinate.

If the limit of 15 days has elapsed, and there is still need for further investigation by the police, the procedure to be adopted is that laid down in section 344, Criminal Procedure Code. The case is brought on to the magistrate’s file, and the accused, if detention is necessary, will remain in magisterial custody. The case may be postponed or adjourned from time to time for periods of not more than 15 days each, and as each adjournment expires the accused must be produced before the magistrate, and the order of adjournment must show good reasons for making the order.

 

FORM No. 25.2(1)

ORDER TO REQUIRE ATTENDANCE AT INVESTIGATION UNDER SECTIONS 160 AND 175, CRIMINAL PROCEDURE CODE

Name son of caste Resident of Whereas the presence of the aforesaid person is necessary for the purpose of enquiry into the offence reported to have been committed under section at Police Station; therefore the said person is hereby directed to appear before the undersigned at (place hour date ) there to give such information relating to the said alleged offence as he may possess.

 

NOTE -

 

Signature and Designation of issuing Police Officer.

Date Hour

 

............... mentioned in this order attended on at at and was permitted to leave on at

 

Dated

 

 

Signature and Designation of issuing Police Officer.

FORM No. 25.23(1)(a)

 

Police Station District. Notice of search in the case of Crown versus F.I.R. No. dated , offence Sections 165/166, Cr.P.C.

Date and place of search

Name, parentage, residence and caste of the person to be searched

Articles to be searched for

Reasons for which the search is to be made

1

2

3

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of Officer?in?charge

 

Investigating Officer


Endorsement in case the officer causing search to be made is unable to conduct in person.

I hereby authorise to conduct the search as I am unable to conduct it in person for the following reasons :-

 

 

Signature of Officer?in?charge

Investigating Officer


 

FORM No. 25.23(1)(b)

Order under Section 103(1), Criminal procedure Code, requiring attendance of a witness at a search

 

F.I.R. No. , dated  Section Police Station  To


WHEREAS, it is necessary to make a search in the above mentioned case of the house/shop/place of situated in therefore I, call upon you to attend at the aforesaid house/shop/place at O’clock on/forthwith  to witness the search.

 

N.B. Failure to attend without reasonable cause is punishable under section 187, I.P. Code.

Dated ,

Signature and designation of the officer conducting the search

 

 

FORM No. 25.23(1)(c)

Form of search list prescribed by Section 103(2), Cr.P.C.

F.I.R. No. , dated Police Station

The house of , son of  caste , resident of village, , was searched in the presence of the undermentioned witnesses and the following articles were recovered and taken into possession by the police on the statement and indication of , son of , caste , village , accused in the abovementioned case.*

*Cross out if not applicable.

Articles Place from which recovered.

Name and signature Signature and designation of

the witnesses of the officer conducting the search.

 

Date


 

FORM No. 25.35(1)(A)

POLICE DEPARTMENT DISTRICT DEATH REPORT SUDDEN DEATH FROM NATURAL CAUSES DEATH REPORT No. POLICE STATION

Dated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To be made out on separate sheets of papers.

1.                   Name of place where death occurred.

2.                   Distance and direction from the police station in whose jurisdiction it is.

3.                   Date and hour of discovery of the death.

4.                   Name, parentage and residence of two or more persons who identify the body as that of the deceased person named in this report.

(Note. Relatives of deceased, or two respectable witnesses to identification should be obtained, if possible).

5.                   Name of deceased Parentage Caste Residence

Condition in life

6.                   Age and Sex

 

7.                   Condition of clothes, ornaments, & c., as not indicating an unnatural death.

8.                   Position of limbs, eyes and mouth

9.                   Expression of the countenance

10.                Injuries or marks of violence the body may have received. ‘‘Wounds and bruises’’. Position, length and breadth.,

11.                Blood, liquid or clotted; where oozed from and to what amount.

12.                In what manner, or by what weapon or instrument, such marks of injuries or of violence appear to have been inflicted.

13.                Is the body well nourished and vigorous or emaciated and weak ?

14.                Apparent cause of death.

15.                Any signs of death having been caused by violence or poison, or any rumours of such being the case ?

? 16. Description of each article of clothing, ornaments, covering,

? weapons, etc., found on or near the body.

? 17. Sketch plan of the scene of death.

? 18. Brief history of the case

? 19. Signature of two or more respectable inhabitants present at

? investigation and of investigating officer with date and place of signing

 

 

 

 

 

son of resident of

son of resident of

 

 

 

 

Age Sex


FORM No. 25.35(1)(B)

DEATH REPORT : UNNATURAL DEATH BY VIOLENCE DEATH REPORT No. POLICE STATION

 

Dated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To be made out on separate sheets of papers

 

1.                  Name of place where the death occurred or where body was found (state which).

2.                  Distance and direction from police station in whose jurisdiction it is.

3.                  Date and hour of discovery of the death.

4.                  Names, parentage and residence of two or more persons who identify the body as that of the deceased person named in the report.

(Note. Relations of the deceased or two respectable witnesses to identification should be obtained, if possible)

5.                  Name, parentage, caste, residence and condition in life of the deceased.

6.                  Age and sex.

7.                  Condition of the clothes, ornaments, & c., and marks of either having been forcibly removed or of being stained with blood or other matter.
(Note. -If the Civil Surgeon or other Medical Officer is expected to attend to examine the body this information should be filled in so far as can be seen and without touching or removing any clothes, and in such case it should be completed after he has finished his examination of the body)

8.                  Position of the limbs, eyes and mouth.

9.                  Expression of the countenance.

10.              Injuries or marks of violence the body may have received.

Wounds and bruises. Show position, length and breadth.

(Note. Not depth. Be careful not to probe wounds.

If the Civil Surgeon or other Medical Officer be expected to attend to examine the body, this information should be filled in after he has completed his examination)

11.              Blood, liquid or clotted ? Where oozed from and to what amount ?

12.              In what manner or by what weapon or instrument such marks of injuries or of violence appear to have been committed ?

13.              Was there any rope or other article round the neck, or any mark of ligature on the neck ?

14.              Had such rope or article apparently been used to produce strangulation, and, if the body had been suspended by it, could it probably have supported the body ?

In what mode was the either end of the rope attached to the support ?

15.              Where there any foreign matters, such as weeds, straw &c., in the hair or clenched in the hands of the deceased, or attached to any part of the body ?

16.              Is the body well nourished and vigorous or emaciated and feeble ?

17.              Is it stout, thin, or decomposed ?

18.              Height by measuring from head to feet.

19.              Distinguishing marks Position and appearance of moles, scars, & c.

20.              Apparent cause of death.

 

21.              Are there any circumstances or rumours tending to show that ? deceased killed himself ?

 

22.              Description of each article found on body (to be labelled and sealed). ?

 

23.              Description of each article found near body (to be labelled and sealed). ?

 

24.              Sketch plan of the place where body was found.

 

25.              Signature of two or more respectable inhabitants present at investigation and of investigation officer with date and place of signing.


FORM No. 23.35(1)(C)

 

DEATH REPORT UNNATURAL DEATH BY POISONING

DEATH REPORT NO. POLICE STATION

Particulars relating to the case, in addition to those given in Form No. 25.35(b)

 

1 Was deceased in good health previous to the attack ?

2 If not in good health, what was he suffering from ?

3 What medicine was he taking ?

4 What did the last meal consist of ?

5 What was the interval between the last meal and the commencement of the symptoms ?

6 What did the deceased last eat or drink before the commencement of the symptoms ?

7 What was the interval between the very last time he ate or drunk, and the commencement of the symptoms ?

8 What were the first symptoms ?

9 Was he thirsty ?

10 Did he become faint ?

11 Did he complain of head ache or giddiness ?

12 Did he appear to have lost the use of his limbs ?

13 Did he sleep heavily ?

14 Was he at any time insensible ?

15 Did convulsions occur ?

16 Did he complain of any peculiar taste in his mouth ?

17 Did he notice any peculiar taste in his mouth ?

18 Was he sensible in the intervals between the convulsions ?

19 Did he complain of burning or ingling in the mouth and throat, or of numbness and tingling in limbs ?

20 Was there vomiting ?

21 Was there purging ?

22 Was there pain in the stomach ?

23 Mention any other symptoms ?

24 Had the deceased ever suffered previously from a similar attack ?

25 How many other persons partook of the meal of food, or drink by which the deceased is supposed to have been poisoned ?

26 How many were affected by it, and in what way ?

27 Did the deceased move from the place where the first symptoms were noticed; if so, how far ?

 




 

 

Dated

 

.

.

 

 

19

}

 

(Signature of officer conducting the inquest)

 

 

 

 

(Signature of two or more respectable inhabitants of the place present at the investigation)

A B

Name Rank

 


FORM No. 25.39

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT


 
 DISTRICT


 

FORM TO ACCOMPANY BODY OF INJURED PERSON SENT FOR MEDICAL EXAMINATION

1. Name of injured or deceased person, parentage, caste, residence and condition of life.

 

2. Sex and supposed age.

 

3. Report of Police Officer :

 

(a) Description of any injuries or marks of violence received, wounds and bruises, position, length and breadth.

 

(b) Brief report by despatching police officer stating the manner in which the injuries or death is supposed to have been caused. If by poison, the poison suspected to have been used.

 

(c) Date and hour it was administered, and date and hour of commencement of symptoms, the date and hour of death, and the nature and duration of treatment adopted by the police or friends of the deceased.

4. Brief report and opinion in simple language dictated by the medical officer and followed by his initials :

 

(a) as to the means by which the injuries were caused.

(b) In the case of injuries, poisoning not causing death, the extent of the injuries or sickness, and, in the latter case, the nature of the poison ascertained or suspected.

 

(c) In the case of death. –

(1) whether death by violence is ascertained and cause of death and

(2) whether death is suspected from poisoning, the poison ascertained or suspected.

 

The following kinds of hurts only are designated as ‘grievous’ as stated in section 320, Indian Penal Code :-

 

First Examasculation

Secondly Permanent privation of the sight of either eye.

Thirdly Permanent privation of the hearing of either ear.

Fourthly Privation of any member of joint..

Fifthly Destruction or permanent impairing of the powers of any member of joint.

Sixthly Permanent disfiguration of the head or face.

Seventhly Fracture or dislocation of a bone or tooth

Eighthly Any hurt which endangers life or which causes the sufferer to be during the space of twenty days, in severe bodily pain, or unable to follow his ordinary pursuits...

 

Add the following on the back of Police Rule Form No. 25.39 Injury Report Form :-

 

FORM No. 25.44(viii)

INFORMATION REGARDING ANIMAL POISONING

POLICE DEPARTMENT DISTRICT

F.I.R. No. Dated Section Police Station

Points to be specially noted.

 

1. Class of animal (horse, buffalo or bullock etc.)

 

 

1

2. Age and general condition previous to poisoning.

2

3. The symptoms after the poison was given or before death.

3

4. How long after feeding the symptoms were in coming on ?

4

5. What the prominent symptoms were ?

5

6. How long the animal lived after the symptoms made their appearance ?

6

7. What poison was supposed to have been used ?

7

8. Appearance presented by the carcass after death.

8

9. Any other particulars likely to be of value.

9

 


Date


Officer-in-charge of Police Station




 _______19

 

FORM No. 25.48(4)

BILL FOR EXPENSES INCURRED IN MAINTAINING CATTLE DURING INVESTIGATION


POLICE STATION


__
 DISTRICT

 

Bill No.

 

Case First Information Report No. , dated 19

1

2

3

4

5

Date

Name and address of payee

Number and date of case diary

Full detail of cattle and the rate of the amount to be paid

Amount

 

 

 

 

Rs. nP.

(To be drawn by hand)

Total (in words) Rs.  Station Date  

 

FORM No. 25.54(1)

CASE DIARY

 

POLICE STATION DISTRICT

First Information Report No. of 19

Case Diary No.

Date and place of occurrence

Time and date of receipt in Police Station.

Time and date of despatch from Police Station

Offence :-

Date (with hour) on which action was taken

Serial No. of report

Record of Investigation

 

 

 

CASE DIARY CONTINUED

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 25.56(1)

CHARGE SHEET

 

District ___Charge Sheet No. ___, dated ___19 ___, Police Station ___in first ___information No. ___dated  ___.

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

 

NAME AND ADDRESSES OF ACCUSED PERSONS SENT

FOR TRIAL

 

Name, address and occupation of complainant or informant

Name and addresses of accused persons not sent up for trial, whether arrested or not arrested, including absconders, (show absconders in red ink)

In custody

On bail or recognizance

Property (including weapons) found, with particulars of where, when and by whom, found and whether forwarded to Magistrate

Names and addresses of witnesses

Charge of information :Name and offence and circumstances connected with it, in concise detail, and under what section of the law charged

 

Despatched at A.M.  on 19

P.M.

Signature of investigating officer


 

FORM No. 25.57(2)

FINAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 173, CRIMINAL PROCEDURE CODE

District __Final report No. __, dated 19 ___, Police Station__ in first information No. __dated __19.

 

1. Name and address of complainant or informant.

 

2. Nature of charge or complaint.

 

3. Description of property stolen, if any.

 

4. Name and address of accused persons, if any.

 

5. If arrested, date and hour of arrest.

 

6. Date and hour of release and whether on bail or recognizance.

 

7. Property (including weapons) found, with particulars of where, when and by whom, found and whether forwarded to Magistrate.

 

8. Brief description of information or complaint, action taken by police with result, and reasons for not proceeding further with investigation.

 


Despatched at A.M./P.M. on __19

Signature of investigating officer.

N.B. The Magistrate should record his order on the back

 

CHAPTER 26 ARREST, ESCAPE AND CUSTODY.

26.1. General power of arrest.

Section 54, Code of Criminal Procedure, authorizes any police officer to arrest without a warrant any person who has been concerned in any cognizable offence or against whom a reasonable complaint has been made, or credible information has been received, or a reasonable suspicion exists, of his having been so concerned. The authority given under this section to the police to arrest without a warrant is, however, permissive and not obligatory. Whenever escape from justice or inconvenient delay is likely to result from the police failing to arrest, they are bound to do so; but in no other cases. The law allows a police officer to apply to a magistrate for a warrant or a summons instead of making the arrest immediately, and this discretion shall be exercised whenever possible and expedient.

The law also allows a police officer in any bailable case to take security under section 170 Criminal Procedure Code from an accused person to appear before a magistrate without first arresting him.

26.2. Power to defer arrest.

If the fact that suspicion rests upon a particular person has been kept secret, and there is no risk of his absconding, the police shall defer making the arrest until the investigation is sufficiently complete; but if any interference with the liberty of the accused person is necessary to prevent him from absconding, and the facts justify arrest, the police shall arrest him and shall not interfere with his liberty unless they arrest him.

26.3. Search of persons under arrest.

(1)     All persons arrested by the police and not admitted to bail shall, as soon after arrest as possible, be thoroughly searched; in the case of female such search shall be conducted by a woman and shall in all cases be conducted with due regard to decency.

An inventory of all articles taken into custody by the Police from such persons under Section 51 of the Criminal Procedure Code shall be prepared in duplicate by the carbon copying process and the carbon copy thereof shall be sent forthwith to a magistrate as required by section 523 of the said Code.

(2)     Every prisoner in police custody shall be searched on first admission to and on every occasion when he is re-admitted to a lock-up being taken anywhere beyond the precincts of the police station. Sweepers, bhishtis and every other person other than a police officer having access to a lock-up shall be searched before entering and on leaving. The searching of women shall be done by a woman.

(3)     Soldiers in police custody shall not be deprived of their shoulder titles, badges of rank and medal ribbons but medals shall be taken into safe custody. Sikh prisoners shall be permitted to retain their karas and Hindus their scared threads.

26.4. Lock-ups.

(1)     Outside every lock-up which is guarded by the police shall be displayed a notice showing, in English and Urdu the maximum number of prisoners which the lock-up is authorised to accommodate. The authorised number shall never be exceeded; any excess shall be accommodated in a convenient building under an adequate guard or transferred to the nearest available lock-up.

(2)     The door of a lock-up shall not be opened except in the presence and by the direct order of the officer commanding the guard, who shall take all possible precautions to prevent a rush or escape. When the circumstances of the use of a particular lock-up are such that prisoners are constantly being admitted or removed, special standing orders for the safe conduct of the operation shall be framed by the Superintendent of Police and included in the standing orders for the guard over such lock-up.

(3)     When it is necessary to keep prisoners in a lock-up which is in an insecure state all male prisoners, who would, under the provisions of rules 26.22 and 26.23, be liable to be handcuffed under escort, shall be handcuffed while confined in such lock-up.

(4)     Every under-trial prisoner in the lock-up unable to provide himself with sufficient bedding shall be supplied with such beddings as may be necessary.

Ordinarily 1 blanket and 1 munj or bhabbar mat shall be issued to each prisoner in the summer. In the winter 3 blankets shall be issued for each prisoner. For this purpose a sufficient supply of blankets and munj or bhabbar mats shall be obtained from the District magistrate and maintained for use in lock-ups. Blankets and mats shall not be stored in lock-ups and issued when required.

Private bedding may be supplied by relatives or friends of the prisoner. All such bedding shall be carefully examined by the Police Officer in charge who shall return the same when the prisoner is released or remanded to judicial custody. When private bedding is supplied, a report to this effect shall be entered in the station daily diary.

Jail rules permit the use of beds and provide for special sanitary and bathing facilities for A and B class convicts. Such facilities are not available in all Police Stations, but they should be provided for better class prisoners in Police custody so far as is possible. Endeavours should be made to confine better class prisoners in Police Stations which possess amenities of this kind and to segregate better class from ordinary prisoners.’’

(5)     An allowance for a sweeper and bhishti for each lock-up will be made by the Jail Department.

26.5. Warrants to be taken out when wanted persons abscond.

Permissive authority is given to the police to arrest without warrant in certain cases, in order that they may not be handicapped by having to obtain a magistrate’s warrant under Section 204, Code of Criminal Procedure, when the arrest of a criminal or suspect who is present before them is urgent. The law provides, however, no penalty for merely evading arrest by a police officer, though it penalises resistance to, or escape from, such arrest. On the other hand the law does provide a severe penalty or recalcitrance to an order in the form of a warrant by a Court, entirely irrespective of the evidence of the guilt of the person against whom the warrant is issued. For merely evading obedience to a warrant of arrest, a man is liable to proclamation and the confiscation of his property and any one who harbours him, as defined in section 52-A of the Indian Penal Code, can also be severely punished. Whenever, therefore, a person is wanted, whose whereabouts are not immediately known, the notice shall, before setting off in search of him, obtain a warrant of arrest from the Court having jurisdiction. Unsuccessful search without such a warrant is merely waste of time. On the other hand immediately it is found that, in spite of all reasonable effort, a warrant cannot be executed, a proclamation order under section 87, Criminal Procedure Code, can be obtained and, on proclamation being duly carried out, attachment under section 88, Criminal Procedure Code, can immediately follow, and connivance by any person at the continued absconding of the person proclaimed becomes punishable under section 216, Indian Penal Code.

Note. Under section 200, clause (aa), Code of Criminal Procedure read with section 204, Code of Criminal Procedure, a police officer can obtain a warrant on a written complaint.

 

26.6. Illness of persons under arrest.

When a person in police custody is suffering from any illness or injury at the time of arrest, or becomes ill or sustained injury while in such custody such a person shall be medically examined at the earliest opportunity so that the nature and cause of the illness or injury may be ascertained and proper treatment given.

26.7. Identification of accused.

(1)     Whenever there is doubt as to the correctness of a statement made by an arrested person regarding his identity, residence or antecedents, an attestation certificate in Form 26.7(1), shall at once be despatched to the officer-incharge of the police station in the jurisdiction of which such person claims to be resident; such officer shall immediately make, or cause to be made, all necessary inquiries, and shall ascertain if such person’s name is entered in the Village Conviction Register. The certificate shall be returned completed with as little delay as possible and shall be attached to the charge-sheet. This form of attestation certificate shall be used whether the person arrested states he is a resident of the police station in which arrested, or of some other police station, and whether or not a search slip is despatched to the Finger Print Bureau.

(2)     Detailed orders regarding the preparation of search slips and the finger print system are published in the Police Finger Print Bureau Manual.

26.8. Report of arrest.

(1)     Under [Section 58 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973][65], an officer in charge of a police station is required to report to the District Magistrate, Sub-Divisional Magistrate, or such other Magistrate as the District Magistrate may direct, all arrests without warrant made by himself or in his jurisdiction.

[(2) Reports of such arrests shall be made in Form Arrest/Court Surrender Form appended to chapter-XXI of Punjab Police Rules whether the person arrested has been admitted to bail or not and may be sent by post. One copy of the same shall be submitted to the District Crime Record Bureau of the District Concerned][66]

26.9. Arrest on a telegram.

(1)     In any case in which he has jurisdiction to arrest, a police officer shall take action on a telegram from a police officer or magistrate requiring him to arrest a person for a cognizable offence, but when such telegram is received from a private person he shall not arrest unless the particulars given cover a cognizable offence and afford reasonable suspicion that the person to be arrested is the offender.

(2)     If a telegram is received by a police officer requesting him to arrest a person for an offence which appears to such police officer to be noncognizable he shall lay information before a magistrate having jurisdiction with a view to the issue of a summons or warrant.

If such magistrate declines to issue a summons or warrant the orders of the District Magistrate shall be sought.

(3)     A police officer who despatches a telegram to another police officer requesting him to arrest a person without warrant shall be responsible that the information in his possession is sufficient to justify, and that the police officer addressed has jurisdiction to make such arrest.

In all such telegrams sufficient particulars shall be given of the person to be arrested and the offence of which he is accused.

[67][26.10. Co-operation with Police of Indian States.

(1)     The procedure for securing the arrest and extradition of offenders in Indian States who are accused of having committed offences in British India is prescribed in Punjab Government Consolidated Circular No. 20. The Indian Extradition Act XV of 1903 governs arrests and extradition from British India to India States. Detailed instructions regarding the extradition of criminals and foreign jurisdiction and the application of the Indian Extradiction Act are contained in Chapter 16, Volume III, Rules and Orders of the High Court of Judicature of Lahore.

(2)     The powers of pursuit of offenders conferred by section 58, Criminal Procedure Code do not cover pursuit into the territory of an Indian State; established custom and usage in respect of the relations between the British Government and such States, however, permits such pursuit, and requires the authorities of the States concerned to render all possible assistance in investigating cases, following up offenders and effecting their apprehension and detention pending the grant of extradition. Reciprocal arrangements have, however, been made with Jammu-Kashmir, Patiala, Jind, Nabha, Kapurthala, Faridkot, Malerkotla and Bikaner. Rules framed by the Governor-General in Council under the Indian Extradition Act and stated in Foreign and Political Department Notification No. 107-I, dated the 24th February, 1932, which appears as Appendix 26.10(2) of these rules. Officers of the Punjab Police entering Indian State territory in pursuit of offenders, or for purposes connected with an investigation, shall invariably inform the nearest police or other official of the State and summon him to their assistance at the earliest possible moment, and, pending the arrival of such assistance shall take only such action as is necessary to prevent the escape of offenders or the removal of stolen property. Though the right of pursuit is recognised by convention, no rights of search or arrest vest in police officers as such beyond the limits of British India. Searches for and arrests of persons and searches for property must, therefore, be carried out by the State police having jurisdiction, acting on the request of the police of British India.

(3)     Section 54 seventhly, Criminal Procedure Code, and Rule 28 of the rules made under section 39-A, Punjab Laws Act (IV of 1872), confer power upon police officers, village headmen and village watchmen to arrest persons suspected of having committed extraditable offences in Indian States. These powers may be exercised upon information received from any source including, the police of an Indian State. Persons so arrested shall be taken before a qualified magistrate without delay with a view to steps being taken for extradition.

(4)     Searches for property may be conducted only in accordance with sections 165, 166 or 96, Code of Criminal Procedure. When the police of an Indian State require such a search to be made in British India in connection with a case under their investigation, such search can only be conducted if the information is such as to warrant the police of the British District concerned opening an investigation of an offence punishable under section 411, Indian Penal Code or any other extraditable cognizable offence or on the obtaining by the police of the district of a search warrant under Section 96, Criminal Procedure Code. Pending the receipt of such warrant the district police shall place a watch on the house to be searched and take all other necessary steps to prevent the removal of the property. State police shall not be permitted to take any such action independently of the police of the district concerned.

(5)     General Rules framed by the Punjab Government and the Durbars of certain Indian States to secure co-operation between the police in adjoining jurisdictions are contained in Appendix 26.10(5). In respect of matters not covered by those rules and the preceding sub-rules, the principle that the police of Punjab districts have no jurisdiction in Indian States and the police of such States have no jurisdiction in British Districts must be strictly followed. The handing over of accused persons to the police not having such jurisdiction is strictly prohibited. When it is essential for the purposes of an investigation that an accused person should be sent to any place for the purposes of investigation, he shall be taken by the police who are legally entitled to his custody, and they shall be responsible for him in every respect. The attendance of witnesses from one jurisdiction to an investigation in another cannot be enforced.

(6)     All police officers shall at all times do all in their power to promote friendly relations and a spirit of co-operation with the police of Indian States. In the absence of such relations the limitation of jurisdiction must inevitably have harmful effects on the control of crime.

(7)     Whenever the police of one jurisdiction demand assistance from the police of another they shall cause an entry to be made in the dialy diary of the police station concerned.

 

26.11. Cancelled.

[68][26.12. Communication with authorities outside India.

Should an occasion arise on which a police officer desires to communicate with any authority outside India in respect of the detection or apprehension of an offender he should report the facts to the Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation Department.

26.13. Arrest of public servants.

Information of the intended arrest of a public servant shall, if possible, be given to such public servant’s immediate superior officer before the arrest is made; otherwise information shall be given immediately after arrest.

26.14. Arrest of persons belonging to the Indian Army and instructions regarding Military Criminal jurisdiction.

(1)     On the arrest by the police of a person subject to Military or Air Force law charged with the commission of an offence early intimation shall be sent to the Officer Commanding the unit to which such person belongs.

(2)     The general rules defining the procedure in the case of offences committed by persons subject to the Army or the Indian Army Act (VIII) of 1911, which can equally be tried by a court-martial or a criminal court, are contained in Appendix IX of the Regulations for the Army in India. Extracts from this appendix are given in Appendix 26.14(2) of these rules.

(3)     The procedure governing the delivery of an offender to the Civil Power as laid down in Regulations for the Army in India, is as follows :-

‘‘When a person subject to the Army Act commits an offence under conditions precluding trial by court-martial, or an offence of a grave nature, which could be equally tried by a court-martial or a civil court, against the person or the property of an individual unconnected with the army, his unit commander shall at once inform the police and the nearest magistrate and under the orders of the brigade commander the offender shall for an offence of the former class, and will ordinarily for an offence of the latter class, be handed over to the Civil Power for trial. After a person, subject to the Army Act, accused of an offence such as is referred to in proviso (a) to section 41 of the Army Act, has been handed over to the Civil Power for trial, the competent authority (see Appendix IX, Part II) may instruct the Advocate General to apply to the High Court for the committal or transfer of the case to the High Court under section 526-A of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898. (Paragraph 227 Regulations for the Army in India).

26.15. Detention of sarwan or camel of a camel cadre.

Cases of detention by the police of a sarwan or of a camel belonging to a camel cadre shall be reported by the officer in charge of the police station to the Commandant or nearest Indian Officer of the cadre within 12 hours, the reason for such detention being given.

 

26.16. Arrest of deserters.

(1)     Any police officer may, without an order from a magistrate, arrest any person reasonably suspected of being a deserter from His Majesty’s Army, Navy or Air Force.

(2)     A European deserter shall, if possible, be arrested by a European police officer, otherwise by a sufficient number of Indian Police Officers to discourage opposition.

(3)     If a sufficient escort can be given and the deserter proceeds quietly he shall not be handcuffed.

(4)     Deserters shall not be taken unnecessarily through crowded streets, bazaars and thoroughfares.

(5)     Upon arrest a European deserter shall be brought before a Justice of the Peace (Sections 154(1) and 190(35)(d) of Army Act and Section IX of Deserters from the Navy Act 10 and 11 Vict., C. 62). An Indian deserter should be brought before the nearest Magistrate or the nearest Military Commanding Officer when no Magistrate is readily accessible. All deserters shall, as soon as possible after arrest, be handed over to military custody.

(6)     A register of deserters in English in Form 28.16(6) shall be maintained by the head clerk in the office of each Superintendent of Police (See also Rule 22.54).

(7)     Descriptive rolls of deserters shall, if necessary, be published in the Criminal Intelligence Gazette in Form No. 26.16(7).

26.17. Arrests on warrants under Gambling Act.

Warrants issued under section 5, Act III of 1867, shall be executed or if not executed, shall be retuned to the magistrate or Superintendent who issued it, within a period of not more than 15 days from the date of issue. The Magistrate or Superintendent will then cancel the warrant, but a fresh warrant can be immediately applied for or issued, if necessary.

26.18. Arrests of civil prisoners.

Under the provisions of section 225-B, Indian Penal Code, the police are bound to arrest a civil prisoner who offers any resistance or illegal obstruction to his lawful apprehension, or who escapes or attempts to escape from lawful custody when such resistance, obstruction, escape or attempt to escape is an offence.

26.18-A. Arrest of women.

(1)     All arrests of women whether without warrant or with a warrant bailable or non-bailable shall be carried out by police officers not below the rank of assistant sub-inspector of police or, when no such officer can be made available, by a head constable in presence of responsible male relatives and village or town officials. Such arrests shall be specially reported in the manner prescribed in police Rule 24.12 and, when the arrest has been made by an officer of rank lower than assistant subinspector, the reason shall be clearly explained. Superintendents of Police shall forward special reports as required by police Rule 24.15, and a copy shall be sent to the Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Criminal Investigation Department, Punjab in those cases only in which the women is not sent to judicial custody or released on bail immediately.

Where bail is admissible the woman should not be detained longer than is necessary for the production of the bond or sureties. No applications for remand to police custody shall be made without the special order of gazetted officer.

(2)     No women in police custody shall be lodged even for a night in a police station except in unavoidable circumstances. They shall be placed at once before a Magistrate for remand to judicial custody, except where a remand to police custody is necessary and has been obtained in accordance with (1) above. Women remanded to judicial custody shall be immediately transferred to headquarters or properly equipped sub-divisional female judicial lock-ups. All remands to judicial custody shall be reported immediately to the District Magistrate. The gazetted officer supporting an application for remand to police custody shall be responsible for the taking of necessary measures for the same and decent custody of the prisoner. Where women in police custody have to be escorted about for the purpose of investigation the officer-incharge of the police party shall not be below the rank of assistant subinspector; provided that, when no assistant sub-inspector is posted to the police station concerned, a head constable may be placed in charge of the escort.

(3)     Women attending police investigations and enquiries as distinct from those under arrest shall on no account be detained in police stations or with the police any longer than is necessary for the record of the information which they are willing to give. In no case shall they remain with the police between sunset and sunrise. If it is necessary to take a woman witness about the countryside for identification, etc., she shall be accompanied by a responsible male relative or her zaildar, sufedposh, lambardar, mohalladar or other respectable male neighbour. Gazetted officers hearing and passing orders, on such cases shall take such steps as are necessary to ensure that the above orders are scrupulously observed.

26.19. Arrest of drunken persons.

A drunken person may only be arrested by a police officer in a road, street or thoroughfare, in a town or notified area to which Act V of 1861 applies and only when such person is drunk within the view of the police officer and behaves so as to cause obstruction, inconvenience, annoyance, risk, danger or damage to residents and passengers.

26.19-A. Stoppage of trains at non-stop stations to arrest persons.

On receipt of a requisition, in writing, from a magistrate or a police officer, not below gazetted rank a train shall be stopped by a station master at a station at which it is not booked to stop, with a view to effecting the arrest of a person or persons travelling by it. Such requests shall be made only in special and urgent cases [Authority : Railway Board Letter No. 3334-T, dated 29th July, 1932].

 

26.20. Transfer of arrested persons.

(1)     If a police officer lawfully arrests a person, without warrant, in a district in which the investigation, enquiry and trial cannot be held, and the offence is non-bailable or such person cannot give bail, he shall take or send such person before the District Magistrate or Ist Class Magistrate having jurisdiction over the area and obtain an order for the transfer of the prisoner to the district in which the offence was committed.

(2)     No accused or convicted person shall be taken in custody from one district to another or from one province to another, except under the written order or warrant of the magistrate or other lawful authority directing such transfer.

26.21. Bail and recognizance.

(1)     When a person accused of a bailable offence can give good and sufficient bail the police shall accept it unless the law requires such person to be brought before the magistrate having jurisdiction.

(2)     An officer in charge of a police station is empowered under Section 497(1), Code of Criminal Procedure to release on bail a person accused of a non-bailable offence (not punishable with death or transportation for life) whom he has arrested or detained without warrant. These powers are permissive and not obligatory and should be exercised with caution. The police officer must satisfy himself that the release on bail is not likely unduly to prejudice the prosecution or to be followed by the absconding of a person prima facie guilty.

(3)     An officer in charge of a police station shall, in accordance with section 497(2), Code of Criminal Procedure at any stage of an investigation release on bail or recognizance a person accused of a non-bailable offence when it appears that there are no reasonable grounds for believing that a non-bailable offence has been committed by him, although sufficient grounds may exist for further investigation.

(4)     Before any person is released on bail or recognizance due regard should be paid to the provisions of sections 498 and 499, Code of Criminal Procedure.

(5)     In every case of release on bail or recognizance, whether under section 169 or section 497, Code of Criminal Procedure, full reasons shall be recorded in a case diary, and the police officer concerned shall preserve the bond [Form 26.21(5)] until it is discharged either by the appearance of the accused person or by the order of a competent court.

(6)     No police officer has power to re-arrest an accused person who has been released on bail under section 497, Code of Criminal Procedure. When rearrest is deemed necessary, the police shall apply to a competent court for the cancellation of the bail bond and the issue of a warrant in accordance with the provisions of section 497(5) Code of Criminal Procedure.

26.21-A. Classification of under-trial prisoners.

Under-trial prisoners are divided into two classes based on previous standard of living. The classifying authority is the trying court subject to the approval of the District Magistrate; but during the period before a prisoner is brought before a competent court, discretion shall be exercised by the officer-in-charge of the Police Station concerned to classify him as either ‘better class’ or ‘ordinary’. Only those prisoners should be classified provisionally as ‘better class’ who by social status, education or habit of life have been accustomed to a superior mode of living. The fact, that the prisoner is to be tried for the commission of any particular class of offence is not to be considered. The possession of a certain degree of literacy is in itself not sufficient for ‘better class’ classification and no under-trial prisoner shall be so classified whose mode of living does not appear to the Police Officer concerned to have been definitely superior to that of the ordinary run of the population, whether urban or rural. Undertrial prisoners classified as ‘better class’ shall be given the diet on the same scale as prescribed for A and B class convict prisoners in Rule 26.27(1).

[69][26.22. Conditions in which handcuffs to be used.

(1)     Subject to the provisions of sub-rule (2), a person who is to be escorted in Police custody, whether under police arrest of on remand or under trial shall be handcuffed if there is material sufficiently stringent to satisfy a reasonable mind that there is clear and present danger of escape by breaking out of the police control and further that even by breaking out of the police control and further that even by adding to the escort party or by adopting any other strategy he cannot be kept under control :

Provided that no person shall be handcuffed -

(i)       If by reason of age or other infirmity he does not appear to be in health capable of offering effective resistance;

(ii)      in routine or merely for the convenience of the escort party;

(iii)     on the vague surmises or general averments that he is a crook or desperado, rowdy or maniac.

(2)     The discretion to use handcuffs shall be exercised in a bona fide and judicious manner and reasons for handcuffing shall be recorded in the Station Daily Diary and where a person so handcuffed is produced in Court the escorting officer shall forthwith furnish a copy of the reasons so recorded to the Presiding Officer of the Court.]

26.23. Conditions in which use of handcuffs may be dispensed with.

(1)     Prisoners shall not be handcuffed while confined in a lock-up except as provided in rule 26.4(3).

(2)     The handcuffs of prisoners in court shall be removed only as provided in Rule 27.12(2).

(3)     A prisoner who is charged only under Section 124-A or 153-A of the Indian Penal Code shall not be handcuffed unless he is already undergoing sentence or the officer commanding the escort has definite reason for believing that such prisoner comes within the category described in Rule 26.22(e) or (f).

26.24. Security of handcuffs.

When handcuffs are used, the senior officer present shall be responsible that they fit properly and that the prisoner cannot get at the key.

26.25. Arrest of sick or wounded persons.

(1)     If wounded, or seriously ill, and in need of medical attendance, a person accused of a non-bailable offence, or unable to furnish bail in a bailable offence, shall, if possible, be conveyed to the prison hospital at the district headquarters or to a neighbouring dispensary.

(2)     The police shall take measures to ensure his safe custody in hospital and the magistrate having jurisdiction shall be asked to grant a remand, and, if necessary, to examine such person.

(3)     If such person cannot be moved without risk of his life, the magistrate having jurisdiction shall be asked to record his statement at the place where he is lying.

26.26. Production of accused before magistrate within 24 hours.

(1)     The case of an accused person sent in custody for trial shall be brought before the Court having jurisdiction as soon as possible after the arrival of the accused person at the station at which the court sits.

(2)     In no case shall an accused person arriving in custody on a close holiday, or after the courts have risen, be placed in the police lock-up for more than 24 hours.

If the second day after arrival is a close holiday application for remand shall be made immediately.

(3)     If an accused person is in custody charged with an offence in which bail may be taken by the police it shall be the duty of the police to facilitate any attempt to find bail for such person.

26.27. Diet of accused persons.

(1)     Officers in charge of police stations shall arrange for the dieting of such accused persons arrested by the police as do not provide their own diet. The sum expected on the diet of each individual shall not exceed the scale prescribed from time to time by the local Government.

The police shall provide for dieting on, and from, the date of arrest to, and for, the date on which the accused is placed in the magisterial lock-up.

Under-trial prisoners classified as ‘better class’ shall be given the diet on the same scale as prescribed for A and B Class convict prisoners. Under-trial prisoners classified as ‘ordinary’ shall be given diet on the same scale as prescribed for ‘C’ class convict prisoners. Under-trial prisoners in either class shall be allowed to supplement this diet by private purchase through the Police authorities. The dietary prescribed for A, B and C class convicts in jails is given in Appendix No. 26.27(1). It is recognised that all Police Stations may not be able to adhere strictly to the dietary laid down, but efforts should be made to approximate to it as nearly as possible. The cost should not exceed Rs. 0-8-6 per diem in the case of vegetarians and Rs. 0-10-3 per diem in the case of meat-eaters.

When an under-trail prisoner in Police custody is being transferred from place to place, his dietary in transit should be approximately of the same type as that laid down in Appendix No. 26.27(1) and the cost should not exceed annas 8 pies 6 or annas 10 pies 3.

(2)     Diet money expended under this rule shall be recovered from the Judicial Department in accordance with Rule 10.109 at the time of presenting the charge-sheet. If expenditure is considerable owing to the number of persons arrested in a case, or owing to remand in police custody being granted, intermediate applications for refund, supported by an explanation of the circumstances, may be made through the prosecuting branch to the magistrate having jurisdiction in the case.

(3)     All food brought for a prisoner by relatives or friends shall be made over to the police station clerk or head constable in command of the guard and shall be examined for prohibited or injurious articles. After such examination the food shall be given to the prisoner by a police officer. The person bringing the food shall have no access to the prisoner.

(4)     In the report in the station daily diary regarding the first admission of a prisoner to lock-up, it shall be stated whether he is to be dieted at Government expense or by friends. In the latter case the name of the person who undertakes responsibility for the prisoner’s feeding shall be entered.

 

26.28. Interviews with prisoners.

(1)     No person shall be allowed to communicate in any way with a prisoner in a police lock-up without the permission of the officer-incharge of the police station (as defined in section 4(p), Criminal Procedure Code), or written authority from a judicial or superior police officer.

(2)     Authorized interviews shall take place in the presence and hearing of the police sentry and the interviewer shall stand sufficiently far from the bars of the lock-up to prevent physical contact or the passage of prohibited articles between him and the prisoner. When a lawyer wishes to consult and advise a prisoner confidentially as to the conduct of his case, the prisoner may be removed from the lock-up and allowed to sit apart with his lawyer, but within the precincts of the police station and in the sight of the sentry. At the conclusion of such an interview the prisoner shall be searched as provided in sub-rule 26.3(2).

26.29. Orders to be hung up outside lock-ups.

A printed copy, in English and Urdu, of Rules 26.3, 26.27 and 26.28 shall be hung up outside every police lock-up as a standing order for sentries and for the information of the public.

26.30. Diet and expenses of witnesses.

The instructions regarding the advancing of diet money and travelling expenses to witnesses contained in rule 27.28 shall be strictly followed in all police stations.

26.31. Death in police custody.

(1)     When any person dies while in the custody of the police, the officer-in-charge of the guard, escort or police station, as the case may be, shall make an immediate report of the fact to the nearest magistrate empowered to hold inquests (Section 176, Code of Criminal Procedure).

(2)     For the purposes of this rule, a prisoner in a magisterial lock-up is considered to be in the custody of the turn key and a prisoner in prison or prison camp in the custody of the jailer.

 

26.32. Identification of suspects.

(1)     The following rules shall be strictly observed in confronting arrested suspects with the witnesses who claim to be able to identify them.

(a)      [70][The suspects, who are to be subjected to an identification parade, shall be informed about it at the time of their arrest to enable them to take necessary precautions by way of keeping their faces covered and a request shall be made to the Magistrate to record a note in the remand papers regarding such precautions having been taken by them so as to eliminate any subsequent objection by the suspects that they had been shown to the witnesses before the identification parade was held. The proceedings shall be conducted by a Magistrate or, if no Magistrate is available and the case is of great urgency then, by Sarpanch who may summon one or two independent and literate, if possible, persons of reliable character, not interested in the case to assist him and to certify that the identification has been conducted under conditions precluding collusion. Such proceedings shall not be conducted by a Police Officer. The Police Officer concerned before inviting a Sarpanch to conduct the proceedings must ensure that the Sarpanch is not biased or interested in or against the accused or suspect and that he understands the rules of the proceedings. Every effort should be made to secure the presence of a Magistrate and services of Sarpanch only secured when absolutely necessary. In the absence of a Sarpanch, a Lambardar may be invited to do the needful.]

(b)      Arrangements shall be made, whether the proceedings are being held inside a jail or elsewhere, to ensure that the identifying witnesses shall be kept separate from each other and at such a distance from the place of identification as shall render it impossible for them to see the suspects or any of the persons concerned in the proceedings, until they are called up to make their identification.

(c)      Identification shall be carried out as soon as possible after the arrest of the suspects.

(d)      The suspects shall be placed among other persons similarly dressed and of the same religion and social status, in the proportion of 8 or 9 such persons to one suspect. Each witness shall then be brought up separately to attempt his identification. Care shall be taken that the remaining witnesses are still kept out of sight and hearing and that no opportunity is permitted for communications to pass between witnesses who have been called up and those who have not. If it is desired, through fear of revenge or for other adequate reasons, that witnesses shall not be seen by the suspects, arrangements shall be made for the former, when called up to stand behind a screen or be otherwise placed so that they can see clearly without being seen.

(e)      [71][The results of the tests shall be recorded by the Magistrate or other person conducting the test in Form 26.32(1)(e) as each witness views the suspect. On conclusion, the Magistrate or the Sarpanch or the Lambardar and the witnesses, if any, shall sign the form and certify that the test has been carried out correctly and that no collusion between the police and witnesses or among the witnesses themselves was possible. It is advisable that, whenever possible, an independent and reliable person, un-connected with the Police, should be present throughout the proceedings at the place where the witnesses are kept, and should be required to devote his attention to the prevention of collusion. It is important that once the arrangements for the proceedings have been undertaken, no police officer whatsoever shall have any access whatever either to the suspects or to the witnesses.]

(2)     Proceedings of the nature described above are extra-judicial. It is not the duty of the officer conducting them or of the independent witnesses to record statements or cross-examine either suspects or identifying witnesses, but they should be requested to question the latter as to the circumstances in which they saw the suspect whom they claim to identify, and to record the answer in column 4 of the form. While every precaution shall be taken to prevent collusion, the identifying witnesses must be given a fair chance, and conditions must not be imposed, which would make it impossible for a person honestly capable of making an identification to do so. In this connection attention is invited to paragraph 814 of the Punjab Jail Manual, which strictly prohibits the alteration in any way of the personal appearance of unconvicted prisoners, so as to make it difficult to recognise them.

APPENDIX No. 26.10(2)[72]

RULES FOR THE PURSUIT AND ARREST IN BRITISH INDIA OF PERSONS ACCUSED OF OFFENCES COMMITTED IN INDIAN STATES.

Foreign and Political Department Notification No. 107-I, dated New Delhi, the 24th February, 1932.

IN exercise of the powers conferred by section 22 of the Indian Extradition Act, 1903 (XV of 1903), and in suppression of the notification of the Government of India in the Foreign and Political Department, No. 505-I, dated the 13the August, 1931, the Governor-General in Council is pleased to make the following rules to provide for the pursuit and arrest in British India of persons accused of offences committed elsewhere :-

1.        When a person accused of having committed in a State specified in the first schedule hereto, an offence which, if committed in British India, would be punishable under a section of the India Penal Code specified in the second schedule hereto, enters British India with members of the police force of that State in pursuit, the pursuing party may, subject to the provisions hereinafter contained, continue to pursuit into, and arrest the fugitive in British India.

2.        The authorisation conferred by rule (1) shall not be operative unless -

(a)      the pursuing party includes at least one officer holding in the State police force a rank not lower than the rank corresponding with that of a head constable of police in British India, and

(b)      the circumstances are such that an application for the continuance of the pursuit and the effecting of the arrest by the British Indian police would prejudice the prospects of effecting the arrest of the fugitive.

3.        If, when the pursuing party has continued the pursuit into British India under the authority to clause (b) of rule 2, it becomes possible to communicate with the British Indian Police before the fugitive has been arrested and without prejudice to the prospects of effecting his arrest, the pursing party shall forthwith communicate with the British Indian Police.

4.        A person arrested by the State Police under the authority of these rules shall forthwith be conveyed to the nearest place in which an officer of the British Indian Police is known to be and shall be handed over to the British Indian Police in that place.

FIRST SCHEDULE

PART A.

States permanently included in the Schedule.

1. Hyderabad

2. Mysore.

3. Kashmir.

4. Gwalior.

5. Sikkim

5-A. Baroda.

Central India

6.

Indore.

7.

Bhopal.

8.

Rewa.

9.

Nagod.

10.

Maihar.

11.

Orchha.

12.

Datia.

13.

Samthar.

14.

Panna.

15.

Charkhari.

16.

Ajaigarh.

17.

Bijawar.

18.

Baoni.

19.

Chhatarpur.

20.

Dewas Senior Branch.

21.

Dewas Junior Branch.

22.

Jaora.

23.

Sitamau.

24.

Sailana.

25.

Rutlam.

25-A. Dhar.

25-B. Barwani.

Rajputana.

26.

Alwar.

27.

Bikaner.

28.

Bharatpur.

29.

Dholpur.

20.

Kotah.

31.

Jaipur.

32.

Jodhpur.

33.

Tonk.

Punjab

34. Patiala.

35. Jind.

36. Nabha.

37. Kapurthala.

38. Sirmoor.

39. Malerkotla.

40. Faridkot.

States of Western India.

41.

Cutch.

42.

Junagadh.

43.

Nawanagar.

44.

Bhavanagar.

45.

Porbandar.

46.

Dhrangadhra.

47.

Palanpur.

48.

Radhanpur.

49.

Morvi.

50.

Gondal.

51.

Jafrabad.

52.

Dharol.

53.

Limbdi.

54.

Wadhwan.

55.

Lakhtar.

56.

Vala.

57.

Jasdan.

58.

Manvadar.

59.

Thana Devli.

60.

Vadia.

61.

Lathi.

62.

Muli.

63.

Virpur.

64.

Malia.

65.

Kotda-Sangani.

66.

D.S. Vala Mula Suraj of Jetpur.

67. D.S. Vala Rawat Ram of Bilkha.

 

68.Patdi.

 

69. Tharad.

 

70. Wao.

 

71. M.S. Jorawarkhanji’s State Varahi.

 

72. Thana areas and the Civil Stations of Wadhwan and Rajkot in the Western India States Agency.

 

 

Madras.

 

 

73.     Travancore.

74.     Cochin.

75.     Pudukottah.

 

Bombay.

 

76.     Savantvadi.

77.     Jath.

78.     Savanur.

79.     Cambay.

80.     Janjira.

81.     Kolhapur.

82.     Mudhol.

83.     Sangli.

84.     Miraj (Senior).

85.     Miraj (Junior).

86.     Jamkhandi.

87.     Kurundwad (Senior).

88.     Kurundwad (Junior).

89.     Ramdurg.

90.     Idar.

91.     Vijayanagar.

92.     Danta.

93.     Mansa.

94.     Malpur.

95.     Surgana.

96.     Bhor.

97.     Rajpipla.

98.     Chhota Udepur.

99.     Lunawada.

100.    Sant.

101.    Kadana.

102.    Bhadarwa.

103.    Sanjeli.

104.    Jambughoda.

105.    Aundh.

106.    Phaltan.

107.    Akalkot.

108.    Khairpur.

109.    Bansda.

110.    Dharampur.

111.    Jawhar.

112.    Administered areas comprised in the Thana Circles and Sadra Bazar.

113.    Sankeda Mewas.

114.    Pandu Mewas.

 

 

Bengal

 

115.    Cooch Behar.

116.    Tripura.

 

 

 

 

117.

 

Benaras.

United Provinces.

118.

Tehri.

 

 

119.

 

Athgarh.

Eastern State Agency :-

120.

Athmallik.

 

121.

Bamra.

 

122.

Baramba.

 

123.

Bastar.

 

124.

Baudh.

 

125.

Bonai.

 

126.

Changbhakar.

 

127.

Chhuikhadan.

 

128.

Despalla.

 

129.

Dhenkanal.

 

130.

Gangpur.

 

131.

Hindol.

 

132.

Jashpur.

 

133.

Kalahandi.

 

134.

Kanker.

 

135.

Kawardha

 

136.

Keonjhar.

 

137.

Khairagarh.

 

138.

Khandpara.

 

139.

Kharsawan.

 

140.

Korea.

 

141.

Mayurbhanj.

 

142.

Nandgaon.

 

143.

Narsinghpur.

 

144.

Nayagarh.

 

145.

Nilgiri.

 

146.

Pal-Lahara.

 

147.

Patna.

 

148.

Raigarh.

 

149.

Rairakhol.

 

150.

Ranpur.

 

151.

Sakti.

 

152.

Sarangarh.

 

153.

Seraikela.

 

154.

Sonepur.

 

155.

Surguja.

 

156.

Talcher.

 

157.

Tigiria.

 

158.

Udaipur.

 

 

 

Assam

158-A. Cooch Behar.

159-B. Tripura.

159. Nanipur.


 

Part B.

States included in the schedule for the period terminating on the date specified against each.

State

Date of termination

Baria

Ist January

Ali-rajpur

Ist October

 

 

SECOND SCHEDULE.

List of sections of the Indian Penal Code -

Sections 300, 302, 303, 304, 307, 308, 311, 382, 392, 393, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 399, 400, 401 and 402.

 

APPENDIX No. 26.10(5)[73]

RULES FOR SYSTEMATIZING CO-OPERATION BETWEEN THE BRITISH POLICE AND THE POLICE OF THE JAMMU-KASHMIR, KAPURTHALA AND MALERKOTLA STATES.

7.             The office-in-charge of police stations of the Jammu Kashmir State and the abovenoted States and to British police stations bordering on the State shall pay periodical visits to one another and exchanging information regarding crime and criminals, and afford every assistance to parties pursuing offenders over the border.

8.             The Jammu-Kashmir State and the above-noted States shall depute the Superintendent of the State Police, or some other official engaged in the investigation of criminal matters to meet the Superintendents of Police of adjoining British Districts on the border, twice a year, to discuss arrangements for the prevention and detention of crime, and to bring to notice any instances of neglect on the part of their subordinate police, to give prompt and efficient assistance to the party requiring it. Should any serious fault be found with any State Officer-in-charge of the police station or other official, the Superintendents of Police shall address the State Vakil, if one exists, or the Political Secretary of the State.

9.             With a view to keeping a check on their subordinates, the Superintendents of Police of the British district, and the Superintendent of the State Police, or other officer appointed by the State, shall send intimation to one another direct of all cases in which the subordinates of either party had occasion to call for assistance from the other.

10.          Arrangements shall be made for watching the fords and ferries with a view to intercepting cattle thieves and other criminals.

11.          Lists of persons residing in the Jammu-Kashmir and above-noted States who are suspected of committing offences in British territory shall be prepared by the British police, and similar lists of British subjects suspected of depredating in the Jammu-Kashmir and other above-noted territory shall be prepared by the State police.

12.          In addition to the lists mentioned in 5 above lists of the names of persons of both sides of the border, who are in the habit of demanding bhunga for the restoration of stolen property shall be prepared.

 

13.          The lists above referred to shall be revised at least once a year.

14.          Every six months, lists of British subjects convicted in the Indian States shall be published in the Police Gazette, these lists will be furnished by the Jammu-Kashmir State, and other above-noted States and the Superintendent of Police of British districts concerned shall similarly furnish the Indian States direct with lists of the subjects of such States who have been convicted in British India.

15.          Copies of the Punjab Police Gazette for every police station in the Jammu-Kashmir and other above-noted States will be supplied by the Central Police Office, Punjab, direct to the headquarters of such States.

16.          Notices of proclaimed offenders and of other matters affecting the prevention and detection of crime, which the State Officials desire to circulate, shall be sent direct to the office of the Inspector-General of Police, Punjab, for publication in the Police Gazette.

17.         The Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Punjab, and the Inspector-General of Police, Jammu and Kashmir State, shall meet once a year at such place as may be arranged between them to discuss any difficulties experienced by the State in giving effect to the system of co-operation above suggested, and to arrange any points of difference which may arise between the British police and the police of the State.

Note. Failure to co-operate on the part of the officials of Indian States should be brought to the immediate notice of the District Magistrate, who will, when necessary, report the matter to the Political Officer deputed to the State or to the Punjab Government, as the case may be.

RULES FOR SYSTEMATIZING CO-OPERATION BETWEEN THE BRITISH POLICE AND THE POLICE OF THE THREE STATES OF PATIALA, NABHA AND FARIDKOT.

Co-operation of Police.

1.             The Sub-Inspectors of the Patiala, Nabha and Faridkot States and of the British police stations bordering on those States shall pay periodical visits to one another, and exchange information regarding crime and criminals, and afford every assistance to parties pursuing offenders over the border.

2.             The Superintendents of Police of the three States and of the adjoining British districts shall meet as may be arranged, at least twice a year, to discuss arrangements for the prevention and detection of crime, and to bring to notice any instances of neglect on the part of their subordinate police to give prompt and efficient assistance to the party requiring it.

3.             With a view to keeping a check on their subordinates, the Superintendents of Police of the British districts and of the three States shall send intimation to one another direct of all cases in which the subordinates of one party had occasion to call for assistance from the other.

4.             Arrangements shall be made in each territory for watching roads and railway stations with a view to intercepting cattle thieves and other criminals.

5.             Lists of persons residing in either British or State territory who (a) are suspected of depredating in other territory, or (b) are in the habit of demanding ‘‘bhunga’’ for the restoration of stolen property, together with lists of witnesses against each offender, shall be prepared by the police of the three States and of the adjoining British districts. These lists should be supplemented by a brief summary of evidence against the persons entered therein.

6.             The lists referred to in rule 5 shall be sent once yearly before 1st November to the Superintendents of the British districts direct by the heads of the Police Department of the three States and to the Heads of the Police Department of the three States direct by the Superintendents of Police of the British districts.

 

7.             Every six months lists of British subjects convicted in the three States shall be published in the Police Gazette. These lists will be furnished by the Heads of the Police Departments of the three States, and the Superintendents of Police of adjoining British districts shall similarly furnish the three States direct with lists of the State subjects who have been convicted in British India.

8.             Every effort shall be made by the police of each jurisdiction to secure the attendance in the other jurisdictions of witnesses whose evidence is required in investigations in progress therein.

9.             Copies of the Gazette for the use of every police station in the three States will be supplied by the Central Police Office, Punjab, direct to the headquarters of the State.

10.          Notices of offenders proclaimed for extraditable offences and other matters affecting the prevention and determination of crime, which the State officials desire to circulate, shall be sent direct to the Superintendents of Police of the British districts especially concerned, and shall also be sent to the office of the Inspector-General of Police, Punjab, for publication in the Police Gazette.

11.          The Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Punjab, and the administrative officers controlling the Police Departments of the three States shall, if any of them desire it, meet once a year at such place, as may be arranged between them, to ascertain any difficulties experienced by the three States in giving effect to the system of co-operation above prescribed, and to endeavour to arrange any points of difference which may arise between the British and the State police.

Co-operation of Magistrates.

12.          A Ist class Magistrate deputed by the Deputy Commissioner of the district concerned and a Ist class Magistrate deputed by the State concerned shall meet once a year during the touring season at a place to the settled between them by direct correspondence with a view to taking security from the persons named in the lists referred to in rule 5. The Magistrate deputed by the Deputy Commissioner of the British district shall previously issue orders to the sub-inspectors to bring before his court the persons accused in the State lists and residing in British territory, together with the witnesses, and the State Magistrate shall similarly procure the presence of persons named in the British list and residing in the State, and after meeting each Magistrate shall within his own jurisdiction try such persons with a view to taking security from them.

13.          At these meetings the Magistrates will discuss any pending question and will decide such as are within their powers.


RULES FOR SYSTEMATIZING CO-OPERATION BETWEEN THE BRITISH AND THE BAHAWALPUR STATE POLICE

Co-operation of Police.

1.             The sub-inspectors of the Bahawalpur State and of the British police stations bordering on that State shall pay periodical visits to one another, and exchange information regarding crime and criminals, and afford assistance to parties pursuing offences over the borders.

2.             The Superintendent of the State Police and the Superintendent of Police of the British district shall meet on the border at least once a year to discuss arrangements for the prevention and detection of crime and to bring to notice any instances of neglect on the part of their subordinate police to give prompt and efficient assistance to the party requiring it.

3.             With a view to keeping a check on their subordinates, the Superintendents of Police of the British districts and of three States shall send intimation to one another direct of all cases in which the subordinates of one party had occasion to call for assistance from the others.

4.             Arrangements shall be made in each territory for watching the fords and ferries with a view to intercepting cattle thieves and other criminal.

5.             Every six months lists of British subjects convicted in the State shall be published in the Police Gazette. These lists shall be furnished by the Bahawalpur State, and the Superintendent of Police shall similarly furnish the State direct with the lists of the subjects of the State who have been convicted in British India.

6.             Every effort should be made by the police of each jurisdiction to secure the attendance in the other jurisdiction of witnesses whose evidence is requisite in investigations in progress therein.

7.             Copies of the Gazette for every police station in the Bahawalpur State will be supplied by the Central Police office direct to the headquarters of the State.

8.             Notices of proclaimed offenders, and other matters affecting the prevention and detention of crime which the State officials desire to circulate, shall be sent direct to the Superintendents of Police of the British districts especially concerned, and shall also be sent to the office of the Inspector-General of Police, Punjab, for publication in the Police Gazette.

9.             The Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Punjab, and the administrative officer controlling the Police Department of the State shall, if either of them desires it, meet once a year at such place as may be arranged between them to ascertain any difficulties experienced by the State in giving effect to the system of co-operation above prescribed and to endeavour to arrange any points of difference which may arise between the British police and the police of the State.

10.          On or before December 1st in each year the Superintendents of Police of Dera Ghazi Khan and the Bahawalpur State shall send to the District Magistrate of Sukkur or the Upper Sind Frontier, as the case may be, a list of persons residing in Sind territory who are accused of habitually committing crimes over the border or of taking or demanding money for the restoration of property stolen over the border. With this list they shall send a brief summary of the evidence against each person. The Superintendent of Police, Sukkur and Upper Sind Frontier, shall send similar lists and summaries by the same date to the District Magistrate, Dera Ghazi Khan, and the Foreign Minister, Bahawalpur State.

11.          The District Magistrates of the Sukkur, Upper Sind Frontier and Dera Ghazi Khan and the Foreign Minister of Bahawalpur State shall every year, depute a first class Magistrate to hold a court in February as near as possible to the border for the trial of the persons so accused. Magistrates on the opposite sides of the border shall arrange to hold their courts as near as possible to one another. Cases which cannot be otherwise disposed of should be discussed at meetings between the Magistrates involved, but other cases should be disposed of as promptly as possible by the Magistrate principally concerned.

12.          The police on either side of the border shall be responsible for the production of any accused persons or witnesses residing within their jurisdiction after due issue of warrants or summons by the trying Magistrates.

13.          The provisions of Rules 10 to 12 will also apply mutatis mutandis to the other British districts concerned and the Bahawalpur State.

 

RULES FOR SYSTEMATIZING CO-OPERATION BETWEEN THE BRITISH POLICE AND THE POLICE OF THE KAPURTHALA AND MALERKOTLA STATES.

1.             The officers-in-charge of police stations of the Kapurthala and Melarkotla States and of British police stations bordering in those States shall pay periodical visits to one another and exchange information regarding crime and criminals, and afford every assistance to parties pursing offenders over the border.

2.             The Kapurthala and Malerkotla States shall depute the Superintendent of the State Police, or some other official engaged in the administration of criminal matters, to meet the Superintendents of Police of adjoining British districts on the border twice a year, to discuss arrangements for the prevention and detection of crime, and to bring to notice any instances of neglect on the part of their subordinate police, to give prompt and efficient assistance to the party requiring it; and should any serious fault be found with any State officer-in-charge of the police station or other official, the Superintendent of Police shall address the State Vakil, through the Deputy Commissioner of the district.

3.             With a view to keeping a check on their subordinates, the Superintendents of Police of the British district, and the Superintendent of the State Police, or other officer appointed by the State, shall send intimation to one another direct of all cases in which the subordinates of either party had occasion to call for assistance from the other.

4.             Arrangements shall be made for watching the fords and ferries with a view to intercepting cattle thieves and other criminals.

5.             Lists of persons residing in the Kapurthala and Malerkotla States who are suspected to committing offences in British territory shall be prepared by the British police, and similar lists of British subjects suspected of depredating in the abovenoted States territory shall be prepared by the State police.

6.             In addition to the lists mentioned in 5 above, lists of the names of persons of both sides of the border who are in the habit of demand bhunga for the restoration of stolen property shall be prepared.

7.             A special Magistrate and a special police officer shall be deputed from the British district concerned, and from the State to make enquiries regarding the persons mentioned in the lists alluded to in 5 and 6 above, with a view to their taking security from such persons.

8.             The lists above referred to shall be revised at least once a year, and every cold weather the measures ordered in 7 shall be repeated.

9.             Every six months list of British subjects convicted in the above-mentioned States shall be published in the Police Gazette; these lists will be furnished by States, and the Superintendent of Police shall similarly furnish the Indian States direct with lists of the subjects of such States who have been convicted in British India.

10.          Copies of the Police Gazette for every police station in the above-noted States will be supplied by the Central Police direct to the headquarters of such States.

11.          Notices of proclaimed offences and of other matters affecting the prevention and detection of crime, which the State officials desire to circulate, shall be sent direct to the office of the Inspector-General of Police, Punjab, for publication in the Police Gazette.

12.          The Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Punjab, and the Foreign Minister of the State shall meet once a year at such place as may be arranged between them to ascertain any difficulties experienced by the State in giving effect to the system of co-operation above suggested, and to endeavour to arrange any point of difference which may arise between the British Police and the police of State.

Note. Failure to co-operate on the part of the officials of Indian States should be brought to the immediate notice of the District Magistrate, who will, when necessary, report the matter to the Political Officer to whom the State is, subordinate, or to the Punjab Government, as the case may be.


APPENDIX No. 26.14(2).
[74]

Extract from appendix ix to the regulations for the army in india.

PART I.

CIVIL OFFENCES COMMITTED BY PERSONS SUBJECT TO MILITARY LAW.

1.             The following are triable exclusively by civil court (except on active service, etc.) :-

Civil offences which a court-martial is debarred from trying under the provision of the Army Act or Indian Army Act (of section 41, Army Act and 41, Indian Army Act).

2.             The following should preferably be tried by civil court (except on active service, etc.):-

(a)           Civil offences (which may also be military offences e.g., thefts, frauds) committed in conjunction with persons not subject to military law;

(b)          Civil offences not suitable for trial by court-martial on account of the special nature of the case (e.g. complicated frauds) or on account of difficult legal technicalities being involved; and

(c)           Civil offences in which military interests are not directly involved (e.g., burglary in a civil establishment).

PART II.

Initiation Oo Criminal Proceedings in Civil Courts.

1.             Criminal proceedings against persons subject to military law may be initiated by :-

(a)           the police on the compliant of a civilian or on arrest by them for a cognizable offence :

(b)          the military on reporting to the police or to a Magistrate that a civil offence has been committed;

(c)           a Magistrate taking cognizance suo motu or on the complaint of a private individual.

In cases (a) and (c) the military may (i) decline to interfere with the course of the civil law or (ii) claim the accused for trial or, if the offender is already in military custody, order trial, by court-martial, if the accused is legally liable thereto.

In a case failing under (b), the military will not take any further action unless in their opinion -

(a)           the complaint is wrongly dismissed or the accused is wrongly discharged by the civil court, or

(b)          the accused is acquitted by the civil court but is liable on the same alleged, facts to be tried for a purely military offence for which he could not have been tried by the civil court.

In any of these cases it will be open to the military to bring the accused before a court martial.

During the investigation stage, the military may in suitable cases intervene, with the concurrence of the police and magistrate and claim the accused for trial by court-martial.

 


 

See also Home Department Notification No. F.465-28, dated the 17th June, 1928, in Part III below.

If the case is one that must or should be tried by civil court (vide Part I above), it should be handed over to the civil power at the earliest possible stage.

2.             Criminal proceedings against persons not subject to military law must be initiated in accordance with the provisions of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898, by report to the police or complaint to a magistrate.

(The above instructions must not be interpreted as forbidding or discouraging that close and personal co-operation between military and civil officials which is essential in matters involving the discipline and welfare of the Army).

PART III.

procedure in cases of civil offences committed by persons subject to the Army Act.

Home Department Notification No. F. 102/35, dated the 12th March, 1935.

In exercise of the powers, conferred by sub-section (1) of section 549 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898 (Act V of 1898), and in supersession of the Notification of the Government of India in the Home Department, No. F./465/28, dated the 27th June, 1928, the Governor-General in Council is pleased to make the following rules as to cases in which persons subject to military, naval or air force law shall be tried by a court to which the said Code applies, or by a Court-Martial, namely :-

1.             Where a person subject to a military, naval or air force law is brought before a Magistrate and charged with an offence for which he is liable to be tried by a court-martial, such Magistrate shall not proceed to try such person, or to issue orders for his case to be referred to a Bench, or to inquire with a view to his commitment for trial by the Court of Sessions or the High Court for any offence triable by such Court, unless -

(a)           he is of opinion, for reasons to be recorded, that he should so proceed without being moved thereto by competent military, naval or air force authority, or

(b)          he is moved thereto by such authority.

2.             Before proceeding under clause (a) of rule 1 the Magistrate shall give notice to the Commanding Officer of the accused and, until the expiry of a period of five days from the date of the service of such notice he shall not -

(a)           acquit or convict the accused under Sections 243, 245, 247 or 248 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898, (Act V of 1898), or hear him in his defence under section 244 of the said Code; or

(b)          frame in writing a charge against the accused under Section 254 of the said Code; or

(c)           make an order committing the accused for trial by the High Court or the Court of Sessions under Section 213 or sub-section (1) of Section 446 of the said Code; or

(d)          issue orders under sub-section (1) of Section 445 of the said Code for the case to be referred to a Bench.

3.             Where within the period of five days mentioned in Rule 2, or at any time thereafter before the Magistrate has done any act or issued any order referred to in that rule, the Commanding Officer of the accused gives notice to the Magistrate that, in the opinion of competent military, naval or air force authority as the case may be, the accused should be tried by a court-martial the Magistrate shall stay proceedings and, if the accused is in his control, shall deliver him with the statement prescribed by Section 549 of the said Code to the authority specified in the said section.

 

4.             Where a Magistrate has been moved by competent military, naval or air force authority as the case may be, under clause (b) of Rule 1, and the Commanding Officer of the accused subsequently gives notice to such Magistrate that in the opinion of such authority, the accused should be tried by a court-martial, such Magistrate, if he has not before receiving such notice done any act or issued any order referred to in Rule 2 shall stay proceedings and, if the accused is in his power or under his power or under his control, shall in the like manner deliver him, with the statement prescribed in Section 549 of the said Code to the authority specified in the said section.

5.             Where an accused person, having been delivered by the Magistrate under Rule 3 or 4, is not tried by a court-martial for the offence of which he is accused, or other effectual proceedings are not taken, or ordered to be taken, against him, the Magistrate shall report the circumstances to the Local Government.

6.             In these rules ‘‘competent military authority’’ means the Brigade Commander, ‘‘competent naval authority’’ means the Flag Officer Commanding, Royal Indian Navy, and ‘‘competent Air Force in India’’.


PART IV.

Procedure in Cases of Civil Offences Committed by Persons Subject to Indian Army Act.

1.             An offence committed against the person or property of a civilian cannot as a rule be tried by court-martial.

2.             Offences under the Indian Army Act, Sections 27(d), 35(a), (b), 39(b), (d), 41 and 42, as well as most offences under Section 31, can be tried by a court-martial or a civil court.

3.             The procedure in a case where there is dual jurisdiction is laid down in the Indian Army Act sections 69 and 70; the prescribed military authority being the General Officer Commanding-in-Chief, District, brigade or station commander.

If the offender is in Military/Civil custody the Unit Commander/Magistrate will take steps to request the prescribed military authority to decide before which court proceedings shall be instituted; but in those cases falling under the Indian Army Act, sections 41 and 42, in which death has resulted, the decision shall rest with the district commander or General Officer Commanding-in-Chief.

APPENDIX No. 26.14(3)[75]

PROCEDURE FOR DEALING WITH BRITISH SOLDIERS FOR CIVIL OFFENCES

Circular Memorandum from the Adjutant-General in India to all Commands and Burma District No. B.6802/2 (A.G.-8), dated Simla, the 1st August, 1930.

(Copies to all formations and units having British soldiers on their strength).

I AM directed to draw your attention to the position of British soldiers who, having been convicted by a Civil Court for a civil offence, undergo their sentences in Civil Jails.

This matter has been under consideration at Army Headquarters, in view of the adverse effect which the revised Civil Jail Classification Rules may have on the welfare of such British personnel.

 

The legal factors, which effect the possibility of such personnel undergoing in military prisons imprisonment awarded by Civil Courts, are as follows :-

Although it is within the competence of a local Government, under section 541 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, to declare a Military Prison a place where any person liable to be imprisoned or committed to custody under the Code of Criminal Procedure shall be confined, it is not possible under the Army Act for soldiers convicted by Civil Courts to be legally received in a Military Prison constituted under section 132 of the Act for the purpose of serving their sentences, as no power exists under section 70 of the Army Act to make rules for carrying into effect sentences other than those awarded by CourtMartial. No Warrant of Committal similar to Form ‘C’ could, therefore, be prescribed.

In these circumstances amendment of the Army Act would be necessary before the reception into a Military Prison of British personnel sentenced by a Civil Court could be made legal under the Act.

The question at issue has been represented to the Home authorities in the past, but alteration of the existing law has always been opposed by them. It is not therefore proposed to approach the Army Council at this juncture with a view to the necessary amendments to the Army Act being carried out.

However, it is essential to safeguard British soldiers charged with civil offences, whose discharge from the Army is not applied for, from the contaminating influence of civil criminal associates while in jail. His Excellency the Commander-in-Chief therefore directs that in all cases in which British soldiers are charged with civil offences the following procedure shall be adopted.

On receipt of information from the civil authorities that a British soldier is charged with a civil offence the Officer Commanding of the unit in which the man concerned is serving will decide at once whether, in view of the character of the accused and of the crime committed, he will, if the accused is convicted apply for his discharge from the army under King’s Regulations, paragraph 370(x).

If the Officer Commanding decides that discharges shall not be applied for, he will claim the accused for trial by Court-Martial, unless such trial is barred by the provisions of Army Act, section 41(5)(a) or is inadvisable, vide Regulations for the Army in India, Appendix IX, part I, paragraph 2(a) and (b).

When the Officer Commanding decides that, if convicted, the discharge of the accused shall be applied for, he will allow the civil law to take its course and not claim the accused for trial by Court-Martial.

Application for discharge will be submitted as soon as possible after the sentence passed by the Civil Court has become absolute either by an appeal not being preferred within the period allowed by law or by the appeal being dismissed.

Should the circumstances of a civil offence committed by a British soldier disclose the fact that the crime was probably committed with the object of the accused obtaining his discharge from the Army trial by Court-Martial will invariably be resorted to unless the crime committed falls under the restrictions quoted above.

The adoption of the above procedure will ensure, as far as is legally possible, that soldiers, charged with civil offences whose discharge from the Army is not desired, will not be subjected to the evil influences associated with life in a civil prison.

The attention of all officers empowered to confirm Courts-Martial is drawn to the implication contained in paragraph 652(h) of King’s Regulations.

Although detention is lower in the scale of punishment than imprisonment, the work and military training carried out by soldiers undergoing detention are of more professional benefit to men returning to their Units than the harder but less technical programme laid down for military prisoners sentenced to imprisonment. Therefore when a soldier charged with a civil offence has been claimed from the Civil Authorities for trial by CourtMartial, the desirability of commuting a sentence of imprisonment to one of detention must be carefully considered.

Note. The above instructions have been supplemented by A.H.Q. Letter No. B/21379 (A.G.-8), dated the 22nd June, 1993, directing that the British soldier shall be left for trial by a Civil Court, i.e., all such be claimed for trial by court-martial, unless the offence with which the soldier is charged is one of those which a court-martial is not empowered to try, viz., treason, murder, man-slaughter, treason-felony and rape.

APPENDIX No. 26.27(1)

SCALE OF DIET FIXED FOR A AND B AND BETTER CLASS UNDER-TRIALS ACCUSTOMED TO THE WESTERN MODE OF LIVING [PUNJAB GOVERNMENT LETTER NO. 14424 (H.-JAILS), DATED THE 23RD APRIL, 1930]

Name of article

Bread

Butter

Mutton

Potatoes

Onions

Mixed condiments

Sugar

Cocaa

Ghee

Tea

Milk

Rice

Porridge

Firewood

Fresh vegetable from the jail gardens

 

Quantity

.. 8 chs.

.. 1/2 ch.

.. 4 chs.

.. 3 chs.

.. 2 chs.,

.. 1/4 ch.

.. 2 chs.

.. 1/8 ch.

.. 1/2 ch.

.. 1/8 ch.

.. 2 chs.

.. 2 chs.,

.. 2 chs.,

.. 2 seers,

.. 4 chs.

Remarks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(B) class prisoners will receive during the summer one chattak of sugar in lieu of 1/8 ch. of cocoa per diem)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The above diet will be issued in 3 meals.

Scale of diet ‘A’ and ‘B’ and better class under-trials accustomed to the Eastern mode of living

Name of article

Flour

Dal

Ghee ..

Potatoes

Salt ..

Condiments ..

Sugar ..

Tea ..

Vegetables

Milk .

Milk ...

Firewood ..

Quantity

.. 10 chs.,

1

.. 14 chs.,

1 1 chs.,

2

.. 2 chs.,

1 chs.,

41 chs.,

4

1 ch.,

?8 ch.,

.. 4 chs.,

6 chs. or Dahi4 chs.,

2 chs. for tea,

2 seers,

 

Remarks

 

 



 


For meat-eaters. The above diet will be issued, except that on five days of the week 4 chattacks of meat or 4 chattacks of fish or 4 eggs costing about 2 annas will be issued in lieu of 6 chattacks of milk.

Note. This diet will be spread over thee meals during each day.

Scale of diet for ‘C’ class and ordinary under-trials

Name of article Quantity Remarks

 

Twice of week

Name of article

Quantity

Remarks

Dal Urd

1

141 chs.,

 

Dal Masur ordinary

1

141 chs.,

 

Dal Rawan Red

1

141 chs.,

 


 

Once a week

Dal Gram

14 chs.,

 

?

Wheat

8 chs. (labouring 10 chs.),

 

?

Gram for parching

1 chs. (Labouring 2 chs.),

 

?

Salt

1?4 chs.,

Daily

?

Condimnets

1?8 ch.,

 

?

Vegetables

4 chs.,

 

?

Sarson or Toria oil

1?4 chs.,

 

?

Wood

6 chs.,

 

?

Gur

(Labouring 1 chatack daily)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 26.7(1)

CERTIFICATE REGARDING IDENTITY OF AN ACCUSED

From Police State ____, district ____To Sub Inspector of Police Station _____, district  ACCUSED ___, son of ____, caste____  age , description , resident of Mohalla , district, has to-day been arrested in connection with first information report No. under section  . He gives his name and residence as noted above, and states that he is known to and lambardars and respectable men of the village. Kindly answer the questions written on reverse of this certificate.


Dated

Signature of Station House Officer

(REVERSE)

 

Questions

1.    Are his name,, address and residence as given by him, correct ?

2.    Can the lambardars and respectable men identify the man of this name, address and residence and do they give the same description as given by me on reverse ?

3.    If already classed ‘‘P.R.’’ convict, the district serial No. of the ‘‘P.R.’’ slip should be noted.

4.    If he is not a ‘‘P.R.’’ convict, should he be recommended to be declared a ‘‘P.R.’’ or ‘‘P.R.T.’’ convict now ?

5.    Give his previous convictions in detail, if any.

No.

Answers

 

Reply

From Police State ___, district____ To Sub Inspector of Police Station ____, district  ____The history of this man has been ascertained through_____ of ____  and your questions have been answered.

Dated ____


Signature of Station House Officer

 


FORM No. 26.8(2)

POLICE STATION (NAME)

 

______DISTRICT

 

REPORT OF ARREST


(Under Section 62 Criminal Procedure Code)

Has the honour to report that ___, son of___ , caste_____ , resident of ____, has been apprehended (or detained, as the case may be) this day at  o’clock, as he is accused of .

Dated _______

The ______


Sub-Inspector



To be lithographed on a post-card.

 

FORM No. 26.16(6)[76]



POLICE
DEPARTMENT


____  DISTRICT

REGISTER OF DESERTERS

 


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Serial No.

Date of entry in this register

Name,, parentage,, caste and description of deserter

Residence

Date of desertion and regiment or corps of deserter

Reference to letter intimating information regarding deserter

Date of arrest

Name and Rank of officer arresting deserter

Remarks showing action taken to secure arrest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To be drawn by hand in an open foolscap size register maintained in the office of Superintendent in English according to police stations. Vernacular counterpart to be maintained in each police station.

FORM No. 26.16(7)[77]


DESCRIPTIVE ROLL OF A DESERTER

POLICE DEPARTMENT  


_____DISTRICT

 

  District

 

Annual Serial No.

 

1.              Name,

2.              Father’s name.

3.              Caste

 

4.              Residence – ? Village

? Police Station

? District


 

5.              Description.,

6.              Regiment to which belonging

7.              Date of desertion

8.              Place of desertion.

9.              Remarks.

 

FORM No. 26.21(5)[78]

BAIL BOND

(Vernacular form in terms of form XXV in schedule V, Criminal Procedure Code)


FORM No. 26.32(1)(e)[79]

 

POLICE DEPARTMENT

 

  DISTRICT

 

Identification of suspects

Note. Whenever it is necessary to submit any person suspected of having been concerned in any offence for identification, particular care should be taken, pending the arrival of the identifying witnesses to keep the suspect in some place where they cannot have access to him. On their arrival the suspect should be placed with 8 to 9 men similarly dressed, and of the same religion and status, and the identification carried out whenever possible in the presence of a Magistrate or independent witnesses who should be asked to satisfy themselves that the identification has been conducted under conditions precluding the possibility of collusion. Care must be taken that the identification by each witness is done out of sight and hearing of the other identifying witnesses.

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

Date and place of identification

Name of witness

Name of suspects he identifies

Description of manner in which the rule regulating such identifications were complied with

Signature of Magistrate or other witnesses in whose presence the test is carried out

Signature of Police Officer in charge.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER 27 PROSECUTION AND COURT DUTIES.

 

27.1. Charge-sheets preparation and scrutiny of.

 

(1)     (i) When an accused person is sent for trial the charge-sheet (form 25.56(1) shall form the final report required by Section 173, Code of Criminal Procedure. Loose forms of charge sheets shall be kept at each police station to enable investigating officers to prepare and submit them even when away from their police stations.

(ii) In cases in which a charge sheet is submitted under sub-rule 1(i) above and in which a copy of the first information report has been sent to a Panchayat as required by Police Rule 24.5(2), (a) report shall also be sent to the Panchayat containing information on the following points :-

(a)      Whether or not an offence has been proved.

(b)      Whether or not the offence proved is triable by the Panchayat.

(c)      The Court in which, and the date on which, the charge sheet is to be presented.

(2)     Except where it is necessary to present charge sheets before a magistrate on tour or elsewhere than at the headquarters of a district or sub-division, they shall be submitted through the Superintendent, Assistant Superintendent or Deputy Superintendent of Police in-charge of the crime of the police station concerned.

(3)     Charge sheets shall be thoroughly scrutinised by an officer of the prosecuting branch not below the rank of prosecuting sub-inspector, who shall be responsible for seeing that carbon copies of incomplete charge sheets together with the copies of orders passed by Magistrates thereon and other necessary papers are attached; that the identity and previous convictions of the accused persons have been established; that in cases when an accused person is on security and such security will be liable to confiscation in the event of conviction, the fact is duly noted in the file so that the attention of the court may be drawn to it; that witnesses are according to the list entered in the charge sheet; that the police file is complete and that no papers belonging to it are attached with the charge sheet, and that no omissions or defects in the investigation remain unrectified or unexplained. After completing his scrutiny as above, the officer of the prosecuting branch shall lay the charge-sheet and files before the gazetted officer referred to in sub-rule (2) above, or, in his absence, before such other available gazetted officer or senior non-gaztted officer as the Superintendent of Police may have nominated for the purpose, and shall explain the case to him, and take his orders as to whether it shall be put into court or withheld for further police action. Such gazetted officer or senior non-gaztted officer shall satisfy himself that the prosecution case is presented in the best possible manner that all material evidence is produced, including evidence calculated to rebut probable lines of defence.

(4)     The practice of requiring prosecution witnesses to appear at headquarters simultaneously with the chalan has received the approval of the local Government and of the High Court (See Chapter 3-A, paragraph 5(10), of Volume IV of High Court Rules and Orders). Before sending a charge-sheet to headquarters the investigating officer should collect all witnesses, whom it has been decided to produce in court, and take personal recognizances from them to appear on the same date as that on which the charge-sheet will reach the court. The chalan should, however, reach headquarters not less than one day before the date fixed for hearing of the case. It shall be the duty of the prosecuting branch to facilitate the working of this system and the prompt disposal of police cases by arranging with magistrate that a special period be set apart daily for dealing with fresh chalans and by giving magistrates as much warning as possible of the anticipated presentation of a chalan [vide rule 25.51]. This period should be so fixed as to allow time for witnesses to reach the police office and for chalans to be thoroughly checked and at the same time to permit to all new police cases being taken up by Magistrates at such an hour that it may be possible for the bulk of the prosecution evidence to be recorded before the Court rises for the day. When there are a large number of prosecution witnesses in a case, only the more important ones, whose evidence is necessary to facilitate the early framing of charges, shall be sent with the chalan.

(5)     In all serious cases, when the accused has been arrested and prima facie evidence has been produced, the investigating officer shall send the accused for trial without delay, whether the investigation is complete or not. Witnesses should accompany such chalans and the same arrangements for the prompt recording of evidence as laid down in sub-rule(4) above should be observed. When available evidence has been recorded remands or adjournments under section 167 or 344, Code of Criminal Procedure, shall be arranged as may be necessary. Evidence obtained subsequently shall be produced before the Court by subsidiary chalan.

 

[80][27.2 Charge Sheet Slip and Road Certificate

 

(1)     With every charge sheet the following documents be sent :-

(a)      A charge sheet ship in Form 27.2 (1)(a) ;

(b)      A road certificate in Form 10.17; and

(c)      In the case of charge sheets against members of Criminal Tribes who on conviction are liable to be sent to the Reformatory Settlement, a report in Form 27.2(2).

(2)     On the completion of the case in court, the charge sheet slip shall be filled in under the order of the Criminal Court trying the case and returned to the office of the Senior Superintendent of Police. The result of the case shall then be entered in the General Crime Register and the English Register of Cognizable Offences and communicated to the Police Station concerned. One carbon copy of the charge sheet slip in Form 27.2 (1)(a) shall be submitted to the District Crime Record Bureau of the concerned District Headquarter for record by the Prosecution Branch concerned.

(3)     A list of any weapons, articles or property sent to the Magistrate’s court in connection with the case shall be entered into the Road Certificate. If such articles are received correct the Deputy District Attorney or Assistant District Attorney shall sign a receipt for them on the Road Certificate and return it to the Police Station.

(4)     For Form No. 27.2(1)(a) the following form shall be substituted, namely :"Court Disposal Form" Annexure VI]

27.3. Duties of Public Prosecutors.

 

(1)     Government Pleaders, who are exofficio Public Prosecutors, are bound by the rules contained in Part I, Section II, Law Department Manual. They may not appear or advise against the Crown in criminal cases. They are allowed to undertake private civil practice, but are under the direct orders and supervision of District Magistrates and may be appointed to work continuously at any particular case. They are required to appear for the Crown in :-

(a)      All Sessions cases.

(b)      All section 30 cases at headquarters and, when required by the District Magistrate, at out-stations.

(c)      All commitment cases where his appearance is necessary at headquarters, and at out-stations when required by the District Magistrate.

(d)      All criminal appeals when required by the District Magistrate or Sessions Judge.

(e)      All original cases when required by the District Magistrate.

 

 

(2)     It is part of the duty of Public Prosecutors to give advice to Government officers on legal questions. A scale of fees for consultation is authorized, but the payment of such fees should only be recommended where an opinion has been obtained on a matter of especial complexity (Law Department Manual, Section I, Chapter I, paragraph XV).

 

27.4. Police Officers as Public Prosecutors.

 

(1)     All Superintendents, Assistant and Deputy Superintendents of Police are, with reference to Sections 270 and 492 of the Code of Criminal procedure ex-efficio public prosecutors in respect of all cases committed from their respective districts for trial before the court of Sessions. Where no Government Pleader (Public Prosecutor) has been appointed, or when the services of the Government Pleader are not available, one of the police officers above-mentioned may conduct the prosecution sessions trials, but the District Magistrate has power in such circumstances to appoint any other person to be public prosecutor for the purpose of a particular case.

(2)     Prosecuting inspectors and prosecuting sub-inspectors of police are appointed public prosecutors in the local areas specified in the list below for all cases which may be enquired into or be tried by a magistrate including a magistrate having powers under Section 30 of the Code of Criminal Procedure.

Officers.

 

Every prosecuting inspector of police.

 

Every prosecuting sub-inspector of police stationed at the headquarters of a district.

 

Every prosecuting sub-inspector of police station at the headquarters of a sub-division.

 

Local areas.

 

The district in which the prosecuting inspector is stationed.

The district at the headquarters of which the prosecuting subinspector is stationed

 

The sub-division at the headquarters of which the prosecuting sub-inspector is stationed.

 

(3)     When the complainant in a criminal case instructs a legal practitioner to conduct the prosecution, such practitioner shall act under the instructions of the Public Prosecutor as defined in the above sub-rules and rule 27.3.

 

27.5. Security to be given by prosecuting staff.

 

Each prosecuting inspector and subinspector shall furnish security of no less value than Rs. 500. Security shall be furnished in any of the ways permitted for accountants in Rule 10.7(2).

 

27.6. Prosecution of railway cases.

 

The district police prosecuting staff shall render every assistance which may be required of them in the performance of court duties in connection with the prosecution of railway cases, and shall take all necessary measures to promote the efficient prosecution and expeditious disposal of such cases in the courts.

 

27.7. Prosecution of cases under section 110, Code of Criminal Procedure.

 

(1)     Prosecutions under section 110, Code of Criminal Procedure, shall, as far as possible, be arranged to take place before a Magistrate in camp in the neighbourhood frequented by the persons so prosecuted.

(2)     Proceedings of cases under section 110, Code of Criminal Procedure, against zaildars, lambardars and inamdars require the special order of the District Magistrate (Rule 19, Chapter 3 Volume III of Rules and Orders of the High Court of Judicature at Lahore).

 

27.8. Action on breach of terms of security bond or conditions of restriction.

 

(1)     Whenever a person on security of any kind is prosecuted for an offence implying a breach of the terms of his bond, special application shall be made, at the time of presentation of the charge-sheet that the court may, in the event of conviction, order the confiscation of the security.

(2)     When a person violates the conditions of an order passed against him under the Habitual Offenders Act, or violates any rule made under the Act, he shall be prosecuted under Section 17 of the Act.

(3)     It is the duty of the prosecuting branch to watch the progress of realisation of forfeited security. When the head of the branch finds that, either generally in the district or in a particular case, undue delay or laxity in realisations is taking place, he shall bring the matter to the notice of the Superintendent, in order that the attention of the District Magistrate may be invited to it.

 

27.9. Police Brief.

 

(1)     In all important cases sent for trial, the investigating officer shall, whenever possible, attend and personally instruct the prosecuting inspector or public prosecutor. In such case he will also prepare a ‘‘Police Brief’’ in Form 27.9(1) and shall mention therein all matters connected with the case including the probable line of the defence, which in his opinion, should be specially brought to the notice of the prosecutor.

(2)     In unimportant simple cases no ‘‘Police Brief’’ need be prepared.

(3)     In cases of more than usual importance gazetted officers are required to prepare ‘‘Police Briefs’’ themselves.

 

27.10. Proof of previous convictions.

 

(1)     Previous convictions shall be proved as laid down in section 511, Code of Criminal Procedure.

(2)     Requisitions for particulars of previous convictions when required by the police shall be made in Form 27.10(2).

(3)     It is the duty of the police, in conducting the investigation, to take proper steps to establish the identity of an accused person and to obtain and produce evidence of previous convictions against him (High Court Rules and Orders, Volume III Chapter 23-B, Paragraph 9).

The duties of the Magistrate and of the police in this matter are given in the decision of the Chief Court in the case, Empress versus Sham Singh, reported as criminal judgment No. 36 in the Punjab Record of 1884 and especially in the remarks of Mr. Justice Plowden at page 70 of the record. Requisitions for particulars of previous convictions should therefore be made early during the investigation, but if there be sufficient grounds, prosecuting officers may apply to the magistrate for a remand under section 344, Criminal Procedure Code, so as to produce evidence of previous convictions.

 

27.11. Appeal and access to judicial records.

 

(1)     Application for the representation of the Crown in criminal cases, for the institution of appeals against orders of acquittal or for the exercise of its powers of revision by the High Court, shall be made through the District Magistrate. Rules framed by Government in this respect are given in Law Department Manual, Part I, paragraph IX(6).

(2)     As regards revision of orders of discharge, application shall be made to the District Magistrate under section 437, Code of Criminal Procedure.

(3)     Under the standing order of the High Court, Superintendents of Police are entitled to peruse the judicial record in all cases where a police officer is convicted or, though acquitted, is left under suspicion or censured. The object of this is to enable departmental action to be taken where necessary. Copies of judgments, and translations of the same where necessary, in such cases, will be supplied free of charge.

The Inspector-General of Police or any Deputy Inspector-General may, on giving reasons, call for the record of any decided case, in which the police are affected. Unless there are grave reasons to the contrary, in which case the Sessions Judge will decide the point, the request will be complied with. The Inspector-General of Police has a right to call for the records in all cases of professional crime.

Courts are required to send to the Inspector-General of Police for record copies of such confessions as may be of value of the police.

All modifications of original decisions made in appeal, revision or reference are required to be communicated by the District Magistrate to the prosecuting branch of the office of Superintendent of Police. (Rule 3, Chapter 11-E, of Volume III, HIgh Court Rules and Orders).

Copies of judgments and depositions required by police officers in the course of their duties are exempted from the charges authorized under the Court Fees Act, but not from copying fees. Gazetted officers and all prosecuting inspectors and prosecuting sub-Inspectors, within the limits of their jurisdiction as public prosecutors (rule 27.4) can obtain, free of all charges copies of any part of the record of a case which they may require in their capacity as public prosecutor, the cost being met by District Magistrates or the courts concerned.

With the exceptions noted above, police officers are not entitled either to have original judicial records handed over to them for perusal or to obtain copies free of charge. On the frequent occasions when it is necessary for a Superintendent of Police, in the discharge of his duties, to study the evidence and decisions recorded at a trial, the proper channel for obtaining access to such records is through the authority of the District Magistrate. The latter is head of the prosecuting agency, of which the Superintendent of Police is in direct charge, and that agency requires constant access to judicial records, in order to fulfil its duty of assisting the District Magistrate through the Superintendent of Police, to keep in close touch with the work of magistrates’ courts and the results of cases.

When a perusal of the original record will suffice, copies should be dispensed with, as fees for them have to be paid in every case, whether from police or judicial funds. It is the practice of the High Court to print the proceedings in all cases in which the death sentence is inflicted, and it is sometimes possible in such cases to obtain spare copies of the printed records on application, through the Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Criminal Investigation Department, to the Registrar of High Court.

 

27.12. Maintenance of order and watch over prisoners in court.

 

(1)     On every day when the courts are sitting, a sufficient number of police shall be provided in the precincts of the courts to guard prisoners, take into custody persons who surrender to their bail, whose bail bonds are cancelled, or who may otherwise be arrested by the order of a Court, and to preserve order in and in the neighbourhood of courts. The guard in court shall be strengthened, when prisoners are of a desperate and dangerous character, or when a case is being heard which is likely to cause public excitement or demonstrations.

(2)     All prisoners under arrest shall invariably be thoroughly searched before being taken into court, the police officer-in-command of the party furnishing guards for prisoners shall be personally responsible that this is done. If, in accordance with the rule 26.23, prisoners have been brought to the court in handcuffs, the handcuffs shall not be removed in court unless this is specially ordered by the presiding officer.

 

27.13. Compounding of cases under Section 420, Indian Penal Code.

 

Under orders contained in letter No. 1336 (H.-Judl.) of 12th January, 1927, from the Home Secretary to Government, Punjab, the Provincial Government has directed that sanction to compromise in cases under section 420, Indian Penal Code, should be resisted, where habitual cheats and professional swindlers are concerned, and also in all cases which show features of danger to a wider public than the complaint in the individual case before the court. A case coming into the latter category would be one in which the method by which the crime has been committed is or is likely to be widely employed.

 

27.14. Prosecuting Agency Composition of.

 

(1)     The police prosecuting agency in each district shall consist of such number of gazetted officers, upper and lower subordinates as may, from time to time, be sanctioned by the local Government and the Inspector-General of Police.

(2)     A constable shall be attached as court orderly to the court of every magistrate, whether stipendiary or honorary, having first class or superior powers. The senior officers of the prosecuting branch shall arrange for the duty of court orderly in courts or benches of honorary magistrates, which sit only for short periods or at irregular intervals, to be performed by members of their staff, who may be available at the time required. Clerks or assistant clerks of police stations may be employed, when necessary, to perform the duties of court orderly at tehsil courts.

(3)     In each district one of the head constables of the prosecuting staff shall be appointed as the direct assistant of the prosecuting inspector for the purpose of maintaining the registers of case property, prescribed in rule 27.16 and, under the immediate supervisions of the prosecuting inspector or a prosecuting sub-inspector, nominated by him, receiving, checking, cataloguing and issuing to court orderlies, exhibits and other property kept in the prosecuting agency’s store-room in connection with cases and unclaimed property. The duties of this head constable are purely subordinate and his assistance in a routine capacity in no degree relieves the prosecuting inspector and the prosecuting sub-inspectors of their personal responsibility, as laid down in Rule 27.18 for the correctness and security of the contents of the malkhana.

 

27.15. Duties of head of prosecuting agency.

 

The duties of the head of the police prosecuting agency whether he be of the rank of Deputy Superintendent of Police or Inspector shall be as follows :-

(i)       Thoroughly to scrutinise chalans and intermediate references and applications from police stations in connection with the prosecution of cases, the arrest of offenders, the confiscation of bail of security bonds, and other matters in which his advice or the orders of a court are required. The prosecution for court and prosecution of all security cases, including security for keeping the peace (vide Rule 23.32), should receive as much attention from the district prosecuting staff as is practicable.

(ii)      To prosecute, watch or direct the prosecution of cases in the courts of the district. In this connection it must be realised that his duty embraces not only the presentation of the prosecution case but contesting the claims of the defence and ensuring the observance of conditions and restrictions imposed by the law on the discretion of courts to pass orders in certain circumstances, and the observance of all High Court orders issued with the object of expediting decisions and preventing abuses.

(iii)     To supervise and distribute the work of prosecuting officers subordinate to him and of the police personnel attached to his office or to the courts.

(iv)    To take charge of and deal with, articles and property received in connection with cases, as well as of unclaimed and suspicious property received from police stations for orders of magistrates.

(v)      To supervise the transmission of warrants and summons to the executive police under the orders of the criminal courts, and to see that returns to such processes are made without delay.

(vi)    To keep the District Magistrate and the Superintendent of Police informed of all important matters in connection with criminal cases under trial, to bring to notice cases requiring to be specially reported to him, and to submit a daily diary in Form 27.15(vi) showing cases sent for trial, convicted, discharged and pending in court on that particular day. The instructions of the High Court as to the duties of the prosecuting agency towards the District Magistrate are contained in Appendix 27.15(vi).

(vii)   To see that the instructions in connection with the diet money and travelling expenses of witnesses are duly observed.

(viii)  To see that payments for bills submitted through him for all judicial expenses incurred by officers-in-charge of police stations are made promptly, either by the Nazir or from his own permanent advance. For this purpose he will maintain a register in Form 27.15(Viii). For all sums of money received from the Nazir a receipt must be given in form 10.14(1).

Note. One combined receipt for all sums received from the Nazir on any one day may be given.

(ix)    To see that the results of cases in court are promptly communicated to police stations concerned according to rule, and especially to bring to the notice of the Superintendent, together with an abstract or copy of the judgment if necessary, orders of acquittal or discharge or other orders of courts, which either reflect in any way on the conduct of the police or indicate that the theory on which the case was prosecuted has broken down.

(x)      To keep in view the orders regarding the formation of a criminal museum at the Police Training School, Phillaur, and to take the orders of the Superintendent for the acquisition of such weapons, instruments or other articles connected with cases sent up for trial as may be considered useful as exhibits of educational value, and to forward them with a brief account of their use or object to the Principal, Police Training School, Phillaur.

(xi)    To supervise the work of the Vernacular office of the Superintendent of Police and to exercise a close and constant check on the maintenance of the registers pertaining to the prosecution branch. In these respects the prosecuting Deputy Superintendent or inspector is directly responsible as assistant to the Superintendent of Police.

(xii)   In the execution of these functions, the head of the prosecuting agency may distribute work and delegate his duties among and to prosecuting inspectors and sub-inspectors subordinate to him, to such extent as may be approved by the Superintendent of Police as is not inconsistent with any Police Rule or other order of a competent authority.

 

27.16. Registers to be maintained by prosecuting Deputy Superintendent or Inspector.

 

The head of the police prosecuting agency shall, with the help of his assistants, maintain the following registers :-

(1)     Register of case property and unclaimed property in Form 27.16(1). This register may be destroyed three years after being completed.

(a)      This register shall be in the same form as register No. 1, and shall contain copies of any entries in register No. 1 referring to property which has been in the custody of the police for over three years. Property in cases in which the accused are absconding, and the retention of which is necessary for purposes of evidence, may be transferred to this register as soon as proceedings under section 512, Code of Criminal Procedure, are complete.

This register is a permanent record.

(2)     Register of issue from and return to the prosecuting agency’s store-room of case property daily produced in courts and pending cases, vide Rule 27.18(1).

(3)     Register of warrants of commitment of jail, and of orders for the reception of lunatics into asylums, in Form 27.16(3).

 

(a)      Register of receipt and despatch of undertrial prisoners in Form 27.16(3)(A).

This register may be destroyed ten years after being completed.

(4)     Register of warrants and summonses received for execution and service by the police in Form 27.16(4).

This register may be destroyed two years after being completed.

(5)     Register of intermediate orders in Form 27.16(5).

This register may be destroyed two years after being completed.

(6)     Register of reasons on security under the provisions of the Code of Criminal Procedure, or local and special Laws, in Form 27.16(6).

This register shall be divided into separate parts from each police station in the district.

At the end of each year the names of those persons remaining on security shall be rewritten in the order in which their securities are timed to expire.

(7)     Register of exercise cases occurring during the year in which police officers have been directly concerned, in Form 27.16(7).

(8)     Permanent advance account of all judicial expenses in Form 10.52(b).

(9)     This register may be destroyed three years after being completed.

(10)   Register of absconders, in English in Form 23.20(1).

(11)   Register showing progress of action against absconders in Form 23.21.

(12)   Register of proclaimed offenders who are members of criminal tribes in Form 22.54(b).

This register shall contain the names of all members of criminal tribes who have been proclaimed under section 87, Code of Criminal Procedure, for offences against the Criminal Tribes Act.

 

27.17. Duties in connection with property.

 

(1)     At headquarters the head of the prosecuting agency, with the assistance of his staff, shall take charge of weapons, articles and property connected with cases sent for trial and shall be responsible for their safe custody until the case is decided. When final orders are passed in the case, such weapons, articles and property shall, if not made over to the owner, be made over to the sheriff.

(2)     The head of the prosecuting agency shall similarly take charge of, and be responsible for the safe custody of, suspicious property until the issue of the proclamation under Section 523, Code of Criminal Procedure, when such property shall be made over to the sheriff.

(3)     Unclaimed property sent in by the police shall be made over to the sheriff as soon after arrival as possible and a receipt thereof taken in register No. 1 [rule 27.16(1)].

(4)     Property connected with a case in which the accused is at large and has been proclaimed shall, if likely to be of material advantage to the prosecution, be kept by the head of the prosecuting agency in a strong box in his store-room. If such property, excepting valuables, is too large to be kept in the strong box it may be kept on separate racks. If, after 50 years, the case still remains undecided the property shall be made over to the sheriff for disposal.

When there are claimants to the property who would suffer hardship through its retention the orders of the magistrate shall be taken.

(5)     Within the first ten days of each quarter the prosecuting inspector shall verify all property of which he or a prosecuting sub-inspector at headquarters is in charge and shall submit a certificate to the Superintendent of Police that he has duly carried out the verification. Where a prosecuting sub-inspector is in sole charge of property or is in joint charge with the prosecuting inspector, the prosecuting sub-inspector shall be present during the verification and shall also sign the certificate.

 

27.18. Safe custody of property.

 

(1)     Weapons, articles and property sent in connection with cases shall on receipt be entered in register No. 1 and shall (excluding livestock) be properly stored in the store-room of the head of the prosecuting agency, or the police station. See Rule 22.18. When required for production in court such articles shall, at headquarters, be taken out in the presence and under the personal order of an officer of rank not less than prosecuting sub-inspector and an entry made in the register of issue from and return to the prosecuting agency’s store-room, which register shall be maintained in Form 27.18(1).

Animals sent in connection with cases shall be kept in the pound attached to the police station at the place to which they have been sent, and the cost of their keep shall be recovered from the District Magistrate in accordance with Rule 25.48.

(2)     In all cases in which the property consists of bullion, cash, negotiable securities, currency notes or jewellery, exceeding in value Rs. 500 the Superintendent shall obtain the permission of the District Magistrate, Additional District Magistrate or Sub-Divisional Officer to make it over to the Treasury Officer for safe custody in the treasury.

(3)     All cash, jewellery and other valuable property of small bulk, which is not required under sub-rule (2) above to be sent to the treasury, shall be kept in a locked strong box in the store-room. Each court orderly shall be provided with a strong lock-up box in which he shall keep all case property while it is in his custody in the court to which he is attached. Case property shall invariably be kept locked-up in such box except when it is actually produced as an exhibit in the course of proceedings. After being so produced it shall be immediately replaced in the lock-up box. Boxes shall be provided from funds at the disposal of the District Magistrate.

(4)     Property taken out of the main store-room for production in court shall be signed for by the court orderly concerned in register No. 2 and the prosecuting officer authorizing the removal shall initial this entry. Such officer shall similarly, after personal check, initial the entry of return of the property to the main store-room on the closing of the courts.

(5)     Every day, when the courts close, an officer of the prosecuting branch of rank not less that of sub-inspector shall personally see that the articles produced in court are returned to the store-room, restored to their proper places in the shelves, cup-boards or strong box and registered as required by sub-rule (4) above. The opening of the storeroom in the morning and its closing in the evening shall invariably be in the presence of the police officials named in this rule. Animals brought from the pound shall be respounded under the supervision of a head constable.

 

27.19. Property in cases committed to a higher court.

 

(1)     When an order of commitment to a superior court is made, any weapons, articles or property capable of such treatment shall be enclosed in a parcel in the presence of the committing magistrate.

The parcel shall be sealed with the seal of the court and made over to the head of the police prosecuting agency, who shall produce it with unbroken seals before the superior court, or, if so ordered by competent authority, shall make it over to some other officer authorized so to produce it.

(2)     Special precautions shall be taken under the orders of the Superintendent in regard to property which cannot be so treated.

 

27.20. Prosecuting agency to attend office when courts are closed.

 

At district headquarters, on days on which the courts are closed, an officer of the prosecuting branch not less in rank than a sub-inspector shall attend the office of the Superintendent to receive accused persons, weapons, articles and property and to transact urgent business. At magisterial outposts and tahsils the prosecuting sub-inspector and court orderly respectively shall attend the police station for the same purpose.

 

27.21. Property of prisoners to be taken charge of.

 

Money or other property found on the person of an under-trial prisoner, other than necessary wearing apparel, shall be taken charge of by the prosecuting officer and an entry of it made in register No. 1. A list of such articles shall be recorded on the back of the prisoner’s warrant and the head of the prosecuting agency shall see that they are made over or forwarded to the prisoner, if he is discharged or acquitted or punished otherwise than with imprisonment. An acknowledgement of the receipt of such property shall be obtained in register No. 1.

If the prisoner is sentenced to imprisonment the articles shall be sent to the officer incharge of the jail, a reference to whose acknowledgement shall be given in a register No. 1.

 

27.22. Duties of prosecuting sub-inspector and court orderlies at tahsil.

 

(1)     Prosecuting sub-inspectors at sub-divisions of districts shall perform the duties detailed in clauses (i) to (v) and (vii) to (x) of Rule 27.15. As regards clause (vi) of Rule 27.15 the prosecuting sub-inspector in a subdivision shall have the same duties in relation to the gazetted police officer-incharge of the sub-division and the sub-divisional officer as the head of the prosecuting agency has in relation to the Superintendent of Police and the District Magistrate. He shall also submit to the gazetted officer in-charge of the sub-division a daily diary in Form 27.15(vi).

(2)     In sub-divisions of districts all registers prescribed in rule 27.16 shall be maintained by the prosecuting agency.

(3)     Rules 27.17 to 27.21 shall apply mutatis mutandis to all prosecuting subinspectors at sub-divisions.

(4)     Court orderlies at tahsils and other courts away from headquarters shall maintain register No. 1 referred to in rule 27.16. They shall take charge of all property connected with cases sent for trial by courts to which they are attached in accordance with Rules 27.18, 27.19 and 27.21 but shall in no circumstances retain such property longer than is required for each day’s proceedings of the court. Every evening they shall deposit such property with the clerk of the police station who will be responsible that it is disposed of in accordance with rules 27.17, 27.18 and 27.19.

In addition, court orderlies in all courts are responsible that order is kept in courts under the direction of magistrates. They will obey all orders given to them by the officers prosecuting cases and will take charge of exhibits and the police files of cases when ordered to do so. They will also make copies of statement made to the poolice under section 162, Code of Criminal Procedure, and provide them on payment to the accused (see rule 27.23).

 

27.23. Supply of copies under sections 16 and 173(4), Code of Criminal Procedure.

 

(1)     Copies of statements recorded by the police under section 161, Code of Criminal Procedure, which are asked for by accused persons under section 162, Code of Criminal Procedure, and copies of final reports similarly asked for under Section 173(4) of the Code shall invariably be supplied on payment unless the presiding officer of the court decides otherwise. The local Government has decided that the subordinate official reposnible for making these copies shall ordinarily be the police constable appointed as court orderly. This arramgement is only possible, however, when such police constable is sufficiently educated for the purpose and can undertake the work without detriment to his primary duties as prescribed in Rule 27.22. Superintendents should, in consultation with the senior officer of the prosecuting branch, consider the circusmances of each court in the district, as to the volume of such copying work and of the other duties of the court orderly, and, if they consider that the latter official should be relieved of the whole or a part of the copying work, should move the District Magistrate to nominate another official of the court for the purpose.

(2)     The half share of the copying fees which, in accordance with Financial Commissoners’ Standing Order No. 5, is payable to the actual copyist, shall be paid to the court orderly, when he is entitled to it, but neither that offical nor any other police officer shall have any share in or responsibility for the collection of copying fees or the keeping of the prescribed accounts thereof.

(3)     The prosecuting officer attached to the Corut concerned shall be responsible that the orders contained in Home Secretary’s letter No. 19893 (H. Judl.), dated 8th September, 1925, are strictly complied with and no abuses are permitted in the method of payment therein laid down.

 

27.24. Production of police records as evidence.

 

(1)     A police officer is bound, under the provisions of section 162 of the Evidence Act (I of 1872), to produce any document in his possession or power if summoned to do so, but, if such document is an unpublished official record relating to any affair of State, he is prohibited by section 123 of the same Act from giving evidence derived from it and the court is prohibited from inspecting it.

(2)     The following police records are privileged under section 123, Evidence Act. If their production is demanded, a certificate in form 27.24(2) must be obtained from the Inspector-General by the police officer called upon to produce them. The Inspector-General may at his discretion allow evidence derived from such documents to be given and in order to enable him to exercise this discretion it is important, that a Police Officer claiming privilege in respect ofany document, should submit either the original document, a copy, or a full translation if it is in vernacular, together with a report indicating why it is necessary to claim privilege and also that his claim is justified.

(1)     The Surveillance Register (Rule 23.4(1)).

(2)     Village Crime Register, Part IV (Rule 23.59).

(3)     History Sheets (Rule 23.9).

(4)     Bad Character Rolls and Information Sheets (Rules 23.16 and 23.17).

(5)     Case diaries. in files or in the Police Gazette.

(6)     All unpublished orders of Government or of the Inspector-General of Police concerned.

(7)     All documents or records which are classed as ‘‘Secret’’ or ‘‘Confidential’’.

(3)     While the prohibition of the giving of evidence derived from other police records is not absolute, the provisions of section 124, Evidence Act, permit a police officer to refuse to disclose orders or other communications made to him in the course of his official duties, when he considers that the public interests would suffer by such disclosure.

(4)     When the production of official correspondence is in question, the head of the office possessing such correspondence has authority to grant or withhold permission under section 123 of the Evidence Act. In exercising this discretion he shall be guided by the general rule that correspondence may not be produced without the permission of the highest authority concerned in it. Detailed instructions on this point were communicated to all heads of Police Offices with the Inspector-General’s endorsement No. 1506-A/29-3126A of 10th August, 1928.

 

27.25. Co-operation of Jail officials in identification of prisoners.

 

Information that a convicted person has not been identified should invariably be given to the Superintendent of the Jail concerned. Under the provisions of the Jail Manual such prisoners are required to be specially classified and the Superintendent of the Jail is required to furnish the police with the names and particulars of all persons who visit them and with clues as to their identity which may be obtained from examination of letters despatched by or addressed to them.

 

27.26. Assaults on police Prosecution for.

 

When assaults are committed upon the members of the police force while in the execution of their duties, the prompt prosecution of the offenders should be arranged for if possible at, or near, the scene of the offence, adequate sentences being pressed for by the prosecuting agency.

 

27.27. Diet of accused persons.

 

The instructions regarding the dieting of accused persons arrested by the police and the recovery of diet money are contained in rule 26.27.

 

27.28. Diet money and travelling expenses advanced to witnesses.

 

(1)     Diet money at the rates prescribed by Government from time to time, and travelling expenses, shall invariably be advanced at the police station, at the time of bonds of appearance being taken, to all witnesses required to appear in cases sent to court by the police. This procedure shall be followed both in cognizable cases and in preventive security and all other cases in which the police select and take bonds from witnesses. Diet money may also be advanced at the request of the accused or his legal adviser to witnesses required to appear for the defence.

(2)     Such diet money shall be paid from, and including, the day on which the witness entered into his recognizance up to, and including, the day on which the charge-sheet will be made over to the magistrate having jurisdiction in the case.

(3)     Money so expended shall be entered in the road certificate and shall be recovered when the charge-sheet is made over to the magistrate as a debit against the Judicial Department a receipt being given in form 10.14(1). The prosecuting inspector or his representative at courts away from headquarters, shall be responsible that sums advanced under this rule by police stations are recovered on the day of presentation of the demand from the court itself or the sheriff. Should there be any delay in the recovery of such money the head of the prosecuting agency shall remit the amount of the police station from his permanent advance. The head of the prosecuting agency shall bring to notice any instance in which inadequate diet money or travelling expenses have been paid to witnesses in police cases.

(4)     Gazetted officers and inspectors hearing charge-sheets, and representatives of the prosecuting agency in courts, shall satisfy themselves that diet money and travelling expenses said to have been paid to complainants and witnesses at police stations have actually been so paid.

 

27.29. Record of conviction.

 

Conviction and orders to execute bonds in all cognizable police cases shall be entered in (a) the Vernacular General Crime Register and the English Register of Cognizable Offences which are maintained in the office of the Superintendent and (b) in the First Information Report Register which is maintained at the police station reporting the offence. Convictions and orders in the cases detailed below shall also be entered in (c) the Conviction Register which, for the purpose of Section 75, Indian Penal Code, and Section 3 of the Punjab Habitual Offenders (Control and Reform) Act, 19521, is maintained in each police station as prescribed in Chapter XXII.

 

I(INDIAN PENAL CODE)

 

 

Chapter

Sections

Giving or fabricating false evidence.

XI

193 to 195

 

211 377

False charge of committing an unnatural offence.

XII

231 to 232

Counterfeiting of coin.

 

233 to 235

Making, buying, selling or having in possession instruments or material for counterfeiting coin.

 

236

Abetting the counterfeiting of coin out of India.

XII

237 to 238

Import or export of counterfeit coins.

 

239,

 

 

240,

Possession or delivery of counterfeit coin.

 

242,

 

 

243

 

 

244

Unlawful alteration of weight or composition of coin by persons employed in Mints.

 

246 to 253

Unlawful alteration of wight, composition or appearance of coin and possession and delivery of such coins.

 

255

Counterfeiting of Government stamps.

 

256 to 257

Making, buying, selling or having in possession to instruments or material for counterfeiting Government stamps.

XII

258 to 259

Possession or sale of counterfeit Government stamps.

 

260

Using of counterfeit stamps.

 

261 to 263

Fraudulent effacement or erasure of Government stamps.

XVI

302

Murder

 

303

Murder by life convict.

 

304

Culpable honicide not amounting to murder

 

307

Attempts to commit murder

 

311

Beeing thug,.

 

326

Grevious hurt by dangerous weapon or means.

 

327

Hurt to extrot property or to constrain to any illegal act,

 

328

Hurting by means of poison etc.,

 

329

Grevious hurt to extort property etc.

 

354

Indencent assault of a woman.

 

363 to 369

Kidnapping

 

376

Rape

 

377

Unnatural offence.

XVII

379 to 382

Thefts of all kinds

 

384 to 389

Extortina of all kinds

 

392 to 394,

397 and 398

Robbery of all kinds

395,

396,

 


 

 

 

 399,

Dakaiti of all kinds.

 

 

402

 

400 and

401

Belonging to a gang of thieves or dacoits

 

404

Dishonest misappropriation of property belonging to a deceased person.

 

406

 

 

to

Criminal breach of trust by public servant.

 

409

 

 

411 to 414

Receiving stolen property

 

418

Cheating of all kinds, except simple cheating,

 

to

Section 417.

 

420

 

XVII

429 to 433

 

 

and

serious mischief.

 

435

 

 

to

 

 

440

 

 

449

 

 

to

House-tresspass in order to commit an offence.

 

452

 

 

454 to 458

Lurking house-tresspass or house-breaking other than simple, section 453.

 

459 and 460

Grievoas hurt or death cause in house-breaking.

 

461

Dishonestly breaking open a closed receptacle.

 

462

Fraudulently opening a closed receptacle held in trust.

 

465 to 469

Forgery

XVIII

489A

 

 

to

Forgery of currency notes and bank notes.

 

489D

 

 

All offences which would, if committed in British India have been punishable under Chapter XII or Chapter XVII of the Indian Penal Code with imprisonment of either description for a term of three years or upwards, in which the order of conviction was passed by a court or tribunal in the territories of any Indian Prince or State in India acting under the general or special authority of the Governor-General in Council or of any local Government.

II. CODE OF CRIMINAL PROCEDURE

 

Chapter VIII

Sections 108, 109 and 110 Bad livelihood.

(III. (MISCELLANEOUS ACTS).

Sections 3 and 4. Act III of 1867 Gambling.

Section 9, Act I of 1878 Opium smuggling.

Indian Arms Act, 1959, (No. 54 of 1959), Section 7 of the Essential Commodities Act, 1955.

 

IV (OTHER OFFENCES)

All offences, in cases in which the subsequent proof of the conviction so recorded would render the person convicted liable by law to enhanced punishment on subsequent conviction of the same or similar offence by reason of the proof of such former conviction, and all offences in which upon such proof, the law establishes a presumption in favour of the prosecution.

Illustration. (a) Offences under section 8 of Act XVI of 1861, as amended by Act XVI of 1876, shall be so entered because an enhanced punishment is provided for every subsequent conviction.

(b)      Offences against rules made by the Local Government under Section 41 of Act VII of 1878 (The Indian Forest Act) by reason of the provisions of the last clause of paragraph 2 of section 42 of the same Act.

(c) Offences under section 13 of Act XV of 1910 (The Cantonment Act).

Note. Conviction for theft by courts-martial, although the persons convicted have not been sent for trial or prosecution by the police, shall also be entered in the conviction registers in all cases in which the convictions are intimated to the Civil authorities.

 

27.3.   Entries in conviction register when made.

 

The entries shall be made -

(a)      if there is no appeal immediately ;

(b)      if an appeal is made and the conviction is upheld, when the result of the appeal is known.

(c)      if an appeal lies but is not made, when limitation has expired.

 

27.4.   Entries of convictions how and when made.

 

(1)     Entries of convictions shall ordinarily be made from charge-sheet slips.

(2)     When the entry has been made in the General Crime Register the chargesheet slip shall be sent to the police station.

(3)     When charge-sheet slips are kept pending for results of appeals to be known they shall be kept in pigeon holes by the official-in-charge of the General Crime Register and separate intimation of the results of the case in the lower court shall be sent to the police station.

 

27.5.   Despatch register of charge-sheet and conviction slips.

 

(1)     A Despatch Register of charge-sheet and conviction slips referring to case included under rule 27.29 shall be maintained in Form 27.32(1) by the official-in-charge of the General Crime Register.

Separate pages shall be alloted for each police station in the district and for conviction slips received from magistrates of other districts.

(2)     After the necessary entries have been made in the First Information Report Register and Conviction Register, charge-sheet slips and conviction slips shall be returned for record in the office of the Superintendent of the district from which they were despatched.

 

27.6.   Despatch of conviction slips in other cases.

 

(1)     If the charge-sheet slip refers to the conviction of a person for an offence included under rule 27.29 of a person who is a resident of a police station other than that from which the case was sent for trial, the official-in-charge of the General Crime Register shall send a conviction slip in Form 27.33(1) in addition to sending the charge-sheet slip to that police station of which such person is a resident.

 

If such police station is in another district the conviction slip shall be sent through the Superintendent.

(2)     If there is any doubt as to the residence of a convict, or if a convict is unidentified or belongs to foreign territory, the conviction shall be recorded in the police station from which the case was sent for trial. In such a case a notice may be sent for publication in the Criminal Intelligence Gazette.

 

27.7.   Intimation of convictions from courts.

 

Convictions in cases included under rule 27.29, which are dealt with by Magistrates, direct, shall be entered in the Conviction Register on receipt of intimation from magistrates.

 

27.8.   Publication of conviction of Europeans, etc., in Criminal Intelligence Gazette.

 

(1)     Conviction, obtained in the Punjab, of Europeans, AngloIndians, or subjects of any foreign state, shall in addition to the record prescribed in the above rules, be recorded in the like form, together with the descriptive roll of the person convicted in the English and vernacular editions of the Criminal Intelligence Gazette.

(2)     Superintendents may use their own discretion as to the publication of such conviction in the case of persons who are subjects of Indian States. Ordinarily the convictions of such persons shall only be published when they are habitual offenders.

 

27.9.   General Crime Register.

 

A General Crime Register in Form 27.36 shall be maintained in vernacular in the office of each Superintendent.

(1)     The particulars of every cognizable offence reported to the police shall be entered in such register.

(2)     The register shall be divided into groups of offences corresponding with Statement ‘‘A’’ of the Annual Report. At the top of the first page allotted to each group shall be written the heading of the group and the pages shall be cut to display the headings.

(3)     On the receipt of the counterfoil of the first information report the return-writer shall enter in the register as many of the particulars required as may be possible, and shall endorse on such counterfoil the words ‘‘Entered contents in the General Crime Register’’ with the date and his signature.

(4)     As the investigation proceeds he shall enter from the case diaries any additional particulars necessary to complete the form, and shall similarly endorse such case diaries.

(5)     If a case sent up by the police is convicted under a section or law, other than that entered in the register, a red line shall be drawn through the original entries and fresh entries made under the group which includes the offence of which the offender is actually convicted.

If one person is convicted of the offence ordinarily entered, and another person of a different offence, the original entry shall be corrected and a fresh entry made of the separate conviction.

(6)     Every erasure and alteration shall be made so that the original entry remains legible.

(7)     Cases cancelled or transferred to other districts shall be erased by a red line drawn through them and an entry made giving an abstract of the order of cancellation or transfer, with the date and the name of the officer who made it.

(8)     At the close of each year the register for the year in question shall be totalled. Each group of offences after deducting cases cancelled and transferred shall be totalled separately, these totals being required for the preparation of annual statistics of crime.

(9)     Each annual volume shall be strongly bound and kept for ten years.

 

27.10. General Crime Register Rules for maintenance of.

 

The following rules shall regulate the maintenance of the General Crime Register and the preparation of the annual statistics of crime :-

(i)       Each separate offence shall be reckoned as a separate case although several such offences may have been joined for the purpose of the trial.

(ii)      The question whether a set of facts constitutes one offence or more than one offence shall be determined with reference to section 235, Code of Criminal Procedure.

(iii)     In prosecutions for bad livelihood and for nuisance under section 34 of the Police Act, a separate case shall ordinarily be entered for each person arrested.

(iv)    When a case is sent for trial and a final order is passed, such case shall be entered under the section of the Act under which the accused person is convicted or acquitted. The final order is the order which stands after all appeals have been heard.

If such conviction or acquittal covers the facts reported by the police, the police returns shall, if they differ, be amended accordingly and the original report cancelled.

Illustrations.

(a)      The police send up A for trial of murder. A is convicted of culpable homicide. The returns shall be corrected by an entry under capable homicide and by cancelling the entry under murder.

(b)      The police send up B for trial of murder. B is convicted under section 318, Indian Penal Code. Here, if a murder was committed, as the conviction does not cover the facts of the police reports though it covers the evidence the police were able to produce, the entry of murder shall stand, and a new entry be made under section 318, Indian Penal Code.

(c)      C is found in possession of suspicious property and is sent up for trial on a charge of theft. He is convicted under section 411, Indian Penal Code. The property corresponded with that stolen in a case reported. The theft may be cancelled and an entry made under section 411, Indian Penal Code, if the evidence leaves the presumption evenly balanced between theft and receiving; but if the evidence shows that C received the stolen property from the thief, the case of the theft shall stand and a new entry, be made under section 411, Indian Penal Code.

(v)      Cases cancelled by order of the District Magistrate shall be excluded from the police returns but the arrest of any person in a case thus cancelled, together with the particulars required by the form, shall be shown in the columns relating to persons.

(vi)    A case shall be shown only in the returns of the district in which it was investigated, or, if transferred to another district for trial, in the returns of such district.

(vii)   A ‘‘decided’’ case is a case which has been brought to trial.

(viii)  A ‘‘discharged’’ person is one not brought to trial.

(ix)    Bank notes, bills, and cheques payable to bearer shall, when their cash value has been effectually transferred from the person from whom they were stolen, or taken in an offence, be entered at their cash value.

Bonds, securities, cash books, ledgers, and the like shall be entered only at the value of their component materials.

 

Property stolen or recovered shall be entered in the returns of the year in which the report is made irrespective of the true date of such loss or recovery.

No such loss or recovery shall be recorded in the returns of more than one year.

(x)      When a summons case is dismissed or a compoundable case compounded, any person arrested in such case shall be shown as acquitted.

(xi)    If an accused person is discharged and subsequently re-arrested and convicted on the same facts, or if an accused person is acquitted and such acquittal is subsequently quashed and the peson convicted on the same facts, only one arrest and one conviction shall be shown in the police returns.

(xii)   When an accused person dies, commits suicide, or becomes of unsound mind after the commission of an offence a note of the fact shall be made in the column of remarks of the return in question.

(xiii)  Persons shall be shown as acquitted or discharged, who die before the conclusion of the trial or who are discharged or acquitted in a cognizable offence, whether such offence has been cancelled or not and whether they are convicted of a non-cognizable offence or not.

 

27.11. Records of First Information Reports and Case Diaries.

 

(1)     Case diaries shall be filed, in order of dates, with the first information report of the case in question.

(2)     In the record room of each district police office there shall be an almirah containing three rows of pigeon-holes, each row containing as many pigeon-holes as there are police stations in the district.

A set of three pigeon-holes shall be allotted to each police station :-

(a)      In the upper row shall be kept complete cases, in which the final report or chargesheet has been received, and papers connected with cases which have previously been removed from the almirah.

(b)      In the middle row shall be kept first information reports in pending cases and case diaries which have been duly sorted and placed in order of dates.

(c)      In the lower row shall be kept unsorted papers connected with pending cases.

(3)     The files of cases under investigation or pending shall be removed from the middle row and placed in the upper row so soon as the final report has been received and filed.

The papers in the lower row shall, as far as possible, be sorted daily and placed with their respective first information reports in the middle row.

27.12. Monthly sorting.

 

(1)     At the end of each month, or sooner if convenient, the cases in the upper row which are no longer pending investigation shall be sorted and divided into separate packets as follows :-

(a)      All traced cases and untraced bailable cases, including cancelled cases.

(b)      Untraced non-bailable cases, in which action under section 512, Code of Criminal Procedure, has not been taken.

(c)      Untraced bailable and non-bailable cases in which action under Section 512, Code of Criminal Procedure, has been taken.

Each packet shall be placed in the record room in the current year’s bundle of the police station concerned.

A list of all the first information reports contained therein shall be kept with each packet under (b) and (c).

In (a) packets the cases shall be arranged in order of the serial numbers of the first information reports.

 

 

(2)     At the end of the current year the packets in the current year’s bundle shall be removed and placed in other bundles in accordance with sub-rule (3).

(3)     In the record room four separate bundles of case files shall be kept for each police station as follows :-

One bundle for the current year’s case files, which shall contain all the packets under (a), (b) and (c), in accordance with sub-rule (1).

One bundle for the previous year’s case files containing only packets under (a).

One bundle for the case files of the last year but one, containing only packets under (a).

One bundle for the files of all cases under (b) reported during the past five years.

The bundles of each police station shall be tied up in cloth of a distinctive colour and each bundle shall be marked with the name of the police station and the year to which its contents belong, as follows :

Current year (a), (b) and (c) files.

Previous year (a) files.

Last year but one (a) files.

Previous five years (b) files.

(4)     The files of cases coming under (c) of all police stations, shall, on removal from the current year’s bundle, be tied up together in one bundle in cloth of a distinctive colour.

The bundle shall be labelled ‘‘50 years bundle’’ and names of all the police stations concerned shall be entered on the label.

Such annual bundles shall be kept together in separate part of the record room.

(5)     The packets of case files shall be disposed of as follows :-

(i)       Packets coming under (a) will be removed and destroyed after two years from the date of the decision of the case in the Trial Court provided that no appeal or revision in the case is pending in the Appellate Courts. Untraced bailable cases including cancelled cases will be removed and destroyed after two years from the date on which the Magistrate has passed orders about the case being kept as untraced or cancelled as the case may be.

(ii)      Packets coming under (b) will be removed and destroyed after five years from the date of order of the Magistrate for keeping the case as untraced.

(iii)     Packets coming under (c) will be removed and destroyed after fifty years from the date of conclusion of proceedings under Section 512, Criminal Procedure Code.

APPENDIX No. 27.15 (VI).

EXTRACT FROM CHAPTER 3-A, OF VOLUME IV, HIGH COURT RULES AND ORDERS REGARDING THE DUTIES OF THE PROSECUTIN G AGENCY TOWARDS THE DISTRICT MAGISTRATE.

(7)   A convenient and valuable source of information for the adequate supervision of criminal business is the Police Department English register of cognizable offences mentioned in the Police Rule 24.18(1). This register is placed before the District Magistrate on each working day when he is at district headquarters. It gives information not only of the action of the police (thus enabling the District Magistrate, to superintend their work) but also affords the means of watching the progress and the results of business in Court. The practice of merely intialling this register after a hasty glance at it too commonly prevails, but a few minutes each day spent on considering the entries for the day and for preceding days will enable the District Magistrate to maintain a close touch within all branches of the criminal administration. The entries for the day bring to light at once the orders of courts which are prima facie unsatisfactory and which require the scrutiny of the District Magistrate. The register, therefore, facilitates the making of references to the High Court, and puts the Deputy Commissioner in a position at the earliest possible moment to initiate proceedings by way of appeal. It can also be used to disclose cases which have been pending for an inordinate time.

(8)   The Deputy Commissioner is the head of the prosecuting agency in the district and this affords him a further opportunity of keeping in touch with the work in all courts. It is easy for him to arrange to be informed by the prosecuting agency each day of an omission on the part of courts to record the evidence of witnesses produced and to investigate promptly any complaint which may be made of dilatoriness in any particular court.

(9) * * * * * * * * *

(10) The Judges are strongly of opinion that it is necessary to revert to the old system of sending up all material witnesses with the chalan. This system has been resumed in some districts with very marked success, but it can be carried out only if the work of magistrates is so arranged that they shall without delay commence the trial of chalans presented to them by the police. No excuse for not proceeding at once with a chalan should be accepted other than that the magistrate is already engaged on another challan, or on a complaint case in which a postponement would work genuine hardship. In such contingencies the fresh chalan should be proceeded with as soon as the Magistrate is free from the first case, and it must be impressed upon Magistrates that witnesses should be examined at once, that the trial must proceed from day to day without interruption, that charges should be framed without delay and without adjournment for the purpose of considering whether a charge should be framed or not, and that deference should not be paid to the wishes of an unready bar. If the presentation of witnesses along with challans renders it impossible on any particular day to record the statements of witnesses present in complaint cases, the evidence of the latter should be recorded the first thing next morning before the business of that day is undertaken, and similarly on any succeeding day the arrears of the previous day should be disposed of before the set work of that day. In this way it will be possible to avoid retaining any witnesses for more than two days at the utmost. Should congestion occur or be threatened, the Magistrate should apply promptly to the District Magistrate for sanction to fix one or more blank days in the week to be utilized for catching up with arrears, and the District Magistrate will find it convenient to receive each day from the prosecuting inspector a short note showing how the system is working in each of the subordinate courts.

(11) All arrests made by the police without warrant are reported to District Magistrate under section 62 of the Criminal Procedure Code, and all remand orders under section 167 passed by subordinate magistrates are similarly reported. Both these reports should be forwarded to the ilaqa magistrate, who has already received the First Information Report. The magistrate of the ilaqa is, thus, in a position to know that crime is under investigation in his ilaqa, and what cases are likely to each his Court within the next few days. The magistrate is responsible that the completion report under section 173 of the Criminal Procedure Code is not unduly delayed, and his responsibility in this respect should be emphazised. He should insist on the prompt submission of the First Information Report and of the arrest report, and he should call for the completion report from the Superintendent of Police if that report is unduly delayed. The District Magistrate should cause the ilaqa magistrate to realize that he is not a mere Judge whose duty it is simply to decide cases produced before him, but that he is at all times responsible for the maintenance of the peace in the area which is made over into his charge. Every effort should be made to get the ilaqa magistrate to take a personal interest in and gain a thorough knowledge of his own thanas.

(12) The Deputy Commissioner’s absence in camp must necessarily interfere with his day-to-day supervision of the work of the subordinate courts, but the interference can be minimised if arrangements are made with the Superintendent of Police that the register of congnizable crime is submitted each day to the next senior Magistrate at Sadar. That Magistrate, if not exercising the powers of a District Magistrate is not authorized to issue orders to the police but the object is that he should bring immediately to the notice of the District Magistrate cases in which his interference is called for, and in which Magisterial records should be obtained. Similarly the senior magistrate can be entrusted with the duties of securing the punctual attendance of subordinate magistrates and of seeing that witnesses are not dismissed without their evidence being recorded or that chalan cases are not delayed.

(13) Not inf4requently cases have occurred where undue delay has taken place in reporting for revision the unsatisfactory orders of subordinate Courts, or in moving Government to institute appeals. The delay is largely due to reliance on the monthly business statements which may not be submitted to the District Magistrate till a considerable time after the objectionable order has been passed. District Magistrates should make free use of the register of cogniazble crime for these purposes, and should take prompt action in cases where such action appears necessary. Having done so, they should arrange to be informed at once of any appeal that may be made to the Sessions Court in a case which has been reported, and they must report promptly to the High Court first the fact of the appeal having been filed and later its results.

 

FORM No. 27.1(3).

Memorandum of Chalan

In case

F.I.R. No. ____, dated____ Crown vs_____.  Police Station Section _____.

1.        Whether all the papers and documents entered in the list given on the chalan are properly attached to the challan ?

 

2.        Are all the columns of chalan form duly filled in ? Note any mistake made in filling the form.

3.        Does the list of property entered in column No. 5 tally with the list given in Road Certificate ? Note any discrepancies.

4.        Is the copy of Police Station file complete ? Does it contain a copy of the F.I.R ? Is the file properly prepared and signed by Station seal, etc. ?

5.        Is the plan of spot prepared according to instructions, i.e., whether the notes on it are entered by the investigating officer in red ink, and if these notes appear to be made correctly ?

6.        Are the sketches of the weapons of offence attached to the chalan ? Do they bear the signatures of the preparing officer and the weight of the weapon ?

7.        Is the list of stolen property attached to the chalan ? If so, does it bear the signatures of the complainant and the officer writing the list, with date ?

8.        In murder and hurt cases whether the post-mortem reports, inquest reports, statements of injuries, Chemical Examiner’s and Imperial Serologist’s reports attached to the chalan or not ?

9.        Whether the list of properties, etc. recovered, produced, or seized in the case are correctly prepared, dated and signed by witnesses and officer preparing them ? Also whether the signatures of the witnesses of recovery who are entered in the chalan appear on the lists ?

 

 

10.     Were the accused’s search slips sent to Bureau and was any reply received ? If so, what ?

11.     Are the identification certificates of the accused attached to chalan ?

12.     Which the accused are persons who convicts ? Give brief note of their conviction with dates.

13.     Whether all the persons who were accused of committing the offence in the F.I.R. or First Case diary have been sent up for trial ? Note if some of them are omitted or some new are added. Also note if the officer sending the chalan has noted any reasons for doing so in the brief.

14.     Is the Police brief prepared according to instructions ? Note defects. [Paragraph 27.9].

15.     Are all the eye or other necessary witnesses whose names were mentioned in F.I.R. entered in the chalan ? If not, are any reasons given in brief for doing so ?

16.     Note the dates on which the several accused were arrested.

17.     Were remands regularly taken and was the chalan prepared in proper time ?

18.     Whether all necessary evidence has been entered in the chalan ? Note if there are any omissions.

19.     Whether the personal bonds and bail bonds of accused persons and the recognizances of all witnesses are attached to the chalan or not ? If they are attached, note if they are complete, and properly bind the accused and witnesses for attendance. If arrangements for producing witnesses along with the chalan have not been made, are any reasons given in the chalan for not doing so ?

20.     Note in cases sent up for proceedings under section 512, Criminal Procedure Code, if the full description of the absconders and list of the property owned by them are attached to the chalan. Whether separate report for obtaining the warrant of arrest of absconder was received, whether proceedings under section 87/88, Criminal Procedure Code, have been started.

21.     In cases of kidnapping and abduction note if the medical opinion and copies of birth register are attached with the chalan.

22.     Whether the statements of prosecution witnesses were separately recorded under Section 161/162, Criminal Procedure Code ?

23.     By whom has the chalan been prepared ?

24.     Has any unnecessary delay been made in the course of investigation or in chalaning the case ?

25.     Other necessary facts, defects and omissions made in the investigation, etc., which require special notice or which necessitate some action. Particular care should be taken to see whether enquiry has been made regarding the connections of Prosecution Witnesses with the complainant and with the accused.

26.     A brief order issued or action taken on the chalan.

27.     Final decision of the case with date.

28.     Note any undue delay made by court in dealing with the case. Instances in which witnesses were produced with the chalan and were sent back unheard, delays in framing charges, hearing arguments or pronouncing judgments, etc.

29.     If the case ends in discharge or acquittal, copy of the judgment should be attached with an opinion as to whether or not the case is a fit one for revision or an appeal.

 

FORM No. 27.2(1)(a)

 

POLICE STATION

 

  DISTRICT

 

Serial No. of charge sheet slip despatch register

 

Charge-sheet slip to accompany charge sheet No.

 

(1)     No. of First Information Report

 

(2)     Date of report

(3)     Value of Property – Stolen


   Recovered

(4)     Date of sending up for trial

 

(5)     Date of arrival in Court

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Name of ac-

Offence

Date

Date of

Orrence which

Sentence, date of

District serial

cused arrested,

under which

of

transfer

has been proved

sentence, name of

No. of P.R.

parentage,

charged by

arrest

or

against the

court and presiding

Slip (if any) as

Caste, resi-

the Police

 

escape

accused or in

officer with his

entered in P.R.

dence, occupa-

and place of

 

 

which he has

powers, the district in

Register

tion, descrip-

occurrence

 

 

been acquitted

which the trial was

 

tion and spe-

 

 

 

 

held and whether the

 

cial marks of

 

 

 

 

case was tried

 

identification

 

 

 

 

summarily or otherwise

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of the Magistrate

 

FORM No. 27.2 (2)

LIST OF HEADINGS.

Station House Officer -

(1)          Name.

(2)          Parentage.

(3)          Caste and tribe (settled or wandering).

(4)          Age.

(5)          Description.

(6)          Residence. (In case he is not a British subject by birth both the original and the present residence should be given).

(7)          No. and date of Punjab Government Notification under section 3 of the Criminal Tribes Act under which declared a member of a Criminal Tribe.

(8)          Date and place of registration.

(9)          F.P. Slip No.

(10)       No. and date of Punjab Government Notification imposing restrictions :-

 

(a)          Under Section 10.

(b)          Under Section 11.

(11)       Date and original area of restriction.

(12)       Changes in area of restriction mentioned under No. 11 above, if any, with authorities.

(13)       Has he been in the Reformatory Settlement or in any other Criminal Tribes Settlement established under Section 16 previously and, if so, supply the following information:-

(a)          No. and date of restriction orders under Section 16 with name of Settlement to which restricted.

(b)          When was he released on form ‘L’ under rule 28-A ?

(c)          No. and date of order under section 18 discharging him from settlement.

(14)       Is there any objection to the Criminal Tribe member being allowed to remain in his area of restriction mentioned above ? If so, furnish material on the following points :-

(a)           Has he any land at his village, and if not, has he any other means of livelihood?

(b)          Modus Operandi.

(c)           Details of recorded and unrecorded suspicious with dates.

(d)          Particulars of friends and relations of bad character and of other persons of bad repute with whom the Criminal Tribe member associates.

(e)           General reputation in the village together with the opinion of the village officials.

(f)           Copy of Register A.

(g)           Station House Officer’s report concerning eligibility of the Criminal Tribe member for admission to the Reformatory Settlement after his release from jail and any remarks.

(h)          Offence now committed.

(i)            Brief history of the case.

Station House Officer.

Prosecuting Branch -

(15)       Result of the case and action taken under rule 28(3) of the Rules framed under section 20 of the Criminal Tribes Act.

(16)       Grounds on which the Criminal Tribe member is eligible for admission to Reformatory Settlement after his release from jail.

(17)       Remarks by Superintendent of Police.


P.Dy. Supdt. Police

P.I.

Note. The above form together with enclosures (in duplicate) should be forwarded to the Deputy Commissioner for Criminal Tribes, Punjab, with his remarks.

 

FORM No. 27.9(1)

Police Department

 

_____District.

POLICE BRIEF IN CASE UNDER SECTION FIRST INFORMATION REPORT No. _____, POLICE STATION  ___

(1)          Place of occurrence and its distance from the Police Station.

(2)          Date and time of occurrence.

(3)          Date and time when F.I.R. was made at the Police Station, and explanation.

(4)          Value of property stolen. Recovered.

(5)          Name of complainant, with explanation. If not, the leading injured party.

(6)          Name and parentage of accused and date of, arrest with explanation of any delay in effecting arrest; also note whether mentioned in F.I.R. and if not when and how first mentioned [Fresh page]

(7)          Concise statement of the case for the prosecution. [Fresh page]

(8)          List of witnesses, giving name, parentage and address. [Fresh page]

(9)          List of points to be proved by the prosecution to establish the offence, with serial number of witness to prove each point.

 

 

1

2

3

4

5

Points to be proved to establish the offence

Serial Number of witness

Abstract of statement of each witness as given in the Police file

Reference to case diaries relating to the witness’s statement

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

Note 1. For column 1 See under "Practice-Evidence" in the appropriate section in "The Law of Crimes".

Note 2. In column 5 Note anything which counsel should know, e.g., explanation for delay in witness coming forward, credibility of witness (e.g., friendship with complainant, accused, or other witnesses), possible discrepancies and explanation thereof.[Fresh page]

(10)       List of exhibits together with the explanation of any delay in the recovery of any article.[Fresh page]

(11)       Probable line of defence with reasons of investigating officer for rejecting it and suggested line of rebuttal. (Note here reasons for omission of any accused or witnesses mentioned in F.I.R.)[Fresh page]

(12)       Proceedings in Court.

Date of hearing

What is to be done at this hearing

What has been done at this hearing

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROCEEDINGS IN THE COURT OF, MAGISTRATE, CLASS

Date of hearing

What is to be done on this hearing

What has been done on this hearing

 

 

 


FORM No. 27.10(2)

REQUISITION FOR PARTICULARS OF PREVIOUS CONVICTIONS 196.


 

FROM


TO                                                     Superintendent

 


 

Dated ................................................ ?

Superintendent


? No.

Received............................................ ?

Sir,

I REQUEST you will please furnish extract of previous convictions of the individual named within, certified under the hand of the Clerk of the Court or other officer having the custory of the original records, so that the said certified extract may be used as evidence under the provisions of section 511, Code of Criminal Procedure.




 

 

 

REVERSE.


I have, &c., Superintendent of Police




 


Name of accused. Father’s name.

Residence.


Description Age

Description of offence with which now charged.

Clue to former conviction

Superintendent of Police




FORM No. 27.15(VI)

NAME OF PROSECUTING OFFICER ____DAILY DIARY OF THE COURT OF ____FOR  ____

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Daily Serial No

Case fixed for this day (including fresh cases) with names of accused, offence

F.I.R. No. and name of Police Station

Date of first

hearing of case,

Number of witnesses summone d

Number of witnesses attended

Were all witnesses served ? If not, give reasons for nonservice of summons

Number of witnesses examined

Explanation of the case was not taken up

or if all the witnesses were not examined or if, in fresh cases, witnesses were not present with the chalan

What proceedin gs were taken

on this day?

Next date of hearing of cases

REMAR KS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 1. Each case shall be dealt with separately, and when a fresh date for hearing is fixed, the Prosecuting Officer shall immediately enter up the case under the new date and give a reference to the place in the diary when the case last came up for hearing.

Note 2. Entries in column 8 must be confined to facts, and care must be taken to avoid any criticism of a Magistrate.

FORM No. 27.15(VI) Concluded

DETAILS OF CASES PENDING IN EACH COURT

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

 

 

Serial No.

 

 

Court

PENDING

FROM LAST WEEK

RECEIVED DURING WEEK

RECEIVED BY

TRANSFER FROM COURTS

CONVICTED

DISCHARGED

OR ACQUITTED

Cases

Persons

Cases

Persons

Cases

Persons

Cases

Persons

Cases

Persons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

9

10

11

12

13

TRANSFER TO COURT

PENDING AT CLOSE OF WEEK

PENDING OVER ONE MONTH

PENDING OVER 3 MONTHS

PENDING OVER 6 MONTHS

REMARKS

Cases

Persons

Cases

Persons

Cases

Persons

Cases

Persons

Cases

Persons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


FORM No. 27.15(VIII)

REGISTER OF JUDICIAL EXPENSES BILLS

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Serial No.

Date of receipt of bill

Name of Police Station submitting bill and other particulars

Diet of witness

Fare of witness

Diet of accused

Fare of accused

Carriage expenses of property

Carriage dead body

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

Feeding charges of recovered cattle

Miscellaneous

Total

Authority sanctioning the bill

Date of handing over the bills of the Nazir for payment

Date of payment by the Nazir

Signature of the payee and date

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 27.16(1)

VERNACULAR REGISTER OF PROPERTY SENT IN CASES AND OF UNCLAIMED PROPERTY

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

Serial No

Referenc e to

First Informat ion Report or to case diary or report

Name of Police Station from where received

Name of complai nant or suppose d owner

Name of accused or suspecte d person

Offence

Date of receipt

Detail of property in cases

Detail of

unclaimed property

How disposed of

Date of disposal

REMARK S

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


FORM No. 27.16(3)

JAILOR’S RECEIPT FOR ALL PRISONERS DELIVERED INTO JAIL

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Serial No.

Name, parentage and residence of prisoner

Authority under which sent to Jail

Name and signature or seal of officerin-charge

Property, etc., sent with prisoner

Signature of Jailor, with date

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note. This register should be prepared by hand in vernacular in foolscap size and the headings written and pasted on lengthwise.

 

FORM No. 27.16(3)(A),

POLICE DEPARTMENT

____ DISTRICT

REGISTER OF INGRESS AND EGRESS OF UNDER-TRIALS IN THE JUDICIAL LOCK-UP

 

INGRESS OF PRISONERS

No.

Date

Name and parentage of the prisoner brought into the lock-up

Name of the officer bringing the prisoner

Place wherefrom brought in

Initials of the officer incharge of the lock-up receiving the prisoner

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EGRESS OF PRISONERS

Serial No.

Date

Name and parentage of the prisoner taken out of the lockout

Place where sent

Name of the officer incharge of the escorting party

Initials or thumb mark of the officer taking over charge of the prisoner

REMARKS

 

FORM No. 27.16(4)

VERNACULAR REGISTER OF WARRANTS OF ARREST AND SEARCH AND OF SUMMONSES RECEIVED FOR EXECUTION AND SERVICE BY THE POLICE

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

 

STEPS TAKEN BY THE POLICE TO CARRY OUT

 

No.

Name, caste, occupatio n and residence of

person on whom the process is to be served

For what offence issued

Warrant or summons and for what purpose

By whom issued

Date of process

Date of hearing of case

Date of receipt of process by the Police Departm ent

Date of endorseme nt and despatch and name of Police Officer to whom endorsed

Date of execution of process

Date of return to Court

REMAR KS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 27.16(5)

VERNACULAR REGISTER OF INTERMEDIATE ORDERS IN CASES

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

No.

Complainant

Accused

Criminal Court

Offence with No. and date of First Information Report and name of Police Station

Intermediate order

Final order

REMARKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 27.16(6)

VERNACULAR REGISTER OF PERSONS ON SECURITY TO BE OF GOOD BEHAVIOUR, THE NAMES OF SURETIES, ETC.

 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Serial No.

Name, father’s name and caste of person required to find security

Residence

Amount of security and of personal recognizance

Names, father’s names and caste of sureties

Residence of sureties

Name of Court which passed the order to find security, name of presiding officer, powers of the court, district in which order was passed and date of order

 

 

 

 

 

8

9

10

11

IMPRISONMENT IN DEFAULT OF SECURITY,

DATE OF EXPIRY OF PERIOD OF SECURITY

-----------------------------------

Date and month of

Reference to First Information Report or papers in any case in which a person on security was convicted and bond became liable to forfeiture

Reference to papers appertaining to proceedings taken to obtain forfeiture of security and result of such proceedings.

(a) Date of going to prison

(b) Date of release

19

19

19

19

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 27.24(2)

 

ORDER

Summons from the Court of the ........for the production at of the office files relating to the....................................

(a)           I direct. to appear with the files mentioned in the summons a brief description of which is given below and to claim privilege for them under section 123 of the Evidence Act.

(b)          Having examined the documents mentioned in the summons, I withhold permission to give any evidence derived from the files for which privilege is claimed under this order.

It should be represented to the Court that these files contain unpublished official records relating to affairs of State for the purpose of section 123 and that, in view of the provisions of section 162 of the Evidence Act, the files are not open to the inspection of the Court :-

Dated___ the ____Inspector-General of Police

*Here insert a brief description of the nature of the documents summoned together with the reasons for claiming privilege for example, this document is a report of C.I.D. Officer making a secret inquiry into a case of fraud and it is undesirable in the interest of the inquiry that its contents should be disclosed.

 

FORM No. 27.32(1)

RECEIPT AND DESPATCH REGISTER OF CHARGE-SHEET SLIPS AND CONVICTIONS SLIPS REFERRING TO CASES INCLUDED UNDER RULE 27.29

1

2

3

4

5

6

Annual serial No. of charge-sheet slips or conviction slips received from other districts or from magistrates

Date of receipt with name of the district

Name of police station, offence with section and No. of First Information Report

DISPOSAL OF CHARGESHEET SLIPS

Name, parentage and caste of the convict

Date of despatch to police station sending up the accused for trial

Date of return from the police station sending up the accused for trial

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

RESIDENCE

DISPOSAL OF CONVICTION SLIPS

Number of entry in register No. IX of the police station in which the conviction is entered

Date of return of conviction slip to district from which received. (The column will only be filled in where conviction slips are received from other districts)

REMARKS

Village

Police Station

District

Date of despatch to the district or police station in which the convict resides

Date of return from the district or police station in which the convict resides

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM No. 27.16(7)

VERNACULAR REGISTER OF EXCISE CASES OCCURRING DURING THE YEAR 19. IN WHICH POLICE OFFICERS HAVE BEEN DIRECTLY CONCERNED

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Serial No.

Name of Police Station

Date of report

Description of offence committed with section of Excise or Opium Act and No. and date of First Information Report, if any

Nature of action taken by the Police (e.g., accused arrested, illicit spirits detained, report made to Excise Officer or as the ase may be)

Name and rank of officer by whom action referred to in column 5 was taken

Final result of the case

Amount of reward, if any sanctioned for the police in the case

REMARK S

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

FORM No. 27.18(1)

REGISTER OF ISSUE FROM AND RETURNED TO THE PROSECUTING INSPECTOR’S MALKHANA OF CASE PROPERTY DAILY PRODUCED IN COURTS AND PENDING CASES. VIDE POLICE RULE 27.18

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Serial

Serial No. of

Signature of

Initials of the

Signature of the

Initials of the

REMARKS

No. and

property register

the Court

prosecuting

head constable,

prosecuting

 

date of is-

(form No.

orderly to

Officer in

incharge,

officer in

 

sue

27.16(1) on

whom

whose

Malkhana, who

whose

 

which the

property

presence the

receives back the

presence the

 

 

 

property issued, is entered)

issued

property was issued

property, with date of receipt,

property was returned to the Malkhana

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 



FORM No. 27.33(1)

POLICE DEPARTMENT


______ DISTRICT


CONVICTION SLIP OF A PERSON CONVICTED IN ABOVE DISTRICT WHO IS SUPPOSED TO RESIDE IN THE POLICE STATION OF DISTRICT __

Serial No. of charge-sheet slip despatch register.

1.             F.I.R. Report No. of Police Station

2.             Name. , son of , alias

3.             Caste

4.             Occupation

5.             Description Age Height particulars marks as shown in charge-sheet.

6.             Resident of village Police Station District

7.             Brief account of offence with section and of law under which conviction was obtained and place of offence.

8.             Sentence -

(i)            Date of sentence ..

(ii)          Court of ..

(iii)        Name of presiding Officer ..

(iv)        District in which trial was held ..

(v)          Was case tried summarily or otherwise ?

9.             District Serial No. P.R. Slip with descriptive roll as shown therein

10.          Remarks

You are requested to return this statement in the event of its being discovered that the convicted person does not commonly reside in your police station or district.


Dated

The ____196 .

Superintendent of Police

Date of entry in the conviction register of the police station, with the signature of Clerk, Head Constable and the Serial No. of the entry

 


FORM No. 27.36

General Register No. 1

POLICE DEPARTMENT

 ___.DISTRICT




COGNIZABLE CASES REPORTED AT A POLICE STATION FOR THE YEAR 19.

1

2

3

4

5

6

Annual Serial No. of cases reported

Police Station No. and date of First Information Report

Date and case of occurrence

Section of Indian Penal Code or law offended against

COMPLAINANT

 

Name and parentage

Residence

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

8

9

10

11

 

ACCUSED

Name

Parentage

Caste and occupation

Residence

Age

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

 

CASES

 

 

True Cases

In which investigation was refused

Number of cases proved as false by the Magistrate or declared false

Number of cases in which a mistake of law or fact occurred or declared noncognizable by a Magistrate

Ending in conviction

Ending in discharge or acquittal

Not detected or

apprehende d (cases

in column 12 will not be

shown)

Total of true cases (columns) 12+15+16+17)


 

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

 

PERSONS

Persons in custody or on bail under section 170, Criminal Procedure code, at beginning of the year

Arrested by the Police during the year

Persons released under section 169, Criminal Procedure Code

Persons sent for trial

Number convicted

Number acquitted or discharged

Persons who had not been arrested at end of year (only persons for whom warrants have been issued during the

year will be included)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

 

PROPERTY

Reference to the entries in Register of Cognizable

Offences

Remarks

Amount of property stolen

Amount of property recovered

Rupees

Annas

Pies

Rupees

Annas

Pies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER 28 RAILWAY POLICE AND OTHER SPECIAL RULES

 

28.1. Organisation.

 

The General Railway Police district administered by the Inspector-General of Police, Punjab, comprises the railway systems within the boundaries of the jurisdiction of the Punjab Government. It is under the direct supervision of the Assistant Inspector-General, Government Railway Police, who is invested with the same departmental powers within his jurisdiction as a Deputy Inspector-General of a Range.

 

The Government Railway Police force is organized to meet the special requirements of crime and the maintenance of law and order on the railway systems. The Assistant Inspector-General exercises administrative control over the whole force and is in direct executive control of the Central Investigating Agency. Under the control of the Assistant Inspector-General an Assistant Superintendent of Police is in executive charge of interior economy, of the Reserve, and of the staff inspectors, sergeants and lower subordinates who are specially allocated to the protection of passengers and the maintenance of order at railway stations. For the prevention and detection of crime and general police duties the Government Railway Police jurisdiction is divided into such number of sub-divisions as may be from time to time, authorized, in the executive charge of Deputy Superintendents of Police. Sub-divisions are further divided into railway police station areas for the purpose of the registration of crime, the upkeep of records and the distribution of the force. For the investigation of crime, however, every sub-inspector of railway police has the power of an officer in charge of a police station (vide Rule 1.12).

 

28.2. Jurisdiction.

 

The jurisdiction of the railway police is confined to "Railway Limits," i.e., all ground and buildings within the railway boundary fencing or boundary marks :-

Provided that all offences committed in or in close proximity to dwelling houses or barracks of railway servants shall be taken cognizance of and investigated by the district police. This proviso, however, does not extend to stations situated in Indian States where the railway police take cognizance of such offences.

 

28.3. Central Investigating Agency.

 

The duties of the Central Investigating Agency are :-

(1)     to investigate serious or complicated cases or special outbreaks of crime;

(2)     to maintain records for the classification and prevention of crime and for the control of fluctuations;

(3)     to provide plain clothes detective staff;

(4)     to provide armed train guards in special circumstances;

(5)     to furnish seal checking posts at provincial boundaries and elsewhere as required, for the purpose of localising investigations.

 

28.4. Recruitment and Training.

 

The Government Railway Police force recruits and trains its own men and shares with the district police the facilities afforded by the Provincial Training School.

Railway police constables may be attached to district police stations with the permission of the Superintendent of district, for the purpose of acquiring knowledge of local bad characters and suspects. They shall, while so attached, be under the orders and control of the officer in charge of the police station for purposes of discipline and instruction.

 

28.5. Duties and powers.

 

Gazetted officers, inspectors and officers in charge of railway police stations and their subordinates, shall be governed and guided by the orders defining the duties, responsibilities and powers of such officers contained in these rules, the Code of Criminal Procedure, Railways Act and Police Act and other laws.

 

28.6. Special rules regarding investigations of railway accidents.

 

The following rules regarding the investigation of railway accidents have special reference to the railway police :-

(i)       The railway police may make an investigation into the causes which led to any accident occurring in the course of working of a railway, and shall do so -

(a)      Whenever any such accident is attended with loss of human life or with grievous hurt as defined in the Indian Penal Code, or with serious injury to property, or has prima facie been due to any criminal act or omission;

(b)      Whenever the District Magistrate, or other Magistrate appointed in this behalf by the Provincial Government, directs an investigation to be held :

Provided that no such investigation shall be made when a magisterial enquiry has been commenced or ordered.

(ii)      Whenever an investigation is made under clause (a) or (b) of sub-rule preceding, it shall be supervised by an officer not below the rank of an inspector. A police officer attending a joint officer’s enquiry must be gazetted officer. The rules regarding notices of accidents, and enquiries by Government inspectors into railway accidents issued by Government of India by notification in the Department of Commerce and Industry, No. 801, dated the 24th March, 1905, and in pursuance of section 84, Indian Railways Act, 1890, will be found in Appendix 28.6.

(iii)     Except, when there is reason to suspect that a railway accident has been caused by the commission of cognizable offence which the police officer in question has jurisdiction to investigate, a police officer investigating a railway accident has no power to compel the attendance of witnesses or to make arrests.

(iv)    Whenever an investigation into a railway accident is started by the railway police, they shall give immediate information to, and, if necessary, enlist the cooperation of, the local district police.

The railway police, and, in the absence of railway police, the district police, are required to report immediately to the nearest station master, or responsible railway official, every accident which may come to their notice, occurring in the course of working a railway, in which serious injury to person or property has been caused or an offence appears to have been committed.

An English and vernacular copy of that part of the rules, dealing with the duties of the police in connection with railway accidents, shall be hung up in every railway police station and post and the orders therein shall be complied with.

 

28.6-A. Arrest of railway servants.

 

When the arrest of a railway servant is to be effected, a request shall ordinarily be forwarded to the railway authorities concerned for the relief from duty of the person so arrested. If the immediate removal of the railway servant from duty would be likely to endanger the safety of the travelling public, or be a serious inconvenience to the railway, the arrest shall ordinarily be deferred until the relief is effected; but the railway servant may be arrested and allowed to continue his duty under guard if it is advisable to place him under immediate restraint.

 

28.7. Special duty of the railway police.

 

(1)     The following particular duties, among others, devolve upon the railway police :-

(a)      To protect travellers from injury to person or property.

 

(b)      To maintain law and order at railway stations and in trains.

(c)      To attend the arrival and departure of passenger trains at stations and to render all possible assistance to passengers and railway officers.

(d)      To bring to the notice of the proper authorities all offences under the Railways Act and breaches of bye-laws, and all cases of fraud, or oppression, on the part of railway subordinates.

(e)      To keep platforms clear of idlers and beggars and to keep a look-out for suspicious persons, smugglers and persons travelling with arms without a licence.

(f)       To search all empty carriages for property left behind by passengers.

(g)      To control the hackney carriages plying for hire at railway stations and to enforce the regulations of the railway authorities with regard to them.

(2)     It is not the business of the railway police to undertake the watch and ward of railway property or of property consigned to the railway for transportation. For these duties a special force of watchmen is employed and administered by the railway authorities. The railway police shall not be required to intervene in cases of shortage or of missing goods or to examine or check the seals of goods waggons, unless they have reason to suspect the commission of cognizable offences. The provision of guards on goods trains is not one of normal duties of the police and should only be undertaken, if there is definite reason to anticipate the commission of offences.

(3)     When, however, offences are specially prevalent in any particular locality, the railway police are authorized to take special measures, including the posting of police to goods yards, special seal-checking operations and the investigation of shortages, with the object of detecting such offences and apprehending the offenders. Such measures are aimed solely at the control of crime and in no way affect the duties and responsibilities of railway officials in respect of the protection of railway property and private property entrusted to the railway for transport.

 

28.8. Relations with the railway authorities.

 

In regard to important matters connected with the railway police administration, and with the protective duties of the police and the preservation of order, the views of the Agent or other superior railway officers concerned shall be ascertained and considered.

 

28.9. Relations with the district police.

 

The district and railway police are branches of the same force and are required to co-operate and assist each other upon every occasion and in every way possible. An opportunity of attending inter-district Police Conferences shall invariably be given to subdivisional officers of railway police concerned, and the Assistant InspectorGeneral. Railway Police shall be similarly given the opportunity of attending Conferences regarding criminal administration held by range Deputy Inspectors-General.

 

28.10. Co-operation between railway and district police.

 

The rules which follow have been framed to assist co-operation between railway and district police in particular matters :-

(i)       The Assistant Inspector-General of Railway Police shall keep in close touch with the Superintendents of district police through whose jurisdiction railways run, and should meet them periodically in order to arrange for satisfactory co-operation and harmonious working between their respective subordinates. The Assistant Inspector-General of Railway Police should also keep in touch with District Magistrates and see that the railway police show proper deference to the district authorities.

(ii)      District Magistrates should, from time to time, examine the registers of railway police stations within their districts and record remarks on such examinations in the Minute Book of the station. Officers in charge of police stations shall send copies of such remarks through their sub-divisional officers to the Assistant Inspector-General who will see that proper action is taken.

(iii)     Superintendents of district police shall frequently visit railway police stations situated in their districts and satisfy themselves that the orders in connection with the deputation of district policemen to railway stations and co-operation between railway and district police are being properly carried out. They should enter in the Station Minute Book remarks and suggestions in connection with these matters.

(iv)    All serious crime, including offences of which special reports have, under the police rules to be submitted by district police stations, shall be specially reported at once by the railway police to the Superintendent of district police concerned and to the District Magistrate. The use of the telegraph or telephone for these reports is advisable in cases in which delay would otherwise ensue.

(v)      Case diaries of the railway police shall be submitted by the railway police officer making the investigation to the sub-divisional officer or Assistant Inspector General of Railway Police, for scrutiny and orders. A copy shall also be sent to the Superintendent of Police of the district within those boundaries the case is registered to enable him to prosecute when necessary; to be available should be magistrate empowered to take cognizance of the offence call for it; and in order that railway cases may be properly placed before the criminal courts.

(vi)    There are many cases which, although initially and correctly registered in railway police stations, could equally lawfully and more successfully be dealt with by the district police. Cases of murder reported to have occurred within railway jurisdiction fall into this category, if they arise out of district feuds and quarrels or have been committed outside railway limits, the railway line being merely used by the murderers with a view to creating the impression that death has been accidental. Dacoities, robberies and train wrecking, and similar offences, can often be better dealt with by the district police. It is important, therefore, that Superintendents of Police should scrutinize First Information Reports received from railway police stations, and transfer from the railway police jurisdiction, to the district police stations, cases in which such transfer is desirable.

(vii)   Superintendents of district police shall give the railway police all assistance which they may require in following cases beyond railway limits. The presentation in court and prosecution of railway police cases shall be undertaken by the prosecuting staff of the district concerned with the same degree of energy and supervision as is enjoined upon them in respect of cases registered by the district police. Whenever possible the railway police will provide a special prosecuting officer for important cases and cases which involve railway technicalities, but such action shall not relieve the district police of responsibility for taking all steps in their power to assist the prosecution.

(viii)  Any defects or irregularities noticed in charge-sheets, and other papers received from the railway police, shall be pointed out by the Superintendent of the district police to the subordinate railway police direct, but no strictures on the railway police shall be passed on such papers. When, in the opinion of the Superintendent of district police, the conduct of the railway police merits reproof he shall address the Assistant Inspector-General of Railway Police on the subject.

(ix)    If cases which should be, or have been, registered by the railway police are traced by the district police acting independently, information shall immediately be given to the railway police station concerned.

(x)      When the Assistant Inspector General of Railway Police sends a case for orders  through a Superintendent of the district police to a magistrate empowered to take cognizance of it, or to a District Magistrate, the Superintendent of Police shall transmit it; he may not return it to the railway police with his own orders, unless and until he has obtained the orders of the magistrate concerned.

(xi)    When cognizable offences are committed in the vicinity of the railway, but such offences are not required to be investigated by the railway police under these rules, they shall to the utmost of their ability and without neglecting their more immediate duties, use every endeavour to arrest the offender and to assist the district police.

(xii)   Whenever cognizable crime on the railway is specially prevalent in a particular locality, the Assistant Inspector-General of Railway Police may call on the Superintendent of Police concerned to co-operate with him in checking it. In such circumstances the Superintendent of Police concerned shall make such dispositions as, after a study of the situation, may be agreed upon by himself and the Assistant Inspector-General Railway Police, to be most suitable. If the section of line affected extends beyond the limits of one district, concerted preventive measures shall be instituted after a conference of police officers representing all the areas concerned.

(xiii)  One or more literate railway police officers of or above the rank of constable shall accompany each passenger train. These officers shall wear uniform throughout their period of duty. They shall maintain a "Train Diary" in which will be recorded information connected with cognizable offences, movements of bad characters and suspects and such other matters as may be prescribed. District police stations shall, as far as possible, depute one or more constables in plain clothes to railway stations within the area of their jurisdiction to watch for the arrival or departure by the railway of known criminals or suspicious characters. Such constables shall exchange information with the railway police officers travelling in passenger trains. Information received by this means shall be communicated at the earliest opportunity by the constables concerned to their officers in charge of police stations. If the travelling railway police officer is unable to find the district plain clothes constable during the halt of his train, he shall either make over a written message to the station master and request him to have it delivered or in cases of urgency, he may himself alight and take the message to the district police station.

(xiv)  Doubtful cases and disputes as to jurisdiction in the case of railway police stations are governed by rule 25.5. The police station receiving a report of a cognizable offence shall record it, according to those rules. Delay in registration and investigation pending the settlement of jurisdiction is expressly forbidden.

 

28.11. Special training of Railway Police.

 

The railway police shall be trained in accordance with the principles and methods laid down in Chapter XIX. The application of these principles shall have special reference to the requirements of railway police work. Upper subordinates and educated lower subordinates shall be passed in rotation through courses of instruction in the Central Investigating Agency. In the Headquarters lines school special instruction shall be given in the elements of booking and checking goods and the principles of train working, and in the methods of criminals who habitually operate on railways.

 

28.12. Special arrangement for heavy passenger traffic.

 

On the occasion of fairs and other assemblies creating unusually heavy traffic on a railway, the railway police shall under the instructions and with the approval of the railway authorities, arrange to admit to the railway station for each train only so many passengers as can be accommodated.

 

TOWN AND CANTONMENT POLICE SPECIAL RULES

 

28.13. Fixing beats system.

 

(1)     In each town and cantonment for which a watch and ward staff is sanctioned, detailed statements shall be prepared of all day and night beats, patrols and traffic points to be furnished by the strength as calculated according to subrule (2) below. To illustrate each statement, a map shall be prepared to a suitable scale showing the boundaries of each beat, patrol area, & c., and the principal roads, lanes and important buildings included therein. Beats etc., shall be grouped according to the police station or post furnishing them, and within each group each beat, etc., shall be given a serial number. The strength of each beat and patrol shall be fixed according to the conditions of the locality.

(2)     The length and size of each beat, etc., shall be regulated by the locality, the status and character of the residents, incidence of crime and other local conditions. In thickly populated areas of narrow lanes and intersecting roads, both beats and patrol areas shall be sufficiently small to permit of no part being left unobserved long enough for a burglar to effect an entry, collect his spoils and make good his escape. In residential and commercial areas, where buildings are comparatively widely separated and roads are long and broad the organization of police supervision should be such that, while all parts of a beat and patrol area cannot be under constant observation, the moment at which any particular spot within that area may be watched shall be uncertain. With this object in view both beat constables and supervising patrols in such areas shall be provided with bicycles, as far as funds permit. For such purposes bicycles shall be used (a) to convey the beat staff rapidly and silently from one part of their area to another, being then deposited in some convenient place while the police patrol on foot in a particular neighbourhood (b) for the pursuit of criminals or suspicious persons.

(3)     Patrols are of two kinds, (a) patrols under head constables or superior officers for the supervision of beats, (b) patrols outside the area of fixed beats for the protection of special buildings or areas or for the interception of criminals and suspicious persons coming to or from the town or cantonment.

 

28.14. Division of town police.

 

When necessary, the town or cantonment shall be divided into divisions distinguished by a letter of the alphabet each division being in charge of a divisional officer of, or above, the rank of head constable, whose responsibilities and duties shall be explicitly stated in the standing orders. Each divisional officer shall, if possible, visit every beat in his division at least once during the day and night.

 

28.15. Sections of divisions.

 

The point and beat staff of a division shall be sub-divided into sections when necessary, each section being in charge of a section officer of the rank of head constable whose duties and responsibilities shall likewise be explicitly stated.

 

28.16. Hours of duty of constables.

 

(1)     The hours of night and day beat duty shall be exactly stated and adapted to the seasons of the year.

(2)     Day duties and beats shall be reduced as far as possible, after provision has been made for general protection, the regulation of traffic and the prevention of nuisances.

(3)     Except in cases of emergency, no policemen shall be employed continuously on point or beat duty for more than 5 hours or more than 8 in 24 hours, and shall be given at least one complete night off duty in each week.

 

28.17. The beat book.

 

A beat book shall be prepared for each town and cantonment in which shall be recorded the dimensions of each night and day beat with the names of the principles streets and lanes within its limits. Public buildings of importance series, lodging-houses of ill-fame, liquor and drug shops, and all places needing special attention situated within the beat, shall be shown in the beat book, and beat constables shall be specially instructed regarding their responsibility in connection with them.

 

28.18. Fixed traffic points, beats and patrols.

 

(1)     Fixed points for the control of traffic shall be placed only at those crossroads and other places where traffic streams converge or cross in such volume as to make constant regulation necessary. For the enforcement of traffic rules on roads where traffic is not in such volume as to constitute a steady stream either or both of the following two methods shall be employed :-

(a)      Traffic beats. These beats shall normally consist of two constables, working within sight and signalling distance of each other, but sufficiently far apart for one constable to move out into the centre of the road and stop a vehicle, which the other constable has signalled to him to intercept.

(b)      Patrols. Sergeants, head constables or constables, shall be employed to watch from the footpath or side of the road at particular points, or along particular stretches of road, with a view to checking contraventions of the rules framed by Government under the Motor Vehicles Act, and all other traffic rules, local or general. Police Officers so employed shall ordinarily content themselves, in the case of motor vehicles, with noting the number of an offending vehicle. They shall endeavour to stop and take particulars of offending vehicles other than motor vehicles and, if circumstances permit their stepping into the middle of the road sufficiently far ahead of a motor vehicle to give the driver thereof a clear signal to stop, they may do so, but, in no circumstances shall any attempt be made to direct traffic by means of signals given from the side of the road. Notes taken by patrols working under this rule shall be reported on return to the police station concerned, and subsequent action for the issue of formal warnings or for prosecution shall be taken under the orders of the Superintendent of Police. Traffic points, beats and patrols shall be closely supervised by head constables and, where available, sergeants mounted on cycles.

(2)     On occasions such as fairs, public ceremonies, race-meetings and the like, when traffic is heavily congested on particular roads for a limited period, special police arrangements shall be made in accordance with the circumstances of each case, lines of constables being posted if necessary to direct different classes of traffic into different streams or along particular routes. On such occasions full use shall be made of special direction posts; notices in the Press and other methods of informing the public of the regulations to be observed.

(3)     All police officers on beat or patrol duty shall act according to the principles prescribed for traffic patrols in sub-rule (1) above in connection with contraventions of traffic regulations occurring within their view.

(4)     Vehicles shall not be stopped for interrogation at cross roads or in a manner liable to interfere with the free flow of other traffic. When it is necessary to examine licences, and make enquiries the driver concerned shall be directed to move his vehicle to a position indicated by the police officer, where other traffic will not be impeded. Checking of permits and tokens, registration numbers, correctness of lighting equipment, etc., can be done to a great extent when vehicles are standing in parks.

(5)     In exercise of the powers conferred on them by section 31 of the Police Act, police officers on traffic duty shall require pedestrians to keep to the footpaths, or, where such do not exist, to the side of the road and shall prevent them from causing obstruction and danger to other classes of traffic.

(6)     Police officers on traffic duty are required to have a thorough knowledge of the neighbourhood and to be able to direct enquirers by the appropriate route to any area in that neighbourhood, or to important points such as railway stations, post offices and other principal public buildings. Police Officers on such duty must on no account whatever allow themselves to be provoked into losing control of their tempers, or into the use of discourteous language. They must remain firm but polite at all times, and, while answering reasonable enquiries clearly and concisely, shall abstain from argument of all sorts and shall be on their guard against being distracted from attention to their duty by becoming involved in conversation.

 

28.19. Parking of vehicles.

 

(1)     The rules framed under the Motor Vehicles Act and section 31 of the Police Act, supplemented in many cases by local bye-laws provide power to prevent vehicles of all classes from loitering, standing, or being left unattended in any public place to the obstruction or inconvenience of the public. To ensure observance of these regulations, the Superintendent of Police is authorized, with the approval of the District Magistrate, to require the active assistance of local authorities in providing stands at suitable places, at which hackney carriages and public motor vehicles may wait for hirers, and parking spaces for private vehicles in congested business areas and in the neighbourhood of places of public resort. The regulation of public motor vehicle and hackney carriage stands is provided for by rules framed under the Motor Vehicles and Hackney Carriage Acts.

(2)     Arrangements for parking private motor vehicles must be accommodated to the circumstances of the place or occasion and the dimensions of, and nature of approaches to, the available parking space. The following general rules shall, however, be observed :-

(a)      Separate parks shall be arranged for motor and horse-drawn vehicles.

(b)      In parks for motor vehicles, unattended vehicles shall be parked separately from those with attendants, and special arrangements shall be made for the former to be watched to prevent pilferage or wanton damage.

(c)      Strict control shall be exercised over entry and departure of vehicles to and from parks, and sufficient police shall be provided to ensure this and to prevent blocks and disorder.

(d)      Whenever possible, separate arrival and departure routes shall be prescribed for motor and horse-drawn vehicles, respectively or they shall be kept in separate streams.

(e)      Whenever possible, the entrances and exists of a park shall be separate and, where congestion is liable to occur owing to arrivals and departures taking place simultaneously, departing vehicles shall not be allowed to cross those arriving.

(f)       For parking at night, at balls, cinema theatres etc., it is advisable to enforce the duplicate ticket system described in sub-rule (4) below.

(3)     For state occasions and important public functions special additional arrangements are necessary in order to secure the rapid and orderly evacuation of parks. In addition to the sub-divisions of parks prescribed in sub-rule (2) above, space must be set aside (a) for the carriages or motor cars of Their Excellencies the Viceroy, the Commander-in-Chief and the Governor if attending the function, and such other vehicles as are required to arrive and depart with them, (b) for the vehicles of Indian Ruling Chiefs and such staff as is required to arrive and depart with them. This park must be arranged in the order of departure of the Chiefs, which is invariably the exact reverse of the order of arrival, (c) for a special park for the vehicles of those high officials to whom, under general or special orders, "special park" labels have been issued in advance, conferring the privilege of arriving after and leaving before the general public. No vehicle shall be allowed to leave the general parks, till all vehicles in categories (a), (b) and (c) above have been cleared.

(4)     On all occasions of the nature referred to in sub-rule (3) above, parking arrangements shall be carefully worked out well in advance; on occasions of major importance the arrangements made shall be fully rehearsed. On such occasions it is essential to arrange adequate arrival and departure platforms where a number of vehicles can set down and take up passengers simultaneously. The practice, which is permissible on informal occasions, of allowing the public to find their own vehicles in the parks, should not be followed, but numbered tickets in duplicate should be issued on arrival to the owners and drivers of vehicles. The vehicles shall be parked according to these numbers, and called up by the police officers at the departure platforms as the duplicate number tickets are handed to them, owners of unattended vehicles being allowed to fetch their vehicles from the park allotted to them to the departure platform to pick up their passengers.

 

28.20. Supervision of guards, beats and patrols.

 

(1)     Standing orders for beat, point and patrol duties, and for all guards, shall be framed for each city and cantonment and shall be approved and countersigned by the Deputy Inspector-General. Such standing orders shall include directions for intercommunication between patrols beats, etc. and for checking the movement of men those on duties. Permanent changes in the system so approved shall not be made without the sanction of the Deputy Inspector-General, and minor changes made shall be submitted to that officer for approval at his inspections. English and vernacular copies or abstracts of the standing orders shall be supplied to the police stations, guards and posts concerned, and shall be kept up to date.

(2)     Inspectors in charge of cities and cantonments shall go the rounds of guards, beats, points and patrols at least once by day and once by night in each week; they should vary the times and routes of their rounds and should make their night rounds as often in the second as in the first half of the night. Assistant and Deputy Superintendents shall go the rounds on the same principle at such intervals as the Superintendent may direct, subject to the general rule that the city and cantonment at the headquarters of the district shall each be patrolled by a gazetted officer not less than once by day and once by night in each month. Cities and cantonments away from the headquarters of the district shall be similarly visited by day and night by the gazetted officer or inspector in charge at such intervals as the Superintendent may direct. In districts where there are several Assistant or Deputy Superintendents posted at headquarters, all shall share the duties prescribed in this rule.

Note. The rounds prescribed above shall in Lahore include the Government House Guard.

(3)     Superintendents shall satisfy themselves that the orders contained in the above rules are properly complied with and Deputy Inspectors-General shall pay attention to the matter at their inspections.

 

28.21. Reports of sales of arms and ammunition.

 

(1)     Licensed dealers in arms and ammunition are required to report sales to the Superintendent of Police. When sales to residents of other districts are so reported, the information shall be communicated to the Superintendent of Police of the district concerned if that district is in the Punjab or in any province other than those specified below.

(2)     Reports referred to in sub-rule (1) above shall be communicated, in the case of the towns of Madras, Bombay, Calcutta and Rangoon to the Commissioner of Police and in the case of districts in Bengal and Madras to the District Magistrates.

 

28.22. Duties of police in connection with outbreaks of fire.

 

(1)     It is the duty of every police officer, on discovering or receiving information of an outbreak of fire on or near his beat or patrol area, to give the alarm immediately (a) to the inmates of the premises on fire, (b) to the fire brigade, (c) to the nearest police station. Any police officer, even though not actually on duty as above shall, on becoming aware of an outbreak of fire, take the same action, if no beat or patrol officer is present and able to do so.

(2)     In addition to giving the alarm, it is the duty of the police to save people in danger at the scene of the fire; to protect the premises and adjoining premises from looting; to arrange for property removed from buildings in the neighbourhood of the fire to be placed under protection in a place where it will not impede the operations of the fire brigade, and to assist in the removal of such property when asked to do so by the owners; to prevent access to the burning building and neighbouring buildings by unauthorized persons and to keep a way clear for the arrival of the fire brigade and space for its operations. The police are also required, in places where there is a piped water supply, to inform the municipal or other official in charge of such supply of the locality of the fire, so that pressure may be arranged accordingly, and to keep clear of crowds the way from all neighbouring fire hydrants to the site of the fire. Where there is no piped water supply, the police shall, pending the arrival of the fire brigade, take such steps as are possible to arrange for a supply of water.

Note. Municipal committees are required to furnish information to Superintendents of Police of the position of water mains and fire hydrants and of places where the keys of mains are kept both by day and night.

(3)     Pending the arrival of the fire brigade, the police shall do what is possible to extinguish the fire and prevent it from spreading. In serious cases the senior police officer present shall communicate information to the City Magistrate or other magistrate having jurisdiction and shall arrange, if necessary, for the attendance of a doctor or ambulance.

(4)     On arrival of the fire brigade the police shall assist its operations by controlling crowds, preventing obstruction and protecting salvaged property. After the departure of the fire brigade, police shall remain on the spot till all danger of recrudescence has passed, and until all crowds have dispersed.

 

28.23. Fire Brigades.

 

(1)     The duties of fire brigades are laid down in Ministry of Education notification No. 15291, published in the Punjab Government Gazette of 26th June, 1925. It is obligatory on all municipal committees, which maintain fire brigades, to appoint a fire officer to exercise general control of the operations for extinguishing fires, and no other person is authorised to exercise such control when such officer is present. The fire officer will ordinarily be the Superintendent of Police or a senior magistrate.

(2)     Where a trained fire brigade exists, independently of the police, the work of fire fighting and salvage shall be left entirely to such brigade once it has reached the scene of fire. In such cases the police are not concerned with the handling or upkeep of fire appliances.

(3)     In places where a separate fire brigade does not exist, the care and manipulation of fire engines and appliances supplied by the municipal committee may be undertaken by the police, with the prior sanction in each case of the Inspector-General of Police who will also decide in conformity with the instructions of the local Government, what additional police establishment, if any, shall be entertained at the cost of the committee. In such cases the Superintendent of Police shall be responsible for the training and discipline of the police officers employed on fire brigade duties, and rules for their duties and training shall be framed, with the approval of the District Magistrate and the municipal committee concerned, and conforming, as far as possible, to the rules referred to in sub-rule (1) above.

 

28.24. Fairs.

 

(1)     Relevant extracts from the list of fairs appended to Punjab Consolidated Circulars 41, duly corrected up to date, shall be hung up in the offices of Superintendents of Police and of the police stations concerned. To supplement the general orders contained in this rule a special file shall be maintained in each district regarding the police arrangements for each fair of importance.

(2)     The authority charged with the management of each fair is required to give timely notice to the Superintendent of Police of the nature and extent of the duties for which police will be required; on receipt of this information the Superintendent of Police shall arrange to provide the number of police which he considers necessary. District Boards and other authorities managing fairs are required to pay, from the fees levied from people attending the fair, the extra cost entailed by concentrating police, entertaining extra chowkidars, and making suitable arrangements for the accommodation of the police both on and off duty at the fair, but should not be charged with actual pay and allowances of the police so employed.

(3)     In addition to their normal duties of maintaining law and order, preventing and detecting crime and controlling traffic, the police on duty at fairs are required to enforce the sanitary regulations prescribed and to assist and support the sanitary and medical staff. In making their arrangements Superintendent of Police should provide men for this duty. All deaths occurring in the fair outside the hospital (if any) shall be reported to the medical officer in charge at the fair and to the Superintendent of Police.

(4)     The officer in charge of the local police station or, if of or above the rank of sub inspector, the officer in command of the police specially detailed for duty at the fair shall submit a daily report to the Superintendent, showing the approximate number of persons attending the fair, the crime reported, state of public health at the fair and any other matters of interest.

 

28.25. Town watchmen.

 

In certain municipal towns the police establishment is wholly, or in part, a body of town watchmen, controlled by the Superintendent subject to the general supervision of the District Magistrate. The rules regarding their appointment, promotion, dismissal, powers and duties are given in Appendix 28.25. The directions in rule 28.20 shall, so far as possible, apply to town watchmen.

 

NOTIFICATION

 

APPENDIX No. 28.6.

Railway Department

(RAILWAY BOARD)

 

 

New Delhi, the

 

19th March, 1930.

 

No. 1926-T. In exercise of the powers conferred by the Notification of the Government of India in the Department of Commerce and Industry No. 801, dated the 24th March, 1905, and in pursuance of Section 84 of the Indian Railways Act, 1890 (IX of 1890), the Railway Board are pleased, in supersession of the rules published with their notification No. 120-T.-18, dated the 21st March, 1923 to make the following rules, namely :-

Notices

1.        The notices mentioned in section 83 of the Indian Railways Act, 1890 (hereinafter in these Rules refer-IX of 1890 read to as "the Act") shall contain the following particulars namely :-

mileage, or station or both, at which the accident occurred; time and date of the accident;

number and description of the train or trains; nature of the accident;

number of people killed or injured, as far as known; cause of the accident, as far as known;

probable detention of traffic.

2.        When any accident such as is described in section 83 of the Act occurs in the course of working a railway, the station-master nearest to the place at which the accident has occurred or, where there is no station-master, the railway servant in charge of the section of the railway on which the accident has occurred, shall give notice of the accident by telegraph to the Government Inspector, the District Magistrate and the District Superintendent of Police of the district in which the accident has occurred or such other Magistrate or Police Officer as may be appointed in this behalf by the Local Government, to the Superintendent of Railway Police and to the officer-in-charge of the police-station within the local limits of which it has occurred.

Explanation. For the purposes of this rule accidents of a description usually attended with loss of human life are meant to include all accidents to passenger trains such, for example, as slight collisions, derailments, train-wrecking or attempted train-wrecking, cases of running over obstructions placed on the line, of passengers falling out of trains or of fires in trains, in which no loss of life, or grievous hurt as defined in the Indian Penal Code, or serious injury to property has actually occurred, but which by the nature of the accident might reasonably have been expected to occur; also cases of landslides, or of breaches by rain or flood which causes the interruption of any important through line of communication for at least 24 hours.

3.        The notice of accidents required by section 83 of the Act to be sent without unnecessary delay by the Railway Administration to the Local Government shall be sent as follows :-

(a)      By telegram in the case of -

(i)       accidents deemed under the Explanation to Rule 6 to be serious by reason of loss of human life;

 

(ii)      accidents by reason of which the permanent way is likely to be blocked for more than 12 hours; and

(iii)     cases of supposed train-wrecking or attempted train wrecking; and

(b)      By letter in all other cases.

Duties of railway servants.

4.        Every railway servant shall report, with as little delay as possible, every accident occurring in the course of working the railway on which he is employed which may come to his notice. Such report shall be made to the nearest Station-master, or, where there is no Station-master, to the railway servant in charge of the section of the railway on which the accident has occurred.

5.        The Station-master, or the railway servant in charge of the section, shall report the accident in accordance with the detailed rules laid down by the railway concerned for the reporting of accidents.

Duties of District Traffic Officers.

6.        Whenever a serious accident occurs, the District Traffic Superintendent concerned shall supply by telegraph to the press soon after the accident as possible brief particulars, as far as these are available as prescribed in rule 1 supplementary telegrams, if necessary, being despatched immediately further information is available. A copy shall be sent simultaneously by "Express" telegram to the Railway Board and the Government Inspector. In stating the cause of the accident the District Traffic Superintendent shall avoid making any statement the correctness of which may subsequently be questioned.

Explanation. For the purposes of this rule every accident to a train (whether carrying passengers or not) which is attended with loss of human life or with grievous hurt as defined in the Indian Penal Code, or with serious injury to property, which is roughly estimated to cost, say, Rs. 10,000 or over, also every accident, such as a landslide, breach by rain or flood, derailment, etc., which causes the interruption of any important through line of communication for at least 24 hours shall be deemed to be a serious accident. For the purposes of this rule cases of trespassers run over and injured or killed through their own carelessness or of passengers injured or killed through their own carelessness shall not be deemed to be serious accidents.

Duties of the Government Inspector appointed under section 4 sub-section (1) of the Indian Railways Act, 1890 (IX of 1890).

7.        (1) Whenever the Government Inspector receives notice under section 83 of the Act of the occurrence of an accident which he considers of a sufficiently serious nature to justify such a course he shall, as soon as may be, notify the Railway Board and the Agent or Manager of the railway concerned, of his intention to hold an enquiry and shall at the same time fix and communicate the date, time and place for the enquiry.

(2) For the purpose of this rule every accident to a train carrying passengers which is attended with loss of human life or with serious injury to persons, or to property of the value of approximately Rs. 10,000 or upwards, and any other accidents which, in the opinion of the Government Inspector, requires the holding of an enquiry, shall be deemed to be an accident of a sufficiently serious nature to require the holding of an enquiry.

(3) When an accident, requiring the holding of an enquiry occurs at a station where the charges of two or more Government Inspectors meet, the duty of complying with this rule shall devolve on the Government Inspector within whose jurisdiction lies the railway working the station which is the scene of the accident.

(4) If, for any reason, the Government Inspector is unable to hold an enquiry, at an early date, after the occurrence of such an accident, the Agent or the Manager of the Railway concerned shall, on request by the Government Inspector, forward to him, with as little delay as possible, the proceedings of the joint enquiry which has been made under Rule

 

 

8.        The Government Inspector shall advise the Railway Board of the reason why an enquiry has not been held by himself. If the Government Inspector, after examination of the joint enquiry proceedings, considers that an enquiry should be held by himself, he shall, as soon as possible, notify the Railway Board and the Agent or Manager of the Railway concerned, of his intention to hold an enquiry and shall at the same time fix and communicate the date, time and place for the enquiry.

9.        Whenever the Government Inspector has made an enquiry under rule 7, or when he disagrees with, or considers it necessary adversely to criticise the report of the joint or departmental enquiry or the working of the railway, he shall submit a report in writing to the Railway Board and, in the case of a railway under the control of a Local Government or Administration, to such Local Government or Administration also; and shall forward a copy of such report to the Agent or Manager of the railway concerned, and, if a magisterial enquiry is being made, to the Magistrate who is making such enquiry.

10.     (1) In the case of all accidents of the nature described in sub-rule (2) of rule 7, preliminary brief narrative report shall be submitted by the Government Inspector to the Railway Board immediately after the completion of his enquiry. This report shall not contain any reference to persons implicated. The report, referred to in rule 8, shall be submitted in the form adopted by the Inspecting Officers of the Board of Trades and shall contain -

(a)      a brief description of the accident;

(b)      a description of the locality of the accident;

(c)      a detailed statement of the evidence taken;

(d)      the conclusion arrived at;

(e)      an appendix stating the damage done;

(f)       (when necessary) a sketch illustrative of the accident.

(2) Reports, in connection with accidents which, although coming under Section 83 of the Act, are not accidents of the nature described in sub-rule (2) of Rule 7, will be submitted to the Railway Board only if, in the opinion of the Government Inspector, they contain features of special importance or requiring special notice. When the Government Inspector recommends the publication of such a report, it shall be in the form adopted by the Inspecting Officers of the Board of Trade when not recommended for publication, it may be in the form of a letter explaining as briefly as possible, the special features which the Government Inspector desires to bring to notice.

11.     If the Agent or Manager makes any remarks on the Government Inspector’s report under rules 16 and 17 or expresses an intention to do so, the Government Inspector shall inform the Railway Board and the Local Government or Administration controlling the Railway, of the steps which have been or are proposed to be taken by the Railway administration to prevent a recurrence of similar accidents, and whether in his opinion, further action in the matter is desirable.

12.     The Government Inspector shall, as far as possible, assist any Magistrate making an enquiry under rule 22 or a judicial enquiry, whenever he may be called upon to do so.

13.     Nothing in these rules shall be deemed to limit or otherwise affect the exercise of any of the powers conferred on Government Inspectors by section 5 of the Act.

Duties of the Agent or Manager and of the Head of the Department concerned.

14.     Whenever any accident has occurred in the course of working a Railway, the Agent or Manager shall give all reasonable aid to the District Magistrate or the Magistrate appointed or deputed under rule 22, and to the Government Inspector, Medical Officers, the police, and others concerned to enable them promptly to reach the scene of the accident, and shall assist those authorities in making enquiries and in obtaining evidence as to the cause of the accident.

 

15.     Whenever any accident, occurring in the course of working a railway, has been attended with grievous hurt, as defined in the Indian Penal Code, it shall be the duty of the Agent or Manager to afford medical aid to the sufferers, and to see that they are properly and carefully attended to till removed to their home or handed over to the care of their relatives or friends. In any such case, or in any case in which any loss of human life or grievous hurt, as defined in the Indian Penal Code, has occurred, the nearest local medical officer should be communicated with, if he is nearer than any railway medical officer.

16.     When any enquiry, under rule 7 or rule 22, or any judicial enquiry is being made, the Agent or Manager shall arrange for the attendance, as long as may be necessary, at the office or place of enquiry, of all railway servants whose evidence is likely to be required. If the enquiry is to be held by the Government Inspector under rule 7, the Agent or Manager shall cause notice of the date, hour and place at which the enquiry will begin to be given to the officers mentioned in clauses (a) and (c) of rule 19. He shall also arrange for the attendance of the District Officers at the enquiry.

17.     Whenever the Agent or Manager receives a copy of the Government Inspector’s report under rule 8 he shall at once acknowledge its receipt. If he differs from the views expressed in the report, he shall at the same time submit his remarks thereon, or, if he is not immediately able to do so, he shall, in his acknowledgement of the report, inform the Government Inspector of his intention to submit his remarks later. If the Agent or Manager desires to prosecute any person or persons, he shall immediately forward a copy of the report together with a statement of the persons he wishes to prosecute, to the District Magistrate of the district in which the accident occurred, or to such other officer, as the Local Government may appoint in this behalf.

18.     Whenever the report of the Government Inspector points to the necessity for or suggests a change in any of the rules or in the system of working, the Agent or Manager shall, when acknowledging the report, intimate the action which has been taken, or which it is proposed to take, to prevent a recurrence of similar accidents, or shall inform the Government Inspector of his intention to report further on the Government Inspector’s proposals.

19.     (1) Whenever an accident, such as is described in section 83 of the Act, has occurred in the course of working a Railway, the Agent or Manager shall cause an enquiry to be promptly made by a committee of Railway Officers (to be called a "joint enquiry") for the thorough investigation of the causes which led to the accident :

Provided that such enquiry may be dispensed with -

(a)      if any enquiry is to be held by the Government Inspector under rule 7;

(b)      if the accident has not been attended with loss of human life, or with grievous hurt as defined in the Indian Penal Code, or with serious injury to property or;

(c)      if there is no reasonable doubt as to the cause of the accident; or

(d)      if one department of the railway intimates that it accepts all responsibility in the matter.

(2) Where such enquiry is dispensed with, it shall be the duty of the head of the department of the railway responsible for the accident to make such enquiry (to be called a "departmental enquiry") as he may consider necessary, and if his staff or the system of working is at fault, to adopt or suggest such measures as he may consider expedient for preventing a recurrence of similar accidents.

20.     (1) Whenever a joint enquiry is to be made, the Agent or Manager shall cause notice of the date and hour, at which the enquiry will commence, to be given to the following officers, namely :-

(a)      the District Magistrate of the district in which the accident occurred, or such other officer as the Local Government may appoint in this behalf, the Superintendent of Railway Police and the District Superintendent of Police.

 

(b)      the Government Inspector for the section of the railway on which the accident occurred; and

(c)      the officer-in-charge of the Railway police, or if there are no Railway police, the officer-in-charge of the police-station in the jurisdiction of which the accident occurred.

(2) The date and hour at which the enquiry will commence shall be fixed, so as to give the officers mentioned in sub-rule (1) sufficient time to reach the place where the enquiry is to be held.

21.     (1) As soon as any joint or departmental enquiry has completed, the President of the Committee or the head of the department, as the case may be, shall send to the Agent or Manager a report which in the case of all accidents of the nature described in the explanation to rule 6 must be submitted in the form prescribed by sub-rule (1) of rule 9.

(2) The Agent or Manager shall forward, with his remarks as to the action it is intended to take in regard to the staff responsible for the accident, or for the revision of the rules of the system of working, a copy of such report -

(a)      to the Government Inspector for the section of the railway on which the accident occurred;

(b)      if no enquiry or investigation has been made under rule 22 or if a joint or departmental enquiry has been held first, to the Magistrate or officer appointed under Clause (a) of sub-rule (1) of rule 19; and

(c)      if any judicial enquiry is being made, to the Magistrate making such enquiry.

(3) Such copy shall be accompanied in the case referred to in clause (b) of sub-rule (2), by a statement of the persons, if any, whom the Agent or Manager desire to prosecute, and in the case referred to in clause (c) of the same sub-rule, by a copy of the evidence taken at the enquiry.

22.     A copy of reports of inquiries held on accidents not of the nature specified in section 83 of the Act, such as averted collisions, technical accidents, or breaches of block rules, shall be forwarded to the Government Inspector for the section of the Railway on which the accident occurred.

Duties of Magistrates.

23.     Whenever an accident, such as is described in Section 83 of the Act, has occurred in the course of working a Railway the District Magistrate, or any other Magistrate, who may be appointed in this behalf by the Local Government, may, either -

(a)      himself make an enquiry into the causes which led to the accident; or

(b)      depute a subordinate Magistrate, who, if possible, should be a Magistrate of the first class, to make such an enquiry; or

(c)      direct an investigation into the causes which led to the accident to be made by the police.

24.     Whenever it is decided to make an enquiry under clause (a) or clause (b) of rule 22, the District Magistrate or other Magistrate appointed as aforesaid or the Magistrate deputed under clause (b) of rule 22, as the case may be, shall proceed to the scene of the accident and conduct the enquiry there, and shall at once advise the Agent or Manager of the railway and the Government Inspector by telegraph of the date and hour at which the enquiry will commence, so as to enable the railway administration to summon the requisite expert evidence.

25.     A Magistrate, making an enquiry under Rule 22, may summon any railway servant, and any other person whose presence he may think necessary, and, after taking the evidence and completing the enquiry, shall if he considers there are sufficient grounds for a judicial enquiry, take the requisite steps for bringing to trial any person whom he may consider to be criminally liable for the accident. Whenever technical points are involved, the Magistrate should call for the opinion of the Government Inspector or other professional persons.

26.     The result of every enquiry or investigation made under rule 22 shall be communicated by the Magistrate to the Agent or Manager of the Railway and to the Government Inspector.

27.     If, in the course of any judicial enquiry, into an accident occurring in the course of working a railway, the Magistrate desires the assistance of the Government Inspector or of the Agent or Manager of the railway, or the attendance of any officer of the railway, to explain any matter relating to railway supervision, management or working, he will issue a requisition to the Agent or Manager for the attendance at court of an officer competent to explain such matter, stating at the same time the nature of the assistance required. In summoning railway servants, the Magistrate will take care not to summon so large a number of the employees, especially of one class, on the same day, as to cause inconvenience to the working of the railway. In the case of very serious accidents it will generally be advisable for the Magistrate to obtain a report, from both the Government Inspector and the Agent or Manager of the railway, in regard to the accident, before finally concluding the judicial enquiry.

28.     On the conclusion of any such judicial enquiry the Magistrate shall send a copy of his decision to the Agent or Manager of the Railway, and to the Government Inspector, and shall, unless in any case he thinks it unnecessary to do so, report the result of the enquiry to the Local Government.

Duties of Police Officers.

29.     (1) The Railway police may make an investigation into the causes which led to any accident occurring in the course of working a Railway and shall do so -

(a)      Whenever any such accident is attended with loss of human life, or with grievous hurt as defined in the Indian Penal Code, or with serious injury to property or has prima facie been due to any criminal act or omission; or

(b)      Whenever the District Magistrate or the Magistrate appointed under rule 22 has given a direction under clause (c) of that rule.

Provided that no such investigation shall be made when an enquiry has been commenced or ordered under clause (a) or clause (b) of rule 22.

(2) The Railway police shall report, with little delay as possible, to the nearest Stationmaster or, where there is no Station-master, to the Railway servant in charge of the section of the Railway on which the accident has occurred, every accident which may come to their notice occurring in the course of working a Railway attended with loss of human life, or with grievous hurt as defined in the Indian Penal Code, or with serious injury to property, or which has prima facie been due to any criminal act or omission.

30.     (1) Whenever an investigation is to be made by the Railway police -

(a)      in a case in which an accident is attended with loss of human life or with grievous hurt as defined in the Indian Penal Code, or with serious injury to property; or

(b)      in pursuance of direction given under clause (c) of rule 22, the investigation shall be conducted by the officer-in-charge of the Railway police, or, if that officer should be unable to conduct the investigation himself, then by an officer to be deputed by him.

(2) The officer deputed under sub-rule (1) shall ordinarily be the senior officer available, and shall whenever possible be a gazetted officer, and shall in no case be of rank lower than that of Inspector :

Provided that the investigation may be carried out by an officer-incharge of a police station -

(i)       in such a case as is referred to in clause (a) of sub-rule (1) unless loss of life or grievous hurt has been caused to more persons than one or injury to property has been caused to a value exceeding Rs. 10,000, or there is a reason to suspect that any servant of the Railway has been guilty of neglect of Rules, or

(ii)      in the case referred to clause (b) of sub-rule (1) if the District Magistrate so directs.

31.     The officer who is to conduct an investigation in pursuance of rule 29 shall proceed without delay to the scene of the accident and conduct the investigation there and shall at once advise the Agent or Manager of the Railway and the Traffic Officer of the district by telegraph of the date and hour at which the investigation will commence so that, if possible, the presence of a Railway official may be arranged for to watch the proceedings and to aid the officer making the investigation. The absence of a railway official must not, however, be allowed to delay the investigation, which should be made as soon as possible after the accident has taken place.

32.     (1) In every case to which rule 29 applies, immediate information shall be given by the Railway police to the district police, who, if so required, shall afford all necessary assistance and shall, if occasion arises, carry the investigation beyond the limits of the Railway premises. But the Railway police are primarily entrusted with the duty of carrying on the investigation within such limits.

(2) Subject to any provisions elsewhere contained in these rules, the further prosecution of the case, on the conclusion of the police investigation, shall rest with the Railway police.

33.     The result of every police investigation shall be reported at once to the District Magistrate or other officer appointed in this behalf by the Local Government or the Agent or Manager of the Railway or other officer appointed by him, and to the Government Inspector.

34.     Where there are no Railway police, the duties imposed by rules 28, 29 and 30, subrule (2) of rule 31, and rule 32 on the Railway police, or on the officer-in-charge of the Railway police, shall be discharged by the District police or by the District Superintendent of Police, as the case may be.

J.F. BLACKWOOD

Secretary, Railway Board.

 

 

APPENDIX No. 28.25

 

Notification No. 96, dated 27th July, 1888

Under the provisions of Section 154(o) of the Punjab Municipal Act, 1884,[81] the Hon’ble the Lieutenant-Governor is pleased to make the following rules for the appointment, promotion and dismissal of town watchmen in the municipalities specified in the schedule[82] hereto annexed.

The following directions regarding the duties of such town watchmen have also been framed by the Lieutenant-Governor under the provisions of Section 76(1)(c) of the same enactment.

The rules and directions will have effect from the date of the publication of this notification in the Gazette :-

Rules regarding the appointment, promotion and dismissal of town watchmen.

 

When the police establishment maintained under Chapter V, Act XIII of 1884[83], is wholly or in part a body of watchmen, such watchmen shall be under the orders of the Superintendent of Police, subject to the general control of the District Magistrate.

2. (a) The appointment and promotion of town watchmen shall rest with the Superintendent of Police, and the rules sanctioned by Government for appointment and promotion of enrolled policemen, as given in the Police Rules, shall be applied so far as the Magistrate of the district shall deem necessary for the efficiency of the said watchmen.

(b) The Superintendent of Police shall keep up a register in which shall be recorded the names of all applicants for appointment as town watchman whom the Municipal Committee by resolution may approve of and nominate, and appointments shall be made from such candidates if fit for the duty. If not fit, the Superintendent of Police may, after recording his reasons for rejecting such nominees, appoint men selected by himself.

3. (a) The Superintendent of Police may at any time dismiss, suspend, or reduce any town watchman whom he may think remiss or negligent in the discharge of his duty or unfit for the same, or fine any town watchman to any amount not exceeding one month’s pay who shall discharge his duty in a careless or negligent manner, or who by any act of his own shall render himself unfit for the discharge thereof.

(b) The municipal committee or the President of the Municipal Committee may by resolution bring to the notice of the Superintendent of Police through the District Magistrate any town watchman who in their opinion has been negligent in his duty or guilty of misconduct, and the Superintendent of Police shall enquire into the case and report for the approval of the District Magistrate and for the information of the committee the result of his enquiry.

4. No town watchman or daffadar shall withdraw from the duties of his office unless-

(1)     he has received permission to resign from the Superintendent of Police, or from some other person authorized by the Superintendent of Police to accept his resignation; or

(2)     two months have elapsed since he gave notice of his intention to resign to the Superintendent of Police.

Directions regarding the duties to be performed by town watchmen.

5. (a) It is the duty of every town watchman to keep watch and ward in the town.

(b) A watchman shall be bound to render all assistance in his power in case of conflagrations within the limits of the municipality.

(c) A watchman shall take charge of any property found unclaimed within the limits of the municipality, and hand it over to the officer-in-charge of the police station.

6. Every town watchman is bound forthwith to communicate to the officer-incharge of the police station within the limits of which his beat is situated any information he may obtain respecting any person found lurking in such beat who has no ostensible means of subsistence, or who cannot give a satisfactory account of himself; or respecting the residence in or resort to, any place within the limits of such beat of any person who is a reputed house-breaker or thief or who is of notoriously bad livelihood.

7. Every town watchman shall observe and from time to time report to the officer mentioned in rule 5, the movements of all bad characters in his beat, and shall report the arrival of suspicious characters in the neighbourhood.

8. Every town watchman shall give timely intimation to the officer mentioned in rule 6 in the event of any notorious bad character residing in his beat being absent at night without having given notice of his departure, or associating with individuals of bad repute, or cessing to labour or to obtain a livelihood by honest means.

9. Every town watchman shall keep the officer mentioned in Rule 6 informed of all disputes which are likely to lead to any riot or serious affray, and of all intelligence he receives affecting the public peace within or near his beat.

10. It shall be the duty of the town watchman to report to the officer-incharge of the police station within the limits of which his beat is situated all deaths which occur in such beat and to furnish such other information in connection with vital statistics as may be required of him by the Deputy Commissioner from time to time.

11. Every town watchman shall in like manner report the appearance of any epidemic in his beat, and shall supply, to the best of his ability, any local information which the Deputy Commissioner may require.

12. Every town watchman shall prevent, and may interpose for the purpose of preventing the commission of any cognizable offence as defined in the Code of Criminal Procedure.

13. Every town watchman receiving information of the commission of or of a design to commit, any cognizable offence, shall at once communicate such information to the officer-in-charge of the police station within the limits of which his beat is situated.

14. Every town watchman knowing of a design to commit any cognizable offence may arrest, without orders from a Magistrate and without a warrant, the person so designing, if the commission of the offence cannot be otherwise prevented.

15. Every town watchman may of his own authority interpose for the prevention of any injury attempted to be committed in his view to any Government, Municipal, or Railway property, moveable or immoveable, or to prevent the removal or injury of any public land mark.

16. Every town watchman may, without orders from a Magistrate and without a warrant, arrest -

Firstly, any person who has been concerned in any cognizable offence or against whom a reasonable complaint has been made, or credible information has been received, or a reasonable suspicion exists, of his having been so concerned;

Secondly, any person having in his possession, without lawful excuse, the burden of proving which excuse shall lie on such person, any implement of house-breaking;

Thirdly, any person who has been proclaimed as an offender either under the Code of Criminal Procedure or by order of the Local Government;

Fourthly, any person in whose possession anything is found which may reasonably be suspected to be stolen property, and who may reasonably be suspected of having committed an offence with reference to such thing.

Fifthly, any person who obstructs a police officer or a town watchman while in the execution of his duty or who has escaped, or attempts to escape, from lawful custody;

Sixthly, any person reasonably suspected of being a deserter from Her Majesty’s Army or Navy; and

Seventhly, any person who in his sight commits any offence under section 34 of Act V of 1861 within the limits of the town, provided such section has been specially extended thereto by the Local Government.

17. If a person forcibly resists an endeavour to arrest him every town watchman may use all means necessary to effect the arrest.

 

18. No person arrested by a town watchman shall be subjected to more restraint than is necessary to prevent his escape.

19. The town watchman shall take charge of all persons arrested under these rules or by any private person under any law for the time being in force, and shall forthwith take or send any person or persons, so taken charge of by him, or any person or persons he himself may arrest, before the officer-in-charge of the police station within the limits of which his beat is situated; provided that during the hours of darkness the person or persons arrested may be detained in custody, but must be taken as early as possible on the following morning to the police station.

20. It shall be the duty of every town watchman promptly to obey and execute all orders and warrants lawfully issued to him by any competent authority; to collect and communicate intelligence affecting the public peace; to prevent the commission of offences and public nuisances; to detect and bring offenders of justice; and to apprehend all persons whom he is legally authorized to apprehend, and for whose apprehension sufficient ground exists; and it shall be lawful for every town watchman, for any of the purposes mentioned in this section without a warrant, to enter and the inspect any drinking shop, gaming house, or other place of resort of loose and disorderly characters.

21. It shall be the duty of the town watchman to keep order on the public roads and in the public streets, thoroughfares, ghats, and landing places, and at all other places of public resort, and to prevent obstruction on the occasion of assemblies and processions on the public roads and in the public streets, or in the neighbourhood of places of worship during the time of public worship and in any case when any road, street, thoroughfare, ghat, or landing-place, may be thronged or may not liable to be obstructed.

Note. Under the provisions of section 76(1)(d) of Act XIII of 1884[84], all town watchmen appointed under these rules possess the same powers, are entitled to the same assistance, enjoy the same protection, are subject to the same responsibilities, and are liable to the same penalties as if they were police officers enrolled under Act V of 1861.



[1] Added vide Punjab Notification Dated 15th June, 1990

[2] Substituted vide Correction slip No 132 dated 6.2.1960.

[3] Note 2 added vide Correction slip No. 148 dated 1.7.1963.

[4] Clause (d) Substituted vide Correction slip No. 142 dated 5.2.1963.

[5] Note added vide Correction slip No. 129 dated 28.10.1960.

[6] Clause (h) added vide Correction slip No. 150 dated 1.7.1963.

[7] Rule 4.8(2) added vide correction slip No. 143 dated 5.2.1963.

[8] Sub rule (i) added vide correction slip No. 151 dated 1.7.1963.

[9] Clause (e ) added vide correction slip No. 141 dated 23.1.1963

[10] Samples of Gaberdine of approved shade will be kept on view at the India Store Depot, Belvedere Road, Lambeth, S.E.I. Indian Police Officers recruited in England when ordering uniform should impress upon the makers the necessity for consulting the India Store Depot regarding the correct material, shade, etc. Samples will also be sent to all local Governments.

[11] Samples of Wollen Bedford cord of approved shade will be kept on view at the Indian Store Depot Belvedere Road, Lambeth, S.E.I. Indian Police Officers recruited in England when ordering uniform should impress upon the makers the necessity for consulting the Indian Store Depot regarding the correct material, shade, etc. Samples will also be sent to all local Governments.

[12] Para 1 added vide correction slip No. 147 dated 6.5.1963 after renumbring the existing paras 1 and 2.

[13] Substituted vide Correction slip No 139 dated 13-9-1961

[14] Substituted vide Correction slip No. 139 dated 13-9-1961.

[15] The Indian Order of Merit, (Military and Civil) is distinct from the order of merit instituted in 1902.

[16] The Indian Order of Merit, (Military and Civil) is distinct from the Order of Merit instituted in 1902.

[17] King George V’s Durbar Medal, 1911, in Gold can be worn in the United Kingdom by Ruling Chiefs of India only.

[18] Memo 2647/9-21/23, dated 23rd November, 1927.

[19]See Punjab Government Notification No. G.S.R. 43/C.A. 5/1861/S.7/Amd, dated 4-4-1988

[20]Inserted vide Punjab Govt. Gaz. LSP III dated 12-2-1963

[21]Substituted vide Punjab Govt. Notification No. G.S.R. 14/C.A.V./61/Ss.7 and 46/Amd.(22)/2003 dated 28.2.2003.

[22]Note 2 and 3 added vide Punjab Government Notification dated 15-3- 1966

[23]Word "Assistant " omitted by Haryana Notification No. GSR 32/Const/Art 309/2001 dated 24.12 2002.

[24]Proviso added vide Punjab Government Notification dated 12-4- 1966

[25]Substituted for "25" vide Punjab Government Notification dated 14-4-1984

[26]Added vide Punjab Government Notification dated 15.3.1966.

[27]Added vide Punjab Govt. Gazette LSP III dated 11.11.1993.

[28]Substituted vide Punjab Govt. Gazette LSP III dated 30.9.1994

[29] Proviso added vide Punjab Notification No. G.S.R. 861 dated 19.10.1972

[30] Substituted vide Punjab GovernmentNo. G.S.R. 124/C.A. 5/61/S. 7/Amd (15)/82. dated 11.9.1982

[31] Proviso added vide Punjab Government Notification dated 12-4- 1966.

[32] Substituted vde Punjab Govt. Gaz. LSP III 1997 Page 71.

[33] Substituted vde Punjab  Govt. Gaz. LSP III  1972  Page 71.

 

[34] Proviso added vide Punjab Government Notification dated 12-4- 1966.

[35] Substituted vide Punjab Govt. Notification No. G.S.R. 14/C.A.V./61/Ss.7 and 46/Amd.(22)/2003 dated 28.2.2003.

[36] Rule 13.20 added vide Punjab Government Notification dated 9-3-1972

[37] Punjab Government notification No. 2958-S, dated the 28th July, 1927.

 

[38] Inspector-General’s Endorsement No. 211-S. 24.10.26-A, dated 11th June, 1929, to all Police Officers.

 

[39] Substituted vide Punjab Govt. Notification No. G.S.R. 21/C.A.V/1861/Ss.7 and 46/Amd.(24)/2003, dated 13.5.2003.

 

[40] No. F-1157-27- Public of 15th August, 1927.

 

[41] Substituted vide Punjab Govt. Gazztt. LSP III dated 28.8.1981

 

[42] Vide Haryana Notoficvation dated 26.3.1982

 

[43] Chief Secretary’s confidential letter No. 37996, dated 20th October, 1926.

 

[44] Text added vide Punjab Government Notification dated 15-3-1966

 

[45] See Punjab Government Notification No. G.S.R. 43/C.A. 5/1861/S.7/Amd dated 4-4-1988.

 

[46] Substituted vide Punjab Government Notification Dated 15.3.1966.

 

[47] Substituted for the words " Magistrate having Ist class powers" vide Punjab Notification dated 4.7.1980.

 

[48] Substituted for the words " Magistrate having Ist class powers" vide Punjab Notification dated 4.7.1980

 

[49] Substituted vide correction slip No 113 dated 25-8--1959

 

[50] Substituted vide correction slip No 113 dated 25-8-1959

 

[51] Substituted vide correction slip No 113 dated 25-8-1959.

 

[52] Appendix Substituted vide Correction slip No 112 dated 22-7-1959

 

[53] Substituted vide Punjab Government Notification dated 12.8.1981.

 

[54] See Punjab Government Notification dated 14-7-1982.

 

[55] To be filled in from quarterly inspection returns, Form No. 20.5(4)

 

[56] To be filled in from quarterly inspection returns, Form No. 20.5(4)

 

[57] To be filled in from quarterly inspection returns, Form No. 20.5(4)

 

[58] To be filled in from quarterly inspection returns, Form No. 20.5(4)

 

[59] Substituted vide Punjab Govt. Notification No. G.S.R. 20 -/C.A.V./1861/S. 46/Amd. (23)/2003, dated 6.3.2003.

 

[60] Form 23.17(1) substituted vide Punjab Notification dated 24.8.1979

[61] Substituted vide Punjab Govt. Notification No. G.S.R. 20 -/C.A.V./1861/S. 46/Amd. (23)/2003, dated 6.3.2003.

 

[62] Substituted vide correction slip No. 135 dated 13.7.1961

 

[63] Substituted vide correction slip No. 135 dated 13.7.1961

 

[64] Substituted vide Punjab Govt. Notification No. G.S.R. 20 -/C.A.V./1861/S. 46/Amd. (23)/2003, dated 6.3.2003.

[65] Substituted for "Section 62, Code of Criminal Procedure" vide Punjab Govt. Notification No. G.S.R. 20 -/C.A.V./1861/S. 46/Amd. (23)/2003, dated 6.3.2003.

 

[66] Substituted vide Punjab Govt. Notification No. G.S.R. 20 -/C.A.V./1861/S. 46/Amd. (23)/2003, dated 6.3.2003.

[67] Rule 26.10 omitted by Haryana Vide Punjab Police Rules Volume 3 1977 Edition.

 

[68] Rules 26.12 to 26.32 Renumbered by Haryana as 26.10 to 26.30 Vide Punjab Police Rules 1934, 1977 Edition.

 

[69] Substituted vide Punjab Govt. Gazette LSP dated 31.8.1984.

 

[70] Substituted vide correction slip No. 134 date 13.7.1961

[71] Substituted vide correction slip No. 134 date 13.7.1961

 

[72] Appendix 26.10(2) for Punjab only. Omitted by Haryana.

 

[73] Appendix 26.10(5) For Punjab only. Omitted by Haryana

[74] Read Appendix No. 26.12(2) For Haryana.

 

[75] For Punjab only. Omitted by Haryana

 

[76] For Haryana Read Form No 26.14(4)

 

[77] For Haryana Read Form No 26.14(5)

 

[78] For Haryana Read Form No 26.19(5)

 

[79] For Haryana Read Form No 26.30(1)(e)

 

[80] Substituted vide Punjab Govt. Notification No. G.S.R. 20 -/C.A.V./1861/S. 46/Amd. (23)/2003, dated 6.3.2003.

[81] Now Act III of 1911.

[82] (Not Printed).

 

[83] Now Act III of 1911.

 

[84] Now Act III of 1911.

Priced to suit your business

Simple plans, no contract, no setup and hidden fees

Request Pricing Plans
Company
  • Our Team
  • Gallery
  • Contact Us
  • Careers
Information
  • Terms & Conditions
  • We value your Privacy
  • Newsletter
  • FAQ
  • Blog
  • Free Legal Aid
Products
  • Legal Research
  • Litigation Management Tool (Patrol)
  • LIBIL (Legal Worthiness)
  • Customised AI Solutions
Litigation Check
  • Criminal Record Check Online
  • Client Due Diligence
  • Customer Due Diligence
  • Tool For Legal Teams
  • Crime Database Search Tool
  • Criminal Background Verification
Legal Tech Solutions for Corporate
  • Case Management Tool for Corporate
  • Legal Research for Corporate
  • Customized Legal AI for Corporate
  • Legal Due diligence for Enterprise
Legal Tech Solutions for Law Firms
  • Case Management Tool for Law Firms
  • Legal Research for Law Firms
  • Legal Due diligence for Law Firms
  • Customized Legal AI for Law Firms
Legal Tech Solutions for Judiciary
  • Legal Research for Judiciary
Customers
  • Enterprise
  • Judiciary
  • Law Firms
Sectors
  • Background Verification
  • Financial Consulting & Support
  • Banking
  • Financial Risk & Advisory
  • Real Estate
  • Supply Chain & Logistics
  • Fintech
  • Insurance
Contact
India Flag

A-149, Block A, LGF, Defence Colony, New Delhi, India - 110024.

Follow Us
X (Twitter) Join Our Community
©2022 - LQ Global Services Private Limited. All rights reserved.
Section Access

Register to Access this Feature (No Payment Required)

Subscribe Us

Section Access is a Premium Feature. Please Register by Clicking Below button.